Instruction and Spare Part Manual: Type: Evolution Model: 1R.9.36.126 - Neck Handling YEAR: 2013 Ref.: Bielorussia

INSTRUCTION
AND SPARE PART MANUAL
ROTARY MACHINE
M1425-036
Type: EVOLUTION
Model: 1R.9.36.126 – Neck Handling
YEAR: 2013
Ref.: Bielorussia

Rinsing machine
technical specifications description
M1425/036
Turret Type: 1R.9.36.126 – NECK HANDLING
Model: EVOLUTION
Ø intial: 1440 mm.
General project features:

Production Nominal Bph 12.000
Rotation Clockwise (Sx to DX)
Gripper type Evolution
Nozzle type Fixed
Fluid distribution With valves
No Bottle – No Spray Present
Carrusel height adjustment Absent
Bottles height range Min.140 – Max 360 mm
Power specifications
Power Tension 380-400 V / Frequency 50 Hz
Phases 3F+N+Ground
Auxiliary line Tension 24 V DC
Scheda tecnica commessa M1425/036 Pagina 1/ 2

Treated container features:
Bottle Ref. Shape Volume Ø, AxB H Produc. Gripper pad
N° Code or Drawing (mm) (mm) (Bph)
1 CIL 2000 ml Ø 107 338 12.000 002000P707TAM
2 CIL 1500 ml Ø 92,3 317,8 12.000 002000P707TAM
3 CIL 500 ml Ø 65,5 230,5 12.000 002000P707TAM
Inside bottle treatments specifications:
1° treatment Water pression = 3 bar
Fluid treatment Water + chloro 10 ppm max
Equipments:
Bottle Inlet wormscrew Single or Central guide, inlet Gripper pad

N° code Double and outlet starwheel
1 1 D 1 002000P707TAM
2 2 D 2 002000P707TAM
3 3 S 3 002000P707TAM
Scheda tecnica commessa M1425/036 Pagina 2/ 2

0. Introduction
0.1 How to read and use the instruction manual
0.2 Updating the manual
1. General Information
1.1 Manufacturer and machine identification details
1.2 Information on technical assistance and machine maintenance
1.3 General safety precautions
1.4 List of unusual terms and conventions used throughout the manual
2. Preliminary Information on the machine
2.1 General description
2.2 Operational flow
2.3 Technical characteristics
2.4 Use
3. Transportation, handling and storage
3.0 General instructions
3.1 Packing and unpacking
3.2 Transportation and handling of packed machine
3.3 Transportation and handling of unpacked machine
3.4 Storage of packed and unpacked machine

4. Installation
4.1 Acceptable environmental conditions
4.2 Mimimum space required for use and maintenance purposes
4.3 Positioning of the machine
4.4 Assembling conditions and completion of assembly
4.5 Removing the blocks
4.6 Connection to the supply sources and their respective controls
4.7 Supplies
4.8 Instructions for the removal and disposal of waste material
4.9 Equipment and tools supplied with the machine
4
5. Using the machine - preliminary preparations
5.1 Principles of operation
5.2 Description of the machine’s safety devices
5.3 Controls and signals
5.4 Description of the machine’s operational modes
5.5 Description of stop modes (excluding operator safety)
5.6 Emergency stop
5.7 Emergency power-off
5.8 Directions for starting up
5.9 Checking the efficiency of the safety devices
5.10 Preliminary operating Conditions/Tests/Inspections
6. Use of the machine
6.1 Supplying of the containers to be treated
6.2 Setting up and adjustments
6.3 Supervision and controls during operation
6.4 Status diagnostics/problems and possible solutions
6.5 Cleaning and maintenance
5
7. Size changeover instructions
7.1 Equipment supplied with the machine
7.2 Changing parts
7.3 Cleaning
7.4 Adjustments
7.5 Preparation for use and instructions for re-starting
8. Maintenance and repairs
8.1 Type and frequency of preventive and/or predictive action maintenance operations
8.2 Instructions regarding inspections/maintenance
8.3 Analysis of problems/failures and possible solutions
9. Additional instructions
9.0 General introductions
9.1 Instructions for putting the machine out of commission, dismantling and demolishing it
9.2 Instructions regarding emergency situations
9.3 Modifications
6
Introduction
Chap.

0.1.1 The importance of the manual
0.1.2 Storing the manual
0.1.3 Consulting the manual
7
0.1.1 The importance of the manual
This manual provides all the information, suggestions, detailed instructions and
attached documentation necessary to ensure correct installation, starting up and
maintenance of the machine in conditions of total safety for the personnel operating
it. It is, therefore, extremely important to follow the instructions below:
· Consider the instruction manual as an integral part of the product itself.
· Keep the manual throughout the life of the machine.
· Ensure that any modifications are incorporated in its text.
· Hand the manual over to any other user or subsequent owner of the machine.
· Given the aims of the manual and its bulk, the documentation listed below is
provided in attachments to render its consultation easier.
· Drawing showing the positioning of the machine and the topographical

position of commercially purchased equipment fitted onto it.
· Electrical diagrams
· Pneumatic diagrams
· Hydraulic diagrams
· Catalogues of commercially purchased complex equipment fitted on the machine
· Certificates of conformity and copies of tests, reports and certificates.
8
0.1.2 Storing the manual
IMPORTANT: The present document is totally confidential by law and reproduction,

publication or divulging of its contents to third parties is prohibited, unless permission is
expressly granted by PROMEC.
· Use the manual carefully so as not to damage its contents, either partially or totally.
· Do not remove, tear out or rewrite any parts of the manual, for any reason
whatsoever.
· Keep this manual in a safe place, away from sources of heat and damp.
IMPORTANT
All the information contained in this document is subject to modification without
notice. The company PROMEC reserves the right to modify parts, details or supplies of
accessories as it sees fit either for improvement purposes or for any other reasons the
company may have, without being committed to updating this publication.
The contents of the manual, subdivided into sections, are as follows:
- Identification page
- General contents listing the sections and what they cover
- Detailed index of specific topic dealt with in each individual section.
- Instructions and/or notes on the machine
- Attachments
- Spare parts list
9
The “Identification page” displays the identification code of the manual, its revision number
and date of issue.
In order to find the sections and topics covering the various specific uses of the machine,
please refer to the “General contents” page of the manual, for the use of operators and
trainees.
By consulting the index of each individual section, you can find all the details referring to a given
topic.
All the “instructions and/or notes” referring to the machine can be easily seen and serve to highlight
safety precautions, correct procedures and the operational qualifications necessary to ensure that
work proceeds in a smooth and orderly fashion.
Consultation of the “attachments” is facilitated by references in the instructions and/or notes

throughout the manual, referring the reader to specific sections of the said attachments.
The final part, the “Spare parts list” clearly indicates which components are important from the
replacement request point of view.
The fact that the manual has been structured in self-contained chapters makes updating its
sections, according to the various operations to be carried out, extremely comprehensible and
flexible.
Should the updating involve additional requirements and/or substantial modifications to the
machine made either by PROMEC personnel or carried out on PROMEC’s express authorization,
complete, updated copies of the manual will be sent to the user, who will undertake to destroy the
previous version.
IMPORTANT: PROMEC will not be held responsible for any errors or damage
caused by the failure of the user to update the manual in his possession and failure to
incorporate in the said manual any parts sent subsequent to delivery of the machine.
10
General Information
Chapt.:
1.1 Manufacturer and machine identification details

1.1.1 Position of identification plate
1.1.2 Manufacturer’s details and”CE” marking

1.2.1 Instructions and precautions

1.3.1 General rules
1.3.2 Prohibitions and prescriptions
1.3.3 Description of operator qualifications
1.3.4 Defining the assignments
1.3.5 Summary of labels affixed to the machine
1.4.1 Glossary of terms
1.4.2 Written and graphical conventions
11
1.1.1 Position of identification plate
When making any kind of request or asking for information, always quote the details on the
machine’s identification plate, which is affixed in the position shown in the drawing.
The details shown on this plate are as follows:
- Name and address of manufacturer

- Model and/or type of machine
- Serial number
- Year of manufacture
- Volt, Hz, Kw
12
1.1.2 Manufacturer's details and"CE"marking
Further details regarding the Manufacturer and his Agent in the European Community can be found
on the "Certificate of Conformity" which is attached to this instruction manual (see "Attachments"
section).
In addition, in a clearly visible position on the machine the indelible "CE" marking is affixed.
This marking consists of the symbol shown below plus the last two figures of the year during
which the marking was affixed
The"CE" marking is a visible sign attesting to the fact that the machine is in conformity with the
"Machine Directive" (2006/42/CE and subsequent revisions) and can, therefore, circuiate freely
within the European Community market.
13
1.General Information
The PROMEC Technical Assistance Service is at the customer’s complete disposal for the
resolving of any electrical or mechanical problems which might arise, as well as to satisfy
any requests for additional copies of this manual and/or requests for spare parts, according
to the procedures described in the section “Spare parts list”. Specific reference must
always be made to the identification details of the machine in question.
IMPORTANT: The operations described in this manual, dealing with the various
phases of the machine’s life cycle, have been analyzed by PROMEC in minute detail.
Thus the number of operators recommended for each phase is the number required
to ensure optimal results. The use of a lower or higher number of workers might either
lead to the expected result not being attained or jeopardize the safety of the
personnel involved.
Should the user fail to observe the instructions or to take note of the precautions laid
down in this manual, PROMEC will not be held responsible for defects or problems
arising in the machine’s operational performance.
12
1.3.1 Rules to be followed
IMPORTANT: The regulations listed below must be read carefully and become a
fundamental part of daily procedure for the running and maintenance of all machines
manufactured by PROMEC, so as to avoid accidents to persons or damage to property.
1. Before starting up the machine, ensure that you have clearly understood how it operates.
Should you have doubts, even after having carefully read this manual from beginning to end, do
not hesitate to contact the PROMEC Technical Assistance Service.
2. Before operating the machine, always ensure that all the guards are closed and in the correct
positions, and never attempt to disable any of the safety devices.
3. Before starting up the machine, always ensure that all personnel are at a safe distance and that there
are no foreign bodies obstructing the handling area.
4. In cases where the machine is connected to and driven by other machines on the line, ensure
that everyone is aware of this.
5. Check daily that all switches and safety devices are in perfect working order.
6. Before beginning maintenance work or repairs, always ensure that electricity supply has been cut off
from the electric switchboard and that it cannot be switched on accidentally, unknown to the
maintenance engineer. To be perfectly sure, use a padlock or other security system to cut off the
electricity supply.
7. The machine must never be started up, nor should maintenance or repair work be carried out, by
overtired operators or by personnel under the influence of sedative drugs, alcohol etc.
8. Never attempt to remove a blockage of any kind in an area while moving parts.
13
9. Never wear clothes, jewelry or slack accessories which could become entangled in the
machine’s moving parts.
10. Keep the ground and/or platform of the area surrounding the machine clean, dry and clear of
obstructions. If water is required for the machine’s operation, wear shoes with slip-proof
soles.
11. Always wear protective spectacles, hard helmets, ear defenders, and any other types of
protective clothing required in the various work areas.
12. Always pay attention to all signs indicating cautions, warnings or danger.
13. Always use original spare parts or parts recommended by PROMEC; special class bolting
must be replaced with special class bolting. Observe the standard classification of the bolts.
Always replace ball bearings with ball bearings etc.
NOTE: Always enforce the safety regulations. When in doubt, consult

this manual again before taking action.
WARNING: The machine has been designed according to the latest

safety and ergonomic criteria. It is, however, important to keep in mind that
all moving parts can be potentially dangerous and you are advised never to
touch them when they are moving.
14
1.3.2 Prohibitions and prescriptions
Here is a list of the various prohibitions and prescriptions which recur most
frequently throughout the manual and are repeated at the end of specific paragraphs
in order to render them more immediate to the operators.
Never operate the machine in automatic mode with the fixed and/or mobile guards off.
Never disable the safety devices fitted on the machine.
Adjustments requiring the disabling of the safety devices, must be carried out by one person
only, and while these are in course no unauthorized persons must have access to the machine. If
possible only open one guard at a time.
After adjustments operations requiring the disabling of safety devices have been completed, the
said safety devices must be re-activated as soon as possible.
Washing of the machine must be carried out with the electrical and pneumatic separating
devices cut out.
Cleaning and/or washing of the machine with jets of air and/or liquid must always be
carried out with protective goggles. Personnel must be kept at a safe distance and care
must be taken never to direct the jet towards persons or towards the floor.
Never, for any reason, modify any part of the machine, such as connections, bores, finishings etc.
in order to adapt them for the fitting of other devices. PROMEC will not be held responsible for
manfunctioning of the machine, should the user fail to observe this regulation. Consult
PROMEC directly should modifications be required.
Clean the surfaces of the machine, the panels and controls, with a soft dry cloth or a cloth
dipped in a mild detergent solution; never use solvents, such as alcohol or petrol, as these could
damage the surfaces.
If the machine is not used for long periods (due to seasonal production requirements or other
reasons) the mineral oils used for lubricating the various moving parts will lose their
characteristics. Fresh oil will, therefore, have to be used if the machine has not be used for
periods exceeding six months.
15
Install the machine as shown on the various positioning drawings (lay-out) provided by
PROMEC in the attachments section. PROMEC will not be responsible for any problems
resulting from failure to do so.
The machine must only be used by personnel who have been trained by
PROMEC technical engineers.
16
1.3.3 Description of operator qualifications
Depending on the various life phases of the machine, personnel must have a minimum level of skill in order to
guarantee that the man-machine interaction is always carried out correctly and in conformity with safety
regulations.
To this end, you will find below a list of the professional qualifications required and the duties of the operators.
These will be repeated together with the required prescriptions in the relevant chapters of the manual.
Unqualified personnel
MACHINE OPERATOR - this in an unqualified operator, without specific skills, able to carry out simple tasks,
i.e. to handle the machine using the controls displayed on the push button panel, to load and unload the
materials used during production with the safety devices fitted and activated. (He is not qualified to use the
feed controls of the machine in manual mode with the guards open)
Qualified personnel
OPERATOR/MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - qualified maintenance engineer able to run

the machine in normal conditions, to make it work using the feed controls with the guards off, to make all the
necessary adjustments to the mechanical parts and to carry out maintenance and repair work.. (he is not
qualified to carry out operations involving the electrical system).
ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - qualified maintenance engineer able to run the machine in
normal conditions and to make it work using the feed controls with the guards off. In addition, he is qualified
to carry out adjustments, maintenance and repair work on the electrical system. (he is qualified to work with
the voltage supply in control boxes and connector blocks).
MANUFACTURER’S SERVICE ENGINEER - qualified technician, placed at the customer’s disposal by

the manufacturer for the carrying out of complex operations in special circumstances, according to the terms
agreed between manufacturer and user.
17
1.3.4 Definition of assignments
This heading groups: the list of prescriptions which must be followed in order to ensure that
operators interact with the machine correctly and safely as well as the introductory part of each
section of the manual in which the operator, or the person responsible for the machine, is entrusted to
carry out all the tasks linked to the various life phases of the machine, such as installation, operation,
adjustments, maintenance. etc.
The meanings of the definitions used in this manual are explained below: State
of the machine
This refers to the operational mode of the machine (automatic, manual or jog mode, machine
stopped ...), the state of the safety devices fitted on the machine (guards on, off, emergency button
pressed ...) and the type of insulation from energy sources.
Number of operators
This indicates the number of operators required to carry out the various functions with the best
possible results.
Qualification
Minimum qualification level of personnel required to carry out the specific operations indicated.
18
1.3.5 Summary of labels affixed to the machine
The labels listed below are affixed to the appropriate parts of the machine to inform and/or warn the
user directly as regards procedures or instructions to be followed or precautions to be taken.
Shape Meaning Contents
1.Rectangular Information or instructions Instruction regarding the correct
positioning of the gripper's
rubber pads on the shape and
diameter ofthe bottle neck.
2. Rectangular Information Details on the of machine, model
and characteristics of the
treatment.
3.Rectangular Danger Manufacturer's trade mark
and place of manufacture.
4. Triangular Danger Drawing attetion to potential
danger areas
19
1.General Information
1.4.1 Glossary of terms, acronyms and abbreviations
NOTE: The terms used in this manual which are enclosed by inverted commas (“...”)
are not included in this glossary either because they refer to specially, commonly used terms
which tend to recur, or because they refer to the trade names of equipment mentioned in the
attached documentation.
A synonym of the glossary term, if there is one, is written in brackets alongside.
Term Meaning
Arm A part of the machine - the mobile part which holds pad of the
(lever) bottle grippers
Chapt. Refers to the lay-out of the manual - abbreviation for chap

(sudbivision of the sections of the manual)
Infeed screw A machine part - rotating cylindrical part whith support screw for
trasporting the bottle
Column A machine part- cilindrical which supports the size changeover part
Counterguide A machine part - a plastic guide located opposite the bottle infeed
(Mobile barrier) screw; fitted on elastic elements to stop the machine if there are
overtuned bottles
Limit switch A machine part - position switch for stopping the machine
Carroussel A machine part central support and gripper rotation element

(Rotaring plate)
Lay-out Refers to the attachments to the manual - personalized positioning drawing

of the machine made to respect operation flow according to customer
specifications.
19
1.4.1. Glossary of terms, acronyms and abbreviations
Term Meaning
Support plate A machine part - circular plate on which the bottles stand
Gripper A machine part - the part which grips the necks of the bottles to
overturn and treat them
Predictive action Refers to maintenance - action required on the basis of given

conditions
Liquid waste Refers to liquid/water coming from the machine - liquid

discharged from the machine during production
Starwheel A machine part - rotating plastic part with bottle-holding

niches used to move the bottles along on one level
Gripper pad A machine part - the rubber part of the gripper which
(Small block) comes into contact with the bottle neck
Plate Refers to the lay-out of the manual - the plates are

drawings with references to spare parts
Twist A machine part - helical sliding guide of the bottle gripping

parts, used for turning the bottles over
Nozzle A machine part - pipe out of which liquid flows
20
1.4.2 Written and graphical conventions
Notes or particularly relevant sentences are highlighted throughout the text in bold and
preceded by the following headings to emphasize the importance and meaning of their contents.
NOTE Special attention or caution is not required in following these

indications
IMPORTANT This highlights parts of next containing information or prescriptions

which, if not observed, could lead to problems and/or involve
legal implications
CAUTION This relates to operations or procedures which, if not observerd, could

lead to damage to the machine and/or injury to persons.
WARNING This draw attention to situation which are potentially extremely

DANGER dangerous
The graphic symbols listed below, which appear throughout the text alongside the headings, are
designed to draw attention to the written notes, while making immediately clear the type and
degree of attention required
SYMBOLS SPECIFICATION
Informative sign regarding safety
General or specific caution sign
Prohibition
21
Preliminary information on the machine
Chapt.:
2.1 General description

2.1.1 Structure and morphology
2.1.2 Drive and electrical system

2.2.1 Operational diagram
2.2.2 Treatment cycles

2.3.1 Overall dimensions and weights
2.3.2 Performance
2.3.3 Suitable products for the treatments
2.3.4 Size ranges and characteristics of treatable containers
2.4 Use
2.4.1 Instructions and precaution
22
2.1. General description
2.1.1 Structure and morphology
The EVOLUTION is a rotary rinser which can be used to rinse a wide range of bottles of various
shapes, weights and materials (see: Technical characteristics and Use); the products it uses are
always the same bottles, sanitized with sterilizing fluids.
The machine is characterized by a central rotating carrousel with a special gripper which picks up the
bottles, supplied by an infeed conveyor belt, by the neck and turns them upside down so that the
spraying nozzles can be inserted in them from below to carry out the various phases of treatment and/or
sanitation (see: Operational flow); when treatment is carried out with liquids it involves a draining phase
which lasts until the residue liquid left in the bottle is within acceptable limits. After rotation, the bottles
are turned the right way up by the same gripper and transported to another conveyor belt opposite the
first one, at which point they feed out of the machine.
According to the types of treatment required, special sterilizing fluid and/or gas supplying systems can
be connected to with the machine. These systems, with the necessary filtering equipment, can also
recycle the liquids.
2.1.2 Drive unit and electrical system
The motion of the self-driven machine may either be brought about by a variable speed motor drive (for
low outputs) or by an “inverter” or electronically controlled speed variator (for high outputs).
The speed of the EVOLUTION can, moreover, by synchronized with that of the filler connected to it by
means of “Encoders” located on the infeed screw controls of the machines and on their relative control
cards (see: Catalogue of the commercially purchased complex equipment installed on the machine).
The electric switchboard and control panel may be combined in a single external control box at the base
of the machine, its exact location depending on the type of connection it has with the other machines on
the production line and on the specific requirements of the customer. It can either be placed at the side of
the machine or on the ground in a specific self-contained structure which is then electronically
connected. In certain versions of the machine, structure permitting, the electric switchboard may be
incorporated inside the machine with the control panel in a separate container, positioned at the side of
the machine (see: Machine positioning lay-out).
23
2.2.1 Operational diagram and operating controls
24
2.1.2 Treatment cycles
25
2.3.1 Overall dimensions and weights
Dimensions of the machine 2400X2700 H=2500
Machine weight CA 2700 Kg
Dimensions of the packed machine 2450x3400 H=2600
Weight of packed machine CA 3200 Kg

2.3.2 Performance
Output 12.000BPH* (glass or plastic bottles)
*Bottles per hour
2.3.2 Installed power
Electrical power supply .................................................….……..................3F+N+G
Power circuit ..................................................................................380/400V; 50HZ
Control circuit ..................................................................................................24V DC
Pneumatic mains energy ...........................................................Min. 4bar - Max.7bar
Hydraulic mains energy ............................................................Min. 4bar - Max 7bar
Pneumatic working energy ...................................................................................4bar
Hydraulic working energy......................................................................................4bar
2.3.3 Suitable products for the treatments
Product Characteristics
- Water + chlorine 10 ppm max.
CAUTION: If the degree of hardness of the water exceeds acceptable limits (20 ppm
CaCO3), we recommend that you used a water softener; sliding or sealing parts may become
worn or deteriorate rapidly due to lime deposits.
on the machine
CAUTION: When dealing with a sugar-based product or a product containing

abrasive substances of any kind, it is important to clean the parts thoroughly to prevent their
being damaged. To do so, please consult the paragraph: Introductions/Maintenance
operations, or contact the PROMEC technical service directly for detailed information.
29
2.3.4. Size range and characteristics of treatable containers
IMPORTANT: For special types of bottles, such as for example those with a
differently shaped neck, eccentrically-shaped bottles, swellings etc. always contact the our
company's technical service so as to prevent serious damage to the machine or to personnel
caused by an improper use of the machine itself.
2.Prelim
2.4 Use
The EVOLUTION machine has been designed, constructed and duly protected in order to be used
in the agricultural food processing industry for the automatic sanitation of large quantities of
bottles in glass, or plastic material such as PVC or PET, whose size and physical characteristics
correspond to those indicated in the paragraph: Size range and characteristics of the bottles to be
treated. This is done by filling the bottles with water, fluids, solutions and/or gases suitable for
rinsing and/or sterilizing them in conformity with the chemical and physical characteristics and
quantities expressly and clearly indicated in the paragraph: Suitable products for the treatments,
after which they will be filled with the final product.
These instructions are the result of careful assessments of the purposes which the machine has
been designed to fulfil and are therefore to be considered as fundamental in order to avoid
damaging the machine, causing accidents or jeopardizing the health of the personnel in charge
and/or end user of the product.
CAUTION: Do not use the machine for any use other than those specifically indicated or
for any use which does not adhere to the information, prescriptions and instructions
quoted in this manual, unless you have obtained express authorization from us for a
specific use not mentioned here.
31
SECTION: 3
Transportation, Handling and Storage
Chapt.:

3.1.1 Packing conditions
3.1.2 Instructions for unpacking
3.1.3 Disposal and/or re-utilization of packing materials
32
3.Trasportation, Handling and Storage
The operations described below, dealing with various phases of the machine’s life cycle, have
been analyzed by PROMEC in minute detail. Thus the number and qualification of the
operators recommended is the number required to ensure optimal results. The use of a lower
or higher number of workers, or of inadequately qualified workers, might either lead to the
expected result not being attained or jeopardize the safety of the personnel involved.
dipped in a mild detergent solution; never use solvents, such as alcohol or petrol, as these
could damage the surfaces.
Washing of the machine must be carried out with the electrical and pneumatic
separating devices cut out.
If the machine is not used for long periods (due to seasonal production requirements or other
33
3.1.1 Packing conditions
All PROMEC machines are inspected and tested before delivery and, before being shipped, they are
appropriately packed.
According to the type of transport and the length of the journey from PROMEC’s premises to the
machine’s final destination or as a result of the customer’s specific requests and/or requirements, the
packing conditions are as follows:
External covering - wooden box

Internal covering - machine wrapped in heat-shrinking sealing material
Machine base firmly secured to wooden base.
External protection provided by wooden crate

Internal covering - machine wrapped in heat-shrinking sealing material
Machine base firmly secured to wooden base.
External covering - heat-shrinking sealing material

Machine base placed on the machine’s own supporting feet. (for short distance
deliveries)
No external covering
Machine base placed on the machine’s own supporting feet. (for short distance
deliveries with covered transport)
IMPORTANT: There are several stamps on the wooden box bearing instructions to be
followed and precautions to be observed, among which the “CE” marking, overall mass values
and the instructions for lifting correctly, so as to prevent damaging or overturning the machine
and its contents. See: Transportation and handling of packed machine.
34
3.1.2 Instructions for unpacking
- State of machine: in the various packing stages. See: Packing conditions

- No. of operators: 2
- Qualification: Qualified personnel (fork lift truck and crane operators etc.)
NOTE: It is advisable to use trained personnel to carry out the following operations as it might
be necessary to lift the machine in order to free it from the packing materials.
CAUTION: Whenever possible take the machine, still in its packing, as near as possible to the
place where it is to be installed.
Proceed to unpack the machine as follows:
1. Remove the covering and take out all the disassembled components and accessories.
2. Free the machine and the various parts which accompany it very carefully from their packing
materials.
3. Remove all the blocks of wood fitted at the base of the machine on the wooden base to secure it.
4. Separate the base of the machine from the wooden base, unscrewing all the clamping nuts
from the pins of the machine’s feet
IMPORTANT: Check carefully that the material supplied corresponds exactly to order
specifications and that the packing or the machine have not been damaged during transportation and
that no parts have been stolen. In the event of disagreement, damage or theft, you are required to
present a written complaint to the forwarding agent and to PROMEC with in 5 days of delivery;
PROMEC is at your complete disposal for the resolving of any problem reported in good time.
35
3.1.3 Disposal and/or re-utilization of packing materials
Should it become necessary to move the machine to another production area after its initial
installation (as in the case of seasonal production, for example), it is advisable to preserve
the packing materials such as the wooden box and base since, if they have not been
damaged during unpacking, they can be re-utilized, either totally or partially, in order to
ensure against damaging the machine during transportation to the new production site. See:
Transportation and handling of packed machine.
IMPORTANT: If the packing materials do not have to be preserved for re- utilization,
they must be disposed of. In doing so, the machine end-user must adhere to the laws in
force in his own country.
- State of machine: packing in box, crate, or placed on wooden base.

NOTE: It is advisable to use trained personnel to carry out the following

operations as, due to the bulk of the load, the person involved in lifting and
handling the machine has very limited visibility. He therefore requires the
assistance of another person, on the ground, to give directions.
36
CAUTION: The packed machine must only be lifted and handled using a fork lift truck
with flat forks, large enough to support the mass of the machine to be moved
(See: Overall dimensions and weights).
Lift and handle the packed machine as follows:
1. First of all, check that the forks of the fork lift truck are as long, if not longer, as the width of the
machine.
2. Adjust the forks to exactly the same distance, using the values listed on the base of the packing as a
reference.
3. Insert the forks of the fork lift truck on the side where the instructions are written, following the
indications.
4. Lift and remove the packed machine from the transport vehicle, or from the place in which it is
situated, and take it as near as possible to the place where the machine is to be installed.
IMPORTANT: Repeat this procedure every time the packed machine requires to
be handled.
37
- State of machine: unpacked or only covered with the sealing material.

NOTE: It is advisable to use trained personnel to carry out the following operations as, due to the bulk
of the load, the person involved in lifting and handling the machine has very limited visibility. He therefore
requires the assistance of another person, on the ground, to give directions.
CAUTION: The packed machine must only be lifted and handled using a fork lift truck with flat forks,
large enough to support the mass of the machine to be moved (See: Overall dimensions and weights).
Lift and handle the packed machine as follows:
1. First of all, check that the forks of the fork lift truck are as long, if not longer, as the width of the
machine.
2. Adjust the forks to exact the same distance, using the values listed on the base of the packing as a reference.
3. Insert the forks of the fork lift truck on the side where the instructions are written, following the indications.
4. Lift and remove the packed machine from the transport vehicle, or from the place in which it is situated, and take
it as near as possible to the place where the machine is to be installed.
IMPORTANT: Repeat this procedure every time the unpacked machine requires to be handled.
38
If the packed machine requires to be stored for long periods of time, no special precautions have to be taken in as
much as the sealed covering keeps the machine in perfect condition and prevents animals or foreign bodies from
coming into contact with it. It is, however, good practice to inspect it thoroughly before starting it up.
To store the unpacked machine before starting it up or during long periods of inactivity, such as long seasonal
breaks, follow the procedure below in order to keep it in perfect condition and good working order.
Disconnect all the installed energy sources and padlock the main switch of the electric control panel.
Clean the machine thoroughly. See: Cleaning and Maintenance.
Close all the valves and water and/or gas supply taps
At the end of long periods of production it is also good practice to: lubricate the machine using the
centralized distributor (See: Maintenance and repairs); carefully check the machine for signs of wear
and, if necessary, order spare parts well in advance.
Cover the machine adequately in order to protect it from dust and, if possible, use a protective covering
which safeguards the machine against animals and foreign
bodies of any kind.
NOTE: The materials used to construct the machine and its particular design features mean
that it does not require excessive lubrication. Nor does it require to be smeared with special substances
to safeguard against corrosion.
39
Installation
Chapt.:
4.6 Connections to the supply sources and their respective controls

4.6.1 Electrical connections
4.6.2 Pneumatic connections
4.6.3 Water connections
4.7 Supplies
40
4. Installation
The operations described below, dealing with various phases of the machine’s life cycle, have been
analyzed by PROMEC in minute detail. Thus the number and qualification of the operators
recommended is the number required to ensure optimal results. The use of a lower or higher
number of workers, or of inadequately qualified workers, might either lead to the expected result
not being attained or jeopardize the safety of the personnel involved.
Never, for any reason, modify any part of the machine, such as connections, bores, finishings etc. in
order to adapt them for the fitting of other devices. PROMEC will not be held responsible for
malfunctioning of the machine, should the user fail to observe this regulation. Consult PROMEC
directly should modifications be required.
Install the machine as shown on the various positioning drawings (lay-out) provided by PROMEC
in the attachments section. PROMEC will not be responsible for any problems resulting from
failure to do so.
The machine must be placed in a covered environment with no devices, loads, piping etc of
any kind suspended above it which could accidentally fall on it, either
damaging its external structure or the internal movements of the production line.
Ambient temperature from 5° to 40°C.
Relative humidity from 0% to 60%.
Generally stable environmental conditions without abrupt changes in temperature or

humidity.
41
Ensure that the space around the area in which the machine has been positioned responds
to the following requisites:
It must be possible to open all the upper doors of the production area guards and the lower doors of
the drive unit housing.
It must be possible to open the covers and remove the basins, tanks, etc. of the auxiliary water
and/or air supply units. See: Machine positioning lay-out.
It must be possible to carry out all maintenance and general repair operations to the machine
effortlessly and without impediment.
IMPORTANT: There must, in any event, be a minimum clearance of approx. 1.5 meters
all around the perimeter of the machine, measured with the machine taking up maximum
space (i.e. with the doors open), or if this is not possible the obstacles placed within this area
must be moveable in order to allow access to the machine.
- State of machine: unpacked

- Qualification: Qualified personnel (fork lift truck operator and machine operator/
maintenance engineer)
NOTE: It is advisable to use trained personnel to carry out the following operations
as, due to the bulk of the load, the person involved in lifting and handling the machine has very
limited visibility. He therefore requires the assistance of another person, on the ground, to
give directions.
CAUTION: The packed machine must only be lifted and handled using a fork lift truck
with flat forks, large enough to support the mass of the machine to be moved (See: Overall
dimensions and weights).
IMPORTANT: The machine will only work according to the technical and precision
parameters preset by PROMEC if it is placed on the floor of the production area in a stable
fashion in order to reduce vibrations to a minimum while the machine is operating.
42
Proceed as follows in order to install the machine correctly, thereby guaranteeing
optimum performance:
1. Check beforehand that the area where the machine is to be installed is big enough to enable it to be
installed together with its auxiliary supply and control units (See: Machine positioning lay-out) and
that the floor where it is to stand is level, or at least not too bumpy.
2. Ensure that the surrounding environment is insulated from strong electromagnetic fields created by
electrical devices such as large electric motors, high-powered radio transmitters, high frequency
safety instrumentation etc.
3. Lift the machine and take it close to the area where it is to be positioned, taking care not to place
obstacles in the actual area itself.
4. Lower the machine extremely carefully into place.
5. Adjust the height of the machine by turning the threaded pins on the support feet
until it is level with the product infeed and outfeed connections (See: Machine positioning lay-out).
6. Level the machine, taking care to tilt it slightly towards the liquid discharge hole; this is done by
regulating the height of each single foot using the pins and by tightening all the clamping nuts.
7. Put the auxiliary supply and control units into position ready to be connected up (See: Machine
positioning layout) and bring them all to the same level by regulating the pins in the feet.
NOTE: Try to ensure that the threaded pins protrude from the machine feet as little as possible.
IMPORTANT: Repeat the same procedure every time the machine is moved.
43
IMPORTANT: The machine is usually supplied to the customer already

assembled and complete with all its parts. Only in certain cases supplementary units
might be supplied in disassembled form for packing and shipping purposes. If in doubt
as to how to install these sections of the machine, or how to assemble accessories
received separately, do not hesitate to contact PROMEC Technical Assistance Service
directly. PROMEC places the expertise and experience of its qualified service
engineers at the complete disposal of our customers to either train and instruct the
personnel in charge of the machine, or to intervene directly with a view to resolving any
problems which might arise.
If the machine is delivered with the external control panel of the drive base not already
assembled to the base itself, fit it onto the upper side where you will see the holes for the
supporting screws (for machines with top supporting structure and guards) or onto the side
support which is to be attached in the position indicated (for machines with guards but
without top supporting structure). Be sure to insert the electrical connection cables into the
hole in the top main structure in the first case, or through the recess in the side support and
into the hole in the lower drive unit housing, in the second case.
Likewise, proceed to make the mechanical connections of the conveyor belts or of any
other transporting system for product infeeding and outfeeding which might be specifically
requested, as shown on the machine positioning lay-out drawings.
Figure 1
44
None of the blocks or equipment needs to be removed, since all the parts of the machine are firmly
fixed onto the machine itself and are not likely to be damaged during transportation.
4.6 Connection to the supply sources and their respective controls
4.6.1 Electrical connections
- State of machine: in position and mechanically connected only

- Qualification: Electrical maintenance engineer
CAUTION: Ensure that the frequency and supply voltage values indicated on the
machine’s identification plate (See: Position of identification plate) correspond to those of the
mains supply. Also check that the nominal mains power supply is not subject to sudden
changes in voltage exceeding 10%; different values can cause malfunctioning of or damage
to the machine’s electrical components. The use of a current stabilizer is therefore
recommended.
IMPORTANT: The machine’s connection to the mains must be carried out in

conformity with the standards in force in the machine user’s country.
NOTE: The connection of the machine to the mains supply must be made by
inserting the three phase cables plus the line protection cable into the control box (marked
on the supply lay-out with the voltage symbol) and by means of the terminal board.
To connect the machine correctly to the electrical supply, proceed as follows:
1. Consult the electrical diagram and machine positioning lay-out drawing and check the
connection points to the mains supply and to the auxiliary groups.
2. Connect the sections which are disconnected, taking care not to invert the cables inside
the connector blocks of the motors, pumps etc.
3. Check that the intensity of the short circuit to the main switch connecting terminals is
compatible with its cut-off power.
Main switch cut-off power:
.........KA
4. Connect the feeders provided to the corresponding terminals marked on the terminal board of
the electric switchboard by the letters: R, S, T, N, PE.
45
2
CAUTION: The electric feeders must have a diameter of 1mm for every 5A of
2
absorption and the ground cable a minimum diameter of 6mm with a voltage of 380V.
NOTE: In the event of the phases being inverted, the machine has an electronic
system which only allows it to rotate in the correct direction.
In this case, simply invert the position of one of the phases.
46
4. Installation
4.6.2 Pneumatic connections
- State of machine: in position and connected both mechanically and electrically with
the main switch on and padlocked.
- Qualification: Maintenance engineer or qualified machine operator. To
connect the machine pneumatically, proceed as follows:
1. Consult the pneumatic diagram and machine positioning lay-out drawing and check the
connection points.
2. Check that minimum and maximum supply pressure values correspond with those set down in the
technical data (See: Installed Energy).
3. Connect the supply points of the machine by means of stainless steel piping, running from the main
system. For the correct diameter of the fittings, please consult paragraph: Machine positioning lay-out.
4. Regulate working pressure, using the reducer, to a maximum of 2.5bar on the gauge.
46
4.6.3 Hydraulic connections
- State of machine: in position and connected both mechanically and electrically with
the main switch on and padlocked.
- Qualification: Maintenance engineer or qualified machine operator. To
connect the machine hydraulically, proceed as follows:
1. Consult the hydraulic diagram and machine positioning lay-out drawing and check the
connection points.
2. Check that the characteristics of the water or liquid to be delivered to the hydraulic supply unit
correspond to those indicated in the technical data (See: Suitable products for the treatments).
3. Connect the supply points of the machine by means of stainless steel piping, running from the main
system. For the correct diameter of the fittings, please consult paragraph: Machine positioning lay-out.
4. Assemble the rigid stainless steel connection pipes for supplying and recycling fluids (in the case of
machines with the recycling option), using tapered pipe fittings, if these have been disconnected for
transportation purposes.
5. Regulate working pressure, using the reducer, to a maximum of 3bar on the gauge.
6. For waste water which does not contain hazardous substances connect the discharge points using
stainless steel or plastic piping to sump pits, located near to the machine, for final disposal. For
hazardous substances, proceed as per paragraph: Instructions for the removal and disposal of waste
material.
NOTE: If the system pressure is under 3bar, a special feed pump is required.
47
4.7 Supplies
The water may be supplied directly by a centralized supply system or by an auxiliary

hydraulic unit and be activated by a selection control (See: Description of the
controls and signals). The fluid level in the basin is automatically controlled
by a probe which gives the prompt to fill when the liquid falls below a certain level or if it is
dispersed, as happens in machines with recycling.
The only real waste material which has to be removed from the machine are bottles broken
as a result of pre-existing cracks or due to sudden changes in temperature during their travel
along the production line (this of course applies to glass bottles). In such cases, the operator
must carefully remove the glass fragments (using suitable protective gloves) and proceed
to dispose of them according to the regulations in force in the country in which the machine
operates.
IMPORTANT: If the waste water discharged fom the hydraulic supply unit or
from the machine itself contains solutions which are potentially hazardous to health, it
must be treated prior to disposal in conformity with environmental health legislation. If
acidic substances (such as sulphur dioxide) are used, the solution must be neutralized
with suitable base products (e.g. caustic soda based).
No special equipment or tools are supplied with the machine, except for two Allen
wrenches, a 6mm and a 10mm one, to be used for adjusting the mobile barrier
(counterguide) and for opening the lower doors of the supply unit.
The machine is supplied with equipment for one size assembled and the others disassembled
for the processing of different ranges of bottles, as specifically stated on ordering (See: size
changeover instructions).
There may also be a special wrench designed for extracting the rubber pads of the bottle
grippers in cases where different sets of rubber pads are to be used. For further information
please contact PROMEC Technical Assistance Service.
Double treatment machines with mobile nozzles are also provided with a special wrench
for disassembling the spraying nozzle.
48
Using the machine - preliminary preparations
Chapt.:

5.0.1 Rules to be followed.

5.1.1 Supplying the bottles
5.1.2 Treating the bottles
5.1.3 Rotating carrousel with adjustable height
5.1.4 Auxiliary unit for fluid supply
5.1.5 Bottle outfeed

5.3.1 Operator positions for starting up and running the machine
5.3.2 Control panel
5.4 Description of start modes
5.6 Emergency stop
49
WARNING: The machine has been designed according to the latest safety and ergonomic
criteria. It is, however, important to keep in mind that all moving parts can be potentially
dangerous and you are advised never to touch them when they are moving.
Never, for any reason, modify any part of the machine, such as connections, bores, finishings
etc. in order to adapt them for the fitting of other devices. PROMEC will not be held
responsible for malfunctioning of the machine, should the user fail to
observe this regulation. Consult PROMEC directly should modifications be required.
Never operate the machine in automatic mode with the fixed and/or mobile guards off.
The machine must only be used by personnel who have been trained by PROMEC
technical engineers.
1. Before starting up the machine, ensure that you have clearly understood how it operates. Should you have
doubts, even after having carefully read this manual from beginning to end, do not hesitate to contact the
PROMEC Technical Assistance Service.
2. Before operating the machine, always ensure that all the guards are closed and in the correct positions,
and never attempt to disable any of the safety devices.
3. Never wear clothes, jewelry or slack accessories which could become entangled in the machine’s moving
parts.
4. Always pay attention to all signs indicating cautions, warnings or danger.
50
5.1.1 Supplying the bottles
The bottles, which are supplied by specific transport systems selected on the basis of type and size, are fed
into the machine, paced by an infeed starwheel and conveyed to a single or double infeed screws (for light,
instable bottles such as petaloid PET bottles).
Opposite the infeed screw, there is a mobile guide (counterguide). If the bottles jam or if bottles overturn, they
press against this counterguide which, in turn, causes the tripping of a limit switch which immediately stops
the machine.
The infeed starwheel transports the bottles, separated and paced, by means of a fixed intermediate guide, to
the gripper of the central rotating carrousel.
5.1.2 Treatment of the bottles
The opening of the mobile levers of all the grippers on the carrousel at the same time, controlled and timed by a
central horizontal cam, ensures that the neck of each bottle is firmly held while it is still being guided by the
infeed starwheel. While the bottles, held firmly by the neck by the grippers, are rotating on the carrousel, they
are turned upside down by means of special lever arms which slide along a peripheral helical- shaped guide
called a Twist, so that they are in the correct position, mouth downwards, when they reach the spraying nozzles.
The spraying nozzles can either be mobile or fixed, depending on production speed and the type of bottles to be
treated. The mobile nozzles are activated by a cam and, being spring-loaded, enter the neck of the bottles in
order to spray the liquid and/or rinsing and/or sanitizing gas (only when the presence of the bottle is detected by
a mechanical feeler) through a valve which is activated by a second cam, called the spraying cam. In contrast
with the mobile nozzles, the fixed nozzles have a fixed tube onto which the mouth of the bottle is centred when
it is turned over by the gripper. Spraying is carried out by a slotted distributor or special valve, depending on
the treatments which can be carried out with the given version of the machine (See: Treatment cycles).
On completion of the spraying phase, the bottles, which continue to rotate, are slightly tilted to aid
draining, and then re-straightened so that they can then be deposited on the outfeed starwheel.
51
5.1.3 Rotating carrousel with adjustable height
The machine has a rotating carrousel with adjustable height so that the gripper can be regulated according to
the various sizes of bottles to be treated. This can either be done manually by means of a handwheel or it can
be motorized and activated through the electric control panel.
In both cases the height of the grippers can be read on a graduated scale located at the side of the carrousel.
The bottle sizes compatible with the machine can be pre-set during the final test phase.
An automatic height adjustment unit can be supplied on request and consists of a device with a fixed upper
gripper (at the same height as the carrousel gripper) and a lower mobile support plate, fitted at the side of the
carrousel, designed to detect a sample bottle by means of a sensor placed at base level.
5.1.4 Auxiliary fluid supply unit
The mixing, dosing and recycling (if any) of the treatment substances is carried out by a special auxiliary unit
connected to the machine which consists of a fluid basin, feed pump and relative automatic level and/or
pressure controls.
In the version with the recycling option, in contrast to the version which directly discharges the treatment
liquids from the machine, the waste water is re-directed into the basin by means of a manifold connecting the
machine and the external unit. It is then purified, for either drainage or for recycling, by an absolute
precleaner and filter fitted between the basin and the machine itself and fixed, external to the machine, on the
delivery pipe.
5.1.5 Bottle outfeed
The rinsed and/or disinfected bottles, coming from the central carrousel, are released by the grippers and
deposited on the rotating outfeed starwheel which, in turn, conveys them, one by one, to a suitable transporting
system (conveyor belt) to be taken on to the next phase of production.
In cases where the machine is mechanically connected to the filler and production speeds are high, there is an
outfeed screw to minimize the noise created by glass bottles coming into contact with each other, or if the
bottles being treated are light, easily unbalanced plastic bottles, there is a double outfeed screw.The rotation of
the outfeed starwheel is controlled by a torque limiter which automatically disengages the starwheel if there is
a mechanical obstruction or bottle jam during the transfer phase and, by means of a position switch,
immediately stops the machine.
52
The machine has been rendered safe by guards which cover all of the moving parts, making it impossible
for the operator to carry out any kind of repair, or other, operation while the machine is operating.
Fixed shields on both the bottle infeed and outfeed conveyor belts.
Mobile shields which allow access to the bottle handling parts through openable inspection doors on the
upper protection guard, all controlled by safety microswitches designed to stop the machine.
Mobile shields which allow access to the lower drive unit housing and which can only be opened by a
lock requiring a special key.
Photocell or limit switch (on request), approximately one metre before the conveying screw, designed
to stop the machine if there are no bottles on the infeed conveyor belt. Failure by the customer to
request or install this will lead to a waste of energy and unnecessary wear on the machine which will
continue to run loadless.
Limit switch designed to stop the machine if the presence of bottles with a wider diameter or
overturned bottles is detected at the worm screw.
Limit switch designed to stop the machine if the bottles are not centred, badly positioned or broken
on the outfeed starwheel.
Machine rise-descent limit switch designed to stop the carrousel (when height adjustment is
motorized).
Photocell or limit switch (on request), approximately one and a half metres from the outfeed starwheel,
designed to stop the machine when too many bottles accumulate on the unloading conveyor belt. If
this is not included in the order specifications, the customer should install it himself in order to avoid
malfunctioning of the machine.
NOTE: For further details on the position and function of the control devices see:
Operational diagram and operating controls.
IMPORTANT: Potential danger sources originating from other machines or equipment

connected to the machine’s infeed or outfeed must be safeguarded by the user with adequate
protective systems at the connection points.
53
5.3.1 Operator positions for starting up and running the machine
Only one operator is required for the starting up of production and he should stay front of the
machine on the control panel side.
While the machine is working, the operator’s task consists simply in checking that all is
functioning normally and he only needs to intervene if the machine stops, in order to remove
jammed, overturned or broken bottles from the production zone and reset safety devices, if
required, including manually engaging the outfeed starwheel.
5.3.2 Control panel
The operating instructions are in the manual specific.
54
5.4 Description of the machine’s operational modes
The machine can operate in the following modes:
In automatic mode with guards closed, when the machine is started up autonomously; this operational mode,
activated by means of a key selector, is reserved to qualified operators or maintenance engineers only.
In automatic mode with the guards closed, when the machine is started up in combination with other
connected machines; this operational mode, activated by means of a key selector, is reserved to
qualified operators or maintenance engineers only.
In manual mode (jog mode), possibly with the guards open; this operational mode, activated by a
key selector, involves running the machine with a reduced safety level and is reserved to specialized
and qualified personnel (maintenance engineers).
This mode requires the following precautions to be taken:
- operation at reduced speed (minimum possible revs/min.)

- Selection of jog mode - operation continues for as long as the machine start button is pressed
and stops as soon as the button is released.
- External manual control (portable with flexible cable) - operation continues for as long as the
button is pressed and stops as soon as it is released (on request).
55
The machine is designed to stop only in automatic mode and in phase when one of the controls of
the operative line, drive unit or auxiliary treatment substance supplying units intervenes.
(See: Operational diagram and operating controls/Controls and signals).
5.6 Emergency stop
The machine has one or more mushroom-head emergency stop buttons, one of which
is on the control panel (See: Control panel) and one on the body of the machine itself
(See: Machine positioning lay-out).
This button is to be used:
In the event of imminent danger or a mechanical accident.
When the machine has already been stopped for short maintenance operations in order
to safeguard against its being started up.
56
In emergency conditions electrical energy must be cut off by turning the machine’s main switch.
The main switch of the machine is located on the door of the electric switchboard: the door cannot be opened when
this switch is on position “I” (voltage present). It only opens when turned to position “O” (voltage cut off).
It is a two-position selector which turns and has holes for locking it, by means of a padlock or other security system,
in the power-off position, in order to prevent it from being turned back on, unknown to the personnel working on the
machine.
This switch must be used:
In normal conditions - in order to supply power to the machine when it is to be started up.
In normal conditions - in order to cut off power to the machine at the end of production cycles, locking it
in the off position.
In maintenance operation situations - in order to cut off power to the machine when
maintenance or electrical repairs have to be carried out.
In emergency situations - in order to cut off power to the machine in the event of potential electrical
danger.
Operations involving the setting and/or modification of the machine’s electronic data (entry of production data) and
the sequence for using the machine’s control panel must be
carried out as follows:
Analyse the logical description of the “INVERTER” or “PLC”, following the attached instructions (See: Catalogue
of the commercially purchased complex equipment installed in the machine).
CAUTION: The entering of the electronic settings has been minutely analysed and carefully
predetermined by PROMEC during the machine’s final test phase. Do not therefore, under any
circumstances, modify the pre-set values without express authorization from PROMEC.
57
When using the control panel, strictly adhere to the following operational sequence:
1. Supply voltage to the machine by turning on the main switch.
2. Check that the auxiliary line light is on.
3. Check that none of the warning lights is on, indicating that a safety device has stopped the machine.
4. Turn all the selectors to the automatic mode position.
5. Ensure that all the warning lights for the operative line and auxiliary supply controls go out.
6. Preset production speed.
7. Press the start button.
Always check that the safety system is in perfect working order before starting up the machine, paying
particular attention to the following:
Limit switch of doors of upper protective guards
Photocell or limit switch on infeed conveyor belt (if provided)
Limit switch of infeed screw counterguide
Carrousel rise-descent limit switch (if provided)
Limit switch of outfeed star torque limiter
Photocell or limit switch of unloading conveyor belt (if provided).
58
IMPORTANT: All PROMEC machinery and equipment is methodically and scrupulously tested
before being delivered to the customer. Do not effect any operations which are not expressly indicated
in this manual.
CAUTION: Products, guards, safety devices and controls and other components can be damaged if
badly aligned, or due to breakages or the presence of foreign bodies in the machine.
Before starting up the machine after short or long periods of inactivity, always run the following checks and
preliminary tests:
1. Clear the work area of litter, rags, equipment and all kinds of objects.
2. Give the machine a thorough general cleaning (if it has been inoperative for long periods or if the
particular circumstances require it).
3. Check the oil level in the reduction gears, if they are not lubricated for life (if the machine has been
inoperative for a long period).
4. Grease the elements of the machine using the centralized distributor or grease the single points (if the
machine has been inoperative for a long period).
5. Tighten all the hydraulic and pneumatic fittings.
6. Inspect all the piping and treatment substance supply components, to ensure that there are no leaks (if
the machine has been inoperative for a long period).
7. Ensure that the machine has been adjusted to the correct height for the bottle to be treated.
8. Ensure that all the size changeover parts (equipment) fitted on the machine correspond to the size of bottle to
be treated.
9. Ensure that none of the screws or machine parts are loose.
10. Ensure that the pads of all of the grippers are correctly fitted in their seats (PROMEC quick-fit system
with lockball mechanism).
11. Carry out practical tests in order to verifiy that the safety devices are all functioning correctly.
59
12. Have the machine run a few cycles without bottles (in manual mode) in order to ensure that there are
no failures, leaks or strange noises, and to drain off the first part of the product to be used for the
treatment.
13. Place a bottle, a sample of the bottle to be treated, in the infeed screw and start up the machine in jog
mode (manual mode at minimum speed) in order to ensure that the travel of the bottles through the
machine takes place smoothly and without obstructions.
14. Start the machine up only after verifying that everything is functioning correctly and after having
pinpointed and resolved any problems
CAUTION: If the machine malfunctions and you cannot discover the cause and resolve the
problem, despite having followed the instructions in this manual with due care and attention, do not
hesitate to contact PROMEC Technical Assistance Service for expert advice.
60
Using the machine
Chapt.

6.1 Supplying the containers to be treated

6.1.1 Inspection of filters inside the machine and external to it.

6.2.1 Adjusting the height of the rotating carrousel
6.2.2 Positioning the sliding guide of the gripper(Twist)
6.2.3 Timing of infeed and outfeed starwheels with rotating carrousel
6.2.4 Timing of screw with infeed starwheel
6.2.5 Calibration of outfeed starwheel torque limiter.

6.5.1 Routine cleaning operations
61
WARNING: The machine has been designed according to the latest safety and ergonomic criteria. It is,
however, important to keep in mind that all moving parts can be potentially dangerous and you are
advised never to touch them when they are moving.
The operations described in this manual, dealing with the various phases of the machine’s life cycle, have
been analyzed by PROMEC in minute detail. Thus the number of operators recommended for each
phase is the number required to ensure optimal results. The use of a lower or higher number of workers
might either lead to the expected result not being attained or jeopardize the safety of the personnel
involved.
Never operate the machine in automatic mode with the fixed and/or mobile guards off. Never disable
the safety devices fitted on the machine.
Adjustments requiring the disabling of the safety devices, must be carried out by one person only, and
while these are in course no unauthorized persons must have access to the machine. If possible disable
one safety device at a time.
said safety devices must be re-activated as soon as possible.
Never, for any reason, modify any part of the machine, such as connections, bores, finishings etc. in order
to adapt them for the fitting of other devices. PROMEC will not be held responsible for malfunctioning
of the machine, should the user fail to
62
IMPORTANT: The rules listed below must be read carefully and become a fundamental part of
daily procedure for the running and maintenance of all machines manufactured by PROMEC, so as to
avoid accidents to persons or damage to property.
PROMEC technical assistance service.
2. Before operating the machine, always ensure that all the guards are closed and in the correct positions, and
never attempt to disable any of the safety devices.
3. Before starting up the machine, always ensure that all personnel are at a safe distance and that there are
no foreign bodies obstructing the handling area.
4. If the machine works in automatic cycles, ensure that everyone is aware of this fact.
from the electrical switchboard and that it cannot be switched on accidentally, unknown to the maintenance
engineer. To be perfectly sure, use a padlock or other security system to cut off the electricity supply.
7. The machine must never be started up, nor should maintenance or repair work be carried out, by overtired
operators or by personnel under the influence of sedative drugs, alcohol etc.
8. Never attempt to remove a blockage of any kind in an area with moving parts.
parts.
10. Keep the ground and/or platform of the area surrounding the machine clean, dry and clear of obstructions.
If water is required for the machine’s operation, wear shoes with slip-proof soles.
63
11. Always wear protective spectacles, hard helmets, ear defenders, and any other types of
protective clothing required in the various work areas.
12. Always pay attention to all signs indicating precautions, warnings or danger.
13. Always use original spare parts or parts recommended by PROMEC; special class bolting
must be replaced with special class bolting. Observe the standard classification of the bolts.
Always replace expanding bearings with expanding bearings etc.
NOTE: Always enforce the safety rules. When in doubt, consult this manual again
before taking action.
6.1 Supplying of the containers to be treated
The bottle supply and unloading areas, the external auxiliary treatment substance supply units and
the machine itself can all be easily supervised while in operation. No particular means of access,
such as ladders, raised platforms, catwalks etc are, therefore, required.
6.1.1 Inspection of filters inside the machine and external to it.
Should it become necessary to inspect the absolute filters on the high level fluid delivery pipe,
the limit switches on the guard doors, the pneumatic filters or any other component fitted at the
top of the machine, a small step ladder could be useful. It is important, however, only to use
step ladders with specific features and protective guards which respond to the regulations in
force in the country in which the machine is being installed.
CAUTION: Never, under any circumstances, attempt to gain access to the above
mentioned parts, or indeed any other part, of the machine in an unorthodox fashion (e.g.
climbing up on it), without using the means provided.
When inspecting the fluid filter and adjusting working pressure or carrying out any other type of
control operation, be sure to use a portable torch which can be hooked onto suitable parts of
the machine (this torch must respond to the regulations in force in the country of use of the
machine), in order to ensure that the area being worked up is sufficiently illuminated and to
avoid problems or accidents of any kind during the course of operations.
64
6. Using the machine
6.2.1 Adjusting the height of the rotating carrousel
- State of machine: safely stopped with mushroom-head emergency button pressed

down.
- Qualification: Qualified machine operator
To adjust the hold of the rotating carrousel grippers on the bottle, proceed as follows:
Manual adjustment
· Check the indications on the sticky label affixed to the machine door which shows
the correct gripping positions of the rubber pads depending on the type of neck and the
diameter of the bottles to be treated.
· Turn the selector (See: Control Panel) in one direction or another or rotate the handwheel
manually (no motorized version) until the rubber pads grip the bottles as illustrated on the
label.
6.2.2 Positioning the sliding guide of the grippers (Twist)
CAUTION: The sliding guide of the gripper is carefully and correctly

positioned during the machine’s final test phase and is adjusted so as to ensure
the maximum output and efficiency of the rotating carrousel unit.
Do not, under any circumstances, tamper with the guide or modify its preset
conditions.
DANGER: The external helical guide (Twist) may overheat as a result of the
continual rubbing of the sliding rail guides of the grippers. Avoid touching these
parts with bare hands, therefore, after stopping the machine. If this is unavoidable,
make sure that you are wearing protective gloves.
If the lateral support brackets or the guide itself (Twist) requires disassembling, please
contact PROMEC Technical Assistance Service who will deal with re- assembling
operations and adjustments.
64
6.2.3 Timing of infeed and outfeed stawheels with rotating carrousel
IMPORTANT: All the size changeover parts are timed and carefully controlled by
PROMEC during the machine’s final test phase. If further adjustment is necessary as a
result of any problems which might arise, please adhere strictly to the following procedure:

down, guards open. Low speed jog mode enabled.
To correct the timing of the infeed and outfeed starwheels with respect to the rotating
carrousel, proceed as follows:
1. Ensure that the height of the rotating carrousel is correct for the size of the bottles to be treated
(See: Height of rotating carrousel and Adjusting the height of the rotating
carrousel).
2. Loosen the four screws at the top and the central knob of the infeed starwheel
3. Turn the starwheel in both directions until the part with the bottle holding niches is
perfectly centred with the axis of the gripper pads.
4. After positioning the starwheel with respect to the rotating carrousel as described above,
firmly re-tighten the four screws and the top knob.
5. Then put a sample bottle into the niche of the starwheel and, extremely cautiously, allow the
machine to advance in jog mode. Check the hold of the rubber pads on the bottle
necks and ensure that the bottles are being lifted correctly, without jolting or obstruction. Then,
proceed to time the rotating carrousel ad outfeed starwheel as follows:
1. Loosen the top knob and the four fastening screws of the outfeed starwheel
2. Turn the starwheel in both directions until the part with the bottle holding niches is
perfectly centred with the axis of the gripper pads.
3. After aligning the starwheel with the rotating carrousel as described above, firmly re- tighten
the four screws and the top knob.
4. Then put a sample bottle into the niche of the starwheel and, extremely cautiously, allow the
machine to advance in jog mode. Check that the bottles are being released correctly, without
jolting or obstruction.
65
6.2.4 Timing of screw with infeed starwheel
IMPORTANT: All the size changeover parts are timed and carefully controlled by PROMEC
during the machine’s final test phase. If further adjustment is necessary as a result of any problems
which might arise, please adhere strictly to the following procedure:
-State of machine: safely stopped with mushroom-head emergency button pressed down, guards
open. Low speed jog mode enabled.
-No. of operators: 1
-Qualification: Qualified machine operator
To correct the timing of the screw with respect to the bottle infeed starwheel, proceed as follows:
1. Loosen the two screws in order to free the slotted flange of the worm screw from the
retaining flange
2. Turn the worm screw in both directions until its centre is perfectly aligned with the axis of the
corresponding bottle-holding niche of the infeed starwheel.
3. After aligning the worm screw with the infeed starwheel as described above, firmly re-tighten the two
screws of the coupling flange.
4. Then put a sample bottle into the recess of the worm screw and, extremely cautiously, allow the
machine to advance in jog mode. Check that the infeed screw conveys the bottle to the starwheel
smoothly, without jolting or obstruction.
66
6.2.5 Calibration of outfeed starwheel torque limiter
IMPORTANT: The torque limiter of the bottle outfeed starwheel is calibrated by PROMEC
during the machine’s final test phase. If further adjustment is necessary as a result of any problems
which might arise, please adhere strictly to the following procedure:
CAUTION: Operations on the torque limiter, have to be carried out inside the lower housing
of the machine. Be sure, therefore, to use a portable torch which can be hooked onto suitable parts of
the machine (this torch must respond to the regulations in force in the country of use of the machine),
in
order to ensure that the area being worked up is sufficiently illuminated and to avoid problems or
accidents of any kind during the course of operations.
-State of machine: safely stopped with mushroom-head emergency button pressed down, guards
open. Machine working in jog mode at low speed.
-Qualification: Qualified machine operator
The torque limiter of the starwheel must be calibrated in such a way that the starwheel only stops moving
as a result of bottles jamming while they are being transferred to the outfeed conveyor belt. To calibrate,
proceed as follows:
1. Force the starwheel manually so that the balls come out of their seats on the hub
2. Gradually tighten the nut and counternut in order to compress the disc on the hub with the spring
3. Rotate the starwheel manually to engage the limiter and carry out some practical tests designed to
ensure that the torque limiter remains engaged at different machine speeds and that it only disengages
as a result of real obstructions in the production cycle.
4. Bring the position switch (control limit switch which stops the machine when the torque limiter
disengages) into contact with the disc with the balls lodged in their seats (insertion condition) and
slightly loosen the fastening screws of the support clamp and allow this to slide along the column .
67
While the machine is operating the operator is simply required to supervise production and
only intervene in the event of production stopping; the operation line does not require any
kind of assistance, nor are any special tools required.
The diagnostic analysis which follows should be considered as a useful guide for rapidly
pinpointing causes and possible solutions to the problems which can arise while the machine
is operating. It is based on a process of elimination which begins by assessing the least
likely causes till it arrives at the most probable ones, proceeding according to a precise
logical operational sequence.
IMPORTANT: The cases listed below are, of course, only some of the possible
problems which can arise while the machine is in use, but they are the ones most likely to
occur and recur. Should a problem not listed here or an unusual situation present itself,
always contact the PROMEC Technical Assistance Service.
68
THE MACHINE FAILS TO START UP OR STOPS DURING OPERATION
CAUSES AND/OR EFFECTS SOLUTION AND ACTIONS
Coming into operation of safety, control Check that the delivery pressure or the fluid is or
protective devices sufficient and that the timing of the pressure
Warning ligths for these have lit upon the guage is not at zero;
control panel. also check that one or more of the fuses for the fluids
solenoid valves on the terminal board (secondary
voltage) have not blown; if this is, in fact,the
case,replace them, noting the amperage indicated on
the fuses themselves
Ensure that all the guard doors of the machine are

well closed. Check that none of the ergency buttons
has been pressed;if this is , in fact, the case, release
the button in question
Check that the machine speed regulation

potentiometer is not at zero; if this is, in fact, the ase,
regulate it accordingly Reset the magnetothermal
switch which has tripped inside the electric
switchboard; if it should trip again, investigate as to
whether it is due to an overload of one or more of
the motors (hardening or too much stress on
the mechanical moving parts, reduction gear,
main motor, etc.) and check the calibration of the
switches with respect to the amperage of the
motors (see attached electrical diagram).
Check that the fuses inside the electric switchboard

for the electrical connections to the mains (primary
voltage) have not blown; if they have, replace them,
noting the amperage indicated on the fuses
themselves.
Make sure that there are bottles in the infeed

conveyor belt (machines with control photocells or
limit switches only ), supply bottles to the blet or try
to determine the reasons for the supply failure up line
of the machine.
Check that the mobile barrier (counterguide)

has not been forced by the falling or breaking of
bottles in the infeed screw; remove any broken or
deformed bottles
Check that the torque limiter of the starwheel
69
has not become disengaged due to bottles
jamming or breaking, or due to mechanical obstructions
or because it has been badly adjusted. After
resolving the problem, reset it by rotating the starwheel by
360°.
Check that the bottles on the outfeed belt are not

jammed (machine with control photocells or limit
switches only). Pinpoint the cause of the jam and;
if necessary; decrease the speed
of the machine.
THE CARROUSEL DOES NOT RISE AND DESCEND WHEN THE MOTORIZED HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT SELECTOR CONTROL IS TURNED
CAUSE AND /OR EFFECTS SOLUTIONS AND ACTIONS
Therminal protective device of lifting motor Investigate and remove the cause of the overload which
could be due to mechanical handling problems
Warning light for this has lit upon the such as: fragments of bottles or other foreign bodies in
control panel the carrousel lifting mechanism; also check that the
calibration of the magnetothermal switch
corresponds to the amperage of the lifting motor (see attached eletrical diagram).
CAUSE AND /OR EFFECTS SOLUTIONS AND ACTION
Reaching of carrousel heigh maximum of Ensure that the machine has been set for the bottle minimum
travel size to be treated, in the event of problems or doubts of
any kind, do not hesitate to contact the PROMEC
Technical Asssistance Service before staring up the
machine.
THE BOTTLES BREAK OR DEFORM AS THEY ARE FEEDING IN AND OUT OF THE MACHINE
CAUSES AND/OR EFFECTS SOLUTIONS AND ACTION
Carrousel height adjustment not correct Ensure that the rubber pads and of the size
changeover equipment corresponds to the
Timing of starwheel with worm screw not correct dimensions and shape of the bottle to be treated , if this
is not the case, replace the equipment with
Timing of starwheel with carrousel not correct suitable components for the size to be treated.
Ensure that all the transportation, lifting and depositing of

the bottles are correctly regulated; if tihs is not the case, re-
time machine part (See:Setting up and Adjustments).
Check that the rotating carrousel has been regulated to the

correct height for grasping and turning over the bottles to be
treated; if necessary, re-adjust according the bottle size to be
treated (See:correcting the height of the rotating carrousel and
Adjustments)
Ensure that the installation position of the infeed

starwheels has not been confused with that of
the outfeed starwheel, by referring to the stamp on the
starwheel themselves, indicating their functions; if
they have, in fact, been confused, invert their positions.
70
6.5.1 Routine cleaning procedures
- State of machine: stopped with mains electrical switch off and padlocked.
- Qualification: Qualified machine operator or maintenance engineer.
The operations described below must be carried out systematically and become part of daily
practice at the end of each working shift (see frequency of operations at paragraph: Cleaning
and/or sterilization):
Check the degree to which the filters of the treatment substances supply circuit are blocked, by means of
the gauges and, if necessary, change the internal cartridge.
Check that none of the spraying nozzles is blocked; if any impurities are found in the mouthpiece or inside
the nozzle, remove them using compressed air, taking care not to damage the hole which discharges the
liquid.
Clean all the transparent guards and visual inspection panels.
Clean all the beam emitting and reflecting elements of the control photocells on the bottle infeed and
outfeed conveyor belts of the machine.
Run an internal sanitization cycle of the fluid supply circuit lasting for the time recommended (see methods
and products to be used in the chapter: Instructions regarding inspections/maintenance operations).
CAUTION: Clean the external surfaces, protective panels, controls and control devices
using soft dry cloth or a cloth dipped in a mild detergent solution; never use solvents, such as alcohol
or petrol, as these could damage the surfaces.
71
Chapt:

7.1 Rules to be followed.
7.2 Changing parts

7.2.1 Bottle infeed screw
7.2.2 Mobile guide
7.2.3 Bottle infeed and outfeed starwheels
7.2.4 Central conveying guide
7.2.5 Bottle gripper pads
7.3 Cleaning
7.3.1 Precautions and recommended methods
7.4 Adjustments
7.4.1 Manual regulation of the carrousel height
7.4.2 Automatic regulation of the carrousel height
72
WARNING: The machine has been designed according to the latest safety and
ergonomic criteria. It is, however, important to keep in mind that all moving parts can be
potentially dangerous and you are advised never to touch them when they are moving.
The operations described in this manual, dealing with the various phases of the machine’s life
cycle, have been analyzed by PROMEC in minute detail. Thus the number of operators
recommended for each phase is the number required to ensure optimal
results. The use of a lower or higher number of workers might either lead to the expected result not
being attained or jeopardize the safety of the personnel involved.
After adjustment operations requiring the disabling of safety devices have been completed, the
said safety devices must be re-activated and guards replaced as soon as possible.
malfunctioning of the machine, should the user fail to
73
IMPORTANT: The rules listed below must be read carefully and become a fundamental part
of daily procedure for the running and maintenance of all machines manufactured by PROMEC, so
as to avoid accidents to persons or damage to property.
PROMEC technical assistance service.
2. Before operating the machine, always ensure that all the guards are closed and in the correct positions,
and never attempt to disable any of the safety devices.
3. Before starting up the machine, always ensure that all personnel are at a safe distance and that there are no
foreign bodies obstructing the handling area.
6. Before beginning maintenance work or repairs, always ensure that electricity supply has been cut off from
the electrical switchboard and that it cannot be switched on accidentally, unknown to the maintenance
engineer. To be perfectly sure, use a padlock or other security system to cut off the electricity supply.
parts.
10. Keep the ground and/or platform of the area surrounding the machine clean, dry and clear of
obstructions. If water is required for the machine’s operation, wear shoes with slip-proof soles.
11. Always wear protective spectacles, hard helmets, ear defenders, and any other types of protective clothing
required in the various work areas.
12. Always pay attention to all signs indicating precautions, warnings or danger.
13. Always use original spare parts or parts recommended by PROMEC; special class bolting must be
replaced with special class bolting. Observe the standard classification of the bolts. Always replace
expanding bearings with expanding bearings etc.
NOTE: Always enforce the safety rules. When in doubt, consult this manual again before taking
action.
74
7. Size changeover instructions
The machine is always supplied to the customer with the equipment already assembled
(the components suitable for the size of containers to be treated) and consists of the
following parts:
Bottle infeed screw
Infeed screw counterguide
Bottle infeed starwheel
Central conveying guide
Bottle outfeed screw
Gripper pads (only when different bottle necks are to be treated)
NOTE: On all parts of the equipment a number referring to the size of bottle to
be treated is printed; the supply also contains the appropriate handwheels and/or
fastening screws to enable quick assembling of the components.
7.2 Changing parts
7.2.1 Bottle infeed screw
- State of machine: stopped with the electrical mains switch off and padlocked.
- Qualification: Qualified machine operator or maintenance engineer. To
change the bottle infeed screw, proceed as follows:
1. Loosen the top knob by turning it anti-clockwise
2. Pull the support sideways, holding it by the knurled gripper, to free the other side of the screw shaft .
3. Then change the screw by inserting the shaft in the rotation control coupling first, followed by the
support
4. Once it has been replaced, release the side support and screw the knob down firmly.
7.2.2 Mobile guide
To change the bottle infeed guide (counterguide), proceed as follows:
1. Loosen the top fastening screws.
2. Adjust the position of the guide to the size bottle to be treated
3. Pin the guide with the screws so as to allow 2 - 3 mm clearance between the guide and the side of the
bottle .
7.2.3 Bottle infeed and outfeed starwheels
-State of machine: stopped with the electrical mains switch off and padlocked.
-Qualification: Qualified machine operator or maintenance engineer.
To change the bottle infeed and outfeed starwheels and replace them with the right ones for the bottle size to
be treated, simply unscrew the upper locking knob of each, slide them out of their respective hubs and
replace them with the new starwheels
CAUTION: Take care not to invert the starwheels when fitting them, as they are not
interchangeable. Always look at the stamp on the upper side which, in addition to the corresponding size
number, bears the following words: infeed/ outfeed.
7.2.4 Central conveying guide
1 Remove the top fastening screws.
2. Withdraw the mobile guide, by removing the two parts.
3. Then replace the counterguide by fitting the new one (the height of which will depend on the bottles
to be treated) into the mobile support
4. Align the new guide with the inside walls of the conveyor belt so as to allow 2 - 3 mm clearance
between the guide and the side of the bottle. Then screw the fastening screws back down firmly.
7.2.5 Bottle gripper pads
NOTE: The pads (which are made of a type of rubber suitable for use in the food
processing industry) are slotted into place on either side of the gripper arms and are shaped
in such a way that they adapt perfectly to the shape of the bottle neck, thus ensuring a firm
grip.
IMPORTANT: In cases where production involves the treatment of bottles of

different sizes but with a similar neck, the gripper pads do not have to be changed, as long as
the diameter of the neck never differs by more than 2-3 mm.
In particular, the PROMEC system for fitting the gripper pads, by means of a lockball
mechanism, enables replacement to be carried out extremely rapidly, efficiently and securely.
When neck diameters differ by more than 2-3 mm, thus requiring the pads to be changed, simply
grasp them firmly with the appropriate wrench and remove them out of their housings by pulling
sharply in an outward direction.
To fit the pads suitable for the size of bottle to be treated, press them inwards with your hands,
following the direction of the gripper axis.
CAUTION: Take particular care not to invert the right and left pad; they are always
supplied in pairs, the right for the right housing of the gripper and the left for the left one.
Look at the shape of the inside and position it as shown on the label affixed to the machine.
WARNING: Always wear protective gloves when fitting the gripper pads so as to
avoid injuring yourself with the edges of the pad-holding seats as you push the pads home.
7.3 Cleaning
7.3.1 Precautions and recommended methods
CAUTION: Given the characteristics of the product treated (bottles of varying

shapes and materials) and the specific end purpose of the machine itself (See: Use), no
special cleaning procedures are required for the size changeover equipment. It is
important to keep in mind, however, that since food products are treated, no detergent
substances which could be potentially hazardous to health must be used.
In order to clean the size changeover equipment well, when it requires to be changed or after
long periods of production, it is advisable to disassemble it (See: Changing
the parts) and proceed as follows:
Wash the parts under a jet of running water to which a mild detergent solution has been
added; this applies to all parts which come into contact with the bottle.
Wash the bottle neck gripper pads using filtered treatment water only. Dry all
the parts with a clean non-fluffy cloth or using compressed air.
7.4 Adjustments
7.4.1 Manual adjustment of the carrousel

down, guards open. Machine working in jog mode at low speed.
To adjust the height of the carrousel manually, in order to adapt it to the size of bottles to be
treated, proceed as follows:
1. Consult the sticky label affixed to the front of the machine which shows: the correct gripping
positions for the pads depending on the shape of the bottle neck, the reference numbers of the size
changeover equipment and the diameters of the bottles which can be treated.
2. Turn the selector (See: Control panel) in both directions or rotate the control handlwheel manually
(no motorized version) until the needle of the graduated scale (located alongside the carrousel)
corresponds to the number of the appropriate size changeover equipment.
3. Run the tests with the bottles, making the machine advance very cautiously in jog mode and at low
speed, to ensure that the pads grip the bottle necks correctly, as shown on the label; if they do not,
continue to regulate until they do. (See: Adjusting the height of the rotating carrousel).
7.4.2 Automatic adjustment of the carrousel height

down and the guards open.
To adjust the height of the carrousel automatically, in order to adapt it to the size of bottles
to be treated, proceed as follows:
1. Turn the selector on the control panel, raising the carrousel so that the distance between the grippers
and the mobile bottle support plate is greater than the height of the bottles to be treated.
2. Grip the side handle with your hand in order to open both arms of the upper gripper at the same
time and keep them open.
3. Ensure that the pair of pads, fitted onto the arms of the gripper, are the right ones for the size of bottle
to be treated, as indicated on the label affixed to the machine .
4. Place the neck of the bottle between the pads exactly as indicated on the label and gradually release the
handle in order to close the grippers.
5. Turn the selector on the control panel in the carrousel descent direction (clockwise) so that the sample
bottle is gradually lowered to eventually rest upon the bottle support plate ; the sensor detects this
position and automatically stops the carrousel. Ensure that the pads are gripping the bottle neck
correctly by starting the machine up in jog mode.
At this point the carrousel grippers are at the correct height for the bottle size to be treated.
Before starting up the machine again, after changing the size changeover equipment and regulated the machine
accordingly, it is advisable to make the bottle to be treated run at least two complete cycles (from the machine
infeed to its outfeed), in order to ensure that everything is functioning smoothly and that the equipment
changes, adjustments and timing operations have been carried out correctly.
After running a general check, prepare to start up the machine as described in the section: Preparation for
using the machine, taking care to follow the procedures described in the paragraphs mentioned below in the
order they are stated:
1. Checking the efficiency of the safety devices
2. Preliminary operating Conditions/Tests/Inspections
3. Instructions for starting up

Maintenance and repairs
Chapt.:

8.1 Type and frequency of preventive and/or predictive action maintenance

operations
8.1.1 Controls and replacements
8.2.1 Lubrication
8.1.3 Cleaning and/or sterilization

8.2.1 Washing cycles of machine’s internal circuits
8.2.2 Products to be used for washing the machine circuit
8.2.3 Products to be used for washing the machine’s exterior.

WARNING: The machine has been designed according to the latest safety and
ergonomic criteria. It is, however, important to keep in mind that all moving parts can
be potentially dangerous and you are advised never to touch them when they are
moving.
said safety devices must be re-activated and guards replaced as soon as possible.
Washing of the machine must be carried out with the electrical and pneumatic
separating devices cut out.
Cleaning and/or washing of the machine with jets of air and/or liquid must always be carried
out with protective goggles. Personnel must be kept at a safe distance and care must be taken
never to direct the jet towards persons or towards the floor.
malfunctioning of the machine, should the user fail to observe this regulation. Consult
dipped in a mild detergent solution; never use solvents, such as alcohol or petrol, as these
could damage the surfaces.
If the machine is not used for long periods (due to seasonal production requirements or other
Should you have doubts, even after having carefully read this manual from beginning to end, do not hesitate to
contact the PROMEC technical assistance service.
2. Before operating the machine, always ensure that all the guards are closed and in the correct positions, and never
attempt to disable any of the safety devices.
3. Before starting up the machine, always ensure that all personnel are at a safe distance and that there are no
foreign bodies obstructing the handling area.
6. Before beginning maintenance work or repairs, always ensure that electricity supply has been cut off from the
electrical switchboard and that it cannot be switched on accidentally, unknown to the maintenance engineer. To
be perfectly sure, use a padlock or other security system to cut off the electricity supply.
parts.
10 Keep the ground and/or platform of the area surrounding the machine clean, dry and clear of obstructions. If
water is required for the machine’s operation, wear shoes with slip-proof soles.
11. Always wear protective spectacles, hard helmets, ear defenders, and any other types of protective clothing
required in the various work areas.
12 Always pay attention to all signs indicating precautions, warnings or danger.
13. Always use original spare parts or parts recommended by PROMEC; special class bolting must be replaced
with special class bolting. Observe the standard classification of the bolts. Always replace expanding bearings
with expanding bearings etc.
NOTE: Always enforce the safety rules. When in doubt, consult this manual again before
taking action.
8.1 Type and frequency of preventive and/or predictive action maintenance operations
CAUTION: The maintaining of the overall efficiency and security requirements of

the machine over time are closely linked to its thorough and constant cleaning, the careful
inspection of its parts and lubrication of its elements. Please ensure that the maintenance
schedule, which has been analysed by PROMEC in minute detail, is strictly adhered to.
IMPORTANT: The control procedures and maintenance operations to be carried

out are listed below in tabular form and should be carried out periodically at the
recommended intervals (expressed on hours of effective machine production).
The hours of production have been calculated considering that the rinser will
operate in 8-hour working shifts.
8.1.1 Controls and replacements
PART INVOLVED AND DESCRIPTION OF METHOD AND PROCEDURE FREQ. IN

OPERATION RECOMMENDED HOURS

Before the beginning of each shift or size See: Preliminary operation 8

changeover, check the pressure of
Conditions/Tests/Inspections
the supply and control fluids of the machine
See: Cleaning and/or sterilization 8
Check that the spraying nozzles are not
blocked and remove any obstructions
Check the conditions of the gripper and Clean the parts, ig required 40

valve lifting units
See :Cleaning and/or sterilization
Check the conditions of the gripper pads Change them if they are damaged; 40
for instructions regarding their replacement
see the chapter: Changing the parts,
paragraph: Bottle gripper pads
PART INVOLVED AND DESCRIPTION OF METHOD AND PROCEDURE FREQ. IN
OPERATION RECOMMENDED HOURS

Check the conditions of the springs Replace the part if they are obviously 600

demaged or show signs of premature wear

Recommended replacements: spring of
gripper connecting rod, valve and fork spring 2400
for opening and lifting gripper. 4800
Check the gripper rotating fork for signs of Replace the parts if they are damaged
wear
or show signs of premature wear 600
Recommended replacement 1200
Check saturation (blockage) of precleaner Replace the cartridge if required 600

cartridge and fluid supply filter
Check the conditions of the gripper opening Replace the part if it is obviously damaged or
rollers. shows signs of premature wear
1200
Recommended replacement of rollers
4800
Check that signalling, warning, safety and Replace defective parts, if any 2400

emergency devices are in perfect
working order
Check the conditions of the bearings of the Replace the bearings if required 2400

manifold unit
Recommended replacement 4800
Check the conditions of the rotating Replace the part if it is obviously damaged
bushings of the gripper or shows signs of premature wear 2400
Recommended replacement of bushings 4800
Check for strange noises, too much play Repair and/or replace the parts creating the 4800

problem
and/or vibrations when the machine is
running without bottles (loadless)
Check the conditions of the gasket of the Verify the presence of liquid coming out from 2400

rotating manifold manifold’s spy holes.

In the event the liquid comes out from the spy
holes placed on the side of the manifold,
replace the gaskets.

Repeat the test.

Advisable gaskets replacement.
3200
4000 or
1 year
Check the conditions of the rotating Replace the bushings, if necessary 4800

bushings of the gripper opening connecting
rod
Check the conditions of the bushings which Replace the bushings, if necessary 4800

open the gripper and the valve cursor
8 8.1.2 Lubrication
TOOL REQUIRED AND LUBRICANT PART INVOLVED AND FREQ.. IN
RECOMMENDED DESCRITION OF OPERATION HOURS
Greasing brush Exterior of drive unit parts 40
Grease type:
IPAtina ‐ O Gears 500
AGIP F1 Grease 30 Chains
BP Energrease LS2 Spline shafts and trapezoidal screws 500
TOTAL Nyctea EP2
Greasing hand‐pump Centralized distributor (for machines which

have one)
Grease type:
‐ 2) Slewing ring
ESSO Beacon EP2 100
3) Flange support (UCFL type)
BP Energrease EP2
4) Slewing ring teeth
TOTAL Multis EP2

Greasing hand‐pump For machine not equipped with a
Grease type: centralized distributor 100
ESSO Beacon EP2 Flange support (UCFL type)
BP Energrease EP2 (see drive unit table)
TOTAL Multis EP2
Greasing hand‐pump Greaser (if there is one)
Grease type: Carrousel raising 100
ESSO Beacon EP2
BP Energrease EP2
TOTAL Multis EP2

Greasing hand‐pump Greaser(if there is one)
Grease type: Cardan shaft of drive unit 100
ESSO Beacon EP2
BP Energrease EP2
TOTAL Multis EP2
Greasing hand‐pump Greaser (if there is one)
Grease type: ESSO Beacon EP2 Sliding shaft of carrousel reduction gear 500
BP Energrease EP2
TOTAL Multis EP2
NOTE: The bearings of the machine for which lubrication is not specifically stated are greased for life.
Topping up or changing of oil Speed variators of main drive units. Oil level
control through aspecial oil window.
Oil type:
Correct oil level halfway up the window
AGIP A.T.F. Dexron IP Dexron Fluid MOBIL when speed variator is stopped
A.T.F. 220
First oil change for running‐ in
SHELL A.T.F. Dexron

Check level to see if it requires topping up 100

Subsequent oil changes 500
1000
Toppping up or changing of oil
Oil type: Reduction gears and motors of the drive units
AGIP Blasia S 320 Oil level through a special oil window.
Correct oil level halfway ur the window when
KLÜBER Syntheso D 680 EP the reduction gear is stopped:

Check level to see if it requires topping up 2400

Subsequent oil changes 18000
CAUTION: Always ensure that the oil in speed variators, reduction gear units and gear motors is
halfway up the oil window when the machinery has ceased to operate (the types of oil recommended are also
indicated on the labels affixed to the components themselves. If this particular type of oil cannot be found, use an
equivalent oil with similar characteristics).
NOTE: If the reduction gears do not have oil filling and emptying caps, this means that they do not
require any type of maintenance in as much as they are lubricated for life (e.g. the carrousel height adjustment
reduction gear).
CAUTION: After 1000 hours of production, check mechanical seals, bearings, reduction gears, motors,
worm screws, tangs and drive transmission parts in general and for excess play between the parts.
8.1.3 Cleaning and/or sterilization
PART INVOLVED AND DESCRIPTION METHOD RECOMMENDED AND FREQ. IN HOURS

OF OPERATION TYPES OF PRODUCT TO BE USED
PART INVOLVED AND METHOD RECOMMENDED AND TYPES OF FREQ.. IN

PRODUCT TO BE USED
DESCRITION OF OPERATION HOURS
General cleaning of the machine Blowing with compressed air and washing of 8
exterior if required (See: Products to be used
for washing the exterior of the machine)
followed by wiping with dry non‐fluffy cloths
and blowing with air.
Spraying nozzles Removal of any obstructions using 8

compressed air.
Recycling basin for bottle treatment Washing of the inside of the basin after it has 8
been emptied with water, watery solutions or
fluid (if there is one) mild detergents. Drying with compressed air.
Fluid conveying circuit: filters ‐ rigid or General washing of the circuit with
substances containing sanitizing properties
mobile piping ‐ rotaring manifold ‐ (See: Washing cycle of machine’s internal
sprying valve ‐ nozzles circuit ‐ Products to be used for washing the
machine circuit).

Bottle treatment products: the same as that
used to fill the bottles, or sugar‐based alcohol 8
solution (with recycling basin).

Fill the fluid basin for washing or sanitization

and run the system in closed cycle mode for
the times recommended.
Bottle treatment products: the same40 as
that used to fill the bottles, or non‐sugar based
alcohol solution (with recycling basin). 40
Fill the basin with fluid for washing or
sanitization and run the system in closed
circuit mode for the times recommended
Fluid recycling pump (if there is one) Washing of the inside of the pump after it has 40

40 been emptied, through the cap provided,
with water, watery solutions or mild
detergents. Drying with compressed air.
CAUTION: If the bottle treatment fluid utilized is a solution such as water and sulphur dioxide, or ozone,
sanitization of the machine circuit is not required, since these substances already have sanitizing properties. It is,
however, advisable to run a sanitizing cycle for 15 minutes with the solution itself, when the machine has been
inoperative for long periods of time. Otherwise, run a washing cycle of the machine’s internal circuit, as specified in
the paragraph: Washing cycles of machine’s internal circuit.
PART INVOLVED AND METHOD RECOMMENDED AND TYPES OF FREQ.. IN
PRODUCT TO BE USED
DESCRITION OF OPERATION HOURS
Fluid conveying circuit: Filters ‐ General washing of the circuit with
substances containing sanitizing properties
rigid or mobile piping ‐ rotating manifold (See: Washing cycle of machine’s internal
sprying valve ‐ nozzles circuit ‐ Products to be used for washing
the machine circuit)
Bottle treatment products: water 40
(with recycling basin)
Fill the fluid basin for washing or
sanitization and run the system in closed
cycle mode for the times recommended
Bottle treatment products: water (without 40
recycling basin)

Send the fluid for washing or sanitizing

directly to the machine’s supply unit at

a high enough pressure to cleanse efficiently

and for the recommended times.

Drain off the waste water into the sewers,
either directly or after suitable treatments,
as specified on paragraph Instructions for the
removal and disposal of waste material
200
Bottle treatment product: Air
Send the fluid for washing or sanitizing
directly to the machine’s supply unit at a high
enough pressure to cleanse efficiently and for
the recommended times.
Drain off the waste water into the sewers,
either directly or after suitable treatments, as
specified on paragraph Instructions for the
removal and disposal of waste material
8.2.1 Washing cycles of machine’s internal circuits

(only in case of internal circuit contamination, first removing the ionizing nozzles )
ATTENTION! During the cleaning and sanification , any material must not penetrate inside the passing
of air or inside the electrode, because the presence of liquid material or damp in contact with the high
tension in the nozzle, could provoke irreparable damages.
a) Weekly (every 40 hours of production)
Phase I: Rinsing with water for at least 15 minutes (this is not required if water is used for
treating the bottles)
Phase II: Alkaline washing at a temperature of 60°-70°C for 20 minutes.
Phase III: Rinsing with water for at least 15 minutes.
Phase IV: Cold disinfecting with 20 to 200 ppm if the product is to be left inside the machine awaiting
use at a later date; otherwise at a concentration of 0.2% (2000 ppm) if the machine is
drained after the washing cycle.
Treatment times: 10 - 15 minutes.
Phase V: Final rinse with water (to be repeated each time the machine is to be started up after a
prolonged break).
b) Monthly (every 200 hours of production)
Phase I: Rinsing with water for at least 15 minutes (this is not required if water is used for treating
the bottles), to be carried out if the machine has been inoperative for long periods of time,
leading to stagnation.
Phase II: Alkaline washing at a temperature of 60°-70°C for 20 minutes.
Phase III: Rinsing with water for at least 15 minutes.
Phase IV: Washing with acidic products at a concentration of 1% at a temperature of 60° - 70°C
for 20 minutes.
Phase V: Rinsing with water for at least 15 minutes.
Phase VI: Cold disinfecting with 20 to 200 ppm if the product is to be left inside the machine awaiting
use at a later date; otherwise at a concentration of 0.2% (2000 ppm) if the machine is
drained after the washing cycle.
Treatment times: 10 - 15 minutes.
Phase VII: Final rinse with water (to be repeated each time the machine is to be started up after a
prolonged break).
IMPORTANT: The washing cycles of the machines internal circuit must be carried out
continously (recycling); if the machine does not have a recycling basin for the bottle treatment
substances, a suitable system for recirculating the washing products must be installed at the side of
the machine.
8.2.2 Products to be used for washing the machine circuit
Alkalines (diluted in water at 2%, at a temperature of 60° - 70°C)
Complete caustic soda-based product, containing approximately 45% of liquid soda (Na OH); plus
complexing agents; plus wetting agents.
Liquid soda at 30%, plus additive to the caustic soda.
Acids (diluted 1% in water, at a temperature of 60° - 70°C)
Phosphoric acid-based products at 40%, plus surface-active agents and buffering agents. Nitric
acid at 67%.
WARNING: Nitric acid at 67% is corrosive and can, moreover, generate fumes and cause
physical injury if handled for storage purposes without use of adequate means of protection; if on
the other hand it is diluted in water at concentrations of 1%, it has no hazardous effects.
NOTE: For the first washing cycle of the machine’s piping, it is advisable to use nitric acid
diluted in water at 3%.
Disinfectant solution (cold, with 20 to 2000 ppm at 0.2%)
· Stabilized hydrogen peroxide at 30%.
· Peracetic acid at 15%
· Hydrogen peroxide at 50% and silver nitrate salts.
· Stablized sodium hypochlorite at 12%.
8.2.3 Products to be used for washing the machine’s exterior.
Foaming agents (diluted in water at 2 - 5% and utilized with suitable equipment)
· Acidic foaming agents
· Disinfecting foaming agents
· Alkaline chlorate agents with cleansing properties
The analysis which follows should be considered as a useful guide for rapidly pinpointing causes and
possible solutions to any problems which might arise and/or failures relative to the operation of the machine
which require to be repaired. It is based on a process of elimination which begins by assessing the least likely
causes till it arrives at the most probable ones, proceeding according to a precise logical operational
sequence.
IMPORTANT: The cases listed below are, of course, only some of the possible problems
which can arise while the machine is in use, but they are the ones most likely to occur and recur.
Should a problem not listed here or an unusual situation present itself, always contact the PROMEC
Technical Assistance Service.
THE MACHINE FAILS TO START UPOR STOPS DURING OPERATION
CAUSES AND/OR EFFECTS SOLUTIONS AND/OR POSSIBLE REPAIRS

Coming into operation of safety, control Check that the delivery pressure
or protective devices of the fluids is sufficient and that the timing of
the pressure gauge is not at zero; also check that
Waring lights for these have lit up on the one or more of the fuses for the fluids solenoid
control panel valves on the terminal board of the control panel
(secondary voltage) have not blown; if this is,
in fact, the case, replace them, noting the amperage
indicated on the fuses themselves
Ensure that all the guard doors of the

machine are well closed.
Check that none of the emergency buttons has

been pressed; if this is, in fact, the case, release
the button in question.
Check that the machine speed regulation

potentiometer is not at zero; if this is, in fact,
the case, regulate it accordingly.
Reset the magnetothermal switch which has tripped

inside the electric switchboard; if it should trip again,
investigate as to whether it is due to an overload of one
or more of the motors (hardening or too much stress on
the mechanical moving parts, reduction gears, main
motor, etc.) and check the calibration of the switches
with respect to the amperage of the motors (see attached
electrical diagram).
Check that the fuses inside the electric switchboard for

the electrical connections to the mains (primary voltage)
have not blown; if they have, replace them, noting the
amperage indicated on the fuses themselves.
Make sure that there are bottles on the infeed conveyor

belt (machines with control photocells or limit switches
only); supply bottles to the belt or try to determine the
reasons for the supply failure up line of the machine.
Check that the mobile barrier (counterguide) has not

been forced by the falling or breaking of bottles in the
infeed screw; remove any broken or deformed bottles.
Check that the torque limiter of the starwheel has not

become disengaged due to bottles jamming or breaking, or
due to mechanical obstructions or because it has been dadly
adjusted. After resolving the problem, reset it by rotating the
starwheel by 360°.
Check that the bottles on the outfeed belt are not jammed
(machines with control photocells or limit switches only).
Pinpoint the cause of the jam and, if necessary, decrease
the speed of the machine.
THE CARROUSEL DOES NOT RISE AND DESCEND WHEN THE MOTORIZED HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT SELECTOR CONTROL IS TURNED
CAUSE AND/OR EFFECTS SOLUTIONS AND POSSIBLE REPAIRS
Thermal protective device of lifting motor Investigate and remove the cause of the overload which could
be due to mechanical handling problems such as:
Warning light has lit up fragments of bottles or other foreign bodies in the
carrousell lifting mechanism; also
check that the calibration of the magnetothermal switch
corresponds to the amperage of the lifting motor (see
attached electrical diagram).
CAUSES AND/OR EFFECTS SOLUTIONS AND POSSIBLE REPAIRS
Reaching of carrousel height maximum or Ensure that the machine has been set up for the bottle size
minimum travel to be treated; in the event of problems or doubts of any
kind, do not hesitate to contact the PROMEC Technical
Assistance Service before starting up the machine.
THE BOTTLES BREAK OR DEFORM AS THEY ARE FEEDING IN AND OUT OF THE MACHINE
Carrousel height adjustment not correct Ensure that the rubber pads and the rest of the size
changeover equipment corresponds to the dimensions
Timing of starwheel with worm screw not correct and shape of the bottle to be treated; if this is not the
case, replace the equipment with suitable
Timing of starwheel with carrousel not correct components for the size to be treated.
Ensure that all the transportation, lifting and

depositing of the bottles are correctly regulated; if
this is not the case, re-time the machine parts (See:
Setting up and adjustments).
Check that the rotating carrousel has been regulated to the correct
height for grasping and turning over the bottles to be treated;
if necessary, re-adjust according to the bottle size to be treated
(See: Correcting the height of the rotating carrousel and
Adjustments).
Ensure that the installation position of the infeed

starwheel has not been confused with that of the outfeed
starwheel, by referring to the stamp on the star wheels
themselves, indicating their functions; if
they have, in fact, been confused, invert their positions.
THE BOTTLES TEND TO SLIP OR FALL AFTER BEING SEIZED BY THE GRIPPER
At least one of the gripper pads is cut or damaged Ensure that all the gripper pads of the rotating carrousel
are the correct type for the bottle being treated; if this is
not the case, replace them with the
correct ones and if problems or doubts of any kind persist,
contact PROMEC for expert technical advice before starting up
the machine.
Check the state of wear of all the gripper pads and ensure
that none of them has bee cut or damaged by broken
bottles; if this is, in fact, the case, replace the damaged pads
with new ones of the same type. Request the spare parts
directly from PROMEC if the ones provided with the
machine are all used up.
CAUSE AND/OR EFFECT SOLUTIONS AND/OR POSSIBLE REPAIRS
One or more gripper opening connecting rods Check that return spring of the opening connecting rod
wrongly placed during the bottle gripping and is not broken, holding the gripper slightly open and turning
over phase, leading to possible damage causing contact between the parts; if this is, in fact, the of the
pad if the bottle is not present due to case, replace the spring and thoroughly clean the joint
contact between the parts of the connecting rod so that the spring returns
completely and smoothly.
Ensure that in the event of a collision between the connecting

rod and the gripper pad or bottle (if present) the sliding fork-
shaped rail guide on the twist is not damaged; if this is the
case, replace it in order to avoid further malfunctioning or
damage to the components of the gripper unit and/or breaking
of bottles.
THE BOTTLES ARE NOT BEING RINSED
One or more of the spraying nozzles does not Ensure that the nozzles are not blocked by
come out, or the bottle treating fluid arrives with incrustations or impurities; if they are, run a washing
insufficient pressure cycle of the internal fluid circuit as specified in the
chapter: Instructions regarding inspections/maintenance
Check that the piping (flexible tubes) supplying the valves are
not blocked, bent, squashed or damaged; if they are, run a
washing cycle of the internal fluid circuit as
specified on the chapter:
Instructions regarding inspections/maintenance or investiga te the
causes of the damage and replace the tubes.
Check that the spraying valve connecting pipes (rigid
tubes) are not blocked, squashed or damaged; if they are,
run a washing cycle of the internal fluid circuit as specified
in the chapter: Instructions regarding
inspections/maintenance or repair the damage.
Ensure that the rail guides (cap nuts) at the end of the
spraying valve control cursors have not come out of their
grooves, and that they are not overworn or damaged; if they
are, replace them or slide them back into position.
In the double treatment mobile nozzle version, the internal

piping can be disassembled and inspected in the event of
obstruction, by means of the special wrench provided. This
enables cleaning of the parts and replacing of damaged
components.
CONTINUAL RINSING EVEN WHEN THERE ARE NO BOTTLES
One or more of the spraying valves continues to Ensure that the lifting spring of the gripper unit has not deliver
fluid even when there is no bottle present been seriously damaged or broken, causing the cursors
to drop down to a lower position with respect to the
horizontal spraying cam; if this is, in fact, the case,
replace the spring.
Check that the internal cursor return spring is not broken

,thus preventing the fluid flow from being cut off; if this
is, in fact, the case, replace it.
Ensure that the gripper is not closing badly (with the

gripping arms slightly apart) during the bottle turning over
phase, so that the lower feeler interferes with the gripper,
activating spraying either partially or totally, even when
there is no bottle present. Such a condition could either be
due to the rear gripper opening spring being broken or to a
seizure of the bushings in the gripper arm joint; in both
cases, replace the parts and thoroughly clean the components
in contact with the bushings.
Additional instructions
Chapt.:

9.1 Instructions for putting the machine out of commission, dismantling and demolishing it
9.2 Instructions regarding emergency situations
9.3 Modifications
WARNING: The machine has been designed according to the latest safety and ergonomic
criteria. It is, however, important to keep in mind that all moving parts can be potentially dangerous
and you are advised never to touch them when they are moving.
Adjustments requiring the disabling of the safety devices, must be carried out by one person only, and
while these are in course no unauthorized persons must have access to the machine. If possible disable
open one guard only at a time.
After adjustments operations requiring the disabling of safety devices have been completed, the safety
devices must be re-activated as soon as possible.
Washing of the machine must be carried out with the electrical and pneumatic separating devices cut
out.
Cleaning and/or washing of the machine with jets of air and/or liquid must always be carried out
with protective goggles. Personnel must be kept at a safe distance and care must be taken never to
direct the jet towards persons or towards the floor.
Never, for any reason, modify any part of the machine, such as connections, bores,
finishings etc. in order to adapt them for the fitting of other devices. PROMEC will not be held
responsible for malfunctioning of the machine, should the user fail to observe this regulation. Consult
Clean the surfaces of the machine, the panels and controls, with a soft dry cloth or a cloth dipped in a
mild detergent solution; never use solvents, such as alcohol or petrol, as these could damage the
surfaces.
If the machine is not used for long periods (due to seasonal production requirements or other reasons)
the mineral oils used for lubricating the various moving parts will lose their characteristics. Fresh oil
will, therefore, have to be used if the machine has not be used for periods exceeding six months.
Should you have doubts, even after having carefully read this manual from beginning to end, do not
hesitate to contact the PROMEC technical assistance service.
2. Before operating the machine, always ensure that all the guards are closed and in the correct
positions, and never attempt to disable any of the safety devices.
3. Before starting up the machine, always ensure that all personnel are at a safe distance and that there
are no foreign bodies obstructing the handling area.
from the electrical switchboard and that it cannot be switched on accidentally, unknown to the
maintenance engineer. To be perfectly sure, use a padlock or other security system to cut off the
electricity supply.
7. The machine must never be started up, nor should maintenance or repair work be carried out, by
overtired operators or by personnel under the influence of sedative drugs, alcohol etc.
Sequenza Componente Descrizione I Udm Quantità Descrizione UK
M1425-036
10 001153C013BAS BASAMENTO nr 1 BASEMENT
12 002840C020PID PIEDE nr 1 FOOT
20 000444C010MOT MOTORIZZAZIONE nr 1 DRIVE UNIT/MOTORIZATION
COMANDO STELLE + SECURITY + STARWHEEL
31 000111C034COM SICUREZZA nr 1 DRIVE
40 000729C007COM COMANDO COCLEA nr 1 WORSCREW DRIVE
SUPPORTO ATTREZZATURA
47 003377C001SUP PRESA COLLO nr 1 EQUIPMENT SUPPORT
WORMSCREW END
60 000299C057RIN RINVIO COMANDO COCLEA nr 1 TRANSMISSION
70 000163C002TEC TENDICINGHIA nr 1 BELT TENSIONER
90 000495C035PRO PROTEZIONE nr 1 GUARD
110 M1425-001-ATT ATTREZZATURA nr 1 HANDLING PARTS
ATTREZZATURA STELLE E GUIDE AND STARWHEEL
112 002797C003ATT GUIDE nr 1 HANDLING PARTS
115 002000P707TAM TAMPONE nr 36 RUBBER PAD
120 000586C011GIO GIOSTRA nr 1 TURNTABLE
130 001646C005RGT REGISTRO ALTEZZA nr 1 HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
140 000246C117COL COLLETTORE nr 1 MANIFOLD
150 000228C033PIN PINZA nr 36 PINCE
170 000227C042VAL VALVOLA nr 36 VALVE
180 000264C066VAS VASCA nr 1 TANK
190 000389C438SUP SUPPORTO TWIST E CAMME nr 1 SUPPORT CAM AND TWIST
250 000355C065RAF RAFFREDDAMENTO TWIST nr 1 TWIST COOLING DEVICE
260 000956C040UGE UGELLO nr 36 NOZZLE
280 001243C017BRA BRACCIO DI REAZIONE nr 1 REACTION ARM
290 000505C271ALI ALIMENTAZIONE TRATTAMENTI nr 1 TREATMENTS FEEDING
300 000430C088FIL FILTRO nr 1 FILTER
311 002908C018ARR ARRESTO BOTTIGLIE nr 1 BOTTLES STOP
320 003198C008TUZ TUBAZIONE nr 1 PIPING
330 001026C071COM COMANDO VALVOLA nr 1 VALVE DRIVE
370 000964C034STR STRUTTURA GIOSTRA nr 1 CARROUSEL STRUCTURE
390 000845C363ALI ALIMENTAZIONE PINZE nr 1 GRIPPER FEEDING
SCHEMA IMPIANTO
810 002718C048SCH PNEUMATICO nr 1 DIAGRAM
980 001055C016DTZ DOTAZIONE MACCHINA nr 1 MACHINE EQUIPMENT


001153C013BAS BASAMENTO BASEMENT
1 000392P006BAS BASAMENTO nr 1 BASEMENT
2 001155P028FOD FODERA nr 1 COVERING
3 001371P001RAC RACCORDO nr 6 FITTING
4 000394P001VIT VITE nr 1 SCREW
101 BX254006AI TAPPO nr 2 COVER
102 BS803002AI DADO nr 1 NUT


002840C020PID PIEDE FOOT
101 BY130005ZZ PIEDE nr 6 FOOT
104 BS101035AI VITE nr 16 SCREW
105 BY300006AI PIEDE nr 4 FOOT
106 BY300007AI PIEDE nr 2 FOOT


000444C010MOT MOTORIZZAZIONE DRIVE UNIT/MOTORIZATION
1 000294P002PIT PIASTRA nr 1 PLATE
3 000005P244DIS DISTANZIERE nr 4 SPACER
4 000450P002ING INGRANAGGIO nr 2 GEAR
6 BL000013ZZ MOTORIDUTTORE nr 1 GEARMOTOR
7 BL991102ZZ MOTORE nr 1 MOTOR
8 BM990002ZZ ACCESSORI RIDUTTORI nr 1 REDUCER ACCESSORIES
9 BS201038DG VITE nr 4 SCREW


COMANDO STELLE + SECURITY + STARWHEEL
000111C034COM SICUREZZA DRIVE
1 001344P004SUP SUPPORTO nr 1 SUPPORT
2 001341P006MOZ MOZZO nr 1 HUB
3 BA002100AI ANELLO nr 1 RING
4 000428P007ALB ALBERO nr 1 SHAFT
7 000004P000MOL MOLLA nr 1 SPRING
8 000001P006RON RONDELLA nr 1 WASHER
13 000119P007CNN COLONNETTA nr 1 STUD
17 BD002117CA LINGUETTA nr 1 KEY
18 BD002108AI LINGUETTA nr 1 KEY
19 BT251600DE SFERA nr 3 SPHERE
20 BZ200119QC GUARNIZIONE nr 1 GASKET
22 BT101612DE CUSCINETTO nr 1 BEARING
23 BA002133CC ANELLO nr 1 RING
24 BS803005DG DADO nr 2 NUT
27 BY131500ZZ MORSETTO nr 1 CLAMP
28 FF00000101 FINECORSA nr 1 LIMITSWITCH
38 BS921000DG RONDELLA nr 4 WASHER


000729C007COM COMANDO COCLEA WORMSCREW DRIVE
4 000124P001CAO CANOTTO nr 2 SLEEVE
5 000724P004COO COLONNA nr 1 COLUMN
6 BY102002ZZ INDICATORE DI LIVELLO nr 1 LEVEL GAUGE
9 000125P001COP COPERCHIO nr 2 COVER
17 BZ200051QB GUARNIZIONE nr 4 GASKET
19 BZ500003QB ANELLO DI TENUTA nr 1 OIL SEAL RING
34 000130P001PER PERNO nr 2 PIVOT
41 000168P031POM POMELLO nr 2 KNOB
48 BY102502ZZ TAPPO nr 1 COVER


SUPPORTO ATTREZZATURA
003377C001SUP PRESA COLLO EQUIPMENT SUPPORT
8 002147P006SAG SAGOMA nr 8 PROFILE
13 002164P013FLA FLANGIA nr 8 FLANGE
15 002156P018GUI GUIDA nr 1 GUIDE
18 002157P005PIA PIATTO nr 1 PLATE
19 002147P007SAG SAGOMA nr 4 PROFILE
23 002196P004COZ COMPOSIZIONE nr 1 COMPOSITION
110 BS924005AI RONDELLA nr 8 WASHER


WORMSCREW END
000299C057RIN RINVIO COMANDO COCLEA TRANSMISSION
3 000015P123PUL PULEGGIA nr 1 PULLEY
4 000015P107PUL PULEGGIA nr 1 PULLEY
106 BC200401ZZ CINGHIA DENTATA nr 1 TOOTH BELT


000163C002TEC TENDICINGHIA BELT TENSIONER
2 000164P001RUL RULLO nr 1 ROLL
3 000165P001BRA BRACCIO nr 1 ARM


000495C035PRO PROTEZIONE GUARD
1 000469P013POR PORTELLO nr 3 INSPECTION
4 000472P037TUN TUNNEL nr 2 TUNNEL
5 000472P038TUN TUNNEL nr 2 TUNNEL
6 000473P001SQU SQUADRETTO nr 8 REINFORCEMENT
10 IA000043ZZ PROTEZIONI nr 1 Guards
11 BY164000ZZ FERMAPORTE nr 6 DOOR STOP
12 FF00010100 INTERRUTTORE nr 6 BUTTOM
13 BY165000ZZ SERRATURA nr 4 LOCK
14 BY163002ZZ MANIGLIA nr 6 HANDLE
29 0323001900LR9 LASTRA nr 1 PLATE
30 BY161000ZZ CERNIERA nr 12 HINGE
39 BX600003ZZ ADESIVO nr 2 ADHESIVE
40 BX600002ZZ TARGHETTA nr 2 PLAQUE
41 BX600000ZZ TARGHETTA nr 1 PLAQUE
42 BS002008AI RIVETTO nr 12 RIVET


M1425-001-ATT ATTREZZATURA HANDLING PARTS
4 002162P017STE STELLA nr 2 STAR
7 002168P004SPI SPINA nr 18 PIN
8 001728P299COC COCLEA nr 2 WORMSCREW
101 BR001519AI SPINA nr 2 PIN
108 BY132702ZZ PROFILO GUIDACATENA mm 1500 CHAIN-GUIDING PROFILE






002797C003ATT ATTREZZATURA HANDLING PARTS
6 002160P004LIN LINGUETTA nr 1 KEY
7 002160P005LIN LINGUETTA nr 1 KEY


000586C011GIO GIOSTRA TURNTABLE
1 001258P139GIO GIOSTRA nr 1 TURNTABLE
2 000578P016CNG CONTROGIOSTRA nr 1 COUNTER CARROUSEL
102 CE100000DG BARRA mm 680 BAR
103 BS051003DG GOLFARE nr 4 EYEBOLT


001646C005RGT REGISTRO ALTEZZA HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT


000246C117COL COLLETTORE MANIFOLD
1 001083P242DST DISTRIBUTORE nr 1 DISTRIBUTOR
3 002576P091GUA GUARNIZIONE nr 1 GASKET
4 000247P024COR CORPO nr 1 BODY
6 002576P092GUA GUARNIZIONE nr 2 GASKET


000228C033PIN PINZA PINCE
1 000004P045MOL MOLLA nr 1 SPRING
3 000177P007FOR FORCELLA nr 1 FORK
4 000178P004CRS CURSORE nr 1 SLIDER
7 000184P001BOC BOCCOLA nr 2 BUSHING
9 000195P002LAI LAMINA nr 2 FOIL
15 000208P003LEV LEVA nr 2 LEVER
18 BB000001ZZ BOCCOLA nr 4 BUSHING
19 BS101001AO VITE nr 2 SCREW
20 BS921000AO RONDELLA nr 4 WASHER
21 BS203000AO VITE nr 1 SCREW
23 BS803000AO DADO nr 2 NUT
24 BS921001AO RONDELLA nr 2 WASHER
25 BS911008AO DADO nr 2 NUT


000227C042VAL VALVOLA VALVE
2 000183P003PUS PULSANTE nr 1 PUSHBUTTON
6 001290P001ANE ANELLO nr 2 RING
8 BZ302001QD GUARNIZIONE nr 3 GASKET
12 001289P009VIT VITE nr 1 SCREW


000264C066VAS VASCA TANK
1 000263P052VAS VASCA nr 1 TANK
2 000231P001COP COPERCHIO nr 1 COVER
3 000230P002SON SONDA nr 1 FEELER
7 BY130007ZZ PIEDE nr 5 FOOT
8 FS00000500 PORTASONDA nr 1 PROBE HOLDER
10 BV300028ZZ VALVOLA nr 1 VALVE
11 BX525003AO VALVOLA nr 1 VALVE
12 CH500001AO TUBO mm 604 TUBE
13 BX201007AI GIRELLA nr 2 SLOTTED NUT
14 BX203002AO MASCHIO CONICO nr 2 CONICAL MALE FITTING
16 BX202002AO FEMMINA nr 1 FEMALE FITTING
17 BW200015ZZ POMPA nr 1 PUMP
23 BX252002AO MANICOTTO nr 1 SLEEVE
24 BI000002ZZ FILTRO nr 1 FILTER
30 CH500078AP TUBO mm 154 TUBE


000389C438SUP SUPPORTO TWIST E CAMME CAM AND TWIST SUPPORT
4 000922P017TUB TUBO nr 1 TUBE
6 000588P001STA STAFFA nr 2 ROD
9 000491P359VAS VASCA nr 1 TANK
10 000388P370TWI TWIST nr 1 CROWN ORIENTATOR
11 000387P114CAM CAMMA nr 1 CAM


000355C065RAF RAFFREDDAMENTO TWIST TWIST COOLING DEVICE
4 BX100011OE RACCORDO nr 4 FITTING
5 CH500043AI TUBO mm 300 TUBE
7 BX252003AI MANICOTTO nr 1 SLEEVE
8 BX255013AI RIDUZIONE nr 1 REDUCTION
11 BV000003ZZ ELETTROVALVOLA nr 1 ELECTROVALVE
12 FB00000100 CONNETTORE nr 1 CONNECTOR
13 FE00000100 BOBINA nr 1 COIL
14 BX253005AI NIPPLO nr 1 NIPPLE
15 BX525501IB VALVOLA nr 1 VALVE
16 CH900002RG TUBO mm 2000 TUBE


000956C040UGE UGELLO NOZZLE
2 001103P002CAE CANALE nr 1 CHUTE
4 000815P001UGE UGELLO nr 1 NOZZLE


001243C017BRA BRACCIO DI REAZIONE REACTION ARM


ALIMENTAZIONE
000505C271ALI TRATTAMENTI TREATMENTS FEEDING
101 BX300002AI FASCETTA nr 2 TIGHTING BAND
102 CH850016QH TUBO mm 3000 TUBE
104 FF00020200 PRESSOSTATO nr 1 PRESOSTAT
111 BX205002AI COLLARE nr 1 COLLAR
112 CE100005AI BARRA mm 55 BAR
114 BX253005AO NIPPLO nr 1 NIPPLE


000430C088FIL FILTRO FILTER
108 BV170002OE MANOMETRO nr 1 MANOMETER
110 BX253004AO NIPPLO nr 2 NIPPLE
113 BX255002AO RIDUZIONE nr 1 REDUCTION


002908C018ARR ARRESTO BOTTIGLIE BOTTLE STOP
2 001241P008BLO BLOCCHETTO nr 1 BLOCK
15 BV280006ZZ CILINDRO nr 1 CYLINDER
21 003017P001PAL ARRESTO BOTTIGLIA nr 1 BOTTLE STOP


003198C008TUZ TUBAZIONE PIPING
103 BX500012AO CURVA nr 1 BENT
111 BX501085AO RIDUZIONE nr 1 REDUCTION
112 BX500014AO CURVA nr 2 BENT


001026C071COM COMANDO VALVOLA VALVE DRIVE
1 000678P021CAM CAMMA nr 2 CAM
7 001372P018LEV LEVA nr 1 LEVER
13 000750P002CIL CILINDRO nr 1 CYLINDER
18 001520P001PRO PROTEZIONE nr 1 GUARD
34 BS004005AI COPIGLIA nr 1 SPLIT PIN
45 000588P003STA STAFFA nr 1 ROD
51 FF00050001 FINECORSA nr 1 LIMITSWITCH


000964C034STR STRUTTURA GIOSTRA CARROUSEL STRUCTURE
11 BS001022DG GHIERA nr 1 RING NUT
16 000379P011CAO CANOTTO nr 1 SLEEVE
20 BT251206DE GHIERE DI BLOCCAGGIO nr 1 LOCKNUTS
21 BT251505DE RONDELLA nr 1 WASHER


000845C363ALI ALIMENTAZIONE PINZE GRIPPER FEEDING


SCHEMA IMPIANTO
002718C048SCH PNEUMATICO PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
1 000436P017LAM LAMIERA nr 1 SHEET
102 BV330070ZZ SILENZIATORE nr 2 MUFFLER
103 BV330080ZZ TAPPO nr 3 COVER
106 BV330044ZZ FILTRO nr 1 FILTER
107 BV330045ZZ SQUADRETTA nr 2 REINFORCEMENT
108 BV330046ZZ MODULO DERIVAZIONE nr 1 DERIVATION MODULE
109 BV330047ZZ CONNETTORE nr 1 CONNECTOR
110 BX253029IB NIPPLO nr 1 NIPPLE
111 BV330049ZZ BLOCCO nr 1 STOP
112 BV330048ZZ ELETTROVALVOLA nr 4 ELECTROVALVE
113 BV330050ZZ SUPPORTO nr 4 SUPPORT
115 BV330053ZZ LINEA DI PRESSIONE nr 4 PRESSURE LINE
116 BV330052ZZ TAPPO nr 3 COVER
123 BX165005ZZ RACCORDO nr 1 FITTING
125 BV330150ZZ CAVO + CONNETTORE nr 1 CABLE + CONNECTOR
126 BV330151ZZ GUARNIZIONE nr 1 GASKET
127 BV330069ZZ CONNETTORE nr 1 CONNECTOR
128 BX254002AI TAPPO nr 1 COVER


001055C016DTZ DOTAZIONE MACCHINA EQUIPMENT

USER AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
ELECTRIC BOARD
EVOLUTION
M1425/36
Mains power: 380Vac 3P+ N + T

Frequenci: 50 Hz
Current: 6,5A.
Max max: 10KA.
Serial number: M1425/36 – 09.13
A.C.S. S.r.l. Via Emilia Est, 58 43030 Parola di Fontanellato (PR)

Tel++39 0521/827041 Fax ++39 0521/827040
A.C.S. S.r.l. Automazioni Controlli Software
Contents
1. Rotoneck electric cabinet......................................………..................... 3
2. Transport................................................................................................ 3
3. Electrical connections ............................................................................ 4
4. Warning….............................................................................................. 5
5. Starting up……...................................................................................... 5
6. Maintenance............................................................................................ 7
7. Decommissioning…................................................................................ 7
8. Safety measures …................................................................................. 8
9. Troubleshooting...................................................................................... 10
A.C.S. S.r.l. Via Emilia Est, 58 43030 Parola di Fontanellato (PR) Tel. 0521/827041 Fax 0521/827040
2
1. Electric cabinet
1.1 Introduction
The electric cabinet was designed and manufactured for controlling and checking the machine on
which it is installed. Do not use the electric cabinet for any purpose other than the one intended.
Any other use is inappropriate and dangerous.
1.2 Equipment description
The equipment is made up of a metal enclosure with an IP55 protection level. All the devices for
protecting and controlling the machine are fitted in this cabinet.
All the buttons needed to control the machine are electric cabinet door is fitted with a mechanical
interlock to ensure that when the switch is open (position 0, OFF). It is also possible to padlock the
switch in this position to avoid any accidental intervention when conducting maintenance from the
cabinet.
2. Transport
2.1 Transport
The cabinet must be protected against any mechanical damage that may occur during transport to
the final customer. It should be remembered that under functioning conditions the equipment has to
withstand a reasonably high power supply. It is therefore important that no damage occurs inside
the cabinet that would make the cabinet dangerous once it has been installed. With this in mind it is
important that the choice of packaging is suitable for the method of transport chosen.
3
3. Electrical connections
3.1 Preliminary tasks
Before starting the machine ensure that the electric cabinet has suffered no damage during
transport. Check that all the metal work is complete, the push-button panel is working properly and
that aoo internal components are connected and undamaged.
3.2 Connections
Before connecting the cabinet check that envisaged power line has a presumed symmetrical short
circuit current at the installation point that is no greater than 10 KA and fitted with an earth
conductor.
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD: THE ELECTRIC CABINET

MUST BE CONNECTED TO AN EFFICIENT EARTH
3.3 Power line connection
When points 3.1 and 3.2 have been checked the power line can be connected to the input terminals
positioned on the far left and marked with the letters R – S - T. Ensure that the terminal and fittings
used do not alter the insulation rating. The power line must have a section suitable for the absorbed
current and installation position.
3.4 Cable input
The input and output cables must be such that the equipment’s original protection rating is ensured.
This can be achieved using suitable cable clamps with a diameter that is slightly greater than that of
the cable, thus guaranteeing the seal
4
4. WARNING
IT SHOULD BE REMEMBERED THAT ALL THE OPERATIONS DESCRIBED IN POINTS
3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 6.1, 6.2, 7.1 AND 7.2 MUST BE CARRIED OUT BY QUALIFIED
PERSONNEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THAT SPECIFIED IN LAW No. 46 DATED MARCH
5 1990.
THE OPERATIONS DESCRIBED IN POINTS 5.2 – 5.4 MUST BE CARRIED OUT BY
TRAINED PERSONNEL.
5. Starting Up
5.1 Checks
To achieve good functioning it should be checked that the mains power supply to the cabinet is the
same as the design power supply with a tolerance + 10% of that specified on the identification plate.
Check that all connections comply with that specified in points 3.2 and 3.3, close the cabinet door
and start the functioning tests.
5.2 Service test

Turn the main ON/OFF switch to position 1. The mains power ON warning light will come ON.
Press the Reset Emergency and Start Machine buttons to start the cycle. If the machine does not
start, check that the external consent from the filler has been closed and that no safety devices have
been triggered (indicated by warning lights).
If either a mechanical limit switch safety device or a rinsing unit access door limit switch is
triggered then the machine will stop and the relative warning light will come ON. This is also the
case if pressure sensors, upstream or downstream buffer photocells, deceleration photocells or level
adjusters are triggered.
Pressure sensors are used to check the pressure of air and liquids used in the various treatment
cycles. They are always connected to a selector so that they can be overridden with the manual
command when carrying out certain functioning cycles. A fault to any of these devices causes the
machine to stop. The relative warning light comes ON when a pressure sensor is triggered. The
treatment liquid circulation pumps, with or without a tank, can be controlled both automatically and
in manual. Treatment solenoid valve functioning is the same as that for the pumps. Press the Stop
Machine button to stop the machine. Timers, overload switches and inverters have all been
calibrated and do not need further adjustment. If it proves necessary to set any new inverter
parameters, refer to the user and maintenance manual for the inverter and record any adjustments to
the parameters on the special page in the documentation enclosed.
5
5.3 Control button function
• Green illuminated push-button starts motor

• Red push-button stops motor
• Inverter potentiometer adjusts main motor speed
• Reset button resets a safety device
• Mushroom head button emergency stop (permanently enabled)
• Remote push-button panel controls machine motor manually when protective
Covers are open during machine timing at JOG
Speed (JOG functioning set on the inverter)
5.4 Instructions for normal use
Everything specified in point 5.2 is valid even under normal machine functioning conditions.
Furthermore all commands should only be operated using hands and not other objects. Hands
should be clean and maximum care should be taken to avoid incorrect or dangerous operations.
When the emergency button is pressed the machine motor shuts down immediately.
Safety device control relays are blocked thus causing all functioning motors to stop. Press the reset
button to release the emergency stop.
Each time that the emergency stop button is pressed or a machine safety device is triggered and the
reset button is then pressed, a short interval is required to allow the inverter to be reset. This time
period is adjustable using the timer inside the electric cabinet. The interval is necessary to enable
the inverter to be reset and to ensure that its safety device is not triggered which would cause the
motor connected to it to be blocked it is important that the Emergency Stop button is only used in
the event of real necessity and not simply to stop the machine. The inverter can suffer damage if it
is disconnected frequently when powered up.
6
6. Maintenance
6.1 Routine
Service assistance and repairs to the electric cabinet must only be carried out by the manufacturer,
technical personnel from the purchasing company or other personnel authorised by them and
trained in the machine functioning cycle.
Electric cabinet routine maintenance envisages a monthly internal inspection to check terminals and
ensure that they are securely tightened. There are no components inside the electric cabinet
requiring routine substitutions. Those components most subject to wear are the contactors in that
their durability is a function of the number of operations undertaken.
If there is a cooling fan, its filter should be cleaned weekly.
6.2 Extraordinary
If there is a fault to the motor and the protection relay is triggered, the condition of the contactors
should be checked and if necessary they should be substituted with ones of the same type. The
identification code and manufacturer are show in the parts list enclosed with the wiring diagram.
If it should be necessary to set any new inverter parameters, refer to the inverter user and
maintenance manual and then record the variations on the special page in the enclosed
documentation.
7. Decommissionig
7.1 Dismantling
If it is necessary to dismantle the electric cabinet proceed as follows:

1. Switch OFF the mains power supply to the cabinet.
2. Turn the ON/OFF switch to position O and open the cabinet.
3. Disconnect the mains power supply.
4. Disconnect the external consent devices and motors.
5. Remove the cabinet from the machine
7.2 Disposal
Remove the individual components and deliver each one to the relevant specialised disposal firm.
Do not dispose of the cabinet or its components anywhere other than through a specialised firm.
7
8. Safety measures
8.1 Adjustments with the mains power connected
When the cabinet door is open it is forbidden to enable functioning by forcing open the mechanical
interlock system on the main ON/OFF switch. As well as being totally unnecessary, such action
would place any nearby personnel in danger. With this in mind it must be specified that is no
equipment inside the cabinet needing adjustment when the mains power supply is connected.
8.2 Mains power connected
WARNING: Even when the main ON/OFF switch on the cabinet is in position O, if the mains
power supply line has not been switched OFF there is still mains power from the power terminals to
the main ON/OFF switch input.
8.3 Residual power supply
The inverters maintain output power for a specific period of time even the power supply has been
switched OFF. Therefore ONLY ACCESS THE INVERTER OR THE CONNECTIONS TO THE
RELEVANT MOTOR WHEN THE TIME PERIOD SPECIFIED ON THE INVERTER PLATE
HAS ELAPSED.
8.4 JOG functioning

If the main motor is run from an inverter, the machine can be made to function ad a preset speed to
enable timing. Machine speed remains unchanged if there is no inverter.
Machine speed when run from an inverter:
1. Plug in the remote push-button panel (supplied with the cabinet) using the special socket on the
cabinet.
2. Press the JOG button (if the button is held down the machine functions at the reduced preset
speed).
3. Release the button when timing is complete.
Fixed machine speed:
1. Plug in the remote push-button panel (supplied with the cabinet) using the special sochet on the
cabinet.
2. Press the JOG button (if the button is held down the machine functions at normal speed).
3. Release the button when timing is complete.
8
When returning to normal functioning, in both cases the rinsing unit will only begin to work if
explicitly commanded to do so by the operator.
THIS OPERATION SHOULD ONLY BE DONE BY EXPERT PERSONNEL WHO ARE

AWARE OF THE DANGER INHERENT IN THE PROCEDURE. THE PRESENCE OF A
SECOND PERSON ABLE TO INTERVENE IF NECESSARY IS OBLUGATORY.
IN BOTH CASES THE EMERGENCY BUTTON IS ALWAYS ENABLED.
8.5 Maintenance with the mains power ON
Maintenance and repairs to the cabinet should only be done when the mains power supply is
disconnected. Any operations that have to be done when the mains power supply is not
disconnected should always be carried out in the presence of a second person able to intervene if
necessary. It should be remembered that any such operations must only be done after all necessary
precautions have been taken. These include using approved insulation mats, insulating gloves and a
face mask. Ensure that the protection rating inside the cabinet is returned to the specified rating
when maintenance and repairs have been completed.
8.6 Open cabinet
All maintenance must only be carried out by specialised who have received the necessary training.
The double-bit key supplied to open the door must be kept by a shop floor manager who will then
give it to the trained personnel. NEVER LEAVE THE KEY LYING AROUND.
8.7 Extinguishing fires
It is dangerous to extinguish electrical fires with water. Use a dust or carbon dioxide extinguisher.
This manual must always be kept with the machine.
9
9. Troubleshooting
Fault Remedy
• Pressing the general interrupter the • To verify that the connecting line of the
warning light doesn’t switch on. interrupter is inserted and assure line
voltage or that automatics interrupters
FU2 e FU3 are happened.
• The warning light is switch on, but • Verify the automatics interrupter QM2
electric motors don’t work. and fuse FU1
• The power on light is on but machine • Verify fuse FU1, verify the inverter fault
don't run. condition. Verify the external consent
contact.
DISCONNECT THE MAINS POWER SUPPLY TO THE CABINET AND SEEK THE
ASSISTANCE OF QUALIFIED PERSONNEL IF THE CHECKS DESCRIBED ABOVE
FAIL TO SOLVE THE FAULT.
10
24VDC 24VDC DI
AI
ANALOG INPUT
DIC ed. 1 rev. 0
Conformity’s Declaration For the ANS electric board
Object Electric board M1425/36 matriculation 09130019
The firm A.C.S. S.r.l. building concern the ANS electric board in object, declares that:
the electric board, above mentioned has realised according the regulations in force as CEI EN
60439-1 (CEI 17-13/1), CEI EN 60204-1 (CEI 44-5) IEC 204-1/92 and according scrupulously the
assembling instructions equipped by manufacturing and the material stood the test.
The circuit diagram is joint in 1 copy.
On this ground A.C.S. declares according with the regulation in force as CEI EN 60439-1 CEI 17-
13/1 paragraphs:
8.2.1 Check over temperature
8.2.2 Check supply voltage
8.2.3 Check short circuit proof
8.2.5 Check distance between components
8.2.6 Check mechanical working
8.2.7 Check degrees of protection
According the paragraphs above mentioned we place to your disposal the material’s manufacturing
utilised as the characteristics of the principal building system.
We keep in a document the rest of the material in according the regulations CEI EN 60439-1 (CEI
17-13/1) paragraphs:
8.2.4.1 Check earth circuit
8.2.4.2 Check earth circuit at short circuit proof
8.3.1 Check device and functional tests
8.3.2 Insulation resistance test
8.3.3 Check protective devices and continuity of the protective bonding circuit
and in according with CEI EN 60204-1 (CEI 44-5) paragraphs:
20.2 Continuity of the protective bonding circuit
20.3 Insulation resistance tests
20.4 Voltage tests
20.5 Protection against residual voltages
20.6 Electromagnetic tests
20.7 Functional tests
Joints : 1) Circuit diagrams
2) Report of individual tests
Parola lì 18/09/2013
Pagina 1 di 1
DIC ed. 1 rev. 0
Check rapport for the ANS electric board
Object Electric board M1425/36 matriculation 09130019
Checks performed, in according the regulations CEI 17-13/1 as the paragraphs, are enumerated
near the test.
8.3.1 Check in devices and cable connecting control and test of electric’s right working.
Positive Negative
Checking mechanical devices and locks
Checking of the air of protection’s degrees
Checking of the air and surface distances
Checking of connecting bolted or screwed
Checking of the lobel showing the board identification
Checking conformity’s devices to electrical diagram
Checking of the right working electric of complex auxiliary circuit
8.3.3 Check protective devices and continuity of the protective banding circuit.
Positive Negative
Checking protective devices against directs contacts
Checking of the air of protective circuit
Checking with casual tests of contact PE on connections screwed
Or bolted
8.3.4 Insulation resistance tests
Positive Negative
Insulation resistance tests
Pagina 1 di 2
DIC ed. 1 rev. 0
Check performed in according the regulation CEI 44-5 IEC 204-1 EN 60204-1 as the paragraph
are enumerated near the rest.
Positive Negative
20.2 Checking circuit’s protective bending circuit
20.3 Insulation resistance tests in joint to point 8.3.4 CEI 17-13/1
20.4 Voltage tests
20.5 Protection against residual currents CEI 44-5 par. 6.2.3
Direct
Indirect
20.6 Electromagnetic tests
The levels of interference are selected in accordance with environment
where the machine is intended to be used.
20.7 Functional tests
Complete functional tests
Parola lì 18.09.2013
Pagina 2 di 2
VALORI PARAMETRI MODIFICATI PER
M1425/36
INVERTER DANFOSS FC51
DESCRIZIONE PARAMETRO INVERTER 1 INVERTER 2

RIFERIMENTO MASSIMO 03-03 78
RAMPA JOG 03-80 0,7
VELOCITA’ MOTORE LIMITE 04-14 78

MASSIMO
RIFERIMENTO MASSIMO 06-15 78
TERMINALE 53
RAMPA DI ACCELERAZIONE 03-41 1,5
RAMPA DECELERAZIONE 03-42 1,5
VELOCITA’ DI JOG 03-11 10
DESCRIZIONE PARAMETRO INVERTER 1 INVERTER 2

MAXIMUM REFERENCE 03-03 78
JOG RAMP 03-80 0,7
MOTOR SPEED HIGH LIMIT 04-14 78
TERM. 53 HIGH REF./FEEDB. 06-15 78

VALUE
RAMP UP 03-41 1,5
RAMP DOWN 03-42 1,5
JOG SPEED 03-11 10

INPUT KEYBOARD
The numerical input value can be changed by this pop-up keyboard. The input value must be in the
range max-min
This sign is indicating the presence of alarm. Toching the sign is possible to switch on alarm page.
Use this touch button to move between pages
Use this touch buttons to command the specified function of the machine
MAIN PAGE
This is the start-up page: The flags touch button select the language af the panel.
MACHINE SPEED set the rotating speed of the machine
Touching the PROMEC logo the function menu will be displayed
Touching the watch field is possible to adjust the date and time of the system watch
WATCH SET UP
Touching the date/time field is possible to input the date/time value. Data will be transmitted to
PLC by touching SET TIME touch button
MAIN MENU
Touching the fields specyfied menu will be displayed

Touching INTERNAL SPEED REFERENCE is possible to switch the speed reference from internal
source or from filler reference
FIRST TIME MENU
Touching the numerical fields is possible to change the value of the specified functions.
Time are for ON and OFF function.
SECOND TIME MENU
EMPTYING MACHINE Is the time necessary to empty the machine in case of no incoming bottles.
After this time machine will be stopped
TREATMENT WAITING Is the time necessary to check if the pressure of treatment is enought to
start production
THIRD TIME MENU
Is showed the total pieces producted. Is possible reset the counter by RESET touch button
FIRST TREATMENT MENU
By MAN-OFF-AUT push button is possible to set the function of the machine.

ATTENTION!!! If you switch the treatment pressure switch in MAN mode machine can run
without treatment.
SECOND TREATMENT MENU
By MAN-OFF-AUT Is possible to chose the function of treatment pump

SPEED MENU
MIN SPEED Set the minimum rotating speed of the machine
MAX SPEED Set the maximum rotating speed of the machine
EMPTYING SPEED Set the emptying rotating speed of the machine

ALARM REGISTER MENU
On the alarm log are listed in chronological order the last active alarms are highlighted in a different
way depending on whether or not to have been recognized by the operator. Touching the USER is
accessed via password to the pages where the ADMIN user can create new users or change the
password of the existing ones.
USERS MENU
The menu of the page Allows users to change the password of users and create new ones the
alphanumeric keypad to enter the values displayed by touching the fields ADMIN or USER
КЛАВИАТУРА ДЛЯ ВВОДА ЗНАЧЕНИЙ
Редактируемые цифровые поля могут быть изменены, дотронувшись до поля цифрового

значения, которое вы хотите изменить. Дотронувшись до значения, которое нужно изменить,
появляется такая же клавиатура, как и указанная выше, дающая возможность ввести новое
значение. Вводимое значение должно находиться в диапазоне между мин. и макс.
значениями, указанными в том случае, если они имеются.
Появление приведенного выше символа указывает, что существуют или не были приняты
аварийные сигналы, количество аварийных сигналов указывается в нижней части иконы.
Нажав на символ, вы попадаете на страницу аварийных сигналов.
Приведенные выше кнопки нужны для перемещения между страницами меню
Указанные выше кнопки переключают или включают / отключают функции, указанные

рядом с ними. Они нужны для изменения состояния работы машины.
НАЧАЛЬНАЯ СТРАНИЦА (ВКЛЮЧЕНИЕ МАШИНЫ)
Это начальная страница, которая появляется при включении машины. Поля с флагами
позволяют изменение языка панели оператора.
Диапазон скорости машины задает скорость вращения машины.
При нажатии на логотип PROMEC дается доступ к странице начального меню.
При нажатии на поле часов дается доступ к странице регулирования даты и времени.
Нажав на кнопку аппаратных средств F1 или поле “ALARM RESET” сбрасываются
переставшие быть активными аварийные сигналы.
СТРАНИЦА НАСТРОЙКИ ЧАСОВ
Дотронувшись до поля даты и времени, появляется клавиатура, позволяющая изменить дату

и время, после настройки времени и даты нужно передать эти настройки системе, нажав на
поле Налоговые время. Дата и время будут переданы в систему.
СТРАНИЦА ГЛАВНОГО МЕНЮ
Нажав на поля: ВРЕМЯ ОБРАБОТКИ СКОРОСТЬ ЖУРНАЛ АВАРИЙНЫХ СИГНАЛОВ,

дается прямой доступ в под-меню.
Нажав на поле СПРАВОЧНАЯ ВНУТРЕННЯЯ СКОРОСТЬ, вы переключаете справочную
скорость машины с наружной и на внутреннюю.
ПЕРВАЯ СТРАНИЦА МЕНЮ ВРЕМЯ
Дотронувшись до цифровых полей, появляется клавиатура, позволяющая ввести значения

времени для реле времени фотоэлементов ФОТОЭЛЕМЕНТА ВХОДА и ФОТОЭЛЕМЕНТА
ВЫХОДА. Можно независимо настроить как опоздание при поступлении ВКЛ., так и
исчезновение ВЫКЛ. сигнала, поступающего от фотоэлемента.
ВТОРАЯ СТРАНИЦА МЕНЮ ВРЕМЯ
ОПУСТОШЕНИЕ МАШИНЫ - это время, необходимое для опустошения оборудования в

случае отсутствия бутылок на входе. По истечении этого времени машина останавливается, в
ожидании поступления новых бутылок
ОЖИДАНИЕ ОБРАБОТКИ
это время, необходимое для проверки, что все виды обработки были эффективными перед
пуском машины.
ТРЕТЬЯ СТРАНИЦА МЕНЮ ВРЕМЯ
На этой странице виден счетчик произведенной продукции. Счетчик обнуляется кнопкой

RESET
ПЕРВАЯ СТРАНИЦА ОБРАБОТКИ
при нажатии на органы управления MAN AUT OFF(РУЧ. АВТ. ВЫКЛ.), можно исключить
или управлять вручную указанными функциями. ВНИМАНИЕ!! установив клапан обработки
на ВЫКЛ. (OFF) и установив в режим РУЧ. (MAN) реле давления обработки, оборудование
может работать без обработки.
ВТОРАЯ СТРАНИЦА ОБРАБОТКИ
при нажатии на кнопки MAN OFF AUT (РУЧ. ВЫКЛ. АВТ.), выбирается режим работы
насоса рециркуляции
СТРАНИЦА СКОРОСТЬ
МИНИМАЛЬНАЯ СКОРОСТЬ Задает минимальную скорость вращения машины
МАКСИМАЛЬНАЯ СКОРОСТЬ Задает максимальную скорость вращения машины
СКОРОСТЬ ОПУСТОШЕНИЯ Задает скорость вращения во время фазы опустошения

СТРАНИЦА ЖУРНАЛ АВАРИЙНЫХ СИГНАЛОВ
На странице журнала аварийных сигналов в хронологическом порядке перечислены

сработавшие аварийные сигналы, выделенные по-разному, в зависимости от того, были ли
они распознаны или нет оператором Дотронувшись до поля ПОЛЬЗОВАТЕЛИ, при помощи
пароля можно попасть на страницу, в которой пользователь ADMIN может создавать новых
пользователей или изменять пароль существующих пользователей.
СТРАНИЦА УПРАВЛЕНИЕ ПОЛЬЗОВАТЕЛЯМИ
Меню страницы пользователей позволяет изменять пароль пользователей и создавать новые

пароли. Буквенно-цифровая клавиатура для ввода значений появляется при нажатии на поля
ADMIN или USER
++++++++++++++tm
Nautilus XML
Dimensions - Encombrements - Abmessungen - Dimensiones - Dimensioni - Atravancamentos
Mounting details - Fixations - Befestigung - Fijación - Quote di fissaggio - montagem
55
XML-C/D : 46 XML-C/D : 90
XML-C/D : 85 Ø5,2
XML-A/B : 75 XML-A/B : 35 XML-A/B : 77,5
106
113
2xØ5,2 (2)
37 5
158
Ø5,2 x 6,7
37
(2) 17,5 (2)
34
23 = 20-22 = Ø5,2 x 6,7
56
13
XML-A/BM01/M05/010/020/035/070/160/300/500/XML-A004
XML-C/D010/020/035/070/160/300/500 30 = 37-40 =
XML-AM02/002 - XML-B004…
XML-C/DM02/002/004
40 Ø5,2 x 10,2
XML-BL05/XML-CL05 : 140
XML-BM03 : 145
(2) Ø5,2 x 15,2

65
(2)
MAX 162
Ø5,2
10
175
56,5
56
(1)
17
(1) Ø6,5
20 20
= 45 =
XML-BM03 : Ø150
XML-A/B/C/DL35/001 : Ø110
XML-BL05/XML-CL05 : Ø200 1"1/4 gaz
XML-B/CS35/S02/S04 : Ø113
XML-B/CS10/S20 : Ø86
Ø110
XML-BM03/BL05/CL05 XML-A/B/C/DL35/001
XML-BL35P
XML-B/CS35/S02/S04/S10/S20
35 76
≤ 0,7 Nm
6,2 inchlb
≤ 0,8 Nm
7 inchlb
37 5
130
(2)
≤ 70 Nm
620 inchlb
54
24
W915263620111 A06 1/2
(1)
XML-.......1 PG13.5 DIN46255 1/4" Gaz ISO228
XML-.......2 M20 BS4568 G 1/4" ISO228 BS2779
Ø50 1"1/4 gaz
XML-.......3 1/2"-14 NPT ANSI B2-1 1/4"-18NPTF ANSIB1.20.3
XML-A004/010/020/035P XML-.......4 1/2" PF JIS B0202 1/4" PT JIS B0203
XML-BM05
MIT detection Tome 1 / chap. 2 / page 10 152636201A55 IED 06 11/2003

++++++++++++++tm
Nautilus XML
Pressure switches - Pressostats - Druckwaechter - Presostatos - Pressostati - Pressostatos XML-D
13
11
23
21
XML-A
PH2
14
12
24
22
13
11
23
21
13
11
PH
14
12
PB2
24
22
14
12
13
11
PB
23
21
13
11
PH1
14
12
24
22
14
12
13
11
23
21
PB1
14
12
24
22
0
0
XML-A001/002/004/010/020/035/070/160/300/500 XML-DL35/001/002/004/010/020/035/070/160/300/500
XML-B XML-C
13
11
13
11
23
21
PH 1 2 3
14
12
14
12
24
22
PH PH
13
11
23
21
13
11
PB PB PB
14
12
24
22
14
12
0 0 0
XML-BL35/001/002/004/010/020/035/070/160/300/500
XML-CL35/001/002/004/010/020/035/070/160/300/500
Vacuum switches - Vacuostats - Vakuumschalter - Vacuostatos - Vacuostati - Vacuostatos
0 XML-D
13
11
23
21
0
PH1
14
12
24
22
XML-A
23
21
13
11
13
11
PB1
24
22
14
12
PH
14
12
23
21
13
11
PH2
13
11
PB
24
22
14
12
14
12
13
11
23
21
PB2
14
12
24
22
XML-AM01 XML-DM02
0
XML-B XML-C 1 2 0 3 0
13
11
13
11
23
21
PH
14
12
14
12
24
22
PH PH
13
11
13
11
23
21
PB
PB PB
14
12
14
12
24
22
XML-BM02/M03
XML-CM02
Vacuum pressure switches - Vacuopressostats - Vakuum Druckwaechter - Vacuo Presostatos - Vacuo Pressostati - Vacuo Pressostatos
XML-B 1 2 3
5 bars
5 bars PH
5 bars
13
11
PH PH
14
12
0
13
11
PB 0
0 -1
PB
PB -1
14
12
-1
XML-BM05
XML-A/B Wiring diagram - Schémas de raccordement - DANGER / PELIGRO / DANGER

Anschlußpläne - Esquemas - Schema di cablaggio -
Esquemas de ligação PH
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE TENSION PELIGROSA TENSION DANGEREUSE
Connector - Connecteur - Steckverbinder - Conector - connettore - Ligador
DIN 43650 M12 Disconnect all power before Desenergice el equipo antes Couper l'alimentation avant
servicing equipment. de realizarle servico. de travailler sur cet appareil. Differential
13
11
2 4 3 Ecart
W915263620111 A06 2/2
13
11
Electric shock will result Una descarga eléctrica Une électrocution

3
in death or serious injury. podrá causar la muerte entrainera la mort
Histerese
1 2
14
12
1 o lesiones serias. ou des blessures graves. Diferencial

14
12
Differenziale
High setting point - Point haut - Oberer Schaltpunkt - Punto

PH
de disparo superior - Punto di scatto superiore Adjustable / Réglable / Einstellbar Not adjustable / Non réglable /
Regulable / Regolabile Nicht einstellbar / No regulable /
PB Low setting point - Point bas - Unterer Schaltpunkt - Punto Non regolabile
de disparo inferior - Punto di scatto inferiore
11/2003 152636201A55 IED 06 MIT detection Tome 1 / chap. 2 / page 10

VALVES NC
2/2
Series
pressure operated
bronze or stainless steel body 1
E290
threaded ports, 3/8 to 2 1/2 NO
2
FEATURES
• High flow due to angled seat design
• Anti-waterhammer design (fluid entry under the disc)
• Vacuum operation up to 10-2 mbar
• Wide range of piston-type operators (32 - 50- 63 - 90 -125 mm dia.) rotatable
through 360°, for maximum performance at different minimum pilot pressures
• High performance, maintenance-free stuffing box
• The valves satisfy Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC, category 1 (DN > 25)
or article 3.3 (DN ≤ 25)
GENERAL
Differential pressure See «SPECIFICATIONS» [1 bar =100 kPa]
Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar
Ambient temperature range -10°C to +60°C
Maximum viscosity 600 cSt (mm2/s)
Pilot fluid Filtered air or water (1)
Max. pilot pressure 10 bar
Min. pilot pressure See below and following page
Pilot fluid temperature -10°C to +60°C
Response time See page V402-5
fluids (✴) temperature range disc seal (✴) D
DN ≤ 50: air and gas groups 1 & 2
DN 65: air and gas group 2 - 10°C to + 184°C PTFE 1
all DN: water, oil, liquids groups 1 & 2 and steam
MATERIALS IN CONTACT WITH FLUID 2

(✴) Ensure that the compatibility of the fluids in contact with the materials is verified
Bronze body Stainless steel body All AISI 316L
Valve body Bronze AISI 316L AISI 316L (2) NC function, entry under the disc, 32 and 50 mm operators
Stuffing box housing Brass AISI 316L AISI 316L
Stem Stainless steel Stainless steel AISI 316L
Disc Brass Stainless steel AISI 316L
Stuffing box packing PTFE chevrons PTFE chevrons PTFE chevrons
Wiper seal FPM FPM FPM
Disc seal PTFE PTFE PTFE
Valve body seal PTFE PTFE PTFE
OTHER MATERIALS 1
Operator Glass fibre filled PA

Optical position indicator PA 12, supplied standard on valves with 63, 90 2
and 125 mm operators
(1)
For dia. 32, 50 and 63 mm operators: At service fluid temperatures inside the valve body above 100°C, it is NC function, entry under the disc, 63, 90 and 125 mm operators
prohibited to pilot the valve with water.
(2)
NET-INOX passivation treatment included.
SPECIFICATIONS
Availability, design and specifications are subject to change without notice. All rights reserved.
piping operating pressure

(ISO 6708) flow pilot differential (bar) catalogue number
operator
coefficient pressure
pipe max. diameter
Kv (bar)
size DN min. air, inert gas, water, oil, stainless
aggressive fluids liquids, steam (✴)
(≤184°C) bronze all AISI 316L
(G*) (m3/h) (l/min) min. max. (✴) aggressive liquids(✴) (mm) steel
NC - Normally closed, entry under the disc (1)
3/8 10 2,8 47 4 10 0 16 16 10 32 - E290A791 E290A845

4,1 68 4 10 0 12 12 10 32 - E290A792 E290A846
4 10 0 16 16 10 50 E290A384 E290A393 E290A402
1/2 15
4,9 82 2,5 10 0 16 16 10 63 E290B002 E290B045 E290B088
1,5 10 0 5 5 5 63 E290B001 E290B044 E290B087
6,5 108 4 10 0 6 6 6 32 - E290A793 E290A847
10 10 10 50 E290A385 E290A394 E290A403
4 10 0
3/4 20 16 16 10 63 E290B005 E290B048 E290B091
9,4 157
2,5 10 0 12 12 10 63 E290B004 E290B047 E290B090
1,5 10 0 4 4 4 63 E290B003 E290B046 E290B089
12,8 213 4 10 0 6 6 6 50 E290A386 E290A395 E290A404
10 10 10 63 E290B010 E290B053 E290B096
4 10 0
16 16 10 90 E290B011 E290B054 E290B097
00049GB-2005/R02
1 25 6 6 6 63 E290B008 E290B051 E290B094

16,5 275 2,5 10 0
12 12 10 90 E290B009 E290B052 E290B095
3 3 3 63 E290B006 E290B049 E290B092
1,5 10 0
5 5 5 90 E290B007 E290B050 E290B093
All leaflets are available on: www.asconumatics.eu

V410-1
VALVES SERIES E290
SPECIFICATIONS
piping operating pressure
(ISO 6708) flow pilot differential (bar) catalogue number
operator
coefficient pressure
pipe max. diameter
Kv (bar)
size DN min. air, inert gas, water, oil, stainless
aggressive fluids liquids, steam (✴)
(≤184°C) bronze all AISI 316L
(G*) (m3/h) (l/min) min. max. (✴) aggressive liquids(✴) (mm) steel
NC - Normally closed, entry under the disc (1)
6 6 6 63 E290A016 E290A059 E290A102
4 10 0
12 12 10 90 E290A017 E290A060 E290A103
3 3 3 63 E290A014 E290A057 E290A100
27 450 2,5 10 0
7 7 7 90 E290A015 E290A058 E290A101
1 1/4 32 1,5 1,5 1,5 63 E290A012 E290A055 E290A098
1,5 10 0
3 3 3 90 E290A013 E290A056 E290A099
4 10 0 16 16 10 125 E290A642 E290A646 E290A650
29 483 2,5 10 0 16 16 10 125 E290A641 E290A645 E290A649
1,5 10 0 10 10 10 125 E290A640 E290A644 E290A648
4 4 4 63 E290A020 E290A063 E290A106
4 10 0
8 8 8 90 E290A021 E290A064 E290A107
45 750
2,5 10 0 4 4 4 90 E290A019 E290A062 E290A105
1 1/2 40 1,5 10 0 3 3 3 90 E290A018 E290A061 E290A104
4 10 0 16 16 10 125 E290A482 E290A495 E290A508
48 800 2,5 10 0 10 10 10 125 E290A481 E290A494 E290A507
1,5 10 0 4 4 4 125 E290A480 E290A493 E290A506
2,5 2,5 2,5 63 E290A024 E290A067 E290A110
4 10 0
6 6 6 90 E290A025 E290A068 E290A111
59 983
2,5 10 0 2,5 2,5 2,5 90 E290A023 E290A066 E290A109
2 50 1,5 10 0 1 1 1 90 E290A022 E290A065 E290A108
4 10 0 10 10 10 125 E290A485 E290A498 E290A511
66 1100 2,5 10 0 5 5 5 125 E290A484 E290A497 E290A510
1,5 10 0 2 2 2 125 E290A483 E290A496 E290A509
94 1567 4 10 0 2 2 2 90 E290A487 E290A500 E290A513
2 1/2 65 4 10 0 6 6 6 125 E290A488 E290A501 E290A514
111 1850
2,5 10 0 1 1 1 125 E290A486 E290A499 E290A512
NO - Normally open, entry under the disc
3/8 10 2,8 47 IX (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 32 - E290A794 E290A848
4,1 68 IX (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 32 - E290A795 E290A849
1/2 15 I (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 50 E290A387 E290A396 E290A405
4,9 82 II (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 63 E290B026 E290B069 E290B112
6,5 108 IX (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 32 - E290A796 E290A850
3/4 20 I (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 50 E290A388 E290A397 E290A406
9,4 157 II (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 63 E290B027 E290B070 E290B113
12,8 213 I (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 50 E290A389 E290A398 E290A407
1 25 II (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 63 E290B028 E290B071 E290B114
16,5 275 III (✻)
10 0 16 16 10 90 E290B029 E290B072 E290B115
II (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 63 E290A030 E290A073 E290A116
27 450 III (✻)
1 1/4 32 10 0 16 16 10 90 E290A031 E290A074 E290A117
29 483 IV (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 125 E290A643 E290A647 E290A651
II (✻) 10 0 11 11 10 63 E290A032 E290A075 E290A118
45 750 III (✻)
1 1/2 40 10 0 16 16 10 90 E290A033 E290A076 E290A119
48 800 IV (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 125 E290A489 E290A502 E290A515
II (✻) 10 0 7 7 7 63 E290A034 E290A077 E290A120
59 983 III (✻)
2 50 10 0 13 13 10 90 E290A035 E290A078 E290A121
66 1100 IV (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 125 E290A490 E290A503 E290A516
94 1567 III (✻) 10 0 7 7 7 90 E290A491 E290A504 E290A517
2 1/2 65
111 1850 IV (✻) 10 0 16 16 10 125 E290A492 E290A505 E290A518
NC - Normally closed, entry above the disc (version recommended for rapid-cycling steam applications)
3/8 10 2,8 47 X (✻) 10 0 10 - 10 32 - E290A797 -
4,1 68 X (✻) 10 0 10 - 10 32 - E290A798 -
1/2 15 V (✻) 10 0 10 - 10 50 E290A390 E290A399 -
4,9 82 VI (✻) 10 0 10 - 10 63 E290B036 E290B079 -
6,5 108 X (✻) 10 0 10 - 10 32 - E290A799 -
3/4 20 V (✻) 10 0 10 - 10 50 E290A391 E290A400 -
9,4 157 VI (✻)
10 0 10 - 10 63 E290B037 E290B080 -
12,8 213 V (✻) 10 0 10 - 10 50 E290A392 E290A401 -
1 25
16,5 275 VI (✻) 10 0 10 - 10 63 E290B038 E290B081 -
VI (✻) 10 0 10 - 10 63 E290A039 E290A082 -
1 1/4 32 27 450 VII (✻)
10 0 10 - 10 90 E290A136 E290A137 -
VI (✻) 10 0 10 - 10 63 E290A040 E290A083 -
1 1/2 40 45 750 VII (✻)
10 0 10 - 10 90 E290A041 E290A084 -
VI (✻) 10 0 9 - 9 63 E290A042 E290A085 -
2 50 59 983 VII (✻)
10 0 10 - 10 90 E290A043 E290A086 -
94 1567 VII (✻) 10 0 10 - 10 90 E290A623 E290A625 -
2 1/2 65
111 1850 VIII (✻) 10 0 10 - 10 125 E290A624 E290A626 -
00049GB-2005/R01
(✻) Minimum pilot pressure varies with differential pressure, see page V402-5.
(1)
Calculation of the minimum pilot pressure at a ΔP of max. 10 bar with allowable backpressure (backpressure not recommended with liquids as waterhammer may occur).
- 32 and 50 mm operators, 4 bar minimum pilot pressure version: add 2 bar to the minimum pilot pressure of chart V or X, page V402-5.
- 63, 90 and 125 mm operators, 4 bar minimum pilot pressure version: add 1,5 bar to the minimum pilot pressure of chart VI, VII or VIII, page V402-5.
All leaflets are available on: asconumatics.eu

V410-2
VALVES SERIES E290
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES (see page V435/V436)
• Signaling box or compact signaling unit
• Stroke limiter for opening
• Manual safety device
• Optical position indicator on 32-50 mm operators, NC function
• Adapter plate for NAMUR pad mounting pilot (63-90-125 mm operators only)
• Oxygen service (except DN 65), pressure limited to 15 bar, temperature limited to + 60°C
• Vacuum applications up to 1,33 10-3 mbar
• NET-INOX passivation treatment on stainless steel body valve
• ATEX 94/9/EC versions for potentially explosive atmospheres
• Other pipe connections are available on request
INSTALLATION
• The valves can be mounted in any position without affecting operation
• Compatible with ASTM 1, 2 and 3 oils
• Pipe connections (G*) have standard combination thread according to ISO 228/1 and ISO 7/1
• Installation/maintenance instructions are included with each valve
SPARE PARTS KITS ORDERING EXAMPLES:

spare parts kit no. E 290 A 792
DN
Ø 32 mm Ø 50-63-90-125 mm
E
E
E
290 B 002 SM2
290 A 791 SU
290 A 082
D
10 C140100 -
15 C140101 C131204 (1)
20 C140102 C131205 (1)
25 - C131206 (1)
32 - C131207 (1) pipe thread
40 - C131208 (1) basic number suffix
50 - C131209 (1)
65 - C131622 (1)
(1)
Standard suffix VM also applies to kits (see V435).
ORDERING EXAMPLES KITS:
- Not available C140100
C140205
C140205 VM
basic number suffix
32 mm operator 50 mm operator 63, 90 and 125 mm operators
1
1
2
2 1
NO function
1
2
2 1
00049GB-2006/R01
NC function, fluid entry above disc
All leaflets are available on: www.asconumatics.eu

V410-3
VALVES SERIES E290
DIMENSIONS (mm), WEIGHT (kg)

TYPE 01-02
32 and 50 mm operators
Fluid entry:
under the disc at 2
above the disc at 1
ØF
1/8
0˚
36
D
G
C
˚
50
ØA H E
B
operator
type ØA B C D E ØF G ØH weight (1)
diameter
3/8 92 93 81,5 55 43,5 27 23,5 0,35
01 32 mm 1/2 99 97 83,5 65 43,5 27 28 0,4
3/4 107 104,5 88 75 43,5 27 30 0,45
1/2 142 154,5 141 65 69 43 27 0,9
02 50 mm 3/4 150,5 159 143 75 69 43 32 1
1 155 165 145 90 69 43 41 1,4
(1)
Weight of valve without pilot.
Solenoid pilot valves: see V440 (32 and 50 mm operators).
TYPE 03-04-05
63, 90 and 125 mm operators
Fluid entry:
under the disc at 2
above the disc at 1
Ø 158
Ø 156 1 ØF
0°
36
1/8 (Ø63 mm)
1/4 (Ø90-125 mm)
D
C
G
°
50
ØA H E Availability, design and specifications are subject to change without notice. All rights reserved.
B
1 Operator dia. 125 mm, NO function
operator
type ØA B C D E ØF G ØH weight (1)
diameter
1/2 170 182 169 65 85 50,5 27 1,2
3/4 175 185 170 75 85 50,5 32 1,3
1 179 192 172 90 85 50,5 41 1,7
03 63 mm
1 1/4 217 229 204 110 85 50,5 50 2,1
1 1/2 224 245 215 120 85 50,5 60 2,9
2 249 259 224 150 85 50,5 70 3,7
1 197 209 189 90 118 67 41 2,3
1 1/4 236 246 221 110 118 67 50 2,7
04 90 mm 1 1/2 243 262 232 120 118 67 60 3,5
2 267 276 241 150 118 67 70 4,3
2 1/2 299 300 257 190 118 67 86 6,3
1 1/4 284 298 273 110 156 86 50 5,2
1 1/2 291 313,5 283,5 120 156 86 60 6
00049GB-2008/R01
05 125 mm
2 315 328 293 150 156 86 70 6,8
2 1/2 347 352 308 190 156 86 86 8,9
(1)
Weight of valve without pilot. Add 0,2 for dia. 125 mm operator NO.
Solenoid pilot valves: see V439 (63 mm operator) / V443 (90 and 125 mm operators).
All leaflets are available on: asconumatics.eu

V410-4
Low Voltage Motors
Manual for Low Voltage Motors
n Installation, operation,
maintenance and safety
manual ......................................... EN 3
n Montage-, Betriebs-,
Wartungs- und
Sicherheitsanleitung .................. DE 21
n Manuel d’installation,
d’exploitation, de maintenance
et de sécurité ........................... FR 39
n Manual de instalación,
funcionamiento, mantenimiento
y seguridad .............................. ES 57
n Manuale d’installazione,
funzionamento e
manutenzione............................. IT 75
n Installations-, driffts-,
underhålls- och säkerhets-
manual ...................................... SV 93
n Asennus-, käyttö-, kunnossa-

pito- ja turvallisuusohje ............ FI 111
More languages – see web site

www.abb.com/motors&generators >
Motors > Document library
EC Declaration of Conformity
The Manufacturer: (Name and address of the manufacture)
hereby declares that
The Products: (Product identification)
are in conformity with provisions of the following Council Directives:
Directive 2006/95/EC (of 12 December 2006).

The motors are in conformity with provisions of the harmonized standard EN 60 034-1(2004) which thus
comply with Principal Elements of the Safety Objectives for Electrical Equipement stated in Annex I of
said directive.
Note: When installing motors for converter supply applications, additional requirements must be
respected regarding the motor as well as the installation, as described in installation manual delivered
with converters.
Directive 2005/32/EC (EuP of 6th July 2005).
In respect of efficiency class the motors are in conformity with the requirements of the standard EN
60034-30 (March 2009).
Year of CE marking :
Signed by --------------------------
Title --------------------------
Date --------------------------
2 ABB/Manual for Low Voltage Motors 01-2009

Low Voltage Motors
EN
Installation, operation, maintenance and safety manual
List of Contents Page

1. Introduction .............................................................................................................................................. 5
1.1 Declaration of Conformity .................................................................................................................. 5
1.2 Validity ............................................................................................................................................... 5
2. Handling .................................................................................................................................................... 6
2.1 Reception check ................................................................................................................................ 6
2.2 Transportation and storage ............................................................................................................... 6
2.3 Lifting ................................................................................................................................................ 6
2.4 Machine weight ................................................................................................................................. 6
3. Installation and commissioning ............................................................................................................. 7

3.1 General ............................................................................................................................................. 7
3.2 Insulation resistance check ............................................................................................................... 7
3.3 Foundation ........................................................................................................................................ 7
3.4 Balancing and fitting coupling halves and pulleys ............................................................................. 8
3.5 Mounting and alignment of the motor ............................................................................................... 8
3.6 Slide rails and belt drives .................................................................................................................. 8
3.7 Machines with drain plugs for condensation ..................................................................................... 8
3.8 Cabling and electrical connections ................................................................................................... 8
3.8.1 Connections for different starting methods ............................................................................ 9
3.8.2 Connections of auxiliaries ...................................................................................................... 9
3.9 Terminals and direction of rotation .................................................................................................... 9
4. Operation ................................................................................................................................................ 10
4.1 Use .................................................................................................................................................. 10
4.2. Cooling ............................................................................................................................................ 10
4.3. Safety considerations ...................................................................................................................... 10
5. Low voltage motors in variable speed operation ................................................................................ 11

5.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 11
5.2 Winding insulation ........................................................................................................................... 11
5.2.1 Phase to phase voltages ...................................................................................................... 11
5.2.1 Phase to ground voltages .................................................................................................... 11
5.2.3 Selection of winding insulation for ACS550- and ACS800-converters ................................. 11
5.2.4 Selection of winding insulation with all other converters ...................................................... 11
ABB/Manual for Low Voltage Motors 01-2009 EN-3

EN
5.3 Thermal protection of windings ....................................................................................................... 11

5.4 Bearing currents .............................................................................................................................. 11
5.4.1 Elimination of bearing currents with ABB ACS550 and ACS800 converters ....................... 12
5.4.2 Elimination of bearing currents with all other converters ..................................................... 12
5.5 Cabling, grounding and EMC .......................................................................................................... 12
5.6 Operating speed ............................................................................................................................. 12
5.7 Dimensioning the motor for variable speed application .................................................................. 12
5.7.1 General ................................................................................................................................ 12
5.7.2 Dimensioning with ABB ACS800 converters with DTC control ............................................ 12
5.7.3 Dimensioning with ABB ACS550 converters ........................................................................ 13
5.7.4 Dimensioning with other voltage source PWM-type converters ........................................... 13
5.7.5 Short time overloads ............................................................................................................ 13
5.8 Rating plates ................................................................................................................................... 13
5.9 Commissioning the variable speed application ............................................................................... 13
6. Maintenance ........................................................................................................................................... 14
6.1. General inspection .......................................................................................................................... 14
6.2 Lubrication ...................................................................................................................................... 14
6.2.1 Machines with permanently greased bearings ..................................................................... 14
6.2.2 Motors with regreasable bearings ........................................................................................ 15
6.2.3 Lubrication intervals and amounts ....................................................................................... 15
6.2.4 Lubricants ............................................................................................................................ 17
7. After Sales Support ............................................................................................................................... 18

7.1. Spare parts ..................................................................................................................................... 18
7.2 Rewinding ....................................................................................................................................... 18
7.3 Bearings .......................................................................................................................................... 18
8. Environmental requirements ................................................................................................................ 18

8.1 Noise levels ..................................................................................................................................... 18
9. Troubleshooting ..................................................................................................................................... 19
EN-4 ABB/Manual for Low Voltage Motors 01-2009

1. Introduction
EN
NOTE! 1.2 Validity
These instructions must be followed to ensure safe The instructions are valid for the following ABB electrical
and proper installation, operation and maintenance machine types, in both motor and generator operation.
of the machine. They should be brought to the
attention of anyone who installs, operates or series MT*, MXMA,
maintains the machine or associated equipment. series M2A*/M3A*, M2B*/M3B*, M4B*, M2C*/M3C*,
The machine is intended for installation and use by M2F*/M3F*, M2L*/M3L*, M2M*/M3M*, M2Q*,
qualified personnel, familiar with health and safety M2R*/M3R*, M2V*/M3V*
requirements and national legislation. Ignoring in frame sizes 56 - 450.
these instructions may invalidate all applicable
There is a separate manual for e.g. Ex motors ‘Low
warranties.
voltage motors for hazardous areas: Installation,
operation and maintenance Manual’ (Low Voltage Motors/
Manual for Ex-motors).
1.1 Declaration of Conformity Additional information is required for some machine types
due to special application and/or design considerations.
Declarations of Conformity with respect to the Low
voltage Directive 73/23/EEC amended by Directive 93/68 Additional information is available for the following motors:
EEC are issued separately with individual machines. – roller table motors
– water cooled motors
The Declaration of Conformity also satisfies the – open drip proof motors
requirements of a Declaration of Incorporation with – smoke venting motors
respect to the Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC, Art 4.2 – brake motors
Annex II, sub B – motors for high ambient temperatures

center of gravity because of different output, mounting
2. Handling arrangements and auxiliary equipment.
EN
2.1 Reception check Damaged lifting lugs must not be used. Check that
eyebolts or integrated lifting lugs are undamaged before
Immediately upon receipt check the motor for external lifting.
damage (e.g. shaft-ends and flanges and painted
surfaces) and if found, inform the forwarding agent Lifting eyebolts must be tightened before lifting. If needed,
without delay. the position of the eyebolt can be adjusted using suitable
washers as spacers.
Check all rating plate data, especially voltage and winding
connection (star or delta). The type of bearing is specified Ensure that proper lifting equipment is used and that the
on the rating plate of all motors except the smallest frame sizes of the hooks are suitable for the lifting lugs.
sizes. Care must be taken not to damage auxiliary equipment
and cables connected to the motor.
2.2 Transportation and storage
The motor should always be stored indoors (above 2.4 Machine weight
–20°C), in dry, vibration free and dust free conditions. The total machine weight can vary within the same
During transportation, shocks, falls and humidity should frame size (center height) depending on different output,
be avoided. In other conditions, please contact ABB. mounting arrangement and auxiliaries.
Unprotected machined surfaces (shaft-ends and flanges) The following table shows estimated maximum weights
should be treated against corrosion. for machines in their basic versions as a function of frame
It is recommended that shafts are rotated periodically by material.
hand to prevent grease migration. The actual weight of all ABB’s motors, except the smallest
Anti-condensation heaters, if fitted, are recommended to frame sizes (56 and 63) is shown on the rating plate.
be used to avoid water condensing in the motor.
Frame Aluminum Cast iron Steel
size Add.
The motor must not be subject to any external vibrations Weight Weight Weight for brake
at standstill so as to avoid causing damage to the kg kg kg
bearings. 56 4.5 - -
63 6 - -
Motors fitted with cylindrical-roller and/or angular contact
71 8 13 5
bearings must be fitted with locking devices during 80 12 20 8
transport. 90 17 30 10
100 25 40 16
2.3 Lifting 112
132
36
63
50
90
20
30
All ABB motors above 25 kg are equipped with lifting lugs 160 95 130 30
or eyebolts. 180 135 190 45
200 200 275 55
Only the main lifting lugs or eyebolts of the motor should 225 265 360 75
be used for lifting the motor. They must not be used to lift 250 305 405 75
the motor when it is attached to other equipment. 280 390 800 600 -
315 - 1700 1000 -
Lifting lugs for auxiliaries (e.g. brakes, separate cooling 355 - 2700 2200 -
fans) or terminal boxes must not be used for lifting the 400 - 3500 3000 -
motor. 450 - 4500 - -
Motors with the same frame may have a different

3. Installation and commissioning
EN
Insulation resistance, corrected to 25°C, must exceed the
WARNING reference value, i.e. 100 MΩ (measured with 500 or 1000
Disconnect and lock out before working on the V DC). The insulation resistance value is halved for each
motor or the driven equipment. 20°C rise in ambient temperature.
WARNING
3.1 General The motor frame must be grounded and the
All rating plate values must be carefully checked to windings should be discharged against the frame
ensure that the motor protection and connection will be immediately after each measurement to avoid risk
properly done. of electrical shock.
WARNING If the reference resistance value is not attained, the

In case of motors mounted with the shaft upwards winding is too damp and must be oven dried. The oven
and water or liquids are expected to go down along temperature should be 90°C for 12-16 hours followed by
the shaft, the user must take in account to mount 105°C for 6-8 hours.
some means capable of preventing it.
Drain hole plugs, if fitted, must be removed and closing
valves, if fitted, must be opened during heating. After
heating, make sure the plugs are refitted. Even if the
Remove transport locking if employed. Turn shaft by hand drain plugs are fitted, it is recommended to disassemble
to check free rotation if possible. the end shields and terminal box covers for the drying
process.
Motors equipped with roller bearings:
Windings drenched in seawater normally need to be
Running the motor with no radial force applied to the shaft rewound.
may damage the roller bearing.
Motors equipped with angular contact bearing:

3.3 Foundation
Running the motor with no axial force applied in the right The end user has full responsibility for preparation of the
direction in relation to the shaft may damage the angular foundation.
contact bearing.
Metal foundations should be painted to avoid corrosion.
WARNING Foundations must be even, see figure below, and

For machines with angular contact bearings sufficiently rigid to withstand possible short circuit forces.
the axial force must not by any means change They must be designed and dimensioned to avoid the
direction. transfer of vibration to the motor and vibration caused by
resonance.
The type of bearing is specified on the rating plate. Ruler
Motors equipped with regreasing nipples:

When starting the motor for the first time, or after long
Note! Height difference shall
storage, apply the specified quantity of grease. not exceed ± 0,1mm referred
to any other motor foot
For details, see section “6.2.2 Motors with regreasable
bearings”.
3.2 Insulation resistance check

Measure insulation resistance before commissioning and
Foot location
when winding dampness is suspected.
WARNING
Disconnect and lock out before working on the
motor or the driven equipment.

3.4 Balancing and fitting coupling Belts must be tensioned according to the instructions
of the supplier of the driven equipment. However, do
halves and pulleys not exceed the maximum belt forces (i.e. radial bearing
EN
loading) stated in the relevant product catalogues.

As standard, balancing of the motor has been carried out
using half key
WARNING
When balancing with full key, the shaft is marked with Excessive belt tension will damage bearings and
YELLOW tape, with the text “Balanced with full key”. can cause shaft damage.
In case of balancing without key, the shaft is marked with
BLUE tape, with the text “Balanced without key”.
Coupling halves or pulleys must be balanced after 3.7 Machines with drain plugs
machining the keyways. Balancing must be done in
accordance with the balancing method specified for the for condensation
motor.
Check that drain holes and plugs face downwards.
Coupling halves and pulleys must be fitted on the shaft by
using suitable equipment and tools which do not damage Machines with sealable plastic drain plugs are delivered
the bearings and seals. in open position. In very dusty environments, all drain
holes should be closed.
Never fit a coupling half or pulley by hammering or by
removing it using a lever pressed against the body of the
motor. 3.8 Cabling and electrical
connections
3.5 Mounting and alignment The terminal box on standard single speed motors
of the motor normally contains six winding terminals and at least one
earth terminal.
Ensure that there is enough space for free airflow around
the motor. Minimum requirements for free space behind In addition to the main winding and earthing terminals,
the motor fan cover can be found from the product the terminal box can also contain connections for
catalog or from the dimension drawings available from the thermistors, heating elements or other auxiliary devices.
web: see www.abb.com/motors&generators.
Suitable cable lugs must be used for the connection of all
Correct alignment is essential to avoid bearing, vibration main cables. Cables for auxiliaries can be connected into
and possible shaft failures. their terminal blocks as such.
Mount the motor on the foundation using the appropriate Machines are intended for fixed installation only. If not
bolts or studs and place shim plates between the otherwise specified, cable entry threads are metric. The
foundation and the feet. IP-class of the cable gland must be at least the same as
those of the terminal boxes.
Align the motor using appropriate methods.
Unused cable entries must be closed with blanking
If applicable, drill locating holes and fix the locating pins elements according to the IP class of the terminal box.
into position.
The degree of protection and diameter are specified in
Mounting accuracy of coupling half: check that clearance the documents relating to the cable gland.
b is less than 0.05 mm and that the difference a1 to a2 is
also less than 0.05 mm. See Figure 3.
WARNING
Re-check the alignment after final tightening of the bolts Use appropriate cable glands and seals in the
or studs. cable entries according to the type and diameter of
the cable.
Do not exceed permissible loading values for bearings as
stated in the product catalogues.
Additional information on cables and glands suitable for

3.6 Slide rails and belt drives variable speed applications can be found from chapter
5.5.
Fasten the motor to the slide rails as shown in Figure 2.
Earthing must be carried out according to local
Place the slide rails horizontally on the same level.
regulations before the machine is connected to the supply
Check that the motor shaft is parallel with the drive shaft. voltage.

Ensure that the motor protection corresponds to the 3.8.2 Connections of auxiliaries
environment and weather conditions; for example, make If a motor is equipped with thermistors or other RTDs
sure that water cannot enter the motor or the terminal (Pt100, thermal relays, etc.) and auxiliary devices,
EN
boxes. it is recommended they be used and connected by
The seals of terminal boxes must be placed correctly in appropriate means. Connection diagrams for auxiliary
the slots provided, to ensure the correct IP class. elements and connection parts can be found inside the
terminal box.
3.8.1 Connections for different starting Maximum measuring voltage for the thermistors is 2.5 V.
methods Maximum measuring current for Pt100 is 5 mA. Using a
The terminal box on standard single speed motors higher measuring voltage or current may cause errors in
normally contains six winding terminals and at least readings or damage the system.
one earth terminal. This enables the use of DOL- or Y/D
–starting. See Figure 1. The insulations of the winding thermal sensors is of basic
type. While connecting the sensors to control systems
For two-speed and special motors, the supply connection etc, ensure adequate insulation or isolation, see IEC
must follow the instructions inside the terminal box or in 60664.
the motor manual.
The voltage and connection are stamped on the rating NOTE!

plate. Ensure the insulation level or isolation of thermistor
circuit, see IEC 60664.
Direct-on-line starting (DOL):
Y or D winding connections may be used.
For example, 690 VY, 400 VD indicates Y-connection for 3.9 Terminals and direction
690 V and D-connection for 400 V. of rotation
Star/Delta starting (Y/D):
The shaft rotates clockwise when viewing the shaft face
The supply voltage must be equal to the rated voltage of at the motor drive end, and the line phase sequence - L1,
the motor when using a D-connection. L2, L3 - is connected to the terminals as shown in
Figure 1.
Remove all connection links from the terminal block.
To alter the direction of rotation, interchange any two
Other starting methods and severe starting
connections on the supply cables.
conditions:
In case other starting methods are used, such as a soft If the motor has a unidirectional fan, ensure that it rotates
starter, or if starting conditions are particularly difficult, in the same direction as the arrow marked on the motor.
please consult ABB first.

4. Operation
EN
4.1 Use 4.2. Cooling

The motors are designed for the following conditions Check that the motor has sufficient airflow. Ensure that no
unless otherwise stated on the rating plate. nearby objects or direct sunshine radiate additional heat
to the motor.
- Normal ambient temperature limits are -20°C to +40°C.
- Maximum altitude 1000 m above sea level. For flange mounted motors (e.g. B5, B35, V1), make sure
- Tolerance for supply voltage is ±5% and for frequency that the construction allows sufficient air flow on the outer
±2% according to EN / IEC 60034-1 (2004). surface of the flange.
The motor can only be used in applications it is intended

for. The rated nominal values and operational conditions 4.3. Safety considerations
are shown on the motor rating plates. In addition, all
The machine is intended for installation and use by
requirements of this manual and other related instructions
qualified personnel, familiar with health and safety
and standards must be followed.
requirements and national legislation.
If these limits are exceeded, motor data and construction
Safety equipment necessary for the prevention of
data must be checked. Please contact ABB for further
accidents at the installation and operating site must be
information.
provided in accordance with local regulations.
WARNING
WARNING
Ignoring any of given instructions or maintenance
Do not carry out work on motor, connection cables
of the apparatus may jeopardize the safety and
or accessories such as frequency converters,
thus prevents the use of the machine.
starters, brakes, thermistor cables or heating
elements when voltage is applied.
Points to observe
1. Do not step on the motor.
2. The temperature of the outer casing of the motor

may be too hot to touch during normal operation and
especially after shut-down.
3. Some special motor applications require special

instructions (e.g. using frequency converter supplies).
4. Be aware of rotating parts of the motor.
5. Do not open terminal boxes while energized.

5. Low voltage motors in variable speed operation
EN
5.1 Introduction 5.2.3 Selection of winding insulation for
ACS800- and ACS550-converters
This part of the manual provides additional instructions
In the case of ABB ACS800-series and ACS550-series
for motors used in frequency converter supply.
single drives with a diode supply unit (uncontrolled DC
Instructions provided in this and respective manuals of
voltage), the selection of winding insulation and filters can
selected frequency converter must be followed to ensure
be made according to table below:
safety and availability of the motor.
Additional information may be required by ABB to decide Nominal supply Winding insulation and
on the suitability for some machine types used in special voltage UN of the filters required
applications or with special design modifications. converter
UN ≤ 500 V ABB Standard insulation
UN ≤ 600 V ABB Standard insulation
5.2 Winding insulation + dU/dt filters
Variable speed drives cause higher voltage stresses than OR
the sinusoidal supply on the winding of the motor and ABB Special insulation
therefore the winding insulation of the motor as well as (variant code 405)
the filter at the converter output must be dimensioned UN ≤ 690 V ABB Special insulation
according following instructions. (variant code 405)
AND
dU/dt-filters at converter
5.2.1 Phase to phase voltages output
The maximum allowed phase to phase voltage peaks at UN ≤ 690 V ABB Special insulation
the motor terminal as a function of the rise time of the AND (variant code 405)
pulse can be seen in Figure 6. cable length > 150 m
The highest curve “ABB Special Insulation” applies to For more information on resistor braking and converters
motors with a special winding insulation for frequency with controlled supply units, please contact ABB.
converter supply, variant code 405.
The “ABB Standard Insulation” applies to all other motors 5.2.4 Selection of winding
covered by this manual. insulation with all other
5.2.2 Phase to ground voltages converters
The allowed phase to ground voltage peaks at motor The voltage stresses must be limited below accepted
terminals are: limits. Please contact the system supplier to ensure the
safety of the application. The influence of possible filters
Standard Insulation 1300 V peak must be taken into account while dimensioning the motor.
Special Insulation 1800 V peak
5.3 Thermal protection
Most of the motors covered by this manual are
equipped with PTC thermistors in the stator windings.
It is recommended to connect those to the frequency
converter by appropriate means. See also chapter 3.8.2.
5.4 Bearing currents

Insulated bearings or bearing constructions, common
mode filters and suitable cabling and grounding methods
must be used according to the following instructions:

5.4.1 Elimination of bearing currents with For motors of frame size IEC 280 and upward, additional
ABB ACS800 and ACS550 converters potential equalization between the motor frame and the
driven equipment is needed, unless both are mounted
EN
In the case of the ABB ACS800 and ACS550-series

on a common steel base. In this case, the high frequency
frequency converter with a diode supply unit, the following
conductivity of the connection provided by the steel
methods must be used to avoid harmful bearing currents
base should be checked by, for example, measuring the
in the motors:
potential difference between the components.
Nominal Power (Pn) Preventive measures More information about grounding and cabling of variable
and / or Frame size (IEC) speed drives can be found in the manual “Grounding and
Pn < 100 kW No actions needed cabling of the drive system” (Code: 3AFY 61201998).
Pn ≥ 100 kW Insulated non-drive end
OR bearing 5.6 Operating speed
IEC 315 ≤ Frame size
≤ IEC 355 For speeds higher than the nominal speed stated on
Pn ≥ 350 kW Insulated non-drive end the motor’s rating plate or in the respective product
OR bearing catalogue, ensure that either the highest permissible
IEC 400 ≤ Frame size AND rotational speed of the motor or the critical speed of the
≤ IEC 450 Common mode filter at whole application is not exceeded.
the converter
Insulated bearings which have aluminum oxide coated
5.7 Dimensioning the motor for
inner and/or outer bores or ceramic rolling elements, variable speed application
are recommended. Aluminum oxide coatings shall also
be treated with a sealant to prevent dirt and humidity 5.7.1 General
penetrating into the porous coating. For the exact type of In case of ABB’s frequency converters, the motors can
bearing insulation, see the motor’s rating plate. Changing be dimensioned by using ABB’s DriveSize dimensioning
the bearing type or insulation method without ABB’s program. The tool is downloadable from the ABB website
permission is prohibited. (www.abb.com/motors&generators).
5.4.2 Elimination of bearing currents with all For application supplied by other converters, the motors
must be dimensioned manually. For more information,
other converters please contact ABB.
The user is responsible for protecting the motor and
driven equipment from harmful bearing currents. The loadability curves (or load capacity curves) are based
Instructions described in Chapter 5.4.1 can be used as on nominal supply voltage. Operation in under or over
guideline, but their effectiveness cannot be guaranteed in voltage conditions may influence on the performance of
all cases. the application.
5.5 Cabling, grounding and EMC 5.7.2 Dimensioning with ABB ACS800
converters with DTC control
To provide proper grounding and to ensure compliance
The loadability curves presented in Figures 4a - 4d
with any applicable EMC requirements, motors above 30
are valid for ABB ACS800 converters with uncontrolled
kW shall be cabled by shielded symmetrical cables and
DC-voltage and DTC-control. The figures show the
EMC glands, i.e. cable glands providing 360° bonding.
approximate maximum continuous output torque of the
Also for smaller motors symmetrical and shielded cables
motors as a function of supply frequency. The output
are highly recommended. Make the 360° grounding
torque is given as a percentage of the nominal torque of
arrangement at all the cable entries as described in the
the motor. The values are indicative and exact values are
instructions for the glands. Twist the cable shields into
available on request.
bundles and connect to the nearest ground terminal/bus
bar inside the terminal box, converter cabinet, etc.
NOTE!
The maximum speed of the motor must not be
NOTE!
exceeded!
Proper cable glands providing 360° bonding must
be used at all termination points, e.g. at motor,
converter, possible safety switch, etc.

5.7.3 Dimensioning with ABB ACS550 special applications the motors can be equipped with
converters additional rating plates for variable speed applications
and those include following information:
EN
The loadability curves presented in Figures 5a - 5d are
valid for ABB ACS550 series converters. The figures - speed range
show the approximate maximum continuous output - power range
torque of the motors as a function of supply frequency. - voltage and current range
The output torque is given as a percentage of the nominal - type of torque (constant or quadratic)
torque of the motor. The values are indicative and exact - converter type and required minimum switching
values are available on request. frequency
NOTE! 5.9 Commissioning the variable

The maximum speed of the motor must not be
exceeded! speed application
The commissioning of the variable speed application
must be done according to the instructions of the
5.7.4 Dimensioning with other voltage frequency converter and local laws and regulations. The
requirements and limitations set by the application must
source PWM-type converters also be taken into account.
For other converters, which have uncontrolled DC
voltage and minimum switching frequency of 3 kHz, All parameters needed for setting the converter must
the dimensioning instructions of ACS550 can be used be taken from the motor rating plates. The most often
as guidelines, but it shall be noted, that the actual needed parameters are:
thermal loadability can also be lower. Please contact the
manufacturer of the converter or the system supplier. - Motor nominal voltage
- Motor nominal current
- Motor nominal frequency
NOTE! - Motor nominal speed
The actual thermal loadability of a motor may be - Motor nominal power
lower than shown by guideline curves.
Note: In case of missing or inaccurate information, do not
operate the motor before ensuring correct settings!
5.7.5 Short time overloads ABB recommends using all the suitable protective
features provided by the converter to improve the safety
ABB motors can usually be temporarily overloaded as
of the application. Converters usually provide features
well as used in intermittent duties. The most convenient
such as (names and availability of features depend on
method to dimension such applications is to use the
manufacturer and model of the converter):
DriveSize tool.
- Minimum speed
5.8 Rating plates - Maximum speed
- Acceleration and deceleration times
The usage of ABB’s motors in variable speed applications - Maximum current
do not usually require additional rating plates and the - Maximum Torque
parameters required for commissioning the converter can - Stall protection
be found from the main rating plate. However, in some

6. Maintenance
EN
WARNING
6.2 Lubrication
Voltage may be connected at standstill inside the
terminal box for heating elements or direct winding
heating. WARNING
Beware of all rotating parts!
WARNING
The capacitor in single-phase motors can retain a WARNING
charge that appears across the motor terminals, Grease can cause skin irritation and eye
even when the motor has reached standstill. inflammation. Follow all safety precautions
specified by the manufacturer.
WARNING Bearing types are specified in the respective product

A motor with frequency converter supply may catalogs and on the rating plate of all motors except
energize even if the motor is at standstill. smaller frame sizes.
Reliability is a vital issue for bearing lubrication intervals.

ABB uses mainly the L1-principle (i.e. that 99% of the
6.1. General inspection motors are certain to make the life time) for lubrication.
1. Inspect the motor at regular intervals, at least once 6.2.1 Machines with permanently greased
a year. The frequency of checks depends on, for
bearings
example, the humidity level of the ambient air and
on the local weather conditions. This can initially be Bearings are usually permanently greased bearings of
determined experimentally and must then be strictly 1Z, 2Z, 2RS or equivalent types.
adhered to. As a guide, adequate lubrication for sizes up to 250 can
2. Keep the motor clean and ensure free ventilation be achieved for the following duration, according to L10.
airflow. If the motor is used in a dusty environment,
the ventilation system must be regularly checked and Duty hours for permanently greased bearings at ambient
cleaned. temperatures of 25 and 40° C are:
3. Check the condition of shaft seals (e.g. V-ring or radial Lubrication intervals according to L10 principle
seal) and replace if necessary.
Duty hours Duty hours
4. Check the condition of connections and mounting and Frame
assembly bolts. size Poles at 25° C at 40° C
56-63 2-8 40 000 40 000
5. Check the bearing condition by listening for any
71 2 40 000 40 000
unusual noise, vibration measurement, bearing
71 4-8 40 000 40 000
temperature, inspection of spent grease or SPM
80-90 2 40 000 40 000
bearing monitoring. Pay special attention to bearings
when their calculated rated life time is coming to an 80-90 4-8 40 000 40 000
end. 100-112 2 40 000 32 000
100-112 4-8 40 000 40 000
When signs of wear are noticed, dismantle the motor, 132 2 40 000 27 000
check the parts and replace if necessary. When bearings 132 4-8 40 000 40 000
are changed, replacement bearings must be of the 160 2 40 000 36 000
same type as those originally fitted. The shaft seals 160 4-8 40 000 40 000
have to be replaced with seals of the same quality and 180 2 38 000 38 000
characteristics as the originals when changing bearings. 180 4-8 40 000 40 000
In the case of the IP 55 motor and when the motor has 200 2 27 000 27 000
been delivered with a plug closed, it is advisable to 200 4-8 40 000 40 000
periodically open the drain plugs in order to ensure that 225 2 23 000 18 000
the way out for condensation is not blocked and allows 225 4-8 40 000 40 000
condensation to escape from the motor. This operation 250 2 16 000 13 000
must be done when the motor is at a standstill and has 250 4-8 40 000 39 000
been made safe to work on.
Data valid at 50 Hz, for 60 Hz reduce values for 20 %.

These values are valid for permitted load values given in B. Automatic lubrication
the product catalog. Depending on application and load The grease outlet plug must be removed permanently
conditions, see the applicable product catalog or contact with automatic lubrication or open closing valve if fitted.
EN
ABB.
ABB recommends only the use of electromechanical
Operation hours for vertical motors are half of the above systems.
values.
The amount of grease per lubrication interval stated in
6.2.2 Motors with regreasable bearings the table should be multiplied by four if an automatic
regreasing system is used.
Lubrication information plate and general lubrication
advice When 2-pole motors are automatically regreased, the
If the machine is equipped with a lubrication information note concerning lubricant recommendations for 2-pole
plate, follow the given values. motors in the Lubricants chapter should be followed.
On the lubrication information plate, greasing intervals 6.2.3 Lubrication intervals and amounts
regarding mounting, ambient temperature and rotational As a guide, adequate lubrication for motors with
speed are defined. regreasable bearings can be achieved for the following
duration, according to L1. For duties with higher ambient
During the first start or after a bearing lubrication a
temperatures please contact ABB. The formula to change
temporary temperature rise may appear, approximately
the L1 values roughly to L10 values: L10 = 2.7 x L1.
10 to 20 hours.
Lubrication intervals for vertical machines are half of the
Some motors may be equipped with a collector for old
values shown in the table below.
grease. Follow the special instructions given for the
equipment. The lubrication intervals are based on an ambient
temperature +25°C. An increase in the ambient
A. Manual lubrication
temperature raises the temperature of the bearings
Regreasing while the motor is running correspondingly. The values should be halved for a 15°C
increase and may be doubled for a 15°C decrease.
– Remove grease outlet plug or open closing valve if
fitted. In variable speed operation (i.e. frequency converter
– Be sure that the lubrication channel is open supply) it is necessary to measure the bearing
– Inject the specified amount of grease into the bearing. temperature for the whole duty range and if exceeds
– Let the motor run for 1-2 hours to ensure that all excess 80°C, the lubrication intervals should be halved for a 15°C
grease is forced out of the bearing. Close the grease increase in bearing temperature. If the motor is operated
outlet plug or closing valve if fitted. at high speeds, it is also possible to utilize so called high
speed greases, see chapter 6.2.4.
Regreasing while the motor is at a standstill
If it is not possible to regrease the bearings while the
motors are running, lubrication can be carried out while WARNING
the machine is at a standstill. The maximum operating temperature of the grease
– In this case use only half the quantity of grease and and bearings, +110°C, must not be exceeded.
then run the motor for a few minutes at full speed. The designed maximum speed of the motor must
– When the motor has stopped, apply the rest of the not be exceeded.
specified amount of grease to the bearing.
– After 1-2 running hours close the grease outlet plug or
closing valve if fitted.

Lubrication intervals according to L1 principle
Amount
Frame 3600 3000 1800 1500 1000 500-900
EN
of grease kW kW kW kW
size r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min
g/bearing
Ball bearings
Lubrication intervals in duty hours

112 10 all 10000 13000 all 18000 21000 all 25000 all 28000
132 15 all 9000 11000 all 17000 19000 all 23000 all 26500
160 25 ≤ 18,5 9000 12000 ≤ 15 18000 21500 ≤ 11 24000 all 24000
160 25 > 18,5 7500 10000 > 15 15000 18000 > 11 22500 all 24000
180 30 ≤ 22 7000 9000 ≤ 22 15500 18500 ≤ 15 24000 all 24000
180 30 > 22 6000 8500 > 22 14000 17000 > 15 21000 all 24000
200 40 ≤ 37 5500 8000 ≤ 30 14500 17500 ≤ 22 23000 all 24000
200 40 > 37 3000 5500 > 30 10000 12000 > 22 16000 all 20000
225 50 ≤ 45 4000 6500 ≤ 45 13000 16500 ≤ 30 22000 all 24000
225 50 > 45 1500 2500 > 45 5000 6000 > 30 8000 all 10000
250 60 ≤ 55 2500 4000 ≤ 55 9000 11500 ≤ 37 15000 all 18000
250 60 > 55 1000 1500 > 55 3500 4500 > 37 6000 all 7000
2801) 60 all 2000 3500 - - - - - - -
2801) 60 - - - all 8000 10500 all 14000 all 17000
280 35 all 1900 3200 - - - -
280 40 - - all 7800 9600 all 13900 all 15000
315 35 all 1900 3200 - - - -
315 55 - -
all 5900 7600 all 11800 all 12900
355 35 all 1900 3200 - - - -
355 70 - -
all 4000 5600 all 9600 all 10700
400 40 all 1500 2700 - - - -
400 85 - - all 3200 4700 all 8600 all 9700
450 40 all 1500 2700 - - - -
450 95 - - all 2500 3900 all 7700 all 8700
Roller bearings
Lubrication intervals in duty hours

160 25 ≤ 18,5 4500 6000 ≤ 15 9000 10500 ≤ 11 12000 all 12000
160 25 > 18,5 3500 5000 > 15 7500 9000 > 11 11000 all 12000
180 30 ≤ 22 3500 4500 ≤ 22 7500 9000 ≤ 15 12000 all 12000
180 30 > 22 3000 4000 > 22 7000 8500 > 15 10500 all 12000
200 40 ≤ 37 2750 4000 ≤ 30 7000 8500 ≤ 22 11500 all 12000
200 40 > 37 1500 2500 > 30 5000 6000 > 22 8000 all 10000
225 50 ≤ 45 2000 3000 ≤ 45 6500 8000 ≤ 30 11000 all 12000
225 50 > 45 750 1250 > 45 2500 3000 > 30 4000 all 5000
250 60 ≤ 55 1000 2000 ≤ 55 4500 5500 ≤ 37 7500 all 9000
250 60 > 55 500 750 > 55 1500 2000 > 37 3000 all 3500
2801) 60 all 1000 1750 - - - - - - -
2801) 70 - - - all 4000 5250 all 7000 all 8500
280 35 all 900 1600 - - - -
280 40 - - all 4000 5300 all 7000 all 8500
315 35 all 900 1600 - - - -
315 55 - -
all 2900 3800 all 5900 all 6500
355 35 all 900 1600 - - - -
355 70 - -
all 2000 2800 all 4800 all 5400
400 40 all - 1300 - - - -
400 85 - - all 1600 2400 all 4300 all 4800
450 40 all - 1300 - - - -
450 95 - - all 1300 2000 all 3800 all 4400
1) M3AA
For motors M4BP 160 to 250 the interval may be increased by 30 %, up to a maximum of three calendar years.
The values in table above are valid also for sizes M4BP 280 to 355.

6.2.4 Lubricants The following high performance greases can be used:
- Esso Unirex N2 or N3 (lithium complex base)
EN
WARNING - Mobil Mobilith SHC 100 (lithium complex base)
Do not mix different types of grease. - Shell Albida EMS 2 (lithium complex base)
Incompatible lubricants may cause bearing - Klüber Klüberplex BEM 41-132 (special lithium base)
damage. - FAG Arcanol TEMP110 (lithium complex base)
- Lubcon Turmogrease L 802 EP PLUS
(special lithium base)
When regreasing, use only special ball bearing grease - Total Multiplex S 2 A (lithium complex base)
with the following properties:
– good quality grease with lithium complex soap and with NOTE!
mineral- or PAO-oil Always use high speed grease for high speed
– base oil viscosity 100-160 cST at 40°C 2-pole machines where the speed factor is higher
– consistency NLGI grade 1.5 - 3 *) than 480,000 (calculated as Dm x n where Dm
– temperature range -30°C - +120°C, continuously. = average bearing diameter, mm; n = rotational
*) For vertical mounted motors or in hot conditions a speed, r/min). The high speed grease is also used
stiffer end of scale is recommended. in motor types M2CA, M2FA, M2CG and M2FG,
frame sizes 355 to 400 2-pole machines.
The above mentioned grease specification is valid if the
ambient temperature is above -30°C or below +55°C,
and the bearing temperature is below 110°C; otherwise The following greases can be used for high speed cast
consult ABB regarding suitable grease. iron motors but not mixed with lithium complex greases:
Grease with the correct properties is available from all the - Klüber Klüber Quiet BQH 72-102 (polyurea base)
major lubricant manufacturers. - Lubcon Turmogrease PU703 (polyurea base)
Admixtures are recommended, but a written guarantee If other lubricants are used;
must be obtained from the lubricant manufacturer,
especially concerning EP admixtures, that admixtures do Check with the manufacturer that the qualities
not damage bearings or the properties of lubricants at the correspond to those of the above mentioned lubricants.
operating temperature range. The lubrication interval are based on the listed high
performance greases above. Using other greases can
reduce the interval.
WARNING
Lubricants containing EP admixtures are not If the compatibility of the lubricant is uncertain, contact
recommended in high bearing temperatures in ABB.
frame sizes 280 to 450.

7. After Sales Support
EN
7.1. Spare parts

When ordering spare parts, the motor serial number,
full type designation and product code, as stated on the
rating plate, must be specified.
For more information, please visit our web site

www.abb.com/partsonline.
7.2 Rewinding
Rewinding should always be carried out by qualified
repair shops.
Smoke venting and other special motors should not be

rewound without first contacting ABB.
7.3 Bearings
Special care should be taken with the bearings. These
must be removed using pullers and fitted by heating or
using special tools for the purpose.
Bearing replacement is described in detail in a separate

instruction leaflet available from the ABB Sales Office.
8. Environmental requirements
8.1 Noise levels

Most of ABB’s motors have a sound pressure level not
exceeding 82 dB(A) at 50 Hz .
Values for specific machines can be found in the relevant

product catalogues. At 60 Hz sinusoidal supply the values
are approximately 4 dB(A) higher compared to 50 Hz
values in product catalogues.
For sound pressure levels at frequency converter supply,

please contact ABB.
Sound pressure levels for all machines having separate

cooling systems and for series M2F*/M3F*, M2L*/M3L*,
M2R*/M3R*, M2BJ/M3BJ and M2LJ/M3LJ are indicated
in separate additional manuals.

9. Troubleshooting
EN
These instructions do not cover all details or variations in equipment nor provide for every possible condition to be met
in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should additional information required, please contact the
nearest ABB Sales Office.
Motor troubleshooting chart

Your motor service and any troubleshooting must be handled by qualified persons who have proper tools and
equipment.
TROUBLE CAUSE WHAT TO DO

Motor fails to start Blown fuses Replace fuses with proper type and rating.
Overload trips Check and reset overload in starter.
Improper power supply Check to see that power supplied agrees with motor rating plate and
load factor.
Improper line connections Check connections against diagram supplied with motor.
Open circuit in winding or control Indicated by humming sound when switch is closed. Check for loose
switch wiring connections.
Also ensure that all control contacts are closing.

Mechanical failure Check to see if motor and drive turn freely. Check bearings and
lubrication.
Short circuited stator Indicated by blown fuses. Motor must be rewound. Remove end
Poor stator coil connection shields, locate fault.
Rotor defective Look for broken bars or end rings.
Motor may be overloaded Reduce load.
Motor stalls One phase may be open Check lines for open phase.
Wrong application Change type or size. Consult equipment supplier.
Overload Reduce load.
Low voltage Ensure the rating plate voltage is maintained. Check connection.
Open circuit Fuses blown, check overload relay, stator and push buttons.
Motor runs and Power failure Check for loose connections to line, to fuses and to control.
then dies down
Motor does Not applied properly Consult equipment supplier for proper type.
not come up to Voltage too low at motor terminals Use higher voltage or transformer terminals or reduce load. Check
nominal speed because of line drop connections. Check conductors for proper size.
Starting load too high Check the start load of the motor.
Broken rotor bars or loose rotor Look for cracks near the rings. A new rotor may be required, as
repairs are usually temporary.
Open primary circuit Locate fault with testing device and repair.

EN
TROUBLE CAUSE WHAT TO DO

Motor takes too long to Excessive load Reduce load.
accelerate and/or draws Low voltage during start Check for high resistance. Make sure that adequate cable
high current size is used.
Defective squirrel cage rotor Replace with new rotor.
Applied voltage too low Correct power supply.
Wrong rotation direction Wrong sequence of phases Reverse connections at motor or at switchboard.
Motor overheats while Overload Reduce load.
running Frame or ventilation openings may Open vent holes and check for a continuous stream of air
be full of dirt and prevent proper from the motor.
ventilation of motor
Motor may have one phase open Check to make sure that all leads are well connected.
Grounded coil Motor must be rewound
Unbalanced terminal voltage Check for faulty leads, connections and transformers.
Motor vibrates Motor misaligned Realign.
Weak support Strengthen base.
Coupling out of balance Balance coupling.
Driven equipment unbalanced Rebalance driven equipment.
Defective bearings Replace bearings.
Bearings not in line Repair motor.
Balancing weights shifted Rebalance motor.
Contradiction between balancing of Rebalance coupling or motor.
rotor and coupling (half key - full key)
Polyphase motor running single phase Check for open circuit.
Excessive end play Adjust bearing or add shim.
Scraping noise Fan rubbing end shield or fan cover Correct fan mounting.
Loose on bedplate Tighten holding bolts.
Noisy operation Air gap not uniform Check and correct end shield fits or bearing fits.
Rotor unbalance Rebalance rotor.
Hot bearings Bent or sprung shaft Straighten or replace shaft.
Excessive belt pull Decrease belt tension.
Pulleys too far away from shaft shoulder Move pulley closer to motor bearing.
Pulley diameter too small Use larger pulleys.
Misalignment Correct by realignment of the drive.
Insufficient grease Maintain proper quality and amount of grease in bearing.
Deterioration of grease or lubricant Remove old grease, wash bearings thoroughly in kerosene
contaminated and replace with new grease.
Excess lubricant Reduce quantity of grease, bearing should not be more
than half full.
Overloaded bearing Check alignment, side and end thrust.
Broken ball or rough races Replace bearing, clean housing thoroughly first.

Electromechanical pressure switches - Nautilus®
Size 4 bar (58 psi). For detection of a single threshold (fixed differential)
Fluid connection 1/4" BSP female
Switches with single-pole C/O contact
Accessories :
page 38
Dimensions : References, characteristics
pages 39 to 41
Pressure switches type XML-A With setting scale Without setting scale
Adjustable range of switching 0.4…4 bar (5.8…58 psi)

point (PH) (Rising pressure)
Electrical connections Terminals DIN connector Terminals DIN connector
References
Fluids controlled (1)
Hydraulic oils, fresh water, XML-A004A2S11 XML-A004A2C11 XML-A004A1S11 XML-A004A1C11

sea water, air, up to + 70°C
Hydraulic oils, fresh water, XML-A004B2S11 XML-A004B2C11 XML-A004B1S11 XML-A004B1C11

sea water, air, up to + 160°C
Corrosive fluids, up to + 160°C XML-A004C2S11 XML-A004C2C11 XML-A004C1S11 XML-A004C1C11
Viscous products, up to + 70°C XML-A004P2S11 XML-A004P2C11 XML-A004P1S11 XML-A004P1C11
Weight (kg) 0.685 0.715 0.685 0.715
Complementary characteristics not shown under general characteristics (page 11)
Natural differential At low setting (2) 0.35 bar (5.07 psi)

(subtract from
PH to give PB) At high setting (2) 0.35 bar (5.07 psi)
Maximum Per cycle 5 bar (72.5 psi)

permissible
pressure Occasional surge 9 bar (130.5 psi)
Destruction pressure 18 bar (261 psi)
Mechanical life 8 x 106 operating cycles
Cable entry for terminal models 1 entry tapped for n°13 cable gland, conforming to NF C 68-300 (DIN Pg 13.5). Clamping capacity : Ø 9 to 13 mm.
Connector type for connector models DIN 43650A, 4-pin male. For suitable female connector, see page 38.
Pressure switch type Diaphragm
Operating curves Connections
bar Pressure Terminal model
4
Rising pressure
PH
13
11
3 PB
14
12
2 Connector model
Switch connector pin view
1 Time
1 → 11 and 13
1 2 2 → 12
0,4 Adjustable value 3 3 → 14
0 Non adjustable value
0,05 1 2 3 3,65 4 bar
Falling pressure
(1) Check the compatibility of the switch for the fluid to be controlled (compatibility tables shown on pages 66 to 75).
(2) Deviation of the differential at high and low setting points for switches of the same size : ± 0.03 bar (± 0.43 psi).
Other versions Pressure switches with alternative tapped entries : ISO, NPT, etc.
Please consult your Regional customer centre.
22 Te
BDA08012AS
COILS 30 mm x Ø 13 mm ÷
BDV08224DU
BDA Molding material: PA - Black polyamide - class F (155°C)

BDF Molding material: PPS - Black polyphenylensulphide - class (180°C)
COIL BDP Molding material: PA - Black polyarylamide - high temperature (160°C)
BDS Molding material: PA - Black polyamide with anti-humidity impregnation class F(155°C)
BDV Molding material: PET - Black polyethylene - class H (180°C)
Winding: In class H
Electrical connections: With connector EN 175301-803 paragraph 5.3.1
Protection degree DIN 40050 = IP65
MOULDING AND BOBBIN ARE MADE BY 100% VIRGIN MATERIAL.
MATERIAL ON STOCK:
Code Power Voltages ED Approvals

BDA08012AS 8W V 12/50Hz 100% CE
BDA08012CS 8W V 12 DC 100% CE
BDA08024CS 8W V 24 DC 100% CE - (1)
BDA08024DS 8W V 24/50-60Hz 100% CE
BDA08110CS 8W V 110 DC 100% CE
BDA08110DS 8W V 110/50-60Hz 100% CE
BDA08223DS 8W V 220-230/50-60Hz 100% CE - (1)
BDA08380DS 8W V 380/50-60Hz 100% CE
BDA16024ES 16 W V 24/50Hz 50%(2) CE
BDF08012CU 11 W V 12 DC 100% CE - UL - CSA
BDF08024BU 8W V 24/60Hz 100% CE - UL
BDF08024CU 11 W V 24 DC 100% CE - UL - CSA
The “ODE ” reserves the right to carry out technical and aesthetic modifications without prior notification.
01-09-2009 ODE BDA08012AS ÷ BDV08224DU

BDA08012AS
÷ COILS 30 mm x Ø 13 mm
BDV08224DU
Code Power Voltages ED Approvals

BDP08223DS 8W V 220-230/50-60Hz 100% CE
BDS08223DS 8W V 220-230/50-60Hz 100% CE
BDV08024CU 11 W V 24 DC 100% CE - UL
V 110/50Hz
BDV08110AW 8W V 120/60Hz
100% CE - UL - CSA
BDV08110BW 8W V 110/60Hz 100% CE - UL - CSA
BDV08112DU 8W V 110-120/50-60Hz 100% CE - UL
BDV08220BW 8W V 220/60Hz 100% CE - UL - CSA
BDV08224DU 8W V 220-240/50-60Hz 100% CE - UL
NOMINAL VOLTAGES DC + 10% -5%

TOLERANCES: AC + 10% -15%
1) Available also with VDE approval (I.e. code:BDA08024CV).

(2) Standard cycle time 1 minute, for different requirements please contatct our commercial officies.
Other voltages and power absorptions available on demand and for quantities.
The “ODE ” reserves the right to carry out technical and aesthetic modifications without prior notification.
BDA08012AS ÷ BDV08224DU ODE 01-09-2009

CONNETTORI • CONNECTORS
Connettori Industriali Solenoid Connectors

Normalizzati DIN 43650/ISO-4400/6952 Conforming to DIN 43650/ISO-4400/6952
I connettori mPm vengono utilizzati per collegamenti elettrici The mPm range of connectors is used extensively to provide
in diverse applicazioni; la più comune riguarda la connessione electrical connections in a wide range of applications. The
con dispositivi elettromagnetici idraulici e pneumatici come, most common application for mPm connectors is in
ad esempio, le valvole con solenoide. Possono inoltre essere conjunction with hydraulic, pneumatic or electro magnetic
impiegati come presa-spina su pressostati, sensori di tutti i devices, including solenoid valves. Other applications include,
tipi, motori e moto-riduttori di bassa potenza ed in molti altri for example, pressure transducers, proximity switches, flow
impieghi industriali dove necessiti una connessione veloce e monitors, level sensors, limit switches, thermostats, industrial
sicura. La mPm offre un'ampia gamma di circuiti applicabili ai thermometers and low energy motors.
connettori per risolvere ogni tipo di problema elettrico. Sono mPm manufacture an extensive and comprehensive range of
disponibili circuiti di segnalazione presenza della tensione connectors with standard options, including for example
(mediante lampada o LED) e dispositivi di protezione con filament, neon or LED illuminating devices, VDR, diodes or
l'impiego di varistori, diodi o transil (con o senza transil diodes (with or without illuminating devices) to offer
segnalazione). Completano la gamma i connettori con circuito protection against overvoltage or peaks caused when
raddrizzatore a ponte e con circuito a LED bicolore. Questi switching off. Also available full and half wave rectifiers bi
ultimi vengono impiegati sia per indicare la posizione di un colour LED to indicate dual contact position, plus a bi LED
interruttore (ad es. un pressostato), sia per indicare version with red LED to indicate load or supply interruption
un'eventuale interruzione del carico. Tutti i connettori mPm and green LED for indication of the supply. All mPm
offrono una protezione completa contro getti d'acqua connectors offer protection from dust and water according to
secondo le norme EN60529 (classe di protezione IP 65 e IP67 EN60529 (IP65 and IP67 on request) when correctly installed
su richiesta) quando vengono correttamente installati con le with the fixing screw and nitrile rubber gasket which are
relative viti di fissaggio e guarnizioni di tenuta che completano supplied as standard. Silicon gaskets are available as an
ogni imballo ed accoppiati con dispositivi rispondenti a option on request. All mPm connectors conform to VDE 0110-
disegni mPm per le basette a catalogo. Rispondono inoltre 1/89 operating voltage up to 250V Group C with respect to the
alle norme VDE 0110-1 /89, tensione di lavoro fino a 250 V, insulation class. The terminal block in mPm connectors is
Categoria Sovratensione II, Grado di impiego 3 per quanto securely assembled and retained in the connector casing by
riguarda la classe di isolamento. way of a spring loaded lug. With this feature, the terminal
In tutti i connettori mPm l'unione tra il portacontatti e la block remains secure in the casing, reducing the danger of
protezione esterna è a scatto per garantire sia un bloccaggio accidentaI contact or exposure to live parts, even when the
sicuro sia un montaggio veloce ed economico. La sicureza del fixing screw is removed.
bloccaggio è essenziale per garantire una completa The terminal block can be removed from the connector casing
protezione dell’operatore durante la manipolazione del quickly and simply by placing a screw driver into the notch
connettore. Il porta contatti può poi facilmente essere estratto between the connector casing and the outside edge of the
dalla custodia esterna mediante un cacciavite. Tale terminal block. This facility allows for a number of directions
operazione permette inoltre una libera orientazione del for cable exit to be selected.
contatto terra secondo le necessità. Questo catalogo vi potrà This catalogue provides comprehensive information on the
offrire una completa conoscenza sulla produzione mPm. range available. Should you require further details, please do
mPm rimane a vostra dispozione per ulteriori informazioni. not hesitate to contact us.
APPROVAZIONI / HOMOLOGATIONS
Disponibili su richiesta, con specifico codice di ordinazione, connettori con le seguenti approvazioni / Available on request with specific part
number with the following homologations:
3968
3969
VDE - N. 3968 (18-12-91)/N. 3969 (18-12-91); CSA - N. LR6837 (27-10-99);
Secondo le indicazioni riportate alle specifiche Refer to connector data sheets for details of the specific
documentazioni. homologations.
Su richiesta si possono inoltre fornire connettori in nylon, If required, connectors in polyamid with glass fibre
caricato vetro, autoestinguente omologato UL/94-V0-V1. selfextinguishing material conforming to UL/94-V0-V1 are
available too.
A
Corrente/Current
Sez. Ø 1,5 mm2
Diagramma di portata (Amp.) e temperatura (°C) di tutti i

connettori della serie forma “A” corrispondenti alle norme DIN
43650-ISO 4400 e forma “B” corrispondenti alle norme DIN
43650-ISO 6952. Max
Nominale
Ampacity (A) and temperature (°C) diagram for all the Max
connectors type “A” according to DIN 43650-ISO 4400 and Nominal °C
Temperatura/Temperature
type “B” according to DIN 43650-ISO 6952.
6
DIN 43650 - A/ISO 4400
C182 2 poli/poles +
C183 3 poli/poles +
8
• Distanza contatti
Contact distance 18 mm
5
• Tensione nominale
Nominal Voltage 6
- AC max. 250 V
7
- DC max. 300 V 4
• Portata nom. contatti
Nominal current 16A
• Portata max contatti 2
Operating current 10A 3
• Resistenza contatti 1 G10
Contact resistance ≤ 4 m Ohm

• Sezione max conduttori 1 G11
Max. conduc. cross-sect. 1.5 mm2 Descrizione Description

• Protezione
1 Guarnizione 5 Pressacavo 1 Gasket 5 Grommet
Housing PA (+G) 2 Portacontatti 6 Rondella 2 Terminal block 6 Washer
• Ø cavo/cable 3 Vite serrafilo 7 Serracavo 3 Cable fixing screws 7 Gland-nut
- Pg09 - M16x1,5 6 - 8 mm 4 Protezione 8 Vite di fissaggio 4 Housing 8 Fixing screw
- Pg11-G 1/2” - M20x1,5 8 - 10 mm
• Grado di protezione
Protection class IP 65 EN60529
• Classe isolamento
Insulation class VDE 0110-1/89
5.5 27 18 ±0.1
• Guarnizione Temp. di esercizio
1.5
Gasket material Operat. temperature
- NBR -40°C +90°C
- Silicone/Silicon -40°C +125°C
18 ±0.1
• Imballo 100 pz. con vite di
28
fissaggio e
42
M3
guarnizione NBR
profilata
Packing unit 100 pcs. with fixing
screw and NBR
profiled gasket
27
Note/Notes
Il connettore con filetto 1/2” NPTF viene fornito senza le pos. 5-6-7
Connector with thread 1/2” NPTF is supplied without items 5, 6 and 7
Codici di ordinazione
order codes C 1 8 2 0 9 N 2 1
Numero poli / Number of poles
2= 2 poli + terra / 2 poles + earth; 3=3 poli + terra / 3 poles + earth
Serracavo / Gland size
09= Pg.9; 11= Pg.11; 12= G 1/2”; 13= 1/2” NPTF; M6= M16x1,5; M0= M20x1,5
Colore / Colour
G= Grigio/Grey; N= Nero/Black; W= Nero autoestinguente/ Black self extinguishing material
Posizione di montaggio / Earth pin position
2=H12 standard / H12 preferred option
3=H3 su richiesta / H3 on request
Guarnizioni-viti /Gasket-screws:
1= Guarnizione a profilo in NBR + vite di fissaggio / NBR profile gasket + fixing screw
2= Guarnizione piana in NBR + vite di fissaggio / NBR flat gasket + fixing screw
3= Guarnizione a profilo in silicone + vite di fissaggio / Silicon profile gasket + fixing screw
4= Guarnizione piana in silicone + vite di fissaggio / Silicon flat gasket + fixing screw
7
DIN 43650 - A/ISO 4400
C812 2 poli/poles +
C813 3 poli/poles +
• Distanza contatti 8
Contact distance 18 mm 5
Nominal Voltage 6
- AC max. 250 V 7
- DC max. 300 V 4
Nominal current 16A
• Portata max contatti 2


1 G11
• Sezione max conduttori
• Protezione
1 Guarnizione 5 Pressacavo 1 Gasket 5 Grommet
- Pg11 - M20x1,5 8 - 10 mm
5.5 34 18 ±0.1
1.5
- NBR -40°C +90°C
18 ±0.1
28
fissaggio e 42
M3
guarnizione NBR
profilata
mPm

screw and NBR
profiled gasket
27
09= Pg.9; 11= Pg.11; 12= G 1/2”; M6= M16x1,5; M0= M20x1,5
Colore / Colour
8
DIN 43650 - A/ISO 4400
C402 2 poli/poles +
8
C403 3 poli/poles +
• Distanza contatti
• Tensione nominale 7
Nominal Voltage 1 G11 1 G10 6

- AC max. 250 V
- DC max. 300 V 5

Nominal current 16A
4
• Portata max contatti
Operating current 10A
• Resistenza contatti 2 3

• Protezione 1 Guarnizione 5 Pressacavo 1 Gasket 5 Grommet
- Pg11 - M20x1,5 8 - 10 mm
• Guarnizione Temp. di esercizio 40.3 26.5
Gasket material Operat. temperature 5.5 27 18±0.1
- NBR -40°C +90°C 1.5
M3
fissaggio e
18±0.1
28
guarnizione NBR
profilata
16.5

screw and NBR mPm
profiled gasket
11.5
Ø22
09= Pg.9; 11= Pg.11; M6= M16x1,5; M0= M20x1,5
Colore / Colour
9
DIN 43650 - A/ISO 4400
C032 2 poli/poles +
C033 3 poli/poles +
8
• Tensione nominale 6
Nominal Voltage 7
- AC max. 250 V
- DC max. 300 V 4
• Portata nom. contatti 2a

Nominal current 16A 3
Contact resistance ≤ 4 m Ohm 1 G11
Max. conduc. cross-sect. 1.5 mm 2 Descrizione Description
• Protezione 1 Guarnizione 5 Pressacavo 1 Gasket 5 Grommet
• Ø cavo/cable 2a Anello di bloccaggio 7 Serracavo 2a Holding ring for faston 7 Gland-nut
- Pg09 - M16x1,5 6 - 8 mm 3 Faston 8 Vite di fissaggio 3 Crimp terminal 8 Fixing screw
4 Protezione 4 Housing
- Pg11 - M20x1,5 8 - 10 mm
5.5 34 18 ±0.1
1.5
- NBR -40°C +90°C
18 ±0.1
28
fissaggio e 42
M3
guarnizione NBR
profilata
mPm

screw and NBR
profiled gasket
27
Note/Notes
Nel caso i fastons non siano richiesti sostituire il “numero poli” con
uno 0 (es. C03009N21)
If crimp terminals are not required please replace the number of poles
with “0” (ex. C03009N21)
2= 2 poli + terra / 2 poles + earth; 3=3 poli + terra / 3 poles + earth; 0=senza fastons / without fastons
09= Pg.9; 11= Pg.11; M6= M16x1,5; M0= M20x1,5
Colore / Colour
10
DIN 43650 - A/ISO 4400
C202 2 poli/poles +
C203 3 poli/poles +
Contact distance 18 mm 5
Nominal Voltage 6
- AC max. 250 V 7
- DC max. 300 V
4
Nominal current 16A
2
Operating current 10A
1 G10 3
• Resistenza contatti
• Sezione max conduttori 1 G11
Max. conduc. cross-sect. 1.5 mm2
• Protezione Descrizione Description
Housing PA (+G) 1 Guarnizione 5 Pressacavo 1 Gasket 5 Grommet
• Ø cavo/cable 2 Portacontatti 6 Rondella 2 Terminal block 6 Washer
- Pg09 - M16x1,5 6 - 8 mm 3 Vite serrafilo 7 Serracavo 3 Cable fixing screws 7 Gland-nut
4 Protezione 8 Vite di fissaggio 4 Housing 8 Fixing screw
- Pg11 - M20x1,5 8 - 10 mm
Insulation class VDE 0110-1/89 5.5 42 18 ±0.1
1.5
- NBR -40°C +90°C
M3

18 ±0.1
28
fissaggio e 48
guarnizione NBR
profilata
screw and NBR
profiled gasket
27
09= Pg.9; 11= Pg.11; M6= M16x1,5; M0= M20x1,5
Colore / Colour
11
50 Hz
HM - HMZ - HMS
Series
THREADED HORIZONTAL MULTISTAGE CENTRIFUGAL ELECTRIC PUMPS
EQUIPPED WITH IE2/IE3 MOTORS COMPLYING WITH REGULATION (EC) no. 640/2009
Cod. 191003891 Rev

Rev .E Ed.08/2012
ev.E
HM - HMZ - HMS SERIES
HYDRA ULIC PERFORMANCE RANGE A
HYDRAULIC T 50 Hz
AT
0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 25.0 27.5 Q [Imp gpm]
Q [US gpm]
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
60
175
2HM
H [ft]
50
2HMZ
150
4HM
40
4HMZ 125
2HMS
H [m]
30 100
4HMS 75
20
50
10
25
0 0
04497_B_CH
3
0 2 4 6 Q [m /h] 8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130

Q [l/min]
2
CONTENTS
HM-HMZ-HMS series specifications ..................................................................................................... 5

List of models and table of materials HM-HMZ series .......................................................................... 7
List of models and table of materials HMS series ................................................................................. 8
Mechanical seal HM-HMZ-HMS series .................................................................................................. 9
Hydraulic performance table and electrical data HM-HMZ series .................................................. 11
Hydraulic performance table and electrical data HMS series ........................................................ 12
Motors for HM-HMZ-HMS series .................................................................................................. 13
Hydraulic performance range HM-HMZ-HMS series at 50 Hz ....................................................... 15
Dimensions and weights HM-HMZ-HMS series ............................................................................ 22
23
Technical Appendix ......................................................................................................................
3
4
Threaded MARKET SECTORS
horizontal INDUSTRIAL, CIVIL, AGRICULTURAL.
multistage APPLICA TIONS
APPLICATIONS
centrifugal • Pumping of water for domestic (HM) and industrial use (HMS).
Special version (HMZ) particularly suitable for critical application in
electric suction.
pumps • Small irrigation systems. The HMS series pump can handle water
(containing additives) having moderate chemical aggressiveness,
but free of suspended solids.
HM-HMZ -HMS
HM-HMZ-HMS • Composition of pressure booster units for various purposes.
• Pumping of liquids compatible with AISI 316L stainless steel
Series (1.4404) for HMS version.
Liquid end made SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS
entirely of PUMP MOTOR
stainless steel • Delivery
Delivery: • Asynchronous, squirrel cage rotor,
for HMS 2HM-4HM: up to 120 l/min close construction, external
(7,2 m3/h). ventilation.
Silent 2HMS-4HMS: up to 120 l/min • Protection class
class:
operation (7,2 m3/h). IP55 (motor), IPX5 (electric pump).
• Head
Head: • Class 155 (F) Insulation
Insulation.
2HM-4HM: up to 60,7 m. • According to EN 60034-1.
High 2HMS-4HMS: up to 51,2 m. • Standard voltage
voltage:
performance • Maximum operating pressure
pressure: - Single-phase versions:
and reliability 800 kPa (8 bar, PN 8). 220-240 V 50 Hz, 2 poles, with
• Continuous duty. automatic reset overload protection.
Standard supplied • Temperature of pumped liquid: - Three-phase versions:
IE2/IE3 motors HM-HMZ: -10°C to +60°C. 220-240/380-415 V 50 Hz, 2 poles,
are compliant with HMS: -10°C to +90°C for the overload protection must be
Regulation (EC) household use (EN 60335-1). provided and installed by the user.
no. 640/2009
640/2009. -10°C to +110°C for
industrial/commercial use.
5
HM-HMZ -HMS SERIES
HM-HMZ-HMS
IDENTIFICATION CODE
IDENTIFICATION
2 HM 3 6 Z R T /_
NULL or
LETTER ASSIGNED BY THE MANUFACTURER
NULL = SINGLE-PHASE
T = THREE-PHASE
VERSION WITH REDUCED POWER
Z VERSION
6 = 60 Hz
NULL = 50 Hz
RATED MOTOR POWER (kW x 10)
SERIES NAME
FLOW RATE m3/h
EXAMPLE : 2HM3T
HM electric pump series, flow rate 2 m3/h
rated motor power 0,3 kW, 50 Hz, three-phase.
RATING PLA
RATING TE
PLATE LEGEND
SINGLE-PHASE 1 - Electric pump type
2 - Code
3 - Delivery range
4 - Head range
5 - Electrical data
6 - Serial number (date + sequential number)
8 - Minimum head
11 - Rated power
12 - Electric pump protection class
13 - Maximum temperature of pumped liquid
THREE-PHASE
6
HM-HMZ SERIES
LIST OF MODELS AND TABLE OF MA
TABLE TERIALS
MATERIALS
TABELLA MATERIALI HM HMZ

HM-HMZ SERIES T ABLE OF MA
TABLE TERIALS
MATERIALS
REF. NAME MATERIAL REFERENCE STANDARDS
N. EUROPE USA
1 Pump body Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNi18-10 (1.4301) AISI 304
2 Impeller Noryl®
3 Diffuser Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNi18-10 (1.4301) AISI 304
4 Shaft extension Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
5 Adapter Aluminium EN 1706-AC-AlSi11Cu2 (Fe) (AC46100) -
6 Seal housing Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNi18-10 (1.4301) AISI 304
7 Mechanical seal Ceramic / Carbon / EPDM (standard version)
8 Elastomers EPDM
9 Fill / drain plugs Nickel-plated brass EN 12164-CuZn39Pb3 (CW614N) -
10 Bolts and screws Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNi18-10 (1.4301) AISI 304
hm-hmz-en_b_tm
7
HMS SERIES
LIST OF MODELS AND TABLE OF MA
TABLE TERIALS
MATERIALS
TABELLA MATERIALI HMS

HMS SERIES T ABLE OF MA
TABLE TERIALS
MATERIALS
REF. NAME MATERIAL REFERENCE STANDARDS
N. EUROPE USA
1 Pump body Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
2 Impeller Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
3 Diffuser Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
4 Shaft extension Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
5 Adapter Aluminium EN 1706-AC-AlSi11Cu2 (Fe) (AC46100) -
6 Seal housing Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4404) AISI 316L
7 Mechanical seal Ceramic / Carbon / EPDM (standard version)
8 Elastomers EPDM
9 Fill / drain plugs Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
10 Bolts and screws Stainless steel EN 10088-1-X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (1.4401) AISI 316
hms-en_b_tm
8
HM-HMZ-HMS, MECHANICAL SEAL, ACCORDING TO EN 12756
HM-HMZ-HMS,
Mechanical seal with mounting dimensions according to EN12756 (ex DIN 24960) and ISO 3069.
TENUTA MECCANICA HM-HMS-HMZ MATERIALI

LIST OF MATERIALS
MATERIALS
POSITION 1 - 2 POSITION 3 POSITION 4 - 5
B : Resin impregnated carbon P : NBR F : AISI 304

C : Special resin impregnated carbon E : EPDM G : AISI 316
Q1 : Silicon carbide V : FPM
U3 : Tungsten carbide
V : Ceramic
TENUTA MECCANICA HM-HMS-HMZ COMBINAZIONI

hm-ten-mec-en_a_tm
MECHANICAL SEAL TYPES

POSITION TEMPERATURE
TYPE 1 2 3 4 5
( °C )
ROTATING ASSEMBLY FIXED ASSEMBLY ELASTOMERS SPRINGS OTHER COMPONENTS
STANDARD MECHANICAL SEAL
VB E G G V B E G G -10 +85
OTHER TYPES OF MECHANICAL SEAL
VCEGG V C E G G -10 +110
Q1Q1EGG Q1 Q1 E G G -10 +110
U3CEGG U3 C E G G -10 +110
U3U3EGG U3 U3 E G G -10 +110
VBVGG V B V G G -10 +110
VCVGG V C V G G -10 +110
Q1Q1VGG Q1 Q1 V G G -10 +110
U3CVGG U3 C V G G -10 +110
U3U3VGG U3 U3 V G G -10 +110
hm-tipi-ten-mec-en_b_tc
9
COMP
COMPA ATIBILITY CHART FOR MA TERIALS IN CONT
MATERIALS CONTACTACT WITH
TABELLA DI COMPATIBILITA' DEI MATERIALI A CONTATTO CON I PRINCIPALI LIQUIDI
MOST COMMONL
COMMONLY Y USED LIQUIDS
LIQUID CONCENTRATION TEMPERAT. SPECIF. 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 22 SV 33, 46, 66, 92, 125 SV RECOMMEND. ELASTOM.
MIN/MAX WEIGHT VERSION VERSION SEAL
3
(%) (°C) (Kg/dm ) Standard N Standard N
Acetic acid 80 -10 +70 1,05 • • • Q1BEGG E
Alkaline degreaser 5 80 • • • • Q1Q1VGG V
Aluminium sulfate 30 -5 +50 2,71 • • Q1Q1EGG E
Ammonia in water 25 -20 +50 0,99 • • • Q1BEGG E
Ammonium sulfate 10 -10 +60 1,77 • • Q1Q1EGG E
Benzoic acid 70 0 +70 1,31 • • • Q1BVGG V
Boric acid saturated -10 +90 1,43 • • • Q1Q1VGG V
Butyl alcohol 100 -5 +80 0,81 • • • • Q1BVGG V
Caustic soda 25 0 +70 2,13 • • • • Q1Q1EGG E
Chloroform 100 -10 +30 1,48 • • • • Q1BVGG V
Citric acid 5 -10 +70 1,54 • • • Q1BEGG E
Cleaning products 10 -5 +100 • • • • Q1Q1VGG V
Copper sulfate 20 0 +30 2,28 • • Q1Q1VGG V
Cutting fluid 100 -5 +110 0,90 • • • • Q1BVGG V
Deionised, demineralised
100 -25 +110 1 • • • • Q1BEGG E
water
Denatured alcohol 100 -5 +70 0,81 • • • • Q1BEGG E
Diathermic oil 100 -5 +110 0,90 • • • • Q1BVGG V
Emulsion oil and water any -5 +90 • • • • Q1BVGG V
Ethyl alcohol 100 -5 +40 0,81 • • • • Q1BEGG E
Ethylene glycol 30 -30 +120 • • Q1BEGG E
Formaldehyde 100 0 +30 1,13 • • • • Q1Q1TGG T
Formic acid 5 -15 +25 1,22 • • • Q1BEGG E
Glycerine 100 +20 +90 1,26 • • • • Q1BEGG E
Hydraulic oil 100 -5 +110 • • • • Q1BVGG V
Hydrochloric acid 2 -5 +25 1,20 • • Q1Q1VGG V
Hydroxide sodium 25 0 +70 • • • • Q1Q1EGG E
Iron sulfate 10 -5 +30 2,09 • • Q1BEGG E
Methyl alcohol 100 -5 +40 0,79 • • • • Q1BEGG E
Mineral oil 100 -5 +110 0,94 • • • • Q1BVGG V
Nitric acid 50 -5 +30 1,48 • • • Q1Q1VGG V
Perchloroethylene 100 -10 +30 1,60 • • • • Q1BVGG V
Phosphates-polyphosphates 10 -5 +90 • • Q1Q1VGG V
Phosphoric acid 10 -5 +30 1,33 • • Q1BEGG E
Propyl alcohol (Propanol) 100 -5 +80 0,80 • • • • Q1BEGG E
Propylene glycol 30 -30 +120 • • • • Q1BEGG E
Sodium bicarbonate
saturated • • Q1BEGG E
(Baking soda)
Sodium hypochlorite 1 -10 +25 • • Q1Q1VGG V
Sodium nitrate saturated -10 +80 2,25 • • • • Q1BEGG E
Sodium sulfate 15 -10 +40 2,60 • • • • Q1Q1EGG E
Sulphuric acid 2 -10 +25 1,84 • • Q1BVGG V
Tannic acid 20 0 +50 • • Q1BEGG E
Tartaric acid 50 -10 +25 1,76 • • • Q1Q1VGG V
Trichloroethylene 100 -10 +40 1,46 • • • • Q1BVGG V
Uric acid 80 -10 +80 1,89 • • • Q1BEGG E
Vegetable oil 100 -5 +110 0,95 • • • • Q1BEGG E
Water 100 -5 +120 • • • • Q1BEGG E
Water condensate 100 -5 +100 1 • • • • Q1BEGG E
Water detergents, mineral
10 -5 +80 • • • • Q1Q1VGG V
oils mixture
tab-comp-sv-en_b_tm
The above table indicates the compatibility of materials depending on the pumped liquid.
Check the specific weight of the liquid or the viscosity as this could affect the power input of the motor
and hydraulic performance. For further details, please contact the sales network.
10
HM SERIES
TABELLA DI PRESTAZIONI IDRAULICHE SERIE HM 2 poli 50 Hz
HYDRA ULIC PERFORMANCE T
HYDRAULIC ABLE A
TABLE T 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT
PUMP TYPE RATED Q = DELIVERY
POWER l/min 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 100 120
m3/h 0 1,2 1,8 2,4 3 3,6 4,2 4,8 6 7,2
kW HP H = TOTAL HEAD METRES COLUMN OF WATER
2HM3(T) 0,3 0,4 23,8 21,4 19,7 17,6 15,2 12,5 9,4
2HM4(T) 0,45 0,6 35,4 32 29,5 26,5 23 19 14,5
2HM5(T) 0,55 0,75 45,4 41,1 38,0 34,2 30,0 25,1 19,6
2HM7(T) 0,75 1 57,9 52,7 49,2 44,7 39,4 32,3 25,6
4HM4(T) 0,45 0,6 25,1 20,7 19,4 18,1 16,8 15 12,1 8,5
4HM5(T) 0,55 0,75 35,2 29,0 27,1 25,3 23,3 21,4 17,2 12,3
4HM7(T) 0,75 1 48,1 40,2 38,2 36,1 33,8 31,2 25,1 17,6
4HM9(T) 0,9 1,2 60,7 51,2 48,6 45,9 42,9 39,7 32,4 23,6
HM SERIES hm-2p50-en_b_th
DATI ELETTRICI SERIE HM 2 poli 50 Hz

ELECTRICAL DA DATTA A T 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT
PUMP MOTOR INPUT INPUT CAPACITOR PUMP MOTOR INPUT INPUT INPUT
TYPE TYPE POWER* CURRENT* TYPE TYPE POWER* CURRENT* CURRENT*
220-240 V 220-240 V 380-415 V
1~ 3~
kW A µF / 450 V kW A A
2HM3 SM63HM/1035 0,51 2,34 10 2HM3T SM63HM/303 0,47 1,80 1,04
2HM4 SM63HM/1045 0,66 2,92 14 2HM4T SM63HM/304 0,67 2,56 1,48
2HM5 SM63HM/1055 0,85 3,72 16 2HM5T SM63HM/305 0,87 2,94 1,70
2HM7 SM71HM/1075 1,13 5,09 20 2HM7T SM80HM/307PE 1,04 3,22 1,86
4HM4 SM63HM/1045 0,62 2,77 14 4HM4T SM63HM/304 0,62 2,51 1,45
4HM5 SM63HM/1055 0,86 3,76 16 4HM5T SM63HM/305 0,88 2,96 1,71
*Maximum value in specified range. hm-2p50-en_d_te
HMZ SERIES
TABELLA DI PRESTAZIONI IDRAULICHE SERIE HMZ 2 poli 50 Hz
HYDRAULIC ABLE A
AT
POWER l/min 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 100 120
3
m /h 0 1,2 1,8 2,4 3 3,6 4,2 4,8 6 7,2
2HM3Z(T) 0,3 0,4 22,2 20 18,2 16,1 13,7 10,9 7,9
2HM4Z(T) 0,45 0,6 34 30 27,3 24,2 20,7 16,7 12,2
2HM5Z(T) 0,55 0,75 45,5 40 36,3 32,1 27,3 22,1 16,5
2HM7Z(T) 0,75 1 57 50,8 46,2 40,8 34,6 27,8 20,5
4HM4Z(T) 0,45 0,6 23,6 19,3 18,1 16,9 15,6 14,2 11,1 7,6
4HM5Z(T) 0,55 0,75 35 28,6 26,9 25 23,1 21 16,6 11,5
4HM7Z(T) 0,75 1 47,5 39,9 37,8 35,6 33,2 30,5 24,4 16,9
4HM9Z(T) 0,9 1,2 58,4 48,3 45,6 42,8 39,8 36,5 29,1 20,3
HMZ SERIES
hmz-2p50-en_b_th
DATI ELETTRICI SERIE HMZ 2 poli 50 Hz

AT
220-240 V 220-240 V 380-415 V
1~ 3~
2HM3Z SM63HM/1035 0,51 2,34 10 2HM3ZT SM63HM/303 0,47 1,80 1,04
2HM7Z SM71HM/1075 1,13 5,09 20 2HM7ZT SM80HM/307PE 1,04 3,22 1,86
*Maximum value in specified range. hmz-2p50-en_c_te
11
HMS SERIES
TABELLA DI PRESTAZIONI IDRAULICHE SERIE HMS 2 poli 50 Hz
HYDRAULIC ABLE A
AT
POWER l/min 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 100 120
m3/h 0 1,2 1,8 2,4 3 3,6 4,2 4,8 6 7,2
2HMS3(T) 0,3 0,4 20,5 17,8 16,2 14,4 12,3 9,8 6,9
2HMS4R(T) 0,45 0,6 30,2 26,7 24,3 21,4 18,1 14,4 10,3
2HMS4(T) 0,45 0,6 41,1 35,6 32,4 28,7 24,6 19,8 14,4
2HMS7(T) 0,75 1 51,2 45,6 41,7 37,1 31,7 25,4 18,2
4HMS3(T) 0,3 0,4 19,1 15,3 14,4 13,5 12,6 11,6 9,3 6,6
4HMS4(T) 0,45 0,6 27,8 22,8 21,5 20,1 18,6 17,0 13,5 9,5
4HMS5(T) 0,55 0,75 37,2 30,6 28,9 27,0 25,1 23,0 18,2 12,7
4HMS7(T) 0,75 1 46,7 38,9 36,8 34,6 32,2 29,6 23,7 16,7
hms-2p50-en_a_th
HMS SERIES
DATI ELETTRICI SERIE HMS 2 poli 50 Hz
AT
220-240 V 220-240 V 380-415 V
1~ 3~
2HMS3 SM63HM/1035 0,47 2,25 10 2HMS3T SM63HM/303 0,42 1,77 1,02
2HMS4R SM63HM/1045 0,61 2,75 14 2HMS4RT SM63HM/304 0,61 2,51 1,45
2HMS7 SM71HM/1075 1,00 4,61 20 2HMS7T SM80HM/307PE 0,90 2,93 1,69
4HMS7 SM71HM/1075 1,13 5,08 20 4HMS7T SM80HM/307PE 1,04 3,20 1,85
*Maximum value in specified range. hms-2p50-en_d_te
12
MOTORS FOR HM-HMZ-HMS SERIES
HM-HMZ-HMS
Standard supplied IE2/IE3 three-phase surface motors ≥ 0,75 kW are compliant with
Regulation (EC) no. 640/2009 and IEC 60034-30.
Electrical performances according to EN 60034-1.

Insulation class 155 (F). IP55 protection. Condensate drain plugs on standard version.
Cooling by fan according to EN 60034-6.
Cable gland metric size according to EN 50262.
Standard voltage:
• Single-phase version: 220-240 V 50 Hz (incorporated automatic-reset overload protection).
• Three-phase version: 220-240/380-415 V 50 Hz (overload protection to be provided by the user).
MOTORI MONOFASE PER SERIE HM 50 Hz, 2 poli
SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A T 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT
Construction
INPUT CAPACITOR DATA FOR 230 V 50 Hz VOLTAGE

IEC SIZE
Design
CURRENT
PN In (A) Tn
MOTOR TYPE
kW 220-240 V µF V min
-1
ls / ln η% cosϕ Nm Ts/Tn Tm/Tn
0,3 SM63HM/1035 63 2,22-2,23 10 450 2745 2,69 61,7 0,97 1,04 0,64 1,62
0,4 SM63HM/1045 63 2,79-2,85 14 450 2745 2,64 65,1 0,96 1,39 0,68 1,63
SPECIAL
0,5 SM63HM/1055 63 3,46-3,30 16 450 2705 2,90 66,9 0,98 1,76 0,56 1,61
0,75 SM71HM/1075 71 4,90-4,85 20 450 2765 3,42 70,1 0,96 2,59 0,58 1,75
0,95 SM71HM/1095 71 6,25-5,89 25 450 2740 3,39 71,1 0,98 3,31 0,58 1,66
hm-motm-2p50-en_a_te
MOTORI TRIFASE SM 50 Hz, 2 poli
THREE-PHASE MOTORS A ATT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
Efficiency ηN
manufacture
%
Year of
∆ 220 V ∆ 230 V ∆ 240 V ∆ 380 V ∆ 400 V ∆ 415 V
PN Y 380 V Y 400 V Y 415 V Y 660 V Y 690 V IE
kW 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 3/4 2/4
0,3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0,4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
By June
2011
0,5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0,75 82,5 83,1 81,3 82,8 82,7 80,1 82,6 82,0 78,9 82,5 82,0 78,9 82,5 82,0 78,9 82,5 82,0 78,9
3
1,1 84,0 84,7 83,4 84,4 84,5 82,5 84,3 84,0 81,4 84,0 84,0 81,4 84,0 84,0 81,4 84,0 84,0 81,4
Manufacturer
Construction
IEC SIZE
Lowara srl Unipersonale Data for 400 V / 50 Hz Voltage

Design
Reg. No. 341820260

PN Montecchio Maggiore Vicenza - Italia N. of fN TN
kW Model Poles Hz cosϕ ls / lN Nm Ts/TN Tm/Tn
0,3 SM63HM/303 63 0,72 4,05 1,05 3,29 2,63
SPECIAL
0,4 SM63HM/304 63 0,66 4,32 1,38 4,14 3,13

0,5 SM63HM/305 63 2 50 0,71 4,41 1,73 3,70 2,62
0,75 SM80HM/307 PE 80 0,78 7,38 2,48 3,57 3,75
1,1 SM80HM/311 PE 80 0,79 8,31 3,63 3,95 3,95
Voltage UN
Operating conditions **
V
∆ Y ∆ Y Altitude T. amb ATEX
PN 220 V 230 V 240 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 660 V 690 V nN Above Sea min/max
See note.
kW IN (A) min-1 Level (m) °C

0,3 1,65 1,70 1,78 0,95 0,98 1,03 - - - - - 2680 ÷ 2745
0,4 2,20 2,34 2,51 1,27 1,35 1,45 - - - - - 2740 ÷ 2790
0,5 2,53 2,63 2,81 1,46 1,52 1,62 - - - - - 2715 ÷ 2770 1000 -15 / 40 No
0,75 2,96 2,94 2,96 1,71 1,70 1,71 1,70 1,69 1,70 0,98 0,98 2875 ÷ 2895
1,1 4,19 4,14 4,16 2,42 2,39 2,40 2,41 2,38 2,38 1,39 1,37 2870 ÷ 2900
Note: Observe the regulations and codes locally in force regarding sorted waste disposal. hm-ie2-mott-2p50-en_b_te
** Operating conditions to be referred to motor only. About electric pump, refer to limits in user’s manual.
13
PN
kW
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,95
0,75
IEC SIZE
71
71
63
63
63
s
s
s
s
s
1 x 220-240
s = Standard voltage
-
-
o
o
o
1 x 100
50 Hz
-
-
o
o
o
1 x 110-120
AVAILABLE V
s
s
s
s
s
1 x 220-230
OL
VOL
-
-
-
o
o
1 x 100
OLT
o
o
o
o
o
SINGLE-PHASE
1x 110-115
60 Hz
-
-
-
o
o
1 x 120-127
-
-
-
o
o
TAGES
1 x 200-210
o = Optional voltage
MOTORS FOR HM-HMZ
PN
kW
1,1
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,75
HM-HMZ-HMS
s
s
s
s
s
3 x 220-230-240/380-400-415
o
o
o
o
o 3 x 380-400-415/660-690
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 200-208/346-360
14
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 255-265/440-460
- = Not available
50 Hz
-HMS SERIES
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 290-300/500-525
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 440-460/-
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 500-525/-
s
s
s
s
s
3 x 220-230/380-400
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 255-265-277/440-460-480
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 380-400/660-690
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 440-460-480/-
60 Hz
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 110-115/190-200
THREE-PHASE - 2 POLES
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 200-208/346-360
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 330-346/575-600
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 575/-
3 x 230/400 50 Hz
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 265/460 60 Hz
50/60 Hz
3 x 400/690 50 Hz
o
o
o
o
o
3 x 460/- 60 Hz
hm-volt-lowa-en_a_te
HM-HMZ-HMS SERIES
HM-HMZ-HMS
HYDRAULIC PERFORMANCE RANGE A
HYDRAULIC T 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT
HM-HMZ-HMS ∼ 2850 [rpm] ISO 9906 - Annex A
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 Q
28[Imp gpm]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 Q34[US gpm]
60
190
H [m]
H [ft]
55 180
2HM 170
50
2HMZ 160
150
45
140
40 130
4HM
120
35 2HMS 4HMZ
110
30 100
90
25 4HMS 80
70
20
60
15 50
40
10
30
20
5
10
04502A_A_CH
0 0
3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 /h]
Q [m
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 Q [l/min]

130
15
2HM SERIES
OPERATING CHARACTERISTIC
OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT
2HM ∼ 2850 [rpm] ISO 9906 - Annex A
0 5 10 15 Q [Imp gpm]
0 5 10 15 Q 20
[US gpm]
60
2HM7
H [m]
50
H [ft]
2HM5 150
40
2HM4
30 100
2HM3
20
50
10
0 0
8
25
NPSH [ft]
NPSH [m]
6 20
15
4
10
2
5
04488A_B_CH
0 0
3
0 1 2 3 4 5
Q [m /h]
0 20 40 60 Q80
[l/min]
These performances are valid for liquids with density ρ = 1.0 Kg/dm3 and kinematic viscosity ν = 1 mm2/sec.
16
4HM SERIES
AT
4HM ∼ 2850 [rpm] ISO 9906 - Annex A
0 5 10 15 20 25 Q [Imp gpm]
0 10 20 30 Q [US gpm]
70
4HM9
H [m]
60 200
H [ft]
50
4HM7
150
40
4HM5
30 100
4HM4
20
50
10
0 0
4
12
NPSH [ft]
NPSH [m]
3 10
8
2
6
4
1
2
04488B_B_CH
0 0
3
0 2 4 6 8
Q [m /h]
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Q [l/min]
17
2HMZ SERIES
AT
2HMZ ∼ 2850 [rpm] ISO 9906 - Annex A
0 5 10 15 Q [Imp gpm]
0 5 10 15 Q 20
[US gpm]
60
2HM7Z
H [m]
50
2HM5Z
H [ft]
150
40
2HM4Z
30 100
2HM3Z
20
50
10
0 0
8
25
NPSH [ft]
NPSH [m]
6 20
15
4
10
2
5
04501A_B_CH
0 0
3
0 1 2 3 4 5
Q [m /h]
0 20 40 60 Q80
[l/min]
18
4HMZ SERIES
AT
4HMZ ∼ 2850 [rpm] ISO 9906 - Annex A
0 5 10 15 20 25Q [Imp gpm]
0 10 20 30 Q [US gpm]
70
H [m]
60 200
4HM9Z
H [ft]
50
4HM7Z
150
40
4HM5Z
30 100
4HM4Z
20
50
10
0 0
4
12
NPSH [ft]
NPSH [m]
8
2
4
04501B_C_CH
0 0
0 2 4 6 Q [m3/h]
8
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Q [l/min]
19
2HMS SERIES
AT
2HMS ∼ 2850 [rpm] ISO 9906 - Annex A
0 5 10 15 Q [Imp gpm]
0 5 10 15 Q 20
[US gpm]
60
H [m]
2HMS7
50
H [ft]
150
2HMS4
40
2HMS4R 100
30
2HMS3
20
50
10
0 0
4
12
NPSH [ft]
NPSH [m]
3 10
8
2
6
4
1
2
04489A_B_CH
0 0
3
0 1 2 3 4 5
Q [m /h]
0 20 40 60 Q80
[l/min]
20
4HMS SERIES
AT
4HMS ∼ 2850 [rpm] ISO 9906 - Annex A
0 5 10 15 20 25Q [Imp gpm]
0 10 20 30 Q [US gpm]
50
160
4HMS7
H [m]
140
40
H [ft]
4HMS5 120
30 100
4HMS4
80
4HMS3
20
60
40
10
20
0 0
4
12
NPSH [ft]
NPSH [m]
8
2
4
04489B_C_CH
0 0
0 2 4 6 Q [m3/h]
8
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Q [l/min]
21
HM-HMZ -HMS SERIES
HM-HMZ-HMS
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS AT 50 Hz, 2 POLES
AT
DIMENSIONI E PESI SERIE HM - HMS - HMZ 2 poli 50 Hz
POMP TYPE DIMENSIONS (mm) WEIGHT

NUMBER
OF STAGES A D L L1 L2 H H1 kg
2HM3/A - 2HM3Z/A 2 96 120 345 62 56 199 88 6,8
2HM4/A - 2HM4Z/A 3 121 120 370 62 56 199 88 7,7
2HM5/A - 2HM5Z/A 4 146 120 395 62 56 199 88 8,5
2HM7/A - 2HM7Z/A 5 171 140 434 76 56 209 88 12
4HM4/A - 4HM4Z/A 2 96 120 345 62 56 199 88 7,3
4HM5/A - 4HM5Z/A 3 121 120 370 62 56 199 88 8,1
4HM7/A - 4HM7Z/A 4 146 140 409 31 56 218 88 11,6
4HM9/A - 4HM9Z/A 5 171 140 434 31 56 218 88 11,4
2HM3T/A - 2HM3ZT/A 2 96 120 345 62 56 199 88 6,6
2HM4T/A - 2HM4ZT/A 3 121 120 370 62 56 199 88 7,6
2HM5T/A - 2HM5ZT/A 4 146 120 395 62 56 199 88 8,3
2HM7T/D - 2HM7ZT/D 5 171 155 480 114 - 209 80 14
4HM4T/A - 4HM4ZT/A 2 96 120 345 62 56 199 88 7,2
4HM5T/A - 4HM5ZT/A 3 121 120 370 62 56 199 88 8
4HM7T/D - 4HM7ZT/D 4 146 155 455 114 - 209 80 13,5
4HM9T/D - 4HM9ZT/D 5 171 155 480 114 - 209 80 14
2HMS3/A 2 96 120 345 62 56 199 88 7
2HMS4R/A 3 121 120 370 62 56 199 88 7,6
2HMS4/A 4 146 120 395 62 56 199 88 8
2HMS7/A 5 171 140 434 76 56 209 88 12
4HMS3/A 2 96 120 345 62 56 199 88 7
4HMS4/A 3 121 120 370 62 56 199 88 7,8
4HMS5/A 4 146 120 395 62 56 199 88 8,7
4HMS7/A 5 171 140 434 76 56 209 88 10
2HMS3T/A 2 96 120 345 62 56 199 88 7
2HMS4RT/A 3 121 120 370 62 56 199 88 7,6
2HMS4T/A 4 146 120 395 62 56 199 88 8,2
2HMS7T/D 5 171 155 480 114 - 209 80 12
4HMS3T/A 2 96 120 345 62 56 199 88 6,8
4HMS4T/A 3 121 120 370 62 56 199 88 7,7
4HMS5T/A 4 146 120 395 62 56 199 88 8,5
4HMS7T/D 5 171 155 480 114 - 209 80 12,5
hm-hms-hmz-2p50-en_f_td
22
TECHNICAL
APPENDIX
23
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS HM SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPS
APPLICATIONS
Water Purification: Waste Management: Food and Drink:

Filtration Waste treatment Food processing
De-ionized water Pollution control Bottle washing
Water treatment Citrus processing
Commercial and Dishwashing
residential pools Brewing
Sanitary ware
Plastic Industry: Machine TTool:
ool:
Temperature Regulators Degreasing General Industry:
Extrusion machines Parts washing Spray booths
Manufacture of polymers Chemical treatment Light chemical transfer
Heat treatment Booster systems
Agricultural Residential Graphics: Medical:

Applications: Film washing Laser cooling
Irrigation Cooling processes Massage
Greenhouses Medical chillers
Humidifiers Sanitary equipment
Water supply
Marine Sector:
Heating, Ventilating & Air
Ventilating Water on board ships
Conditioning:
Air scrubbers Computers:
Water re-circulation Circuit board washing
Cooling towers Unit cooling
Cooling systems
Temperature control Laundry:
Chillers Commercial washers
Induction heating
Heat exchangers
Water heating
TECHNICAL APPENDIX 24
NPSH
The minimum operating values that can be reached at the The maximum possible suction head for installation
pump suction end are limited by the onset of cavitation. depends on the value of the atmospheric pressure
(i.e. the elevation above sea level at which the pump
Cavitation is the formation of vapour-filled cavities within is installed) and the temperature of the liquid.
liquids where the pressure is locally reduced to a critical value,
or where the local pressure is equal to, or just below the To help the user, with reference to water temperature
vapour pressure of the liquid. (4° C) and to the elevation above sea level, the
following tables show the drop in hydraulic pressure
The vapour-filled cavities flow with the current and head in relation to the elevation above sea level, and
when they reach a higher pressure area the vapour the suction loss in relation to temperature.
contained in the cavities condenses. The cavities collide,
generating pressure waves that are transmitted to the Water
walls. These, being subjected to stress cycles, gradually temperature (°C) 20 40 60 80 90 110 120
become deformed and yield due to fatigue. This Suction
phenomenon, characterized by a metallic noise loss (m) 0,2 0,7 2,0 5,0 7,4 15,4 21,5
produced by the hammering on the pipe walls, is called
incipient cavitation.
Elevation above
sea level (m) 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
The damage caused by cavitation may be magnified by
electrochemical corrosion and a local rise in Suction
temperature due to the plastic deformation of the loss (m) 0,55 1,1 1,65 2,2 2,75 3,3
walls. The materials that offer the highest resistance to
heat and corrosion are alloy steels, especially austenitic
steel. The conditions that trigger cavitation may be Friction loss is shown in the tables at pages 27-28 of
assessed by calculating the total net suction head, this catalogue. To reduce it to a minimum, especially
referred to in technical literature with the acronym in cases of high suction head (over 4-5 m.) or within
NPSH (Net Positive Suction Head). the operating limits with high flow rates, we
recommend using a suction line having a larger
The NPSH represents the total energy (expressed in m.) diameter than that of the pump’s suction port.
of the liquid measured at suction under conditions of It is always a good idea to position the pump as close
incipient cavitation, excluding the vapour pressure as possible to the liquid to be pumped.
(expressed in m.) that the liquid has at the pump inlet.
Make the following calculation:
To find the static height hz at which to install the
machine under safe conditions, the following formula Liquid: water at ~15°C γ = 1 kg/dm3
must be verified: Flow rate required: 30 m3/h
Head for required delivery: 43 m.
Suction lift: 3,5 m.
hp + hz ≥ (NPSHr + 0.5) + hf + hpv 1 The selection is an FHE 40-200/75 pump whose NPSH
required value is, at 30 m3/h, di 2,5 m.
where:
hp is the absolute pressure applied to the free liquid For water at 15 °C
surface in the suction tank, expressed in m. of
liquid; hp is the quotient between the barometric hp = Pa / γ = 10,33m, hpv = Pv / γ = 0,174m (0,01701 bar)
pressure and the specific weight of the liquid.
The Hf flow resistance in the suction line with foot
hz is the suction lift between the pump axis and the
valves is ~ 1,2 m.
free liquid surface in the suction tank, expressed
By substituting the parameters in formula 1 with the
in m.; hz is negative when the liquid level is
numeric values above, we have:
lower than the pump axis.
hf is the flow resistance in the suction line and its
10,33 + (-3,5) ≥ (2,5 + 0,5) + 1,2 + 0,17
accessories, such as: fittings, foot valve, gate
valve, elbows, etc. from which we have: 6,8 > 4,4
hpv is the vapour pressure of the liquid at the
operating temperature, expressed in m. of The relation is therefore verified.
liquid. hpv is the quotient between the Pv vapour
pressure and the liquid’s specific weight.
0,5 is the safety factor.
25 TECHNICAL APPENDIX
TECHNICAL APPENDIX VAPOUR PRESSURE PS VAPOUR
PRESSURE AND ρ DENSITY OF WATER TABLE
t T ps ρ t T ps ρ t T ps ρ
°C K bar kg/dm3 °C K bar kg/dm3 °C K bar kg/dm3
0 273,15 0,00611 0,9998 55 328,15 0,15741 0,9857 120 393,15 1,9854 0,9429
1 274,15 0,00657 0,9999 56 329,15 0,16511 0,9852 122 395,15 2,1145 0,9412
2 275,15 0,00706 0,9999 57 330,15 0,17313 0,9846 124 397,15 2,2504 0,9396
3 276,15 0,00758 0,9999 58 331,15 0,18147 0,9842 126 399,15 2,3933 0,9379
4 277,15 0,00813 1,0000 59 332,15 0,19016 0,9837 128 401,15 2,5435 0,9362
5 278,15 0,00872 1,0000 60 333,15 0,1992 0,9832 130 403,15 2,7013 0,9346
6 279,15 0,00935 1,0000 61 334,15 0,2086 0,9826 132 405,15 2,867 0,9328
7 280,15 0,01001 0,9999 62 335,15 0,2184 0,9821 134 407,15 3,041 0,9311
8 281,15 0,01072 0,9999 63 336,15 0,2286 0,9816 136 409,15 3,223 0,9294
9 282,15 0,01147 0,9998 64 337,15 0,2391 0,9811 138 411,15 3,414 0,9276
10 283,15 0,01227 0,9997 65 338,15 0,2501 0,9805 140 413,15 3,614 0,9258
11 284,15 0,01312 0,9997 66 339,15 0,2615 0,9799 145 418,15 4,155 0,9214
12 285,15 0,01401 0,9996 67 340,15 0,2733 0,9793 155 428,15 5,433 0,9121
13 286,15 0,01497 0,9994 68 341,15 0,2856 0,9788 160 433,15 6,181 0,9073
14 287,15 0,01597 0,9993 69 342,15 0,2984 0,9782 165 438,15 7,008 0,9024
15 288,15 0,01704 0,9992 70 343,15 0,3116 0,9777 170 433,15 7,920 0,8973
16 289,15 0,01817 0,9990 71 344,15 0,3253 0,9770 175 448,15 8,924 0,8921
17 290,15 0,01936 0,9988 72 345,15 0,3396 0,9765 180 453,15 10,027 0,8869
18 291,15 0,02062 0,9987 73 346,15 0,3543 0,9760 185 458,15 11,233 0,8815
19 292,15 0,02196 0,9985 74 347,15 0,3696 0,9753 190 463,15 12,551 0,8760
20 293,15 0,02337 0,9983 75 348,15 0,3855 0,9748 195 468,15 13,987 0,8704
21 294,15 0,24850 0,9981 76 349,15 0,4019 0,9741 200 473,15 15,550 0,8647
22 295,15 0,02642 0,9978 77 350,15 0,4189 0,9735 205 478,15 17,243 0,8588
23 296,15 0,02808 0,9976 78 351,15 0,4365 0,9729 210 483,15 19,077 0,8528
24 297,15 0,02982 0,9974 79 352,15 0,4547 0,9723 215 488,15 21,060 0,8467
25 298,15 0,03166 0,9971 80 353,15 0,4736 0,9716 220 493,15 23,198 0,8403
26 299,15 0,03360 0,9968 81 354,15 0,4931 0,9710 225 498,15 25,501 0,8339
27 300,15 0,03564 0,9966 82 355,15 0,5133 0,9704 230 503,15 27,976 0,8273
28 301,15 0,03778 0,9963 83 356,15 0,5342 0,9697 235 508,15 30,632 0,8205
29 302,15 0,04004 0,9960 84 357,15 0,5557 0,9691 240 513,15 33,478 0,8136
30 303,15 0,04241 0,9957 85 358,15 0,5780 0,9684 245 518,15 36,523 0,8065
31 304,15 0,04491 0,9954 86 359,15 0,6011 0,9678 250 523,15 39,776 0,7992
32 305,15 0,04753 0,9951 87 360,15 0,6249 0,9671 255 528,15 43,246 0,7916
33 306,15 0,05029 0,9947 88 361,15 0,6495 0,9665 260 533,15 46,943 0,7839
34 307,15 0,05318 0,9944 89 362,15 0,6749 0,9658 265 538,15 50,877 0,7759
35 308,15 0,05622 0,9940 90 363,15 0,7011 0,9652 270 543,15 55,058 0,7678
36 309,15 0,05940 0,9937 91 364,15 0,7281 0,9644 275 548,15 59,496 0,7593
37 310,15 0,06274 0,9933 92 365,15 0,7561 0,9638 280 553,15 64,202 0,7505
38 311,15 0,06624 0,9930 93 366,15 0,7849 0,9630 285 558,15 69,186 0,7415
39 312,15 0,06991 0,9927 94 367,15 0,8146 0,9624 290 563,15 74,461 0,7321
40 313,15 0,07375 0,9923 95 368,15 0,8453 0,9616 295 568,15 80,037 0,7223
41 314,15 0,07777 0,9919 96 369,15 0,8769 0,9610 300 573,15 85,927 0,7122
42 315,15 0,08198 0,9915 97 370,15 0,9094 0,9602 305 578,15 92,144 0,7017
43 316,15 0,09639 0,9911 98 371,15 0,9430 0,9596 310 583,15 98,70 0,6906
44 317,15 0,09100 0,9907 99 372,15 0,9776 0,9586 315 588,15 105,61 0,6791
45 318,15 0,09582 0,9902 100 373,15 1,0133 0,9581 320 593,15 112,89 0,6669
46 319,15 0,10086 0,9898 102 375,15 1,0878 0,9567 325 598,15 120,56 0,6541
47 320,15 0,10612 0,9894 104 377,15 1,1668 0,9552 330 603,15 128,63 0,6404
48 321,15 0,11162 0,9889 106 379,15 1,2504 0,9537 340 613,15 146,05 0,6102
49 322,15 0,11736 0,9884 108 381,15 1,3390 0,9522 350 623,15 165,35 0,5743
50 323,15 0,12335 0,9880 110 383,15 1,4327 0,9507 360 633,15 186,75 0,5275
51 324,15 0,12961 0,9876 112 385,15 1,5316 0,9491 370 643,15 210,54 0,4518
52 325,15 0,13613 0,9871 114 387,15 1,6362 0,9476 374,15 647,30 221,20 0,3154
53 326,15 0,14293 0,9862 116 389,15 1,7465 0,9460
54 327,15 0,15002 0,9862 118 391,15 1,8628 0,9445
G-at_npsh_a_sc
TABLE OF FLOW RESISTANCE IN 100 m OF STRAIGHT CAST
IRON PIPELINE (HAZEN-WILLIAMS FORMULA C=100)
FLOW RATE NOMINAL DIAMETER in mm and INCHES

m3/h l/min 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400
1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 2 2 1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16"
v 0,94 0,53 0,34 0,21 0,13
0,6 10 hr 16 3,94 1,33 0,40 0,13 The hr values must be multiplied by:
v 1,42 0,80 0,51 0,31 0,20 0.71 for galvanized or painted steel pipes
0,9 15 hr 33,9 8,35 2,82 0,85 0,29 0.54 for stainless steel or copper pipes
v 1,89 1,06 0,68 0,41 0,27 0,17 0.47 for PVC or PE pipes
1,2 20 hr 57,7 14,21 4,79 1,44 0,49 0,16
v 2,36 1,33 0,85 0,52 0,33 0,21
1,5 25 hr 87,2 21,5 7,24 2,18 0,73 0,25
v 2,83 1,59 1,02 0,62 0,40 0,25
1,8 30 hr 122 30,1 10,1 3,05 1,03 0,35
v 3,30 1,86 1,19 0,73 0,46 0,30
2,1 35 hr 162 40,0 13,5 4,06 1,37 0,46
v 2,12 1,36 0,83 0,53 0,34 0,20
2,4 40 hr 51,2 17,3 5,19 1,75 0,59 0,16
v 2,65 1,70 1,04 0,66 0,42 0,25
3 50 hr 77,4 26,1 7,85 2,65 0,89 0,25
v 3,18 2,04 1,24 0,80 0,51 0,30
3,6 60 hr 108 36,6 11,0 3,71 1,25 0,35
v 3,72 2,38 1,45 0,93 0,59 0,35
4,2 70 hr 144 48,7 14,6 4,93 1,66 0,46
v 4,25 2,72 1,66 1,06 0,68 0,40
4,8 80 hr 185 62,3 18,7 6,32 2,13 0,59
v 3,06 1,87 1,19 0,76 0,45 0,30
5,4 90 hr 77,5 23,3 7,85 2,65 0,74 0,27
v 3,40 2,07 1,33 0,85 0,50 0,33
6 100 hr 94,1 28,3 9,54 3,22 0,90 0,33
v 4,25 2,59 1,66 1,06 0,63 0,41
7,5 125 hr 142 42,8 14,4 4,86 1,36 0,49
v 3,11 1,99 1,27 0,75 0,50 0,32
9 150 hr 59,9 20,2 6,82 1,90 0,69 0,23
v 3,63 2,32 1,49 0,88 0,58 0,37
10,5 175 hr 79,7 26,9 9,07 2,53 0,92 0,31
v 4,15 2,65 1,70 1,01 0,66 0,42
12 200 hr 102 34,4 11,6 3,23 1,18 0,40
v 5,18 3,32 2,12 1,26 0,83 0,53 0,34
15 250 hr 154 52,0 17,5 4,89 1,78 0,60 0,20
v 3,98 2,55 1,51 1,00 0,64 0,41
18 300 hr 72,8 24,6 6,85 2,49 0,84 0,28
v 5,31 3,40 2,01 1,33 0,85 0,54 0,38
24 400 hr 124 41,8 11,66 4,24 1,43 0,48 0,20
v 6,63 4,25 2,51 1,66 1,06 0,68 0,47
30 500 hr 187 63,2 17,6 6,41 2,16 0,73 0,30
v 5,10 3,02 1,99 1,27 0,82 0,57 0,42
36 600 hr 88,6 24,7 8,98 3,03 1,02 0,42 0,20
v 5,94 3,52 2,32 1,49 0,95 0,66 0,49
42 700 hr 118 32,8 11,9 4,03 1,36 0,56 0,26
v 6,79 4,02 2,65 1,70 1,09 0,75 0,55
48 800 hr 151 42,0 15,3 5,16 1,74 0,72 0,34
v 7,64 4,52 2,99 1,91 1,22 0,85 0,62
54 900 hr 188 52,3 19,0 6,41 2,16 0,89 0,42
v 5,03 3,32 2,12 1,36 0,94 0,69 0,53
60 1000 hr 63,5 23,1 7,79 2,63 1,08 0,51 0,27
v 6,28 4,15 2,65 1,70 1,18 0,87 0,66
75 1250 hr 96,0 34,9 11,8 3,97 1,63 0,77 0,40
v 7,54 4,98 3,18 2,04 1,42 1,04 0,80
90 1500 hr 134 48,9 16,5 5,57 2,29 1,08 0,56
v 8,79 5,81 3,72 2,38 1,65 1,21 0,93
105 1750 hr 179 65,1 21,9 7,40 3,05 1,44 0,75
v 6,63 4,25 2,72 1,89 1,39 1,06 0,68
120 2000 hr 83,3 28,1 9,48 3,90 1,84 0,96 0,32
v 8,29 5,31 3,40 2,36 1,73 1,33 0,85
150 2500 hr 126 42,5 14,3 5,89 2,78 1,45 0,49
v 6,37 4,08 2,83 2,08 1,59 1,02 0,71
180 3000 hr 59,5 20,1 8,26 3,90 2,03 0,69 0,28
v 7,43 4,76 3,30 2,43 1,86 1,19 0,83
210 3500 hr 79,1 26,7 11,0 5,18 2,71 0,91 0,38
v 8,49 5,44 3,77 2,77 2,12 1,36 0,94
240 4000 hr 101 34,2 14,1 6,64 3,46 1,17 0,48
v 6,79 4,72 3,47 2,65 1,70 1,18
300 5000 hr 51,6 21,2 10,0 5,23 1,77 0,73
v 8,15 5,66 4,16 3,18 2,04 1,42
360 6000 hr 72,3 29,8 14,1 7,33 2,47 1,02
v 6,61 4,85 3,72 2,38 1,65 1,21
420 7000 hr 39,6 18,7 9,75 3,29 1,35 0,64
v 7,55 5,55 4,25 2,72 1,89 1,39
480 8000 hr 50,7 23,9 12,49 4,21 1,73 0,82
v 8,49 6,24 4,78 3,06 2,12 1,56 1,19
540 9000 hr 63,0 29,8 15,5 5,24 2,16 1,02 0,53
v 6,93 5,31 3,40 2,36 1,73 1,33
600 10000 hr 36,2 18,9 6,36 2,62 1,24 0,65
G-at-pct_a_th
hr = flow resistance for 100m of straight pipeline (m)
V = water speed (m/s)
FLOW RESISTANCE
TABLE OF FLOW RESISTANCE IN BENDS, VALVES AND GATES
The flow resistance is calculated using the equivalent pipeline length method according to the table below:
ACCESSORY DN
TYPE 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
Equivalent pipeline length (m)
45° bend 0,2 0,2 0,4 0,4 0,6 0,6 0,9 1,1 1,5 1,9 2,4 2,8
90° bend 0,4 0,6 0,9 1,1 1,3 1,5 2,1 2,6 3,0 3,9 4,7 5,8
90° smooth bend 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,6 0,9 1,1 1,3 1,7 1,9 2,8 3,4 3,9
Union tee or cross 1,1 1,3 1,7 2,1 2,6 3,2 4,3 5,3 6,4 7,5 10,7 12,8
Gate - - - 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,4 0,4 0,6 0,9 1,1 1,3
Non return valve 1,1 1,5 1,9 2,4 3,0 3,4 4,7 5,9 7,4 9,6 11,8 13,9
G-a-pcv_a_th
The table is valid for the Hazen Williams coefficient C = 100 (cast iron pipework). For steel pipework, multiply the
values by 1.41. For stainless steel, copper and coated cast iron pipework, multiply the values by 1.85.
When the equivalent pipeline length has been determined, the flow resistance is obtained from the table of
flow resistance.
The values given are guideline values which are bound to vary slightly according to the model, especially for gate
valves and non-return valves, for which it is a good idea to check the values supplied by the manufacturers.
VOL UMETRIC
OLUMETRIC
VOLUMETRIC CAP ACITY
CAPACITY
CAPACITY
Litres Cubic metres Cubic feet Cubic feet Imp. gal. US gal.
per minute per hour per hour per minute per minute per minute
l/min m3/h ft3/h ft3/min Imp. gal/min Us gal./min
1,0000 0,0600 2,1189 0,0353 0,2200 0,2642
16,6667 1,0000 35,3147 0,5886 3,6662 4,4029
0,4719 0,0283 1,0000 0,0167 0,1038 0,1247
28,3168 1,6990 60,0000 1,0000 6,2288 7,4805
4,5461 0,2728 9,6326 0,1605 1,0000 1,2009
3,7854 0,2271 8,0208 0,1337 0,8327 1,0000
PRESSURE
SURE
PRESSURE
PRES AND
ANDHEAD
HEAD
Newton per kilo Pascal bar Pound force per metre millimetre of
square metre square inch of water mercury
N/m2 kPa bar psi m H 2O mm Hg
1,0000 0,0010 1 x 10-5 1.45 x 10-4 1.02 x 10-4 0,0075
1000,0000 1,0000 0,0100 0,1450 0,1020 7,5006
1 x 105 100,0000 1,0000 14,5038 10,1972 750,0638
6894,7570 6,8948 0,0689 1,0000 0,7031 51,7151
9806,6500 9,8067 0,0981 1,4223 1,0000 73,5561
133,3220 0,1333 0,0013 0,0193 0,0136 1,0000
LENGTH
TH
LENGTH
LENG
millimetre centimetre metre inch foot yard
mm cm m in ft yd
1,0000 0,1000 0,0010 0,0394 0,0033 0,0011

10,0000 1,0000 0,0100 0,3937 0,0328 0,0109
1000,0000 100,0000 1,0000 39,3701 3,2808 1,0936
25,4000 2,5400 0,0254 1,0000 0,0833 0,0278
304,8000 30,4800 0,3048 12,0000 1,0000 0,3333
914,4000 91,4400 0,9144 36,0000 3,0000 1,0000
VOLUME
V OLUME
OLUME
cubic metre litre millilitre imp. Gallon US gallon cubic foot
3
m litro ml imp. gal. US gal. ft3
1,0000 1000,0000 1 x 106 219,9694 264,1720 35,3147

0,0010 1,0000 1000,0000 0,2200 0,2642 0,0353
1 x 10-6 0,0010 1,0000 2.2 x 10-4 2.642 x 10-4 3.53 x 10-5
0,0045 4,5461 4546,0870 1,0000 1,2009 0,1605
0,0038 3,7854 3785,4120 0,8327 1,0000 0,1337
0,0283 28,3168 28316,8466 6,2288 7,4805 1,0000
G-at_pp-en_a_sc
FURTHER PRODUCT SELECTION AND DOCUMENTATION
DOCUMENTA
Xylect
Xylect is pump solution selection software with an extensive online database of product information across the entire
Lowara, and Vogel range of pumps and related products, with multiple search options and helpful project management
facilities. The system holds up-to-date product information on thousands of products and accessories.
The possibility to search by applications and the detailed information output given makes it easy to make the optimal
selection without having detailed knowledge about the Lowara and Vogel products.
The search can be made by:

• Application
• Product type
• Duty point
Xylect gives a detailed output:

• List with search results
• Performance curves (flow, head, power,
efficiency, NPSH)
• Motor data
• Dimensional drawings
• Options
• Data sheet printouts
The search by application guides users not familiar with
• Document downloads incl dxf files the product range to the right choice.
FURTHER PRODUCT SELECTION AND DOCUMENTATION
DOCUMENTA
Xylect
The detailed output makes it easy to select the optimal pump from the given alternatives.
The best way to work with Xylect is to create a

personal account. This makes it possible to:
• Set own standard units
• Create and save projects
• Share projects with other Xylect users
Every user have a My Xylect space, where all projects

are saved.
For more information about Xylect please contact Dimensional drawings appear on the screen and can be
our sales network or visit www.xylect.com. downloaded in dxf format.
Xylem
1) The tissue in plants that brings water upward from the roots;
2) a leading global water technology company.
We’re 12,000 people unified in a common purpose: creating innovative solutions

to meet our world’s water needs. Developing new technologies that will improve
the way water is used, conserved, and re-used in the future is central to our work.
We move, treat, analyze, and return water to the environment, and we help people
use water efficiently, in their homes, buildings, factories and farms. In more than 150
countries, we have strong, long-standing relationships with customers who know us
for our powerful combination of leading product brands and applications expertise,
backed by a legacy of innovation.
For more information on how Xylem can help you, go to xyleminc.com.
Headquarters
LOWARA S.r.l. Unipersonale
Via Vittorio Lombardi 14
36075 Montecchio Maggiore - Vicenza - Italy
Tel.(+39) 0444 707111 - Fax(+39) 0444 492166
e-mail: lowara.mkt@xyleminc.com
web: www.lowara.com - www.completewatersystems.com
LOWARA reserves the right to make modification without prior notice.
LOWARA is a trademark of Xylem Inc. or one of its subsidiaries.
wG8±[´¨wO±8´±
ÁwU[¨«
±,v±,+±*,±d
Ê>Ì£ÊVÞìÀÃÊÜiÀiÊìÃ}i`ÊÜÌÊÃ«>ViÊÃ>Û}ÃÊÊ`°
ÛiÊìÃÊvviÀÊvÛiÊÜ>ÞÃÊÌÊÃ>ÛiÊÃ«>Vi°
U >Ì£]ÊÌiÊÀ}>ÊÀÕ`ÊVÞìÀ
U -µÕ>ÀiÊ>Ì£]ÊvÀÊ>``Ì>ÊÕÌ}ÊÛ>À>ÌÃ
U >Ì]ÊÌiÊÀÕ`]Ê`Õ>Ê«ÃÌÊÀ`]ÊÀÌ>Ì}ÊVÞìÀ
U -µÕ>ÀiÊ>Ì]ÊÌiÊÃµÕ>Ài]Ê`Õ>Ê«ÃÌÊÀ`]ÊÀÌ>Ì}ÊVÞìÀ {ÎäxÊÃÌ>iÃÃÊÃÌii
«ÃÌÊÀ`
U ÓÉÎÉ{ÊvÀÊÌÜ]ÊÌÀii]ÊÀÊvÕÀÊÌiÃÊÌiÊvÀVi
Ê>ÊÃ}iÊVÞìÀ "Ê«Ài}>Ìi`
U *ÊvÀÊÌÀiiÊ«ÃÌÃ LÀâiÊÀ`ÊLÕÃ}
²
`âi`
>ÕÕÊ>Þ
²²
i>`Ã
²
Õ>Ê Ê¸"¸ÊÀ}
À`ÊÃi>
{Îä£ÊÃÌ>iÃÃÊÃÌii
VÞìÀÊL`Þ
²
Õ>Ê Ê¸"¸ÊÀ}
«ÃÌÊÃi>
²
-«>ViÊÃ>Û}ÃÊÜÌÕÌÊÃ>VÀvV}ÊµÕ>ÌÞÊi>ÃÊLiÌÌiÀÊ«iÀvÀ>ViÊ>`Ê}iÀÊVÞìÀÊvi°
>Ì£ÊvviÀÃÊÌiÃiÊµÕ>ÌÞÊvi>ÌÕÀiÃ\
U {Îä£ÊÃÌ>iÃÃÊÃÌiiÊ8xÊ
À Ê£n°®Ê U ÀÕ`Ê>`Ê«Ãi`Ê{ÎäxÊÃÌ>iÃÃÊÃÌii
VÞìÀÊL`ÞÊÜÌÊ>ÊÀÀÀÊvÃÊ°° 8£ÓÊ
À Ê£n°n®Ê«ÃÌÊÀ`°
-Ì>iÃÃÊÃÌiiÊv}ÌÃÊVÀÀÃÊ>`
U }ÊÃÌÀi}ÌÊ«ÃÌÊÌÊÀ`ÊViVÌ°
ÃVÀ}ÊvÀÊ`ÀÌÊ«>ÀÌViÃ°Ê/iÊÀiÃÕÌÊÃ
}iÀÊ«ÃÌÊÃi>Êvi° U *ÀiVÃÊ>Vi`]Ê>`âi`Ê>ÕÕ
>ÞÊi>`Ã°
U "Ê«Ài}>Ìi`ÊLÀâiÊÀ`ÊLÕÃ}ÊÃ
ÃÌ>`>À`ÊÊ>ÊìÃ°Ê ÊÃ>VÀvViÊv
LÕÃ}Êi}ÌÊÌÊÃ>ÛiÊÃ«>Vi°
««ÀÝ>ÌiÊ*ÜiÀÊ>VÌÀÃ
ÀÊ>ÊìÃÊiÝVi«ÌÊÓ]ÊÎ]Ê{®
£{ r £xÊ ÉL>À

£ r ÓnÊ ÉL>À ÀÊiÝ>«i]Ê>Ê£{ÊLÀi
ÓÇ r xÇÊ ÉL>À ìÊäÓÓxÊÜÊiÝiÀÌÊ>ÊvÀVi
În r ££ÎÊ ÉL>À vÊ>««ÀÝ>ÌiÞÊÇx ÊÜiÊÌi
xä r £ÈÊ ÉL>À ÃÕ««ÞÊ«ÀiÃÃÕÀiÊÃÊxÊL>À°
ÈÎ r Î££Ê ÉL>À
ÇÈ r {xÎÊ ÉL>À
£ä£ r nä£Ê ÉL>À
µ
mxD6u6 l umySW W mL
U `ÞÊpÊ{Îä£Ê-Ì>iÃÃÊ-Ìii
U i>`ÃÊpÊ`âi`ÊÕÕÊÞ
U *ÃÌÊ,`ÊpÊÀÕ`Ê>`Ê*Ãi`Ê{ÎäxÊ-Ì>iÃÃÊ-Ìii
U -i>ÃÊpÊ Õ>Ê Ê}ÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀiÊÃi>ÃÊ«Ì>®
U ,`Ê ÕÃ}ÊpÊ"Ê«Ài}>Ìi`Ê Àâi
U -«À}ÊÀViÃÊpÊ-iiÊ*>}iÊÎ°Ç
U *ÀiÃÃÕÀiÊ,>Ì}ÊpÊ£{Ê >ÀÊ>ÝÕÊÀÊÞ®
U /i«iÀ>ÌÕÀiÊ,>Ì}ÊpÊÀÊÓxc
ÊÌÊ³Èxc
Õ>Ê ÊÃi>ÃÊÜÌÊ>ÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀiÊÀ>}iÊvÊÓxc
ÊÌÊ³Èxc
Ê>ÀiÊ
ÃÌ>`>À`ÊÊ>Ê L>Ê>ÀÊVÞìÀÃ°ÊÕÀi>ÃÌiÀÊÃi>ÃÊÀ>Ìi`ÊvÀ
}iÀÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀiÊ>««V>ÌÃÊ>ÀiÊ>Û>>Li°ÊvÊVÞìÀÃÊ>ÀiÊ«iÀ
>Ìi`ÊLiÜÊ£nc
ÊvÀÊiÝÌiì`ÊÌiÊ«iÀ`Ã]ÊÃ«iV>Ê`vV>ÌÃ
>ÞÊLiÊÀiµÕÀi`°Ê-«iV>ÊÃi>Ê>ÌiÀ>ÃÊ>ÀiÊ>Û>>LiÊÕ«ÊÀiµÕiÃÌ°
¿±´± Ü[¨
/iÊìÊ ÕLiÀÊvÀÊ>Ê>Ì£ÊVÞìÀÃÊVÃÃÌÃÊvÊÌÀiiÊ>«>ÕiÀVÊVÕÃÌiÀÃ°Ê/iÃiÊìÃ}>ÌiÊÌÞ«i]
LÀiÊÃâiÊ>`ÊÃÌÀiÊi}Ì]Ê>`ÊÕÌ}Ê>`ÊÃ«iV>Ê«ÌÃ°ÊÊ*i>ÃiÊÀiviÀÊÌÊÌiÊV>ÀÌÃÊLiÜÊvÀÊ>
iÝ>«iÊvÊìÊ ÕLiÀÊ£Ç£xÎ6°Ê/ÃÊÃÊ>Ê`ÕLiÊ>VÌ}]ÊÎnÊLÀi]Ê£xÊÃÌÀiÊVÞìÀÊÜÌ
ÌÀi>ì`ÊÕÌ}ÊiÃÊLÌÊi`ÃÊ>`Ê}ÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀiÊ«Ì°
/9* ", Ê-< -/," Ê /
ÕLiÊVÌ}]Ê-}iÊ `Ê,` äÓ £{ Î£ xä x x

ÕLiÊVÌ}]ÊÕLiÊ `Ê,` ä{ £ xä ÈÎ {ä {ä
, ,iÛiÀÃiÊVÌ} ä ÓÇ Çä ÇÈ £ää £ää
- -}iÊVÌ} £Ç În £Óx £ä£ /
°
u©iu¯2
"*/" -
"1 / Ê"*/" - ÌiÀÊÊ>«>LiÌV>ÊÀìÀ]ÊiÝVi«ÌÊ ÊÜVÊÃÊ>ÃÌ®
ÌiÀÊÊÕiÀVÊÀìÀ® Õ«iÀÃÊLÌÊi`ÃÓ
Õ«iÀÊvÀÌÓ
Ê ÕLiÀ >ÃVÊì , Õ«iÀÊÀi>ÀÓ
£ *ÛÌÊÕÌ / iÊvi>iÊÌÀi>`ÊÃiiÊ«>}iÊÎ°{®
£ *ÛÌÊÕÌÊäc vÀÊÃÌ>`>À` ÜÊÀ`Ê`ÕLiÊi`ÊìÃÊ
ÓI ÀÌÊÌÀÕÊÕÌ Þ®ÊÃiiÊ«>}iÊÎ°Ç®
i>ÛÞÊ`ÕÌÞÊÀi>ÀÊi>`ÊÃiiÊ«>}iÊÎ°È®
Ó,I ,i>ÀÊÌÀÕÊÕÌ
>}>ÕLiÁ
Î /Ài>ì`ÊÕÌ}ÊiÃ]ÊLÌÊi`Ã >Ã>viÊ«iÀ>Ì
Î /Ài>ì`ÊÕÌ}ÊiÃ]ÊvÀÌ / >iÊÀ`Êi`ÊV>ÀÃiÊÌÀi>`®ÊÃiiÊ«>}iÊÎ°Ç®
Î, /Ài>ì`ÊÕÌ}ÊiÃ]ÊÀi>À / >iÊÀ`Êi`ÊviÊÌÀi>`®ÊÃiiÊ«>}iÊÎ°Ç®
{ -VÀiÜÊVi>À>ViÊiÃ]ÊLÌÊi`Ã / ÌÀi>ì`ÊÀ`
{ -VÀiÜÊVi>À>ViÊiÃ]ÊvÀÌ *ÓI]Ê*Î]Ê*{I ÀÌÊ«ÀÌÊ«ÃÌÊÓ]ÊiÌV°ÊÃiiÊ«>}iÊÎ°Î®
{, -VÀiÜÊVi>À>ViÊiÃ]ÊÀi>À ÜÊvÀVÌÊÃi>ÃÊÃiiÊ«>}iÊÎ°È®
x ÃiÊÕÌII ]Ê£]ÊÎ]Ê{ >}iÌVÊ«ÃÌÊÃiÃ}ÊÃiiÊ*ÃÌÊ
-iÃ}Ê-ÕÌÃ]Ê«>}iÊÇ°Ç®£
I ÌÊ>Û>>LiÊÊ£{ÊLÀi° + ÜÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀiÊ«iÀ>ÌÊ{äÂ
ÊÌÊxÂ
®
IIÛ>>LiÊÊ]Ê-Ê>`Ê,ÊìÃ°ÊVÕìÃÊi>ÛÞ - -Ì>iÃÃÊÃÌiiÊv>ÃÌiiÀÃ
`ÕÌÞÊÀi>ÀÊi>`° /£]Ê/Î]Ê/{ ``Ì>ÊÃÜÌVÊÕÌ}Ê«ÃÌÊV>Ìi`ÊÊ
«ÃÌÊ£]ÊÎÊÀÊ{
6 }ÊÌi«iÀ>ÌÕÀiÊ«ÌÊ£nÊÌÊ³Óäxc
®
7 ,`ÊÜ«iÀÊ Õ>Ê ÊÞ®ÊÃiiÊ«>}iÊÎ°Ç®
9 ÞV>ÌÊ-Ó °°ÊV>Ì}®
£ä £äÊiÝÌÀ>ÊÀ`ÊiÝÌiÃ]ÊiÌV°
xä xäÊiÝÌÀ>ÊÀ`ÊiÝÌiÃ]ÊiÌV°
I ÌÊ>Û>>LiÊÊ£{ÊLÀi
£Ê
vÊ>}iÌVÊ«ÃÌÊÃiÃ}ÊÃÊÃ«iVvi`ÊÜÌÊÕÀi>ÃÌiÀÊ-i>Ã]Ê
ÃÌ>`>À`Ê Õ> ÊL>Ãi`Ê>}iÌÊÜÊLiÊ«ÀÛì`°Ê>}iÌV
«ÃÌÊÃiÃ}ÊÃÊÌÊÀi>LiÊ>LÛiÊxäc
°
Ó
Õ«iÀÃÊÀi`ÕViÊÃÌÀiÊLÞÊ£°xÊ«iÀÊi`
>}>ÕLiÁ ÃÊ>ÊÌÀ>ì>ÀÊvÊ
>ÀiÌ-ÌÕ>ÀÌÊ
«>Þ°
µ·
W mL mxD6u6 l umySW
8«wO±±U[«
+ ±¯kµ
Ó

"/
ìÊ
,

/9*°
ÕLiÊVÌ}]Ê Ê*",/

-}iÊ `Ê,`® ," £ Î
°
Ê
,
+ ±¯kµ·
" -Ê",
-Ì>`>À`ÊÃÌÀiÃ /9*° Ê-"
/Ê

*Ê-
, 7
Î°Ó]Êx]Ê£ä]Ê£x]ÊÓä]ÊÓx]ÊÎä] Î°Ó
{ä]Êxä]Ênä]Ê£ää "
/" Ê"Ê/°Ê" -
£{Ê ", Ê" 9
{
>Ê³Ê-/,"
8´
Ó

"/

ìÊ
/9*°

,

ÕLiÊVÌ}]Ê /9*°
Ê*",/

ÕLiÊ `Ê,`® ," Î
° £
Ê
,
" -Ê",
-Ì>`>À`ÊÃÌÀiÃ Ê-"
/
Ê
*
Î°Ó]Êx]Ê£ä]Ê£x]ÊÓä]ÊÓx] Î°ÓÊ³ Î°Ó -
, 7
-/,"
Îä]Ê{ä]Êxä]Ênä]Ê£ää "
/" Ê"Ê/°Ê" - {
([¸v,¸¨
£{Ê ", Ê" 9
LÊ³Ê-/,"
Ó

"/
ìÊ-
/9*°

,

-}iÊVÌ}]Ê
Ê*",/
-«À}Ê,iÌÕÀ]Ê
-´¨8
,"
° Î
,`Ê À>ÞÊ,iÌÀ>VÌi`® Ê
, £
" -Ê",
/9*°
Ê-"
/
Ê
*
-Ì>`>À`ÊÃÌÀiÃ Î°Ó -
, 7
Î°Ó]Êx]Ê£ä]Ê£x]ÊÓä]ÊÓx]ÊÎä] "
/" Ê"Ê/°Ê" - {
£{Ê ", Ê" 9
{ä]Êxä
Ê³Ê-/,"

Ì>VÌÊÃÌÀLÕÌÀÊvÀÊ«ÀViÊ>`ÊìÃÃÊÛiÀÊxäÊÃÌÀi°ÊÊ-iiÊ«>}iÊÎ°ÇÊvÀÊÃ«À}ÊvÀViÃ°
¿±
´¨
Ó

"/
ìÊ,
/9*°

,

,iÛiÀÃiÊVÌ}]Ê
-«À}Ê,iÌÕÀ]Ê Ê*",/
,`Ê À>ÞÊ ÝÌiì`® ,"
° £ Î
Ê
,
" -Ê",
+[«wm±+¸´w«
/9*° Ê-"
/
-Ì>`>À`ÊÃÌÀiÃ Î°ÓÊ³
Ê
*
(«w´w
-
, 7
Î°Ó]Êx]Ê£ä]Ê£x]ÊÓä]ÊÓx]ÊÎä] -/,"
"
/" Ê"Ê/°Ê" - {
{ä]Êxä `Ê³Ê-/,"
£{Ê ", Ê" 9

Ì>VÌÊÃÌÀLÕÌÀÊvÀÊ«ÀViÊ>`ÊìÃÃÊÛiÀÊxäÊÃÌÀi°ÊÊ-iiÊ«>}iÊÎ°ÇÊvÀÊÃ«À}ÊvÀViÃ°
µµ
mxD6u6 l umySW W mL
w[«w«
>ÃVÊì®
VI Ì
Ài >I LI
Ê-Ì`°
äÓx ÓÈxä äÓx ÓÈxx
£{ÊäÓ® Ón°x £{°Î £Ç°{ Óä°È Î{° ÓÇ°ä {£°Î ÓÓ°x Ó Î {
£Êä{® În°ä £{°Î £Ç°{ Óä°È Î{° ÓÇ°ä {£°Î Î£°ä { Î x
ÓÇÊä® xä°È ÓÓ°Ó ÓÎ°n ÓÓ°Ó În°£ Î{° xä°n {Î°ä { Î n
ÎnÊ£Ç® ÈÈ°{ ÓÓ°Ó Óx°{ ÓÓ°Ó În°£ Î{° xä°n xÈ°ä { x £ä
xäÊÎ£® Ç°£ ÓÎ°n ÓÇ°ä ÓÎ°n Î°Ç ÎÈ°x xÓ°{ Èn°ä { x £Ó
ÈÎÊxä® x°ä Îä°Ó ÎÎ°Î Îä°Ó xÓ°{ {°Ó nn° nÎ°ä { È £Ó
ÇÈÊÇä® £äÇ°Ç Î£°n Î{° Î£°n x{°ä xä°n ÇÎ°ä È°ä { È £È
£ä£Ê£Óx® £Î°x Î°Ç {Ó° Î°Ç È£° xn°Ç n£°ä £Óx°ä { n Óä
Ài Êi Êi«Ì
£{ÊäÓ® {Ýä°x ££°Ç È°Î x°x n°Ç Î°È x

£Êä{® xÝä°x ££°Ç Ç° È°ä n°Ç Î°È x
ÓÇÊä® nÝ£°ä £Ç°n £Ó°Ç ££°ä £Ó°Ç È°{ Ê£Én
ÎnÊ£Ç® £äÝ£°Óx £Ç°n £x° £Ó°ä £Ó°Ç È°{ Ê£Én
xäÊÎ£® £ÓÝ£°Óx £Ç°n £°£ £È°ä £Î°x È°{ Ê£Én
ÈÎÊxä® £ÓÝ£°Óx £Ç°n £°£ £È°ä £È°Ç n°Î Ê£Én
ÇÈÊÇä® £ÈÝ£°x £n°x ÓÓ°Ó £°ä £Ç°x n°Î Ê£Én
£ä£Ê£Óx® ÓäÝ£°x Óä°Î Óx°{ ÓÓ°ä Ó£°{ £ä°Ç Ê£É{
I-iiÊ«>}iÊÎ°ÈÊvÀÊi}ÌÊ>`ìÀÃÊvÀÊ«ÌÃ°
µk
W mL mxD6u6 l umySW
¸´wm± ´w«
+ ±¯kµ
/ÀÕÊÕÌ *ÛÌÊÕÌ
Ài>ÀÊÀÊvÀÌ® £ÊÃÜ®
ÓÊÃÜ®
«iÌiÊÜÌÊLÀâiÊ«ÛÌÊLÕÃ}°
ÌÊ>Û>>LiÊÊ£{ÊLÀi° ÌÊ>Û>>LiÊ>ÃÊ>Ê>VViÃÃÀÞ°
+ ±¯kµ·
* *
8´
/Ài>ì`ÊÕÌ}ÊiÃ
>Û>>LiÊiÌiÀÊÀÊLÌÊi`Ã®
Î,ÊÃÜ®
£{Ê Ài £Ê ÀiÊ>`Ê>À}iÀ
äO
/9*°
([¸v,¸¨
ä¨
/9*°
/,
I
, " -
{ /,
, " -
-´¨8

Ê "/

"/
,

,

"
/" Ê"Ê/°Ê" -
£{Ê ", Ê" 9
I{Î¨£Ê ÀiÊÞÊ{x¨>ÊÌiÀÊLÀiÃÊ
ÃiÊÕÌ -VÀiÜÊ
i>À>ViÊiÃ
¿±
´¨
>Û>>LiÊÊ]Ê-]Ê,® >Û>>LiÊiÌiÀÊÀÊLÌÊi`Ã®
xÊÃÜ® {,ÊÃÜ®
VÕìÃÊi>ÛÞÊ`ÕÌÞÊÀi>ÀÊi>`ÆÊÃiiÊ«>}iÊÎ°È

8
+[«wm±+¸´w«

(«w´w
Î°Ó

µh
mxD6u6 l umySW W mL
w[«w«
ÃiÊÕÌ®
Ài

£{ÊäÓ® £°xÓ Ó{ÊiÝ °Èx £ÈÊÝÊ£°xÊÈ} £Ó°Çä È
£Êä{® £°xÓ ÎÓÊiÝ °Èx ÓÓÊÝÊ£°xÊÈ} £x°Çx È
ÓÇÊä® Î°Îä {ÈÊiÝ £°äx ÎäÊÝÊ£°xÊÈ} Óx°{ä n
ÎnÊ£Ç® Î°Îä ÈäÊiÝ £°äx ÎnÊÝÊ£°xÊÈ} Î£°Çx £ä
xäÊÎ£® {°nÎ ÇäÊiÝ ÓÓ°Îx {xÊÝÊ£°xÊÈ} Îx°äx £ä
ÈÎÊxä® È°Îx ÇäÊiÝ Óx°{ä {xÊÝÊ£°xÊÈ} Îx°äx £ä
ÇÈÊÇä® È°Îx näÊiÝ Óx°{ä xÓÊÝÊ£°xÊÈ} Îx°äx £Ó
£ä£Ê£Óx® {°nÎ näÊiÝ Ón°{x xÓÊÝÊ£°xÊÈ} {{°{x £Ó
ÕÌ}Ê"«ÌÃ®
Ài * + , - / 1 7 8 9 <
£{ÊäÓ® É É É x Î °x x È°x £ {°È £È x
£Êä{® n Î {°x x Î °x x È°x £ È £ x
ÓÇÊä® £Î È È°x x Î °x È°x È°x Óä°x È £ x
ÎnÊ£Ç® £Î È È°x £ä x £ È°x ££°x Îä Îx °x
xäÊÎ£® £Î È È°x £ä x £ n ££ ÎÓ Îx °x
ÈÎÊxä® £È n n°x £ä È £ °x ££ ÎÎ°x £ä°x Îx °x
ÇÈÊÇä® £È n n°x £È È Óx°x °x £{ {Î £ä°x {Ç°x °x
£ä£Ê£Óx® £ £ä £ä°x £È n Óx°x ££ £{°x {{°x £Î°x {Ç°x °x
>ÝÕÊ/ÀµÕiÊ,iVi`>ÌÃÊ ®
"/ \Ê ÝVii`}
Ài >ÝÕÊ/ÀµÕi ÀiViì`ÊÌÀµÕi
£{ÊäÓ® £È >ÞÊV>ÕÃiÊÕÌ}
ÌÀi>`ÃÊÌÊÃi>À°
£Êä{® În
ÓÇÊä® £ÎÈ
ÎnÊ£Ç® £ÈÎ
xäÊÎ£® £ÇÈ
ÈÎÊxä® £ÇÈ
ÇÈÊÇä® £ÇÈ
£ä£Ê£Óx® ÓäÎ
´w«
iÃ>ÊÛ>À>ÌÃÊvÀÊÃÌ>`>À`Ê>ÃÊÃÜ°®
Ii>ÛÞÊ`ÕÌÞÊÀi>ÀÊi>`ÊÃ
i}ÌÊ`ìÀ
ÀiViì`ÊvÀÊ>««V>ÌÃ
Ài ÜÊÀVÌ i>ÛÞÊÕÌÞ >}iÌVÊ*ÃÌÊ-iÃ}II ÜiÀiÊÌiÊVÞìÀÊÃÊÕÌi`Ê
ÌiÊvÀÌÊv>ViÊÀÊÌÀÕ
-i>ÃÊ® ,i>ÀÊi>ÌÊ® ]Ê - , ÕÌi`]Ê>`Ê«>VÌÊ>`}ÊÓä
ÀÊÀiÊVÞViÃÊ«iÀÊÕÌi®
£{ÊäÓ® È°{ Î°Ó ÓÓ°Ó £x° °x
VVÕÀÃÊLiÌÜiiÊÌiÊ«ÃÌÊ>`
£Êä{® È°{ Î°Ó ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó Ài>ÀÊi>`°ÊÌÊVÀi>ÃiÃÊÌiÊÛiÀ>
ÓÇÊä® °x {°n ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó i}ÌÊvÊÌiÊVÞìÀÊ>ÃÊÃÜ°
ÎnÊ£Ç® °x {°n ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó IIÊÕÊÃÌÀiÊvÊ°xÊÃ

ÀiµÕÀi`ÊÌÊÃiÃiÊiÝÌi`}Êi`
xäÊÎ£® °x {°n ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó vÃÌÀiÊ«ÃÌ°ÊÊÀÊÜ
ÈÎÊxä® °x È°{ ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó vÀVÌÊÃi>ÃÊÕÃi`ÊÊVÕVÌ
ÜÌÊ>}iÌVÊ«ÃÌÊÃiÃ}]
ÇÈÊÇä® £Ó°Ç È°{ ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó
ÕÃiÊÊi}ÌÊ>`ìÀÊÞ°
£ä£Ê£Óx® £Ó°Ç °x ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó ÓÓ°Ó
µ¯
W mL mxD6u6 l umySW
´w«
+ ±¯kµ
,`Ê7«iÀÊ"«ÌÊ7® >iÊ,`Ê `ÃÊ"«ÌÊ/ÊÀÊ/®
{°n
+ ±¯kµ·

/,
°x

Ài
Ài 7 / /
£{ÊäÓ® £{°Î £{ÊäÓ® { {ÊÝÊä°x £ä
£Êä{® £Ç°x £Êä{® x xÊÝÊä°x £ä
ÓÇÊä® ÓÓ°Ó
8´
ÓÇÊä® n nÊÝÊ£°ä £Ó
ÎnÊ£Ç® Óx°{ ÎnÊ£Ç® £ä £äÊÝÊ£°Óx £Ó
ÊxäÊÎ£®Ê ÊxäÊÎ£®Ê
Ón°È £Ó £ÓÊÝÊ£°Óx £È
ÈÎÊxä® ÈÎÊxä®
ÇÈÊÇä® Î£°n ÇÈÊÇä® £È £ÈÊÝÊ£°x Óä
£ä£Ê£Óx® Î{° £ä£Ê£Óx® Óä ÓäÊÝÊ£°x Óä
([¸v,¸¨
ÊÜÊ,`ÃÊ"«ÌÊ®
iÊ>iÌiÀ
Ài i>i >i
,`Ê/Ài>`Ã ,`Ê/Ài>`Ã
£{ÊäÓ® Î°Ó É
£Êä{® Î°È Ó°{
-´¨8
ÓÇÊä® x°È {°ä
ÎnÊ£Ç® Ç°£ {°n
ÊxäÊÎ£®Ê
°x È°{
ÈÎÊxä®
ÇÈÊÇä® ££°£ Ç°
£ä£Ê£Óx® £Ó°Ç °x
¿±
´¨
VÃi`Ê-«À}ÊÀViÃ
-«À}Ê,>ÌiÊ
>ÝÕ
Ài £ÓxÊ ÓÈxäÊ
>`
ÃÌÀi ÃÌÀi
£{ÊäÓ® Óx °Ç{Ê É °ÎäÊ É
£Êä{® {x £°äxÊ É °{{Ê É
ÓÇÊä® xä £°äxÊ É °{{Ê É
+[«wm±+¸´w«
ÎnÊ£Ç®Ê
(«w´w
xÇ °xÊ É °ÎÊ É

xäÊÎ£®Ê
ÈÎÊxä®Ê
ÇÈÊÇä®Ê ££ä £°£ÎÊ É °{nÊ É
£ä£Ê£Óx®ÊÊ
µ®
mxD6u6 l umySW W mL
*[8w¨±(8¨´«
-}iÊ `Ê,`ÊÌÃ ÕLiÊ `Ê,`ÊÌÃ
>ÃVÊ,i«>ÀÊÌÊ "®I >ÃVÊ,i«>ÀÊÌÊ "®I
*>ÀÌÊ ° iÃVÀ«Ì +Õ>ÌÌÞ *>ÀÌÊ ° iÃVÀ«Ì +Õ>ÌÌÞ

*£ ,`Ê-i>ÊÊ £ *£ ,`Ê-i>ÊÊ Ó
*Ó *ÃÌÊ-i> £ *Ó *ÃÌÊ-i> £
*Î /ÕLiÊ-i>ÊÊ Ó *Î /ÕLiÊ-i>ÊÊ Ó
*{ ÕÃ} Ó *{ ÕÃ} Ó
7«iÀÊ"«ÌÊ >ÃVÊ,i«>ÀÊÌÊ "7®I 7«iÀÊ"«ÌÊ >ÃVÊ,i«>ÀÊÌÊ "7®I
*>ÀÌÊ ° iÃVÀ«Ì +Õ>ÌÌÞ *>ÀÌÊ ° iÃVÀ«Ì +Õ>ÌÌÞ
*£ ,`Ê-i>ÊÊ £ *£ ,`Ê-i>ÊÊ Ó
*Ó *ÃÌÊ-i> £ *Ó *ÃÌÊ-i> £
*Î /ÕLiÊ-i>ÊÊ Ó *Î /ÕLiÊ-i>ÊÊ Ó
*{ ÕÃ} £ *x 7«iÀÊ ÕÃ} Ó
*x 7«iÀÊ ÕÃ} £ *È 7«iÀ Ó
*È 7«iÀ £ IÕÃÌÊÃ«iVvÞÊLÀiÊÃâiÊÜiÊÀìÀi`°Ê
Ì>VÌÊÞÕÀÊV>
ÊÃÌÀLÕÌÀÊvÀÊ«ÀV}ÊÊÌÃÊ>`ÊÌiÀÊÀi«>ÀÊ«>ÀÌÃ°
-}iÊ `Ê,`ÊÌÃÊvÀÊ ÃiÊÕÌÊ"«Ì

>ÃVÊ,i«>ÀÊÌÊ " ®
*>ÀÌÊ ° iÃVÀ«Ì +Õ>ÌÌÞ ÕÌ}Ê ÕÌÃ
*£ ,`Ê-i> £ *>ÀÌÊ °
Ài
*Ó *ÃÌÊ-i> £
£{ÊäÓ® ÈÓÇxÓ
*Î /ÕLiÊ-i> Ó
£Êä{® ÈÓÇxÎ
*{ ÕÃ} Ó
ÓÇÊä® ÈÓÇx{
7«iÀ
ÎnÊ£Ç® ÈÓÇxx
ÈÎÈÎÓ £{ÊäÓ® £ xäÊÎ£® ÈÓÇxÈ
ÈÎÈÎÎ £Êä{® £ ÈÎÊxä® ÈÓÇxÈ
ÈÎÈÎ{ ÓÇÊä® £ ÇÈÊÇä® ÈÓÇnx
ÈÎÈÎx ÎnÊ£Ç® £ £ä£Ê£Óx® ÈÓÇnx
ÈÎÈÎÈ xäÊÎ£®]ÊÈÎÊxä® £
ÈÎÈÎÇ ÇÈÊÇä® £
ÈÎÈÎn £ä£Ê£Óx® £
3[wmu´«
««ÀÝ>ÌiÊ
ÞìÀÊ7i}ÌÃÊ}Ã®
]Ê- , ÃiÊÕÌÊ«Ì
Ài `ìÀÊ«iÀÊ
`ìÀÊ `ìÀÊ `ìÀÊ
xÊvÊ `ìÀÊÌÊL>ÃiÊ
>Ãi «iÀÊxÊ >Ãi «iÀÊxÊ >Ãi «iÀÊxÊ
ÃÌÀiÊvÀÊ Üi}Ì
vÊÃÌÀi vÊÃÌÀi vÊÃÌÀi
Ê«Ì
£{ÊäÓ® Î{ Î°È ÎÇ È°n {°{ ÎÈ° Î°È x
£Êä{® x{ {°{ Èä È°n xÈ°Ç {°{ £ä
ÓÇÊä® £Î £Î°{ £È{ £Ç°n £Î°{ £xä°Î £Î°{ {ä
ÎnÊ£Ç® ÓÇÓ £Ç°n Î£n ÓÈ°Ç ÓÓ°Î ÓÇ°Ç £Ç°n Çä
xäÊÎ£® ÎÈ ÓÓ°Î {Î£ Î£°£ ÓÈ°Ç ÎÈ° ÓÓ°Î £Óä
ÈÎÊxä® ÈÎx ÓÈ°Ç Ç{ Îx°x Î£°£ Çän°Ç ÓÈ°Ç £Îä
ÇÈÊÇä® n£ Îx°x £äÇÇ { {ä°£ Ó£°{ Îx°x £nä
£ä£Ê£Óx® £xÇ {{°È ÓäÎÈ xn { £ÇxÓ°ä {{°È Ó£ä
µ`
TECHNICAL ADDENDUM SHEET FOR ATEX 94/9/EC
GB PALL METAL FILTER HOUSINGS 2
FR CORPS DE FILTRE EN METAL PALL 3
DE METALL-FILTERGEHÄUSE VON PALL 4
ES CARCASAS METÁLICAS PALL PARA FILTROS 5
PT CAIXAS DE FILTRO METÁLICAS PALL 6
IT CONTENITORI PER FILTRI METALLICI PALL 7
NL PALL METALEN FILTERKASTEN 8
DK PALL METAL FILTER HYLSTER 9
NO PALL HUS FOR METALLFILTER 10
SE PALL METALLFILTERHUS 11
FI PALL METALLISET SUODATINKOTELOT 12
GR ΜΕΤΑΛΛΙΚΑ ΠΕΡΙΒΛΗΜΑΤΑ ΦΙΛΤΡΟΥ PALL 13
MT APPARAT TA’ FILTRU TAL-METALL MINN PALL 14
SL PALL KOVINSKA OHIŠJA FILTROV 15
SK KOVOVÉ TELESÁ FILTROV PALL 16
CS KOVOVÉ SKŘÍNĚ FILTRŮ PALL 17
PL METALOWE OBUDOWY FILTRÓW PALL 18
ET PALL’I METALLFILTERAGREGAADID 19
HN PALL FÉM SZŰRŐBURKOLATOK 20
LT PALL FILTRŲ METALINIAI KORPUSAI 21
LV “PALL” METĀLA FILTRU APVALKI 22
CN PALL 金属过滤机架 23
JP パル金属フィルターハウジング 24
RU МЕТАЛЛИЧЕСКИЕ КОРПУСА ФИЛЬТРОВ КОМПАНИИ PALL 25
LP00833 Page 1
GB PALL METAL FILTER HOUSINGS

Installation and maintenance should be undertaken by a competent person. National and local codes of practice,
Environmental Regulations and Health & Safety Directives must be adhered to and take precedence over any stated or
implied practices within this document.
For fluids having low conductivity, there exists the possibility of the generation of static electricity during use with metal
assemblies containing polymeric components. This could potentially lead to a static electricity discharge resulting in the
ignition of a potentially explosive atmosphere where such an atmosphere is present.
Where these Pall products may be used with such low conductivity fluids in an environment that includes flammable
liquids or a potentially explosive atmosphere, these products and associated pipe work, valves, and supporting
framework should be electrically cross-bonded and suitably connected to an earth point using the appropriate earth
bosses or studs incorporated on the housing (where applicable) or by utilizing a suitable earth strap to link the filter
housing to earth.
All filter housing components that may be insulated by non–conductive gaskets etc. should be electrically cross-bonded
by the end user.
Continuity tests should be undertaken for all electrically cross-bonded and earthed components and housings as part of
the installation procedure and at regular intervals during service.
Measures should be undertaken to disperse static residue in the fluid downstream of the filter, such as utilizing
conductive pipe work that is suitably earth bonded.
Precautions are required to ensure that static discharge cannot occur during change-out of the filters by leaving the
vessel for an appropriate period of time (to be determined by the end – user relative to the process fluid and conditions)
for the static charge to dissipate to a safe level – or by making the housing environment safe for the appropriate activity.
All mobile filter assemblies utilize anti-static and lockable wheels / castors and the user should ensure that the
assembly in not allowed to move in service and / or collide with other objects that may result in the manifestation of
sparks during transit.
Where flammable fluids are being processed through this Pall filter assembly, the user should ensure that spillages
during filling, venting, depressurising, draining and filter change operations are minimized, contained or directed to a
safe area. In particular, the user should ensure that such fluids are not exposed to surfaces at a temperature that may
ignite the fluid.
This Pall product does not generate heat in itself, but during the processing of high temperature fluids, including steam
sterilization operations and process upset conditions, it will take on the temperature of the fluid being processed. The
user should ensure that this temperature is acceptable for the area in which the filter is to be operated, or that suitable
protective measures are employed.
When processing flammable fluids, the user should ensure that any air is fully purged from within the assembly during
filling and subsequent operation to prevent the formation of a potentially flammable or explosive vapour / air mixture
inside the equipment. This can be achieved through careful venting of the assembly as detailed in the user instructions.
To prevent damage or degradation of this equipment – it is imperative that the end-user checks the suitability of all
materials of construction (including seals) with the process fluid and conditions.
Leakage of flammable fluids from this assembly, arising through incorrect installation or damage to the equipment
(including closure seals), may generate a source of ignition if such fluids are exposed to a heated surface. The user
should ensure that the assembly is regularly inspected for damage and leaks, which should be promptly corrected, and
that closure seals are renewed after every filter change.
Regular cleaning with an anti-static material is required to avoid the build up of dust on the filter assembly.
The user should ensure that these products are protected from foreseeable mechanical damage that might cause such
leakage, including impact and abrasion.
Should you have any queries – then please contact your local Pall office or distributor.
LP00833 Page 2
ADDENDUM FICHE TECHNIQUE POUR ATEX 94/9/EC
FR CORPS DE FILTRE EN METAL PALL

L’installation et l’entretien doivent être entrepris par une personne compétente. Il est impératif de respecter les codes
d’usage, réglementations environnementales et directives sur la santé et la sécurité nationaux et locaux : ces derniers
prévalent en effet sur tous les usages, exprès comme tacites, évoqués dans le présent document.
Les liquides à faible conductivité risquent de générer de l’électricité statique pendant l’usage avec des appareils en
métal contenant des composants polymériques. Cela peut entraîner une décharge d’électricité statique, qui peut dans
certaines conditions provoquer une explosion.
Ces produits Pall peuvent être utilisés avec des liquides à faible conductivité dans un environnement comportant des
liquides inflammables ou une atmosphère potentiellement explosive, à condition de les transposer électriquement (ainsi
que la tuyauterie, les soupapes et l’ossature porteuse) et de les mettre correctement à la terre à l’aide de bosses ou de
crampons adéquats incorporés dans le corps (le cas échéant), ou de faire appel à un conducteur adéquat pour mettre
le corps du filtre à la terre.
Tous les composants de corps de filtre pouvant être isolés avec des garnitures non-conductrices, etc…, doivent être
transposés électriquement par l’utilisateur final.
Pendant l’installation, et à intervalles réguliers pendant les révisions, il convient de procéder à des tests de continuité
sur tous les composants et corps transposés électriquement et mis à la terre.
Il convient également de prendre des mesures pour disperser le résidu statique que contient le liquide en aval du filtre,
en utilisant par exemple des tuyaux conducteurs correctement mis à la terre.
Prenez toutes les précautions nécessaires pour éviter toute décharge statique lors du remplacement des filtres : pour
cela, laissez reposer le dispositif pendant un moment (à déterminer par l’utilisateur final en fonction du liquide et des
conditions de process) afin que la charge statique puisse se dissiper en toute sécurité, ou adaptez correctement
l’environnement du corps à l’activité proposée.
Tous les filtres mobiles sont équipés de roues/roulettes antistatiques et verrouillables, et l’utilisateur est tenu de veiller à
ce que l’appareil ne puisse se déplacer et/ou se heurter à d’autres objets lorsqu’il est en marche : cela pourrait en effet
provoquer des étincelles.
Lorsque l’utilisateur traite des liquides inflammables dans ce filtre Pall, il doit veiller à minimiser ou contenir les fuites
pendant le remplissage, la purge, la dépressurisation, l’écoulement et le changement des filtres. L’utilisateur doit en
particulier éviter l’exposition des liquides à des surfaces chaudes, car cela risque de les enflammer.
Ce produit Pall ne dégage en lui-même aucune chaleur mais, pendant le traitement de liquides à haute température, y
compris les opérations de stérilisation à la vapeur et les conditions de refoulement, il prendra la température du liquide
traité. L’utilisateur doit par conséquent veiller à ce que cette température soit acceptable pour les conditions de
fonctionnement du filtre, ou à prendre des mesures de protection adéquates.
Lors du traitement de liquides inflammables, l’utilisateur doit veiller à purger l’appareil de tout l’air qu’il contient pendant
le remplissage et le fonctionnement ultérieur afin d’éviter la formation d’un mélange air / vapeur potentiellement
inflammable ou explosif à l’intérieur du dispositif. Il doit pour cela procéder à une purge soigneuse de l’appareil en
suivant les instructions contenues dans le manuel utilisateur.
Afin d’éviter l’endommagement ou la dégradation de cet équipement, il est impératif que l’utilisateur final vérifie
l’adéquation de tous les matériaux de construction (y compris les joints d’étanchéité) avec le liquide et les conditions de
process.
La fuite de liquides inflammables de cet appareil suite à une installation incorrecte ou à un endommagement de
l’équipement (y compris les joints d’étanchéité) risque de générer une source d’inflammation lorsque ces liquides sont
exposés à une surface chauffée. L’utilisateur est tenu d’inspecter régulièrement l’appareil et de réparer immédiatement
les éventuels dommages et fuites, ainsi que de remplacer les joints d’étanchéité après chaque changement de filtre.
Nettoyez régulièrement l’appareil avec un produit antistatique afin d’éviter l’accumulation de poussière dans le filtre.
L’utilisateur est tenu de protéger ces produits contre les dommages mécaniques prévisibles risquant de causer de
telles fuites, parmi lesquels les chocs et l’abrasion.
Si vous avez des questions, n’hésitez pas à contacter votre bureau ou distributeur Pall le plus proche.
LP00833 Page 3
TECHNISCHES BEIBLATT FÜR ATEX 94/9/EC
DE METALL-FILTERGEHÄUSE VON PALL

Installation und Wartung der Filtergehäuse dürfen nur von qualifiziertem Personal vorgenommen werden. Nationale und
örtliche Verfahrensregeln, Umweltschutzbestimmungen und Gesundheits- & Sicherheitsdirektiven müssen eingehalten
werden und haben Vorrang vor anderen in diesem Dokument erwähnten oder implizierten Praktiken.
Bei Fluiden mit niedriger Leitfähigkeit kann es vorkommen, dass bei der Benutzung von Metallgehäusen in Verbindung mit
Bauteilen aus polymeren Kunststoffenstatische Elektrizität erzeugt wird. Dies kann potentiell zu einer Entladung statischer
Elektrizität führen und die Entzündung einer potentiell explosiven Atmosphäre zur Folge haben, sofern diese vorhanden ist.
Wenn diese Pall-Produkte in Verbindung mit derartigen Fluiden niedriger Leitfähigkeit in einer Umgebung benutzt werden,
die flammbare Flüssigkeiten oder eine potentiell explosive Atmosphäre enthält, müssen die Produkte und die damit
verbundenen Rohrleitungen, Ventile und Tragevorrichtungen elektrisch kreuzverbunden werden und mit Hilfe der
entsprechenden (wo zutreffend) am Gehäuse angebrachten Erdungsanschlüsse oder Erdungsbolzen an einen
Erdungspunkt angeschlossen werden oder durch Benutzung eines geeigneten Massebands, welches das Filtergehäuse mit
der Erde verbindet.
Alle Bestandteile des Filtergehäuses, die durch nichtleitende Dichtungen etc. isoliert werden, müssen vom Endbenutzer
elektrisch kreuzverbunden werden.
Im Rahmen des Installationsvorgangs und in regelmäßigen Abständen bei der Wartung müssen Kontinuitätstests an allen
elektrisch kreuzverbundenen und geerdeten Bestandteilen und Gehäusen durchgeführt werden.
Es müssen Maßnahmen ergriffen werden, um statische Rückstände im Fluid auf der Sterilseite des Filters zu beseitigen,
beispielsweise durch Benutzung von leitfähigen Rohrleitungen mit entsprechender Masseverbindung.
Es müssen Vorkehrungen getroffen werden, um sicherzustellen, dass während des Auswechselns der Filter keine statische
Entladung auftritt, indem man das Gehäuse für eine angemessene Zeitdauer (die vom Endbenutzer festzulegen ist und vom
Verfahrensfluid und den Umständen abhängt) stehen läßt, so dass sich die statische Entladung bis zu einem sicheren
Niveau zerstreuen kann, oder indem man die Umgebung des Gehäuses für die entsprechenden Aktivitäten sichert.
Alle fahrbaren Filtereinheiten haben antistatische und feststellbare Räder / Gleitrollen, und der Benutzer muss dafür sorgen,
dass das die Baugruppe während des Betriebs nicht bewegt wird und/oder mit anderen Objekten zusammenstößt und so
eine Funkenbildung verursacht wird.
Wenn mit dem Pall Filtergehäuse flammbare Fluide verarbeitet werden, muss der Benutzer sicherstellen, dass das
Austreten von Flüssigkeit während der Füllung, Entlüftung, Umstellung auf Normaldruck, Entleerung und beim Auswechseln
der Filter auf ein Mindestmaß reduziert, unter Kontrolle gebracht oder in einen sicheren Bereich abgeleitet werden. Vor
allem muss der Benutzer darauf achten, dass derartige Fluide mit einer Oberfläche nicht bei Temperaturen in Berührung
kommen, die zu einer Entzündung des Fluids führen könnten.
Dieses Produkt von Pall erzeugt zwar von sich aus keine Wärme, aber während der Verarbeitung von heißen Fluiden,
einschließlich Dampfsterilisationsprozessen und Prozessstörungsbedingungen, wird es die Temperatur des verarbeiteten
Fluids annehmen. Der Benutzer muss sicherstellen, dass diese Temperatur für den Bereich, in dem der Filter benutzt
werden soll, annehmbar ist oder dass entsprechende Vorsichtsmaßnahmen ergriffen werden.
Bei der Verarbeitung von flammbaren Fluiden muss der Benutzer dafür sorgen, dass während des Füllens und des
anschließenden Betriebs das Filtergehäuse vollständig entlüftet wird, um die Bildung eines potentiell flammbaren oder
explosiven Dampfes bzw. Luftgemisches innerhalb der Filtereinheit zu verhindern. Dies geschieht durch ein gründliches
Entlüften des Filters gemäß Bedienungsanleitung.
Um eine Beschädigung oder einen Qualitätsverlust des Filtergehäuses zu verhindern, muss der Endbenutzer die
Kompatibilität aller Baumaterialien (einschließlich Dichtungen) mit dem Prozessfluid und den Prozessbedingungen
überprüfen.
Wenn aufgrund einer falschen Installation oder durch Beschädigung der Anlage (einschließlich der Verschlussdichtungen)
flammbare Fluide aus dem Gehäuse auslaufen, kann dies eine Zündquelle schaffen, wenn derartige Fluide einer heißen
Fläche ausgesetzt sind. Der Benutzer muss dafür sorgen, dass die Filtereinheit in regelmäßigen Abständen auf
Beschädigungen und Leckagen hin überprüft wird, dass diese gegebenenfalls sofort repariert werden und dass
Verschlussdichtungen nach jedem Filterwechsel erneuert werden.
Ein regelmäßiges Reinigen mit einem antistatischen Material ist erforderlich, damit sich kein Staub auf dem Filtergehäuse
bildet.
Der Benutzer muss darauf achten, dass diese Produkte vor voraussehbaren mechanischen Beschädigungen wie unter
anderem Stoßeinwirkung und Abrieb geschützt werden, die eine Leckage verursachen könnten.
Sollten Sie irgendwelche Fragen haben, setzen Sie sich bitte mit Ihrer örtlichen Pall-Niederlassung oder Ihrem Fachhändler
in Verbindung.
LP00833 Page 4
HOJA DEL APÉNDICE TÉCNICO PARA ATEX 94/9/EC
ES CARCASAS METÁLICAS PALL PARA FILTROS

Una persona competente deberá hacerse cargo de la instalación y del mantenimiento. Se observarán las normas
nacionales y locales de actuación, las regulaciones medioambientales y las directrices de salud y seguridad, a las que se
someterá cualquier actuación expuesta o sugerida en este documento.
En el caso de fluidos de baja conductividad existe la posibilidad de que generen electricidad estática al utilizar montajes
de metal que contengan componentes de polímero. Lo que potencialmente podría producir una descarga de electricidad
estática que llevaría a la inflamación en una atmósfera potencialmente explosiva si existiera una atmósfera de tales
características.
En los casos en que estos productos Pall pudieran utilizarse con fluidos de una conductividad tan baja en un ambiente
que incluya líquidos inflamables o una atmósfera potencialmente explosiva, éstos productos y las tuberías
correspondientes, las válvulas y el instrumental de apoyo deberán estar interconectados eléctricamente y debidamente
conectados con una toma de tierra utilizando para ello los dispositivos de toma de tierra adecuados o los postes
incorporados en la carcasa (donde puedan ser aplicados) o utilizando una adecuada cinta de toma de tierra para
conectar la carcasa a tierra.
Todos los componentes de la carcasa del filtro que puedan ser aislados mediante juntas no conductoras de electricidad
deberán ser interconectados eléctricamente por el usuario final.
Los tests de continuidad deberán realizarse para todos los componentes conectados eléctricamente y con toma de tierra
y para las carcasas como parte del proceso de instalación y a periodos regulares durante el servicio.
Se deberán tomar medidas para dispersar el residuo de electricidad estática en la salida de fluidos del filtro, como por
ejemplo utilizar tuberías conductoras que estén adecuadamente conectadas a tierra.
Es necesario tomar las precauciones necesarias para asegurar que las descargas de electricidad estática no ocurran
durante el cambio de los filtros dejando la tubería durante un adecuado periodo de tiempo (que será determinado por el
usuario con relación al proceso de fluido y condiciones) para que la carga estática pueda disiparse a un nivel seguro, o
haciendo que el ambiente de la carcasa para la actividad correspondiente sea seguro.
Todos los montajes de filtro móviles utilizan ruedas contra la electricidad estática y con bloqueo de ruedas y el usuario
deberá asegurar que el montaje no se mueva durante el servicio y/o colisione con otros objetos que pudieran originar
chispazos durante el tránsito.
En los casos en que los fluidos inflamables sean procesados a través de este conjunto de filtro Pall, el usuario debe
asegurarse de que los derramamientos que ocurran en las operaciones de llenado, despresurizado, drenado, purgado y
cambio de filtros se minimicen, se contengan o sean dirigidos a un área segura. Especialmente, deberá asegurar que
esos fluidos no estén expuestos a superficies con una temperatura que pudiera inflamar el fluido.
Este producto Pall no genera calor por sí mismo, pero durante el proceso de los fluidos de altas temperaturas, incluyendo
las operaciones de esterilización al vapor y las condiciones desfavorables para el proceso, tomará la temperatura del
fluido que esté siendo procesado. El usuario se deberá asegurar que esta temperatura sea aceptable para el área en la
que se utilice el filtro o que se tomen las medidas de seguridad correspondientes.
Al procesar fluidos inflamables, el usuario deberá asegurarse que el montaje esté libre de aire durante el llenado y
durante la operación consiguiente para evitar la formación de una mezcla de vapor/ aire potencialmente inflamable o
explosiva dentro del equipo. Esto se podrá lograr por medio de un cuidadoso purgado del montaje tal y como está
detallado en las instrucciones de usuario.
Para prevenir daños o perjuicios de este equipo es absolutamente necesario que el usuario final compruebe la
adecuación de todos los materiales de construcción (incluyendo los cierres) con el proceso del fluido y las condiciones.
El goteo de fluidos inflamables de este montaje, motivado por la instalación incorrecta o el daño del equipo (incluyendo
los cierres) puede generar una fuente de inflamación si tales fluidos están expuestos a una superficie caliente. El usuario
deberá asegurarse que el montaje sea inspeccionado regularmente para detectar posibles daños o goteras, que deberán
corregirse inmediatamente, y que los cierres sean renovados después de cada cambio de filtros.
La limpieza regular con un material antiestático es necesaria para evitar la acumulación de polvo en el montaje de filtro.
El usuario deberá asegurar que estos productos estén protegidos contra daños mecánicos previsibles que pudieran
causar tales goteras, incluyendo impacto o desgaste.
En caso de que tenga alguna duda, rogamos se pongan en contacto con su oficina local Pall o con el distribuidor.
LP00833 Page 5
ADENDA TÉCNICA A ATEX 94/9/EC
PT CAIXAS DE FILTRO METÁLICAS PALL

A instalação e manutenção devem ser efectuadas por uma pessoa competente. Devem ser respeitados os códigos de
boa prática, os Regulamentos Ambientais e as Directivas sobre Higiene e Segurança, os quais têm prioridade sobre as
práticas expressas ou implícitas contidas neste documento.
Para os fluídos de baixa condutividade, existe a possibilidade de produção de electricidade estática durante a utilização
de conjuntos metálicos que contenham componentes polimerizados. Isto pode eventualmente provocar uma descarga
de electricidade estática que resulta na ignição de uma atmosfera potencialmente explosiva sempre que essa atmosfera
estiver presente.
Quando estes produtos Pall puderem ser utilizados com esses fluídos de baixa condutividade num ambiente que inclua
líquidos inflamáveis ou numa atmosfera potencialmente explosiva, esses produtos e a tubagem, as válvulas e a estrutura
de apoio associadas devem ser soldados electricamente em cruz e convenientemente ligados a um ponto de terra
utilizando os olhais ou as placas de ligação à terra incorporadas na caixa (quando aplicável) ou utilizando uma cinta de
terra adequada para ligar a caixa do filtro à terra.
Todos os componentes da caixa do filtro que puderem ser isolados por juntas de vedação não condutoras, etc., devem
ser soldados electricamente em cruz pelo utilizador final.
Devem ser efectuados testes de continuidade em todos os componentes e caixas soldados electricamente em cruz e
com ligação de terra como parte do procedimento de instalação, com intervalos regulares durante a manutenção.
Devem ser tomadas medidas para dispersar o resíduo estático do fluído a jusante do filtro, tais como a utilização de
tubagem condutora convenientemente ligada à terra.
É necessário tomar precauções para garantir a não ocorrência de descargas estáticas durante a substituição dos filtros
deixando o recipiente durante um período de tempo adequado (determinado pelo utilizador final consoante o fluído e as
condições do processo) para que a carga estática se dissipe até a um nível seguro – ou tornando o ambiente da caixa
seguro para a actividade adequada.
Todos os conjuntos de filtros utilizam rodas / suportes de roletes antiestáticos e bloqueáveis, devendo o utilizador
certificar-se de que o conjunto não pode deslocar-se durante o serviço e/ou colidir com outros objectos de modo a evitar
a manifestação de faíscas durante a deslocação.
Sempre que forem processados fluídos inflamáveis através deste conjunto de filtros Pall, o utilizador deve certificar-se de
que os derrames durante as operações de enchimento, saída de ar, despressurização, drenagem e substituição de
filtros são minimizados, contidos ou dirigidos para uma zona segura. O utilizador deve certificar-se, em particular, de que
esses fluídos não são expostos a superfícies cuja temperatura possa inflamar o fluído.
Este produto Pall não produz calor por si próprio, mas durante o processamento de fluídos a alta temperatura, incluindo
as operações de esterilização do vapor e as condições de processo referidas, ele adquirirá a temperatura do fluído que
está a ser processado. O utilizador deve certificar-se de que esta temperatura é aceitável na zona onde o filtro está a ser
operado, senão devem ser tomadas medidas de protecção adequadas.
Durante o processamento de fluídos inflamáveis, o utilizador deve certificar-se de que o ar é totalmente purgado do
interior do conjunto durante o enchimento e a operação que se segue de modo a impedir a formação de vapor / mistura
de ar inflamável ou explosiva no interior do equipamento. Isso consegue-se com uma ventilação cuidada do conjunto de
acordo com as instruções do utilizador.
Para impedir danos ou degradação deste equipamento, é imperioso que o utilizador final verifique a conformidade de
todos os materiais da estrutura (incluindo os vedantes) com o fluído e as condições do processo.
As perdas de fluídos inflamáveis por este conjunto que advêm de uma instalação incorrecta ou de danos no equipamento
(incluindo os vedantes de fecho) podem gerar uma fonte de ignição se esses fluídos forem expostos a uma superfície
aquecida. O utilizador deve certificar-se de que o conjunto é inspeccionado regularmente quanto a danos e perdas, os
quais devem ser imediatamente corrigidos e de que os vedantes de fecho são substituídos a seguir às mudanças de filtro.
É necessária uma limpeza regular com material antiestático para evitar a acumulação de pó no filtro.
O utilizador deve certificar-se de que estes produtos são protegidos contra danos mecânicos inesperados que possam
provocar as perdas, incluindo impacto e abrasão.
Em caso de dúvidas, agradecemos que contacte a sua loja ou agente Pall local.
LP00833 Page 6
SCHEDA TECNICA AGGIUNTIVA PER ATEX 94/9/EC
IT CONTENITORI PER FILTRI METALLICI PALL

L’installazione e la manutenzione devono essere eseguite da una persona competente. Si devono osservare i codici di
disciplina nazionali e locali, le norme ambientali e le direttive in materia di igiene e sicurezza sul posto di lavoro, che hanno
precedenza rispetto ai metodi dichiarati o impliciti in questo documento.
Per i fluidi a bassa conduttività, esiste la possibilità che si crei elettricità statica quando vengono usati con gruppi filtranti
metallici che contengono componenti polimerici. Questo potrebbe portare ad una scarica di elettricità statica, con
conseguente accensione di un’atmosfera che potrebbe anche essere esplosiva.
Nei casi in cui questi prodotti Pall possano essere usati con tali fluidi a bassa conduttività in un ambiente che contiene liquidi
infiammabili od un’atmosfera potenzialmente esplosiva, questi prodotti e le tubazioni collegate, le valvole e la struttura di
supporto dovrebbero utilizzare collegamenti elettrici incrociati ed essere opportunamente collegati ad un punto di messa a
terra servendosi di borchie o prigionieri adeguati incorporati nel contenitore (se attinente) oppure utilizzando una piattina
idonea per collegare a terra il contenitore del filtro.
Su tutti i componenti del contenitore del filtro che possono essere isolati da guarnizioni non conduttive, ecc. l’utilizzatore
finale deve eseguire collegamenti elettrici incrociati.
Per tutti i componenti collegati fra loro in questo modo e messi a terra occorre eseguire test di continuità, sia nel quadro
della procedura d’installazione, sia a intervalli regolari durante il funzionamento.
Disporre misure per disperdere l’elettricità statica residua nel fluido a valle del filtro, come ad esempio l’utilizzo di tubazioni
conduttive opportunamente collegate a terra.
Occorre accertarsi che non vi siano scariche elettrostatiche durante il cambio dei filtri, lasciando aperto il recipiente per un
periodo di tempo opportuno (determinato dall’utilizzatore finale in funzione del fluido di processo e delle condizioni di
lavorazione) affinché l’elettricità statica si dissipi sino ad un livello di sicurezza – o rendendo l’ambiente del contenitore
sicuro per l’attività in questione.
Tutti i filtri mobili utilizzano rotelle antistatiche e bloccabili, e l’utilizzatore deve accertarsi che il gruppo filtrante non si possa
spostare durante il funzionamento e/o urtare altri oggetti in modo da creare scintille.
Nei casi in cui questo gruppo filtrante Pall viene attraversato da fluidi infiammabili, l’utilizzatore deve accertarsi che i
versamenti fortuiti durante le operazioni di riempimento, sfiato, depressurizzazione, scarico e cambio del filtro siano ridotti al
minimo, contenuti o diretti verso una zona sicura. In particolare, l’utilizzatore deve accertarsi che tali fluidi non siano esposti
a superfici con una temperatura tale da poterli accendere.
Questo prodotto Pall di per sé non genera calore, ma durante la lavorazione di fluidi ad alta temperatura, comprese
operazioni di sterilizzazione a vapore e condizioni di deterioramento del processo, assume la temperatura del fluido in
lavorazione. L’utilizzatore deve accertarsi che questa temperatura sia accettabile per l’area in cui il filtro deve entrare in
funzione, oppure che vengano adottate misure protettive idonee.
Quando si lavorano fluidi infiammabili, l’utilizzatore deve accertarsi che l’aria eventualmente presente nel gruppo filtrante
venga spurgata completamente durante il riempimento ed il successivo funzionamento, per impedire la formazione di una
miscela di vapore / aria potenzialmente infiammabile od esplosiva all’interno dell’apparecchiatura. Basta sfiatare
attentamente il gruppo filtrante seguendo le istruzioni contenute nel manuale d’uso.
Per evitare di danneggiare o di deteriorare questa apparecchiatura, è essenziale che l’utilizzatore controlli l’idoneità di tutti i
materiali di costruzione (comprese le tenute) al fluido di lavorazione ed alle condizioni di processo.
La perdita di fluidi infiammabili da questo gruppo filtrante, dovuta ad un’installazione sbagliata o un danneggiamento
dell’apparecchiatura (comprese le guarnizioni di chiusura), può creare una fonte di accensione se questi fluidi vengono
esposti ad una superficie riscaldata. L’utilizzatore deve accertarsi che il gruppo filtrante venga esaminato regolarmente per
verificare che non vi siano danni e perdite, a cui si dovrebbe porre subito rimedio, e che le guarnizioni di chiusura vengano
sostituite dopo ogni cambio del filtro.
Eseguire una pulizia regolare con materiale antistatico per evitare l’accumulo di polvere sul gruppo filtrante.
L’utilizzatore deve accertarsi che questi prodotti siano protetti da danni meccanici prevedibili che possano causare tali
perdite, compresi urti ed abrasione.
In caso di richieste di chiarimenti si prega di contattare l’ufficio o il distributore Pall più vicino.
LP00833 Page 7
TECHNISCHE BIJLAGE VOOR ATEX 94/9/EC
NL PALL METALEN FILTERKASTEN

De installatie en het onderhoud moeten door een vakbekwame persoon worden uitgevoerd. Nationale en lokale
praktijken, milieuvoorschriften en veiligheid- en gezondheidsrichtlijnen moeten worden opgevolgd en prevaleren boven
alle in dit document vermelde of daaruit af te leiden praktijken.
Bij vloeistoffen met een laag geleidingsvermogen kan tijdens gebruik met metalen samenstellingen die componenten
van polymeer bevatten statische elektriciteit worden opgewekt. Hierbij kan ontlading van statische elektriciteit
plaatsvinden, met als gevolg dat een mogelijk explosieve atmosfeer waar een dergelijke druk aanwezig is kan
ontbranden.
Indien deze Pall producten met dergelijke vloeistoffen met een laag geleidingsvermogen in een omgeving worden
gebruikt waar ontvlambare vloeistoffen of een mogelijk explosieve atmosfeer aanwezig is, moeten deze producten en
de bijbehorende buizen, kleppen en het ondersteunende frame elektrisch in kruisverband worden aangebracht en op
de juiste wijze op een geaard punt worden aangesloten, waarbij passende geaarde naven of bouten in de kast (indien
van toepassing) of een daartoe geschikte geaarde band moeten worden gebruikt om de filterkast op een
aardverbinding aan te sluiten.
Alle componenten van de filterkast die door niet-geleidende pakkingen etc. kunnen worden geïsoleerd moeten door de
eindgebruiker elektrisch in kruisverband worden aangebracht.
Als onderdeel van de installatieprocedure en met regelmatige tussenpozen tijdens het onderhoud moeten
continuïteitstests worden uitgevoerd op alle elektrisch kruisverbonden en geaarde componenten en behuizingen.
Er moeten maatregelen worden genomen om de statische verbrandingsresten in de stroomrichting van de vloeistof in
het filter te verspreiden, zoals het gebruik van geleidende buizen die op de juiste wijze in kruisverband geaard zijn.
Er moeten voorzorgsmaatregelen worden genomen zodat tijdens het verwisselen van de filters geen statische ontlading
kan optreden, door de kast gedurende een passende periode (te bepalen door de eindgebruiker op basis van de
procesvloeistof en de omstandigheden) met rust te laten tot de statische lading tot een veilig niveau is gedaald – of
door de omgeving van de kast veilig te maken voor de betreffende handeling.
Alle mobiele filterinstallaties maken gebruik van antistatische en vergrendelbare wielen / zwenkwielen en de gebruiker
dient ervoor te zorgen dat de installatie tijdens gebruik niet kan bewegen en/ of in botsing kan raken met voorwerpen,
waardoor tijdens de passage vonken kunnen vrijkomen.
Indien met deze Pall filterinstallatie ontvlambare vloeistoffen worden verwerkt moet de gebruiker ervoor zorgen dat
tijdens het vullen, ontluchten, drukverlaging, afvoer en het verwisselen van de filters het morsen van vloeistof zoveel
mogelijk wordt beperkt, of dat deze wordt opgevangen of naar een veilige ruimte geleid. De gebruiker moet er in het
bijzonder voor zorgen dat deze vloeistoffen niet in aanraking komen met een oppervlak waarvan de temperatuur de
vloeistof kan doen ontvlammen.
Dit Pall product wekt zelf geen warmte op, maar tijdens de verwerking van vloeistoffen op een hoge temperatuur,
waaronder stoomsterilisatie en het opstarten van processen, neemt het product de temperatuur aan van de vloeistof die
wordt verwerkt. De gebruiker moet ervoor zorgen dat deze
temperatuur acceptabel is voor de ruimte waarin het filter wordt gebruikt, of dat passende beveiligingsmaatregelen
worden genomen.
Bij het gebruik van ontvlambare procesvloeistoffen moet de gebruiker ervoor zorgen dat de eventueel aanwezige lucht
volledig uit de installatie is verwijderd tijdens het vullen en daaropvolgende activiteiten om te voorkomen dat zich in het
apparaat een ontvlambaar of explosief damp / luchtmengsel vormt. Dit kan worden bereikt door de installatie
zorgvuldig te ventileren zoals in de gebruikersinstructies wordt aangegeven.
Om schade of slijtage van deze apparatuur te voorkomen is het noodzakelijk dat de eindgebruiker controleert of alle
constructiematerialen (waaronder de afdichtingen) geschikt zijn voor de procesvloeistof en de omstandigheden.
Door lekkage van ontvlambare vloeistoffen uit deze installatie veroorzaakt door een onjuiste installatie of schade aan
de apparatuur (waaronder afdichtingen) kan een ontbrandingsbron ontstaan indien deze vloeistoffen met een warm
oppervlak in aanraking komen. De gebruiker moet ervoor zorgen dat de installatie regelmatig op schade en lekkage
wordt gecontroleerd, welke onmiddellijk moet worden hersteld, en dat de afdichtingen na elke vervanging van een filter
worden vernieuwd.
Regelmatige reiniging met een antistatisch materiaal is noodzakelijk om opeenhoping van stof op de filterinstallatie te
voorkomen.
De gebruiker moet ervoor zorgen dat deze producten worden beschermd tegen voorspelbare mechanische schade die
lekkage door onder andere inwerking en slijtage kan veroorzaken.
Indien u vragen heeft kunt u contact opnemen met uw lokale Pall vestiging of distributeur.
LP00833 Page 8
TEKNISK TILLÆGSARK FOR ATEX 94/9/EC
DK PALL METAL FILTER HUS

Installation og vedligehold bør foretages af en kompetent person. Nationale såvel som lokale forskrifter,
Mijøbestemmelser samt Sundheds- og Sikkerhedsdirektiver bør overholdes og går forud for alt erklæret eller
underforstået praksis.
For væsker med lav konduktivitet, eksisterer muligheden for fremkomsten af statisk elektricitet ved metal
monteringer, som indeholder polymere komponenter. Dette kan give risiko for afladning af statisk elektricitet, der vil
kunne give anledning til antænding af en potentiel eksplosiv atmosfære, hvor en sådan er tilstede.
Områder hvor disse Pall produkter anvendes sammen med lavkonduktivitetsvæsker og i miljøer med brændbare
væsker eller en potentiel eksplosiv atmosfære, bør disse produkter, det tilhørende rørværk, ventiler samt
støttestrukturer være elektrisk krydsforbundet og jordforbundet. Dette gøres ved anvendelse af en passende
jordstrop, der kan forbinde filterhuset med jorden.
Alle filterhuskomponenter, som kan være isoleret med ikke-ledende pakninger o.lign. bør være elektrisk
krydsforbundet af slutbrugeren.
Som en del af installationsproceduren bør der med jævne mellemrum foretages test på alle krydsforbundne og
jordforbundne komponenter samt på alle filterhuse.
Målinger bør foretages for at opløse statiske rester i væskestrømmen på filteret, ved at benytte et konduktivt
røreværk, som er passende jordforbundet.
Forsigtighed er påkrævet for at sikre mod statiske afladninger under udskiftning af filter. Dette gøres ved at lade
ventilen være åben i en passende tid (der bestemmes af slutbruger under hensyntagen til den aktuelle testvæske
og forholdene), således at den statiske ladning nedreguleres til et sikkert niveau – eller ved at gøre filterhuset
sikkert for den pågældende aktivitet.
Alle mobile filtersystemer skal have antistatiske hjul, som kan låses. Brugeren bør sikre sig at systemet ikke kan
bringes i bevægelse/støde ind i andre objekter under service, da dette vil kunne resultere i dannelse af gnister.
Hvis brandbare væsker filtreres igennem filterenheden, bør brugeren sikre at spild mindskes under opfyldning,
udluftning, aftagning af tryk, dræn samt under udskiftning af filter. Alternativt kan spild opsamles eller ledes til et
sikkert område. Brugeren bør specielt sikre sig, at sådanne væsker ikke kommer i berøring med overflader, der har
temperaturer, som kan antænde væsken.
Dette Pall produkt afgiver ikke i sig selv varme. Under kontakt med væsker med høj temperatur, omfattende
dampsterilisation og under opstartsfunktioner, vil produktet dog påtage samme temperatur som disse. Brugeren
bør sikre sig at denne temperatur er acceptabel for det område filteret kan tåle og at passende målinger heraf
foretages.
Når der arbejdes med brandbare væsker, bør brugeren sikre, at alt luft er fuldstændigt udblæst af systemet under
fyldning og efterfølgende brug. Dette gøres for at forebygge dannelsen af brandbar luft og eksplosiv damp/luft inde
i systemet. Dette gøres ved omhyggelig udluftning af systemet, således som beskrevet i brugerinstruktionen.
For at forebygge beskadigelse eller nedbrydning af udstyret, er det nødvendigt at brugeren undersøger materialets
egnethed (herunder pakninger mm) sammen med produktet/ forholdene.
Lækage af brandbare stoffer fra filterhuset, opstået grundet ukorrekt installation eller beskadigelse af udstyret
(herunder også fra pakninger) kan give anledning til antændelse, hvis sådanne væsker udsættes for en opvarmet
overflade. Brugeren bør sikre sig, at monteringen regelmæssigt undersøges for beskadigelser/utætheder.
Utætheder bør repareres med det samme og pakninger bør udskiftes ved hver filterudskiftning.
Regelmæssig rensning med et antistatisk materiale er nødvendigt, for at undgå ophobning af støv på systemet.
Brugeren bør sikre at systemet er beskyttet mod mekaniske beskadigelser, som kan forårsage utætheder omfattet
at stød og slitage.
Hvis du har nogle spørgsmål – kontakt da venligst dit lokale Pall kontor eller din forhandler.
LP00833 Page 9
TEKNISK TILLEGGSARK FOR ATEX 94/9/EC
NO PALL HUS FOR METALLFILTER

Installasjon og vedlikehold må overlates til kompetent personale. Nasjonale og lokale forskrifter og HMS bestemmelser
må overholdes og prioriteres i forhold til alle spesifiserte og underforståtte rutiner ifølge dette dokumentet.
For væsker med lav viskositet er det mulighet for dannelse av statisk elektrisitet under bruk med metallkonstruksjoner
som inneholder polymeriske komponenter. Dette kan eventuelt føre til utladninger av statisk elektrisitet med mulighet
for antennelse av potensielt eksplosiv atmosfære, dersom slik atmosfære forekommer.
Når det er mulighet for at disse produktene fra Pall kan brukes med slike væsker med lav viskositet i et miljø som
inneholder brennbare væsker eller en potensielt eksplosiv atmosfære, må disse produktene med tilhørende
rørledninger, ventiler og støttekonstruksjoner sammenkobles elektrisk og jordes på en passende måte til en egnet
jordkontakt eller klemme som (om mulig) finnes i huset, eller det må brukes en egnet jordledning som forbinder
filterhuset med jord.
Alle komponenter for filterhus som kan isoleres elektrisk av ikke-ledende tetninger og liknende, må sammenkobles
elektrisk av brukeren.
Måling av ledningsevnen må gjennomføres for alle elektriske sammenkoblinger og jordforbindelser for komponenter og
hus; og dette må gjøres som en del av installasjonsarbeidet samt med regelmessige mellomrom under drift.
Det må treffes tiltak for å avlede statiske ladninger i væsken etter passasje av filteret, for eksempel med ledende
rørledninger som er forsvarlig jordet.
Det må treffes tiltak for å sikre at statisk utladning ikke kan forekomme under bytte av filtre; og dette kan skje ved å la
beholderen få tilstrekkelig tid (ifølge sluttbrukerens vurdering på grunnlag av aktuell prosessvæske og driftsforhold) til
en trygg reduksjon av statisk elektrisitet – eller gjennom sikring av husets miljø i forhold til aktuell drift.
Alle mobile filtersammenstillinger har antistatiske og låsbare hjul / trinser, og brukeren må sørge for at enheten ikke kan
flytte seg under drift eller kollidere med andre gjenstander slik at det oppstår fare for gnistdannelse.
Når denne filtersammenstillingen fra Pall benyttes til brennbare væsker, må brukeren sørge for at spill som oppstår
under fylling, utlufting, trykkavlastning, drenering og filterbytte, blir redusert mest mulig, oppsamles eller ledes til et
sikkert sted. Brukeren må spesielt sørge for at slike væsker ikke kommer i kontakt med overflater som er så varme at
væsken kan antennes.
Dette produktet fra Pall utvikler ikke selv varme, men under behandling av varme væsker, inklusive sterilisering med
damp og driftsstans, vil temperaturen stige i den væsken som behandles. Brukeren må sørge for at denne
temperaturen er forsvarlig for det området hvor filteret benyttes, eller at det treffes passende tiltak med tanke på
beskyttelse.
Ved håndtering av brennbare væsker må brukeren sørge for at sammenstillingens innvendige områder blir helt utluftet
under arbeid med fylling og etterfølgende drift slik at det ikke, inne i utstyret, kan dannes damp eller luftblandinger som
kan antennes eller eksplodere. Dette kan oppnås ved omhyggelig utluftning av enheten som forklart i
betjeningsveiledningen.
For å unngå skade eller nedbrytning av dette utstyret er det nødvendig at sluttbrukeren kontrollerer at alle
konstruksjonens materialer (inklusive tetninger) egner seg for prosessvæsken og forholdene.
Lekkasje av brennbare væsker fra denne enheten på grunn av feilaktig installasjon eller skade på utstyret (inklusive
tetninger), kan være årsak til antennelse når slike væsker kommer i kontakt med en varm overflate. Brukeren må sørge
for at sammenstillingen inspiseres regelmessig med tanke på skader og lekkasje, og slike forhold må umiddelbart
utbedres; videre må tetninger utskiftes etter hvert filterbytte.
Enheten må regelmessig rengjøres med et antistatisk middel for å unngå ansamling av støv på filterenheten .
Brukeren må sørge for at disse produktene beskyttes mot slik materiell skade, herunder slag og sliping, som kan
forutses og som kan føre til lekkasje.
Den lokale forhandleren eller representanten for Pall står gjerne til tjeneste med å besvare eventuelle spørsmål.
LP00833 Page 10
TEKNISKT TILLÄGGSBLAD FÖR ATEX 94/9/EC
SE PALL METALLFILTERHUS
Installation och underhåll bör utföras av en kompetent person. Nationella och lokala praxisregler,
miljöbestämmelser och hälso- & säkerhetsdirektiv måste följas och gå före alla uttalade eller underförstådda
praxisförfaranden i detta dokument.
För vätskor med låg konduktivitet finns möjligheten att generera statisk elektricitet vid användning med
metallaggregat som innehåller polymeriska komponenter. Detta kan potentiellt leda till ett utsläpp av statisk
elektricitet som resulterar I antändning av potentiellt explosiv atmosfär där en sådan atmosfär föreligger.
Där dessa Pall-produkter används med sådana låga konduktivitetsvätskor i en miljö som inbegriper brännbara
vätskor eller en potentiellt explosiv atmosfär ,ska dessa produkter och associerade rördragningar, ventiler och
stödramar vara galvaniskt förbundna och korrekt anslutna till en jordpunkt med hjälp av lämpliga jordnav eller stift
införlivade i filterhuset (där så är tillämpligt) eller genom att använda en lämplig jordbygel för att förbinda filterhuset
till jorden.
Alla filterhuskomponenter som kan isoleras med icke–konduktiva packningar etc. ska galvaniskt förbindas av
slutanvändaren.
Kontinuitetstester bör utföras för alla galvaniskt förbundna och jordade komponenter och filterhus som del av
installationsproceduren och med regelbundna intervaller vid underhållsarbete.
Åtgärder bör vidtas för att skingra rester av statisk elektricitet i vätskan efter filtret till exempel genom att använda
ordentligt jordade rör av ledande material.
Försiktighetsåtgärder måste iakttas för att säkerställa att statisk urladdning inte kan uppstå vid byte av filter genom
att kärlet lämnas under en lämplig tidsperiod (bestäms av slutanvändaren beroende på processvätska och
förhållanden) så att den statiska urladdningen ska skingras till en säker nivå – eller genom att göra filterhusmiljön
säker för avsedd aktivitet.
Alla rörliga filteraggregat använder antistatiska och låsbara hjul / transporthjul och användaren bör säkerställa att
aggregatet inte flyttas under servicearbete och / eller kolliderar med andra föremål vilket kan resultera i gnistor
under transitering.
Där brännbara vätskorna bearbetas genom detta Pall filteraggregat, bör användaren säkerställa att spill, ventilation,
tryckminskning, dränering och filterbytesoperationer minimeras, begränsas eller dirigeras till en säker plats.
Användaren bör särskilt se till att sådana vätskor inte exponeras för underlag vid temperaturer som kan antända
vätskan.
Denna Pall-produkt genererar inte värme i sig själv, men under bearbetningen av vätskor med hög temperatur,
inklusive ångsteriliseringsoperationer och processstörningar, får den samma temperatur som vätskan som
bearbetas. Användaren bör säkerställa att denna temperatur är acceptabel för området där filtret ska manövreras
eller att lämpliga skyddsmetoder används.
När brännbara vätskor bearbetas bör användaren säkerställa att all luft blir fullständigt renad inifrån aggregatet
under påfyllning och efterföljande drift för att förhindra att potentiellt brännbar eller explosiv ånga / luftblandning
bildas inuti utrustningen. Detta kan uppnås genom omsorgsfull ventilering av aggregatet enligt
användaranvisningarna.
För att förhindra att utrustningen skadas eller nöts – är det mycket viktigt att slutanvändaren kontrollerar att allt
konstruktionsmaterial överensstämmer (inklusive tätningar) med processvätska och förhållanden.
Läckage av brännbara vätskor från detta aggregat som beror felaktig installation eller skada på utrustningen
(inklusive tätningsskivor), kan skapa en antändningskälla om sådana vätskor exponeras för ett upphettat underlag.
Användaren bör säkerställa att aggregatet inspekteras regelbundet för skador eller läckor vilka omedelbart ska
rättas till och att tätningsskivor byts efter varje filterbyte.
Regelbunden rengöring med ett antistatiskt material är nödvändigt för att undvika dammbildning på filteraggregatet.
Användaren bör säkerställa att dessa produkter skyddas från förutsebar mekanisk skada som kan orsaka sådan
läcka, inklusive stötar och slitning.
Om du har några frågor – kontakt ditt lokala Pall-kontor eller din leverantör.
LP00833 Page 11
TEKNINEN LISÄLEHTI ATEX 94/9/EC VARTEN
FI PALL METALLISET SUODATINKOTELOT

Asennus- ja huoltotyöt on suoritettava pätevän henkilön toimesta. Kansallisia ja paikallisia käytäntöjä,
ympäristönsuojelumääräyksiä sekä terveys- ja turvallisuusohjeita on noudatettava ja ne on asetettava etusijalle
tämän asiakirjan mainitsemiin tai viittaamiin käytäntöihin nähden.
Matalan ominaisjohtokyvyn omaavien nesteiden yhteydessä voi mahdollisesti syntyä staattista sähköä, jos niitä
käytetään yhdessä polymeerisiä komponentteja sisältävien metallielementtien kanssa. Tämä voi mahdollisesti
johtaa staattiseen sähkönpurkaukseen ja aiheuttaa räjähdysalttiin ilman syttymisen tilassa, jossa tällaista ilmaa on.
Silloin, kun Pall-tuotteita mahdollisesti käytetään mainitun kaltaisten matalan ominaisjohtokyvyn omaavien
nesteiden kanssa sellaisessa ympäristössä, jossa on herkästi syttyviä liuoksia tai räjähdysaltis ilma, on
huolehdittava siitä, että nämä tuotteet ja niihin liittyvä putkisto, venttiilit ja kantavan kehikon suojat on sähköisesti
ristiin kytketty ja sopivasti liitetty maadoituspisteeseen kotelon tähän tarkoitukseen liitettyjä maadoitusnapoja tai
nastoja käyttäen (jos se on mahdollista) tai että suodatinkotelo on yhdistetty maahan sopivan maadoitushihnan
avulla.
Loppukäyttäjän on sähköisesti kytkettävä ristiin suodatinkotelon kaikki ne komponentit, jotka on mahdollisesti

eristetty ei-johtavilla tiivisteillä jne.
Kaikille sähköisesti ristiin kytketyille ja maadoitetuille komponenteille ja koteloille on suoritettava siirtotien tarkistus
asennustoiminnan osana ja säännöllisin väliajoin käytön aikana.
Suodattimen nesteen myötävirrassa olevan staattisen jäämän hajottamiseksi on ryhdyttävä tarpeellisiin
toimenpiteisiin, esimerkiksi sopivasti maadoitettua johtavaa putkistoa käyttämällä.
Varotoimenpiteet ovat tarpeen sen varmistamiseksi, että staattista sähkönpurkausta ei pääse syntymään
suodattimen vaihdon aikana. Siksi astia on jätettävä rauhaan sopivaksi katsotuksi ajaksi (jonka loppukäyttäjä
määrittelee prosessissa käytettävän nesteen ja olosuhteiden mukaan), jotta staattinen varaus ehtii laskea
turvalliselle tasolle tai kotelon ympäristö on tehtävä turvalliseksi asianomaiselle toiminnalle.
Kaikissa liikuteltavissa suodatinkokoonpanoissa on antistaattiset ja lukittavat pyörät / rullat. Käyttäjän on
varmistettava, että kokoonpano ei pääse liikkumaan käytön aikana ja / tai törmäämään muihin esineisiin, mikä
saattaa johtaa kipinöintiin kuljetuksen aikana.
Mikäli tämän Pall-suodatinkokoonpanon avulla käsitellään helposti syttyviä nesteitä, käyttäjän on varmistettava,
että täytön, ilmauksen, paineen poiston, tyhjentämisen ja suodattimen vaihtotoimenpiteiden aikana esiintyvät
vuodot on supistettu mahdollisimman pieneksi sekä rajattu tai ohjattu turvalliselle alueelle. Erityisesti käyttäjän on
varmistettava, että mainitunlaiset nesteet eivät pääse kosketukseen niin kuumien pintojen kanssa, jotka saattavat
sytyttää nesteen.
Tämä Pall-tuote ei itsessään tuota lämpöä, mutta korkeassa lämpötilassa olevia nesteitä käsiteltäessä, esimerkiksi
höyrysterilointitoimenpiteiden yhteydessä ja prosessin häiriötilanteissa, se omaksuu käsiteltävän nesteen
lämpötilan. Käyttäjän on varmistettava, että tämä lämpötila soveltuu sille alueelle, jolla suodatinta aiotaan käyttää,
tai että sopiviin varotoimenpiteisiin ryhdytään.
Herkästi syttyviä nesteitä käsiteltäessä käyttäjän on varmistettava, että täytön ja myöhemmän käytön aikana kaikki
ilma poistetaan täydellisesti kokoonpanon sisältä, jotta mahdollisesti tulenaran tai räjähdysherkän höyryn /
ilmasekoituksen muodostuminen laitteiston sisällä voidaan estää. Tämä voidaan toteuttaa käyttöohjeissa
tarkemmin kuvatulla kokoonpanon huolellisella ilmauksella.
Tämän laitteiston vahingoittumisen tai sen kunnon heikkenemisen estämiseksi on erityisen tärkeää, että
loppukäyttäjä tarkistaa kaikkien rakennemateriaalien (mukaan luettuna tiivisteiden) yhteensopivuuden
prosessinesteiden ja -olosuhteiden kanssa.
Laitteiston (mukaan luettuna sulkutiivisteiden) väärästä asentamisesta tai sen vahingoittumisesta johtuva herkästi
syttyvien nesteiden vuoto tästä kokoonpanosta saattaa toimia syttymislähteenä, jos kyseiset nesteet pääsevät
kosketukseen kuumennetun pinnan kanssa. Käyttäjän on varmistettava, että kokoonpano tarkistetaan säännöllisin
väliajoin vahinkojen ja vuotojen varalta. Nämä on asianmukaisesti korjattava sekä huolehdittava siitä, että
sulkutiivisteet uusitaan jokaisen suodatinvaihdon jälkeen.
Antistaattisella materiaalilla tapahtuva säännöllinen puhdistus on tarpeen pölyn muodostumisen estämiseksi
suodatinkokoonpanon päälle.
Käyttäjän on varmistettava, että nämä tuotteet suojataan sellaisilta ennakoitavissa olevilta mekaanisilta vaurioilta
(kuten iskuilta ja hankauksilta), jotka saattavat aiheuttaa edellä mainitun kaltaisia vuotoja.
Jos haluat lisätietoja, käänny paikallisen Pall-myyntikonttorisi tai jälleenmyyjäsi puoleen.
LP00833 Page 12
ΤΕΧΝΙΚΟ ΠΑΡΑΡΤΗΜΑ ΣΧΕΤΙΚΑ ΜΕ
ΤΗΝ Ο∆ΗΓΙΑ 94/9/EΚ ΓΙΑ ΠΡΟΪΟΝΤΑ ATEX
GR ΜΕΤΑΛΛΙΚΑ ΠΕΡΙΒΛΗΜΑΤΑ ΦΙΛΤΡΟΥ PALL

Η εγκατάσταση και συντήρηση πρέπει να πραγµατοποιείται από κάποιον ειδικό. Πρέπει να τηρούνται οι εθνικοί και
τοπικοί κώδικες πρακτικής, οι Περιβαλλοντικοί Κανονισµοί και οι Οδηγίες Ασφαλείας και Υγείας, οι οποίοι υπερισχύουν
οποιασδήποτε πρακτικής που αναφέρεται ή υποδηλώνεται σε αυτό το κείµενο.
Όσον αφορά σε υγρά χαµηλής αγωγιµότητας, υπάρχει η πιθανότητα παραγωγής στατικού ηλεκτρισµού κατά τη χρήση
µεταλλικών διατάξεων που περιέχουν πολυµερή συστατικά. Αυτό πιθανώς να οδηγήσει σε ηλεκτροστατική εκκένωση η
οποία θα προκαλέσει ανάφλεξη εάν δηµιουργηθεί εκρήξιµη ατµόσφαιρα.
Τα συγκεκριµένα προϊόντα Pall µπορούν να χρησιµοποιηθούν µε τέτοιου είδους υγρά χαµηλής αγωγιµότητας σε
περιβάλλον µε εύφλεκτα υγρά ή σε εκρήξιµη ατµόσφαιρα, µε την προϋπόθεση ότι τα προϊόντα αυτά, όπως και οι
σχετικές σωληνώσεις, βαλβίδες και πλαίσια πρέπει να είναι κατάλληλα γεφυρωµένα και γειωµένα
χρησιµοποιώντας είτε τις προεξοχές ή κοχλίες του περιβλήµατος (όπου υπάρχουν), είτε ένα κατάλληλο δέσιµο µε
ταινία για τη γείωση του περιβλήµατος του φίλτρου.
Όλα τα εξαρτήµατα του περιβλήµατος του φίλτρου τα οποία µπορούν να µονωθούν µε φλάντζες κλπ. από µη
αγώγιµο υλικό πρέπει να είναι κατάλληλα γεφυρωµένα από τον τελικό χρήστη.
Πρέπει να γίνονται δοκιµές συνέχειας για όλα τα γεφυρωµένα και γειωµένα µέρη και περιβλήµατα στα πλαίσια της
διαδικασίας εγκατάστασης και σε τακτικά διαστήµατα κατά τη συντήρηση.
Θα πρέπει να λαµβάνονται τα κατάλληλα µέτρα έτσι ώστε να διασκορπίζονται τα κατάλοιπα υπό τη µορφή
ηλεκτρικών φορτίων στο διηθηµένο υγρό, µε τη βοήθεια κατάλληλα γειωµένων αγώγιµων σωληνώσεων.
Για να αποφευχθεί ηλεκτροστατική εκκένωση κατά τη διάρκεια της αλλαγής των φίλτρων απαιτούνται προληπτικά µέτρα.
Είναι απαραίτητο είτε το δοχείο να αφεθεί για κατάλληλο χρονικό διάστηµα, το οποίο καθορίζεται από τον τελικό χρήστη
και εξαρτάται από το υπό κατεργασία υγρό και τις συνθήκες, έτσι ώστε το ηλεκτρικό φορτίο να κατανέµεται σε ασφαλές
επίπεδο, είτε οι συνθήκες στο περίβληµα του φίλτρου να γίνουν κατάλληλες και ασφαλείς πριν προβούµε στις
απαραίτητες δραστηριότητες.
Όλες οι κινητές διατάξεις φίλτρου χρησιµοποιούν αντιστατικούς τροχούς προσανατολισµού που κλειδώνουν και ο
χρήστης πρέπει να φροντίζει έτσι ώστε η διάταξη να µένει ακίνητη κατά τη λειτουργία και / ή να µην συγκρούεται µε
άλλα αντικείµενα, το οποίο µπορεί να δηµιουργήσει σπινθήρες κατά τη µεταφορά.
Κατά την κατεργασία εύφλεκτων υγρών µέσω του συγκεκριµένου µηχανισµού διήθησης της Pall, ο χρήστης πρέπει
να βεβαιώνεται ότι, κατά τη διάρκεια λειτουργιών όπως η γέµιση, ο εξαερισµός, η αποσυµπίεση, η αποστράγγιση
και η αλλαγή φίλτρου, τυχόν διαρροές ελαχιστοποιούνται, περιορίζονται ή οδηγούνται σε ασφαλές µέρος.
Συγκεκριµένα, ο χρήστης πρέπει να βεβαιωθεί ότι τέτοιου είδους υγρά δεν εκτίθενται σε επιφάνειες των οποίων η
θερµοκρασία µπορεί να αναφλέξει το υγρό.
Το συγκεκριµένο προϊόν της Pall δεν παράγει θερµότητα, όµως κατά την κατεργασία υγρών υψηλής θερµοκρασίας,
συµπεριλαµβανοµένων της αποστείρωσης µε ατµό και οποιαδήποτε λειτουργία που δεν εκτελείται σύµφωνα µε τις
προδιαγραφές του προϊόντος, παίρνει τη θερµοκρασία του υπό κατεργασία υγρού. Ο χρήστης εποµένως θα
πρέπει να βεβαιωθεί ότι η θερµοκρασία αυτή είναι κατάλληλη για το χώρο στον οποίο θα λειτουργήσει το φίλτρο, ή
ότι λαµβάνονται τα απαραίτητα προστατευτικά µέτρα.
Κατά τη διάρκεια κατεργασίας εύφλεκτων υγρών, ο χρήστης πρέπει να βεβαιωθεί ότι έχει αφαιρεθεί όλος ο αέρας
από το εσωτερικό της διάταξης κατά τη διάρκεια της γέµισης και περαιτέρω λειτουργίας, έτσι ώστε να αποφευχθεί η
δηµιουργία ενός ενδεχοµένως εύφλεκτου ή εκρηκτικού µείγµατος αέρος / ατµού στο εσωτερικό του εξαρτήµατος.
Αυτό µπορεί να επιτευχθεί µε το προσεκτικό εξαερισµό της διάταξης σύµφωνα µε τις οδηγίες χρήσεως.
Για να αποφευχθούν ζηµιές ή υποβάθµιση αυτού του µηχανήµατος, επιβάλλεται ο τελικός χρήστης να ελέγχει την
συµβατικότητα όλων των υλικών, συµπεριλαµβανοµένων των στεγανοποιητικών δακτυλίων, µε το υγρό προς
κατεργασία και τις συνθήκες.
Οποιαδήποτε διαρροή εύφλεκτων υγρών από αυτήν τη διάταξη λόγω λάθος εγκατάστασης ή βλάβης στα
εξαρτήµατα, συµπεριλαµβανοµένων των στεγανοποιητικών δακτυλίων, ενδεχοµένως να αποτελέσει πηγή
ανάφλεξης εάν τέτοιου είδους υγρά εκτεθούν σε θερµαινόµενη επιφάνεια. Ο χρήστης πρέπει να ελέγχει τακτικά τη
διάταξη για βλάβες και διαρροές, οι οποίες πρέπει να επισκευάζονται εγκαίρως, και επίσης πρέπει να φροντίζει
έτσι ώστε οι στεγανοποιητικοί δακτύλιοι και οι τάπες να ανανεώνονται µετά από κάθε αλλαγή φίλτρου.
Απαιτείται συχνό καθάρισµα µε αντιστατικό υλικό για να αποφευχθεί η συσσώρευση σκόνης στο φίλτρο της
διάταξης.
Ο χρήστης οφείλει να φροντίζει την προστασία των προϊόντων αυτών από την αναµενόµενη µηχανική βλάβη που
µπορεί να προκαλέσει τέτοιου είδους διαρροή, όπως τριβή και κρούση.
Για τυχόν διευκρινίσεις παρακαλούµε επικοινωνήστε µε το τοπικό σας γραφείο ή εµπορικό αντιπρόσωπο της Pall.
LP00833 Page 13
FOLJA TA’ |IEDA G}ALL-ATEX 94/9/EC
MT APPARAT TA’ FILTRU TAL-METALL MINN PALL

L-istallazzjoni u manutenzjoni g]andhom ji[u mag]mula minn bniedem kompetenti. Ir-Regoli nazzjonali u lokali ta’
prattika, Regolamenti tal-Ambjent u Direttivi tal-li[i dwar is-Sa]]a u Sigurtá g]andhom ikunu osservati u mag]\ula l-
ewwel u qabel kull proèdura o]ra li hi mni\\la jew mifhuma f’dan id-dokument.
G]all-fluwidi li g]andhom [ibda baxxa elettrika, hemm il-possibbiltá li tin]oloq elettriìtá statika mal-u\u tal-metalli li
fihom komponenti polimeriì. Dan jista’ jwassal lejn emissjoni elettrika li tikka[una possibbiltá ta’ qbid f’atmosfera
esplu\iva fejn din il-kundizzjoni ti[i esposta.
Fejn dawn il-prodotti ta’ Pall ji[u u\ati b’daqshekk [ibda baxxa elettrika f’ambjent li fih hemm fluwidi li huma
flammabbli jew atmosfera li tista’ tag]mel esplu\\joni, dawn il-prodotti u l-pajpijiet mag]hom, valvijiet, u l-qafas li
j\ommhom g]andhom ikunu marbutin b’elettriku adattat li jkun imqabbad sewwa ma’ l-art billi tintu\a l-g]odda li
tissikka tajjeb mal-apparat (fejn dan japplika) jew bl-u\u ta’ linja li torbot bejn l-apparat u l-art.
Dawk il-komponenti kollha tal-apparat li jistg]u ji[u mg]ottijin b’gaskets li ma je]dux elettriku fihom, e``. g]andhom
ikunu marbutin minn min jag]mel u\u minnhom..
It-testijiet fuq il-kurrent kontinwu g]andhom isiru mal-komponenti kollha tal-elettriku u wkoll il-konnessjonijiet mal-art
u l-qafas tal-apparat b]ala parti mill-proèdura tal-istallazzjoni u dawn f’intervalli regulari matul il-manutenzjoni.
G]andhom jittie]du mi\uri biex jitbattlu fluwidi \ejda tal-elettriku mis-sistema tal-filtru, billi jsir u\u mill-pajpijiet li jkunu
mqabbdin sewwa mal-art.
G]andhom jittie]du prekawzjonijiet biex ji[i \gurat li ma jkunx hemm tnixxija elettrika waqt it-tibdil tal-filtri billi jit]alla r-
reìpjent g]al \mien me]tie[ (li dan ji[i detemrinat minn min ju\ah skond il-proèss u l-kundizzjoni tal-fluwidu) ]alli l-
kurrent tal-elettriku ji[i mxerred g]al livell salv – jew billi tirrendi l-qafas bla periklu biex ix-xog]ol isir kif g]andu
jin]adem.
L-apparati kollha tal-filtru li huma mobbli ju\aw roti li ma ji[bdux elettriku u li jissakkru, u min ju\ahom g]andu ji\gura
li l-apparat ma joqg]odx ji`àqlaq waqt ix-xog]ol u / jew li ja]bat ma’ o[[etti o]ra fejn jistg]u jikka[una xrar matul it-
trasport.
Fejn isir il-proèss tal-fluwidi flammabbli waqt il-bini tal-apparat tal-filtru ta’ Pall, min ju\ah g]andi jittendi li ma jsirx
tixrid waqt il-mili, ventilazzjoni, tnaqqis ta’ pressa, tbattil, u t-tibdil tal-filtru isir b’xog]ol mill-inqas, img]asses jew
me]ud f’lok fejn mhemmx periklu. B’mod partikulari, dak li ju\ah g]andu ji\gura li l-fluwidi ma jitqieg]dux f’na]at fejn
hemm temperatura li tista’ tqabbad in-nar lill-fluwidu.
Dan il-prodott ta’ Pall fih innifsu ma jis]onx, i\da matul il-proèss ta’ fluwidi bi s]ana g]olja, b]al xog]ol ta’
sterilizzazzjoni bil-fwar u kundizzjonijiet li jqallbu l-apparat, tittie]ed temperatura tal-fluwidu li jkun ipproèssat. Min
ju\a dan g]andu ji\gura li din it-temperatura hija a`èttabbli fil-lok fejn il-filtru ser ikun im]addem, jew li mi\uri ta’
protezzjoni siewja ji[u me]udin.
Meta jipproèssa l-fluwidi flammabbli, il-parru`àn g]andu ji\gura li l-arja kollha tkun ma]ru[a waqt il-mili tal-apparat u
matul ix-xog]ol ta’ wara ]alli ma ssirx formazzjoni ta’ fwar jew ta]lit ta’ arja li jistg]u jkunu flammabbli fl-apparat.
Dan jista’ jsir billi tinfeta] ventilazzjoni fl-apparat kif hu spjegat fl-istruzzjonijiet lil min ju\ah.
Biex tevita l-]sara u l-kundizzjoni mg]arrqa ta’ dan l-apparat – ikun bi kmand li min ju\a] g]andu ji`èkkja li l-materjali
kollha mibnija huma tajbin (u wkoll is-si[illi) flimkien mal-fluwidu tal-proèss u l-kundizzjonijiet.
It-tnixxija ta’ likwidi flammabbli minn dan l-apparat, li ji[u minn stallazzjoni ]a\ina jew ]sara lill-apparat (u wkoll lis-
si[illi li jg]aqqdu), jistg]u j[ibu bidu ta’ taqbid jekk dawn il-likwidi ji[u mimsusa ma’ o[[etti ta’ s]ana. Il-parru`àn g]andu
ji\gura li l-apparat ikun spezzjonat regolarment g]al xi ]sara jew tnixxija, li dawn g]andhom jittejbu malajr, u li s-si[illi
li jorbtu g]andhom jinbidlu ma’ kull tibdil tal-filtru.
Hu me]tie[ li jsir tindif regulari b’materjali bla elettriku ]alli jitnaqqas il-kisi ta-trab fuq l-apparat tal-filtru.
Il-parru`àn g]andu ji\gura li dawn il-prodotti huma m]arsin minn xi ]sara mekkanika li jkun jaf biha minn qabel, li din
tista’ to]loq tnixxija, b]alma hi xi ]abta jew barxa fuq l-apparat.
Jekk g]andek xi mistoqsijiet – jekk jog][bok aqbad mal-offi``ju lokali ta’ Pall jew mad-distributur.
LP00833 Page 14
DOPOLNILNI TEHNIČNI LIST ZA ATEX 94/9/EC
SL PALL KOVINSKA OHIŠJA FILTROV

Nameščanje in vzdrževanje mora opravljati primerna oseba. Treba se je držati državnih in lokalnih kodeksov
ravnanja, Okoljskih uredb in Zdravstvenih in varnostnih navodil ter jim dajati prednost pred ravnanji, navedenimi ali
naznačenimi v tem dokumentu.
Za tekočine, ki imajo nizko prevodnost, obstaja možnost nastanka statične elektrike tekom uporabe s kovinskimi
montažami, ki vsebujejo polimerske komponente. To lahko privede do statične razelektritve, kar lahko povzroči
zažig v potencialno eksplozivnem okolju, kjer je le to prisotno.
Ker se Pall izdelki lahko uporabljajo s tako nizko prevodnimi tekočinami v okolju, ki vsebuje vnetljive tekočine ali
potencialno eksplozivno ozračje je treba te izdelke in pripadajoče cevi, ventile in podporno ogrodje električno
povezati in primerno priključiti na ozemljitev z uporabo ustreznih ozemljitvenih podpornikov, ki so vključeni v ohišje
(kjer je primerno) ali uporabiti ustrezni ozemljitveni pas za povezavo ohišja filtra na zemljo.
Vse komponente ohišja filtra se lahko ločijo z neprevodnimi tesnili itd., ki jih mora električno povezati končni
uporabnik.
Celostne preizkuse je treba izvajati za vse električno povezane in ozemljene komponente in ohišja kot del
postopka nameščanja in v rednih intervalih tekom servisiranja.
Uporaba prevodne cevi, ki je primerno ozemljena bo poskrbela za razpršitev statičnega ostanka pri tekočini na
filtru
Tekom izmenjave filtrov je potrebna previdnost, da se prepreči statična razelektritev. Da bi to preprečili lahko
pustimo nosilce določen čas mirovat (to določi končni uporabnik, glede na procesno tekočino in pogoje) in pustit da
statični naboj pade do varnega nivoja ali naredimo okolje varno za namenjene dejavnosti.
Vse mobilne montaže s filtri uporabljajo antistatična kolesa/sipalnike z zavorami in uporabnik mora zagotoviti, da
se montaža tekom delovanje ne bo premikala in/ali trčila v druge objekte, kar bi lahko tvorilo iskre tekom prevoza.
Ko se preko montaže Pall filtra procesirajo vnetljive tekočine se mora uporabnik prepričat, da so izlivi tekom
polnjenja, zračenja, zniževanja pritiska, odvajanja in izmenjave filtra zmanjšani, shranjeni ali usmerjeni na varno
področje. Še posebej se mora uporabnik prepričati, da takšne tekočine niso izpostavljene površinam pri
temperaturi, ki bi lahko zažgala tekočino.
Ta Pall izdelek sam ne tvori toplote. Tekom procesiranja tekočin z visoko temperaturo, vključno s sterilizacijo pare
in procesiranjem določenih pogojev, se bo segrel na temperaturo tekočine, ki jo predeluje. Uporabnik mora
zagotoviti, da je temperatura sprejemljiva za območje v katerem bo filter deloval ali da so uporabljeni primerni
zaščitni ukrepi.
Pri predelavi gorljivih tekočin se mora uporabnik prepričati, da je tekom polnjenja in pri nadaljnjem delovanju zrak v
celoti odstranjen iz montaže, da se prepreči tvorba potencialno gorljivih ali eksplozivnih hlapov/mešanice zraka
znotraj opreme. To se lahko doseže preko pazljivega zračenja montaže, kot je podrobno opisano v uporabniških
navodilih.
Da bi preprečili poškodbe ali nepravilnosti te opreme – je nujno, da končni uporabnik preveri primernost vseh
materialov konstrukcije (vključno s tesnili) s procesno tekočino in pogoji.
Iztekanje gorljivih tekočin iz te montaže, ki so posledica nepravilne namestitve ali poškodbe opreme (vključno s
tesnili zapirala), lahko povzročijo vir vžiga, če so izpostavljene segretim površinam. Uporabnik mora zagotoviti, da
je montaža redno pregledana za poškodbe in iztekanja, ki morajo biti takoj popravljena. Prav tako je treba pri vsaki
zamenjavi filtra obnoviti tesnila na zapiralu.
Potrebno je redno čiščenje z antistatičnim materialom, da se prepreči nabiranje prahu na montaži filtra.
Uporabnik mora zagotoviti, da so ti izdelki zaščiteni pred predvidenimi mehanskimi poškodbami, udarci in
razjedami, ki lahko povzročijo iztekanje.
Če imate kakršnakoli vprašanja – Vas prosimo, da se obrnete na Vašo lokalno Pall pisarno ali distributerja.
LP00833 Page 15
TECHNICKÝ DODATOK PRE ATEX 94/9/EC
SK KOVOVÉ TELESÁ FILTROV PALL

Inštaláciu a údržbu musí vykonávať kompetentná osoba. Je potrebné dodržiavať národné a miestne zoznamy
pravidiel, environmentálne predpisy a zdravotné a bezpečnostné smernice, ktoré majú prednosť pred uvedenými
a predpokladanými postupmi nachádzajúcimi sa v tomto dokumente.
U kvapalín, ktoré majú nízku vodivosť, existuje pri používaní spolu s kovovými súpravami obsahujúcimi
polymérové komponenty možnosť vytvárania statickej elektriny. To môže potenciálne viesť k výbojom statickej
elektriny, ktoré môžu mať za následok vznietenie potenciálne výbušnej atmosféry všade tam, kde sa takáto
atmosféra nachádza.
Ak sa tieto výrobky spoločnosti Pall používajú s takýmito kvapalinami s nízkou vodivosťou v prostredí, ktoré
obsahuje zápalné kvapaliny alebo potenciálne výbušnú atmosféru, u týchto produktov a príslušného potrubia,
ventilov a podpornej armatúry je potrebné vytvoriť elektrickú krížovú väzbu, vhodné pripojenie na uzemnenie
pomocou vhodných uzemňujúcich výčnelkov alebo kolíkov zapustených do telesa (kde je to aplikovateľné), alebo
použitím vhodného uzemňovacieho pásu, ktorým sa pripojí teleso filtra na uzemnenie.
U všetkých komponentov telesa filtra, ktoré je možné utesniť nevodivými tesneniami, atď. musí koncový užívateľ
vytvoriť elektrickú krížovú väzbu.
V rámci uvádzania do prevádzky a v pravidelných intervaloch a rámci údržby sa vykonávajú skúšky uzemnenia
jednotlivých komponentov aj telies filtrov.
Je potrebné vykonať opatrenia na rozptýlenie statického zbytku v toku kvapaliny vo filtri, ako je použitie vodivého
potrubia, ktoré je riadne uzemnené.
Preventívne opatrenia sú potrebné na zabezpečenie, aby sa statický výboj nemohol objaviť počas vyberania filtrov.
Konkrétne, nádoba musí byť na stanovený čas (stanoví koncový užívateľ na základe prevádzkovej kvapaliny
a podmienok) stáť, aby sa statický výboj rozptýlil až na bezpečnú úroveň – alebo zabezpečením prostredia telesa
pre príslušnú činnosť.
Všetky mobilné filtrové súpravy používajú antistatické a uzamknuteľné kolesá / kolieska a užívateľ musí
zabezpečiť, aby sa súprava nemohla počas servisu posunúť a / alebo zraziť s ostatnými objektmi, čo by mohlo
viesť ku vzniku iskier počas prepravy.
Tam, kde cez túto filtrovú súpravu značky Pall prechádzajú zápalné kvapaliny, užívateľ musí zabezpečiť, aby sa
minimalizovala možnosť rozliatia počas plnenia, odvetrávania, odtlakovania, vypúšťania a výmeny filtra. Rozliata
tekutina musí byť zadržaná a usmernená do bezpečnej oblasti. Užívateľ musí najmä zabezpečiť, aby takéto
kvapaliny neboli vystavené povrchom s teplotou, ktorá by mohla zapáliť kvapalinu.
Tento výrobok značky Pall samotný nevytvára teplo, ale počas prevádzkovania s kvapalinami s vysokou teplotou,
vrátane parnej sterilizácie a podmienok narušujúcich proces sa zohreje na teplotu prevádzkovej kvapaliny.
Užívateľ musí zabezpečiť, aby táto teplota bola prijateľná pre oblasť, v ktorej sa filter používa, alebo prijat vhodné
ochranné opatrenía.
Pri prevádzke so zápalnými kvapalinami musí užívateľ zabezpečiť, aby sa počas plnenia a následnej prevádzky
žiaden vzduch plne neuvoľnil zo súpravy, aby sa zabránilo vytváraniu možných zápalných alebo výbušných
výparov / vzdušnej zmesi vo vnútri zariadenia. Toto je možné dosiahnuť pomocou starostlivého odvetrávania
súpravy, ako je detailne opísané v inštrukciách pre užívateľa.
Aby sa zabránilo poškodeniu alebo zhoršeniu stavu zariadenia – je nutné, aby koncový užívateľ preveril vhodnosť
všetkých konštrukčných materiálov (vrátane tesnení) v súvislosti s používanou kvapalinou a podmienkami.
Presakovanie zápalných kvapalín z tejto súpravy, ktoré vzniká v dôsledku nesprávnej inštalácie alebo poškodenia
zariadenia (vrátane tesnení uzáverov), môže vytvárať zápalný zdroj, ak sú takéto kvapaliny vystavené horúcemu
povrchu. Užívateľ musí zabezpečiť, aby súprava bola pravidelne kontrolovaná na poškodenie a presakovanie,
ktoré musí byť pohotovo napravené a tieto tesnenia uzáverov musia byť vymenené pri každej výmene filtra.
Je potrebné pravidelné čistenie pomocou antistatického materiálu, aby sa zabránilo usádzaniu prachu na filtrovej
súprave.
Užívateľ musí zabezpečiť, aby tieto výrobky boli chránené pred predvídateľným mechanickým poškodením, ktoré
by mohlo takéto presakovanie spôsobiť, vrátane nárazu a odretia.
Ak máte akékoľvek otázky – prosíme, kontaktujte vašu miestnu kanceláriu alebo distributéra výrobkov spoločnosti
Pall.
LP00833 Page 16
TECHNICKÝ DODATEK KE SMĚRNICI ATEX 94/9/EC
CS KOVOVÉ SKŘÍNĚ FILTRŮ PALL

Instalaci a údržbu by měla provádět způsobilá osoba. Je třeba dodržovat národní a místní pravidla, předpisy na
ochranu životního prostředí a zdravotní a bezpečnostní směrnice. Jejich dodržování má zároveň přednost před
všemi pokyny uvedenými v tomto dokumentu.
Kapaliny s nízkou vodivostí mohou při použití spolu s kovovými sestavami, které obsahují polymerové prvky,
vyrábět statickou elektřinu. To by mohlo způsobit výboj statické elektřiny a následné vznícení potenciálně výbušné
atmosféry v místech s takovouto atmosférou.
Předpokládá-li se u filtrů firmy Pall použití takovýchto kapalin s nízkou vodivostí v hořlavém nebo potenciálně
výbušném prostředí, musí být tato zařízení včetně přilehlého potrubí, ventilů a nosné konstrukce elektricky příčně
zajištěná a vhodným způsobem spojená se zemí za použití odpovídajících zemnicích patek nebo sloupků
zabudovaných na skříni (na vhodném místě) nebo s využitím odpovídajícího ukostřovacího pásku, který spojí skříň
filtru se zemí.
Všechny součásti skříně filtru, které lze izolovat nevodivým těsněním atd., by koncový uživatel měl elektricky
příčně zajistit.
Během poprodejního servisu by součástí instalace měly být zkoušky propojení u všech elektricky příčně
zajištěných a uzemněných částí a skříní. Tyto zkoušky je třeba provádět v pravidelných časových intervalech.
Za účelem rozptýlení statických usazenin v proudu kapaliny ve filtru musí být prováděna měření, například s
využitím řádně uzemněného vodivého potrubí.
Při výměně filtrů je třeba dodržovat bezpečnostní opatření, aby se zabránilo výskytu statického výboje. Za tímto
účelem se doporučuje ponechat nádobu na určitou dobu (tu si určí koncový uživatel vzhledem k provozní kapalině
a podmínkám), aby se statický náboj rozptýlil na bezpečnou úroveň. Další možností je okolí skříně pro příslušnou
činnost zabezpečit.
Veškeré pojízdné filtrační sestavy jsou opatřeny antistatickými a uzamykatelnými kolečky. Uživatel by tedy měl
sestavu v provozu zabezpečit proti samovolnému pohybu a/nebo srážce s jinými objekty, které pak při převážení
mohou začít jiskřit.
Procházejí-li filtrační sestavou Pall hořlavé kapaliny, měl by uživatel případné rozlití během plnění, odvzdušňování,
snižování tlaku, vypouštění a výměny filtru minimalizovat, izolovat nebo nasměrovat na bezpečné místo.
Především je nutné dbát na to, aby tyto kapaliny nepřišly do kontaktu s povrchy o teplotě, která by mohla způsobit
jejich vznícení.
Filtry Pall samy o sobě teplo neprodukují, avšak během zpracovávání kapalin s vysokou teplotou,
včetně sterilizace párou a v podmínkách pěchování, přebírají teplotu právě zpracovávané kapaliny. Uživatel ručí za
přijatelnost této teploty pro oblast provozu filtru, případně za provedení příslušných ochranných opatření.
Pří zpracovávání hořlavých kapalin se uživatel musí postarat o to, aby během plnění a následného provozu byl
veškerý vzduch plně vytlačen z vnitřku filtrační sestavy a nevytvářely se tak potenciálně hořlavé výpary / vzdušné
směsi uvnitř zařízení. Toho lze dosáhnout důkladným odvzdušňováním sestavy, jak je podrobně popsáno v
uživatelském návodu.
Pro ochranu před možným poškozením či znehodnocením tohoto zařízení je nezbytně nutné, aby koncový uživatel
prověřil vhodnost použití veškerého konstrukčního materiálu (včetně těsnění) s provozní kapalinou a v souladu s
podmínkami.
Únik hořlavých kapalin z filtrační sestavy v důsledku nesprávné instalace nebo poškození zařízení (včetně
koncového těsnění) může vést ke vznícení, jsou-li takové kapaliny vystaveny kontaktu s vyhřívanými povrchy.
Uživatel by měl zajistit pravidelné kontroly filtrační sestavy, aby případná poškození a netěsná místa mohla být
odhalena co nejdříve. Ty je pak třeba urychleně opravit a dbát také na důslednou výměnu koncového těsnění po
každé výměně filtru.
Usazování prachu na filtrační sestavě lze předejít jejím pravidelným čištěním antistatickým materiálem.
Uživatel má povinnost zabezpečit filtry proti předvídatelným mechanickým poškozením, která mohou být příčinou
prosakování, jako např. proti nárazům a oděrům.
V případě jakýchkoli dotazů se prosím obraťte na pobočku firmy Pall v místě Vašeho bydliště nebo na některého z
distributorů.
LP00833 Page 17
ATEX 94/9/EC: DODATEK TECHNICZNY
PL METALOWE OBUDOWY FILTRÓW PALL

Montażu i konserwacji powinny się podejmować wyłącznie osoby kompetentne. Wszelkie krajowe i lokalne normy,
przepisy ekologiczne oraz wytyczne w sprawach zdrowia i bezpieczeństwa muszą być bezwzględnie
przestrzegane i mają pierwszeństwo przed wszystkimi zasadami deklarowanymi lub wnioskowanymi z niniejszego
dokumentu.
W przypadku płynów o niskiej przewodności istnieje możliwość wydzielania ładunków elektrostatycznych podczas
kontaktu z metalowymi zestawami zawierającymi elementy polimerowe. Ładunki takie stwarzają
niebezpieczeństwo powstania wyładowań elektrostatycznych, które mogłyby doprowadzić do zapłonu w
środowisku zapalnym.
W sytuacjach, gdzie te produkty Pall mogą być stosowane wraz z płynami o niskiej przewodności w środowisku
zawierającym łatwopalne płyny lub wybuchową mieszankę gazów, powinny one wraz z całym układem rur,
zaworami i konstrukcją podtrzymującą być elektrycznie powiązane krzyżowo i należycie uziemione przy użyciu
odpowiednich zgrubień lub ćwieków uziemiających stanowiących integralną część obudowy (jeśli ma to
zastosowanie) lub przy użyciu odpowiedniej taśmy uziemiającej łączącej obudowę filtru z masą.
Wszystkie elementy obudowy filtru, które można zaizolować nieprzewodzącymi uszczelkami itp. powinny zostać
elektrycznie powiązane krzyżowo przez użytkownika.
Podczas procedury montażowej, jak również w regularnych odstępach podczas eksploatacji należy przeprowadzać
testy ciągłości wszystkich obudów i elementów uziemionych i elektrycznie powiązanych krzyżowo.
Należy podjąć odpowiednie środki w celu rozproszenia pozostałości ładunków elektrostatycznych w płynie
wypływającym z filtru, np. stosując przewodzący układ rur, który jest odpowiednio powiązany z masą.
Podczas wymiany filtrów należy podjąć odpowiednie środki zapobiegawcze, aby nie wystąpiły wyładowania
elektrostatyczne. W tym celu należy zostawić naczynie na czas na tyle długi (w zależności od warunków i płynu
technologicznego stosowanego przez użytkownika), aby rozproszyć ładunki elektrostatyczne do bezpiecznego
poziomu, lub zabezpieczyć otoczenie obudowy odpowiednio do planowanej czynności.
Wszystkie ruchome zespoły filtrów są wyposażone w antystatyczne koła i kółka samonastawne z blokadami.
Użytkownik powinien dopilnować, aby zespoły te w trakcie pracy nie ruszały się i/lub nie zderzyły się z innymi
przedmiotami, ponieważ mogłoby to spowodować iskrzenie.
Jeśli przez ten zespół filtrów Pall są przerabiane płyny łatwopalne, użytkownik powinien zadbać o to, aby podczas
napełniania, odpowietrzania, rozhermetyzowywania, odwadniania i zmiany filtru wylewało się jak najmniej płynu, a
jeśli się wyleje, to żeby został on zebrany lub skierowany do bezpiecznego miejsca. W szczególności użytkownik
powinien dopilnować, aby takie płyny nie zetknęły się z powierzchnią o temperaturze na tyle wysokiej, że płyn
mógłby się zapalić.
Ten produkt Pall jako taki nie wytwarza ciepła, ale podczas obróbki płynów o wysokiej temperaturze, m.in. w
operacjach sterylizacji parowej i przy destabilizacji procesów, będzie on się rozgrzewał od temperatury
obrabianego płynu. Użytkownik powinien dopilnować, aby ta temperatura nie przekroczyła wartości dopuszczalnej
dla miejsca, gdzie filtr jest używany, lub aby zostały podjęte odpowiednie środki ostrożności.
Jeśli obróbce są poddawane płyny łatwopalne, podczas napełniania i późniejszych operacji należy zwracać uwagę,
aby całkowicie usunąć powietrze z zespołu, ponieważ inaczej wewnątrz urządzenia mogłaby się formować
łatwopalna lub wybuchowa mieszanka oparów i powietrza. Uzyskuje się to przez należyte odpowietrzenie zespołu
w sposób opisany szczegółowo w instrukcji.
Aby zapobiec ewentualnemu zniszczeniu lub uszkodzeniu urządzenia, użytkownik musi bezwzględnie sprawdzić,
czy wszystkie materiały konstrukcyjne (w tym uszczelki) nadają się do danych warunków i stosowanego płynu
technologicznego.
Wyciek łatwopalnego płynu z zespołu wskutek niepoprawnego montażu lub uszkodzenia urządzenia (w tym
uszczelek zamknięć) może stanowić źródło zapłonu, gdyby taki płyn zetknął się z rozgrzaną powierzchnią.
Użytkownik powinien dopilnować, aby zespół był regularnie kontrolowany. Wszelkie uszkodzenia i przecieki muszą
być niezwłocznie usuwane. Uszczelki zamknięć muszą być wymieniane po każdej zmianie filtru.
Zespół filtru należy regularnie czyścić materiałem antystatycznym, aby nie gromadził się na nim kurz.
Produkty muszą być chronione przed dającymi się przewidzieć uszkodzeniami mechanicznymi mogącymi
powodować przecieki, jak np. uderzenia i otarcia.
Wszelkie pytania prosimy kierować do lokalnego biura Pall lub dystrybutora.
LP00833 Page 18
TEHNILINE LISALEHT MUDEL ATEX 94/9/EC JAOKS
ET PALL’I METALLFILTERAGREGAADID
Toote installeerimise ja hooldustööd peab läbi viima selleks pädev inimene. Seejuures tuleb kinni pidada riiklikest
ja kohalikest eeskirjadest, keskkonda reguleerivatest tervise- ja tervisekaitse juhtnõõridest, mis on käesolevas
dokumendis kirjeldatu suhtes ülimuslikud.
Madala elektrijuhtivusega vedelike käitlemisel metallagregaatidega, milles on polümeerseid osi, võib tekkida
staatiline elekter. See võib tekitada olukorra, kus staatiline elekter vallandub ning võib süütada võimaliku
plahvatusohtliku keskkonna, sellise õhkonna olemasolul.
Olukorrad, kus Pall’i tooteid võib kasutada koos selliste madala elektrijuhtivusega vedelikega ning kergestisüttivaid
vedelikke sisaldavas või võimalikus plahvatusohtlikus keskkonnas, on seotud torutöödega, ventiilide ja kraanidega
ning seetõttu tuleks tugistruktuur ristühendada ja asjakohaselt maandada kasutades selleks sobivaid nuppe või
vardaid, mis on konstruktsiooniga ühendatud (juhul, kui see on nõutav) või kasutades sobivat maandustrossi,
tagamaks filteragregaadi sobiva ühendatuse maapinnaga.
Kõik filterkonstruktsiooni osad, mida on võimalik isoleerida elektrit mittejuhtivate tihendite vms abil tuleb
lõppkasutajal ristühendada.
Nii installeerimisel kui ka korrapäraste ajavahemike järel pärast agregaadi kasutust tuleb teostada pidevusteste
kõikide osade ning konstruktsioonide suhtes, mis on ristühendatud ja maandatud.
Tuleb kasutada sobivaid meetmeid, et hajutada staatilise materjali kogunemist filtris vedeliku äravoolu suunas, nt
kasutada elektrit juhtivat torustikku, mis on vastavalt maandatud.
Filtrite vahetamisel on nõutav kasutada ettevaatusabinõusid tagamaks, et filtrite vahetamisel ei toimu staatilise
elektri vallandumist. Selleks tuleb agregaat piisavaks ajaks välja lülitada (aja perioodi pikkuse otsustab
lõppkasutaja lähtuvalt kasutatava vedeliku omadustest ja kasutustingimustest), et staatiline elekter saaks hajuda
ning saavutada turvalisuse taseme – või leida kohane ohutu koht mis vastaks töö teostamise nõuetele.
Kõikide liikuvate filteragregaatide puhul on kasutusel antistaatilised ja lukustatavad rattad / rullikud ning kasutaja
peab tagama, et agregaat käitlemise ajal ei liiguks ega põrkuks teiste objektide vastu, kuna see võib põhjustada
ülekande ajal sädemete teket.
Juhtudel, kus sellise Pall filteragregaadiga toimub kergestisüttivate vedelike käitlemine, peab kasutaja tagama, et
agregaadi täitmisel, ventileerimisel, surve all olemisel, dreenimisel või filtri vahetamisel loksub maha võimalikult
vähe vedelikku ning et see kogutakse või suunatakse turvalisse kohta. Eriti oluline on, et kasutaja tagaks olukorra,
kus selline vedelik ei koguneks pinnale, mis kõrgel temperatuuril võib süttida.
Käesolev Pall’i toode töötades iseenesest ei kuumene, kuid vedelike käitlemisel kõrge temperatuuri juures, sh
aurusteriliseerimisel ning protsessihäirete tingimustes tõuseb selle temperatuur vastavalt kasutatava vedeliku
omale. Kasutaja peab tagama, et keskkonna temperatuur, kus filtrit kasutatakse, oleks aktsepteeritav -- või tagama
asjakohaste kaitsemeetmete kasutuse.
Kergestisüttivate vedelike kasutamisel peab kasutaja tagama, et õhk oleks agregaadist täielikult eemaldatud selle
täitmisel ning muude tegevuste käigus, hoidmaks ära potentsiaalselt süttiva või plahvatusohtliku auru/segu
tekkimise agregaadi sees. Vastavalt kasutusjuhisele saab õhku agregaadist eemaldada ventileerides hoolikalt
töökäigus.
Hoidmaks ära agregaadi kahjustust või rikkumist tuleb viimasel kasutajal kontrollida, et kõik konstruktsiooni juures
kasutatud materjalid (sh tihendid) sobiksid kasutuseks vastava vedeliku ja tingimuste juures.
Kergestisüttivate vedelike lekked agregaadist, mis võivad olla põhjustatud agregaadi mittekorrektsest
installeerimisest või agregaadi (sh sulgurtihendite) kahjustustest võivad põhjustada niisuguste vedelike süttimise
juhul, kui need puutuvad kokku kuumenenud pinnaga. Kasutaja peab tagama agregaadi regulaarse tehnilise
ülevaatuse, avastamaks kahjustusi või lekkeid, ning need tuleb viivitamatult parandada. Kasutaja peab tagama ka
sulgurtihendite vahetamise iga filtrivahetuse järel.
Nõutav on agregaadi regulaarne puhastamine antistaatilise vahendiga, et ära hoida tolmu kogunemist
filteragregaadi peale.
Kasutaja peab tagama, et tooted oleks kaitstud ettenähtud mehaaniliste kahjustuste, sh põrutuste ja hõõrdumise
eest, mis võivad põhjustada lekkeid.
Küsimuste tekkimisel toote suhtes – pöörduge palun kohaliku Pall’i esinduse või edasimüüja poole.
LP00833 Page 19
MŰSZAKI FÜGGELÉK ATEX 94/9/EC
HN PALL FÉM SZŰRŐBURKOLATOK

Az összeszerelést és karbantartást csak szakavatott személy végezheti. A nemzeti és helyi működtetési
előírásokat, környezetvédelmi és egészségügyi előírásokat be kell tartani, ugyanakkor az ebben a
dokumentumban rögzített minden utasítást figyelembe kell venni.
Az alacsony vezetőképességű folyadékoknál fennáll a lehetősége annak, hogy statikus elektromosság képződik
polimer összetevőket tartalmazó fémszerelvényekkel való használat során. Ez potenciálisan statikus elektromos
kisüléshez vezethet, amely potenciális robbanásveszély kialakulását okozhatja, ilyen robbanásveszélyes feltételek
esetén.
Ahol ilyen Pall termékek kerülhetnek alkalmazásra ilyen alacsony vezetőképességű folyadékokkal, gyúlékony
folyadékok, vagy potenciálisan robbanásveszély környezetében, akkor ezeket a termékeket és csöveket,
szelepeket és szerkezeteket keresztbe kell kötni, illetve földelési ponthoz kell csatlakoztatni megfelelő, a
burkolaton található földelő-érintkező használatával (ha alkalmazható), vagy megfelelő testvezeték használatával,
a szűrőburkolat földdel való összekötésével.
Azokat az összes szűrő-burkolati összetevőt, amelyek nem vezető tömítés által vannak szigetelve, a végső
felhasználónak keresztbe kell kötnie.
Folytonossági teszteket kell végezni az összes keresztbe kötött és földelt összetevő, valamint burkolat részére az
összeszerelési eljárás részeként, rendszeres időközönként.
Méréseket kell végezni a szűrőben való statikus maradékképződés ellenőrzése érdekében, pl. olyan csövek
alkalmazásakor, amelyek megfelelően földeltek.
Elővigyázatosság szükséges a statikus kisülés megelőzése érdekében a szűrők cseréje során az edényt megfelelő
ideig állni hagyva (ezt az időtartamot olyan személynek kell meghatároznia, aki tisztában van a folyamatban
résztvevő folyadékokkal és feltételekkel), hogy ezáltal a statikus töltés biztonságos szintre csökkenjen – vagy
biztonságossá kell tenni a burkolati környezetet a megfelelő tevékenység számára.
Az összes mobil összetevő antisztatikus és rögzíthető kerékkel / görgővel van ellátva, valamint a felhasználónak
biztosítania kell, hogy az egyes részek nem mozdulhatnak / ütközhetnek össze más tárggyal, amely szikrák
kialakulásához vezethetne.
Ahol gyúlékony folyadékok kerülnek továbbításra ezen a Pall szűrőn keresztül, a felhasználónak meg kell
győződnie arról, hogy a töltés, szellőztetés, nyomáskiegyenlítés, lefolyatás és a szűrő cseréjekor kifolyások a
lehető legkisebb mértékben keletkezzenek, valamint ezeket a kifolyásokat biztonságosan el kell különíteni.
Különös figyelmet kell fordítani arra, hogy az ilyen folyadékokat ne tegyék ki olyan hőmérsékletnek és felületeknek,
amely a folyadék begyulladásához vezetne.
Ez a Pall termék önmagában nem termel hőt, magas hőmérsékletű folyadékokkal való munka során – beleértve a
gőz-sterilizálási eljárásokat – azonban felveszi a feldolgozott folyadék hőmérsékletét. A felhasználónak
biztosítania kell, hogy ez a hőmérséklet elfogadható arra a területre, ahol a szűrő működik. Ellenkező esetben
megfelelő védelmi intézkedéseket kell tenni.
Gyúlékony folyadékok használata során a felhasználónak meg kell győződnie arról, hogy a berendezés teljesen
légtelenítve van töltési műveletek során, ezáltal megelőzve a potenciálisan gyúlékony vagy robbanékony elegy
képződését a berendezésben. Ezt a felhasználói utasításban részletezett gondos szellőztetéssel lehet elérni.
A berendezés meghibásodásának elkerülése érdekében a felhasználó számára kötelező a felhasznált anyagok
alkalmasságának ellenőrzése (beleértve szigetelések) a folyamatban részt vevő folyadék és azok állapotának
figyelembe vételével.
A berendezés helytelen összeszereléséből vagy meghibásodásából eredő szivárgó gyúlékony anyagok esetén
(beleértve záró szigetelők) fennáll a begyulladás esélye, ha ezek a folyadékok meleg felületnek vannak kitéve. A
felhasználónak biztosítania kell, hogy a berendezést a lehetséges károk és szivárgások felderítése érdekében
rendszeresen ellenőrzik, valamint a szigeteléseket minden szűrőcsere után kicserélik.
Rendszeres tisztítás szükséges antisztatikus anyaggal annak megelőzése érdekében, hogy por rakódhasson le a
szűrőberendezésen.
A felhasználónak biztosítania kell, hogy ezek a termékek nincsenek kitéve előrelátható mechanikai sérülésektől
(beleértve ütés és kopás), amelyek szivárgáshoz vezethetnek.
További kérdések esetén forduljon bizalommal helyi Pall képviselőjéhez.
LP00833 Page 20
ATEX 94/9/EC TECHNINIŲ DUOMENŲ PRIEDAS
LT PALL FILTRŲ METALINIAI KORPUSAI

Montavimą ir priežiūrą turi atlikti kvalifikuotas specialistas. Reikia laikytis nacionalinių ir vietinių taisyklių, teisinių
aktų dėl aplinkos apsaugos bei sveikatos apsaugos ir saugaus darbo normatyvų. Jų laikymuisi suteikiama
pirmenybė ir tik po to atsižvelgiama į šiame dokumente pateiktas taisykles.
Nedidelio laidumo skysčiai naudojami metalinėse konstrukcijose, kuriose yra polimerinių komponentų, gali
generuoti statinę elektros energiją. Tai galėtų iššaukti statinės elektros energijos iškrovą ir vietuose su tokia
atmosfera gali užsidegti potencialiai sprogstančios dujos ar garai.
Jeigu Pall firmos filtrai bus naudojami nedidelio laidumo skysčiams degioje arba potencialiai sprogimą
sukeliančioje aplinkoje, šie įrengimai, tame tarpe arti esantis vamzdynas, vožtuvai ir laikančiosios konstrukcijos
turi būti aprūpintos elektrai laidžia jungtimi ir tinkamai įžemintos, naudojant atitinkamus įžeminimo įrengimus ar
antenas, įmontuotas korpuse (tinkamoje vietoje) arba naudojant atitinkamą įžeminimo strypą, jungiantį filtro
korpusą su žeme.
Visas filtro korpuso sudėtines dalis, kurias galima izoliuoti nelaidžiais tarpikliais ar pan., galutinis vartotojas turėtų
tarpusavyje sujungti elektrai laidžia jungtimi.
Po pardavimo, atliekant servisą, turėtu būti, kaip instaliavimo sudėtinė dalis, atliktas visų elektrai pralaidžių ir
įžemintų komponentų bei korpusų elektros grandinės vientisumo bandymas. Šiuos bandymus būtina atlikti
reguliariai.
Tikslu išsklaidyti statinės energijos likučius skysčio srovėje, filtre privalo būti atliktas matavimas, pavyzdžiui,
naudojant tinkamai įžemintus laidžius vamzdynus.
Keičiant filtrus būtina laikytis saugumo reikalavimų, kad neatsirastų statinės energijos iškrovos. Tuo tikslu
rekomenduojama palikti indą tam tikrą laiko tarpą (jį turi nustatyti galutinis vartotojas, atsižvelgdamas į
eksploatuojamą skystį ir sąlygas), kad statinė energija išsisklaidytų iki saugaus lygio. Sekanti galimybė -
atitinkamai veiklai padaryti saugią korpuso aplinką.
Visos mobilios filtrų sistemos yra aprūpintos antistatiniais, fiksuojamais ratukais. Taigi, vartotojas eksploatacijos
metu privalo užtikrinti, kad sistemos veikimo metu negalėtų judėti ir/ar susidurti su kitais objektais, kurie pervežant
gali sukelti žiežirbas.
Jei per Pall filtro sistemą leidžiami degūs skysčiai ir jeigu juos pildant, nuorinant, mažinant slėgį, išpilant ar keičiant
filtrą yra skystis išliejamas, vartotojas privalo skysčio išsiliejimą minimalizuoti, izoliuoti arba tekantį skystį nukreipti į
saugią vietą. Visų pirma, reikia saugoti, kad šis skystis nepatektų ant paviršių, kurių temperatūra galėtų sukelti
užsidegimą.
Pall filtrai patys šilumos negamina, tačiau apdorojant aukštos temperatūros skysčius, įskaitant sterilizaciją garais ir
trombavimo sąlygas, filtras įkaista iki apdoroto skysčio temperatūros. Vartotojas garantuoja šios šilumos
priimtinumą filtro eksploatacijai arba privalo užtikrinti atitinkamas apsaugos priemones.
Apdorodamas degius skysčius vartotojas turi užtikrinti, kad skysčio įpylimo arba apdorojimo metu filtravimo
sistemoje esantis oras būtų pilnai pašalintas, kad įrengimo viduje nesusidarytų potencialiai degūs arba
sprogstantys garai/oro mišinys. Tai galima padaryti rūpestingai nuorinus sistemą, kaip kad yra nurodyta vartotojo
instrukcijoje.
Kad šis įrenginys nebūtų sugadintas ar pažeistas yra labai svarbu, kad galutinis vartotojas patikrintų, ar visos
konstrukcijos medžiagos (įskaitant izoliacinius tarpiklius) yra tinkamos skysčio eksploatacijai ir ar neprieštarauja
keliamiems reikalavimams.
Degaus skysčio ištekėjimas iš šios filtracinės sistemos dėl neteisingos instaliacijos arba įrengimo pažeidimo
(įskaitant tarpines) gali tapti liepsnos šaltiniu, jei tokie skysčiai patenka ant kaitinamų paviršių. Vartotojas turi
užtikrinti sistemos reguliarų tikrinamą, kad atsiradę pažeidimai arba nesandarios vietos būtų kuo skubiau aptiktos.
Po to jas būtina nedelsiant užtaisyti ir užtikrinti dangčių sandarumą po kiekvieno filtrų pakeitimo.
Kad ant filtravimo sistemos nesikauptų dulkės būtina ją reguliariai valyti su antistatine medžiaga.
Vartotojo pareiga užtikrinti, kad filtrai nebūtų mechaniškai pažeidžiami, nes mechaniniai pažeidimai gali būti
skysčio ištekėjimo priežastimi, kaip pavyzdžiui prietaisą sutrenkus arba įbrėžus.
Jei turite kokių nors klausimų, prašome kreipkitės į Pall firmos filialą Jūsų gyvenamoje vietoje arba į kurį nors
prekybinį atstovą.
LP00833 Page 21
TEHNISKAIS PIELIKUMS ATEX DIREKTĪVAI NR.94/9/EC
LV “PALL” METĀLA FILTRU APVALKI

Iekārtu uzstādīšanu un apkopi vēlams uzticēt kvalificētiem speciālistiem. Strādājot ar firmas produkciju, tās
lietotājam jāievēro šīm iekārtām un to ekspluatācijai piemērojamie nacionālie un vietējie standarti, noteikumi
attiecībā uz apkārtējās vides aizsardzību, kā arī veselības un drošības direktīvu prasības, un minētie noteikumi un
prasības ir prevalējošie, salīdzinājumā ar šajā dokumentā minētajām vai no tā izrietošajām darba instrukcijām.
Izmantojot šķidrumus ar zemu vadītspēju, pastāv iespēja, ka saskarē ar metāla konstrukcijām, kuru sastāvā ietilpst
polimēra savienojumi, varētu rasties statiskā elektrība. Statiskā elektrība var izlādēties un izraisīt sprāgstošas
atmosfēras uzliesmošanu vietās, kur rodas šāda vide.
Ja “Pall’ ražoto produkciju paredzēts izmantot kopā ar augstākminētajiem zemas vadītspējas šķidrumiem darba
vidē, kur tiek lietotas viegli uzliesmojošas vielas, vai vide ir sprādzienbīstama, nepieciešams ierīkot elektrisko
šķērssaišu savienojumu starp minētajām iekārtām un ar tām saistītajām cauruļvadu sistēmām, ventiļiem un balsta
struktūrām, un atbilstoši piefiksēt to zemei, izmantojot piemērotas uzmavas vai statņus, kas iestrādāti apvalkā
(gadījumos, kad atļauts izmantot minēto metodi), vai arī izmantojot piemērotu zemes skavu, lai piesaistītu filtra
apvalku zemei.
Gala lietotājam ir jāierīko elektriskās šķērssaites sistēma starp visām filtra apvalka sastāvdaļām, kuras iespējams
izolēt, izmantojot nevadošas uzmavas utt.
Iekārtas uzstādīšanas laikā nepieciešams veikt darbības nepārtrauktība pārbaudes visām ar elektrisko šķērssaiti
savienotajām un iezemētajām iekārtas sastāvdaļām un apvalkiem; ekspluatācijas periodā minētās pārbaudes
jāveic regulāri ik pēc noteikta laika, veicot iekārtu apkopi.
Ekspluatācijas gaitā nepieciešams veikt speciālus pasākumus, lai izkliedētu šķidruma plūsmas radīto statisko
elektrību filtra apvalkā, piemēram, izmantojot iezemētas vadošas caurules.
Nepieciešams veikt atbilstošus piesardzības pasākumus, lai nepieļautu statistiskās elektrības izlādēšanos filtru
nomaiņas laikā, atstājot tvertni atvērtu uz noteiktu laiku (ko nosaka gala lietotājs atbilstoši tehnoloģiskā procesa
videi un apstākļiem), lai statiskā elektrība izkliedētos līdz drošam līmenim, vai arī šādu darbību laikā nodrošinot
apvalkam drošu vidi.
Visās pārvietojamās filtra iekārtās tiek izmantoti antistatiski un bloķējami diski vai ritentiņi, un iekārtas lietotājam
jānodrošina, lai iekārta nepārvietotos apkopes laikā, kā arī jāveic atbilstoši drošības pasākumi, lai novērstu
iekārtas sadursmes ar citiem objektiem, kas varētu izraisīt dzirksteļošanu pārvietošanās laikā.
Ja ar “Pall” filtru sistēmu apstrādā viegli uzliesmojošus šķidrumus, lietotājam jāveic nepieciešamie pasākumi, lai
uzpildīšanas, vēdināšanas, spiediena samazināšanas, drenāžas vai filtra nomaiņas laikā maksimāli samazinātu
iespējamo vielas noplūdi vai izšļakstīšanos, vai arī jānovada šie šķidrumi uz drošu vietu. Lai novērstu bīstamas
situācijas, lietotājam jāpievērš īpaša uzmanība tam, lai šādi viegli uzliesmojoši šķidrumi nenokļūtu uz atklātas
virsmas, kuras temperatūra varētu izraisīt minētās vielas uzliesmošanu.
“Pall” filtri paši nerada siltumu, tomēr, apstrādājot šķidrumus ar augstu temperatūru, t.sk., tvaika sterilizēšanas
procesā vai sablīvēšanās gadījumos, iekārta sakarst līdz apstrādājamā šķidruma
temperatūrai. Lietotājam jānodrošina, lai filtrs darbotos pieņemamā temperatūrā, vai jāveic citi atbilstoši
aizsardzības pasākumi.
Ja tehnoloģiskajā procesā tiek izmantoti viegli uzliesmojoši šķidrumi, lietotājam jānodrošina, lai uzpildīšanas un
turpmākās ekspluatācijas laikā viss gaiss tiktu pilnībā izvadīts no iekārtas un lai iekārtas iekšpusē nepieļautu viegli
uzliesmojošu vai sprādzienbīstamu tvaiku vai gaisa maisījuma veidošanos. To ir iespējams panākt, iekārtu rūpīgi
vēdinot, atbilstoši lietošanas instrukcijā minētajiem norādījumiem.
Lai novērstu šo iekārtu bojāšanos vai to tehniskā stāvokļa pasliktināšanos, obligāti nepieciešams, lai gala lietotājs
pārbaudītu visu konstrukcijā izmantoto materiālu (ieskaitot izolāciju) piemērotību apstrādātajam šķidrumam un
apstākļiem.
Viegli uzliesmojošu vielu noplūde no filtra iekārtas, ko izraisījusi iekārtas nepareiza uzstādīšana vai arī iekārtai (t.sk.
noslēdzošajiem blīvējumiem) radušies bojājumi, var izraisīt uzliesmojumu, ja minētie šķidrumi nonāk saskarē ar
sakarsušu virsmu. Lietotājam jānodrošina, lai iekārtu regulāri pārbaudītu un konstatētie bojājumi vai noplūdes
uzreiz novērsti, kā arī lai pēc katras filtru nomaiņas tiktu atjaunots arī noslēdzošais blīvējums.
Lai novērstu putekļu uzkrāšanos filtra agregātā, iekārta regulāri jātīra ar antistatisku materiālu.
Lietotājam jānodrošina šo iekārtu aizsardzība pret paredzamiem mehāniskiem bojājumiem, kas varētu izraisīt
augstākminētās noplūdes, t.sk., pret mehāniskiem triecieniem un noberzumiem.
Gadījumā, ja jums rodas kādi jautājumi, lūdzu sazinieties ar savu vietējo “Pall” pārstāvniecību vai izplatītāju.
LP00833 Page 22
ATEX 94/9/E 技术附件
CN PALL 金属器壳
安装和维护应由合格人员进行。必须严格执行国家和地方职业规范、环境规章及健康和安全要求。这些
规范和要求在与本文件发生冲突时应以国家和地方的规范和要求为准。
低导电性流体在和含有聚合部件的金属设备使用时有可能产生静电。如果周围环境中含
有爆炸成分，这有可能因静电释放导致爆炸。
当 PALL 产品和低导电性流体在含有易燃流体或易爆物品的环境中使用时，所有产品和
相关管道、阀及其支撑架都应用电线相互连通并通过滤壳上合适的接点（轮毂或螺栓，
视设备型号而定）与地线连接或者使用合适的地线将滤壳接入地面。
所有通过非导电垫圈等进行过绝缘处理的滤壳部件都应由最终用户将这些部件进行地线
连接。
应对所有地线连接与接地部件和滤壳进行连续性检测。这是安装程序的一个组成部分。
此外，还应定期检查。
应采取措施，如使用接地的导管消除过滤器下游流体中的静电残余。
应有预防措施以确保在更换过滤器时不产生静电，可以通过将容器放置一段时间（具体
时间应根据最终用户使用的流体和条件确定）以使静电释放到安全水平，或者使滤壳环
境达到安全工作的要求等。
所有移动过滤装置均使用防静电和可锁定轮子和车辘。用户应保证设备在使用时不发生移动和/或不与其
他设备发生碰撞而导致火花产生。
在 PALL 过滤设备处理易燃流体时，用户应保证在倒入、放出、减压、排出及过滤器更
换时尽量避免发生溢出和渗漏，并将溢出流体转移到安全的地方。特别是用户应确保溢
出流体不能暴露在可能导致燃烧的高温环境中。
本 PALL 产品本身不发热，但是在处理高温流体，包括蒸汽杀菌等工艺时会因所处理的流体而发热。用户
应保证该热度对于过滤器操作区域来说时可接受的或者采取了相应的防范措施。
在处理易燃流体时，用户应保证在装入流体及其处理过程中该设备的空气得到完全排净
处理以防止在设备内有可能形成易燃或易爆蒸汽/混合气体。可以按照用户手册的详细
说明通过小心排气达到要求。
为防止设备损坏和老化，最终用户必须检查所有构建材料（包括密封材料）是否适合于
处理该流体和工艺条件。
易燃流体由于设备安装不当或设备损坏（包括密封圈）有可能导致设备发生渗漏。当流
体暴露在发热的表面时可能形成燃烧隐患。用户应保证定期对设备进行检查，以防止损
坏和渗漏。如发现损坏和渗漏应及时检修。每更换一次过滤器都应同时更新密封圈。
应定期使用防静电材料清洗过滤设备以防止灰尘的积累。
用户应保证这些产品不会受到诸如碰撞和磨损等可预见的机械损坏而导致的渗漏。
如果您有任何问题，请和当地的 PALL 办事处或经销商联系。
LP00833 Page 23
パル Atex 94/9/EC のためのテクニカル補充シート
JP パル金属フィルターハウジング
取り付けとメンテナンスは適任者によって行われるべきである。国と地方の慣行基準、環境条例と健康安全条例は
固く守られるべきであり、また、それらは、この書類に述べられ言及される、いかなる行為に優先する。
低い導電率を持つ液体は、重合コンポーネンツを含む金属の組立部品とともに使用している間、静電気を発生する
可能性がある。これは、潜在的に静電気の放電につながり、それは結果として、そのような空気がある場合、もし
かすると爆発の可能性のある空気に発火をもたらすことがある。
パル社の製品が、そのような低い導電率の液体とともに、発火の可能性のある液体や潜在的に爆発の可能性のある
空気を含む環境で使われる時は、これらの製品および、関連しているパイプ、バルブ、そして支えているフレーム
には、電気的交差良導体が取り付けられればならない。また(当てはまる場合)、ハウジングに組み込まれている適
切なアースのボスやスタッドを使って、あるいは、適宜のアースのストラップを利用することにより、フィルター
ハウジングがアースに適切につながっていなければならない。
非導電性のガスケットなどで絶縁されるフィルターハウジングのコンポーネントはすべて、エンドユーザーによっ
て交差良導体が取り付けられなければならない。
すべての、電気的に交差良導体がつけられ、アースされてるコンポーネントとハウジングに対し、取り付け作業の
一環として、また、サービス中は規則的な間隔をおいて、導通テストが実行されなければならない。
適宜にアースされている伝導パイプを利用するなどして、フィールターの液体ダウンストリームにおける静電気の
残留物を分散するために、方策がとられる必要がある。
静電気の電荷が安全なレベルまで下がるように、適切な時間、容器を放置するとか（プロセス液と状況によって、
エンドユーザーがきめる）、ハウジングの環境をその特定な活動にとって安全であるようにするなどして、フィル
ターを変える間に静電気の放電が絶対に起きないように、注意が必要だ。
可動フィルター組立部品はすべて、静電気防止の、ロックすることの出来る車輪やカスターを利用し、ユーザーは
使用中その組立が動いたり、移動中、他の物体とぶつかって、火花が発生することがないことを確かめなければな
らない。
発火性のある液体がこのポールフィルター組立を通して処理される場合、ユーザーは、充填中、通気中、減圧中、
排気中、そして、フィルター交換中, 液体がこぼれるのが最小限であり、安全な部位に限られているか、そこへ
誘導されているか確認しなければならない。特に、ユーザーは、そのような液体が、発火するかもしれないような
温度で外部に露出していないことを確認する必要がある。
このパル製品は、それ自身、熱を発生することはないが、蒸気滅菌作業や工程が混乱したような状況を含み、高温
の液体の処理中は、処理されつつある液体の温度になることがある。ユーザーは、この温度が、フィルターが作動
することになる部位に差し支えないこと、あるいは、適当な保護の方法が取られるということを確認しなければな
らない。
発火性のある液体を処理する場合、ユーザーは、充填中やそれに続く作動中、機器内に潜在的に発火性があり、爆
発性のある蒸気/空気混合が出来ることを防ぐため、組立内から、いかなる空気も十分に取り除く必要がある。こ
れは、ユーザー取扱書に詳しくあるように、組立を注意深く排気することで達成できる。
この機器の破壊退化をふせぐためには、ユーザーは組立素材（充填材もふくむ）すべてが、処理液体と状況にふ
さわしいかをチェックすることが肝要である。
不正確な取り付けや機器の破損（閉鎖充填材を含む）から生じる、この組立からの発火性のある液体の漏出は、も
しそのような液体が熱した外部にさらされたら、点火の原因を作るかもしれない。ユーザーは組立が、破損してい
ないか、もれていないか、また、あれば、即修理され、また、充填材がフィルター交換のたびに新しく交換される
ということを、定期的に点検する必要がある。
フィルターの組立に、埃がたまるのを防ぐため、静電気防止の用具で定期的に掃除することが望ましい。
ユーザーは、衝撃、摩滅を含み、漏出を起こすことを予期できる機械的破損から、これらの製品が確かに保護され
ている事を確認しなければならない。
質問事項は、最寄りのパルオフィスか小売業者に連絡ください。
LP00833 Page 24
ATEX 94/9/EC, ТЕХНИЧЕСКОЕ ДОПОЛНЕНИЕ
RUS МЕТАЛЛИЧЕСКИЕ КОРПУСА ФИЛЬТРОВ КОМПАНИИ PALL
Установка и техническое обслуживание должны осуществляться компетентным персоналом. Национальное

законодательство, местные правила и положения по защите окружающей среды, а также нормативы Здоровья и
Безопасности должны быть соблюдены, и иметь преимущественную силу над любыми изложенными или
подразумеваемыми нормами в данном документе.
При контакте жидкостей, имеющих низкую электропроводимость, с компонентами, состоящими из полимеров, существует
возможность генерации статического электричества. Потенциально это может привести к возникновению разряда
статического электричества, результатом которого может стать воспламенение взрывоопасной атмосферы при ее наличии.
При использовании данных изделий Pall с подобными жидкостями, имеющими низкую электропроводимость в среде, в
которой присутствуют воспламеняющиеся жидкости или потенциально взрывоопасная атмосфера, данные изделия и
соответствующая система трубопроводов, клапанов и несущей конструкции должны быть объединены в электрическую
цепочку и должным образом подсоединены к точке заземления с использованием соответствующих шпилек заземления
или шпилек на корпусе (при их наличии) или же с использованием соответствующей шины заземления для соединения
корпуса фильтра с землей.
Все компоненты корпуса фильтра, которые могут быть изолированы прокладками и т.п., изготовленными из не–
проводящих ток материалов, должны быть объединены конечным пользователем в электрическую цепочку.
Проверка целостности электроцепи должна проводиться для всех электрически связанных и заземленных компонентов и
корпусов на этапе установки, а также через равные промежутки времени во время срока эксплуатации.
Необходимо принять меры для рассеивания остатка статического заряда в жидкости, находящейся после фильтра. К
таким мерам относится использование должным образом заземленной электропроводящей системы трубопроводов.
Необходимо соблюдать меры предосторожности, чтобы статический разряд не мог произойти во время замены фильтров.
Этого можно избежать, оставив систему в покое на соответствующий промежуток времени (определяемый конечным –
пользователем в зависимости от вида технологической жидкости и условий), чтобы статический заряд рассеялся до
безопасного уровня – или создав безопасную среду корпуса для определенной работы.
Все мобильные фильтрующие узлы используют антистатические и блокируемые колесики/ролики. Пользователь должен
обеспечить отсутствие какого-либо движения узла во время эксплуатации и/или столкновения его с другими предметами,
что может стать причиной возникновения искр во время перевозки.
При прохождении воспламеняющихся жидкостей через данный фильтрующий узел фирмы Pall пользователь должен
гарантировать, что утечки во время операций заполнения, сообщения с атмосферой, сброса давления, дренажа и замены
фильтра либо сведены к минимуму, либо собраны в контейнер или направлены в безопасное место. В особенности
пользователь должен следить за тем, чтобы воспламеняющиеся жидкости были защищены от контакта с поверхностями,
имеющими температуру, при которой может произойти их возгорание.
Данное изделие фирмы Pall само не вырабатывают тепло, однако при работе с жидкостями высокой температуры,
включая процедуру стерилизации паром, и в условиях сбоя процесса, оно принимает температуру обрабатываемой
жидкости. Пользователь должен убедиться в том, что данная температура допустима для окружающих условий, в которых
будет работать фильтр, или что предприняты соответствующие защитные меры.
При работе с воспламеняющимися жидкостями пользователь должен убедиться, что во время заполнения или
последующих операций из узла полностью удален воздух. Это необходимо для того, чтобы предотвратить образование
потенциально воспламеняющейся или взрывоопасной смеси пар/воздух внутри оборудования. Это может быть достигнуто
посредством осторожного отвода воздуха из узла или системы, как это подробно описано в инструкции пользователя.
С целью предотвращения порчи или разрушения данного оборудования –, конечный пользователь обязательно должен
проверить совместимость всех материалов конструкции (включая уплотняющие прокладки) с технологической жидкостью и
параметрами процесса.
Протечка воспламеняющихся жидкостей из данного узла вследствие неправильной установки или повреждения
оборудования (включая уплотняющие прокладки) может стать причиной возгорания в случаях, когда воспламеняющиеся
жидкости подвергаются воздействию нагретых поверхностей. Пользователь должен регулярно инспектировать узел на
предмет повреждения и утечек, должным образом их исправлять, а также следить за тем, чтобы все уплотняющие
прокладки после каждой замены фильтра при необходимости менялись на новые.
Во избежание накопления пыли на фильтрующем узле его необходимо регулярно очищать антистатическим материалом.
Пользователь должен убедиться, что данные изделия защищены от возможных механических воздействий, которые могут
привести к подобной протечке, включая удары и истирание.
При возникновении каких-либо вопросов –, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с Вашим местным представительством или
дистрибьютором компании Pall.
LP00833 Page 25
New York — USA Visit us on the web at

+1 800 717 7255 toll free www.pall.com/biopharmaceutical
+1 516 484 5400 phone
+1 516 801 9548 fax
biotech@pall.com
Portsmouth — Europe © Copyright 2008, Pall Corporation.

+44 (0)23 9230 3303 phone , Pall, is a trademark of Pall Corporation.
+44 (0)23 9230 2506 fax Filtration.Separation.Solution. is a service mark
BioPharmUK@europe.pall of Pall Corporation.
® indicates a trademark registered in the USA.
LP00833 Rev:B
LP00833 Page 26
1
SD2173B
GBR General Filter Housing Installation and Service Instructions ........................................ 2
FRA Manuel d’installation et d’entretien du corps de filtre d’usage general........................ 5
DEU Allgemeines Filtergehäuse Installations- und Bedienungsanleitung ........................... 8
ESP Alojamiento General del Filtro Instrucciones de Instalación y Servicio..................... 11
PRT Corpo do Filtro Geral Instruções para Instalação e Manutenção................................ 14
ITA Corpo per Filitri Installazione edistruzioni d’esercizio ................................................. 17
NLD Algemeneinstallatie- en bedieningsinstructies voor filterhuizen ................................ 20
DNK Filterhus Installations- og servicevejledning ................................................................ 23
NOR Generelt Filterhus Instruksjoner for installasjon og service ....................................... 26
SWE Installations- och serviceinstruktioner för filterbehållare ............................................ 29
FIN Suodatinkotelon yleiset asennus- ja huolto-ohjeet ...................................................... 32
GRC Θήκη Γενικού Φίλτρου Οδηγίες Εγκατάστασης και Σέρβις.......................................... 35
MLT Istruzzjonijiet {enerali g}all-Istallazzjoni u Manutenzjonital-Apparat tal-Filtru........... 38
SLO Splošno ohišje filtra - Montaža in navodila za servisiranje.......................................... 41
SVK Základné inštalačné a servisné inštrukciepre kryt filtra............................................... 44
CZE Hlavní skříň filtru Návod k instalaci a obsluze .............................................................. 47
POL Uniwersalna obudowa filtru Instrukcje montażu i serwisu .......................................... 50
EST Filteragregaadi installeerimise ja hooldamise üldjuhend ............................................ 53
HUN Általános szűrőburkolat összeszerelési és karbantartási utasítás ............................. 56
LTU Bazinis filtro korpusas Instaliavimo ir aptarnavimo instrukcija .................................. 59
LVA Vispārīgi norādījumi filtru apvalku uzstādīšanai un apkopei....................................... 62
JPN フィルターハウジング取扱説明書 .................................................................................... 65
CHN 通用过滤壳安装与维修措南 ................................................................................................ 68
RUS Корпус фильтра общего назначения Инструкции по установке и

обслуживанию ................................................................................................................ 71
2
GBR General Filter Housing Installation and Service Instructions

THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE FOR THE USE OF SUITABLY TRAINED PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH SAFE WORKING
PRACTICES
SYMBOLS USED
THESE CALL ATTENTION TO A HAZARD WHICH MAY BE A THREAT TO THE HEALTH OR

WELL BEING OF PERSONNEL.
These call attention to instructions which must be followed to avoid damaging the product,
equipment or surroundings.
! These call attention to information that will aid operation and/or installation of the equipment.
HAZARDS
ENSURE HOUSING CONNECTIONS ARE COMPATIBLE WITH SYSTEM PIPEWORK.
DO NOT OPEN THE HOUSING WITH RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN THE SYSTEM
CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITY
Ensure all personnel employ safe working practices when handling and installing all items
or pressure equipments.
It is the customer’s responsibility to provide suitably adequate protective devices against

exceeding the allowable pressure limits of the filter housing equipment during all reasonably
foreseeable operating conditions. The protective devices fitted should be capable of meeting
all damage limitation requirements in the event of over pressurisation due to an external fire.
Excessive pipe loads should be avoided when mounting the filter in its operating position.
Process liquids or other liquids in contact with housings must not be permitted to freeze
Care must be taken not to damage the filter housing when removing the packaging.
Unless otherwise indicated on sales literature, drawing or technical addendum, housings are
not intended for use in gas, vapour service or vacuum applications
0
Liquids with boiling points of less than 100 C must not be used as lubricants for cartridges
with double O-ring seals. The vapour pressure at service temperatures may result in high
pressures between the seals and possible damage to the cartridge, which could cause
cartridge by-pass.
3
This housing may contain internal packaging – Check and remove internal packaging before
installing and use
! Filter housing is supplied WITHOUT cartridge
Install housing into system before fitting cartridge. For limitations of use refer to the addendum to
! this manual.
1. SPECIFICATIONS
Refer to the addendum attached to this instruction, the nameplate attached to the filter housing and/or the sales drawing.
2. RECEIPT OF EQUIPMENT
Housings are shipped without cartridges. Refer to cartridge instructions for details of installation. Dispose of the packaging
according to good environmental procedures.
3. GENERAL SOURCES OF INFORMATION
V3 VENT
For details of construction materials refer to the addendum to
this instruction and/or the sales drawing.
Please refer to Pall or an approved distributor for the
availability of options.
For further information on integrity testing and sterilisation,
refer to Pall.
4. INTRODUCING PROCESS FLUID PRESSURE PRESSURE
GAUGE GAUGE
It is recommended that the filter should be installed in a
system, as shown in Figure 1.
INLET OUTLET
V2
V1
V4
DRAIN
FIGURE 1 TYPICAL SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM
Step LIQUID GAS

1 Ensure valves V1, V2, V3 and V4 are closed.
2 Partly open V1 to pressurise filter housing.
3 Slowly open V3 to vent housing. N/A
4 Shut V3 when bubble-free liquid issues from the vent. N/A
Fully open V1. Check for leaks using soapy water or
5 Fully open V1. Check housing for leaks.
sonic leak detector.
6 If any leaks are apparent shut V1 and depressurise using V3 and drain using V4.
7 Rectify leakage by tightening connection or replacing seal at leak point.
8 Retest before bringing housing on stream.
9 Slowly open V2 to bring housing on stream.
4
5. REPLACING CARTRIDGE
For details of cartridge differential pressure and temperature limitations see cartridge Installation, Operation and
Maintenance instructions and/or related cartridge technical literature.
Step LIQUID GAS

1 Close V1 and V2.
2 Depressurise using V3 and V4.
3 Drain any residual process fluid from housing. N/A
4 Remove filter bowl as shown in appendix 1.
5 For removal and replacement of the cartridge refer to Cartridge I.O.M.
6 Clean and inspect filter housing.
7 It is recommended that the housing seal be replaced during re-assembly.
8 Commission filter in accordance with Section 4 for Liquids or Gases.
6. SCIENTIFIC AND LABORATORY SERVICES

Pall operates a technical service to assist in the application of our filter products. The service is available to you and we
encourage your questions so that we can help. In addition a full network of technical representatives are available
throughout the world.
7. DATA SHEET NOMENCLATURE
7.1 SPECIFICATIONS
Design Code: = Dc.

Design Pressure: = Po
Design Temperature: = To
Differential Pressure: = ∆p
Maximum Operating Pressure: = Pmax
Maximum Operating Temperature: = Tmax
Inlet/outlet Connections: = I/O C
Vent/drain Connections: = V/D C
O-ring Seal Material: = OSM
Cartridge Type: = CT
Installation Clearance Requirement: = ICR
Torque setting of closure = Tsc
7.2 AVAILABLE OPTIONS
Vol = Volume
I/O C = Inlet/outlet Connections
VC = Vent Connections
DC = Drain Connections
OSM = Seal Material
5
FRA Manuel d’installation et d’entretien du corps de filtre d’usage general

CES INSTRUCTIONS SONT UNIQUEMENT À L’INTENTION D’UN PERSONNEL COMPÉTENT FAMILIARISÉ AVEC
LES CONSIGNES DE SECURITÉ ADÉQUATES
SYMBOLES UTILISÉS
ATTIRE L‘ATTENTION SUR UN DANGER QUI PEUT MENACER LA SANTÉ OU LE BIEN-ÊTRE

DU PERSONNEL..
Attire l‘attention sur les consignes à respecter pour éviter l‘endommagement du produit, de
l‘équipement et de la zone alentour.
! Attire l‘attention sur des informations facilitant le fonctionnement et/ou l‘installation de l‘équipement.
MISES EN GARDE
VÉRIFIEZ QUE TOUS LES RACCORDS DU FILTRE SONT COMPATIBLES AVEC LA

TUYAUTERIE DU SYSTÈME.
N‘OUVREZ JAMAIS LE FILTRE LORSQU‘IL EXISTE UNE PRESSION RÉSIDUELLE DANS LE

SYSTÈME.
RESPONSABILITÉ DU CLIENT
Veillez à ce que tout le personnel respecte les consignes de sécurité adéquates lorsqu‘il
manipule et installe les éléments ou équipements sous pression.
Veillez à ne dépasser en aucune circonstance les limites de pression indiquées, même en

cas d‘incendie.
Vérifiez que tous les fluides ou gaz de traitement sont compatibles avec les matériaux de
construction. Veuillez vous reporter à la plaque du constructeur et à l‘Annexe pour de plus
amples renseignements.
Évitez les charges excessives dans les tuyaux lorsque vous installez le filtre en position.
Ne laissez pas geler les solutions process ou autres liquides en contact avec les corps de
filtre.
Prenez soin de ne pas endommager le corps de filtre lorsque vous le retirez de son
emballage.
Sauf indication contraire sur la documentation commerciale, les schémas ou les annexes
techniques, les corps de filtre ne sont pas destinés à être utilisés dans les applications avec
des gaz, de la vapeur ou à vide.
0
Évitez d‘utiliser des liquides aux points d‘ébullition inférieurs à 100 C comme lubrifiants
pour les cartouches à double joint d‘étanchéité. La pression de la vapeur aux températures
de fonctionnement peut augmenter la pression entre les joints, ce qui peut entraîner à son
tour l‘endommagement de la cartouche et annuler son efficacité.
6
Ce corps de filtre peut contenir des emballages internes – qui doivent, le cas échéant, être
retirés avant installation et utilisation.
! Le filtre est livré SANS la cartouche.
Installez le corps du filtre dans le système avant de fixer la cartouche. Veuillez vous reporter aux
! restrictions d‘usage présentées en annexe de ce manuel.
1. SPÉCIFICATIONS
Veuillez vous reporter à l’annexe de ces instructions, à la plaque du constructeur sur le corps de filtre et/ou au plan relatif à
la vente.
2. RÉCEPTION DE L’ÉQUIPEMENT
Les corps de filtre sont livrés sans les cartouches. Veuillez vous reporter au mode d’emploi des cartouches pour de plus
amples renseignements sur leur installation. Débarrassez-vous de l’emballage en suivant de bonnes procédures
environnementales.
3. SOURCES D’INFORMATION GÉNÉRALES
V3 Évent
Pour de plus amples renseignements sur les matériaux de
construction, veuillez vous reporter à l’annexe de ces instructions
et/ou au plan relatif à la vente.
Merci de vous renseigner auprès de Pall ou de l’un de ses
distributeurs agréés pour plus d’information sur les options
disponibles.
Pour de plus amples informations sur les tests d’intégrité et la
stérilisation, veuillez vous adresser à Pall.
4. INTRODUCTION DU FLUIDE DE TRAITEMENT
Entrée Sortie
Nous vous recommandons d’installer le filtre dans un système
identique à celui présenté en Figure 1 ci-dessous.
V2
V1
V4
Purge
FIGURE 1 SCHÉMA TYPIQUE D’UN DIAGRAMME DE CIRCULATION
Étape LIQUIDE GAZ

1 Vérifiez que les soupapes V1, V2, V3 et V4 sont fermées.
2 Ouvrez partiellement V1 pour mettre le corps du filtre sous pression.
3 Ouvrez lentement V3 pour éventer le filtre. S/O
Une fois que le liquide éventé ne contient plus de bulles,
4 S/O
fermez V3.
Ouvrez complètement V1. Vérifiez la présence de
Ouvrez complètement V1. Vérifiez qu’il n’y a pas de
5 fuites avec de l’eau savonneuse ou un cherche-
fuites dans le corps du filtre.
fuites sonique.
6 En l’absence de fuite, fermez V1, puis dépressurisez avec V3 et purgez avec V4.
7 Rectifiez les fuites en resserrant le raccord ou en remplaçant le joint à l’endroit de la fuite.
8 Testez à nouveau avant de mettre le filtre en service.
9 Ouvrez lentement V2 afin de mettre le filtre en service.
7
5. REMPLACEMENT DE LA CARTOUCHE
Pour en savoir plus sur la pression différentielle de la cartouche et la plage de température d’utilisation, veuillez consulter le
manuel d’installation, d’utilisation et d’entretien des cartouches et/ou la documentation technique relative aux cartouches.
Étape LIQUIDE GAZ

1 Fermez V1 et V2.
2 Dépressurisez avec V3 et V4.
3 Purgez le fluide de traitement résiduel du corps du filtre. S/O
4 Retirez l’auge du filtre de la manière indiquée en annexe 1.
5 Pour retirer et remplacer la cartouche, veuillez vous reporter au manuel d’utilisation des cartouches.
6 Nettoyez et inspectez le corps du filtre.
7 Nous vous conseillons de remplacer le joint du filtre lorsque vous remontez l’installation.
8 Mettez le filtre en service conformément à la Section 4 sur les liquides et les gaz.
6. SERVICES SCIENTIFIQUES ET LABORATOIRES

Pall a mis en place un service technique pour renseigner ses clients sur l’application de ses produits de filtrage. Ce service
est à votre entière disposition, et nous vous encourageons à lui adresser toutes vos questions. Nous disposons également
d’un réseau complet de représentants techniques dans le monde entier.
7. NOMENCLATURE DES FICHES TECHNIQUES
7.1 SPÉCIFICATIONS
Code conception : = Dc.

Pression conception : = Po
Température conception : = To
Pression différentielle : = ∆p
Pression de fonctionnement maximale : = Pmax
Température de fonctionnement maximale = Tmax
Raccords entrée/sortie : = I/O C
Raccords évent/purge : = V/D C
Matériau du joint d’étanchété : = OSM
Type de cartouche : = CT
Dégagement autour de l’installation : = ICR
Réglage torsion de fermeture : = Tsc
7.2 OPTIONS DISPONIBLES
TABLEAU 1 Vol = Volume

TABLEAU 2 I/O C = Raccords entrée/sortie
TABLEAU 3 VC = Raccords évent
TABLEAU 4 DC = Raccords purge
TABLEAU 5 OSM = Matériau du joint
8
DEU Allgemeines Filtergehäuse Installations- und Bedienungsanleitung

DIESE ANWEISUNGEN SIND FÜR ENTSPRECHEND QUALIFIZIERTES PERSONAL VORGESEHEN, DAS MIT DEN
ARBEITSSCHUTZBESTIMMUNGEN VERTRAUT IST
VERWENDETE SYMBOLE
DIESES SYMBOL WEIST AUF EINE GEFAHR HIN, DIE DIE GESUNDHEIT ODER DAS
WOHLBEFINDEN DES PERSONALS BEEINTRÄCHTIGEN KÖNNTE.
Dieses Symbol weist auf besondere Anweisungen hin, die befolgt werden müssen, um
Beschädigungen des Produkts, der Anlage oder der Umgebung zu vermeiden.
! Dieses Symbol weist auf Informationen hin, die den Betrieb und/oder die Installation der Anlage
erleichtern.
GEFAHREN
STELLEN SIE SICHER, DASS DIE GEHÄUSEANSCHLÜSSE MIT DEN ROHRLEITUNGEN DES
SYSTEMS KOMPATIBEL SIND.
DAS GEHÄUSE DARF NICHT GEÖFFNET WERDEN, WENN IM SYSTEM NOCH EIN RESTDRUCK
VORHANDEN IST.
VERANTWORTUNG DES KUNDEN
Stellen Sie sicher, dass alle Mitarbeiter während der Handhabung oder der Installation der
Komponenten oder der Drucksysteme auf unvallvermeidende Arbeitsmethoden achten.
Stellen Sie sicher, dass die vorgeschriebenen Drucklimits unter keinen Umständen – auch nicht
bei einem externen Feuer – überschritten werden.
Stellen Sie sicher, dass alle verwendeten Flüssigkeiten oder Gase mit den Materialien des
Systems kompatibel sind. Weitere Details finden Sie auf dem Typenschild auf dem Gehäuse sowie
im Anhang.
Bei der Montage des Filters in der Betriebsposition sollten übermäßige Rohrbelastungen
vermieden werden.
Prozessflüssigkeiten und sonstige Flüssigkeiten, die mit dem Gehäuse in Kontakt kommen,
dürfen auf keinen Fall gefrieren.
Bitte achten Sie darauf, dass das Filtergehäuse nicht beschädigt wird, wenn Sie es aus der
Verpackung nehmen.
Wenn in der Produktbeschreibung, der Fertigungszeichnung oder dem Anhang dieses

Handbuchs nicht anders angegeben, sind die Gehäuse nicht zur Verwendung mit Gas, Dampf-
oder Vakuumanwendungen geeignet.
Für die Kartuschen mit doppelten ‚O'-Ring-Dichtungen dürfen als Schmiermittel keine
Flüssigkeiten mit einem Siedepunkt von weniger als 100°C verwendet werden. Der bei den hohen
Temperaturen entstehende Dampfdruck kann zwischen den Dichtungen einen hohen Druck
erzeugen und gegebenenfalls eine Beschädigung der Kartusche verursachen, sodass diese nicht
vollständig durchströmt wird.
9
Kontrollieren Sie, ob sich im Gehäuseinnern Verpackungsteile befinden –, und entfernen Sie

diese vor der Montage und der Inbetriebnahme.
! Das Filtergehäuse wird OHNE Kartusche geliefert.
Bringen Sie das Gehäuse im System an, bevor Sie die Kartusche einsetzen. Detaillierte Hinweise zur
! Nutzungsbegrenzung finden Sie im Anhang dieses Handbuchs.
1. SPEZIFIKATIONEN
Beachten Sie die den Anhang zu diesem Handbuch, das auf dem Filtergehäuse angebrachte Typenschild und/oder die
Fertigungszeichnung.
2. EMPFANG DER ANLAGE
Die Gehäuse werden ohne Kartuschen geliefert. Detaillierte Hinweise zur Installation finden Sie in den Anweisungen, die der
Kartusche beigefügt sind. Achten Sie auf eine umweltgerechte Entsorgung des Verpackungsmaterials.
3. ALLGEMEINE INFORMATIONEN
Angaben zu den verwendeten Materialien finden Sie im V3
Anhang dieses Handbuchs und/oder in der BELÜFTUN
Fertigungszeichnung.
Auskunft über mögliche Alternativen erhalten Sie bei Pall
oder einem anerkannten Vertragshändler.
Für weitere Informationen über das Integritätstest- und
Sterilisierungsverfahren wenden Sie sich bitte an Pall.
4. EINFÜLLEN DER PROZESSFLÜSSIGKEIT DRUCKMANOMETER DRUCKMANOMETER
Wir empfehlen, den Filter entsprechend der Abbildung 1 im
System zu installieren. EINLASS AUSLASS
V2
V1
V4
ABLAUF
ABBILDUNG 1 TYPISCHER PLAN EINES DURCHFLUSSDIAGRAMMS
Schritt FLÜSSIGKEIT GAS

1 Sicherstellen, dass die Ventile V1, V2, V3 und V4 geschlossen sind.
2 V1 teilweise öffnen, um das Filtergehäuse unter Druck zu setzen.
3 V3 langsam öffnen, um das Gehäuse zu entlüften. ENTF.
V3 schließen, wenn aus der Entlüftung blasenfreie
4 ENTF.
Flüssigkeit austritt.
V1 vollständig öffnen. Das Gehäuse auf Lecks V1 vollständig öffnen. Mit Hilfe von Seifenlauge oder
5
überprüfen. einem Schall-Leckdetektor auf Lecks überprüfen.
6 Falls Lecks vorhanden sind, V1 schließen und Druck mit V3 absenken und mit V4 ablassen.
7 Das Leck durch Anziehen der Verbindung oder durch Austausch der Dichtung an der Austrittstelle beseitigen.
8 Erneut überprüfen, bevor das Gehäuse in den Strom integriert wird.
9 V2 langsam öffnen, um das Gehäuse in den Strom zu integrieren.
10
5. AUSTAUSCH DER KARTUSCHE

Angaben zum Differenzdruck und den Temperaturbegrenzungen des Filterelements finden Sie im Handbuch für Montage,
Betrieb und Wartung und/oder entsprechenden technischen Produktinformationen.
Schritt FLÜSSIGKEIT GAS

1 V1 und V2 schließen.
2 Den Druck mit V3 und V4 absenken.
Die gesamten Rückstände der Prozessflüssigkeit
3 ENTF.
ablassen.
4 Den Filterbecher entsprechend dem Anhang 1 entfernen.
Beim Entfernen und Austausch der Kartusche sollte die Broschüre ‚Gebrauchsanweisung
5
für Kartuschen‘ berücksichtigt werden.
6 Das Filtergehäuse reinigen und überprüfen.
7 Es wird empfohlen, die Gehäusedichtung beim Zusammenbau auszutauschen.
8 Den Filter entsprechend Kapitel 4 für Flüssigkeiten oder Gase in Betrieb nehmen.
6. WISSENSCHAFTLICHE UND LABORATORSPEZIFISCHE DIENSTLEISTUNGEN

Um die Anwendung der Filterprodukte zu unterstützen, bietet Pall einen technischen Kundendienst an. Mit diesem Service
stehen wir Ihnen gerne mit Rat und Tat zur Seite. Darüber hinaus ist ein umfangreiches Netzwerk an technischen Vertretern
vorhanden, das die gesamte Welt abdeckt.
7. DATENBLATT-NOMENKLATUR
7.1 SPEZIFIKATIONEN
Designcode: = Dc.
Nenndruck: = Po
Auslegungstemperatur: = To
Differenzdruck: = ∆p
Maximaler Betriebsdruck: = Pmax
Maximale Betriebstemperatur: = Tmax
Einlaß-/Auslaßverbindungen: = I/O C
Belüftungs-/ Ablaßverbindungen: = V/D C
Dichtungsmaterial ‚O'-Ring: = OSM
Kartuschenausführung: = CT
Toleranzanforderungen bei der Installation: = ICR
Drehmomenteinstellung beim Schließen = Tsc
7.2 ERHÄLTLICHE OPTIONEN
TABELLE 1 Vol = Volumen

TABELLE 2 I/O C = Einlaß-/Auslaßverbindungen
TABELLE 3 VC = Belüftungsverbindungen
TABELLE 4 DC = Ablaßverbindungen
TABELLE 5 OSM = Dichtungsmaterial
11
ESP Alojamiento General del Filtro Instrucciones de Instalación y Servicio

ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES SON PARA EL USO DEL PERSONAL DEBIDAMENTE FORMADO QUE ESTÉ
FAMILIARIZADO CON UNAS PRÁCTICAS DE TRABAJO SEGURAS
SÍMBOLOS UTILIZADOS
ESTOS LLAMAN LA ATENCIÓN A UN PELIGRO QUE PUEDE SUPONER UNA AMENAZA PARA LA
SALUD O EL BIENESTAR DEL PERSONAL.
Estos llaman la atención a instrucciones que deben ser seguidas para evitar dañar el producto,
equipo o entorno.
! Estos llaman la atención a información que ayudará en la operación y/o instalación de los equipos.
PELIGROS
ASEGÚRESE QUE LAS CONEXIONES DEL ALOJAMIENTO SON COMPATIBLES CON LAS
TUBERÍAS DEL SISTEMA.
NO ABRA EL ALOJAMIENTO MIENTRAS HAYA PRESIÓN RESIDUAL EN EL SISTEMA
RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE
Asegúrese que todo el personal emplee unas prácticas de trabajo seguras cuando manipule e
instale todas las piezas o equipos de presión.
Asegúrese que los límites de presión especificados no sean superados en ninguna circunstancia,
incluyendo la de un incendio externo.
Asegúrese que cualquier fluido de proceso o gases sean compatibles con los materiales de
construcción. Consulte la placa del nombre del alojamiento y el Anexo para obtener detalles.
Debe evitarse las cargas excesivas en la tubería al montar el filtro en su posición de operación.
Se debe evitar que se congelen los líquidos del proceso u otros líquidos que estén en contacto
con las carcasas.
Hay que tener cuidado de no dañar la carcasa del filtro al quitar el embalaje.
A menos que se indique otra cosa en la documentación de ventas, diagramas u hojas técnicas
adicionales, las carcasas no están previstas para el uso en aplicaciones con gases,
con acometidas de vapor o con vacío.
Los líquidos con puntos de ebullición inferiores a 100°C no deben ser utilizados como lubricante
para cartuchos con dobles sellos de anilla en O. La presión del vapor a temperaturas de servicio
puede resultar en elevadas presiones entre los sellos y posibles daños en el cartucho, lo que
podría hacer que se circunvalara el cartucho.
12
Esta carcasa puede contener un embalaje interior. – Compruebe si es así y en su caso, quite
el embalaje interior antes de su instalación y utilización.
! Fil El alojamiento del filtro se suministra SIN cartucho.
Instale el alojamiento en el sistema antes de encajar el cartucho. Para las limitaciones de uso, consulte
! el anexo a este manual.
1. ESPECIFICACIONES TÉCNICAS
Consulte la hoja técnica adicional adjunta a estas instrucciones, la placa de identificación de la carcasa del filtro y/o el
diagrama del catálogo.
2. RECEPCIÓN DE LOS EQUIPOS
Los alojamientos se envían sin cartuchos. Consulte las instrucciones del cartucho para obtener detalles sobre su
instalación. Elimine el envoltorio de acuerdo con un buen procedimiento medioambiental.
3. FUENTES GENERALES DE INFORMACIÓN
Para detalles de los materiales de construcción, consulte la hoja V3
técnica adicional, adjunta a estas instrucciones y/o el diagrama del
catálogo.
Le rogamos consulte con Pall o con un distribuidor aprobado de las
opciones disponibles.
Para mayor información sobre las pruebas de integridad y
esterilización, contacte con Pall.
4. INTRODUCCIÓN DEL FLUIDO DE PROCESO MANÓMETRO MANÓMETRO
Se recomienda que el filtro sea instalado en un sistema, tal y como
se aprecia en el Dibujo 1. TOMA SALIDA
V2
V1
V4
DESAGÜE
DIBUJO 1 DIAGRAMA DE FLUJO ESQUEMÁTICO TÍPICO
Paso LÍQUIDO GAS

1 Asegúrese que estén cerradas las válvulas V1, V2, V3 y V4.
2 Abra parcialmente V1 para presurizar el alojamiento del filtro.
3 Abra poco a poco V3 para ventilar el alojamiento. N/D
Cierre V3 cuando salga líquido sin burbujas
4 N/D
del respiradero.
Abra V1 al máximo. Compruebe que no haya fugas Abra V1 al máximo. Mediante agua jabonosa o
5
en el alojamiento. ecodetector, compruebe que no haya fugas.
6 Si se hace aparente alguna fuga, cierre V1 y despresurice mediante V3 y desagüe mediante V4.
7 Rectifique la fuga apretando la conexión o sustituyendo el sello en el punto de fuga.
8 Vuelva a efectuar la prueba antes de conectar el alojamiento.
9 Abra lentamente V2 para conectar el alojamiento.
13
5. SUSTITUCIÓN DEL CARTUCHO

Para ver detalles sobre la presión diferencial y las límitaciones en temperatura del cartucho, consulte las Instrucciones de
Instalación, Funcionamiento y Mantenimiento del cartucho y/o Documentación Técnica relacionada con el mismo.
Paso LÍQUIDO GAS

1 Cierre V1 y V2.
2 Despresurice utilizando V3 y V4.
Desagüe todo fluido de proceso residual
3 N/D
del alojamiento.
4 Retire la cubeta del filtro tal y como se muestra en el anexo 1.
5 Para la extracción y sustitución del cartucho, consulte el folleto de instrucciones del cartucho.
6 Limpie e inspeccione el alojamiento del filtro.
7 Se recomienda que el sello del alojamiento sea sustituido por uno nuevo cuando se vuelva a montar.
8 Ponga en servicio el filtro de acuerdo con la Sección 4 para Líquidos o Gases.
6. SERVICIOS CIENTÍFICOS Y DE LABORATORIO

Pall opera un servicio técnico para asistir en la aplicación de nuestros productos de filtrado. El servicio está a su
disposición. Todas sus consultas son bienvenidas y estamos preparados para prestarle ayuda. Adicionalmente, tenemos a
su disposición una completa red de representantes técnicos repartidos por todo el mundo.
7. NOMENCLATURA DE LA HOJA DE DATOS
7.1 ESPECIFICACIONES
Código de Diseño: = Dc.

Presión de Diseño: = Po
Temperatura de Diseño: = To
Presión Diferencial: = ∆p
Presión Máxima de Operación: = Pmax
Temperatura Máxima de Operación: = Tmax
Conexiones de Toma/Salida: = I/O C
Conexiones de Respiradero/desagüe: = V/D C
Material del Sello de anilla en O: = OSM
Tipo de Cartucho: = CT
Requisito de Tolerancia de Instalación: = ICR
Reglaje del cierre del torsiómetro = Tsc
7.2 OPCIONES DISPONIBLES
TABLA 1 Vol = Volumen

TABLA 2 I/O C = Conexiones de toma/salida
TABLA 3 VC = Conexiones de Respiradero
TABLA 4 DC = Conexiones de Desagüe
TABLA 5 OSM = Material de Sellado
14
PRT Corpo do Filtro Geral Instruções para Instalação e Manutenção

ESTAS INSTRUÇÕES DESTINAM-SE A SER UTILIZADAS POR PESSOAL COM FORMAÇÃO ADEQUADA QUE
ESTEJA FAMILIARIZADO COM PRÁTICAS DE TRABALHO SEGURAS
SÍMBOLOS UTILIZADOS
ESTES ALERTAM PARA OS PERIGOS QUE PODEM AMEAÇAR A SAÚDE OU O BEM-ESTAR

DO PESSOAL.
Estes alertam para as instruções que devem ser seguidas de forma a evitar danos nos
produtos, equipamentos ou na zona envolvente.
! Estes alertam para as informações que podem ajudar a operação e/ou a instalação dos
equipamentos.
PERIGOS
CERTIFIQUE-SE DE QUE AS LIGAÇÕES AO CORPO DO FILTRO SÃO COMPATÍVEIS COM A

TUBAGEM DO SISTEMA.
NÃO ABRA O CORPO DO FILTRO ENQUANTO HOUVER PRESSÃO RESIDUAL NO INTERIOR

DO SISTEMA.
A EMPREENDER PELO CLIENTE
Garantir que o pessoal utilize práticas de trabalho seguras ao manusear e instalar todos os
artigos ou equipamentos sob pressão.
Garantir que os limites da pressão especificados não sejam excedidos em nenhuma

circunstância, inclusive em caso de incêndio no exterior.
Garantir que todos os líquidos ou gases do processo sejam compatíveis com os materiais
de construção. Consulte a placa de identificação existente no corpo do filtro e o Anexo
quanto a pormenores.
Deve evitar-se cargas excessivas no tubo quando se montar o filtro na sua posição de
funcionamento.
Deve evitar-se a congelação dos líquidos do processo ou de outros líquidos em contacto

com os corpos dos filtros.
Deve ter-se o cuidado de não danificar o corpo do filtro ao retirar a embalagem.
Salvo indicação em contrário constante na literatura, na figura ou no apêndice técnico,

os corpos não se destinam a ser utilizados em aplicações com gás, vapor ou vácuo.
Não devem ser utilizados como lubrificantes líquidos com pontos de ebulição inferiores a
100ºC nos cartuchos com O-rings vedantes duplos. A pressão do vapor à temperatura de
serviço pode originar pressões elevadas entre os vedantes e eventuais danos no cartucho,
os quais podem provocar derivações no cartucho.
15
Este corpo pode conter uma embalagem interna – Verificar e remover a mesma antes da
instalação e utilização.
! O corpo do filtro é fornecido SEM cartucho.
Instale o corpo no sistema antes de montar o cartucho. Para limitações de utilização consulte
! o apêndice deste manual.
1. ESPECIFICAÇÕES
Consulte o apêndice anexado a estas instruções ou à placa de identificação existente no corpo do filtro e/ou ao desenho de
venda.
2. RECEPÇÃO DOS EQUIPAMENTOS
Os corpos são enviados sem cartuchos. Consulte as instruções dos cartuchos para os pormenores da instalação. Elimine a
embalagem de acordo com os procedimentos amigos do ambiente.
3. FONTES GERAIS DE INFORMAÇÃO
V3 ABERT. VENTILAÇÃO
Para informações mais pormenorizadas sobre os materiais de
construção, consulte o apêndice destas instruções e/ou o desenho
de venda.
Consulte a Pall ou um distribuidor autorizado para se informar
acerca das várias opções disponíveis.
Para mais informações sobre os testes de integridade e esterilização, MANÓMETRO MANÓMETRO
consulte a Pall. DE PRESSÃO DE PRESSÃO
4. APRESENTAÇÃO DO FLUÍDO DO PROCESSO
ADMISSÃO
Recomenda-se a instalação do filtro num sistema, de acordo com o SAÍDA
representado na Figura 1.
V2
V1
V4
PURGA
FIGURA 1 FLUXOGRAMA-TIPO
Passo LÍQUIDO GÁS

1 Certifique-se de que as válvulas V1, V2 , V3 e V4 estão fechadas.
2 Abra parcialmente V1 para pressurizar o corpo do filtro.
3 Abra lentamente V3 para a descarga do corpo. N/A
Feche V3 quando se der a descarga do líquido sem
4 N/A
bolhas.
Abra totalmente V1. Verifique as fugas com água
5 Abra totalmente V1. Verifique se há fugas no corpo.
saponácea ou detector acústico de fugas.
6 Se aparecerem fugas, feche V1, despressurize utilizando V3 e purgue utilizando V4.
7 Corrija a fuga apertando a junta ou substituindo o vedante no ponto onde houver fuga.
8 Efectue novo teste antes de introduzir o corpo no processo.
9 Abra lentamente V2 para introduzir o corpo no processo.
16
5. SUBSTITUIÇÃO DO CARTUCHO
Para informações mais pormenorizadas sobre a pressão diferencial e os limites de temperatura do cartucho, consulte
o Manual de Instalação, Operação e Manutenção do cartucho e/ou outra literatura técnica relacionada.
Passo LÍQUIDO GÁS

1 Feche V1 e V2.
2 Efectue a despressurização utilizando V3 e V4.
Efectue a purga dos líquidos de processo residuais
3 N/A
existentes no corpo.
4 Remova o copo do filtro de acordo com o anexo 1.
5 Para retirar e substituir o cartucho, consulte o folheto com instruções relativo ao mesmo
6 Limpe e inspeccione o corpo do filtro.
7 Recomenda-se a substituição do vedante do corpo quando se efectuar de novo a montagem.
8 Efectue o comissionamento do filtro de acordo com a Secção 4 para Líquidos ou Gases.
6. ASSISTÊNCIA CIENTÍFICA E LABORATORIAL

A Pall possui um serviço que dá assistência técnica à aplicação dos nossos filtros. O serviço está à sua disposição e
solicitamos que nos coloque as suas dúvidas para podermos prestar ajuda. Além disso, existe disponível em todo o mundo
uma rede completa de representantes técnicos.
7. NOMENCLATURA DAS FOLHAS DE DADOS
7.1 ESPECIFICAÇÕES
Código de Projecto: = Dc.

Pressão de Cálculo: = Po
Temperatura de Cálculo: = To
Pressão Diferencial: = ∆p
Pressão de Serviço Máxima: = Pmáx
Temperatura de Serviço Máxima: = Tmáx
Ligações de Admissão/Saída: = I/O C
Ligações de Descarga/Purga: = V/D C
Material do O-ring Vedante: = OSM
Tipo de Cartucho: = CT
Requisitos de Espaço para a Instalação: = ICR
Binário de aperto = Tsc
7.2 OPÇÕES DISPONÍVEIS
TABELA 1 Vol = Volume

TABELA 2 I/O C = Ligações de Admissão/Saída:
TABELA 3 VC = Ligações de Descarga
TABELA 4 DC = Ligações de Purga
TABELA 5 OSM = Material Vedante
17
ITA Corpo per Filitri Installazione edistruzioni d’esercizio

QUESTE ISTRUZIONI SONO RIVOLTE A PERSONALE QUALIFICATO IN POSSESSO DI UNA BUONA CONOSCENZA
DELLE NORME DI SICUREZZA E ANTINFORTUNISTICHE
SIMBOLOGIA
QUESTO SIMBOLO RICHIAMA L‘ATTENZIONE SU UN PERICOLO CHE PUÒ COSTITUIRE UN

RISCHIO PER LA SALUTE O LA SICUREZZA DEL PERSONALE.
Questo simbolo richiama l‘attenzione su istruzioni che devono essere obbligatoriamente

seguite per evitare danni a prodotti e attrezzature o all‘ambiente circostante.
! Questo simbolo richiama l‘attenzione su informazioni che possono rivelarsi utili per il funzionamento
e/o l‘installazione delle attrezzature.
PERICOLO
ASSICURARSI CHE GLI ATTACCHI DEL CORPO SIANO COMPATIBILI CON LE

CARATTERISTICHE DELLE TUBAZIONI DI SISTEMA.
NON APRIRE IL CORPO IN PRESENZA DI PRESSIONI RESIDUE NEL SISTEMA.
RESPONSABILITÀ DEL CLIENTE
Assicurarsi che tutto il personale metta in pratica le norme di sicurezza ed antinfortunistiche

nel corso di operazioni di movimentazione o installazione dei componenti o delle
attrezzature sotto pressione.
Assicurarsi che in nessun caso vengano oltrepassati i limiti di pressione stabiliti, anche in
caso di incendio.
Assicurarsi che i fluidi o i gas impiegati siano compatibili con i materiali di fabbricazione.
Fare riferimento alla targa del corpo e all‘Appendice per ulteriori informazioni.
Evitare carichi eccessivi a livello delle tubazioni in fase di montaggio del filtro in posizione di
lavoro.
I liquidi di processo o altri liquidi in contatto con il contenitore non devono essere lasciati
congelare.
Deve essere fatta attenzione a non danneggiare il filtro quando si rimuove la confezione.
A meno di una diversa indicazione sulla documentazione di vendita, sui disegni

o sull'allegato tecnico, i contenitori non possono essereimpiegati con gas o vapore né
in applicazioni utilizzanti il vuoto
0
I liquidi con punto di ebollizione inferiore ai 100 C non devono essere impiegati come
lubrificanti per le cartucce con tenuta a doppio O-ring. La pressione del vapore alle
temperature di servizio può creare delle alte pressioni tra le guarnizioni causando quindi
danni alla cartuccia che possono portare anche al fatto che la cartuccia stessa venga
bypassata.
18
Questo contenitore potrebbe contenere un imballaggio interno – Controllare e rimuovere

l'imballaggio interno prima dell'installazione e dell'uso.
! Il corpo del filtro è fornito SENZA cartuccia.
Installare il corpo sul sistema prima di inserire la cartuccia. Per le limitazioni di impiego fare
! riferimento all‘appendice del manuale.
1. CARATTERISTICHE TECNICHE
Fare riferimento all'allegato a queste istruzioni, alla targhetta applicata al filtro e/o ai disegni per la vendita.
2. RICEVIMENTO MERCI
I corpi sono spediti senza cartucce. Per l’installazione fare riferimento alla documentazione che accompagna le cartucce.
Smaltire gli imballaggi in conformità alle norme per la salvaguardia
dell’ambiente.
3. FONTI GENERALI DI INFORMAZIONI V3
SFIATO
Per i dettagli relativi ai materiali costruttivi fare riferimento all'allegato
a queste istruzioni e/o ai disegni per la vendita.
Fare riferimento a Pall oppure a un distributore qualificato per la
disponibilità delle opzioni.
Per ulteriori informazioni sui test d’integrità e sulla sterilizzazione, fare
riferimento a Pall. MANOMETRO MANOMETRO
4. RIEMPIMENTO CON IL FLUIDO
Si raccomanda di installare il filtro nel sistema come indicato in ENTR. USCITA
Figura 1.
V2
V1
V4
SCARICO
FIGURA 1 ESEMPIO DI DIAGRAMMA DI FLUSSO SCHEMATICO
Passo LIQUIDO GAS

1 Assicurarsi che le valvole V1, V2, V3 e V4 siano chiuse.
2 Aprire parzialmente V1 per mettere in pressione il corpo del filtro.
3 Aprire lentamente V3 per sfiatare il corpo. N/A
Chiudere V3 quando dallo sfiato escono
4 N/A
bolle senza liquido.
Aprire completamente V1. Controllare l’assenza di
Aprire completamente V1. Controllare che non vi
5 perdite utilizzando acqua saponata o un rilevatore
siano perdite nel corpo.
acustico di perdite.
6 In presenza di perdite chiudere V1, depressurizzare con V3 e scaricare con V4.
7 Eliminare le perdite stringendo gli attacchi oppure sostituendo le guarnizioni nei punti di perdita.
8 Effettuare nuovamente la prova prima di mettere il filtro in esercizio.
9 Aprire lentamente V2 per mettere il filtro in esercizio.
19
5. SOSTITUZIONE DELLA CARTUCCIA
Per dettagli sulla pressione differenziale della cartuccia e sui limiti della temperatura vedere le istruzioni di installazione,
funzionamento e manutenzione della cartuccia e/o la documentazione tecnica relativa.
Passo LIQUIDO GAS

1 Chiudere V1 e V2.
2 Depressurizzare mediante V3 e V4.
3 Scaricare il fluido residuo dal corpo. N/A
4 Rimuovere la coppa del filtro come indicato nell’appendice 1.
5 Rimuovere e sostituire la cartuccia come indicato nel Manuale relativo all’installazione della cartuccia.
6 Pulire ed esaminare il corpo del filtro.
7 Si raccomanda di sostituire la guarnizione del corpo in fase di montaggio.
8 Mettere in funzione il filtro in conformità alla sezione 4 per Liquidi o Gas.
6. SERVIZI SCIENTIFICI E DI LABORATORIO

Pall fornisce un servizio tecnico per assistere nell’applicazione dei propri prodotti a filtro. Il servizio è a vostra disposizione e
tutte le vostre domande sono ben accette. Inoltre, è disponibile una vasta rete di rappresentanti tecnici in tutto il mondo.
7. LEGENDA
7.1 SPECIFICHE
Codice modello: = Dc.

Pressione modello: = Po
Temperatura modello: = To
Pressione differenziale: = ∆p
Pressione massima di esercizio: = Pmax
Temperatura massima di esercizio: = Tmax
Attacchi Entrata/Uscita: = I/O C
Attacchi sfiato/scarico: = V/D C
Materiale O-ring: = OSM
Tipo di cartuccia: = CT
Requisito di spazio per l’installazione: = ICR
Coppia di chiusura = Tsc
7.2 OPZIONI DISPONIBILI
TABELLA 1 Vol = Volume

TABELLA 2 I/O C = Attacchi Entrata/Uscita
TABELLA 3 VC = Attacchi sfiato
TABELLA 4 DC = Attacchi scarico
TABELLA 5 OSM = Materiale guarnizioni
20
NLD Algemeneinstallatie- en bedieningsinstructies voor filterhuizen

DEZE INSTRUCTIES ZIJN BEDOELD VOOR GEBRUIK DOOR BEVOEGD PERSONEEL DAT BEKEND IS MET VEILIGE
WERKPRAKTIJKEN
GEBRUIKTE SYMBOLEN
DIT SYMBOOL VESTIGT DE AANDACHT OP EEN RISICO DAT EEN BEDREIGING VOOR DE
GEZONDHEID OF HET WELZIJN VAN HET PERSONEEL KAN VORMEN.
Dit symbool vestigt de aandacht op instructies die opgevolgd moeten worden om

beschadiging aan het product, de apparatuur of de omgeving te voorkomen.
! Dit symbool vestigt de aandacht op informatie die u helpt bij de bediening en/of installatie van de
apparatuur.
RISICO’S
CONTROLEER OF DE HUISAANSLUITINGEN COMPATIBEL ZIJN MET HET BUIZENSTELSEL.
HET HUIS MAG NIET MET RESTDRUK IN HET SYSTEEM GEOPEND WORDEN
DE VERANTWOORDELIJKHEID VAN DE KLANT
Zorg ervoor dat alle personeelsleden tijdens het hanteren en installeren van de verschillende
onderdelen en drukapparatuur veilige werkpraktijken gebruiken.
Zorg ervoor dat de aangegeven drukwaarden onder geen omstandigheden worden

overschreden met inbegrip van de drukwaarde van extern vuur.
Zorg ervoor dat alle procesvloeistoffen of –gassen compatibel zijn met de

constructiematerialen. Zie het naamplaatje op het huis en de Bijlage voor meer informatie.
Tijdens montage van de filter in de bedieningstand moet een te zware belasting op de buizen
worden vermeden.
Procesvloeistoffen of andere vloeistoffen die met een huis in aanraking komen, mogen niet
bevriezen.
Let op dat het filterhuis niet wordt beschadigd bij het verwijderen van de verpakking.
De huizen zijn niet bestemd voor gebruik in gas-, damp- of vacuümtoepassingen, tenzij
anders staat aangegeven in de verkoopdocumentatie, de verkooptekening of de technische
appendix.
0
Vloeistoffen met een kookpunt van minder dan 100 C mogen niet als smeermiddelen voor
patronen met dubbele O-ring dichtingen worden gebruikt. De dampdruk bij
bedieningstemperaturen kan tot hoge drukken tussen de dichtingen leiden en eventueel het
patroon beschadigen. Beschadiging van het patroon kan tot gevolg hebben dat de
vloeistoffen het patroon omlopen.
21
Dit huis kan van binnen verpakkingsmateriaal bevatten – Controleer dit en verwijder
aanwezig verpakkingsmateriaal voordat het huis wordt geïnstalleerd en gebruikt.
! Het filterhuis wordt ZONDER patroon geleverd
Installeer het huis in het systeem voordat u het patroon monteert. Zie de appendix in deze
! handleiding voor eventuele gebruiksbeperkingen.
1. SPECIFICATIES
Raadpleeg de appendix bij deze instructies, de op het filterhuis aangebrachte naamplaat en/of de verkooptekening.
2. ONTVANGST VAN DE APPARATUUR
De huizen worden zonder patronen geleverd. Zie de patrooninstructies voor de installatievoorschriften. Doe de verpakking in
overeenkomst met de plaatselijke richtlijnen van de hand.
3. ALGEMENE INFORMATIEBRONNEN
K3 KLEP
Raadpleeg de appendix bij deze instructies en/of de verkooptekening voor
gegevens over constructiematerialen.
Raadpleeg Pall of een goedgekeurde distributeur voor de verkrijgbaarheid
van opties.
Raadpleeg Pall voor nadere informatie over testen en sterilisatie.
DRUCKMETER
4. PROCESVLOEISTOFFEN INTRODUCEREN DRUCKMETER
Wij adviseren dat de filter in een systeem wordt geïnstalleerd, zoals
aangetoond in Figuur 1. OPVOER
UITVOER
K1
K2
K4 AFVOER
FIGUUR 1 TYPISCH SCHEMATISCH STROOMSCHEMA
Stap VLOEISTOF GAS

1 Zorg ervoor dat kleppen K1, K2, K3 en K4 gesloten zijn.
2 K1 gedeeltelijk openen om het filterhuis onder druk te zetten.
K3 langzaam openen om de vloeistof weg te laten
3 NVT
lopen.
K3 sluiten wanneer er borrelvrije vloeistof uit de klep
4 NVT
komt.
K1 volledig openen. Met behulp van zeepsop of een
5 K1 volledig openen. Het huis op lekkage controleren.
sonische lekdetector op lekkages controleren.
6 In geval van lekkage K1 sluiten en m.b.v. K3 de druk verlagen en m.b.v. K4 afvoeren.
7 De lekkage rectificeren door de aansluiting vast te draaien of door de dichting op het lekkagepunt te vervangen.
8 Opnieuw testen voordat het huis weer wordt gebruikt.
9 K2 langzaam openen om het huis in bedrijf te nemen
22
5. FILTERELEMENT VERVANGEN
Raadpleeg de installatie-, bedienings- en onderhoudsinstructies en/of de bijbehorende technische literatuur over het
filterelement voor gegevens over de verschildruk en de temperatuurbeperkingen van het element.
Stap VLOEISTOF GAS

1 K1 en K2 sluiten.
2 Met behulp van K3 en K4 de druk verlagen.
Eventuele resterende procesvloeistof uit het huis
3 NVT
laten lopen.
4 De filterkom zoals aangetoond in appendix 1 verwijderen.
Zie de handleiding voor de installatie, bediening en onderhoud van het patroon voor instructies
5
voor de verwijdering en vervanging van het patroon.
6 Het filterhuis reinigen en inspecteren.
7 Wij adviseren dat de dichting op het huis tijdens de hermontage wordt vervangen.
8 De filter in overeenkomst met Hoofdstuk 4 voor Vloeistoffen of Gassen in bedrijf nemen.
6. WETENSCHAPPELIJKE EN LABORATORIUM DIENSTEN

Als u vragen hebt of hulp nodig hebt bij de toepassing van onze filterproducten kunt u contact opnemen met de technische
dienst van Pall. Pall heeft daarnaast een wereldwijd netwerk van technische vertegenwoordigers dat u graag van dienst zal
zijn.
7. GEGEVENSBLAD NOMENCLATUUR
7.1 SPECIFICATIES
Ontwerpcode: = Dc.
Ontwerpdruk: = Po
Ontwerptemperatuur: = To
Differentiaaldruk: = ∆p
Maximale bedrijfsdruk: = Pmax
Maximale bedrijfstemperatuur: = Tmax
Opvoer/uitvoeraansluitingen: = I/O C
Klep/afvoeraansluitingen: = V/D C
O-ring dichtingsmateriaal: = OSM
Patroontype: = CT
Benodigde vrije ruimte voor installatie: = ICR
Draaimomentinstelling van afsluiting = Tsc
7.2 BESCHIKBARE OPTIES
TABEL 1 Vol = Volume

TABEL 2 I/O C = Opvoer/uitvoeraansluitingen
TABEL3 VC = Klepaansluitingen
TABEL 4 DC = Afvoeraansluitingen
TABEL 5 OSM = Dichtingsmateriaal
23
DNK Filterhus Installations- og servicevejledning

DENNE VEJLEDNING ER BEREGNET TIL TRÆNET PERSONALE, DER ER FORTROLIG MED SIKRE
ARBEJDSMETODER
ANVENDTE SYMBOLER
DETTE GØR OPMÆRKSOM PÅ EN FARE, DER KAN VÆRE EN TRUSSEL MOD

PERSONALETS SUNDHED ELLER VELBEFINDENDE.
Dette gør opmærksom på vejledninger, der skal følges for at undgå at beskadige produktet,
udstyret eller omgivelserne.
! Dette gør opmærksom på information, der vil være en hjælp ved brugen og/eller installationen af
udstyret.
FARER
SØRG FOR, AT FILTERHUSETS FORBINDELSER ER FORLIGELIGE MED SYSTEMETS

RØRORBINDELSER.
ÅBN IKKE FILTER HUSET MED RESIDUALT TRYK i SYSTEMET.
KUNDENS ANSVAR
At sørge for, at alt personale anvender sikre arbejdsmetoder, når de håndterer og installerer
alle dele eller trykudstyr.
At sikre, at de angivne trykgrænser ikke overstiges under alle omstændigheder, inklusive

ved ekstern brand.
At sikre, at alle procesvæsker eller gasser er forligelige med konstruktionsmaterialerne.

Se husets navneskilt og appendikset for detaljer.
Overdrevne rørbelastninger bør undgås, når filtret monteres i sin driftsposition.
Procesvæsker eller andre væsker, som kommer i kontakt med filterhuse, må ikke fryse.
Det skal sikres, at filterhuset ikke beskadiges, når emballagen fjernes.
Medmindre andet er angivet i salgslitteratur, på tegningen eller i det tekniske tillæg,

er filterhusene ikke beregnet til at anvendes i forbindelse med gas, damp eller vakuum.
0
Væsker med kogepunkter under 100 C må ikke benyttes som smøremidler for filterpatroner
med dobbelte O-ringspakninger. Damptrykket kan ved driftstemperatur kan resultere i høje
tryk mellem pakningerne og skade filterpatronen, der kan bevirke, at væske/luft strømmen
går udenom filterpatronen.
24
Dette filterhus kan indeholde emballage indvendigt – Se efter, og fjern eventuel indvendig
emballage før montering og ibrugtagning.
! Filterhuset leveres uden filterelement.
Installer filterhuset i systemet, før filterpatronen monteres. Vedrørende begrænsninger af

! anvendelsen se tillægget til denne manual.
1. SPECIFIKATIONER
Se tillægget til denne vejledning, navneskiltet på filterhuset og/eller salgstegningen.
2. MODTAGELSE AF UDSTYRET
Filterhusene forsendes uden patroner. Se brugsanvisning for detaljer om
installationen af filterelement. Bortskaf embalolagen på miljøvenlig måde. V3 UDLUFTNING
3. GENERELLE INFORMATIONSKILDER
Detaljerede oplysninger om anvendte materialer findes i tillægget til denne
vejledning og/eller på salgstegningen.
Vedrørende optioner bedes De henvende Dem til Pall eller en autoriseret
forhandler. TRYKMÅLER
TRYKMÅLER
Yderligere oplysninger om integritets test og sterilisering fås ved
henvendelse til Pall.
4 INDLØB AF PROCESS VÆSKE
INDL¯B OUTL¯B.
Det anbefales, at filtret installeres i et system som vist på Figur 1.
V1 V2
V4 AFLØB
FIGUR 1 TYPISK SKEMATISK GENNEMLØBSDIAGRAM
Trin VÆSKE GAS

1 Sørg for, at ventilerne V1, V2, V3 og V4 er lukkede.
2 Åbn V1 delvist for at sætte tryk på filterhuset.
3 Åbn V3 langsomt for at udlufte huset. Bortfalder
Luk V3, når boblefri væske løber ud fra
4 Bortfalder
udluftningsåbningen.
Åbn V1 helt. Kontroller for utætheder med sæbevand
5 Åbn V1 helt. Kontroller huset for utætheder.
eller akustisk læksøger.
6 Hvis nogen utætheder findes, lukkes V1, trykket tages af med V3, og beholderen tømmes med V4.
7 Fjern utætheden ved at stramme forbindelsen eller erstatte pakningen ved det utætte sted.
8 Test igen, før huset sættes i drift.
9 Åbn V2 langsomt for at sætte huset i drift.
25
5. UDSKIFTNING AF PATRON
Detaljerede oplysninger om patronens differenstryk og temperaturbegrænsninger findes i monterings-, betjenings- og
servicevejledningen til patronen og/eller relateret teknisk litteratur om patronen.
Trin VÆSKE GAS

1 Luk V1 og V2.
2 Tag trykket af med V3 og V4.
Lad eventuel resterende arbejdsvæske
3 Bortfalder
løbe ud af huset.
4 Fjern filterskålen som vist i appendiks 1.
5 Vedrørende afmontering og udskiftning af patronen se patronens brugsanvisning
6 Rens og undersøg filterhuset.
7 Det anbefales, at filterhusets pakning udskiftes ved samlingen.
8 Bestil filter til væsker eller gasser i overensstemmelse med afsnit 4.
6. VIDENSKABELIG OG LABORATORIESERVICE
Pall driver en tekniske service til assistance ved anvendelsen af vore filterprodukter. Servicen er til Deres rådighed, og vi
opfordrer Dem til at stille spørgsmål, så at vi kan hjælpe. Desuden er et komplet netværk af tekniske repræsentanter til
rådighed over hele verden.
7. DATABLAD INFORMATION
7.1 SPECIFIKATIONER
Konstruktionskode: = Dc.
Konstruktionstryk: = Po
Konstruktionstemperatur: = To
Differenstryk: = ∆p
Maksimalt driftstryk: = Pmax
Maksimal driftstemperatur: = Tmax
Indløbs-/udløbsforbindelser: = I/O C
Udluftnings-/afløbsforbindelser: = V/D C
O-ringspakningsmateriale: = OSM
Patrontype: = CT
Installations-frihøjdekrav: = ICR
Momentindstilling for lukning = Tsc
7.2 OPTIONS TIL RÅDIGHED
TABEL 1 Vol = Volumen

TABEL 2 I/O C = Indløbs-/udløbsforbindelser
TABEL 3 VC = Udluftningsforbindelser
TABEL 4 DC = Afløbsforbindelser
TABEL 5 OSM = Pakningsmateriale
26
NOR Generelt Filterhus Instruksjoner for installasjon og service

DISSE INSTRUKSJONENE ER SKREVET FOR TILSTREKKELIG OPPLÆRT PERSONELL SOM ER FORTROLIG MED
SIKKER ARBEIDSPRAKSIS
SYMBOLER SOM BENYTTES
DETTE VARSLER OM EN FARE SOM KAN TRUE HELSE ELLER PERSONLIG KOMFORT.
Dette viser til instruksjoner som må følges for å unngå skader på produktet, utstyr eller
miljø.
! Dette viser til opplysninger som vil være til hjelp ved betjening og/eller installasjon av utstyret.
FARER
SØRG FOR AT HUSETS TILKOPLINGER SVARER TIL SYSTEMETS RØROPPLEGG.
HUSET MÅ IKKE ÅPNES MED RESTTRYKK I SYSTEMET.
KUNDENS ANSVAR
Å sørge for at alt personell følger en sikker arbeidspraksis ved behandling og installasjon av
alle posisjoner eller alt trykkutstyr.
Å sikre at de spesifiserte trykkgrensene ikke overskrides under noen omstendigheter, heller

ikke ved ekstern brann.
Å sikre at alle prosessvæsker eller gasser er kompatible med materialene i konstruksjonen.

Det vises til husets typeskilt samt tillegg for ytterligere opplysninger.
Å unngå overbelastning av rør når filteret monteres i sin arbeidsposisjon.
Prosessvæsker eller andre væsker som kommer i kontakt med husene må ikke fryse.
Vær forsiktig, slik at filterhuset ikke skades når emballasjen fjernes.
Hvis ikke annet er angitt i salgslitteraturen, i tegninger eller tekniske tillegg, er ikke husene
beregnet for bruk i applikasjoner hvor det forekommer gass, damp eller vakuum.
0
Væsker med kokepunkt under 100 C må ikke benyttes som smøremidler for patroner med
dobbelte O-ring tetninger. Damptrykket ved driftstemperatur kan være årsak til store trykk
mellom tetningene og eventuelt skade patronen, noe som kan føre til at patronen
forbikoples.
27
Dette huset kan inneholde emballasjemateriell innvendig – Kontroller og fjern innvendig

emballasje før installasjon og bruk.
! Filterhus leveres UTEN patron.
Huset installeres i systemet før patronen settes inn. Det henvises til vedlegg til denne veiledningen
! når det gjelder bruksbegrensninger.
1. SPESIFIKASJONER
Se tillegget vedlagt denne veiledningen, merkeskiltet på filterhuset og/eller salgstegninger.
2. MOTTAK AV UTSTYR
Hus sendes uten patroner. Det henvises til instruksjonene for patroner når det gjelder opplysninger om installasjon.
Emballasjen håndteres i samsvar med god praksis for miljøhensyn.
3. GENERELLE INFORMASJONSKILDER UTLUFTNING
For mer informasjon om konstruksjonsmaterialer, henvises til tillegget til V3

denne veiledningen og/eller salgstegningen.
Kontakt Pall eller en godkjent distributør når det gjelder tilgjengelighet på
ekstrautstyr.
Kontakt Pall for mer informasjon om testing og sterilisering.
4. TILFØRSEL AV PROSESSVÆSKE
MANOMETER
Det anbefales å installere filteret i systemet som vist på figur 1. MANOMETER
INN UT
V1 V2
V4 DRAIN
FIGUR 1 TYPISK FLYTSKJEMA
Steg VÆSKE GASS

1 Sørg for at ventilene V1, V2, V3 og V4 er stengte.
2 V1 åpnes delvis for å trykksette filterhuset.
3 V3 åpnes sakte for å utlufte huset. Ikke aktuelt
Steng V3 når det kommer væske uten bobler fra
4 Ikke aktuelt
utluftningsventilen.
V1 åpnes helt. Sjekk om det er lekkasje ved hjelp av
5 V1 åpnes helt. Sjekk huset for lekkasje.
såpevann eller en lekkasjedetektor med lydalarm.
6 Steng V1 hvis det er lekkasje og avlast trykket med V3 og drenér med V4.
7 Lekkasjen avhjelpes ved å stramme tilkoplingen eller å bytte tetning ved lekkasjen.
8 Test igjen før huset tilkoples prosessen.
9 V2 åpnes sakte for å kople huset til prosessen.
28
5. SKIFTE PATRONEN
Du finner mer informasjon om patronens differansetrykk- og temperaturbegrensninger i instruksjonene for
installasjon, drift og vedlikehold, og eller i relevant teknisk litteratur om patronen.
Steg VÆSKE GASS

1 Steng V1 og V2.
2 Avlast trykket med V3 og V4.
3 Drenér eventuell resterende prosessvæske fra huset. Ikke aktuelt
4 Ta ut filterskålen som vist i vedlegg 1.
5 Frakopling og bytte av patron forklares i betjeningsveiledningen for patroner.
6 Filterhuset renses og undersøkes.
7 Det anbefales å bytte husets tetning ved etterfølgende montasje.
8 Filteret settes i drift som forklart i avsnitt 4 for væsker og gasser.
6. SERVICE FOR VITENSKAP OG LABORATORIER

Pall yter teknisk service for å assistere med bruken av våre filterprodukter. Denne tjenesten står til din rådighet og vi
oppfordrer deg til å stille spørsmål slik at vi kan være til hjelp. Dessuten står et verdensomspennende nettverk av teknikere
til rådighet.
7. DATABLAD NOMENKLATUR
7.1 SPESIFIKASJONER
Designkode: = Dc.
Beregnet trykk: = Po
Beregnet temperatur: = To
Differensialtrykk: = ∆p
Maksimum driftstrykk: = Pmax
Maksimum driftstemperatur: = Tmax
Inn/ut tilkoplinger: = I/O C
Utluftning/drenering tilkoplinger: = V/D C
O-ring tetningsmateriale: = OSM
Patrontype: = CT
Installasjonens plasskrav: = ICR
Tilstramningsmoment for stengning = Tsc
7.2 MULIGE ALTERNATIVER
TABELL 1 Vol = Volum

TABELL 2 I/O C = Inn/ut tilkoplinger
TABELL 3 VC = Utluftning tilkoplinger
TABELL 4 DC = Drenering tilkoplinger
TABELL 5 OSM = Tetningsmateriale
29
SWE Installations- och serviceinstruktioner för filterbehållare

DESSA INSTRUKTIONER SKALL ANVÄNDAS AV UTBILDAD PERSONAL SOM ÄR VÄL FÖRTROGEN MED SÄKRA
ARBETSMETODER
SYMBOLER SOM ANVÄNDS
DESSA VARNAR FÖR EN FARA SOM KAN UTGÖRA ETT HOT MOT PERSONALENS HÄLSA
ELLER VÄLBEFINNANDE.
Dessa riktar uppmärksamheten på instruktioner som måste följas för undvikande av skador på
produkten, utrustningen eller miljön.
! Dessa fäster uppmärksamheten på information som underlättar driften och/eller installationen av

utrustningen.
FAROR
SE TILL ATT BEFINTLIGA ANSLUTNINGAR ÄR KOMPATIBLA MED SYSTEMETS RÖRNÄT.
ÖPPNA INTE BEHÅLLAREN NÄR DET FINNS RESTERANDE TRYCK I SYSTEMET.
KUNDENS ANSVAR
Säkerställ att all personal använder säkra arbetsmetoder vid hantering och installation av
alla föremål eller tryckutrustningar.
För att säkerställa att de specificerade gränsvärdena för tryck inte överskrids under några
omständigheter inklusive extern brand.
För att säkerställa att alla framställningsvätskor eller gaser är kompatibla med
tillverkningsmaterialen, gå till behållarens namnplatta och bilaga för information.
Överdriven rörledningsbelastning bör undvikas när filtret placeras i driftsposition.
Processvätskor eller andra vätskor i kontakt med hus får inte tillåtas frysa.
Var försiktig så att filterhuset inte skadas när emballaget tas av.
Såvida inte annat anges på säljlitteratur, ritning eller teknisk bilaga, är husen inte avsedda
att användas i tillämpningar med gas, ånga eller vakuum.
0
Flytande ämnen vars kokpunkter understiger 100 C får inte användas som smörjmedel för
filterpatroner med dubbla O-ringtätningar. Ångtrycket kan vid drifttemperaturer resultera i
höga tryck mellan tätningarna och eventuell skada på filterpatronen som kan orsaka
förbigång av filterpatron.
30
Detta hus kan innehålla internt förpackningsmaterial – Kontrollera och ta bort internt
förpackningsmaterial före installation och användning.
! Filterbehållare levereras UTAN patron.
Installera behållaren i systemet innan patronen sätts i. För begränsningar ifråga om användning
! hänvisas till tillägget till denna manual.
1. SPECIFIKATIONER
Se bilagan som medföljer denna instruktion, namnplåten som sitter på filterhuset och/eller säljritningen.
2. MOTTAGANDE AV UTRUSTNING
Behållaren levereras utan patroner. Gå till patroninstruktionerna för information om installation. Avlägsna emballaget i
enlighet med miljövänliga förfaringssätt.
3. ALLMÄNNA INFORMATIONSKÄLLOR
För detaljer om tillverkningsmaterial, se bilagan till denna instruktion V3 VENTILATOR
och/eller säljritningen.
Kontakta Pall eller en auktoriserad distributör för tillgängliga tillval.
Kontakta Pall för vidare information om integritetstestning och sterilisering.
4. INFÖRA PROCESSVÄTSKA
Det rekommenderas att filtret installeras i ett system, som visas i figur 1.
TRYCKVENTIL TRYCKVENTIL
INLOPP UTLOPP
V1 V2
V4 Avtappningsventil
FIGUR 1 TYPISKT SCHEMATISKT FLÖDESDIAGRAM
Steg VÄTSKA GAS

1 Säkerställ att ventiler V1, V2, V3 och V4 är stängda.
2 Öppna V1 delvis för att vidmakthålla normalt tryck i filterbehållaren.
3 Öppna sakta V3 för att ventilera behållaren. N/A
Stäng V3 när bubbelfri vätska kommer ut från
4 N/A
ventIlationshålet.
Öppna V1 helt och hållet. Kontrollera att behållaren Öppna V1 helt och hållet. Kontrollera eventulla läckor
5
inte läcker. med hjälp av tvålvatten eller sonisk läckagedetektor.
6 Om det finns synliga läckor stäng V1 och lätta på trycket med V3 och tappa av med V4.
7 Rätta till läckage genom att dra åt förbindelsen eller byt ut tätningen vid läckagestället.
8 Testa om innan behållaren strömförs.
9 Öppna långsamt V2 för att strömföra behållaren.
31
5. BYTE AV PATRON
För information om differentialtryck och temperaturbegränsningar för patronen, se instruktioner för drift och underhåll
och/eller relaterad teknisk litteratur om patroner.
Steg VÄTSKA GAS

1 Stäng V1 och V2.
2 Lätta på trycket med hjälp av V3 och V4.
Tappa av all resterande processvätska från
3 N/A
behållaren.
4 Avlägsna filterskål som visas i bilaga 1.
5 För borttagande och utbyte av patron gå till Patron I.O.M.
6 Rengör och undersök filterbehållaren.
7 Det rekommenderas att tätningen till behållaren byts ut vid återmonteringen.
8 Sätt igång filtret i enlighet med Sektion 4 för vätskor eller gaser.
6. VETENSKAPLIGA OCH LABORATORIETJÄNSTER

Pall tillhandahåller en teknisk tjänst för att underlätta användningen av våra filterprodukter. Du kan använda tjänsten och vi
svarar gärna på frågor för att kunna hjälpa till. Dessutom finns ett helt nätverk av tekniska representanter över hela världen.
7. DATABLADSNOMENKLATUR
7.1 Specifikationer
Konstruktionsnorm: = Dc.
Konstruktionstryck: = Po
Konstruktionstemperatur: = To
Differentialtryck: = ∆p
Maximalt drifttryck: = Pmax
Maximal drifttemperatur: = Tmax
Inlopp/utlopp anslutningar: = I/O C
Ventilator/avtappningsanslutningar: = V/D C
O-ringtätningsmaterial: = OSM
Patrontyp: = CT
Utrymmeskrav för installation: = ICR
Åtdragningsmoment vid stängning = Tsc
7.2 Tillgängliga Alternativ
TABELL 1 Vol = Volym

TABELL 2 I/O C = Inlopps/utloppsanslutningar
TABELL 3 VC = Ventilatoranslutningar
TABELL 4 DC = Avtappningsanslutningar
TABELL 5 OSM = Tätningsmaterial
32
FIN Suodatinkotelon yleiset asennus- ja huolto-ohjeet

NÄMÄ OHJEET ON TARKOITETTU ASIANMUKAISESTI KOULUTETULLE HENKILÖKUNNALLE, JOKA ON
TIETOINEN TURVALLISISTA TYÖSKENTELYTAVOISTA
KÄYTETYT MERKINNÄT
NÄMÄ MERKIT PYYTÄVÄT HUOMIOIMAAN VAARAN, JOKA VOI AIHEUTUA

HENKILÖKUNNAN TERVEYDELLE TAI VAIKUTTAA HEIDÄN HYVINVOINTIINSA.
ä merkit pyytävät huomioimaan ohjeet, joita on noudatettava, jotta vältyttäisiin tuotteelle,

laitteistolle tai ympäristölle aiheutuvilta vaurioilta.
! Nämä merkit pyytävät huomioimaan tiedot, jotka ovat avuksi laitteiston käytössä ja/tai
asennuksessa.
VAARAT
VARMISTA, ETTÄ KOTELON LIITÄNNÄT VASTAAVAT JÄRJESTELMÄN PUTKISTON

LIITÄNTÖJÄ.
ÄLÄ AVAA KOTELOA, KUN JÄRJESTELMÄÄN ON JÄÄNYT PAINETTA
ASIAKKAAN VASTUU
Varmista, että kaikki työntekijät toimivat turvallisella tavalla käsitellessään tai asentaessaan
osia tai paineistettuja laitteita.
On varmistettava, että eriteltyjä painerajoja ei ylitetä missään olosuhteissa. Tähän kuuluu

ulkopuolisen tulipalon aiheuttama paine.
On varmistettava, että prosessinesteet ja –kaasut sopivat yhteen rakennusmateriaalien

kanssa. Katso tietoja kotelon nimikilvestä ja liitteestä.
Liiallista putkiston kuormitusta tulisi välttää, kun suodatin kiinnitetään käyttöpaikkaansa.
Suodatinpesien kanssa kosketuksissa olevat prosessi- tai muut nesteet eivät saa jäätyä.
Ole varovainen, ettei suodatinpesä vahingoitu, kun poistat sen pakkauksesta.
Ellei myyntiaineistossa, piirustuksissa tai teknisissä lisäyksissä muuta ilmoiteta, koteloita

ei ole tarkoitettu käytettäväksi kaasu-, höyry- tai alipainekäyttökohteissa.
Kahdella O-rengastiivisteellä varustettujen suodatinpanosten voiteluaineena ei tule käyttää

0
nesteitä, joiden kiehumispiste on alle 100 C. Käyttölämpötiloissa vallitseva höyrynpaine voi
aiheuttaa korkeita paineita tiivisteiden välillä sekä suodatinpanoksen mahdollisen
vaurioitumisen, mikä voi aiheuttaa panoksen ohivirtausta.
33
Tämän suodatinpesän sisällä voi olla pakkausmateriaalia– – tarkasta ja poista sisäinen

pakkausmateriaali ennen asennusta ja käyttöä.
! Suodatinkotelo toimitetaan ILMAN suodatinpanosta.
Asenna kotelo järjestelmään ennen suodatinpanoksen asettamista paikalleen. Katso

! käyttörajoituksia tämän ohjekirjan lisäosasta.
1. TEKNISET TIEDOT
Tarkemmat tiedot löytyvät ohjeen liitteenä olevasta lisäosasta suodatinpesän nimilaatasta ja/tai myyntipiirustuksista.
2. LAITTEEN VASTAANOTTO
Kotelot toimitetaan ilman suodatinpanoksia. Katso asennusohjeita suodatinpanoksen ohjeesta. Hävitä pakkausmateriaali
ympäristöystävällisellä tavalla.
3. YLEISET TIETOLÄHTEET
V3 ILMAUSVENTTIILI
Lisätiedot rakennemateriaaleista löytyvät ohjeen lisäosasta
ja/tai myyntipiirustuksista.
Tiedustele saatavilla olevista vaihtohehdoista Pallilta tai
hyväksytyltä jälleenmyyjältä.
Lisätietoja eheydentestauksesta ja steriloinnista saa Pallilta.
4. PROSESSINESTEEN LISÄÄMINEN
Suositellaan, että suodatin asennetaan kuvan 1 esittämään PAINEMITTARI PAINEMITTARI
järjestelmään.
SISÄÄNMENO ULOSTULO
V1 V2
V4 POISTOVENTTIILI
KUVA 1 TYYPILLINEN PROSESSIKAAVIO
Vaihe NESTE KAASU

1 Varmista, että venttiilit V1, V2, V3 ja V4 ovat kiinni.
2 Avaa osittain V1 suodattimen kotelon paineistamiseksi.
3 Avaa V3 hitaasti kotelon ilman poistamiseksi. -
Sulje V3, kun ilman kuplia olevaa nestettä tulee
4 -
venttiilistä.
Avaa V1 täysin auki. Tarkasta, että vuotoja ei ole
Avaa V1 täysin auki. Tarkista, että kotelossa
5 käyttämällä saippuavettä tai soonista vuotojen
ei ole vuotoja.
havaintolaitetta.
6 Jos vuotoja näkyy selvästi, sulje V1 ja poista paine V3:n avulla ja poista neste V4:n avulla.
7 Korjaa vuoto kiristämällä liitosta tai vaihtamalla vuotokohdan tiiviste.
8 Testaa uudelleen ennen kotelon ottamista käyttöön.
9 Avaa V2 hitaasti, jotta kotelo saataisiin käyttötilaan.
34
5. SUODATINPANOKSEN VAIHTAMINEN
Tarkempia tietoja suodatinpanoksen paine-ero- ja lämpötilarajoituksista löydät suodatinpanoksen asennus-, käyttö- ja
huolto-ohjeista ja/tai niihin liittyvästä teknisestä aineistosta.
Vaihe NESTE KAASU

1 Sulje V1 ja V2.
2 Poista paine käyttäen venttiilejä V3 ja V4.
3 Valuta koteloon mahdollisesti jäänyt neste ulos. -
4 Poista suodattimen kuppi liitteessä 1 esitetyllä tavalla.
5 Katso suodatinpanoksen asennus- ja käyttöohjeista tietoja vaihtamisesta.
6 Puhdista suodattimen kotelo ja tarkasta se.
7 Suositellaan, että kotelon tiiviste vaihdetaan uudelleenasennuksen aikana.
8 Ota suodatin käyttöön nesteelle tai kaasulle kohdassa 4 selostetulla tavalla.
6. TIETEELLISET JA LABORATORIOPALVELUT
Pall antaa teknistä palvelua, jonka tarkoituksen on auttaa suodatintuotteittemme hyödyntämistä. Palvelu on asiakkaitten
käytettävissä ja kehotamme asiakkaita esittämään kysymyksiä, jotta voisimme avustaa heitä. Lisäksi asiakkaitten
käytettävissä on teknisten edustajien verkosto kautta maailman.
7. TIETOLOMAKKEEN TERMIT
7.1 Tekniset Tiedot
Suunnittelukoodi: = Dc.
Mitoituspaine: = Po
Mitoituslämpötila: = To
Paine-ero: = ∆p
Korkein käyttöpaine: = Pmax
Korkein käyttölämpötila: = Tmax
Sisääntulo/ulosmenoliitännät: = I/O C
Ilmaus/poistoventtiililiitännät: = V/D C
O-renkaan tiivistemateriaali: = OSM
Suodatinpanoksen tyyppi: = CT
Asennuksen välysvaatimukset: = ICR
Vääntömomentin asetus suljettaessa = Tsc
7.2 Tarjolla olevat vaihtoehdot
TAULUKKO 1 Vol = Tilavuus

TAULUKKO 2 I/O C = Sisääntulo/ulosmenoliitännät
TAULUKKO 3 VC = Ilmausventtiililiitännät
TAULUKKO 4 DC = Poistoventtiililiitännät
TAULUKKO 5 OSM = Tiivisteen materiaali
35
GRC Θήκη Γενικού Φίλτρου Οδηγίες Εγκατάστασης και Σέρβις

ΟΙ Ο∆ΗΓΙΕΣ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΓΙΑ ΤΗ ΧΡΗΣΗ ΚΑΤΑΛΛΗΛΑ ΕΚΠΑΙ∆ΕΥΜΕΝΟΥ ΠΡΟΣΩΠΙΚΟΥ ΠΟΥ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΕΞΟΙΚΕΙΩΜΕΝΟ ΜΕ
ΑΣΦΑΛΕΙΣ ΜΕΘΟ∆ΟΥΣ ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑΣ
ΣΥΜΒΟΛΑ ΧΡΗΣΗΣ
ΑΥΤΑ ΕΠΙΣΥΡΟΥΝ ΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΣΟΧΗ ΚΙΝ∆ΥΝΟΥ ΠΟΥ ΜΠΟΡΕΙ ΝΑ ΑΠΟΒΟΥΝ ΑΠΕΙΛΗ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ
ΥΓΕΙΑ Ή ΤΗΝ ΕΥΗΜΕΡΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΠΡΟΣΩΠΙΚΟΥ.
Αυτά επισύρουν την προσοχή σε οδηγίες που πρέπει να τηρούνται για να αποφεύγεται η
βλάβη στη συσκευή, τον εξοπλισµό ή τα γύρω
! Αυτά επισύρουν την προσοχή σε πληροφορίες που θα βοηθήσουν τη λειτουργία ή/και την
εγκατάσταση του εξοπλισµού.
ΚΙΝ∆ΥΝΟΙ
ΒΕΒΑΙΩΘΕΙΤΕ ΟΤΙ ΟΙ ΣΥΝ∆ΕΣΕΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΘΗΚΗΣ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΣΥΜΒΑΤΕΣ ΜΕ ΤΗ ΣΩΛΗΝΩΣΗ ΤΟΥ

ΣΥΣΤΗΜΑΤΟΣ.
ΝΑ ΜΗΝ ΑΝΟΙΓΕΤΕ ΤΗ ΘΗΚΗ ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΙΕΣΗ ΠΟΥ ΕΧΕΙ ΑΠΟΜΕΙΝΕΙ ΣΤΟ ΣΥΣΤΗΜΑ
ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΤΟΥ ΠΕΛΑΤΗ
θείτε όπως όλο το προσωπικό χρησιµοποιεί ασφαλείς µεθόδους εργασίας όταν χειρίζεται
και εγκαθιστά όλα τα είδη εξοπλισµού πίεσης.
Για να βεβαιώνεστε ότι τα καθορισµένα όρια πίεσης δεν υπερβαίνουν κάτω από όλες τις
περιστάσεις περιλαµβανόµενης της εξωτερικής πυρκαγιάς.
Για να βεβαιώνεστε ότι η διαδικασία υγρών ή αερίων είναι συµβατή µε τα υλικά οικοδοµής.
Συµβουλευθείτε την πλάκα του ονόµατος και το Παράρτηµα για λεπτοµέρειες.
Τα υπερβολικά φορτία σωλήνα θα πρέπει να αποφεύγονται όταν τοποθετείτε το φίλτρο στη

λειτουργική του θέση.
Υγρά που χρησιµοποιούνται στο πλαίσιο της διαδικασίας ή άλλα υγρά που έρχονται σε
επαφή µε τους υποδοχείς δεν επιτρέπεται να παγώνουν
Κατά το άνοιγµα της συσκευασίας, πρέπει να λαµβάνεται ιδιαίτερη µέριµνα ώστε να µην
προκαλείται ζηµιά στον υποδοχέα του φίλτρου.
Οι υποδοχείς δεν προορίζονται για εφαρµογές µε αέρια, ατµό ή κενό αέρος, εκτός αν
υποδεικνύεται διαφορετικά στα συνοδευτικά έντυπα, στα σχέδια ή στο προσάρτηµα µε τα
τεχνικά χαρακτηριστικά του προϊόντος.
0
Υγρά σε σηµείο βρασµού κάτω των 100 C δεν πρέπει να χρησιµοποιούνται ως λιπαντικά
για φυσίγγια µε διπλές σφραγίδες Ο-δακτυλίου. Η πίεση του ατµού σε θερµοκρασίες
λειτουργίας µπορεί να προκαλέσουν υψηλές θερµοκρασίες µεταξύ των σφραγίδων και της
πιθανής βλάβης στο φυσίγγιο, που µπορεί να αναγκάσει το φυσίγγιο να κάνει παράκαµψη.
36
Ο υποδοχέας ενδέχεται να περιέχει κάποια εσωτερική συσκευασία. – Πριν από την

εγκατάσταση και τη χρήση του ελέγξτε και αφαιρέστε τη.
! Η θήκη του φυσιγγίου παρέχεται ΧΩΡΙΣ το φυσίγγιο.
Τοποθετήστε το φυσίγγιο µέσα στο σύστηµα προτού να εφαρµόσετε το φυσίγγιο. Για τους
! περιορισµούς χρήσης, συµβουλευθείτε το παράρτηµα αυτού του εγχειριδίου.
1. ΠΡΟ∆ΙΑΓΡΑΦΕΣ
Ανατρέξτε στο προσάρτηµα που υπάρχει στις παρούσες οδηγίες, στην πινακίδα που υπάρχει στον υποδοχέα του φίλτρου
και/ή στο συνοδευτικό του σχέδιο.
2. ΠΑΡΑΛΑΒΗ ΤΟΥ ΕΞΟΠΛΙΣΜΟΥ
V3 ΕΞΑΕΡΙΣΜΟΣ
Οι θήκες αποστέλλονται χωρίς φυσίγγια. Συµβουλευθείτε τις
οδηγίες φυσιγγίων για λεπτοµέρειες εγκαταστάσεως. Πετάξτε τη
συσκευασία σύµφωνα µε τις σωστές περιβαλλοντικές
διαδικασίες.
3. ΓΕΝΙΚΕΣ ΠΛΗΡΟΦΟΡΙΕΣ ΜΕΤΡΗΤΗΣ ΠΙΕΣΗΣ
Για πληροφορίες σχετικά µε τα υλικά κατασκευής ανατρέξτε στο
προσάρτηµα των οδηγιών και/ή στο συνοδευτικό σχέδιο του ΜΕΤΡΗΤΗΣ ΠΙΕΣΗΣ
προϊόντος.
Για εναλλακτικές επιλογές επικοινωνήστε µε την Pall ή µε έναν ΕΞΟ∆ΟΣ
ΕΙΣΟ∆ΟΣ
εγκεκριµένο διανοµέα.
Για περαιτέρω πληροφορίες σχετικά µε τον έλεγχο
ακεραιότητας και αποστείρωσης, επικοινωνήστε µε την Pall.
4. ΕΙΣΑΓΩΓΗ ΥΓΡΟΥ ∆ΙΑ∆ΙΚΑΣΙΑΣ V1 V2
Σας συνιστούµε όπως το φίλτρο εγκατασταθεί σε ένα σύστηµα,
όπως φαίνεται στην Εικόνα 1. V4 ΟΧΕΤΟΣ
ΕΙΚΟΝΑ 1 ΧΑΡΑΚΤΗΡΙΣΤΙΚΟ ΣΧΗΜΑΤΙΚΟ ∆ΙΑΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΡΟΗΣ
Μέτρο ΥΓΡΟ ΑΕΡΙΟ

1 Βεβαιωθείτε ότι οι βαλβίδες V1, V2, V3 και V4 είναι κλειστές.
2 Ανοίξτε µερικώς την V1 για να πιέσετε τη θήκη του φίλτρου.
3 Ανοίξτε αργά την V3 για να εξαερίσετε τη θήκη. ∆εν ισχύει
Κλείστε την V3 όταν βγαίνει υγρό µε φουσκάλες από
4 ∆εν ισχύει
τον αεραγωγό.
Ανοίξτε πλήρως την V1. Ελέγξατε για τυχόν διαρροές
Ανοίξτε πλήρως την V1. Ελέγξατε τη θήκη για τυχόν
5 χρησιµοποιώντας νερό µε σαπούνι ή ηχητικό ανιχνευτή
διαρροές.
διαρροής.
Εάν παρουσιάστηκαν διαρροές κλείστε την V1 και καταστείλατε την πίεση, χρησιµοποιώντας την V3 και
6
αποστραγγίστε χρησιµοποιώντας την V4.
7 ∆ιορθώστε τις διαρροές σφίγγοντας τη σύνδεση ή αντικαθιστώντας τη σφραγίδα στο σηµείο της διαρροής.
8 Ξαναδοκιµάστε προτού φέρετε τη θήκη στο ρεύµα.
9 Ανοίξτε αργά το V2 για να φέρετε τη θήκη στο ρεύµα.
37
5. ΑΝΤΙΚΑΤΑΣΤΑΣΗ ΦΥΣΙΓΓΙΟΥ
Για λεπτοµέρειες σχετικά µε τα όρια διαφορικής πίεσης και θερµοκρασίας του φυσιγγίου, ανατρέξτε στις οδηγίες
εγκατάστασης, λειτουργίας και συντήρησης του φυσιγγίου και/ή στα σχετικά τεχνικά έντυπα.
Μέτρο ΥΓΡΟ ΑΕΡΙΟ

1 Κλείστε την V1 και V2.
2 Αφαιρέστε την πίεση χρησιµοποιώντας την V3 και την V4.
Αποστραγγίστε τυχόν εναποµείναν υγρό της
3 ∆εν ισχύει
διαδικασίας από τη θήκη.
4 Αφαιρέστε την κούπα του φίλτρου, όπως φαίνεται στο παράρτηµα 1.
Για την αφαίρεση και την αντικατάσταση του φυσιγγίου, συµβουλευθείτε το εγχειρίδιο της Εγκατάστασης,
5
Λειτουργίας και Συντήρησης του φυσιγγίου.
6 Καθαρίστε και επιθεωρήστε τη θήκη του φίλτρου.

7 Σας συνιστούµε όπως η σφραγίδα της θήκης να αντικαθιστάται κατά τη διάρκεια της νέας συναρµολόγησης.
8 Παραγγείλατε το φίλτρο σύµφωνα µε το Μέρος 4 για τα Υγρά ή τα Αέρια.
6. ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΟΝΙΚΕΣ ΚΑΙ ΕΡΓΑΣΤΗΡΙΑΚΕΣ ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΕΣ

Η εταιρεία Pall διαχειρίζεται µια τεχνική υπηρεσία για να βοηθά στην εφαρµογή των προϊόντων των φίλτρων µας. Η
υπηρεσία διατίθεται για σας και καλωσορίζουµε τις απορίες σας έτσι ώστε να µπορούµε να σας βοηθήσουµε. Επιπλέον,
διαθέτουµε πλήρες δίκτυο τεχνικών αντιπροσώπων σε ολόκληρο τον κόσµο.
7. ΦΥΛΛΟ ΣΤΟΙΧΕΙΩΝ ΟΝΟΜΑΤΟΛΟΓΙΑΣ
7.1 ΠΡΟ∆ΙΑΓΡΑΦΕΣ
Κωδικός Σχεδίου: = Dc.

Πίεση Σχεδίου: = Po
Θερµοκρασία Σχεδίου: = To
Πίεση ∆ιαφορικού: = ∆p
Μάξιµουµ Λειτουργική Πίεση: = Pmax
Μάξιµουµ Λειτουργική Θερµοκρασία = Tmax
Συνδέσεις Εσοχής / Εξοχής: = I/O C
Συνδέσεις εξαερισµού / αποστράγγισης: = V/D C
Υλικό Σφραγίδας O-δακτυλίου: = OSM
Είδος Φυσιγγίου: = CT
Απαίτηση ∆ιάκενου Εγκατάστασης: = ICR
Ρύθµιση ροπής κλεισίµατος: = Tsc
7.2 ∆ΙΑΘΕΣΙΜΕΣ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΕΣ
ΠΙΝΑΚΑΣ 1 Vol = Ποσότητα

ΠΙΝΑΚΑΣ 2 I/O C = Συνδέσεις εσοχής / εξοχής
ΠΙΝΑΚΑΣ 3 VC = Συνδέσεις Εξαερισµού
ΠΙΝΑΚΑΣ 4 DC = Συνδέσεις Αποστράγγισης
ΠΙΝΑΚΑΣ 5 OSM = Υλικό Σφραγίδας
38
MLT Istruzzjonijiet {enerali g}all-Istallazzjoni u Manutenzjonital-Apparat tal-Filtru
DAWN L-ISTRUZZJONIJIET HUMA G}ALL-}ADDIEMA M}ARR{IN TAJJEB U JAFU L-PRO¬EDURI DWAR XOG}OL
MING}AJR PERIKLU
SIMBOLI U|ATI
DAWN JI{BDU L-ATTENZJONI LEJN XI PERIKLU LI JISTA’ JKUN TA’ RISKJU G}AS-SA}}A
JEW IL-QAG}DA TAL-}ADDIEMA..
Dawn ji[bdu l-attenzjoni lejn istruzzjonijiet li g]andhom jitwettqu sabiex jevitaw ]sara lill-
prodott, l-apparat jew l-ambjent.
! Dawn ji[bdu l-attenzjoni lejn informazzjoni li tg]in it-t]addim jew l-istallazzjoni tal-apparat.
PERIKLI
AG}MEL |GUR LI L-KONNESSJONIJIET TAL-APPARAT JAQBLU MAL-PAJPIJIET TAS-

SISTEMA.
TIFTA}X L-APPARAT META JKUN G}AD HEMM IL-PRESSA FIS-SISTEMA
IR-RESPONSABBILTÁ TAL-PARRU¬¬ANI
Ag]mel \gur li l-]addiema kollha ja]dmu bog]od mill-periklu meta jimmani[[aw u jistallaw il-
bi`ìet kollha jew xi apparati bil-pressa.
Ji[i \gurat li l-limiti ta’ pressa me]tie[a ma’ jinqab\ux ta]t l-ebda ìrkustanza, u wkoll rigward
in-nar fuq barra.
Ji[i \gurat li matul il-proèss il-fluwidi kollha jew gassijiet ikunu jaqblu mal-materjal tal-bini.
Ara t-tabella fuq l-apparat u l-Appendiì g]ad-dettalji.
}afna tag]bija ta’ pajpijiet g]andha ti[i evitata meta l-filtru jitqieg]ed fil-po\izzjoni biex jibda
ja]dem.
Likwidi tal-proċess u likwidi oħrajn f’kuntatt ma’ l-ilqugħ ma għandhomx jitħallew jiffriżaw.
Għandha tingħata attenzjoni li ma ssirx ħsara għall-ilqugħ tal-filtru meta jitneħħa l-imballaġġ.
Sakemm ma jiġix indikat mod ieħor fuq il-litteratura tal-bejgħ, disinni jew annessi tekniċi, l-
ilqugħ mhuwiex maħsub biex jintuża f’applikazzjonijiet li jinvolvu gass, fwar jew vakwu.
Likwidi li jag]lu f’inqas minn 1000C m’g]andhomx jintu\aw biex jillubrikaw il-cartridges li
fihom si[illi doppji f’g]amla ta’ ùrkett. Il-pressa tal-fwar minn temperatura waqt il-
manutenzjoni tista’ [[ib pressa g]olja bejn is-si[illi u x’aktarx ]sara lill-cartridge li tista’ to]loq
cartridge by-pass.
39
Dan l-ilqugħ għandu jkun fih imballaġġ intern – Ikkontrolla u neħħi l-imballaġġ intern qabel
tinstallah u tużah.
! L-apparat til-Filtru ji[i pprovdut ming]ajr cartridge
l-ewwel istalla l-apparat fis-sistema qabel ma tqieg]ed il-cartridge. G]all-u\u limitat irreferi lejn dak li
! hu mi\jud ma’ dan il-fuljett.
1. SPEĊIFIKAZZJONIJIET
Irreferi għall-anness mehmuż ma’ din l-istruzzjoni, bil-plakka bl-isem mehmuża ma’ l-ilqugħ tal-filtru u/jew disinn tal-bejgħ.
2. KIF JO}RO{ IL-PRODOTT

L—apparat ji[i mibg]ut ming]ajr il-cartridges. Ara l-istruzzjonijiet bid-dettalji
g]all-istallazzjoni. Armi l-ippakkjar skond il-proèduri siewja g]all-ambjent.
V3 ARJA
3. SORSI ĠENERALI TA’ INFORMAZZJONI
Għad-dettalji dwar materjali tal-kostruzzjoni irreferi għall-anness għal din
l-istruzzjoni u/jew id-disinn tal-bejgħ.
Jekk jogħġbok irreferi għal Pall jew għal distributor approvat għad-
disponibilità ta’ l-għażliet.
Għal aktar informazzjoni dwar l-ittestjar u l-isterilizzazzjoni ta’ l-integrità,
irreferi għal Pall. PRESSA PRESSA
4. TAG]RIF DWAR IL-PRO¬ESS TAL-FLUWIDU
}RU{
Hu rrikmandat li l-filtru ji[i stallat fis-sistema, kif jidher fl-Istampa 1. D}UL
V1
RIMI V2
V4
STAMPA 1 DISINN TIPIKU TAT-TNIXXIJA SKEMATIKA
Pass LIKWIDU GAS

1 Ag]mel \gur li l-valvijiet V1, V2, V3 and V4 huma mag]luqa.
2 Ifta] ftit V1 biex tag]ti pressa lill-apparat tal-filtru.
3 Ifta] bil-mod V3 g]all-arja fl-apparat. (Mhux Applikabbli)
Ag]laq V3 meta jo]ro[ likwidu ming]ajr b\ie\aq mill-
4 (Mhux Applikabbli)
ventilatur.
Ifta] V1 kollu. Ara hemmx xi tnixxija billi tu\a ilma bis-
5 Ifta] V1 kollu. Ara hemmx xi tnixxija.
sapun jew sonic leak detector.
6 Jekk tara xi tnixxija ag]laq V1 u ne]]I l-pressa bil-V3 u battal bl-u\u ta’ V4.
7 Waqqaf it-tnixxija billi tross il-konnessjonijiet jew tibdel is-si[ill fejn dan inixxi.
8 Er[a’ pprova qabel ma t]addem l-apparat.
9 Ifta] V2 bil-mod biex tibda t]addem l-apparat.
40
5. SOSTITUZZJONI TAL-CARTRIDGE
Għal dettalji dwar il-pressjoni differenzjali tal-cartridge u l-limitazzjonijiet fit-temperatura ara l-Installazzjoni, Tħaddim u
Manutenzjoni tal-cartridge u/jew struzzjonijiet tekniċi relatati mal-cartridge.
Pass LIKWIDU GAS

1 Ag]laq V1 u V2.
2 Ne]]i l-pressa bl-u\u ta’ V3 u V4.
3 Battal il-likwidu kollu li jkun baqa’ fl-apparat. (Mhux applikabbli)
4 Ne]]i l-qafas tal-filtru kif img]arraf fl-appendiì 1.
5 G]at-tne]]ija u tibdil tal-cartridge aqra mill-Cartridge I.O.M.
6 Naddaf u ara sewwa l-apparat tal-filtru.
7 Hu rrikmandat li tbiddel is-si[ill tal-filtru waqt li tibni dan mill-[did.
8 Qieg]ed il-filtru skond is-Sezzjoni 4 g]all-Likwidi u Gassijiet.
6. SERVIZZI XJENTIFI¬I U TAL-LABORATORJU

Pall jag]tu servizz tekniku biex ig]inu fl-istallar tal-prodotti tag]hom. Dan is-servizz hu lest g]alik u nistednuk tag]mel il-
mistoqsijiet tieg]ek biex a]na ng]inuk. Minbarra dan, g]andna g]add kbir ta’ rappre\entanti tekniì madwar id-dinja.
7. LISTA KLASSIFIKATA TA’ ISMIJIET
7.1 SPE¬IFIKAZZJONIJIET
Marka tal-g]amla (Design Code): = Dc.

Pressa fl-g]amla (Design Pressure): = Po
Temperatura tal-g]amla (Design Temperature): = To
Pressa Differenzjali (Differential Pressure): = ∆p
Pressa l-aktar g]olja (Maximum Operating Pressure): = Pmax
Temperatura l-aktar g]olja (Maximum Operating Temperature): = Tmax
Konnessjonijiet D]ul/}ru[ (Inlet/outlet Connections): = I/O C
Konnessjonijiet Arja/Rimi (Vent/drain Connections): = V/D C
Materjal tas-Si[ill ¬urkett (O-ring Seal Material): = OSM
Tip ta’ Cartridge (Cartridge Type): = CT
}tie[a ta’ Permess biex Tistalla (Installation Clearance Requirement): = ICR
Settjar ta’ Rassa (Torque setting of closure) = Tsc
7.2 G]A\LIET LI HEMM
TABELLA 1 Vol = Volum

TABELLA 2 I/O C = Konnessjonijiet ta’ D]ul/}ru[
TABELLA 3 VC = Konnessjonijiet tal-Arja
TABELLA 4 DC = Konnessjonijiet tar-Rimi
TABELLA 5 OSM = Materjal tas-Si[illi
41
SLO Splošno ohišje filtra Montaža in navodila za servisiranje
TA NAVODILA SO NAMENJENA PRIMERNO USPOSOBLJENEM OSEBJU, KI JE SEZNANJENO Z VARNIMI

DELOVNIMI POSTOPKI.
UPORABLJENI SIMBOLI
TA ZNAK OPOZARJA ZA NEVARNOST, KI LAHKO ŠKODI ZDRAVJU IN DOBREMU POČUTJU

OSEBJA
Ta znak opozarja na navodila, ki jim morate slediti, da se izognete poškodbi izdelka, opreme
ali okolice.
! Ta znak opozarja na informacije, ki Vam pomagajo pri uporabi in/ali nameščanju opreme.
NEVARNOSTI
ZAGOTOVITE, DA SO PRIKLJUČKI NA OHIŠJU ZDRUŽLJIVI Z OMREŽJEM CEVI.
OHIŠJA NE ODPIRAJTE, KO JE V OMREŽJU OSTANEK PRITISKA.
ODGOVORNOST STRANKE
Zagotovite, da vso osebje dela v skladu z varnimi delovnimi postopki, pri rokovanju ali
nameščanju vseh izdelkov ali opreme pod pritiskom.
Da zagotovi, da pod nobenimi pogoji (tudi zunanjim ognjem) niso presežene specifične meje
pritiska.
Da zagotovi, da so kakršnekoli procesne tekočine ali plini združljivi z materiali v konstrukciji.

Za podrobnosti glej označno tablico na ohišju in Dodatek.
Izogibajte se prekomernega bremena na cevi, ko nameščate filter v njegovo delovno lego.
Procesne tekočine in druge tekočine, ki so v stiku z ohišjem, ne smejo zmrzniti.
Pazite, da pri odstranjevanju embalaže ne poškodujete ohišja filtra.
Če v prodajnem gradivu, na skici ali v tehničnem dodatku ni navedeno drugače, ohišje ni

namenjeno uporabi s paro, hlapi ali vakuumom.
Za maziva za kartuše z dvojnim O-kolutnimi pečati ne smete uporabljati tekočine s točko

0
vrelišča, ki je manjša od 100 C. Pritisk hlapov pri delovni temperaturi lahko povzroči visoki
pritisk med pečati in poškoduje kartušo ter jo obide.
42
Ohišje lahko vsebuje notranjo embalažo – Pred montažo in uporabo preverite notranjost in
odstranite notranjo embalažo.
! Ohišje filtra je priloženo BREZ kartuše.
Pred nameščanjem kartuše, postavite ohišje v sistem. Za omejitve uporabe glej dodatek k temu
! priročniku.
1. SPECIFIKACIJE
Glej dodatek, priložen k tem navodilom, označno tablico, pritrjeno na ohišje filtra, in/ali prodajne skice.
2. SPREJEM OPREME
Ohišja se dobavljajo brez kartuš. Za podrobnosti namestitve glej navodila
za kartuše. Embalažo odstranite v skladu z dobrimi okoljskimi postopki.
ODPRTINA
3. SPLOŠNI VIRI INFORMACIJ V3
Za podrobnosti glede konstrukcijskih materialov glej dodatek k temu

priročniku in/ali prodajne skice.
Glede preverjanja razpoložljivosti možnosti se obrnite na podjetje Pall ali
pooblaščenega distributerja.
Za dodatne informacije o preizkušanju neoporečnosti in sterilizaciji se MERILEC
obrnite na podjetje Pall. MERILEC
PRITISKA PRITISKA
4 PREDSTAVITEV PROCESNIH TEKOČIN
DOVOD ODTOK
Priporočljivo je, da filter namestite v sistem tako, kot je prikazano na
Sliki 1.
V1 V2
V4 ODVAJANJE
SLIKA 1 SIMBOLIČEN SHEMATIČNI DIAGRAM PRETOKA
Korak TEKOČINA PLIN

1 Prepričajte se, da so ventili V1,V2,V3 in V4 zaprti.
2 Delno odprite V1, da postavite ohišje filtra pod pritisk.
3 Počasi odprite V3, da sprostite ohišje. /
Zaprite V3, ko iz ventila priteče tekočina brez
4 /
mehurčkov.
Popolnoma odprite V1. S pomočjo milnice ali soničnim
5 Popolnoma odprite V1. Preverite ohišje za iztekanja.
detektorjem iztekanja.
6 Če je uhajanje očitno, zaprite V1 in s pomočjo V3 sprostite pritisk ter izčrpajte z V4.
7 Uhajanje odpravite tako, da ojačite priključek ali pri točki uhajanja zamenjate tesnilo.
8 Preizkusite, pred priključitvijo ohišja na vodni tok.
9 Počasi odprite V2, da priključite ohišje na tok.
43
5. ZAMENJAVA KARTUŠE
Podrobnosti o diferenčnem pritisku kartuš in temperaturnih omejitvah najdete v priročniku za nameščanje, upravljanje in
vzdrževanje kartuš in/ali sorodni tehnični literaturi za kartuše.
Korak TEKOČINA PLIN

1 Zaprite V1 in V2.
2 Zmanjšajte pritisk z V3 in V4.
3 Izčrpajte preostalo procesno tekočino iz ohišja. /
4 Odstranite filter kot je prikazano v dodatku 1.
5 Za odstranjevanje in zamenjavo kartuše glej Nameščanje, uporaba in vzdrževanje kartuš.
6 Očistite in preglejte ohišje filtra.
7 Priporočeno je, da pred ponovno postavitvijo zamenjate tesnila na ohišju.
8 Pripravite filter v skladu z Razdelkom 4 o tekočinah ali plinih.
6. ZNANSTVENE IN LABORATORIJSKE STORITVE

Pall upravlja s tehničnimi storitvami, da Vam pomaga pri nameščanju naših filtrov. Storitev Vam je na voljo in
vzpodbujamo Vaša vprašanja, da Vam lahko pomagamo. Poleg tega Vam je na voljo celotna mreža tehničnih
zastopnikom, ki so na voljo po celem svetu.
7. OBRAZEC IZRAZJA
7.1 SPECIFIKACIJE
Načrtovalska šifra: = Dc.

Načrtovalski pritisk: = Po
Načrtovalska temperatura: = To
Diferencialni pritisk: = ∆p
Maksimalni delovni pritisk: = Pmax
Maksimalna delovna temperatura: = Tmax
Dovodni/odvodni priključki: = I/O C
Priključki za odprtine/odvajanje: = V/D C
O-ring tesnilni material: = OSM
Tip kartuše: = CT
Zahteve za nameščanje: = ICR
Vrtilni moment zapirala = Tsc
7.2 RAZPOLOŽLJIVE IZBIRE
TABELA 1 Vol = Vsebina

TABELA 2 I/O C = Dovodni/odvodni priključki
TABELA 3 VC = Dovodni priključki
TABELA 4 DC = Odvodni priključki
TABELA 5 OSM = Tesnilni material
44
SVK Základné inštalačné a servisné inštrukciepre kryt filtra

TIETO INŠTRUKCIE SÚ URČENÉ PRE RIADNE ZAŠKOLENÝCH PRACOVNÍKOV, KTORÍ SÚ OBOZNÁMENÍ
S POSTUPMI PRE BEZPEČNÚ PRÁCU
POUŽITÉ SYMBOLY
TENTO SYMBOL UPOZORŇUJE NA NEBEZPEČENSTVO, KTORÉ MÔŽE BYŤ HROZBOU PRE

ZDRAVIE ALEBO DOBRÝ STAV PRACOVNÍKOV.
Tento symbol upozorňuje na inštrukcie, ktoré musíte dodržiavať, aby ste sa vyhli
poškodeniu výrobku, zariadenia alebo okolia.
! Tento symbol upozorňuje na informácie, ktoré pomôžu pri prevádzke a/alebo inštalácii zariadenia.
RIZIKÁ
UISTITE SA, ŽE PRIPOJENIA KRYTU SÚ KOMPATIBILNÉ S POTRUBÍM SYSTÉMU.
NEOTVÁRAJTE KRYT SO ZVYŠKOVÝM TLAKOM V SYSTÉME.
ZODPOVEDNOSŤ ZÁKAZNÍKA
Uistite sa, že všetci pracovníci používajú pri manipulácii a inštalácii všetkých častí alebo
tlakových zariadení bezpečné pracovné postupy.
Zabezpečiť, aby stanovené limity tlaku neboli za žiadnych okolností prekročené, ani
v prípade externého požiaru.
Zabezpečiť, aby všetky prevádzkové kvapaliny a plyny boli kompatibilné s materiálmi

a konštrukciou. Pre viac informácií, pozri štítok s názvom krytu a prílohu.
Pri montáži filtra v jeho prevádzkovej polohe je potrebné vyhnúť sa prekročeniu záťaže
potrubia.
Prevádzkové kvapaliny alebo iné kvapaliny dochádzajúce do kontaktu s krytmi sa nesmú

nechať zmraziť.
Pri odstraňovaní obalu musíte dávať pozor, aby sa nepoškodil kryt filtra.
Pokiaľ nie je uvedené inak v obchodnej dokumentácii, na výkrese alebo v technickej prílohe,
kryty nie sú určené na použitie v plynných, parných ani podtlakových systémoch.
Tekutiny s bodom varu nižším ako 100°C sa nesmú používať ako lubrikanty pre kazety
s dvojitými O-krúžkovými uzávermi. Tlak pary pri servisných teplotách môže spôsobiť
vysoký tlak medzi uzávermi a možné poškodenie kazety, čo môže spôsobiť premostenie
kazety.
45
Tento kryt môže obsahovať vnútorný obal. – Pred inštaláciou a používaním skontrolujte
a odstráňte vnútorný obal.
! Kryt filtra sa dodáva BEZ kazety.
Pred vložením kazety namontujte do systému kryt. Pre obmedzenia pri používaní pozri dodatok
! k tejto príručke.
1. TECHNICKÉ ÚDAJE
Pozrite si prílohu priloženú k tejto príručke, typový štítok pripevnený ku krytu filtra alebo obchodný výkres.
2. PRIJATIE ZARIADENIA
Kryty sa dodávajú bez kaziet. Pre viac informácií o montáži, pozri inštrukcie
pre kazety. Všetky balenia zlikvidujte podľa postupov ohľaduplných V3 PRIEDUCH
k životnému prostrediu.
3. VŠEOBECNÉ ZDROJE INFORMÁCIÍ
Podrobné informácie o konštrukčných materiáloch nájdete v prílohe tejto
príručky alebo na obchodnom výkrese.
Informácie o dostupnosti voliteľného príslušenstva získate od spoločnosti Pall
alebo autorizovaného distribútora.
Ďalšie informácie o testovaní neporušenosti a sterilizácii získate od spoločnosti TLAKOMER TLAKOMER
Pall.
4. ZAVEDENIE PREVÁDZKOVEJ KVAPALINY PRÍVOD VÝVOD
Odporúča sa, aby bol filter nainštalovaný do systému, ako je zobrazené na

Obrázku 1.
V1 V2
V4 ODTOK
OBRÁZOK 1 TYPICKÝ SCHEMATICKÝ NÁKRES TOKU
Krok KVAPALINA PLYN

1 Uistite sa, že ventily V1, V2, V3 a V4 sú zatvorené.
2 Čiastočne otvorte V1, aby ste natlakovali kryt filtra.
3 Pomaly otvorte V3, aby ste odvzdušnili kryt. Nie je k dispozícii
Zatvorte V3, keď z prieduchu vychádza kvapalina bez
4 Nie je k dispozícii
bubliniek.
Úplne otvorte V1. Pomocou mydlovej vody alebo
5 Úplne otvorte V1. Skontrolujte, či kryt nepresakuje. ultrazvukového detektora netesnosti skontrolujte,
či nedochádza k presakovaniu.
6 Ak sa vyskytne presakovanie, zatvorte V1 a znížte tlak pomocou V3 a pomocou V4 umožnite odvodnenie.
7 Pritiahnutím spoja alebo nahradením tesnenia v mieste presakovania odstráňte presakovanie.
8 Pred napustením krytu znovu skontrolujte.
9 Pomaly otvorte V2, čím napustíte kryt.
46
5. VÝMENA KAZETY
Podrobné informácie o diferenciálnom tlaku kazety a teplotných obmedzeniach nájdete v návode na inštaláciu,
prevádzku a údržbu kazety alebo v príslušnej technickej dokumentácii ku kazete.
Krok KVAPALINA PLYN

1 Zatvorte V1 a V2.
2 Odtlakujte pomocou V3 a V4.
Vypustite všetku zvyškovú prevádzkovú kvapalinu
3 Nie je k dispozícii
z krytu.
4 Odstráňte teleso filtra podľa obrázka v prílohe 1.
5 Pre odstránenie a nahradenie kazety, pozri Inštalačnú, prevádzkovú a údržbovú príručku pre kazetu.
6 Vyčistite a skontroluje kryt filtra.
7 Odporúčame, aby ste počas opätovnej montáže nahradili tesnenie krytu.
8 Zabezpečte si filter podľa Časti 4 pre Kvapaliny a plyny.
6. VEDECKÉ A LABORATÓRNE SLUŽBY

Spoločnosť Pall poskytuje technické služby zamerané na pomoc pri používaní našich filtrových výrobkov. Služby sú
vám dostupné a radi privítame akékoľvek otázky, aby sme vám mohli pomôcť. Okrem toho je po celom svete
k dispozícii široká sieť technických zástupcov.
7. NOMENKLATÚRA DÁTOVÉHO FORMULÁRA
7.1 ŠPECIFIKÁCIA
Kód vzoru: = Dc.

Tlak vzoru: = Po
Teplota vzoru: = To
Tlakový rozdiel: = ∆p
Maximálny prevádzkový tlak: = Pmax
Maximálna prevádzková teplota: = Tmax
Vstupno/výstupné pripojenia: = I/O C
Pripojenia prieduchu/odtoku: = V/D C
Materiál O-krúžkového tesnenia: = OSM
Typ kazety: = CT
Požiadavky na čistotu inštalácie: = ICR
Nastavenie krútiaceho momentu uzáveru: = Tsc
7.2 DOSTUPNÉ VOĽBY
TABUĽKA 1 Vol = Objem

TABUĽKA 2 I/O C = Vstupno/výstupné pripojenia
TABUĽKA 3 VC = Pripojenia prieduchu
TABUĽKA 4 DC = Pripojenia odtoku
TABUĽKA 5 OSM = Materiál tesnenia
47
CZE Hlavní skříň filtru Návod k instalaci a obsluze
TENTO NÁVOD JE URČEN PRO ODBORNĚ KVALIFIKOVANÉ PRACOVNÍKY OBEZNÁMENÉ S

BEZPEČNOSTNÍMI PŘEDPISY PRÁCE
POUŽITÉ SYMBOLY
SYMBOL UPOZORŇUJÍCÍ NA RIZIKA, KTERÁ MOHOU OHROZIT ZDRAVÍ ČI DOBRÝ

ZDRAVOTNÍ STAV PRACOVNÍKŮ.
Symbol upozorňující na pokyny, které je třeba důsledně dodržovat, aby nedošlo k poškození
materiálu, přístroje nebo okolního prostředí.
! Symbol upozorňující na informace, které napomůžou obsluze a/nebo instalaci přístroje.
RIZIKA
UJISTĚTE SE O TOM, ŽE NAPOJENÍ NA SKŘÍŇ FILTRU JE KOMPATIBILNÍ S POTRUBÍM

SYSTÉMU.
NEOTVÍREJTE SKŘÍŇ, JE-LI V ZAŘÍZENÍ ZBYTKOVÝ TLAK.
POVINNOSTI ODBĚRATELE
Dbát na dodržování bezpečnostních pracovních pravidel všemi zaměstnanci při manipulaci s

jakoukoli částí přístroje či tlakového zařízení i při jeho instalaci.
Zabránit překročení předepsaných tlakových limitů za všech okolností, včetně případu

venkovního požáru.
Zajistit kompatibilitu veškerých provozních kapalin či plynů s konstrukčním materiálem.

Podrobnější informace viz štítek na skříni filtru a Příloha.
Zabránit nadměrnému zatěžování potrubí při uvádění filtru do provozní polohy.
Zpracovávané nebo jiné kapaliny přicházející do styku s filtrační nádobou nesmí zmrznout.
Při vyjímání filtračního tělesa z obalu je třeba postupovat opatrně, aby nedošlo k jejímu
poškození.
Pokud není v prodejní dokumentaci, ve výkresech nebo v technických dodatcích uvedeno

jinak, nesmí se filtrační těleso používat s plyny, s párou ani při podtlaku.
Zákaz používání kapalin s bodem varu nižším než 1000C jako maziv pro filtrační vložky s
dvojitými těsnicími kroužky. Tlak páry při provozní teplotě může mít za následek vysoký tlak
mezi těsnicími kroužky a případné poškození vložky, což by mohlo zapříčinit její obtok.
48
Filtrační nádoba může obsahovat vnitřní obal. – Před instalací a použitím zkontrolujte, zda je
přítomen vnitřní obal, a odstraňte jej.
! Skříň filtru je dodávána BEZ filtrační vložky.
Skříň filtru je do zařízení třeba nainstalovat ještě před zabudováním filtrační vložky. K omezení
! použití viz dodatek tohoto návodu.
1. TECHNICKÁ DATA
Viz dodatek přiložený k těmto pokynům, štítek připevněný k filtrační nádobě a/nebo prodejní výkres.
2. PŘÍJEM ZAŘÍZENÍ
Skříně jsou dodávány bez filtračních vložek. Podrobné pokyny k
instalaci si prosím přečtěte v návodu k vložkám. Obaly likvidujte dle
ekologických předpisů.
V3 VENTIL
3. VŠEOBECNÉ ZDROJE INFORMACÍ
Informace o konstrukčních materiálech viz dodatek k těmto
pokynům a/nebo prodejní výkres.
Informace o dostupnosti variant žádejte u společnosti Pall nebo u
autorizovaného distributora.
Další informace o zkouškách integrity a sterilizaci poskytne
společnost Pall. TLAKOMĚR TLAKOMĚR
4. ZAVEDENÍ PROVOZNÍ KAPALINY
Doporučujeme nainstalovat filtr do systému tak, jak je znázorněno PRÍVOD VÝVOD
na obrázku 1.
V1 V2
ODTOK
V4
OBRÁZEK 1 SCHÉMA OBVYKLÉHO ZAPOJENÍ
Krok KAPALINA PLYN

1 Ujistěte se o tom, že ventily V1, V2, V3 a V4 jsou uzavřeny.
2 Vyrovnejte tlak ve skříni filtru pootevřením V1.
3 Odvzdušněte skříň pozvolným otevřením V3. Není k dispozici
4 Uzavřete V3, uniká-li z ventilu kapalina bez bublin. Není k dispozici
Zcela otevřete V1. Pomocí mýdlové vody nebo
5 Zcela otevřete V1. Zkontrolujte, zda skříň neprosakuje. zvukového detektoru netěsností zkontrolujte, zda
skříň neprosakuje.
6 Jsou-li patrná netěsná místa, uzavřete V1, snižte tlak pomocí V3 a odčerpejte vodu pomocí V4.
7 Odstraňte netěsnosti utěsněním přípojky nebo výměnou těsnění v netěsném místě.
8 Před uvedením skříně do provozu přezkoušejte.
9 Uveďte skříň do provozu pozvolným otevřením V2.
49
5. VÝMĚNA KAZETY
Informace o limitech diferenčního tlaku a teplotním omezení filtru viz Příručka k instalaci, provozu a údržbě filtru a/nebo
příslušná technická literatura ke kazetě.
Krok KAPALINA PLYN

1 Uzavřete V1 a V2.
2 Snižte tlak pomocí V3 a V4.
3 Odčerpejte veškerou zbylou provozní kapalinu ze skříně. Není k dispozici
4 Sejměte skříň, jak je znázorněno v příloze 1.
5 Odstranění a výměna vložky viz Příručka pro instalaci, uvedení do provozu a údržbu.
6 Vyčistěte a zkontrolujte skříň filtru.
7 Doporučuje se těsnění skříně během opětovného sestavování vyměnit.
8 Uveďte filtr do provozu dle oddílu 4 pro Kapaliny či plyny.
6. VĚDECKÉ A LABORATORNÍ SLUŽBY

Firma Pall provozuje technickou službu na podporu používání svých filtračních zařízení. Neváhejte proto této služby
využít a obracejte se na nás s Vašimi dotazy – rádi Vám pomůžeme. Kromě toho je Vám k dispozici rozsáhlá
celosvětová síť obchodně-technických zástupců.
7. TERMINOLOGIE DATOVÉHO DOKLADU
7.1 TECHNICKÉ ÚDAJE
Předpis pro konstruování: = Dc.

Přípustný tlak: = Po
Přípustná teplota: = To
Rozdíl tlaků: = ∆p
Maximální provozní tlak: = Pmax
Maximální provozní teplota: = Tmax
Přípojky přívodu/vývodu: = I/O C
Přípojky ventilu/odtoku: = V/D C
Materiál těsnicího kroužku: = OSM
Druh vložky: = CT
Podmínky proclení zařízení: = ICR
Nasazení uzávěru točením: = Tsc
7.2 DOSTUPNÉ VYBAVENÍ
TABULKA 1 Vol = Objem

TABULKA 2 I/O C = Přípojky přívodu/vývodu
TABULKA 3 VC = Přípojky ventilu
TABULKA 4 DC = Přípojky odtoku
TABULKA 5 OSM = Těsnicí materiál
50
POL Uniwersalna obudowa filtru Instrukcje montażu i serwisu

NINIEJSZE INSTRUKCJE SĄ PRZEZNACZONE DLA ODPOWIEDNIO WYSZKOLONYCH PRACOWNIKÓW
ZNAJĄCYCH ZASADY BEZPIECZEŃSTWA PRACY.
LEGENDA
TEN SYMBOL ZWRACA UWAGĘ NA NIEBEZPIECZEŃSTWO, KTÓRE MOŻE ZAGRAŻAĆ ZDROWIU

PERSONELU.
Ten symbol sygnalizuje, że nieprzestrzeganie instrukcji grozi uszkodzeniami produktu, urządzenia

lub otoczenia.
! Te symbole sygnalizują informacje, które są pomocne w eksploatacji i/lub montażu urządzenia.
NIEBEZPIECZEŃSTWA
PRZYŁĄCZA OBUDOWY MUSZĄ PASOWAĆ DO SYSTEMU RUR.
OBUDOWY NIE WOLNO OTWIERAĆ, DOPÓKI SYSTEM JEST POD CIŚNIENIEM

POWYŁĄCZENIOWYM.
OBOWIĄZKI KLIENTA
Bezwzględnie przestrzegać zasad bezpieczeństwa pracy podczas montażu elementów i urządzeń

ciśnieniowych lub wykonywania na nich dowolnych innych czynności.
Dopilnować, aby określone w dokumentacji limity ciśnienia nie były przekraczane w żadnych
okolicznościach, także przy zewnętrznym pożarze.
Dopilnować, aby wszystkie gazy lub płyny technologiczne były zgodne z materiałami
konstrukcyjnymi. Szczegółowe informacje na ten temat można znaleźć na tabliczce znamionowej
obudowy oraz w Dodatku.
Uważać, aby po zamontowaniu filtru w pozycji roboczej rury nie były zbytnio przeciążone.
Nie wolno dopuścić do zamrożenia filtrowanych cieczy oraz innych cieczy mających kontakt
z obudową filtru.
Należy uważać, aby nie uszkodzić obudowy filtru podczas wyjmowania jej z opakowania.
Jeśli nie określono inaczej w instrukcji użytkowania, na schematach lub w dodatku technicznym,
obudowy nie są przeznaczone do użytku w środowisku gazu, pary wodnej lub pod zmniejszonym
ciśnieniem.
Płyny o temperaturze wrzenia poniżej 100°C nie mogą być stosowane jako smary we wkładach z
podwójnymi pierścieniami samouszczelniającymi o przekroju okrągłym (tzw. oringami). Prężność
pary przy temperaturach eksploatacyjnych mogłaby doprowadzić do podwyższenia ciśnienia
między uszczelkami, a w konsekwencji uszkodzenia wkładu, co mogłoby spowodować obejście
wkładu.
51
Niniejsza obudowa może zawierać opakowanie – wewnętrzne. Przed montażem i użyciem należy
zdjąć opakowanie wewnętrzne.
! Obudowa filtru jest dostarczana BEZ wkładu.
Obudowę należy zainstalować w systemie przed włożeniem wkładu. Ograniczenia w użytkowaniu są
! określone w dodatku do niniejszego podręcznika.
1. DANE TECHNICZNE
Informacje na ten temat znaleźć można w dodatku załączonym do niniejszej instrukcji, na tabliczce znamionowej
obudowy filtru i na schematach.
2. ODBIÓR URZĄDZENIA
Obudowy są dostarczane bez wkładów. Szczegółowe instrukcje instalacji można znaleźć w instrukcjach do wkładu.
Opakowania należy się pozbyć w sposób ekologiczny.
3. OGÓLNE ŹRÓDŁA INFORMACJI ODPOWIETRZENIE
V3
Szczegółowe informacje n/t materiałów konstrukcyjnych
podane są w dodatku do niniejszej instrukcji lub przedstawione
są na schematach.
Informacje o dostępnych opcjach można uzyskać w firmie Pall
lub od dowolnego autoryzowanego dystrybutora.
Dalszych informacji dotyczących testów integracji oraz
sterylizacji udziela firma Pall. WSKAŹNIK WSKAŹNIK
CIŚNIENIA CIŚNIENIA
4. WLEWANIE PŁYNU TECHNOLOGICZNEGO
Wskazane jest, aby filtr był zainstalowany w systemie w WLOT WYLOT
sposób pokazany na Rysunku 1.
V1 V2
V4 ODWODNIENIE
RYSUNEK 1 TYPOWY SCHEMAT PRZEPŁYWU
Krok PŁYN GAZ

1 Sprawdzić, czy zawory V1, V2, V3 i V4 są zamknięte.
2 Częściowo otworzyć zawór V1, aby zwiększyć ciśnienie w obudowie filtru.
Powoli otworzyć zawór V3, aby odpowietrzyć
3 nie dotyczy
obudowę.
Zamknąć zawór V3, gdy zacznie z niego wypływać
4 nie dotyczy
płyn bez pęcherzyków powietrza.
Otworzyć do końca zawór V1. Korzystając z mydlin lub
Otworzyć do końca zawór V1. Sprawdzić, czy
5 dźwiękowego wykrywacza nieszczelności, sprawdzić
obudowa nie przecieka.
szczelność.
Jeśli zostaną wykryte nieszczelności, zamknąć zawór V1 i zrzucić ciśnienie oraz odprowadzić ciecz, korzystając
6
odpowiednio z zaworów V3 i V4.
7 Usunąć nieszczelność, przykręcając połączenia lub wymieniając uszczelnienie w odpowiednim miejscu.
8 Przed włączeniem obudowy do obiegu ponowić test.
9 Otwierając powoli zawór V3, włączyć obudowę do obiegu.
52
5. WYMIANA WKŁADU
Szczegółowe informacje n/t ciśnienia różnicowego wkładu i zakresu temperatur, podane są w instrukcji instalacji,
eksploatacji i konserwacji wkładu lub w literaturze specjalistycznej.
Krok PŁYN GAZ

1 Zamknąć zawory V1 i V2.
2 Zrzucić ciśnienie, korzystając z zaworów V3 i V4
3 Odprowadzić z obudowy resztki płynu technologicznego. nie dotyczy
4 Zdemontować czaszę filtru (patrz Dodatek 1).
5 Procedura demontażu i wymiany wkładu jest opisana w instrukcji instalacji, eksploatacji i konserwacji wkładu.
6 Wyczyścić obudowę filtru i dokonać jej przeglądu.
7 Wskazane jest, aby podczas montażu obudowy wymienić uszczelkę.
8 Przekazać filtr do eksploatacji zgodnie z Rozdziałem 4 dla płynów lub gazów.
6. USŁUGI NAUKOWE I LABORATORYJNE

Pall świadczy usługi pomocy technicznej ułatwiające korzystanie z naszych filtrów. Usługa jest dostępna dla klientów.
Jesteśmy gotowi do pomocy i udzielania odpowiedzi na wszystkie pytania. Ponadto dostępna jest ogólnoświatowa sieć
przedstawicieli technicznych.
7 NOMENKLATURA ARKUSZA DANYCH
7.1 WŁAŚCIWOŚCI
Kod projektowy: = Dc.

Ciśnienie projektowe: = Po
Temperatura projektowa: = To
Ciśnienie różnicowe: = ∆p
Maksymalne ciśnienie robocze: = Pmax
Maksymalna temperatura robocza: = Tmax
Połączenia wlotu/wylotu: = I/O C
Połączenia odpowietrzenia/odwadniania: = V/D C
Materiał uszczelniający oringów: = OSM
Typ wkładu: = CT
Wymagany prześwit instalacyjny: = ICR
Ustawienie momentu obrotowego zamknięcia = Tsc
7.2 DOSTĘPNE OPCJE
TABELA 1 Vol = Objętość

TABELA 2 I/O C = Połączenia wlotu/wylotu
TABELA 3 VC = Połączenia odpowietrzania
TABELA 4 DC = Połączenia odwadniania
TABELA 5 OSM = Materiał uszczelniający
53
EST Filteragregaadi installeerimise ja hooldamise üldjuhend
ALLPOOLTOODUD INSTRUKTSIOONID ON KASUTAMISEKS VASTAVA KOOLITUSE SAANUD TÖÖTAJALE,

KES ON TEADLIK TÖÖOHUTUSE EESKIRJADEST
KASUTATUD MÄRGID
SEE MÄRK JUHIB TÄHELEPANU OLUKORRALE, MIS VÕIB OHUSTADA TÖÖTAJA TERVIST
VÕI HEAD ENESETUNNET.
Need märgid annavad juhtnööre järgimaks teatud töövõtteid, selleks et vältida toote, seadme
või ümbritseva keskkonna kahjustust.
! Need märgid juhivad tähelepanu infole, mis hõlbustab seadme kasutamist või installeerimist.
OHUMÄRGID
VEENDU, ET AGREGAADI ÜHENDUSED ÜHILDUVAD SÜSTEEMI TORUSTIKUGA.
ÄRA AVA AGREGAATI, KUI SÜSTEEMIS ON JÄÄKSURVET.
KASUTAJA VASTUTUS
Taga, et kõik töötajad rakendavad tööohutuseeskirju seadme kõikide osade või

surveagregaatide kasutamisel ja installeerimisel.
Taga, et mistahes tingimustes, sh välispidise tulekahju korral, ei ületataks kindlaksmääratud

survelimiite.
Taga, et kõik kasutatavad vedelikud või gaasid sobivad kasutamiseks seadme materjalidega.
Vaata agregaadi ID-plaati ning loe Lisa.
Vältida torude ülekoormamist filtri monteerimisel tööasendisse.
Protsessivedelikel ja muudel filtrikorpusega kokkupuutes olevail vedelikel ei tohi lasta

külmuda
Olge pakendit eemaldades ettevaatlik, et filtrikorpust mitte kahjustada.
Kui müügidokumentides, joonisel või tehnilises lisas ei ole näidatud teisiti, siis ei ole
filtrikorpused mõeldud kasutamiseks gaasi-, auru- või vaakumirakendustes
Topelt O-ring-tihenditega kassettide puhul ei tohi libestusmäärdena kasutada vedelikke

0
keemistemperatuuriga alla 100 C. Aurusurve kõrgtemperatuuridel töötades võib see
põhjustada kõrgsurvet tihendite vahel ning kahjustada kassetti, ja põhjustada vedeliku
möödumist kassetist (bypass).
54
See korpus võib sisaldada sisemist pakkematerjali – Kontrollige ja eemaldage pakkematerjal

enne paigaldamist ja kasutamist
! Filteragregaat tarnitakse ILMA kassetita.
Installeeri agregaat süsteemi enne kasseti paigaldamist. Kasutuspiirangute kohta loe käesoleva
! manuaali Lisast.
1. TEHNILISED ANDMED
Vt selle juhendi lisa, filtrikorpuse küljes olevat andmesilti ja/või müügijoonist.
2. SEADME TARNIMINE
Agregaadid tarnitakse ilma kassettideta. Installeerimisjuhendit vaadata
kasseti juurde kuuluvast juhendist. Ladusta pakend vastavalt
V3 VENTIL
keskkonnakaitse eeskirjadele.
3. ÜLDISED TEABEALLIKAD
Materjalide üksikasju vt selle juhendi lisast ja/või müügijooniselt.
Palun pöörduge lisavõimaluste saadavaloleku asjus Pall’i või volitatud
edasimüüja poole.
Seadme terviklikkuse testimist ja steriliseerimist puudutava lisateabe
saamiseks pöörduge Pall’i poole. SURVEMÕÕTUR SURVEMÕÕTUR
4. KÄITLUSVEDELIKU SISSEJUHTIMINE
Soovitav on installeerida filter süsteemi vastavalt Joonisel 1 toodule. SISSE VÄLJA
V1 V2
V4 DREEN
JOONIS 1 VOOLUDIAGRAMMI TÜÜPSKEEM
Samm VEDELIK GAAS

1 Veenduda, et ventiilid V1, V2, V3 ja V4 on suletud.
2 Avada osaliselt ventiil V1 filteragregaadi survestamiseks.
3 Avage aeglaselt agregaadi ventiil V3. Puudub
4 Sulge V3, kui avast tulev vedelik on mullivaba. Puudub
Avada täielikult V1. Kasutades seebivett või
5 Avada täielikult V1. Kontrollida kas on lekkeid.
helidetektorit, kontrollimaks kas esineb lekkeid.
6 Lekete esinemisel, sulgeda V1 ja survetustada süsteem V3 abil ja dreenida V4 abil.
7 Rektifitseerige leke tihendades ühendust või paigutades lekke kohta uue tihendi.
8 Enne vedeliku sisselaskmist ning käivitamist teha uus kontroll.
9 Avada aeglaselt V2, et vedelik sisse lasta.
55
5. KASSETI VAHETAMINE
Üksikasju kasseti diferentsiaalrõhu ja temperatuuripiirangute kohta vt kasseti paigaldus-, kasutus- ja hooldusjuhendist
ja/või vastavast tehnilisest kirjandusest.
Samm VEDELIK GAAS

1 Sulgeda V1 ja V2.
2 Survestada V3 ja V4 abil.
3 Dreenida jääkvedelik agregaadist välja. Puudub
4 Eemalda filtrikauss vastavalt Lisas 1 näidatule.
5 Kasseti eemaldamise ja asendamise kohta vaadata kasseti paigaldamise, käitamise ja hooldamise manuaali.
6 Puhastada ja kontrollida filteragregaati.
7 Soovitav asendada agregaadi pitser taasmonataazhi järel.
8 Valida filter vastavalt osale 4, pidades silmas seda, kas tegu on vedeliku või gaasiga.
6. TEADUSLIKUD JA LABORATOORSED TEENUSED

Pall pakub meie filtertoodete kasutamise hõlbustamiseks tehnilist tugiteenust. Teenus on Teile kättesaadav ning et me
saaksime Teid aidata, on Teie küsimused teretulnud. Lisaks sellele on Teie käsutuses meie tehniliste esindajate
võrgustik üle kogu maailma.
7. TEHNILINE NIMEKIRI
7.1 Kasutatud Lühendid
Projektikohane kood (Design Code): = Dc.

Projektikohane surve (Design Pressure): = Po
Projektikohane temperatuur (Design Temperature): = To
Diferentsiaalsurve (Differential Pressure): = ∆p
Maksimaalne käitlussurve (Maximum Operating Pressure): = Pmax
Maksimaalne käitlustemperatuur (Maximum Operating Temperature): = Tmax
Sisse/Väljavoolu ühendused (Inlet/outlet Connections): = I/O C
Ventiili/Dreeni ühendused (Vent/drain Connections): = V/D C
O-ring-tihendi materjal (O-ring Seal Material): = OSM
Kasseti tüüp (Cartridge Type): = CT
Installeerimiseks vajalik luba (Installation Clearance Requirement): = ICR
Sulguri pöördasend = Tsc
7.2 Vajalikud seletused
TABEL 1 Vol = Maht (Volume)

TABEL 2 I/O C = Sisse/väljavoolu ühendused (Inlet/outlet Connections)
TABEL 3 VC = Ventiili ühendused (Vent Connections)
TABEL 4 DC = Dreeni ühendused (Drain Connections)
TABEL 5 OSM = Tihendi materjal (Seal Material)
56
HUN Általános szűrőburkolat összeszerelési és karbantartási utasítás
EZEK AZ UTASÍTÁSOK ANNAK A MEGFELELŐEN KÉPZETT SZEMÉLYZETNEK SZÓLNAK, AKIK TISZTÁBAN

VANNAK A BIZTONSÁGOS MŰKÖDTETÉSSEL
HASZNÁLT SZIMBÓLUMOK
OLYAN VESZÉLYRE HÍVJA FEL A FIGYELMET, AMELY A SZEMÉLYZET ÉPSÉGÉT VESZÉLYEZTETI.
Olyan utasításokra hívja fel a figyelmet, amelyeket be kell tartani a termékben, berendezésben vagy
a környezetben tett kár megelőzése érdekében.
! Da Olyan információra hívja fel a figyelmet, amely segíti a berendezés működtetését és/vagy
összeszerelését.
VESZÉLYEK
ELLENŐRIZZE, HOGY A BURKOLATI CSATLAKOZÓK KOMPATIBILISEK A RENDSZER

CSŐKÉSZLETÉVEL!
NE NYISSA FEL A BURKOLATOT, AMENNYIBEN A RENDSZERBEN MARADÉK NYOMÁS VAN!
FELHASZNÁLÓI FELELŐSSÉG
Biztosítsa, hogy a személyzet biztonságos munkagyakorlatot alkalmaz a nyomással működő

berendezések használata és összeszerelése során!
Biztosítsa, hogy a megadott nyomáshatárokat semmilyen körülmények között nem lépi túl, még
külső tűz esetén sem!
Biztosítsa, hogy a folyamatokhoz szükséges folyadékok és gázok kompatibilisek az összeszerelési

anyagokkal! Részletekért olvassa el a névtáblát, illetve a mellékletet!
A túlzott csőtöltés elkerülendő a szűrő működési helyzetbe történő szerelése esetén!
A szűrőházzal kapcsolatba lépő feldolgozandó vagy egyéb folyadékok nem fagyhatnak meg.
Óvatosan távolítsa el a szűrőházat a csomagolásból, ügyeljen arra, hogy ne sérüljön meg.
A szűrőházak nem használhatóak gáz, gőz és vákuumos közeg feldolgozása esetén, kivéve,
ha a forgalmazási dokumentációban, a rajzokon, vagy technikai függelékben ez külön nincs jelölve.
A 100 0C-nál alacsonyabb forráspontú folyadékok használata elkerülendő a kettős gyűrűvel ellátott
szigetelésű szűrőbetét esetében. A páranyomás működési hőmérsékleten magas nyomást okozhat
a szigetelések között, így kárt okozhat a szűrőbetétben.
57
A házon belül göngyöleg is lehet, – beszerelés és használat előtt ellenőrizze és távolítsa el.
! A szűrőburkolat szűrőbetét NÉLKÜL kerül szállításra.
Szerelje rá a burkolatot a rendszerre, mielőtt a szűrőbetétet behelyezné! A használati korlátozások
! érdekében olvassa el a függeléket!
1. SPECIFIKÁCIÓK
A specifikációkat ezen dokumentum függelékében, a szűrőház feliratán és az forgalmazási termékrajzon találja.
2. A BERENDEZÉS ÁTVÉTELE
A burkolat szűrőbetét nélkül kerül kiszállításra. Az
összeszerelés részleteiért olvassa el a szűrőbetét V3
SZELEP
utasításait. A csomagolást a környezeti eljárásoknak
megfelelően kezelje.
3. ÁLTALÁNOS INFORMÁCIÓFORRÁSOK
A konstrukciós összetevők részleteiért olvassa el a
függeléket! A rendelkezésre álló lehetőségeket lásd a
fedélen, vagy forduljon a hivatalos értékesítőhöz!
NYOMÁSCSŐ NYOMÁSCSŐ
További információért az integritás-tesztet, sterilizációt
illetően lásd a fedelet.
4. A FOLYAMATBAN RÉSZT VEVŐ BEMENET KIMENE
FOLYADÉK BEVEZETÉSE
A szűrő rendszerbe való beszerelése ajánlott, az 1. V1 V2
ábra alapján.
V4 DREEN
1. ÁBRA TIPIKUS SEMATIKUS FOLYAMATÁBRA
Lépés FOLYADÉK GÁZ

1 Győződjön meg róla, hogy a V1, V2, V3 és V4 szelepek zárva vannak!
2 Részlegesen nyissa ki a V1 szelepet, nyomás alá hozva a burkolatot.
Lassan nyissa ki a V3 szelepet a burkolat
3 nincs adat
szellőztetése érdekében!
Zárja le a V3 szelepet, ha buborékmentes folyadék
4 nincs adat
távozik a szelepből.
Nyissa meg teljesen a V1 szelepet. Szappanos vízzel
Nyissa meg teljesen a V1 szelepet. Ellenőrizze a
5 vagy akusztikus detektorral ellenőrizze a
szivárgásokat a burkolaton.
szivárgásokat.
Ha bármilyen szivárgást észlelne, zárja le a V1 szelepet, nyomásmentesítsen a V3 szeleppel, majd vezesse le a
6 V4 szeleppel.
7 Szüntesse meg a szivárgást a csatlakozás megerősítésével, vagy a tömítés cseréjével

8 Ellenőrizze újra, mielőtt a burkolatot felhelyezné!
9 Lassan nyissa meg a V2 szelepet az áramlás megnyitásához.
58
5. A SZŰRŐGYERTYA CSERÉJE
A szűrőgyertya nyomás és hőmérséklet-határait a gyertya Beszerelési, működtetési és fenntartási kézikönyvében,
illetve a gyertya műszaki leiratában találja.
Lépés FOLYADÉK GÁZ

1 Zárja le a V1 és V2 szelepeket
2 Nyomástalanítson a V3 és V4 szelepekkel
3 Távolítson el minden maradék folyadékot a burkolatból. nincs adat
4 Távolítsa el a szűrőpoharat az 1. ábra alapján!
5 A betét eltávolításáról és cseréjéről lásd az útmutatót!
6 Tisztítsa és vizsgálja meg a szűrőburkolatot!
7 Ajánlott a burkolati tömítés cseréje az újra-összeszerelés esetén.
8 A szűrőt a folyadékokról és gázokról szóló 4. fejezetnek megfelelően helyezze üzembe!
6. TUDOMÁNYOS ÉS LABORATÓRIUMI SZOLGÁLTATÁSOK

A Pall műszaki tanácsadást nyújt a szűrő-termékeink használatának támogatása érdekében. Ez a szolgáltatás az Ön
rendelkezésére áll, kérésekor bármikor szívesen rendelkezésére állunk! Ezen kívül műszaki tanácsadó hálózatunk
képviselői a világ minden pontján rendelkezésre állnak.
7. ADATLAP CIKKLISTA
7.1 Műszaki Adatok
Tervezési kód: = Dc.

Tervezési nyomás: = Po
Tervezési hőmérséklet: = To
Nyomáskülönbség: = ∆p
Maximális működési nyomás: = Pmax
Maximális működési hőmérséklet: = Tmax
Be-/kimeneti csatlakozások: = I/O C
Szellőző/lefolyó csatlakozások: = V/D C
Gyűrű-tömítés anyaga: = OSM
Betét típusa: = CT
Összeszerelési követelmény: = ICR
Szigetelés (zárás) nyomaték-beállítása = Tsc
7.2 Rendelkezésre álló opciók
1. TÁBLA Vol = hangerő

2. TÁBLA = I/O C = Be-/kimeneti csatlakozások:
3. TÁBLA VC = szellőző csatlakozások
4. TÁBLA DC = lefolyó csatlakozások
5. TÁBLA OSM = szigetelőanyag
59
LTU Bazinis filtro korpusas Instaliavimo ir aptarnavimo instrukcija

ŠI INSTRUKCIJA SKIRTA TINKAMAI APMOKYTAM PERSONALUI, SUSIPAŽINUSIAM SU DARBO APSAUGOS
REIKALAVIMAIS
NAUDOJAMI SIMBOLIAI
ĮSPĖJA APIE PAVOJŲ, KURIS GALI SUKELTI PERSONALO SVEIKATAI ARBA SVEIKATOS
BŪKLEI PAVOJŲ.
Įspėja, jog reikia laikytis instrukcijos, kad nebūtų pažeistas produktas, įrengimas arba
aplinka.
! Atkreipia dėmesį į informaciją, kuri padės aptarnauti ir/arba instaliuojant įrenginį.
PAVOJAI
ĮSITIKINKITE, AR FILTRO KORPUSAS YRA KOMPATIBILUS SU VAMZDYNO SISTEMA
NEATIDARYKITE KORPUSO, KOL SISTEMOJE DAR LIKO SLĖGIO
VARTOTOJO ATSAKOMYBĖ
Užtikrinti, kad darbuotojai dirbdami ir instaliuodami visas detales ar slėgio įrengimus,

laikytusi saugaus darbo reikalavimų.
Užtikrinti, kad nebūtų viršyti nurodyti slėgio apribojimai esant bet kurioms aplinkybėms,
įskaitant ir išorinę ugnį.
Užtikrinti technologinio proceso skysčių ir dujų kompatibilumą su konstrukcijos

medžiagomis. Smulkesnė informacija pateikiama etiketėje, esančioje ant korpuso ir priede.
Pradedant filtrą eksploatuoti reikia vengti per didelės vamzdžio apkrovos.
Technologiniams ar kitiems skysčiams, kurie liečiasi su korpusais, negalima leisti užšalti.
Išimti iš pakuotės reikia atsargiai, nepažeidžiant filtro korpuso.
Jei reklaminėje literatūroje, brėžiniuose ar techniniame priede nenurodyta kitaip,

šie korpusai nėra skirti naudoti dujų, garų ar vakuumo įrangoje.
0
Skysčiai, kurių virimo temperatūra yra mažesnė kaip 100 C, neturi būti naudojami filtro
įdėklams su dvigubomis O – tarpinėmis – žiedais kaip lubrikantai. Garų slėgis esant darbinei
temperatūrai gali sukelti didelį slėgį tarp tarpinių ir gali sugadinti įdėklą.
60
Šis korpusas gali būti su vidine pakuote – Prieš montuodami ir naudodami patikrinkite
ir nuimkite vidinę pakuotę
! Filtro korpusas parduodamas BE filtro įdėklo.
Filtro korpusą į įrengimą instaliuokite anksčiau, nei dėsite filtro įdėklą. Naudojimo apribojimai pateikti
! šios instrukcijos priede.
1. SPECIFIKACIJOS
Žr. prie šios instrukcijos pridėtą priedą, prie filtro korpuso pritvirtintą firmos plokštelę ir (arba) reklaminį brėžinį.
2. ĮRENGIMO PRISTATYMAS
V3 SZELEP
Korpusai tiekiami be filtro įdėklų. Smulkus instaliavimo aprašymas
pateiktas įdėklų instrukcijoje. Įpakavimą sunaikinkite vadovaudamiesi
ekologiniais reikalavimais.
3. BENDRI INFORMACIJOS ŠALTINIAI

Dar apie konstrukcines medžiagas žr. šios instrukcijos priede ir (arba) MANOMETRAS MANOMETRAS
reklaminiame brėžinyje.
Dėl galimų variantų kreipkitės į Pall arba patvirtintą platintoją.
Dėl papildomos informacijos apie vientisumo testavimą ir ĮVADA
IŠVADAS
sterilizavimą kreipkitės į Pall.
4. SKYSČIO PATEIKIMAS EKSPLOATACIJAI V1 V2
Rekomenduojame į sistemą instaliuoti filtrą taip, kaip pavaizduota 1

paveikslėlyjee. V4 IŠLEIDIMAS
PAVEIKSLĖLIS1 TIPINĖ SROVĖS SCHEMA

Veiksma SKYSTIS DUJOS
s
1 Patikrinkite, ar uždaryti vožtuvai V1, V2, V3 ir V4.
2 Dalinai atidarykite vožtuvą V1, kad filtro korpuse atsirastų tinkamas slėgis
3 Lėtai atidarykite V3, kad išleistumėte orą iš korpuso. Netaikoma
Uždarykite V3, jeigu iš vožtuvo teka skystis be
4 Netaikoma
burbuliukų.
Pilnai atidarykite V1. Naudodami muiluotą vandenį arba
Visiškai atidarykite V1. Patikrinkite, ar pro korpusą
5 garsinį plyšių detektorių, patikrinkite, ar korpusas
neteka skystis.
nepraleidžia skysčių.
Jei pastebimos nesandarios vietos, uždarykite V1, naudodami V3 sumažinkite slėgį ir naudodami V4 išsiurbkite
6
vandenį.
7 Pašalinkite nesandarumą suverždami jungiamąsias dalis ar pakeisdami tarpines nesandariuose vietose.
8 Prieš naudodami korpusą dar kartą jį patikrinkite.
9 Lėtai atidarydami V2 korpusą įjunkite darbui.
61
5. KASETĖS KEITIMAS
Dar apie kasetės diferencinį slėgį ir temperatūros ribas žr. kasetės Montavimo, eksploatavimo ir techninės priežiūros
instrukcijoje ir (arba) susijusioje kasetės techninėje literatūroje.
Veiksmas SKYSTIS DUJOS

1 Uždarykite V1 ir V2.
2 Naudodami V3 ir V4 sumažinkite slėgį
Išleiskite iš korpuso likusį technologinio proceso
3 Netaikoma
skystį.
4 Nuimkite korpusą, kaip parodyta 1 priede.
5 Apie įdėklo išėmimą ir keitimą skaitykite instaliavimo, eksploatavimo ir priežiūros instrukcijoje.
6 Išvalykite ir patikrinkite filtro korpusą.
7 Rekomenduojama, kad prieš pakartotiną surinkimą, būtų pakeista korpuso tarpinė.
8 Patikrinkite filtrą pagal ,,Skysčiai ir dujos“ 4 skyrių.
6. MOKSLINĖS IR LABORATORINĖS PASLAUGOS

Firma Pall atlieka technines paslaugas, padedančias naudoti jų filtravimo įrengimus. Painaudokite šiomis paslaugomis ir
su savo klausimais kreipkitės į mus – mielai Jums padėsime. Be to, visame pasaulyje turime didžiulį techninių atstovų
tinklą.
7. TECHNINIŲ DUOMENŲ NOMENKLATŪRA
7.1 Techniniai Duomenys
Konstrukcijos kodas: = Dc.

Projektinis slėgis: = Po
Projektinė temperatūra: = To
Diferencinis slėgis: = ∆p
Maksimalus eksploatacinis slėgis: = Pmax
Maksimali eksdploatacinė temperatūra: = Tmax
Įvado/ išvado jungtys: = I/O C
Vožtuvo/ išleidimo jungtys: = V/D C
O-žiedo tarpinės medžiaga: = OSM
Įdėklo tipas: = CT
Muitinės sąlųygos: = ICR
Dangčio užsukimas = Tsc
7.2 Galimas pasirinkimas
LENTELĖ 1 Vol = talpa

LENTELĖ 2 I/O C = įvado/ išvado jungtys
LENTELĖ 3 VC = vožtuvo jungtys
LENTELĖ 4 DC = išleidimo jungtys
LENTELĖ 5 OSM = sandarinančios medžiagos
62
LVA Vispārīgi norādījumi filtru apvalku uzstādīšanai un apkopei
ZEMĀK MINĒTIE NORĀDĪJUMI IR PAREDZĒTI KVALIFICĒTIEM SPECIĀLISTIEM, KAS PĀRZINA DARBA DROŠĪBAS
NOTEIKUMUS.
IZMANTOTIE SIMBOLI
ŠĀDA VEIDA ZĪMES PAREDZĒTAS, LAI PIEVĒRSTU UZMANĪBU BĪSTAMIEM

APSTĀKĻIEM/IEKĀRTĀM UTT., KAS VAR KAITĒT VESELĪBAI VAI IZRAISĪT DARBINIEKU
SASLIMŠANU.
Šīs zīmes attiecas uz norādījumiem, kas konsekventi jāievēro, lai nepieļautu kaitējumu
attiecīgajai iekārtai, tehnikai vai apkārtējai videi.
! Šīs zīmes attiecas uz informāciju, kas būs noderīga attiecīgās iekārtas

uzstādīšanā.
ekspluatācijā un/vai
BRĪDINĀJUMA ZĪMES
PĀRLIECINIETIES, VAI APVALKS IR ATBILSTOŠI PIEVIENOTS CAURUĻVADU SISTĒMAI.
NEATVĒRT APVALKU, JA SISTĒMĀ VĒL IR SAGLABĀJIES SPIEDIENS.
LIETOTĀJU UZMANĪBAI
Uzstādīšanas laikā un strādājot ar jebkuru iekārtas daļu vai spiediena iekārtām, visiem
darbiniekiem obligāti jāievēro darba drošības noteikumi.
Nepieļaut noteiktā maksimālā spiediena pārsniegšanu nekādos apstākļos, t.sk., ārēja

ugunsgrēka gadījumā.
Nodrošināt visu procesā izmantojamo šķidrumu un gāzu savietojamību ar konstrukcijas

materiāliem. Plašākai informācijai skat. plāksnīti ar nosaukumu uz korpusa un Pielikumu.
Veicot filtra uzstādīšanu darbības režīmā, nepieļaut pārmērīgu cauruļu noslodzi.
Apstrādājamos šķidrumus vai cita veida šķidrumus, kas nonāk saskarsmē ar korpusiem,
nedrīkst pakļaut sasalšanai.
Noņemot iepakojumu jāraugās, lai netiktu bojāts filtra korpuss.
Ja vien tas nav konkrēti norādīts tirdzniecības dokumentācijā, rasējumos vai tehniskajā
pielikumā, korpusus nav paredzēts izmantot ar gāzēm vai izgarojumiem saistītos lietojumos
vai vakuuma lietojumos.
Filtrējošiem elementiem ar dubulto apaļo blīvējumu kā smērvielas aizliegts izmantot

0
šķidrumus, kuru vārīšanās temperatūra ir mazāka par 100 C. Tvaiku spiediens darba
temperatūrā var palielināt spiedienu arī starp izolācijas kārtām un sabojāt filtrējošo
elementu, kā rezultātā šķidrums sāktu aptecēt filtru.
63
Šis korpuss var saturēt iekšējo iepakojumu – Pirms uzstādīšanas un lietošanas pārbaudiet
un noņemiet iekšējo iepakojumu.
! Filtra apvalks tiek piegādāts BEZ filtrējošā elementa.
Pirms filtrējošā elementa ievietošanas iemontēt apvalku sistēmā. Iekārtas lietošanas ierobežojumi
! uzskaitīti instrukcijas pielikumā.
1. SPECIFIKĀCIJAS
Skatiet pielikumu, kas pievienots šai instrukcijai, plāksnīti ar izgatavotāja nosaukumu, kas pievienots filtra korpusam, un/vai
tirdzniecības rasējumus.
2. IEKĀRTU PIEGĀDES KOMPLEKTĀCIJA
Apvalkus piegādā bez filtrējošajiem elementiem. Filtrējošo
elementu uzstādīšanas kārtība aprakstīta to lietošanas instrukcijā.
Iepakojumu likvidēt videi draudzīgā veidā. V3 VĒDCAULE
3. VISPĀRĪGIE INFORMĀCIJAS AVOTI
Detalizētai informācijai par konstrukcijas materiāliem skatiet
pielikumu, kas pievienots šai instrukcijai, un/vai tirdzniecības
rasējumus.
Attiecībā par variantu izvēlēm, sazinieties ar Pall vai pilnvarotu
izplatītāju. MANOMETRS MANOMETRS
Papildu informācijai par integritāti, testēšanu un sterilizēšaniu,
sazinieties ar Pall.
IEPLŪDE IZPLŪDE
4. PROCESA ŠĶIDRUMA IEVADĪŠANA
Filtru sistēmā ieteicams ievietot atbilstoši shēmai 1. attēlā.
V1 V2
V4 IZLAIDE
1. ATTĒLS TIPISKĀ PLŪSMAS SHĒMA
Darbība ŠĶIDRUMS GĀZE

1 Pārbaudīt, vai ir noslēgti ventiļi V1, V2, V3 un V4.
2 Daļēji atvērt ventili V1, lai paaugstinātu spiedienu filtra apvalkā.
3 Lēni atvērt ventili V3, lai no apvalka izlaistu gaisu. Nav piemērojams.
Noslēgt ventili V3, kad no vēdināšanas atveres sāk
4 Nav piemērojams.
izplūst šķidrums bez burbuļiem.
Pilnībā atvērt ventili V1. Pārbaudīt apvalku, lai Pilnībā atvērt ventili V1. Ar ziepjūdeni vai skaņas
5
noteiktu iespējamās sūces. detektoru konstatēt iespējamās sūces.
Ja tiek konstatētas sūces, noslēgt ventili V1 un samazināt spiedienu, izmantojot ventili V3, un iztukšot apvalku,
6
izmantojot ventili V4.
7 Novērst sūci, nospriegojot savienojuma vietu vai nomainot izolāciju noplūdes vietā.
8 Veikt pārbaudes izmēģinājumu pirms apvalka ekspluatācijas atjaunošanas normālā darbības režīmā.
9 Lēni atvērt ventili V2, ielaižot plūsmu apvalkā.
64
5. KASETNES NOMAIŅA
Detalizētai informācijai par kasetnes diferenciālo spiedienu un temperatūras ierobežojumiem, skatiet kasetnes uzstādīšanas,
darbības un ekspluatācijas instrukcijas un/vai attiecīgu kasetnes tehnisko literatūru.
Darbība ŠĶIDRUMS GĀZE

1. Aizvērt ventiļus V1 un V2.
2. Dehermetizēt iekārtu, izmantojot ventiļus V3 un V4.
3. Izvadīt no apvalka procesa šķidrumu pārpalikumus. Nav piemērojams.
4. Noņemt filtra karkasu , ievērojot Pielikumā Nr.1 minētos norādījumus.
5. Instrukcijas filtrējošā elementa izņemšanai un nomaiņai skat. filtrējošā elementa UEA instrukcijā.
6. Iztīrīt un pārbaudīt filtra apvalku.
7. Montāžas laikā ieteicams nomainīt apvalka blīvējumu.
8. Iedarbināt filtru atbilstoši 4. sadaļai attiecībā uz šķidrumiem un gāzēm
6. ZINĀTNISKIE UN LABORATORIJU PAKALPOJUMI

“Pall” piedāvā tehnisko palīdzību uzņēmuma ražoto filtra iekārtu uzstādīšanā un ekspluatācijā. Šis pakalpojums ir pieejams
visiem, tādēļ mēs gaidīsim jūsu jautājumus, lai varētu jums palīdzēt. Turklāt gandrīz visās pasaules daļās uzņēmums ir
atvēris savas pārstāvniecības, kurās klienti var saņemt izsmeļošas augsti kvalificētu speciālistu konsultācijas.
7 DATU LAPĀS IZMANTOTIE APZĪMĒJUMI
7.1 Specifikācijas
Modeļa kods: = Dc.

Projektētais spiediens: = Po
Projektētā temperatūra: = To
Diferenciālais spiediens: = ∆p
Maksimālais darba spiediens: = Pmax
Maksimālā darba temperatūra: = Tmax
Ieplūdes/izplūdes pieslēgumi: = I/O C
Vēdināšanas/izvades pieslēgumi: = V/D C
Apaļo blīvju materiāli: = OSM
Filtrējošā elementa tips: = CT
Obligātā uzstādīšanas atstarpe: = ICR
Blīvējuma nospriegošanas griezes moments: = Tsc
7.2 Pieejamās variācijas
TABULA Nr.1 Vol = tilpums

TABULA Nr.2 I/O C = Ieplūdes/izplūdes pieslēgumi
TABULA Nr.3 VC = Vēdināšanas pieslēgumi
TABULA Nr.4 DC = Novadīšanas pieslēgumi
TABULA Nr.5 OSM = Blīvēšanas materiāls
65
JPN フィルターハウジング取扱説明書
以下の取り扱い説明は、安全作業の実践について熟知し、適切な訓練を積んだ要員による
使用が対象となっています。
使用記号の説明
取り扱い時、作業者のケガあるいは健康に影響を及ぼすような
危険事項を示します。
製品、機器および環境を損なわないように、厳守しなければ
ならない注意事項を示します。
! 本品の操作および取り付けに関する説明あるいは注意事項を
示します。
危険
ハウジングの接続がシステムの配管仕様・規格に適合していることを確認してください。
システムの残圧がある状態でハウジングを開けないでください。
注意
全品または圧力機器の取り扱いおよび取り付けにおいて、安全作業を徹底するようお願いします。
外部火災の場合を含め、あらゆる状況において仕様の範囲内で使用してください。
プロセス流体またはガスは、いずれも構成材料に適合していることを確認してください。詳細につ
いては、ハウジングの銘板または付録を参照してください。
フィルターを使用位置に組み付ける時に過剰な負荷をパイプへ加えることは避けてください。
ハウジングと接触する工程用液体又はその他の液体は凍結しないようにして下さい。
パッケージから出す時には、フィルターハウジングを傷つけないよう注意して下さい。
販売資料に特に記載がある場合を除き、図面、添付技術資料、ハウジングはガス、蒸気、真空中で
の使用を目的としたものではありません。
66
沸点が 100℃以下の流体を、ダブルＯ-リングが付いたカートリッジの潤滑剤として使用しないで
ください。使用温度での蒸気圧によりシール間に高圧が生じ、カートリッジの損傷やカートリッ
ジ・バイパスの原因となります。
このハウジングには内部にパッケージが含まれている場合があります – 設置・使用前に点検し、内
部のパッケージを取り除いておいて下さい。
! 納入時フィルター・ハウジングには、カートリッジが装着されていません。別梱包となっています
カートリッジを装着する前に、ハウジングをシステムに取り付けてください。使用の制限について
! は、本取扱説明書の付録を参照してください。
1. 技術仕様
この説明書に付属の添付資料、フィルターハウジングに取り付けられたネームプレート、販売用図面を参照して下さい。
2. 開梱時の注意
V3
ハウジングはカートリッジが取り付けられていない状態で出荷されていベント
ます。取り付け方法については、カートリッジの取扱説明書を参照して
ください。パッケージは環境保全に適した手順で処分してください。
3. 一般的情報ソース
圧力計圧力計
構成素材について詳しくは、この説明書に付属の添付資料又は販売用図
面を参照して下さい。
入口
オプションが利用できるかどうかについては、ポール営業所又は同社の出口
認定代理店までお問い合わせ下さい。
完全性試験及び滅菌処理について、詳しくはポール営業所までお問い合 V1 V2
わせ下さい。
V4 ドレン
4. フィルターの設置と使用方法
図１に示すように、フィルターをシステムに取り付けることを推奨しま
す。
図 1. 代表的なフロー
手順流体気体
1 V1､V2､V3 および V4 の各バルブが閉じていることを確認する。
2 V1 をゆっくりと操作して少しだけ開き、フィルター・ハウジングを加圧する。
V3 をゆっくりと開けて、ハウジングのエア抜き
3 なし
をする。
気泡が含まれていない液体が V3 から出てきたら V3 を閉じ

4 なし
る。
V1 を全開にして、ハウジングからの漏れがないことを確認 V1 を全開にして、石鹸液または音波漏れ検出器を使用して漏
5
する。れがないことを確認する。
漏れがある場合は、V1 を閉じ、V3 を使用して減圧し、V4 を使用してハウジング内の液体または気体を

6
排出する。
67
7 接続部を締め付けるか、または漏れ箇所のシールを交換して漏れを補修する。
8 手順１～５を繰り返して、ハウジングを実際に使用する前に再テストを行う。
9 V2 をゆっくり開けてハウジングを実際に使用する。
5. カートリッジ交換
カートリッジの差圧・温度限界について、詳しくはカートリッジ設置・運転・保守説明書及びカートリッジ関連の技術
資料をご覧下さい。
手順液体気体
1 V1 と V2 を閉じる。
2 V3 と V4 を使用して減圧する。
3 ハウジング内の液体を排出する。なし
4 付録１に示すようにフィルター・ボウルを取り外す。
5 カートリッジの取り外しと交換についてはカートリッジ取扱説明書を参照のこと。
6 フィルター・ハウジングをきれいにして点検する。
7 ハウジングのシール材は交換することを推奨します。
8 第４項の“フィルターの設置と使用方法”の手順に従って液体または気体の漏れがないことを確認してから使用する。
6. ラボ試験サービス
ポール社の応用技術研究所では当社フィルター製品に関する技術サービスを国内・海外で行っております。このサービ
スは皆様にご利用いただけますので、お問い合わせください。
7. 標準名称
7.1 仕様
設計コード: = Dc.
設計圧力: = Po
設計温度: = To
差圧: = ∆p
最大使用圧力: = Pmax
最大使用温度: = Tmax
入口／出口接続: = I/O C
ベント／ドレン接続: = V/D C
Ｏ-リング・シール材: = OSM
カートリッジ種類: = CT
取り付けのクリアランス条件: = ICR
密閉の締付トルク設定: = Tsc
7.2 利用可能オプション
表1 Vol = 容積
表2 I/O C = 入口／出口
表3 VC = ベント接続
表4 DC = ドレン接続
表5 OSM = シール材
68
与机架接触的液体不允许被冻结。
在拆开包装时，当心不要损坏过滤机架。
除了在销售文件中另行说明的以外，绘图或技术性附录以及机架都不可在气体、蒸汽或真空条件下使用。
本机架可能含有内包装–，在安装和使用之前，检查并拆开内包装。
1. 说明书
参见本说明书的附录以及过滤机架和/或销售图中的标示牌。
69
70
5. 换墨盒
有关墨盒差动压力和温度限制方面的详情，请参阅墨盒安装、操作和保养说明以及/或相关的墨盒技术文献。
71
RUS Корпус фильтра общего назначения Инструкции по установке и обслуживанию

ДАННЫЕ ИНСТРУКЦИИ ПРЕДНАЗНАЧЕНЫ ДЛЯ ПЕРСОНАЛА СООТВЕТСТВУЮЩЕЙ КВАЛИФИКАЦИИ,
ЗНАКОМОГО С ПРАВИЛАМИ ТЕХНИКИ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ.
ИСПОЛЬЗУЕМЫЕ СИМВОЛЫ
ДАННЫЙ СИМВОЛ УКАЗЫВАЕТ НА ОПАСНОСТЬ, КОТОРАЯ МОЖЕТ ПРЕДСТАВЛЯТЬ УГРОЗУ

ЗДОРОВЬЮ ИЛИ БЛАГОСОСТОЯНИЮ ПЕРСОНАЛА.
Данный символ указывает на инструкции, которые необходимо выполнять, чтобы

предотвратить повреждение изделия, оборудования или окружающих предметов.
! Данный символ указывает на полезную информацию по эксплуатации и/или установке оборудования.
ОПАСНЫЕ СИТУАЦИИ
УБЕДИТЕСЬ В ТОМ, ЧТО СОЕДИНЕНИЯ НА КОРПУСЕ СОВМЕСТИМЫ С ТРУБОПРОВОДАМИ СИСТЕМЫ.
НЕ ОТКРЫВАЙТЕ КОРПУС ПРИ НАЛИЧИИ В СИСТЕМЕ ОСТАТОЧНОГО ДАВЛЕНИЯ.
ОТВЕТСТВЕННОСТЬ ЗАКАЗЧИКА
При эксплуатации и установке всех компонентов оборудования, работающего под давлением,
необходимо обеспечить соблюдение всем персоналом правил техники безопасности.
В обязанности заказчика входит установка надлежащих защитных устройств, предназначенных для

предотвращения превышения допустимых пределов давления в корпусе фильтра при всех
предсказуемых условиях эксплуатации. Установленные защитные устройства должны
соответствовать всем требованиям по ограничению повреждений в случае превышения давления,
вызванного возникновением пожара вблизи установки.
Необходимо проверить совместимость всех технологических жидкостей или газов с материалами

конструкции. Более подробная информация приведена на паспортной табличке корпуса, а также в
Приложении.
Следует избегать чрезмерной нагрузки на трубы при установке фильтра в рабочее положение.
Технологические жидкости или другие жидкости, контактирующие с корпусами не должны

подвергаться замерзанию.
Будьте осторожны при удалении упаковки, чтобы не повредить корпус фильтра.
Корпуса не предназначены для использования в газовых, паровых или вакуумных установках, если иное
не указано в товаросопроводительной литературе, эскизном чертеже или техническом приложении.
Жидкости с температурой кипения меньше 100°С не должны использоваться в качестве смазочных

материалов для картриджей с двойными кольцевыми уплотнениями. Давление пара при рабочей
температуре может создать зону высокого давления между уплотнениями, что может вызвать
повреждение картриджа, которое в свою очередь может привести к тому, что поток технологической
среды будет направлен в обход картриджа.
72
Данный корпус может содержать внутреннюю упаковку – Проверьте наличие внутренней упаковки
и удалите ее перед установкой и использованием.
! Корпус фильтра поставляется БЕЗ картриджа.
Корпус должен быть подключен к системе до установки картриджа. Информация по ограничениям при
! применении приведена в приложении к настоящему руководству.
1. СПЕЦИФИКАЦИИ
Спецификации приведены в приложении к данной инструкции, на паспортной табличке, установленной на корпусе
фильтра и/или на эскизном чертеже.
2. ПОЛУЧЕНИЕ ОБОРУДОВАНИЯ
Корпуса поставляются без картриджей. Подробная информация по установке приведена в инструкциях.
3. ОСНОВНЫЕ ИСТОЧНИКИ ИНФОРМАЦИИ
Подробная информация по материалам конструкции V3
ВЕНТИЛЯЦИОННЫЙ
приведена в приложении к данной инструкции и/или КАНАЛ
сопроводительном эскизном чертеже.
Пожалуйста, свяжитесь с Pall или утвержденным дистрибьютором
для получения информации о возможных вариантах.
Для получения дополнительной информации по тестированию
на целостность и стерилизации обращайтесь в Pall.
МАНОМЕТР МАНОМЕТР
4 ВВОД ТЕХНОЛОГИЧЕСКОЙ ЖИДКОСТИ
Рекомендуется установить фильтр в системе, как показано
на Рисунке 1. ВХОД ВЫХОД
V2
V1
V4 ДРЕНАЖ
РИСУНОК 1 ТИПОВАЯ ТЕХНОЛОГИЧЕСКАЯ СХЕМА
Этап ЖИДКОСТЬ ГАЗ

1 Убедитесь в том, что клапаны V1, V2, V3 и V4 закрыты.
2 Приоткройте клапан V1, чтобы повысить давление в корпусе фильтра.
Медленно откройте клапан V3, чтобы выполнить
3 не применимо
продувку корпуса.
Закройте клапан V3, когда на выходе вентиляционного
канала появится жидкость, не содержащая пузырьков газа
Полностью откройте клапан V1. Проверьте корпус на Полностью откройте клапан V1. Проверьте наличие утечек при
5
предмет наличия утечек. помощи мыльной воды или акустического детектора утечек.
При обнаружении утечек закройте клапан V1 и сбросьте давление при помощи клапана V3 и выполните дренаж с
6
помощью клапана V4.
7 Устраните утечки, затянув соединение или заменив уплотнение в точке утечки.
8 Проведите повторное испытание прежде чем подключить корпус к системе.
9 Медленно откройте клапан V2, чтобы подключить корпус к системе.
5. ЗАМЕНА КАРТРИДЖА
Подробная информация по ограничениям дифференциального давления и температуры картриджа приведена
в Руководстве по установке, эксплуатации и обслуживанию картриджа и/или соответствующей технической литературе.
73
Этап ЖИДКОСТЬ ГАЗ

1 Закройте клапаны V1 и V2.
2 Сбросьте давление при помощи клапанов V3 и V4.
Слейте оставшуюся технологическую жидкость из
корпуса.
4 Снимите стакан фильтра, как показано в приложении 1.
5 Порядок снятия и замены картриджа описан в Руководстве по установке и эксплуатации картриджа.
6 Почистите и проведите инспекцию корпуса фильтра.
7 Рекомендуется заменить уплотнение корпуса во время повторной сборки.
Введите фильтр в эксплуатацию в соответствии инструкциями, приведенными в Разделе 4 для жидкости
8
или газа.
6. НАУЧНО-ИССЛЕДОВАТЕЛЬСКИЕ И ЛАБОРАТОРНЫЕ УСЛУГИ

В компании Pall действует техническая служба, задача которой состоит в оказании содействия заказчикам при решении
вопросов, связанных с использованием наших фильтров. Вы можете воспользоваться услугами этой службы - мы
готовы помочь вам и ответить на ваши вопросы. Кроме того, мы располагаем сетью технических представителей,
которые могут оказывать содействие заказчикам по всему миру.
7. СОКРАЩЕНИЯ, ИСПОЛЬЗУЕМЫЕ В ЛИСТАХ ТЕХНИЧЕСКИХ ДАННЫХ
7.1 СПЕЦИФИКАЦИИ
Нормы проектирования: = Dc.

Расчетное давление: = po
Расчетная температура: = to
Дифференциальное давление: = ∆p
Максимальное рабочее давление: = Pmax
Максимальная рабочая температура: = Tmax
Впускные/выпускные штуцеры: = I/O C
Вентиляционные/дренажные штуцеры: = V/D C
Материал уплотнительного кольца: = OSM
Тип картриджа: = CT
Требования по обеспечению свободного пространства вокруг установки: = ICR
Значение крутящего момента для запорных элементов = Tsc
7.2 ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ВОЗМОЖНОСТИ
ТАБЛИЦА 1 Vol =Объем

ТАБЛИЦА 2 I/O C =Впускные/выпускные штуцеры
ТАБЛИЦА 3 VC =Вентиляционные штуцеры
ТАБЛИЦА 4 DC =Дренажные штуцеры
ТАБЛИЦА 5 OSM =Материал уплотнений
74
PALL CORPORATION
New York – USA Portsmouth - UK

Phone +1 516 484 5400 Phone +44 (0) 23 9230 2374
Fax +1 516 625 3610 Fax +44 (0) 23 9230 2506
Visit us on the web at www.pall.com
Pall Corporation has offices and plants throughout the world in locations
including, Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China,
France, Germany, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Korea,
Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Puerto
Rico, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan,
United Kingdom, United States, and Venezuela. Distributors are located in all
major industrial areas of the world.
Filtration, Separation, Solution. sm
and Pall are trade marks of Pall Corporation.

Filtration, Separation, Solution. Is a service mark of Pall Corporation.
© 2007. Pall Europe Limited
The right to change specification without notice is reserved
LP00790B
Worldwide Sale and Service Network
AUSTRALIA ICELAND SWEDEN

ROSSI GEARMOTORS AUSTRALIA Pty. Ltd. ROSSI GEARMOTORS SCANDINAVIA A/S ROSSI GEARMOTORS SCANDINAVIA A/S
AU - Perth WA DK - Frederiksberg DK - Frederiksberg
Phone +61 8 94557399 Phone +45 38 11 22 42 Phone +45 38 11 22 42
fax +61 8 94557299 fax +45 38 11 22 58 fax +45 38 11 22 58
e-mail: info.australia@rossi-group.com e-mail: info.denmark@rossi-group.com e-mail: info.denmark@rossi-group.com
www.rossigearmotors.com.au www.rossigearmotors.dk www.rossigearmotors.dk
ROSSI GEARMOTORS AUSTRALIA Pty. Ltd INDIA SWITZERLAND

AU - Victoria 3805 ROSSI GEARMOTORS Pvt. Ltd. HABASIT AG
Phone +61 3 9705 6066 IN - Coimbatore CH - Reinach - Basel
fax +61 3 9705 6043 Phone +91 422 262 7879 Phone +41 61 715 15 75
e-mail: info.australia@rossi-group.com fax +91 422 262 7214 fax +41 61 715 15 56
www.rossigearmotors.com.au e-mail: info.india@rossi-group.com e-mail: info.ch@habasit.com
www.rossi-group.com www.habasit.ch
ROSSI GEARMOTORS AUSTRALIA Pty. Ltd. MEXICO TAIWAN

AU - Sydney NSW ROSSI GEARMOTORS HABASIT ROSSI (TAIWAN) LTD.
Phone. +61 2 9723 0600 A Division of Habasit America TW - Taipei Hsien
fax +61 2 9723 0611 US - Suwanee Phone +886 2 22670538
e-mail : info.australia@rossi-group.com Phone +1 800 931 2044 fax +886 2 22670578
www.rossigearmotors.com.au fax +1 678 288 3658 e-mail: info.hea@habasit.com
e-mail: rossi.info@us.habasit.com www.rossi-group.com
www.habasitamerica.com
CANADA NETHERLANDS UNITED KINGDOM

ROSSI GEARMOTORS HABASIT NETHERLANDS B.V. HABASIT ROSSI Limited
Division of Habasit Canada Limited NL - Nijkerk UK - Coventry
CA - Oakville, Ontario Phone +31 33 247 20 30 Phone +44 2476 644646
Phone +1 800 770 6750 Fax: +31 33 246 15 99 fax +44 2476 644535
fax +1 800 268 2358 e-mail: netherlands@habasit.com e-mail: info.uk@habasitrossi.com
e-mail: info.canada@habasit.com www.rossi-group.com www.habasitrossi.co.uk
www.rossi-group.com
CHINA NEW ZEALAND UNITED STATES

ROSSI GEARMOTORS CHINA P.T.I. ROSSI GEARMOTORS NEW ZEALAND Ltd. ROSSI GEARMOTORS
CN - Shanghai NZ - Auckland A Division of Habasit America
Phone +86 21 3350 5345 Phone +61 9 263 4551 US - Suwanee
fax +86 21 3350 6177 fax +61 9 263 4557 Phone +1 800 931 2044
e-mail: info.china@rossi-group.com e-mail: info.nz@rossi-group.com fax +1 678 288 3658
www.rossigearmotors.cn www.rossigearmotors.com.au e-mail: rossi.info@us.habasit.com
DENMARK NORWAY
ROSSI GEARMOTORS SCANDINAVIA A/S ROSSI GEARMOTORS SCANDINAVIA A/S
DK - Frederiksberg DK - Frederiksberg Our Partner
Phone +45 38 11 22 42 Phone +47 38 11 22 42 Habasit is the worldwide market
fax +45 38 11 22 58 fax +47 38 11 22 58 leader in the belting industry for
e-mail: info.denmark@rossi-group.com e-mail: info.denmark@rossi-group.com power transmission, conveying and
www.rossigearmotors.dk www.rossigearmotors.dk processing solutions
FRANCE PORTUGAL
ROSSI MOTOREDUCTEURS SARL ROSSI MOTORREDUCTORES S.L.
FR - Saint Priest ES - Viladecans (Barcelona)
Phone +33 472 477930 Phone +34 93 6377248
fax +33 472 477949 fax +34 93 6377404
e-mail: info.france@rossi-group.com e-mail: info.spain@rossi-group.com
www.rossimotoreducteurs.fr www.rossimotorreductores.es
HABASIT AG
GERMANY SPAIN Römerstrasse 1
CH - 4153 Reinach - Switzerland
HABASIT ROSSI GmbH ROSSI MOTORREDUCTORES S.L. tel. +41 61 715 15 15
DE - Eppertshausen ES - Viladecans (Barcelona) fax +41 61 715 15 55
Phone +49 6071 / 969 - 0 Phone +34 93 6377248 e-mail: info@habasit.com
fax +49 6071 / 969 -150 fax +34 93 6377404 www.habasit.com
e-mail: info.germany@habasitrossi.com e-mail: info.spain@rossi-group.com
www.habasitrossi.de www.rossimotorreductores.es
For worldwide sale and service network visit our websites www.rossi-group.com and www.habasit.com
12-2008
Manufactured by
Rossi Motoriduttori S.p.A.
Via Emilia Ovest 915/A
RIDUTTORI E MOTORIDUTTORI
41100 Modena − Italy
Phone +39 059 33 02 88
fax +39 059 82 77 74
A VITE
e-mail: info@rossi-group.com
www.rossi-group.com
Registered trademarks
Copyright Rossi Motoriduttori
WORM GEAR REDUCERS
Subject to alterations
AND GEARMOTORS
A04
Printed in Italy
Publication data:
4001BRO.AWO-it1208HQR
4001BRO.AWO-en1208HQR
P1 0,09 ... 55 kW, MN2 1 900 daN m, iN 10 ... 16 000, n2 0,056 ... 400 min-1
18 - Formule tecniche 18 - Technical formulae
Formule principali, inerenti le trasmissioni meccaniche, secondo il Main formulae concerning mechanical drives, according to the Tech-
Sistema Tecnico e il Sistema Internazionale di Unità (SI). nical System and International Unit System (SI).
Grandezza Size Con unità Sistema Tecnico Con unità SI

With Technical System units With SI units
t = v [s]
tempo di avviamento o starting or stopping a
di arresto, in funzione time as a function of an
di una accelerazione acceleration or decele-
o decelerazione, di un ration, of a starting or Gd2 · n J · V
momento di avviamento braking torque t = [s] t = [s]
o di frenatura
375 · M M
velocità nel moto rota- velocity in rotary v = P · d · n = d · n [m/s] v = V · r [m/s]

torio motion 60 19,1
velocità angolare speed n and angular n = 60 · v = 19,1 · v [min-1] V= v [rad/s]

velocity V P·d d r
Indice Index accelerazione o decele- acceleration or
razione in funzione di un deceleration as a func-
tempo di avviamento o tion of starting or stop- a = v [m/s2]
di arresto ping time t
1 - Simboli e unità di misura 5 1 - Symbols and units of measure 5 n V
accelerazione o dece- angular acceleration A= [rad/s2] A= [rad/s2]
lerazione angolare in or deceleration as a 9,55 · t t
2 - Caratteristiche 6 2 - Specifications 6 funzione di un tempo di function of a starting or
avviamento o di arresto, stopping time, of a star-
A = 39,2 ·2 M [rad/s2] A= M [rad/s2]
di un momento di avvia- ting or braking torque
3 - Designazione 12 3 - Designation 12 mento o di frenatura Gd J
4 - Potenza termica Pt 12 4 - Thermal power P t 12 a · t2

spazio di avviamento o starting or stopping s = 2 [m]
di arresto, in funzione distance as a function
5 - Fattore di servizio fs 13 5 - Service factor fs 13 di una accelerazione o of an acceleration or
s = v · t [m]
decelerazione, di una deceleration, of a final or
velocità finale o iniziale initial velocity
2
2
6 - Scelta 14 6 - Selection 14 W = A · t [rad]
2
angolo di avviamento starting or stopping
7 - Potenze e momenti torcenti nominali 7 - Nominal powers and torques o di arresto, in funzione angle as a function of
n · t W = V · t [rad]
(riduttori) 18 (gear reducers) 18 di una accelerazione o
decelerazione angolare,
an angular accelera-
tion or deceleration, of
W=
19,1
[rad]
2
di una velocità angolare a final or initial angular
finale o iniziale velocity
8 - Esecuzioni, dimensioni 8 - Designs, dimensions, G kgf s2
forme costruttive e quantità d’olio 30 mounting positions and oil quantities 30 massa mass m= g [ m ] m è l’unità di massa [kg]
m is the unit of mass [kg]
9 - Programma di fabbricazione (motoriduttori) 32 9 - Manufacturing programme (gearmotors) 32 G è l’unità di peso (forza peso) [kgf] G = m · g [N]
peso (forza peso) weight (weight force) G is the unit of weight (weight force) [kgf]
10 - Esecuzioni, dimensioni, 10 - Designs, dimensions, F = G [kgf] F = m · g [N]
forme costruttive e quantità d’olio 50 mounting positions and oil quantities 50 forza nel moto traslatorio
verticale (sollevamento),
force in vertical (lifting),
horizontal, inclined
orizzontale, inclinato motion of translation
F = M · G [kgf] F = M· m · g [N]
(M = coefficiente di attrito; (M = coefficient of friction;
11 - Gruppi riduttori e motoriduttori 55 11 - Combined gear reducer and gearmotor units 55 W = angolo d’inclinazione) W = angle of inclination) F = G (M · cos W + sen W) [kgf] F = m · g (M · cos W + sen W) [N]
12 - Dimensioni gruppi 58 12 - Combined unit dimensions 58 momento dinamico dynamic moment Gd2,
Gd2, momento d’iner- moment of inertia J due
zia J dovuto ad un moto to a motion of translation
Gd2 = 365 · G · v2 [kgf m2] J = m · v2 [kg m2]
13 - Carichi radiali Fr1 sull’estremità 13 - Radial loads Fr1 on high speed traslatorio Gd2 Gd2
n2 V2
d’albero veloce 64 shaft end 64 (numericamente J = 4 ) (numeralically J = 4 )
F · d
14 - Carichi radiali Fr2 o assiali Fa2 14 - Radial loads Fr2 or axial loads Fa2 momento torcente in torque as a function of M=
2
[kgf m] M = F · r [N m]
funzione di una forza,
sull’estremità d’albero lento 64 on low speed shaft end 64 di un momento dinami-
a force, of a dynamic
moment or of a moment 2
co o di inerzia, di una
potenza
of inertia, of a power M = Gd · n [kgf m] M = J · V [N m]
15 - Dettagli costruttivi e funzionali 78 15 - Structural and operational details 78 375 · t t
M = 716 · P [kgf m] M= P [N m]
16 - Installazione e manutenzione 83 16 - Installation and maintenance 83 n V
17 - Accessori ed esecuzioni speciali 88 17 - Accessories and non-standard designs 88 2 m · v2

lavoro, energia nel
work, energy in motion
W = G · v [kgf m] W= [J]
of translation, in rotary 19,6 2
moto traslatorio, rota- motion
torio
18 - Formule tecniche 95 18 - Technical formulae 95 2 2
W = Gd · n [kgf m]
2
W = J · V [J]
7160 2
P = F · v [CV] P = F · v [W]
power in motion of tran- 75
potenza nel moto tra- slation, in rotary motion
slatorio, rotatorio
P = M · n [CV] P =M · V [W]
716
power available at the
potenza resa all’albero shaft of a single-phase
di un motore monofa- motor (cos W = power P =U · l · H · cos W [CV] P =U · l · H · cos W [W]
se (cos W = fattore di factor) 736
potenza)
P =U · l · H · cos W [CV]
potenza resa all’albero shaft of a three-phase P = 1,73 · U · l · H · cos W [W]
di un motore trifase motor 425
Nota. L’accelerazione o decelerazione si sottintendono costanti; i moti traslatorio e rota- Note. Acceleration or deceleration are understood constant; motion of translation and
torio si sottintendono rispettivamente rettilineo e circolare. rotary motion are understood rectilinear and circular respectively.
95
Riduttori a vite - Worm gear reducers
32 ... 81 100 ... 250
RV
a vite
with worm gear pair
R IV
a 1 ingranaggio cilindrico e vite
with 1 cylindrical gear pair plus worm
Motoriduttori a vite - Worm gearmotors

32 ... 81 100 ... 250
MR V
a vite
with worm gear pair
MR IV
a 1 ingranaggio cilindrico e vite
with 1 cylindrical gear pair plus worm
40 ... 81 100 ... 126
MR 2IV
a 2 ingranaggi cilindrici e vite
with 2 cylindrical gear pairs plus worm
Gruppi riduttori e motoriduttori (combinati) - Combined gear reducer and gearmotors units
RV+RV R V + R IV MR V + R 2I, 3I MR IV + R 2I, 3I
R V + MR V R V + MR IV MR V + MR 2I, MR IV + MR 2I, 3I
Riduttori e motoriduttori (ruota a vite) Gear reducers and gearmotors (worm wheel)
32 ... 50 63 ... 160 161 200, 250
Riduttori (vite) Gear reducers (worm)

32* ... 161 200, 250
Motoriduttori (vite) Gearmotors (worm)

32* ... 161 200, 250
** Grandezza 32: cuscinetto obliquo a due corone di sfere più uno a sfere. ** Size 32: double row angular contact ball bearing plus ball bearing.
** Per MR V 32, 40 con motore grand. 63 e 71, MR V 50 con motore grand. 71 e 80, MR V 63 ** For MR V 32, 40 with motor size 63 and 71, MR V 50 with motor size 71 and 80, MR V 63
... 81 con motore grand. 80 e 90 la flangia motore è, normalmente, integrale con la carcassa. ... 81 with motor 80 and 90 motor flange is usually integral with casing.
1 - Simboli e unità di misura 1 - Symbols and units of measure
Simboli in ordine alfabetico, con relative unità di misura, impiegati Symbols used in the catalogue and formulae, in alphabetical order,
nel catalogo e nelle formule. with relevant units of measure.
Simbolo Espressione Unità di misura Note
Symbol Definition Units of measure Notes
Nel catalogo Nelle formule
In the In the formulae
catalogue Sistema Tecnico Sistema SI1)
Technical System SI1) System
dimensioni, quote dimensions mm –
a accelerazione acceleration – m/s2
d diametro diameter – m
f frequenza frequency Hz Hz
fs fattore di servizio service factor
ft fattore termico thermal factor
F forza force – kgf N2) 1 kgf z 9,81 N z 0,981 daN
Fr carico radiale radial load daN –
Fa carico assiale axial load daN –
g accelerazione di gravità acceleration of gravity – m/s2 val. norm. 9,81 m/s2 normal value 9,81 m/s2
G peso (forza peso) weight (weight force) – kgf N
Gd 2 momento dinamico dynamic moment – kgf m2 –
n1
i rapporto di trasmissione transmission ratio i=
n2
I corrente elettrica electric current – A
J momento d’inerzia moment of inertia kg m2 – kg m2
Lh durata dei cuscinetti bearing life h –
m massa mass kg kgf s2/m kg3)
M momento torcente torque daN m kgf m Nm 1 kgf m ≈ 9,81 N m ≈ 0,981 daN m
-1 giri/min
n velocità angolare speed min – 1 min-1 ≈ 0,105 rad/s
rev/min
P potenza power kW CV W 1 CV ≈ 736 W ≈ 0,736 kW
Pt potenza termica thermal power kW –
r raggio radius – m
n2 max
R rapporto di variazione variation ratio R=
n2 min
s spazio distance – m
t temperatura Celsius Celsius temperature °C –
t tempo time s s
min 1 min = 60 s
h 1 h = 60 min = 3 600 s
d 1 d = 24 h = 86 400 s
U tensione elettrica voltage V V
v velocità velocity – m/s
W lavoro, energia work, energy MJ kgf m J4)
avv./h
z frequenza di avviamento frequency of starting –
starts/h
A accelerazione angolare angular acceleration – rad/s2
H rendimento efficiency
Hs rendimento statico static efficiency
M coefficiente di attrito friction coefficient
W angolo piano plane angle ° rad 1 giro = 2 P rad 1 rev = 2 P rad
P
1° = rad
180
V velocità angolare angular velocity – – rad/s 1 rad/s z 9,55 min-1
Indici aggiuntivi e altri segni Additional indexes and other signs
Ind. Espressione Definition

max massimo maximum
min minimo minimum
N nominale nominal
1 relativo all’asse veloce (entrata) relating to high speed shaft (input)
2 relativo all’asse lento (uscita) relating to low speed shaft (output)
da ... a from ... to
z uguale a circa approximately equal to
w maggiore o uguale a greater than or equal to
v minore o uguale a less than or equal to
1) SI è la sigla del Sistema Internazionale di Unità, definito ed approvato dalla Conferenza 1) SI are the initials of the International Unit System, defined and approved by the General
Generale dei Pesi e Misure quale unico sistema di unità di misura. Conference on Weights and Measures as the only system of units of measure.
Ved. CNR UNI 10 003-84 (DIN 1 301-93 NF X 02.004, BS 5 555-93, ISO 1 000-92). Ref. CNR UNI 10 003-84 (DIN 1 301-93 NF X 02.004, BS 5 555-93, ISO 1 000-92).
UNI: Ente Nazionale Italiano di Unificazione. UNI: Ente Nazionale Italiano di Unificazione.
DIN: Deutscher Normenausschuss (DNA). DIN: Deutscher Normenausschuss (DNA).
NF: Association Française de Normalisation (AFNOR). NF: Association Française de Normalisation (AFNOR).
BS: British Standards Institution (BSI). BS: British Standards Institution (BSI).
ISO: International Organization for Standardization. ISO: International Organization for Standardization.
2) Il newton [N] è la forza che imprime a un corpo di massa 1 kg l’accelerazione di 1 m/s2. 2) Newton [N] is the force imparting an acceleration of 1 m/s2 to a mass of 1 kg.
3) Il kilogrammo [kg] è la massa del campione conservato a Sèvres (ovvero di 1 dm3 di 3) Kilogramme [kg] is the mass of the prototype kept at Sèvres (i.e. 1 dm3 of distilled
acqua distillata a 4 °C). water at 4 °C).
4) Il joule [J] è il lavoro compiuto dalla forza di 1 N quando si sposta di 1 m. 4) Joule [J] is the work done when the point of application of a force of 1 N is displaced
through a distance of 1 m.
5
2 - Caratteristiche 2 - Specifications
Fissaggio universale con piedi integrali alla carcassa su 3 facce Universal mounting having feet integral with casing on 3 faces
(grandezze 32 ... 81) o 2 facce (grandezze 100 ... 250) e con flangia (sizes 32 .. 81) or on 2 faces (sizes 100 ... 250) and B14 flange on
B14 su 2 facce. Il disegno e la robustezza della carcassa consento- 2 faces. Design and strength of the casing permit interesting shaft
no interessanti sistemi di fissaggio pendolare mounting solutions
Intervallamento infittito delle grandezze e delle prestazioni Thickened size and performance gradation (some sequential
(alcune grandezze contigue sono ottenute con la stessa carcassa e sizes are obtained with the same casing and many components in
molti componenti in comune) common)
Prestazioni elevate – bronzo al Ni –, affidabili e collaudate; otti- High, reliable and tested performances (Ni bronze); optimiza-
mizzazione delle prestazioni dell’ingranaggio a vite (profilo a tion of worm gear pair performances (ZI involute profile and
evolvente ZI e profilo ruota a vite adeguatamente coniugato) adequately conjugate worm wheel profile)
Compattezza, dimensioni normalizzate e corrispondenza alle Compactness, standardized dimensions and compliance with
norme standards
Motore normalizzato IEC IEC standardized motor
32 ... 81 100 ... 250
Carcassa monolitica di ghisa, rigida e precisa Rigid and precise cast iron monolithic casing
Generoso spazio interno fra rotismo e carcassa che consente: Generous internal space between train of gears and casing
– elevata capienza olio; allowing:
– minore grado di inquinamento dell’olio; – high oil capacity;
– maggiore durata della ruota a vite e dei cuscinetti della vite; – lower oil pollution;
– minore temperatura di esercizio. – greater duration of worm wheel and worm bearings;
Possibilità di applicare motori di grandezza notevole e di tra- – lower running temperature.
smettere elevati momenti torcenti nominali e massimi Possibility of fitting particularly powerful motors and transmit-
Modularità spinta a livello sia di componenti sia di prodotto fini- ting high nominal and maximum torques
to che assicura flessibilità di fabbricazione e di gestione Improved and up-graded modular construction both for com-
Elevata classe di qualità di fabbricazione ponent parts and assembled product which ensures manufac-
turing and product management flexibility
Possibilità di realizzare azionamenti multipli e a velocità sin-
crona High manufacturing quality standard
Ampia disponibilità di esecuzioni e accessori: sistemi di fis- Possibility of obtaining multiple drives and at synchronous speed
saggio pendolare, sistemi di calettamento misto con linguetta e Wide design and acccessory availability: shaft-mounting arrange-
elementi di bloccaggio (anelli per grandezze 32 ... 50, bussola per ments, mixed keying systems with key and locking elements (rings
grandezze 63 ... 250), flange quadrate per servomotori e collare for sizes 32 ... 50, bush for sizes 63 ... 250), square flanges for
di bloccaggio, gioco ridotto, ecc. servomotors and hub clamp, reduced backlash, etc.
Manutenzione ridotta Reduced maintenance
La moderna concezione, i calcoli analitici di ogni parte, le lavorazioni A combination of modern concepts, analytical calculations carried out on
eseguite sulle più recenti macchine, i controlli sistematici su materiali, each single part, use of the very latest machine tools, plus systematic
lavorazioni e montaggio conferiscono a questa serie rendimenti ele- checks on materials, assembling and workmanship, gives this series of
vati, precisione di funzionamento, regolarità di moto e silenziosità, gear reducers high efficiency, running precision, regular motion and
costanza di caratteristiche, durata e affidabilità, robustezza e so- noiselessness, constant performances, life and reliability, strength and
vraccaricabilità e idoneità ai servizi gravosi, universalità e facilità di overload withstanding and suitability for heaviest applications, wide size
applicazione, ampia gamma di grandezze e rapporti, servizio eccel- and ratio range, excellent service - the advantages typically associated
lente tipici dei riduttori a vite di qualità costruiti in grande serie. with high quality worm gear reducers produced in large series.
6
a - Riduttore a - Gear reducer
Particolarità costruttive Structural features
Le principali caratteristiche sono: Main specifications are:
– fissaggio universale con piedi integrali alla carcassa (piedi – universal mounting having feet integral with casing (lower,
inferiori, superiori e verticali sulla faccia opposta al motore upper feet and vertical on the face opposite to motor for sizes
per grandezze 32 ... 81; piedi inferiori e superiori per gran- 32 ... 81; lower and upper feet for sizes 100 ... 250) and B14 flange
dezze 100 ... 250) e con flangia B14 (integrale alla carcassa (integral with casing for sizes 32 ... 50) on 2 faces of hollow low
per grandezze 32 ... 50) sulle 2 facce di uscita dell’albero lento speed shaft output. B5 flange with spigot «recess» which can be
cavo. Flangia B5 con centraggio «foro» montabile sulle flange mounted onto B14 flanges (see chap. 17). Design and strength of
B14 (ved. cap. 17). Il disegno e la robustezza della carcassa the casing permit interesting shaft mounting solutions;
consentono interessanti sistemi di fissaggio pendolare;
* relativo a n1 = 1 400 min-1 e al rapporto di trasmissione indicato nel diagramma. * concerning n1 = 1 400 min-1 and transmission ratio stated in the scheme.
1) H1 H0 altezza d’asse; D Ø estremità d’albero lento [mm]; MN2, M2 Grand. momento torcente 1) H1 H0 shaft height; D Ø low speed shaft end [mm]: MN2, M2 Size torque [daN m]; Fr2 radial
[daN m]; Fr2 carico radiale [daN]. load [daN].
– intervallamento infittito delle grandezze (10 grandezze di cui – thickened size (10 sizes with 4 size pairs with final centre distance
4 doppie con interasse finale 32 ... 250) e delle prestazioni; le 32 ... 250) and performance gradation; the size pairs are obtained
grandezze doppie sono ottenute con la stessa carcassa e molti with the same casing and with many components in common;
componenti in comune; – gear reducer structure sized so as to accept particularly powerful
– struttura del riduttore dimensionata in modo da portare – sia motors – both MR V and MR IV – and to permit the transmission
per MR V, sia per MR IV – motori di grandezza notevole e da of high nominal and maximum torques at low output speeds, this
trasmettere gli elevati momenti torcenti nominali e massimi che being the particular advantage of worm gear pairs;
l’ingranaggio a vite consente alle basse velocità uscita; – gearmotor sizes 40 ... 126 with 2 cylindrical coaxial gear pair first
– motoriduttori grandezze 40 ... 126 con prerotismo formato da 2 stage in order to obtain high – reversible and irreversible – tran-
ingranaggi cilindrici coassiali per ottenere elevati rapporti di tra- smission ratios with standardized motor (63 ... 112) in a compact
smissione – reversibili e non – con motore normalizzato (63 ... 112) and economy way;
in modo compatto ed economico; – normally, gearmotors MR V sizes 32, 40 (with motor sizes 63 and
– normalmente i motoriduttori MR V grandezze 32, 40 (con gran- 71) 50 (with motor sizes 71 and 80) and 63 ... 81 (with motor sizes
dezze motore 63 e 71), 50 (con grandezze motore 71 e 80) e 80 and 90) have motor flange integral with the casing;
63 ... 81 (con grandezze motore 80 e 90) hanno la flangia motore – hollow low speed shaft with keyway, and (sizes 63 ... 250) with circlip
integrale con la carcassa; groove for removal purposes: in spheroidal cast iron (grey
– albero lento cavo con cava linguetta e (grandezze 63 ... 250) gole cast iron for sizes 32 and 40) integral with wormwheel (sizes
anello elastico per estrazione: di ghisa sferoidale (grigia per 32 ... 161) or steel (sizes 200 and 250); standard (left or right
grandezze 32 e 40) integrale con la ruota a vite (grandezze extension) or double extension low speed shaft (see ch. 17).
32 ... 161) o di acciaio (grandezze 200 e 250); albero lento norma- – gear reducers: input face with machined surface (R V) or flange
le (sporgente a destra o a sinistra) o bisporgente (ved. cap. 17); (R IV) and with fixing holes: wormshaft end with key, and reduced
– riduttori: lato entrata con piano (R V) o flangia (R IV) lavorati e wormshaft end with circlip groove (the same as for R IV, MR IV,
con fori; estremità di vite con linguetta; estremità di vite ridotta (è MR 2IV, MR V 160 ... 250 with coupling);
la stessa estremità di vite utilizzata per R IV, MR IV, MR 2IV, MR – gearmotors: IEC standardized motor directly keyed into the
V 160 ... 250 con giunto) con gola anello elastico; worm (MR V), for motor sizes 200 ... 250 patented keying system
– motoriduttori: motore normalizzato IEC calettato direttamente to obtain easier installing and removing and avoid fretting corro-
nella vite (MR V); per grandezze motore 200 ... 250 sistema di sion; standardized motor with pinion directly mounted onto the
calettamento brevettato per facilitare montaggio e smontaggio ed shaft end (MR IV, MR 2IV);
evitare l’ossidazione di contatto; motore normalizzato con il pigno- – fan cooling (sizes 100 ... 250); use of double extension worm-shaft
ne montato direttamente sull’estremità d’albero (MR IV, MR 2IV); simply obtained by removing the fan cowl centre disc; for MR V 81
– ventilazione forzata (grandezze 100 ... 250); realizzata in modo with motor 100 and 112, fan incorporated in motor mounting flange;
da disporre, con semplice asportazione del disco centrale del – bearings on worm: double row angular contact ball bearing
copriventola, della vite bisporgente; per MR V 81 con motore 100 plus ball bearing (size 32); face-to-face taper roller bearings
e 112, ventola incorporata nella flangia attacco motore; (sizes 40 ... 161); paired back-to-back taper roller bearings plus
– cuscinetti volventi vite: obliquo a due corone di sfere più uno a sfe- one ball bearing (sizes 200 and 250);
re (grandezza 32); a rulli conici contrapposti (grandezze 40 ... 161); – bearings on wormwheel: ball bearings (sizes 32 ... 160); taper
a rulli conici accoppiati più uno a sfere (grandezze 200 e 250); roller bearings (sizes 161 ... 250);
– cuscinetti volventi ruota a vite: a sfere (grandezze 32 ... 160); a – 200 UNI ISO 185 cast iron monolithic casing with transverse
rulli conici (grandezze 161 ... 250); stiffening ribs, and high oil capacity;
– carcassa monolitica di ghisa 200 UNI ISO 185 con nervature – oil bath lubrication with synthetic oil (ch. 16) for «long-life»
trasversali di irrigidimento ed elevata capienza d’olio; lubrication: units provided with one plug (sizes 32 ... 64) or two
– lubrificazione a bagno d’olio con olio sintetico (cap. 16) per plugs (sizes 80 and 81) supplied filled with oil; with filler plug
lubrificazione «lunga vita»: riduttori con un tappo (grandezze with valve, drain plug and level plug (sizes 100 ... 250) supplied
32 ... 64) o due tappi (grandezze 80 e 81) forniti completi di without oil; sealed;
olio; con tappo di carico con valvola, scarico e livello (grandez- – paint: external coating in epoxy powder paint (sizes 32 ... 81) or
ze 100 ... 250) forniti senza olio; tenuta stagna; in synthetic paint (sizes 100 ... 250) appropriate for resistance to
– verniciatura: protezione esterna con vernice a polveri epossidiche normal industrial environments and suitable for the application of
(grandezze 32 ... 81) o con vernice sintetica (grandezze 100 ... 250) further coats of synthetic paint; colour blue RAL 5010 DIN 1843;
idonee a resistere ai normali ambienti industriali e a consentire ulteriori internal protection in epoxy powder paint (sizes 32 ... 81) or in
finiture con vernici sintetiche; colore blu RAL 5010 DIN 1843; protezio- epoxy resin paint (sizes 100 ... 250) appropriate for resistance to
ne interna con vernice a polveri epossidiche (grandezze 32 ... 81) o synthetic oils;
epossidica (grandezze 100 ... 250) idonee a resistere agli oli sintetici; – possibility of obtaining combined gear reducer and gearmotor
– possibilità di realizzare gruppi riduttori e motoriduttori ad elevato units providing high transmission ratios with different train of
rapporto di trasmissione con diversi tipi di rotismo in funzione del- gears depending on overall dimension, efficiency, and final output
l’ingombro, del rendimento e della velocità uscita richiesta. speed requirements.
7
Linee e area di contatto determinate al calcolatore per Copriventola con disco centrale asportato per l’utilizzazio- Riduttore esecuzione UO2B:
verificare il progetto di ogni ingranaggio. ne della vite bisporgente. estremità di vite ridotta (serve anche per ottenere R IV,
Lines of contact and area of action determined by Fan cowl centre disc removed so as to utilize double MR IV, MR 2IV, MR V 160 ... 250 con giunto). Albero lento
computer to check on each individual gear pair design. extension wormshaft. bisporgente.
Gear reducer design UO2B:
reduced wormshaft end (also suitable for R IV, MR IV, MR
2IV, MR V 160 ... 250 with coupling). Double extension
low speed shaft.
Rotismo: Train of gears:

– a vite; ad 1 ingranaggio cilindrico e vite; a 2 ingranaggi cilindrici – worm gear pair; 1 cylindrical gear pair plus worm; with 2 cylindri-
e vite (solo motoriduttore); cal gear pairs plus worm gear pair (gearmotor only);
– ingranaggi a vite con rapporti di trasmissione (i = 10 ... 63) interi – worm gear pairs, with whole-number transmission ratios
e uguali per le diverse grandezze; i = 7 per MR V 32 ... 81; (i = 10 ... 63) identical for the different sizes; i = 7 for MR V 32 ... 81;
– 10 grandezze di cui 4 doppie (normale e rinforzata) con interasse – 10 sizes having 4 sizes pairs (standard and strengthened) with final
riduzione finale secondo serie R 10 (32 ... 250) per un totale di 14 reduction centre distance to R 10 series (32 ... 250) for a total of 14
grandezze; sizes;
– rapporti di trasmissione nominali secondo serie R 10 (10 ... 315; fino – nominal transmission ratios to R 10 series (10 ... 315; up to 16 000
a 16 000 nei gruppi); for combined units);
– vite cilindrica di acciaio 16 CrNi4 o 20 MnCr5 UNI 7846-78 (se- – casehardened and hardened cylindrical worm in 16 CrNi4 or
condo la grandezza) cementata/temprata con profilo a evolvente 20 MnCr5 UNI 7846-78 steel (depending on size) with ground and
(ZI) rettificato e superfinito; superfinished involute profile (ZI);
– ruota a vite con profilo adeguatamente coniugato a quello della – wormwheel with profile especially conjugate to the worm through
vite tramite ottimizzazione del creatore, con mozzo di ghisa sfe- hob optimization, with hub in spheroidal or grey cast iron (depen-
roidale o grigia (secondo la grandezza) e corona di bronzo al Ni ding on size) and Ni bronze CuSn12Ni2-B (EN1982-98) gear rim
CuSn12Ni2-B (EN1982-98) con elevata purezza e tenore di fosforo with high pureness and controlled phosphor contents;
controllato; – casehardened and hardened cylindrical gear pair in 16CrNi4
– ingranaggio cilindrico di acciaio 16CrNi4 UNI 7846-78 cementato/ UNI 7846-78 steel with ground profile and helical toothing;
temprato con profilo rettificato, dentatura elicoidale; – train of gear load capacity calculated for breakage and wear;
– capacità di carico del rotismo calcolata a rottura e ad usura; veri- thermal capacity verified.
fica capacità termica.
Norme specifiche: Specific standards:

– rapporti di trasmissione nominali e dimensioni principali secondo – nominal transmission ratios and principal dimensions according to
numeri normali UNI 2016 (DIN 323-74, NF X 01.001, BS 2045-65, UNI 2016 standard numbers (DIN 323-74, NF X 01.001, BS 2045-65,
ISO 3-73); ISO 3-73);
– dentiera di riferimento secondo BS 721-83; profilo ad evolvente (ZI) – basic rack to BS 721-83; involute profile (ZI) to UNI 4760/4-77 (DIN
secondo UNI 4760/4-77 (DIN 3975-76, ISO/R 1122/2°-69); 3975-76), ISO/R 1122/2-69);
– altezze d’asse secondo UNI 2946-68 (DIN 747-67, NF E 01.051, – shaft heights to UNI 2946-68 (DIN 747-67, NF E 01.051, BS 5186-75,
BS 5186-75, ISO 496-73); ISO 496-73);
– flange di fissaggio B14 e B5 (quest’ultima con centraggio «foro») – fixing flanges B14 and B5 (the latter with spigot «recess») taken
derivate da UNEL 13501-69 (DIN 42948-65, IEC 72.2); from UNIL 13501-69 (DIN 42948-65, IEC 72.2);
– fori di fissaggio serie media secondo UNI 1728-83 (DIN 69-71, NF – medium series fixing holes to UNI 1728-83 (DIN 69-71, NF E
E 27.040, BS 4186-67, ISO/R 273); 27.040, BS 4186-67, ISO/R 273);
– estremità d’albero cilindriche (lunghe o corte) secondo UNI ISO – cylindrical shaft ends (long or short) to UNI ISO 775-88 (DIN 748,
775-88 (DIN 748, NF E 22.051, BS 4506-70, ISO/R775-88) con foro NF E 22.051, BS 4506-70, ISO/R775/88) with tapped butt-end
filettato in testa secondo UNI 9321 (DIN 332 BI. 2-70, NF E 22.056) hole to UNI 9321 (DIN 332 BI. 2-70, NF E 22.056) excluding d-D
escluso corrispondenza d-D; diameter ratio;
– linguette UNI 6604-69 (DIN 6885 Bl. 1-68, NF E 27.656 e 22.175, – parallel keys to UNI 6604-69 (DIN 6885 Bl. 1-68, NF E 27.656 and
BS 4235.1-72, ISO/R 773-69) eccetto per determinati casi di 22.175, BS 4235.1-72, ISO/R 773-69) except for specific cases of
accoppiamento motore/riduttore in cui sono ribassate; motor-to-gear reducer coupling where key height is reduced;
– forme costruttive derivate da UNEL 05513-67 (DIN 42950-64, IEC – mounting positions taken from UNEL 05513-67 (DIN 42950-64,
34.7); IEC 34;7);
– capacità di carico e rendimento dell’ingranaggio a vite determinati – worm gear pair load capacity and efficiency to BS 721-83 integra-
in base a BS 721-83 integrata con ISO/CD 14521. ted with ISO/CD 14521.
b - Motore elettrico b - Electric motor

Esecuzione normale: Standard design:
– motore normalizzato IEC; – IEC standardized motor;
– asincrono trifase, chiuso, ventilato esternamente, con rotore a – asynchronous three-phase, totally-enclosed, externally ventilated,
gabbia; with cage rotor;
– polarità unica, frequenza 50 Hz, tensione $ 230 V Y 400 V ± 10%1) fino – single polarity, frequency 50 Hz, voltage $ 230 V Y 400 V ± 10%1)
alla grandezza 132,-$ 400 V ± 10% a partire dalla grandezza 160; up to size 132, $ 400 V ± 10% from size 160 upwards;
– protezione IP 55, classe isolamento F, sovratemperatura classe B1); – IP 55 protection, insulation class F, temperature rise class B1);
1) Limiti massimo e minimo di alimentazione motore; classe di sovratemperatura F per 1) Max and min limits of motor supply; temperature rise class F for some motors with power
alcuni motori con potenza o corrispondenza potenza-grandezza non normalizzate e or power-to-size correspondence not according to standard and motors 200 LR 6,
motori 200 LR 6, 200L 6. 200 L 6.
8
– potenza resa in servizio continuo (S1) e riferita a tensione e frequen- – rated power delivered on continuous duty (S1) and at standard
za normali; temperatura massima ambiente di 40 °C e altitudine di voltage and frequency; maximum ambient temperature 40 °C,
1000 m: se superiori interpellarci; altitude 1 000 m: consult us if higher;
– capacità di sopportare uno o più sovraccarichi – di entità 1,6 volte il – capacity to withstand one or more overloads up to 1,6 times
carico nominale – per un tempo totale massimo di 2 min ogni ora; the nominal load for a maximum total period of 2 min per single
– momento di spunto con inserzione diretta, almeno 1,6 volte quello hour;
nominale (normalmente è superiore); – starting torque with direct on-line start at least 1,6 times the nomi-
– forma costruttiva B5 e derivate, come indicato nella tabella nal (usually is higher);
seguente; – mounting position B5 and derivates as shown in the following
– idoneità al funzionamento con inverter (dimensionamento elettro- table.
magnetico generoso, lamierino magnetico a basse perdite, separa- – suitable for the running with inverter (generous electromagne-
tori di fase in testata, ecc.); tic sizing, low-loss electrical stamping, phase separators, etc.)
– ampia disponibilità di esecuzioni per ogni esigenza: volano, servo- – design available for every application need: flywheel, indepen-
ventilatore, servoventilatore ed encoder ecc. dent cooling fan, independent cooling fan and encoder, etc.
Per altre caratteristiche e dettagli ved. documentazione specifica. For other specifications and details see specific literature.
Grandezza motore Dimensioni principali di accoppiamento Grandezza motore Dimensioni principali di accoppiamento
Motor size Main coupling dimensions Motor size Main coupling dimensions
UNEL 13117-71 UNEL 13117-71
(DIN 42677 BI 1.A-65, IEC 72.2) (DIN 42677 BI 1.A-65, IEC 72.2)
Estremità d’albero Flangia Ø P Estremità d’albero Flangia Ø P
Shaft end Flange Ø P Shaft end Flange Ø P
ØDE B5 ØDE B5
63, 71 B5R1) 11 230 140 132, 160 B5R 38 8000 300
71, 80 B5R1) 14 300 160 160 42 1100 350
80, 90 B5R 19 400 200 180, 200 B5R 48 1100 350
90, 100 B5R1), 112M B5R1) 24 500 200 200 55 1100 400
100, 112, 132M B5R1) 28 600 250 225, 250 B5R 60 1400 450
1) La lunghezza motore Y e l’ingombro Y1 (capp. 10 e 12) aumentano di 14 mm per grand. 1) Motor length Y and overall dimension Y1 (ch. 10 and 12) increase of 14 mm for sizes 71,
71, 18 mm per grand. 80, 22 mm per grand. 100 e 112, 29 mm per grand. 132. 18 mm for size 80, 22 mm for sizes 100 and 112, 29 mm for sizes 132.
Motore autofrenante (prefisso alla designazione: F0): Brake motor (prefix to designation: F0):
– motore normalizzato IEC con le stesse caratteristiche di quello nor- – IEC standardized motor having the same specifications as nor-
male; mal motor;
– costruzione particolarmente robusta per sopportare le sollecita- – particularly strong construction to withstand braking stresses;
zioni di frenatura; massima silenziosità; maximum noiselessness;
– freno elettromagnetico a molle alimentato in c.c.; alimentazione – spring-loaded d.c. electromagnetic brake feeding from the ter-
prelevata direttamente dalla morsettiera; possibilità di alimenta- minal box; brake can also be fed independently direct from the
zione separata del freno direttamente dalla linea; line;
– momento frenante proporzionato al momento torcente del motore – braking torque proportionate to motor torque (normally M f ≈ 2 MN)
(normalmente M f ≈ 2 MN) e registrabile aggiungendo o togliendo adjustable by adding or removing couples of springs;
coppie di molle; – high frequency of starting enabled;
– possibilità di elevata frequenza di avviamento; – rapid, precise stopping;
– rapidità e precisione di arresto; – hand lever for manual release with automatic return; removable
– leva di sblocco manuale con ritorno automatico; asta della leva lever rod.
asportabile. For other specifications and details see specific literature.
Per altre caratteristiche e dettagli ved. documentazione specifica.
Servizio di durata limitata (S2) e servizio intermit- Short time duty (S2) and intermittent periodic duty
tente periodico (S3); servizi S4 ... S10 (S3); duty cycles S4 ... S10
Per servizi di tipo S2 ... S10 è possibile incrementare la potenza del In case of a duty-requirement type S2 ... S10 the motor power
motore secondo la tabella seguente; il momento torcente di spunto can be increased as per the following table; starting torque keeps
resta invariato. unchanged.
Servizio di durata limitata (S2). – Funzionamento a carico costante per una durata Short time duty (S2). – Running at constant load for a given period of time less than that
determinata, minore di quella necessaria per raggiungere l’equilibrio termico, seguito da necessary to reach normal running temperature, followed by a rest period long enough for
un tempo di riposo di durata sufficiente a ristabilire nel motore la temperatura ambiente. motor’s return to ambient temperature.
Servizio intermittente periodico (S3). – Funzionamento secondo una serie di cicli iden- Intermittent periodic duty (S3). – Succession of identical work cycles consisting of a
tici, ciascuno comprendente un tempo di funzionamento a carico costante e un tempo di period of running at constant load and a rest period. Current peaks on starting are not to
riposo. Inoltre in questo servizio le punte di corrente all’avviamento non devono influenzare be of an order that will influence motor heat to any significant extent.
il riscaldamento del motore in modo sensibile.
N Cyclic duration factor = N · 100%
Rapporto di intermittenza = · 100%
N+R N+R
in cui: N è il tempo di funzionamento a carico costante, where: N being running time at constant load,
R è il tempo di riposo e N + R 10 min (se maggiore interpellarci). R the rest period and N + R 10 min (if longer consult us).
Grandezza motore1) - Motor size1)

Servizio - Duty
63 ... 90 100 ... 132 160 ... 280
90 min 1 1 1,06
durata del servizio 60 min 1 1,06 1,12
S2 duration of running 30 min 1,12 1,18 1,25
10 min 1,25 1,25 1,32
60% 1,06*
rapporto di intermittenza 40% 1,12*
S3 cyclic duration factor 25% 1,25
15% 1,32
S4 ... S10 interpellarci - consult us
1) Per motori grandezze 90LC 4, 112MC 4, 132MC 4, interpellarci. 1) For motor sizes 90LC 4, 112MC 4, 132MC 4, consult us.
* Per motore autofrenante questi valori diventano 1,12, 1,18. * These values become 1,12, 1,18 for brake motors.
Frequenza di avviamento z Frequency of starting z
Orientativamente (per un tempo massimo di avviamento di 0,5 1 As a general rule, the maximum permissible frequency of starting
s) la massima frequenza di avviamento z con inserzione diretta è 63 z for direct on-line start (maximum starting time 0,5 1 s) is 63
avv./h fino alla grandezza 90, 32 avv./h per le grandezze 100 ... 132, starts/h up to size 90, 32 starts/h for sizes 100 ... 132 and 16
16 avv./h per le grandezze 160 ... 250 (per le grandezze 160 ... 250 starts/h for sizes 160 ... 250 (star-delta starting is advisable for
è consigliabile l’inserzione stella-triangolo). sizes 160 .. 250).
9
Per i motori autofrenanti è ammessa una frequenza di avviamento Brake motors can withstand a starting frequency double that of normal
doppia di quella dei motori normali indicata precedentemente. motors as described previosusly.
Spesso per i motori autofrenanti, è richiesta una frequenza di avviamento z superiore, A greater frequency of starting z is often required for brake motors. In this case it is
in questo caso è necessario verificare che: necessary to verify that:
J0
[ 冢冣 · 0,6]
2
z z0 · · 1– P
J0 + J P1
dove: where:
z0, J0, P1 sono indicati nella tabella seguente; z0, J0, P1 are shown in the following table;
J è il momento d’inerzia (di massa) esterno (riduttore, ved. cap. 15, giunti, macchina J is the external moment of inertia (of mass) in kg m2, (gear reducers, see ch 15 couplings,
azionata) in kg m2, riferito all’asse motore; driven machine) referred to the motor shaft;
P è la potenza in kW assorbita dalla macchina, riferita all’asse motore (quindi tenendo P is the power in kW absorbed by the machine referred to the motor shaft (therefore taking
conto del rendimento). into account efficiency).
Se durante la fase di avviamento il motore deve vincere un momento resistente verificare If during starting the motor has to overcome a resisting torque, verify the frequency of
la frequenza di avviamento con la formula: starting by means of the following formula:
J0
[ 冢冣 · 0,6]
P 2
z 0,63 · z0 · · 1–
J0 + J P1
Caratteristiche principali dei motori normali e auto- Principal specifications of normal and brake motors
frenanti (50 Hz) (50 Hz)
2 poli - poles - 2 800 min-1 1) 4 poli - poles - 1 400 min-1 1) 6 poli - poles - 900 min-1 1)
Grandezza Mfmax P1 J0 z0 M spunto - start.. P1 J0 z0 M spunto - start.. P1 J0 z0 M spunto - start..
motore MN MN MN
Motor
size ≈ ≈ ≈ ≈ ≈ ≈ ≈
daN m kW kg m2 kW kg m2 kW kg m2
2) 4) 2) 3) 3) 2) 3) 3) 2) 3) 3)
63 A 0,35 0,18 0,0002 4 750 2,5 0,12 0,0002 12 500 2,9 0,09 0,0004 12 500 2,7
63 B 0,35 0,25 0,0003 4 750 2,7 0,18 0,0003 12 500 2,8 0,12 0,0004 12 500 2,7
63 C 0,35 0,37* 0,0003 4 000 3,0 0,25* 0,0003 10 000 2,6 0– ,0– – 0–
71 A 0,75 0,37 0,0004 4 000 3,1 0,25 0,0005 10 000 2,6 0,18 0,0012 11 200 2,4
71 B 0,75 0,55 0,0005 4 000 3,1 0,37 0,0007 10 000 2,5 0,25 0,0012 11 200 2,1
71 C 0,75 0,75* 0,0006 3 000 2,8 0,55* 0,0008 8 000 2,4 0,37* 0,0013 10 000 2,1
80 A 1,6 0,75 0,0008 3 000 2,5 0,55 0,0015 8 000 2,6 0,37 0,0019 9 500 2,1
80 B 1,6 1,1 0,0011 3 000 2,2 0,75 0,0019 7 100 2,9 0,55 0,0024 9 000 2,1
80 C 1,6 1,5 * 0,0013 2 500 2,9 1,1 * 0,0025 5 000 3,0 0,75* 0,0033 7 100 2,1
90 S 1,6 1,5 0,0013 2 500 2,9 1,1 0,0025 5 000 3,0 0,75 0,0033 7 100 2,1
90 SB 1,6 1,85* 0,0014 2 500 2,8 0– 0 – – – 0– ,0– – 0–
90 L 1,6 0– 0 – – – 1,5 0,0041 4 000 2,7 1,1 0,005 5 300 2,3
90 LA 4 2,2 0,0017 2 500 2,9 0– 0 – – – 0– ,0– – 0–
90 LB 4 3 00,0019 1 800 2,8 1,85* 0,0044 4 000 2,7 0– ,0– – 0–
90 LC 4 0– 0 – – – 2,2 * 0,0048 3 150 2,8,0 1,5 * 0,0055 5 000 2,5
100 LA 4 3 0,0035 1 800 2,7 2,2 0,0051 3 150 2,6 01,5 0,0104 3 550 2,6
100 LB 4 4 * 0,0046 1 500 3,9 3 0,0069 3 150 2,9 1,85* 0,0118 3 150 2,5
112 M 7,55) 4 0,0046 1 500 3,9 4 0,0097 2 500 3,1 2,2 0,0142 2 800 2,9
112 MB 4 5,5 * 0,0054 1 400 3,9 0– 0 – – – 0– ,0– – 0–
112 MC 7,5 7,5 * 0,0076 1 060 3,9 5,5 * 0,0115 1 800 3,1 3 * 0,0169 2 500 2,9
132 S 7,5 0– 0 – – – 5,5 0,0216 1 800 3,0 3 0,0216 2 360 2,3
132 SA 7,5 5,5 0,0099 1 250 2,4 0– 0 – – – 0– ,0– – 0–
132 SB 7,5 7,5 0,0118 1 120 3,0 0– 0 – – – 0– ,0– – 0–0
132 SC 7,5 9,2 * 0,0137 1 060 3,7 0– 0 – – – 0– ,0– – 0–
132 M 15 11 * 0,0178 850 3,7 7,5 0,0323 1 180 3,2 4 0,0323 1 420 2,9
132 MB 15 15 * 0,0226 710 3,8 9,2 * 0,0391 1 070 3,0 5,5 0,0391 1 260 2,6
132 MC 15 0– 0 – – – 11 * 0,0424 900 3,4 7,5 * 0,0532 1 000 2,4
160 MR 25 11 0,039 450 2,1 0– 0 – – – 0– ,0– – 0–
160 M 25 15 0,044 425 2,4 11 00,072 900 2,3 7,5 0,096 1 120 2
160 L 25 18,5 00,049 400 2,6 15 0,084 800 2,3 11 0,119 950 2,3
180 M 25 22 0,057 355 2,5 18,5 0,099 630 2,3 0– ,0– – 0–
180 L 40 0– 0 – – – 22 0,13 500 2,4 15 0,15 630 2,3
200 LR 40 30 0,185 160 2,4 0– 0 – – – 18,5 0,19 500 2,1
200 L 40 37 0,2 160 2,5 30 0,2 400 2,4 22 0,24 400 2,4
200 LG – – – – – 37 0,34 – 2,3 – – – –
225 S 0– ,0– – 0– – 37 0,32 – 2,3 0– ,0– – 0–
225 M 0– ,0– – 0– – 45 0,41 – 2,4 30 0,47 – 2,4
250 M 0– ,0– – 0– – 55 0,52 – 2,3 37 0,57 – 2,6
1) Velocità motore in base alle quali sono state calcolate le velocità motoriduttore n2. 1) Motor speed on the basis of which the gearmotor speeds n2 have been calculated.
2) I valori di momento d’inerzia J0 e di momento frenante Mf sono validi solo per motore 2) Moment of inertia values J0, braking torque values Mf are valid for brake motor (size
autofrenante (grand. 200L). 200L), only.
3) Per grand. 132, i valori di Mspunto / MN e di frequenza di avviamento a vuoto z0 [avv./h] 3) For size 132, Mstart / MN values and no load starting frequency z0 [start./h] values are
sono validi solo per motore autofrenante. valid for brake motor, only.
4) Normalmente il motore viene fornito tarato ad un momento frenante inferiore (ved. 4) Motor is usually supplied with lower braking torque setting (see specific literature).
documentazione specifica). 5) For 2 pole 4 daN m.
5) Per 2 poli 4 daN m. * Power or motor power-to-size correspondence not according to standard.
* Potenza o corrispondenza potenza-grandezza motore non normalizzate.
Frequenza 60 Hz Frequency 60 Hz
I motori normali fino alla grandezza 132 avvolti a 50 Hz possono Normal motors up to size 132 wound for 50 Hz can be fed at 60 Hz;
essere alimentati a 60 Hz: la velocità aumenta del 20%. Se la tensio- in this case speed increases by 20%. If input-voltage corresponds
ne di alimentazione corrisponde a quella di avvolgimento la potenza to winding voltage, power remains unchanged, providing that higher
non varia, purché si accettino sovratemperature superiori, e la richie- temperature rise values are acceptable, and that the power require-
sta di potenza stessa non sia esasperata, mentre il momento di spun- ment is not unduly demanding, whilst starting and maximum torques
to e massimo diminuiscono del 17%. Se la tensione di alimentazione decrease by 17%. If input-voltage is 20% higher than winding volta-
è maggiore di quella di avvolgimento del 20%, la potenza aumenta ge, power increases by 20% whilst starting and maximum torques
del 20%, mentre il momento di spunto e massimo non variano. keep unchanged.
10
Per motori autofrenanti ved. documentazione specifica. For brake motors see specific literature.
A partire dalla grandezza 160 è bene che i motori – normali e auto- From size 160 upwards motors – both standard and brake ones
frenanti – siano avvolti espressamente a 60 Hz, anche per sfruttare – should be would for 60 Hz exploiting the 20% power increase as
la possibilità dell’aumento di potenza del 20%. a matter of course.
Norme specifiche: Specific standards:

– potenze nominali e dimensioni secondo CENELEC HD 231 (IEC – nominal powers and dimensions to CENELEC HD 231 (IEC 72-1,
72-1, CNR-CEI UNEL 13117-71 e 13118-71, DIN 42677, NF C51- CNR-CEI UNEL 13117-71 and 13118-71, DIN 42677, NF C51-
120, BS 5000-10 e BS 4999-141) per forma costruttiva IM B5, IM 120, BS 5000-10 and BS 4999-141) for mounting positions IM B5,
B14 e derivate; IM B14 and derivates;
– caratteristiche nominali e di funzionamento secondo CENELEC – nominal performances and running specifications to CENELEC
EN 60034-1 (IEC 34-1, CEI EN 60034-1, DIN VDE 0530-1, NF EN 60034-1 (IEC 34-1, CEI EN 60034-1, DIN VDE 0530-1, NF
C51-111, BS EN 60034-1); C51-111, BS EN 60034-1);
– gradi di protezione secondo CENELEC EN 60034-5 (IEC 34-5, – protection to CENELEC EN 60034-5 (IEC 34-5, CEI 2-16, DIN EN
CEI 2-16, DIN EN 60034-5, NF C51-115, BS 4999-105); 60034-5, NF C51-115, BS 4999-105);
– forme costruttive secondo CENELEC EN 60034-7 (IEC 34-7, CEI – mounting positions to CENELEC EN 60034-7 (IEC 34-7, CEI
EN 60034-7, DIN IEC 34-7, NF C51-117, BS EN 60034-7); EN 60034-7, DIN IEC 34-7, NF C51-117, BS EN 60034-7);
– equilibratura e velocità di vibrazione (grado di vibrazione normale – balancing and vibration velocity (vibration under standard rating
N) secondo CENELEC HD 53.14 S1 (CEI IEC 34-14, ISO 2373 N) to CENELEC HD 53.14 S1 (CEI IEC 34-14, ISO 2373 CEI 2-23,
CEI 2-23, BS 4999-142); i motori sono equilibrati con mezza lin- BS 4999-142); motors are balanced with half key inserted into
guetta nella sporgenza dell’albero; shaft extension;
– raffreddamento secondo CENELEC EN 60034-6 (CEI 2-7, IEC 34- – cooling to CENELEC EN 60034-6 (CEI 2-7, IEC 34-6): standard
6): tipo standard IC 411; tipo IC 416 per esecuzione speciale con type IC 411; type IC 416 for non-standard design with axial inde-
servoventilatore assiale. pendent cooling fan.
11
3 - Designazione 3 - Designation
MACCHINA R riduttore gear reducer
MACHINE MR motoriduttore gearmotor
ROTISMO V a vite worm gear pair

TRAIN OF GEARS IV a 1 ingranaggio cilindrico a vite 1 cylindrical gear pair plus worm
2IV a 2 ingranaggi cilindrici a vite 2 cylindrical gear pair plus worm
GRANDEZZA 32 ... 250 interasse riduzione finale [mm] final reduction centre distance [mm]
SIZE
FISSAGGIO U universale universal
MOUNTING
POSIZIONE ALBERI O ortogonale orthogonal
SHAFT POSITION
MODELLO 3 grandezze 32 ... 81 sizes 32 ... 81
MODEL 2 grandezze 100 ... 250 sizes 100 ... 250
ESECUZIONE A normale standard
DESIGN B estremità di vite ridotta reduced wormshaft end
C vite bisporgente con estremità ridotta double extension wormshaft with reduced end
D vite bisporgente double extension wormshaft
RAPPORTO DI TRASMISSIONE
TRANSMISSION RATIO
GRANDEZZA MOTORE 63A ... 250M
MOTOR SIZE
NUMERO POLI 2 ... 6
NUMBER OF POLES
TENSIONE [V] 230.400 grand. v 132 size v 132
VOLTAGE [V] 400 grand. w 160 size w 160
FORMA COSTRUTTIVA B5
MOUNTING POSITION B5R per alcune combinazioni for some combinations
VELOCITÀ D’USCITA [min-1] (ved. cap. 10) (see ch. 10)
OUTPUT SPEED [min-1]
R V 80 UO3A/25
R V 250 UO2A/50
MR V 80 UO3A — 90L 4 230.400 B5 / 56
La designazione va completata con l’indicazione della forma costrutti- The designation is to be completd stating mounting position, through
va, solo però se diversa da B31) (B3 o B8 per grand. v 64). only if different from B31) (B3 or B8 for sizes v 64).
Es.: R V 80 UO3A/25 forma costruttiva V5; E.g.: R V 80 UO3A/25 mounting position V5;
Quando il motore è autofrenante anteporre alla grandezza motore Where brake motor is required, insert the letters F0 before motor
le lettere F0. size.
Es.: MR V 80 UO3A - F0 90L 4 230.400 B5/56 E.g.: MR V 80 UO3A - F0 90L 4 230.400 B5/56
Per i riduttori grandezze 200 e 250, forma costruttiva B7, la designa- In the case of gear reducers sizes 200 and 250, mounting position
zione va completata con l’indicazione della velocità entrata n1. B7, the designation is to be completed stating input speed n1.
Es.: R V 250 UO2A/50 n1 = 560 min-1, forma costruttiva B7 E.g.: R V 250 UO2A/50 n1 = 560 min-1, mounting position B7
Quando il motore è fornito dall’Acquirente, omettere la tensione e Where motor is supplied by the Buyer, omit voltage and add motor
completare la designazione con l’indicazione motore di ns. for- supplied by us.
nitura. E.g.: MR V 80 UO3A - 90L 4 ... B5/56 motor supplied by us.
Es.: MR V 80 UO3A - 90L 4 ... B5/56 motore di ns. fornitura. In the event of a gear reducer or gearmotor being required in a
Quando il riduttore o motoriduttore sono richiesti in esecuzione design different from those stated above, specify it in detail (ch. 17).
diversa da quelle sopraindicate, precisarlo per esteso (cap. 17).
1) To make things easier, the designation of mounting position (see ch. 8 and 10) is
1) La designazione della forma costruttiva (ved. cap. 8 e 10) è riferita, per semplicità, al referred to foot mounting only, even if gear reducers are in universal mounting (e.g.: B14
solo fissaggio con piedi pur essendo i riduttori a fissaggio universale (es.: fissaggio con flange mounting and derivatives; B5 flange mounting and derivatives, see ch. 17).
flangia B14 e derivate; fissaggio con flangia B5 e derivate, ved. cap. 17).
4 - Potenza termica P t [kW] 4 - Thermal power P t [kW]

In rosso nei cap. 7 e 9 è indicata la potenza termica nominale PtN, che Nominal thermal power PtN, indicated in red in ch. 7 and 9 is that which
è quella potenza che può essere applicata all’entrata del riduttore, in can be applied at the gear reducer input when operating on continuous
servizio continuo, a temperatura massima ambiente di 40 °C e velocità duty at a maximum ambient temperature of 40 °C and air velocity w
dell’aria w1,25 m/s, senza superare una temperatura dell’olio di circa 1,25 m/s, without exceeding 95 °C approximately oil temperature.
95 °C. Thermal power P t can be higher than the nominal P tN, descri-
La potenza termica Pt può essere superiore a quella nominale bed above, as per the following formula: Pt = PtN · ft where ft is the
P tN sopradescritta secondo la formula Pt = PtN · ft dove ft è il fattore thermal factor depending on ambient temperature and type of duty
termico in funzione della temperatura ambiente e del servizio con i as indicated in the table.
valori indicati nella tabella. Wherever nominal thermal power PtN, is indicated in the catalogue it
Per i casi in cui a catalogo è indicata la potenza termica nominale should be verified that the applied power P1 is less than or equal to
PtN, è necessario verificare che la potenza applicata P1 sia minore o the Pt value (P1 v Pt = PtN · ft). If P1 Pt, consider the use of special
uguale a quella termica Pt (P1 v Pt = PtN · ft). Se P1 Pt, esaminare lubricant: consult us.
l’impiego di lubrificanti speciali: interpellarci. For B6 or B7 mounting position gear reducers and gearmotors with
Per riduttori e motoriduttori con rotismo V in forma costruttiva B6 o B7 train of gears V multiply PtN by 0,9.
moltiplicare PtN per 0,9.
12
4 - Potenza termica P t [kW] 4 - Thermal power Pt [kW]
Non è necessario tener conto della potenza termica quando la Thermal power needs not be taken into account when maximum
durata massima di servizio continuo è di 1 3 h (dalle grandezze duration of continuous running time is 1 3 h (from small to large
riduttore piccole alle grandi) seguita da pause sufficienti (circa 1 3 h) gear reducer sizes) followed by rest periods long enough to restore
a ristabilire nel riduttore circa la temperatura ambiente. the gear reducer to near ambient temperature (likewise 1 3 h).
Per temperatura massima ambiente maggiore di 40 °C oppure mino- In case of maximum ambient temperature above 40 °C or below
re di 0 °C interpellarci. 0 °C consult us.
Servizio Duty
Temperatura continuo a carico intermittente Maximum continuous on intermittent load
massima S1 S3 ... S6 ambient S1 S3 ... S6
ambiente Rapporto di intermittenza [%] temperature Cyclic duration factor [%]
°C per 60 min di funzionamento 1) °C for 60 min running 1)
60 40 25 15 60 40 25 15
40 1,00 1,18 1,32 1,50 1,70 40 1,00 1,18 1,32 1,50 1,70
30 1,18 1,40 1,60 1,80 2,00 30 1,18 1,40 1,60 1,80 2,00
20 1,32 1,60 1,80 2,00 2,24 20 1,32 1,60 1,80 2,00 2,24
10 1,50 1,80 2,00 2,24 2,50 10 1,50 1,80 2,00 2,24 2,50
Tempo di funzionamento a carico [min] Duration of running on load [min]
1) · 100 1) · 100
60 60
5 - Fattore di servizio f s 5 - Service factor f s

Il fattore di servizio fs tiene conto delle diverse condizioni di funziona- Service factor fs takes into account the different running conditions
mento (natura del carico, durata, frequenza di avviamento, altre consi- (nature of load, running time, frequency of starting, other conside-
derazioni) alle quali può essere sottoposto il riduttore e di cui bisogna rations) which must be referred to when performing calculations of
tener conto nei calcoli di scelta e di verifica del riduttore stesso. gear reducer selection and verification.
Le potenze e i momenti torcenti indicati a catalogo sono nominali The powers and torques shown in the catalogue are nominal (i.e.
(cioè validi per fs = 1) per i riduttori, corrispondenti all’fs indicato valid for fs = 1) for gear reducers, corresponding to the fs indicated
per i motoriduttori. for gearmotors.
Fattore di servizio in funzione: della natura del carico e della durata di funzionamento Fattore di servizio in funzione della frequenza di
(questo valore deve essere moltiplicato per quelli delle tabelle a fianco). avviamento riferita alla natura del carico.
Service factor based: on the nature of load and running time (this value is to be multiplied Service factor based on frequency of starting
by the values shown in the tables alongside). referred to the nature of load.
Natura del carico della macchina azionata Durata di funzionamento [h] Rif. Frequenza di avviamento z [avv./h]
Nature of load of the driven machine Running time [h] carico Frequency of starting z [starts/h]
Load
ref.
Rif. Descrizione 3 150 6 300 12 500 25 000 50 000

4 8 16 32 63 125 250 500
Ref. Description v 2 h/d 2 4 h/d 4 8 h/d 8 16 h/d 16 24 h/d
a Uniforme
0,67 0,85 1 1,25 1,6 a 1 1,06 1,12 1,18 1,25 1,32 1,4 1,5
Uniform
b Sovraccarichi moderati (entità
1,6 volte il carico normale)
0,85 1,06 1,25 1,6 2 b 1 1 1,06 1,12 1,18 1,25 1,32 1,4
Moderate overloads
(1,6 normal)
c Sovraccarichi forti (entità
2,5 volte il carico normale)
1 1,25 1,5 1,9 2,36
Heavy overloads
c 1 1 1 1,06 1,12 1,18 1,25 1,32
(2,5 normal)
Precisazioni e considerazioni sul fattore di servizio. Details of service factor and considerations.
I valori di fs sopraindicati valgono per: Given fs values are valid for:
– motore elettrico con rotore a gabbia, inserzione diretta fino a 9,2 – electric motor with cage rotor, direct on-line starting up to 9,2 kW,
kW, stella-triangolo per potenze superiori; per inserzione diretta star-delta starting for higher power ratings; for direct on-line starting
oltre 9,2 kW o per motori autofrenanti, scegliere fs in base a una above 9,2 kW or for brake motors, select fs according to a frequen-
frequenza di avviamento doppia di quella effettiva; per motore a cy of starting double the actual frequency; for internal combustion
scoppio moltiplicare fs per 1,25 (pluricilindro), 1,5 (monocilindro); engines multiply fs by 1,25 (multicylinder) or 1,5 (single-cylinder);
– durata massima dei sovraccarichi 15 s, degli avviamenti 3 s; se – maximum time on overload 15 s; on starting 3 s; if over and/or
superiore e/o con notevole effetto d’urto interpellarci; subject to heavy shock effect, consult us;
– un numero intero di cicli di sovraccarico (o di avviamento) comple- – a whole number of overload cycles (or start) imprecisely com-
tati non esattamente in 1, 2, 3 o 4 giri dell’albero lento, se esatta- pleted in 1, 2, 3 or 4 revolutions of low speed shaft; if precisely a
mente considerare che il sovraccarico agisca continuamente; continuous overloads should be assumed;
– grado di affidabilità normale; se elevato (difficoltà notevole di – standard level of reliability; if a higher degree of reliability is
manutenzione, grande importanza del riduttore nel ciclo produtti- required (particularly difficult maintenance conditions, key impor-
vo, sicurezza per le persone, ecc.) moltiplicare fs per 1,25 1,4. tance of gear reducer to production, personnel safety, etc.) multi-
Motori con momento di spunto non superiore a quello nominale ply fs by 1,25 1,4.
(inserzione stella-triangolo, certi tipi a corrente continua e monofase), Motors having a starting torque not exceeding nominal values (star-
determinati sistemi di collegamento del riduttore al motore e alla mac- delta starting, particular types of motor operating on direct current,
china azionata (giunti elastici, centrifughi, oleodinamici, di sicurezza, and single-phase motors), and particular types of coupling between
frizioni, trasmissioni a cinghia) influiscono favorevolmente sul fattore gear reducer and motor, and gear reducer and driven machine
di servizio, permettendo in certi casi di funzionamento gravoso di (flexible, centrifugal, fluid and safety couplings, clutches and belt
ridurlo; in caso di necessità interpellarci. drives) affect service factor favourably, allowing its reduction in cer-
tain heavy-duty applications; consult us if need be.
13
6 - Scelta 6 - Selection
a - Riduttore a - Gear reducer
Determinazione grandezza riduttore Determining the gear reducer size
– Disporre dei dati necessari: potenza P2 richiesta all’uscita del – Make available all necessary data: required output power P2 of
riduttore, velocità angolari n2 e n1, condizioni di funzionamento gear reducer, speeds n2 and n1, running conditions (nature of
(natura del carico, durata, frequenza di avviamento z, altre consi- load, running time, frequency of starting z, other considerations)
derazioni) riferendosi al cap. 5. with reference to ch. 5.
– Determinare il fattore di servizio fs in base alle condizioni di fun- – Determine service factor f s on the basis of running conditions
zionamento (cap. 5). (ch. 5).
– Scegliere la grandezza riduttore (contemporaneamente anche il – Select the gear reducer size (also, the train of gears and transmis-
rotismo e il rapporto di trasmissione i) in base a n2, n1 e ad una sion ratio i at the same time) on the basis of n2, n1 and of a power
potenza PN2 uguale o maggiore a P2 · fs (cap. 7). PN2 greater than or equal to P2 · fs (ch. 7).
– Calcolare la potenza P1 richiesta all’entrata del riduttore con la – Calculate power P1 required at input side of gear reducer using
P2 PN2 P PN2
– formula H , dove H= P è il rendimento del riduttore (cap.7). – the formula H2 , where H = P is the efficiency of the gear re-
N1 N1
Quando, per motivi di normalizzazione del motore, risulta (con- ducer (ch. 7).
siderato l’eventuale rendimento motore-riduttore) una potenza P1 When for reasons of motor standardization, power P1 applied at input
applicata all’entrata del riduttore maggiore di quella richiesta, deve side of gear reducer turns out to be higher than the power required
essere certo che la maggior potenza applicata non sarà mai richie- (considering motor/gear reducer efficiency), it must be certain that
sta e la frequenza di avviamento z sia talmente bassa da non influire this excess power applied will never be required, and frequency of
sul fattore di servizio (cap. 5). starting z is so low as not to affect service factor (ch. 5).
P applicata
Altrimenti per la scelta moltiplicare la PN2 per il rapporto 1 .
P1 richiesta P1 applied
I calcoli possono essere effettuati in base ai momenti torcenti, anzi- Otherwise, make the selection by multiplying PN2 by .
P1 required
ché alle potenze; anzi per bassi valori di n2 è preferibile. Calculations can also be made on the basis of torque instead of
power; this method is even preferable for low n2 values.
Verifiche Verifications
– Verificare gli eventuali carichi radiali Fr1, Fr2 e assiale Fa2 secondo – Verify possible radial loads Fr1, Fr2 and axial load Fa2 by referring
le istruzioni e i valori dei cap. 13 e 14. to instructions and values given in ch. 13 and 14.
– Quando si dispone del diagramma di carico e/o si hanno sovrac- – When the load chart is available, and/or there are overloads – due
carichi – dovuti ad avviamenti a pieno carico (specialmente per to starting on full load (mainly for high inertias and low transmis-
elevate inerzie e bassi rapporti di trasmissione), frenature, urti, sion ratios), braking, shocks, irreversible or with low reversibility
casi di riduttori irreversibili o poco reversibili in cui la ruota a vite gear reducers in which the wormwheel becomes driving member
diventa motrice per effetto delle inerzie della macchina azionata, due to the driven machine inertia, applied power higher than that
potenza applicata superiore a quella richiesta, altre cause stati- required, other static or dynamic causes – verify that the maxi-
che o dinamiche – verificare che il massimo picco di momento mum torque peak (ch. 15) is always less than M2max (ch. 7); if it is
torcente (cap. 15) sia sempre inferiore M2max (cap. 7), se superiore higher or cannot be evaluated, in the above cases, install a safety
o non valutabile installare – nei suddetti casi – dispositivi di sicu- device so that M2max will never be exceeded.
rezza in modo da non superare mai M2max. – When nominal thermal power PtN is indicated in red in ch. 7, verify
– Quando per il riduttore è indicata – in rosso nel cap. 7 – la potenza that P1 v Pt (ch. 4).
termica nominale PtN, verificare che P1 v Pt (cap. 4).
Designazione per l’ordinazione Designation for ordering

Per l’ordinazione è necessario completare la designazione del ridut- When ordering give the complete designation of the gear reducer as
tore come indicato nel cap. 3. Pertanto occorre precisare: shown in ch. 3. The following information is to be given:
esecuzione, forma costruttiva (solamente se diversa da B3, B3 o design and mounting position (only when different from B3, B3 or B8
B8 per grand. v64) (cap. 8); velocità entrata n1 per i riduttori gran- for size v64) (ch. 8); input speed n1 for sizes 200 and 250 mounting
dezze 200 e 250 in forma costruttiva B7, solamente se maggiore di position B7, – for the remainder, only if greater than 1 400 min-1 or
1 400 min-1 o minore di 355 min-1 per i rimanenti; eventuali accessori less than 355 min-1, accessories and non-standard designs, if any
ed esecuzioni speciali (cap. 17). (ch. 17).
Es.: R V 80 UO3A/25 forma costruttiva V5 E.g.: R V 80 UO3A/25 mounting position V5
R V 250 UO2A/50 n1 = 560 min-1, forma costruttiva B7. R V 250 UO2A/50 n1 = 560 min-1, mounting position B7.
b - Motoriduttore b - Gearmotor
Determinazione grandezza motoriduttore Determining the gearmotor size
– Disporre dei dati necessari: potenza P2 richiesta all’uscita del – Make available all necessary data: required output power P2 of
mo-toriduttore, velocità angolare n2, condizioni di funzionamento gearmotor, speed n2, running conditions (nature of load, running
(na-tura del carico, durata, frequenza di avviamento z, altre con- time, frequency of starting z, other considerations) with reference
siderazioni), riferendosi al cap. 5. to ch. 5.
– Determinare il fattore di servizio fs in base alle condizioni di funzio- – Determine service factor fs on the basis of running conditions
namento (cap. 5). (ch. 5).
– Scegliere la grandezza motoriduttore in base a n2, fs, P2 (cap. 9). – Select the gearmotor size on the basis of n2, fs, P2 (ch. 9).
Quando, per motivi di normalizzazione del motore, la potenza di- When for reasons of motor standardization, power P2 available in
sponibile a catalogo P2 è molto maggiore di quella richiesta, il moto- ca-talogue is much greater than that required, the gearmotor can be
riduttore può essere scelto in base a un fattore di servizio minore P2 required
selected on the basis of a lower service factor (fs · )
(fs · P2 richiesta ) solamente se è certo che la maggior potenza di- P2 available
P2 disponibile provided it is certain that this excess power available will never
sponibile non sarà mai richiesta e la frequenza di avviamento z è be required and frequency of starting z is low enough not to affect
talmente bassa da non influire sul fattore di servizio (cap. 5). service factor (ch. 5).
I calcoli possono essere effettuati in base ai momenti torcenti, anzi- Calculations can also be made on the basis of torque instead of
ché alle potenze; anzi, per bassi valori di n2 è preferibile. power; this method is even preferable for low n2 values.
– Verificare l’eventuale carico radiale Fr2 e assiale Fa2 secondo le – Verify possible radial load Fr2 and axial load Fa2 referring to direc-
istruzioni e i valori del cap. 14. tions and values given in ch. 14.
– Verificare, per il motore, la frequenza di avviamento z quando è – For the motor, verify frequency of starting z when higher than that
superiore a quella normalmente ammessa, secondo le istruzioni e normally permissible, referring to directions and values given in ch.
i valori del cap. 2b; normalmente questa verifica è richiesta solo 2b; this will normally be required for brake motors only.
per motori autofrenanti.
14
– Quando si dispone del diagramma di carico e/o si hanno sovrac- – When a load chart is available, and/or there are overloads – due
carichi – dovuti a avviamenti a pieno carico (specialmente per to starting on full load (especially with high inertias and low tran-
elevate inerzie e bassi rapporti di trasmissione), frenature, urti, casi smission ratios), braking, shocks, irreversible or with low rever-
di riduttori irriversibili o poco reversibili in cui la ruota a vite diventa sibi-lity gear reducers in which the wormwheel becomes driving
motrice per effetto delle inerzie della macchina azionata, altre member due to the driven machine inertia, other static or dynamic
cause statiche o dinamiche – verificare che il massimo picco di causes – verify that the maximum torque peak (ch. 15) is always
momento torcente (cap. 15) sia sempre inferiore a M2max (cap. 7); less than M2max (ch. 7); if it is higher or cannot be evaluated, in the
se superiore o non valutabile installare – nei suddetti casi – dispo- above instances, install suitable safety devices so that M2max will
sitivi di sicurezza in modo da non superare mai M2max. Il valore di never be exceeded. M2max value can be read off in ch. 7 against
M2max è rilevabile al cap. 7 in corrispondenza della stessa velocità the corresponding speed n2 and transmission ratio i of the worm
n2 e dello stesso rapporto di trasmissione i dell’ingranaggio a vite. gear pair.
– Quando per il motoriduttore è indicata – in rosso nel cap. 9 – la – When nominal thermal power PtN is indicated in red in ch. 9, verify
potenza termica nominale PtN verificare che P1 v Pt (cap. 4). that P1 v P t (ch. 4).
Designazione per l’ordinazione Designation for ordering

Per l’ordinazione è necessario completare la designazione del moto- When ordering give the complete designation of the gearmotor as
riduttore come indicato nel cap. 3. Pertanto occorre precisare: ese- shown in ch. 3. The following information is to be given: design and
cuzione e forma costruttiva (solamente se diversa da B3, B3 o B8 mounting position of gearmotor (only if different from B3, B3 or B8
per grand. v64) (cap. 10); tensione e forma costruttiva del motore; for size v 64) (ch. 10), voltage and mouting position of motor; ac-
eventuali accessori ed esecuzioni speciali (cap. 17). cessories and non-standard designs, if any (ch. 17).
Es.: MR V 80 UO3A - 90L 4 230.400 B5/56 forma costruttiva V5; E.g: MR V 80 UO3A - 90L 4 230.400 B5/56 mounting position V5;
MR V 200 UO2A - F0 180M 4 400 B5/56 motoriduttore con giun- MR V 200 UO2A - F0 180M 4 400 B5/56 gearmotor with flexibile
to elastico. coupling.
Quando il motore è fornito dall’Acquirente, omettere la tensione e When motor is supplied by the Buyer, do not specify voltage, and
completare la designazione con l’indicazione: motore di ns. forni- complete the designation with the words: motor supplied by us.
tura. E.g.: MR V 200 UO2A - 180M 4 ... B5/35 motor supplied by us.
Es.: MR V 200 UO2A - 180M 4 ... B5/35 motore di ns. fornitura. The motor supplied by the Buyer must be to UNEL standards with
Il motore, fornito dall’Acquirente, deve essere unificato UNEL con mating surfaces machined under accuracy rating (UNEL 13501-69)
accoppiamenti lavorati in classe precisa (UNEL 13501-69) e spedito and is to be sent carriage and expenses paid to our factory for
franco ns. stabilimento per l’accoppiamento al riduttore. fitting to the gear reducer.
c - Combined gear reducer and gearmotor

c - Gruppi riduttori e motoriduttori units
Combined units are obtained by coupling together normal single
I gruppi si ottengono accoppiando normali riduttori e/o motoridut- gear reducers and/or gearmotors.
tori singoli.
Determining the final gear reducer size
Determinazione grandezza riduttore finale
– Make available all necessary data relating to the output of the final
– Disporre dei dati necessari relativi all’uscita del riduttore finale: gear reducer: required torque M2 speed n2, running conditions
momento torcente M2 richiesto, velocità angolare n2, condizioni di (nature of load, running time, frequency of starting z, other consi-
funzionamento (natura del carico, durata, frequenza d’avviamento derations) with reference to ch. 5.
z, altre considerazioni) riferendosi al cap. 5. – Determine service factor fs on the basis of running conditions (ch.
– Determinare il fattore di servizio fs in base alle condizioni di fun- 5) and of n2 (see *, ** ch. 11).
zionamento (cap. 5) e a n2 (ved. *, ** cap. 11). – Select the final gear reducer size and the corresponding efficien-
– Scegliere (cap. 11, tabella A), in base a n2 e a un momento torcen- cy H (ch. 11, table A), on the basis of n2 and a torque value MN2
te MN2 maggiore o uguale M2 · fs, la grandezza riduttore finale e greater than or equal to M2 · f s (the H value shown can be taken
il relativo rendimento H (considerare valido il valore di H indicato as valid even if the final gear reducer’s train of gears is type IV).
anche quando il rotismo del riduttore finale è IV). For fs 1 verify that M2 v M2 Size.
Per f s 1 verificare che sia M2 v M2 Grandezza.
Determining the type of combined unit
Determinazione tipo di gruppo
– Select the final gear reducer basic reference, and the type and
– Scegliere (cap. 11, tabella B), in base alla grandezza riduttore size of initial gear reducer or gearmotor (ch. 11 table B), on the
finale e al tipo di gruppo scelto, la sigla base del riduttore finale, il basis of the final gear reducer size, and of the type of combined
tipo e la grandezza riduttore o motoriduttore iniziale. unit selected.
Per la scelta del tipo di gruppo fare riferimento agli schemi della When selecting the type of unit, refer to the drawings in table B
tabella B tenendo presente le seguenti considerazioni: bearing in mind the following considerations:
riduttore: consente maggiore flessibilità di impiego; si possono gear reducer: gives greater operational flexibility; stress deriving
avere minori sollecitazioni all’avviamento o nel funzionamento from starting and heavy duty can be diminished thanks to the pos-
gravoso per la possibilità di interporre tra motore e riduttore; giunti sibility of locating couplings (flexibile, centrifugal, fluid, safety or
(elastici, centrifughi, oleodinamici, di sicurezza, frizioni), trasmissioni friction type), belt drives, etc. between gear reducer and motor.;
a cinghia, ecc.; gearmotor: provides a more compact and economical solution com-
motoriduttore: consente di ottenere maggiori compattezza ed pared to the equivalent gear reducer combined unit;
economicità della motorizzazione in relazione allo stesso gruppo combined units R V + R V or MR V; R V + R IV or MR IV: input and
riduttore; output shafts can be either parallel or orthogonal, overall dimensions
gruppi R V + R V o MR V; R V + R IV o MR IV: gli assi entrata e uscita are kept to a minimum, especially within the plane perpendicular to the
possono essere paralleli o ortogonali, l’ingombro è contenuto soprat- low speed shafts; these units are normally irreversible; the latter two
tutto nella direzione perpendicolare all’asse lento; sono normalmente types give higher transmission ratios than the former two types as well
irreversibili; gli ultimi due tipi di gruppi consentono rapporti di trasmis- as higher efficiency, with the same transmission ratio;
sione superiori e, a pari rapporto di trasmissione, hanno un rendimen- combined units MR V + R 2I, 3I or MR 2I, 3I: input and output shafts
to superiore ai primi due; are orthogonal, overall dimensions kept at minimum along the dire-
gruppi MR V + R 2I, 3I o MR 2I, 3I: gli assi entrata e uscita sono ction of the low speed shaft; high efficiency;
ortogonali, l’ingombro è molto limitato nella direzione dell’asse lento; i combined units MR IV + R 2I, 3I or MR 2I, 3I: the same as above
rendimenti sono elevati; but with the possibility of higher transmission ratios, and with overall
gruppi MR IV + R 2I, 3I o MR 2I, 3I: come sopra, ma consentono dimensions of the initial gear reducer or gearmotor contained within
rapporti di trasmissione superiori, l’ingombro del riduttore o motori- those planes defined by the mounting feet.
duttore iniziale rimane compreso entro i piani individuati dai piedi di
fissaggio.
15
Quando, per motivi di normalizzazione del motore, la potenza When for reasons of motor standardization, power P1 available in
disponibile a catalogo P1 è molto maggiore di P2 richiesta, il moto- catalogue is much greater than the power P2 required, the gearmotor can
riduttore può essere scelto in base a un fattore di servizio minore P required
P2 richiesta be selected on the basis of a lower service factor (fs · 2 )
P1 available
(fs · ) solamente se è certo che la maggior potenza
P1 disponibile provided it is certain that this excess power available will never
disponibile non sarà mai richiesta e la frequenza di avviamento z è be required and frequency of starting z is low enough not to affect
talmente bassa da non influire sul fattore di servizio (cap. 4). service factor (ch. 4).
I calcoli possono essere effettuati in base ai momenti torcenti, anziché Calculations can also be made on the basis of torque instead of
alle potenze; anzi, per bassi valori di n2 è preferibile. power; this method is even preferable for low n2 values.
– Verificare l’eventuale carico radiale Fr2 secondo le istruzioni e i valori – Verify possible radial load Fr2 referring to directions and values
del cap. 14. given in ch. 14.
– Verificare, per il motore, la frequenza di avviamento z quando è – For the motor, verify frequency of starting z when higher than that
superiore a quella normalmente ammessa, secondo le istruzioni e i normally permissible, referring to directions and values given in ch.
valori del cap. 2b; normalmente questa verifica è richiesta solo per 2b; this will normally be required for brake motors only.
motori autofrenanti. – When a load chart is available, and/or there are overloads – due
– Quando si dispone del diagramma di carico e/o si hanno sovrac- to starting on full load (especially with high inertias and low tran-
carichi – dovuti ad avviamenti a pieno carico (specialmente per smission ratios), braking, shocks, gear reducers in which the low
elevate inerzie e bassi rapporti di trasmissione), frenature, urti, speed shaft becomes driving member due to driven machine
casi di riduttori in cui l’asse lento diventa motore per effetto delle inertia, or other static or dynamic causes – verify that the maxi-
inerzie della macchina azionata, altre cause statiche o dinamiche mum torque peak (ch. 15) is always less than 2 · MN2 (MN2 = M2
– verificare che il massimo picco di momento torcente (cap. 15) · fs, see ch. 8 and 9); if it is higher or cannot be evaluated in the
sia sempre inferiore a 2 · MN2 (MN2 = M2 · fs, ved. capp. 8 e 9), se above instances, install suitable safety devices so that 2 · MN2 will
superiore o non valutabile installare – nei suddetti casi – dispositivi never be exceeded.
di sicurezza in modo da non superare mai 2 · MN2.
Designazione per lordinazione Designation for ordering

Per l’ordinazione è necessario completare la designazione del When ordering give the complete designation of the gearmotor as
motoriduttore come indicato nel cap. 3. Pertanto occorre precisare: shown in ch. 3. The following information is to be given: design and
esecuzione e forma costruttiva (solamente se diversa da B3 o B5) del mounting position of gearmotor (only if different from B3 or B5) (ch.
motoriduttore (cap. 10); tensione e forma costruttiva (B5 o B5A o B5R) 10), voltage and mounting position of motor (B5 or B5A or B5R), and
del motore; eventuali esecuzioni speciali (cap. 17). non-standard designs, if any (ch. 17).
Es.: MR 3I 50 UC2A - 80A 4 230.400 B5/67,4 forma costruttiva E.g.: MR 3I 50 UC2A - 80A 4 230.400 B5/67,4 mounting position
B8 B8
MR 3I 50 UC2A - F0 80A 4 230.400 B5/67,4 MR 3I 50 UC2A - F0 80A 4 230.400 B5/67,4
MR 3I 140 UC2A - 160L 4 400 B5/68,6 2a estremità d’albero MR 3I 140 UC2A - 160L 4 400 B5/68,6 2nd motor shaft end
motore
Quando il motore è fornito dall’Acquirente, omettere la tensione e Where motor is supplied by the Buyer, do not specify voltage, and
completare la designazione con l’indicazione: motore di ns. fornitu- complete the designation with the words: motor supplied by us.
ra. E.g.: MR 3I 140 UC2A - 160L 4 ... B5/68,6 motor supplied by us.
Es.: MR 3I 140 UC2A - 160L 4 ... B5/68,6 motore di ns. fornitura The motor supplied by the Buyer must be to UNEL standards with
Il motore, fornito dall’Acquirente, deve essere unificato UNEL con mating surfaces machined under accuracy rating (UNEL 13501-69)
accoppiamenti lavorati in classe precisa (UNEL 13501-69) e spedito and is to be sent carriage and expenses paid to our factory for
franco ns. stabilimento per l’accoppiamento al riduttore. fitting to the gear reducer.
c - Gruppi riduttori e motoriduttori c - Combined gear reducer and gearmotor

units
I gruppi si ottengono accoppiando normali riduttori e/o motoriduttori Combined units are obtained by coupling together normal single gear
singoli per ottenere basse velocità d’uscita. reducers and/or gearmotors so as to produce low output speeds.
Determinazione grandezza riduttore finale e Determining the final gear reducer size and the
gruppo combined unit
– Disporre dei dati necessari relativi all’uscita del riduttore finale: – Make available all necessary data relating to the output of the final
momento torcente M2 richiesto, velocità angolare n2, condizioni di gear reducer: required torque M2, speed n2, running conditions
funzionamento (natura del carico, durata, frequenza d’avviamento (nature of load, running time, frequency of starting z, other consi-
z, altre considerazioni) riferendosi al cap. 4. derations) with reference to ch. 4.
– Determinare il fattore di servizio fs in base alle condizioni di funzio- – Determine service factor fs on the basis of running conditions
namento (cap. 4). (ch. 4).
– Scegliere (cap. 11), in base a un momento torcente MN2 maggiore – Select the final gear reducer size and basic reference, and the
o uguale a M2 · fs, la grandezza e la sigla base del riduttore finale initial gear reducer or gearmotor size (ch. 11) on the basis of a
e la grandezza riduttore o motoriduttore iniziale. torque value MN2 greater than or equal to M2 · fs.
Scelta riduttore o motoriduttore iniziale Selection of initial gear reducer or gearmotor

– Calcolare la velocità angolare n2 e la potenza P2 richieste all’uscita – Calculate the speed n2 and the required power P2 at the initial
del riduttore o motoriduttore iniziale mediante le formule: gearmotor output using the following formulae:
n2 iniziale = n2 finale · i finale n2 initial = n2 final · i final
M2 finale · n2 finale M2 final · n2 final

P2 iniziale = [kW] P2 initial = [kW]
955 · finale 955 · final
– Disporre, nel caso di riduttore, della velocità angolare n1 all’entrata – In the case of gear reducer, make available input speed n1 at the
del riduttore iniziale. input of the initial gear reducer.
– Scegliere il riduttore o motoriduttore iniziale come indicato nel cap. – Make the selection of initial gear reducer or gearmotor as shown
5, paragrafo a) o b), tenendo presente che la grandezza è già stata in ch. 5 paragraph a) or b) bearing in mind that sizes are pre-esta-
determinata (ed è immutabile per motivi di accoppiamento) e che blished (and cannot be changed on account of couplings being
non è necessario verificare il fattore di servizio. standard) and that it is not necessary to verify service factor.
16
Considerazioni per la scelta Considerations on selection
Potenza motore Motor power
La potenza del motore, considerato il rendimento del riduttore e di Taking into account the efficiency of the gear reducer, and other
eventuali altre trasmissioni, deve essere il più possibile uguale alla drives – if any – motor power is to be as near as possible to the
potenza richiesta dalla macchina azionata e, pertanto, va determi- power rating required by the driven machine: accurate calculation
nata il più esattamente possibile. is therefore recommended.
La potenza richiesta dalla macchina può essere calcolata, tenendo The power required by the machine can be calculated, seeing
presente che si compone di diversi contributi dovuti al lavoro da that it is related directly to several requirements of the work to be
compiere, agli attriti (radenti di primo distacco, radenti o volventi) carried out, to friction (starting, sliding or rolling friction) and inertia
e all’inerzia (specialmente quando la massa e/o l’accelerazione o (particularly when mass and/or acceleration or deceleration are
la decelerazione sono notevoli); oppure determinata sperimental- considerable). It can also be determined experimentally on the
mente in base a prove, confronti con applicazioni esistenti, rilievi basis of tests, comparison with existing applications, or readings
amperometrici o wattmetrici. taken with amperometers or wattmeters.
Un sovradimensionamento del motore comporta una maggiore An oversized motor would involve: a greater starting current and
corrente di spunto e quindi valvole fusibili e sezione conduttori mag- consequently larger fuses and heavier cable; a higher running cost
giori; un costo di esercizio maggiore in quanto peggiora il fattore di as power factor (cos W) and efficiency would suffer; greater stress
potenza (cos W) e anche il rendimento; una maggiore sollecitazione on the drive, causing danger of mechanical failure, drive being
della trasmissione, con pericoli di rottura, in quanto normalmente normally proportionate to the power rating required by the machine,
questa è proporzionata in base alla potenza richiesta dalla macchi- not to motor power.
na e non a quella del motore. Only high values of ambient temperature, altitude, frequency of
Eventuali aumenti della potenza del motore sono necessari sola- starting or other particular conditions require an increase in motor
mente in funzione di elevati valori di temperatura ambiente, altitudi- power.
ne, frequenza di avviamento o di altre condizioni particolari.
Azionamento di macchine con elevata energia cinetica Driving machines with high kinetic energy
In presenza di macchine con inerzie e/o velocità elevate evitare di When driving machines with high inertias and/or speeds, avoid the
utilizzare riduttori o motoriduttori irreversibili scegliendo, a pari rap- use of irreversible gear reducers or gearmotors, rather select a train
porto di trasmissione, il rotismo con rendimento maggiore (esempio of gears with higher efficiency (e.g. IV, 2IV in place of V), keeping the
IV, 2IV anziché V) in quanto arresti e frenature possono causare same transmission ratio, as stopping and braking can cause very
sovraccarichi molto elevati (cap. 15). high overloads (cap. 15).
Azionamenti con velocità di entrata bassa (n1 355 min-1) Drives with low input speed (n1 355 min-1)
Scegliere quando è possibile i rapporti di trasmissione seguenti: i = Wherever possible select the following transmission i = 20 for sizes
20 per grandezze 32 ... 50, i = 25 per grandezze 63 ... 100, i = 32 per 32 ... 50, i = 25 for sizes 63 ... 100, i = 32 for sizes 125 ... 200, i = 40
grandezze 125 ... 200, i = 40 per grandezza 250, in quanto sono quelli for size 250, these being the ratios capable of transmitting highest
che possono trasmettere i momenti torcenti più elevati (per le presta- torque (for performance figures see table A ch. 11; for sizes 32 and
zioni ved. tabella A del cap. 11; per grand. 32 e 40 interpellarci). 40, consult us).
Velocità entrata Input speed

Per n1 maggiore di 1 400 min-1, la potenza e il For n1 higher than 1 400 min-1, power and torque
momento torcente relativi a un determinato rap- ratings relating to a given transmission ratio vary
porto di trasmissione variano secondo la tabella n1 PN2 MN2 as shown in the table alongside. In this case no
a fianco. In questo caso evitare carichi sull’estre- min-1 loads should be imposed on the high speed shaft
mità d’albero veloce. 2 800 1,4 0,71 end.
Per n1 variabile, fare la scelta in base a n1 max, veri- 2 240 1,25 0,8 For variable n1, the selection should be carried out
ficandola però anche a n1 min. 1 800 1,12 0,9 on the basis of n1 max; but it should also be verified
Quando tra motore e riduttore c’è una trasmissio- 1 400 1 1 on the basis of n1 min.
ne a cinghia, è bene – nella scelta – esaminare When there is a belt drive between motor and
diverse velocità entrata n1 (il catalogo facilita que- gear reducer, different input speeds n1, should be
sto modo di scegliere in quanto offre in un unico examined in order to select the most suitable unit
riquadro diverse velocità entrata n1, per una deter- from engineering and economy standpoints alike
minata velocità uscita nN2) per trovare la soluzione (our catalogue favours this method of selection
tecnicamente ed economicamente migliore. as it shows a number of input speed values n1
Tenere sempre presente – salvo diverse esigenze relating to a determined output speed nN2 in the
– di non entrare mai a velocità superiore a 1 400 same section).
min-1, anzi sfruttare la trasmissione ed entrare pre- Input speed should not be higher than 1 400
feribilmente a una velocità inferiore a 900 min-1. min-1, unless conditions make it necessary; better
to take advantage of the transmission, and use an
input speed lower than 900 min-1.
Funzionamento a 60 Hz Operation on 60 Hz supply

Quando il motore è alimentato alla frequenza di 60 Hz (cap. 2 b), le When motor is fed with 60 Hz frequency (ch. 2 b), the gearmotor
caratteristiche del motoriduttore variano come segue. specifications vary as follows.
– La velocità angolare n2 aumenta del 20%. – Speed n2 increases by 20%.
– La potenza P1 può rimanere costante o aumentare (cap. 2 b). – Power P1 may either remain constant or increase (ch. 2 b).
– Il momento torcente M2 e il fattore di servizio fs variano come segue: – Torque M2 and service factor fs vary as follows:
P1 a 60 Hz P1 at 60 Hz
M2 a 60 Hz = M2 a 50 Hz · M2 at 60 Hz = M2 at 50 Hz ·
1,2 · P1 a 50 Hz 1,2 · P1 at 50 Hz
1,12 · P1 a 50 Hz 1,12 · P1 at 50 Hz
fs a 60 Hz = fs a 50 Hz · fs at 60 Hz = fs at 50 Hz ·
P1 a 60 Hz P1 at 60 Hz
17
7 - Potenze e momenti torcenti nominali (riduttori)
7 - Nominal powers and torques (gear reducers)
Rotismo Grandezza riduttore - Gear reducer size

Train of P
gears [kW]
nN2 n1 i M
min-1
[daN m]
1) 2)
32 40 50 63 64 80 81 100 125 126 160 161 200 250
PN1 0,57 1,01 1,79 1,4 3,02 2,3 3,59 2,3 5,5 3,6 6,6 3,6 10,6 16,7 19,8 15 29,9 23 35,6 23
140 1 400 V 10 PN2 0,48 0,87 1,55 2,68 3,19 4,96 5,9 9,5 15,1 18 27,3 32,5 — —
MN2 3,29 5,9 10,6 18,3 21,7 33,9 40,3 65 103 123 186 222
M2max 5,9 10,5 19,4 33,2 36,1 63 68 120 188 204 342 394
PN1 0,53 0,94 1,66 1,3 2,82 2,2 3,36 2,2 5,2 3,4 6,2 3,4 9,9 15,7 18,7 14 28,1 22 33,5 22
125 1 250 V 10 PN2 0,44 0,82 1,44 2,5 2,97 4,65 5,5 8,9 14,2 16,9 25,6 30,5 — —
MN2 3,4 6,1 11 19,1 22,7 35,6 42,3 68 109 129 196 233
M2max 6,2 11,2 19,9 35,1 38,1 65 70 124 195 212 357 410
PN1 0,47 0,82 1,49 2,44 2,1 2,9 2,1 4,55 3,1 5,4 3,1 9 14,4 17,2 14 26,6 22 31,6 22 47,9 33
112 1 400 V 13 PN2 0,39 0,69 1,27 2,12 2,52 3,99 4,75 8 13 15,4 24 28,6 43,6 —
MN2 3,47 6,1 11,3 18,8 22,3 35,4 42,1 71 115 137 213 254 386
M2max 6,2 11,3 20,6 35,1 38,1 66 71 128 203 220 380 413 716
PN1 0,49 0,88 1,55 1,3 2,64 2,1 3,14 2,1 4,91 3,3 5,8 3,3 9,3 14,9 17,7 13 26,5 20 31,5 20
1 120 V 10 PN2 0,41 0,75 1,34 2,33 2,77 4,37 5,2 8,4 13,4 16 24 28,6 — —
MN2 3,51 6,4 11,4 19,9 23,6 37,3 44,3 71 115 136 205 244
M2max 6,4 11,5 20,5 37 40,2 67 73 128 203 220 371 427
PN1 0,43 0,76 1,39 2,28 1,9 2,72 1,9 4,25 2,9 5,1 2,9 8,5 13,6 16,1 13 25 20 29,8 20 45,4 31
100 1 250 V 13 PN2 0,36 0,64 1,18 1,97 2,35 3,71 4,41 7,5 12,1 14,4 22,6 26,9 41,2 —
MN2 3,58 6,4 11,8 19,6 23,3 36,8 43,8 74 121 143 225 267 409
M2max 6,4 11,6 21,1 36,9 40,1 69 75 135 219 238 412 448 748
PN1 0,45 0,82 1,44 1,2 2,46 2,1 2,92 2,1 4,57 3,1 5,4 3,1 8,7 14 16,7 12 24,7 19 29,4 19
1 000 V 10 PN2 0,38 0,69 1,23 2,16 2,57 4,05 4,82 7,8 12,6 15 22,4 26,7 — —
MN2 3,62 6,6 11,8 20,6 24,5 38,7 46,1 74 120 143 214 255
M2max 6,6 11,8 21 38,2 41,5 70 77 134 214 233 393 452
PN1 0,41 0,73 1,3 2,14 1,8 2,55 1,8 4,03 2,8 4,79 2,8 7,5 12 14,3 12 22,5 19 26,8 19 41,3 31 74 49
90 1 400 V 16 PN2 0,34 0,61 1,1 1,83 2,18 3,49 4,15 6,6 10,6 12,6 20,1 23,9 37,3 67
MN2 3,67 6,6 12 20 23,8 38,1 45,3 72 116 138 219 261 407 732
M2max 6,1 11,1 20,2 35,9 39 68 73 127 206 224 403 437 705 1273
PN1 0,41 0,71 1,3 2,14 1,8 2,55 1,8 3,97 2,8 4,73 2,8 8 12,8 15,2 12 23,6 19 28,1 19 43,1 29
1 120 V 13 PN2 0,33 0,61 1,1 1,84 2,19 3,45 4,11 7 11,4 13,5 21,3 25,3 39 —
MN2 3,7 6,6 12,2 20,4 24,3 38,3 45,5 78 126 150 236 281 433
M2max 6,6 11,9 21,7 38,5 41,8 72 79 141 227 246 427 464 781
PN1 0,42 0,77 1,35 2,3 1,9 2,74 1,9 4,28 3,1 5,1 3,1 8,2 13,2 15,8 11 23,3 17 27,7 17
900 V 10 PN2 0,35 0,65 1,15 2,01 2,39 3,78 4,5 7,3 11,9 14,2 21 25 — —
MN2 3,73 6,9 12,2 21,3 25,4 40,1 47,7 78 126 150 223 265
M2max 6,7 12,1 21,5 39,4 42,7 74 80 140 225 245 407 468
PN1 0,38 0,68 1,22 2 2,38 1,7 3,78 2,7 4,5 2,7 7,1 11,3 13,4 11 21,2 17 25,2 17 38,8 29 69 45
80 1 250 V 16 PN2 0,31 0,56 1,02 1,7 2,03 3,26 3,88 6,2 9,9 11,8 18,8 22,4 35 63
MN2 3,81 6,9 12,5 20,8 24,8 39,8 47,4 75 121 144 230 274 428 770
M2max 6,4 11,5 20,7 37 40,2 70 76 136 213 232 418 454 736 1329
PN1 0,37 0,66 1,21 2 1,7 2,38 1,7 3,71 2,6 4,42 2,6 7,4 12 14,3 11 22,1 17 26,4 17 40,7 27
1 000 V 13 PN2 0,31 0,55 1,02 1,71 2,03 3,21 3,82 6,5 10,7 12,7 19,9 23,7 36,7 —
MN2 3,82 6,8 12,6 21,2 25,2 39,9 47,4 81 133 158 247 294 456
M2max 6,8 12,3 22,2 39,6 43 74 80 145 234 254 442 481 814
PN1 0,39 0,71 1,25 2,12 2,52 1,8 3,96 2,8 4,71 2,8 7,6 12,4 10 14,7 10 21,7 16 25,8 16
800 V 10 PN2 0,32 0,59 1,06 1,85 2,2 3,48 4,14 6,8 11,1 13,2 19,5 23,3 — —
MN2 3,85 7,1 12,6 22 26,2 41,5 49,4 81 132 157 233 278
M2max 7,1 12,7 22,8 40,4 43,9 76 83 143 233 253 429 493
PN1 0,38 0,67 1,18 0,9 1,7 2,03 1,7 3,14 2,6 3,73 2,6 6,2 10,1 12,1 18,6 22,1 17 36,2 27 62 41
71 1 400 V 20 PN2 0,29 0,52 0,94 1,44 1,71 2,68 3,19 5,3 8,9 10,6 16,4 19,5 32,2 56
MN2 4,01 7,1 12,8 19,6 23,3 36,6 43,5 73 121 144 224 266 439 759
M2max 6,8 12,2 22,3 34,6 37,5 65 71 126 209 227 401 436 744 1308
PN1 0,36 0,64 1,15 1,87 2,23 1,6 3,55 2,5 4,23 2,5 6,6 10,6 12,6 10 20 16 23,8 16 36,6 27 65 42
1 120 V 16 PN2 0,29 0,52 0,96 1,59 1,89 3,05 3,63 5,8 9,3 11,1 17,7 21,1 33 59
MN2 3,95 7,1 13,1 21,6 25,7 41,6 49,5 79 127 151 242 288 450 808
M2max 6,6 12 21,2 38,1 41,4 72 78 139 220 239 432 470 767 1384
PN1 0,35 0,62 1,13 1,87 2,23 1,6 3,49 2,5 4,15 2,5 7 11,4 13,5 10 20,8 16 24,8 16 38,6 25
900 V 13 PN2 0,29 0,51 0,94 1,59 1,89 3 3,57 6,1 10,1 12 18,7 22,2 34,7 —
MN2 3,93 7 13 22 26,1 41,4 49,3 84 139 165 257 306 479
M2max 6,9 12,5 22,7 39,7 43,2 75 81 149 242 263 457 497 847
PN1 0,36 0,65 1,16 1,95 2,33 1,8 3,65 2,7 4,35 2,7 7,1 11,5 9,6 13,7 9,6 20,2 15 24 15
710 V 10 PN2 0,3 0,54 0,97 1,69 2,01 3,2 3,81 6,3 10,3 12,2 18,2 21,6 — —
MN2 3,98 7,3 13,1 22,8 27,1 43 51 84 138 165 244 291
M2max 7,2 13 23,3 41,3 44,9 78 85 147 240 260 442 509
I valori in rosso indicano la potenza termica nominale PtN (temperatura ambiente 40 °C, Values in red state nominal thermal power PtN (ambient temperature 40 °C, continuous
servizio continuo, ved. cap. 4). duty see ch. 4).
Per n1 maggiori di 1 400 min-1 oppure minori di 355 min-1 ved. cap. 6 e pag. 28. For n1 higher than 1 400 min-1 or lower than 355 min-1 see ch. 6 and page 28.
1) Per il rotismo IV il valore indicato è nominale. Per i rapporti effettivi ved. pag. 28. 1) Values given for train of gears IV are nominal; see page 28 for effective transmission ratios.
2) M2max è il massimo picco di momento torcente che il riduttore può sopportare. 2) M2max represents maximum torque peak the gear reducer will withstand.
18

Train of P
gears [kW]
nN2 n1 i M
min-1
[daN m]
1) 2)
32 40 50 63 64 80 81 100 125 126 160 161 200 250
PN1 0,35 0,63 1,1 0,9 1,59 1,89 1,6 2,93 2,4 3,49 2,4 5,8 9,6 11,4 17,4 20,8 16 34,2 25 59 38
63 1 250 V 20 PN2 0,27 0,49 0,87 1,33 1,58 2,49 2,96 4,98 8,3 9,9 15,3 18,2 30,3 52
MN2 4,15 7,4 13,4 20,3 24,2 38 45,3 76 127 151 234 279 463 798
M2max 6,9 12,7 22,8 36,7 39,9 69 75 129 224 243 415 451 790 1366
PN1 0,33 0,59 1,07 1,75 2,08 1,6 3,31 2,4 3,93 2,4 6,2 10 11,8 9,6 18,7 15 22,3 15 34,5 25 61 39
1 000 V 16 PN2 0,27 0,48 0,89 1,47 1,75 2,82 3,36 5,4 28,7 10,3 16,5 19,7 30,9 56
MN2 4,08 7,3 13,6 22,4 26,7 43,2 51 82 133 158 253 301 473 849
M2max 6,8 12,2 22,3 39,2 42,6 74 80 145 228 247 463 503 843 1441
PN1 0,32 0,57 1,04 1,74 2,07 1,5 3,24 2,4 3,86 2,4 6,5 10,6 12,6 9,4 19,5 15 23,2 15 36,1 23
800 V 13 PN2 0,26 0,47 0,86 1,47 1,75 2,78 3,3 5,6 29,3 11,1 17,4 20,7 32,4 —
MN2 4,07 7,3 13,4 22,8 27,1 43,1 51 87 145 172 270 321 503
M2max 7,2 12,9 23,9 42 45,6 79 86 152 257 280 477 518 907
PN1 0,33 0,6 1,06 1,8 2,14 1,7 3,37 2,6 4,01 2,6 6,5 10,7 9,1 12,7 9,1 18,8 14 22,3 14
630 V 10 PN2 0,27 0,5 0,89 1,55 1,85 2,94 3,5 5,8 29,5 11,3 16,8 20 — —
MN2 4,09 7,5 13,5 23,5 28 44,5 53 87 144 171 255 303
M2max 7,5 13,6 23,7 43,5 47,2 80 87 150 247 268 463 533
PN1 0,36 0,55 0,99 1,61 1,3 1,92 1,3 3,04 2,1 3,61 2,1 5,9 8,4 9,9 15,3 18,2 28,4 51 39
56 1 400 V 25 PN2 0,23 0,42 0,77 1,29 1,53 2,47 2,94 4,89 7,2 8,6 13,3 15,9 25 45,7
MN2 3,89 7,2 13,2 21,9 26,1 42,2 50 83 123 146 227 270 426 779
M2max 6,6 12,3 22,4 38,5 41,9 73 80 148 217 235 397 432 745 1341
PN1 0,33 0,59 1,04 0,8 1,48 1,76 2,74 3,26 2,3 5,4 9 10,7 16,4 19,5 15 32,4 23 55 36
1 120 V 20 PN2 0,25 0,45 0,81 1,23 1,47 2,32 2,76 4,65 7,8 9,3 14,3 17,1 28,6 49,2
MN2 4,28 7,7 13,9 21 25 39,5 47 79 133 158 245 291 488 838
M2max 7,1 13,2 23,3 37,8 41 71 77 132 231 251 429 466 836 1424
PN1 0,31 0,55 1 1,64 1,95 1,5 3,1 2,3 3,68 2,3 5,8 9,4 11,2 8,9 17,6 14 21 14 32,6 23 58 37
900 V 16 PN2 0,25 0,45 0,83 1,37 1,63 2,63 3,13 5 8,2 9,7 15,5 18,4 29,2 52
MN2 4,21 7,6 14 23,2 27,6 44,6 53 85 139 165 263 313 495 889
M2max 7,1 12,8 22,8 40,3 43,8 76 83 146 235 255 477 518 855 1498
PN1 0,3 0,53 0,95 1,61 1,92 1,5 3,01 2,3 3,58 2,3 6 9,8 11,7 8,7 18,2 14 21,7 14 33,7 21
710 V 13 PN2 0,24 0,43 0,79 1,36 1,61 2,56 3,05 5,2 8,6 10,3 16,2 19,3 30,2 —
MN2 4,22 7,5 13,8 23,7 28,2 44,8 53 91 151 180 283 337 528
M2max 7,3 13,3 24,3 42,9 46,6 82 89 156 265 287 494 528 929
PN1 0,3 0,55 0,98 1,66 1,97 1,6 3,11 2,5 3,7 2,5 6 9,9 8,3 11,8 8,3 17,5 13 20,8 13
560 V 10 PN2 0,25 0,45 0,82 1,43 1,7 2,7 3,21 5,3 8,8 10,4 15,6 18,6 — —
MN2 4,21 7,7 13,9 24,3 29 46 55 90 149 178 266 316
M2max 7,7 13,9 24,9 44,3 48,2 82 89 153 253 275 476 548
PN1 0,28 0,52 0,92 1,51 1,2 1,79 1,2 2,85 1,9 3,39 1,9 5,5 7,8 9,3 14,2 17 26,9 48,4 37
50 1 250 V 25 PN2 0,21 0,39 0,71 1,19 1,42 2,3 2,74 4,55 6,7 8 12,4 14,8 23,7 43
MN2 4,03 7,5 13,6 22,8 27,1 44 52 87 128 152 237 282 452 821
M2max 6,9 12,5 22,9 40,9 44,5 76 82 153 223 243 410 446 783 1395
PN1 0,31 0,54 0,97 0,8 1,38 1,64 2,55 3,04 2,2 5,1 8,4 10 15,3 18,3 14 30,5 21 52 33
1 000 V 20 PN2 0,23 0,42 0,75 1,14 1,36 2,15 2,55 4,33 7,3 8,6 13,4 15,9 26,8 46,3
MN2 4,43 7,9 14,4 21,8 25,9 41 48,8 83 139 165 255 304 512 884
M2max 7,4 13,6 24,5 38,8 42,1 73 80 140 238 258 458 498 869 1509
PN1 0,29 0,51 0,93 1,51 1,8 1,4 2,86 2,2 3,41 2,2 5,4 8,8 10,4 8,2 16,4 13 19,6 13 30,3 21 54 34
800 V 16 PN2 0,23 0,41 0,76 1,26 1,5 2,42 2,88 4,66 7,6 9 14,4 17,1 27,1 48,8
MN2 4,35 7,8 14,5 24 28,6 46,2 55 89 145 172 275 327 517 932
M2max 7,3 13,2 23 42,3 46 81 88 152 245 266 491 534 876 1608
PN1 0,27 0,49 0,87 1,49 1,78 1,4 2,78 2,2 3,31 2,2 5,6 9,1 10,8 8 17 13 20,2 13 31,5 20
630 V 13 PN2 0,22 0,39 0,72 1,25 1,48 2,36 2,81 4,79 8 9,5 15 17,9 28,2 —
MN2 4,34 7,8 14,2 24,6 29,2 46,5 55 94 157 187 296 352 555
M2max 7,6 13,9 25,2 45 48,9 85 92 161 272 295 513 575 951
PN1 0,28 0,5 0,9 1,53 1,82 1,5 2,86 2,3 3,41 2,3 5,6 9,1 7,7 10,9 7,7 16,3 12 19,4 12
500 V 10 PN2 0,23 0,41 0,75 1,31 1,56 2,48 2,95 4,88 8,1 9,6 14,5 17,2 — —
MN2 4,31 7,9 14,3 25 29,7 47,3 56 93 154 183 276 329
M2max 7,9 14,5 25,7 46,4 50 85 92 161 265 287 490 563
PN1 0,24 0,44 0,75 1,26 1,5 1,2 2,35 1,8 2,79 1,8 4,63 7,4 8,8 13,4 16 13 25 19 37,8
45 1 400 V 32 PN2 0,17 0,33 0,57 0,98 1,16 1,86 2,22 3,74 6,1 7,2 11,2 13,3 21,2 33,2
MN2 3,81 7,1 12,4 21,3 25,4 40,7 48,4 82 133 158 245 291 462 724
M2max 6,4 12 21,3 37,2 40,4 70 77 140 236 256 436 473 817 1287
PN1 0,26 0,48 0,86 1,41 1,2 1,68 1,2 2,68 1,8 3,19 1,8 5,2 7,3 8,6 13,4 15,9 25,6 22 45,8 34
1 120 V 25 PN2 0,2 0,36 0,66 1,11 1,32 2,15 2,56 4,24 6,2 7,4 11,6 13,8 22,4 40,5
MN2 4,17 7,7 14,1 23,7 28,2 45,8 54 90 132 157 247 294 478 863
M2max 7,1 12,8 23,4 42,1 45,7 78 84 156 230 250 423 460 819 1449
19

Train of P
gears [kW]
nN2 n1 i M
min-1
[daN m]
1) 2)
32 40 50 63 64 80 81 100 125 126 160 161 200 250
PN1 0,29 0,51 0,91 0,8 1,29 1,53 2,39 2,85 2,1 4,78 7,9 9,4 14,4 17,2 13 28,8 20 49,4 31
45 900 V 20 PN2 0,22 0,38 0,7 1,06 1,26 2 2,38 4,06 6,8 8,1 12,5 14,9 25,3 43,7
MN2 4,58 8,2 14,9 22,5 26,7 42,4 50 86 144 172 265 316 536 928
M2max 7,8 14,1 25 39,6 43 75 82 143 245 266 472 513 900 1595
PN1 0,26 0,47 0,86 1,4 1,66 1,3 2,65 2,1 3,15 2,1 5,1 8,2 9,7 7,5 15,3 12 18,2 12 28,2 20 51 31
710 V 16 PN2 0,21 0,37 0,7 1,15 1,37 2,22 2,64 4,32 7 8,4 13,3 15,9 25,1 45,4
MN2 4,5 8,1 15 24,8 29,6 47,8 57 93 151 180 287 342 539 977
M2max 7,5 13,6 24,3 43,1 46,9 83 90 157 256 278 505 549 897 1619
PN1 0,25 0,45 0,8 1,38 1,64 1,3 2,58 2,1 3,07 2,1 5,2 8,4 10 7,4 15,8 12 18,8 12 29,5 18
560 V 13 PN2 0,22 0,36 0,66 1,15 1,36 2,17 2,59 4,42 7,3 8,7 14 16,6 26,3 —
MN2 4,46 8 14,6 25,4 30,3 48,2 57 98 163 194 309 368 583
M2max 7,8 14,2 25,9 46,8 51 88 95 167 279 303 530 576 973
PN1 0,26 0,47 0,84 1,42 1,68 2,65 3,16 2,3 5,2 8,5 7,2 10,1 7,2 15,3 11 18,2 11
450 V 10 PN2 0,21 0,38 0,69 1,21 1,44 2,29 2,72 4,54 7,5 8,9 13,5 16,1 — —
MN2 4,42 8,1 14,7 25,7 30,5 48,5 58 96 158 188 287 342
M2max 8,1 14,7 26,5 47,2 51 87 95 164 275 299 510 587
PN1 0,23 0,41 0,71 1,17 1,39 1,1 2,19 1,7 2,61 1,7 4,33 7 8,3 12,6 15 11,1 23,6 18 35,7
40 1 250 V 32 PN2 0,16 0,3 0,53 0,9 1,07 1,73 2,06 3,48 5,7 6,8 10,5 12,4 19,9 31,2
MN2 3,93 7,3 13 22 26,2 42,2 50 85 139 165 256 304 487 763
M2max 6,6 12,4 22 39,4 42,8 74 80 143 243 264 450 489 850 1335
PN1 0,25 0,45 0,81 1,32 1,1 1,57 1,1 2,5 1,7 2,98 1,7 4,82 6,7 8 12,5 14,8 24,1 20 43 31
1 000 V 25 PN2 0,18 0,33 0,61 1,03 1,22 1,99 2,37 3,92 5,7 6,8 10,7 12,8 21 37,9
MN2 4,31 7,9 14,6 24,5 29,2 47,6 57 94 137 163 256 305 501 904
M2max 7,4 13,4 24,2 43,9 47,6 81 88 162 240 261 436 473 863 1530
PN1 0,27 0,47 0,84 1,19 1,41 2,21 2,63 2 4,45 7,4 8,8 13,4 16 12 26,8 18 46,1 29
800 V 20 PN2 0,2 0,35 0,65 0,97 1,15 1,83 2,18 3,75 6,3 7,5 11,6 13,8 23,4 40,7
MN2 4,7 8,4 15,4 23,1 27,5 43,8 52 90 150 178 277 330 559 972
M2max 7,9 14,3 25,9 41,4 45 78 85 146 255 277 485 527 927 1653
PN1 0,24 0,43 0,79 1,28 1,53 1,3 2,44 2 2,9 2 4,69 7,6 9 7 14,2 11 16,9 11 26,2 18 46,9 29
630 V 16 PN2 0,19 0,34 0,64 1,05 1,26 2,03 2,42 3,96 6,5 7,7 12,3 14,7 23,2 42
MN2 4,61 8,3 15,4 25,6 30,4 49,3 59 96 157 187 299 355 562 1018
M2max 7,5 13,7 25,1 45,1 49 85 93 160 266 289 527 572 931 1683
PN1 0,23 0,41 0,74 1,28 1,52 1,3 2,39 2 2,84 2 4,79 7,8 9,3 6,9 14,7 11 17,5 11 27,5 17
500 V 13 PN2 0,18 0,33 0,6 1,05 1,25 2 2,38 4,07 6,7 8 12,9 15,4 24,4 —
MN2 4,57 8,2 15 26,2 31,2 49,7 59 101 168 199 321 382 606
M2max 8,1 14,6 26,7 47,8 52 89 97 172 290 315 552 600 1023
PN1 0,24 0,43 0,77 1,32 1,54 2,44 2,89 2,2 4,8 7,8 9,3 6,7 14,2 10 16,9 10
400 V 10 PN2 0,19 0,35 0,63 1,12 1,31 2,09 2,48 4,16 6,8 8,1 12,5 14,9 — —
MN2 4,55 8,3 15,1 26,7 31,2 50 59 99 163 194 299 356
M2max 8,3 14,9 26,9 48,6 53 90 98 171 284 309 523 602
PN1 0,19 0,34 0,6 1 1,19 1,86 2,21 1,7 3,64 5,7 6,8 10,9 12,9 19,8 35 27
35,5 1 400 V 40 PN2 0,13 0,24 0,44 0,76 0,9 1,44 1,71 2,88 4,58 5,4 8,9 10,6 16,5 29,4
MN2 3,6 6,6 11,9 20,7 24,6 39,2 46,7 79 125 149 243 289 449 802
M2max 6,1 11,1 20,3 36,3 39,4 69 75 133 227 247 432 469 817 1445
PN1 0,21 0,38 0,67 1,1 1,3 1,1 2,06 1,6 2,45 1,6 4,07 6,6 7,8 11,8 14,1 11 22,4 17 33,8
1 120 V 32 PN2 0,15 0,28 0,49 0,83 0,99 1,61 1,91 3,24 5,3 6,3 9,8 11,6 18,8 29,4
MN2 4,05 7,5 13,5 22,8 27,1 43,8 52 88 145 173 267 318 512 802
M2max 6,9 12,8 22,8 40,4 43,9 77 83 146 254 276 464 504 881 1385
PN1 0,23 0,42 0,76 1,24 1,48 1,1 2,35 1,7 2,8 1,7 4,51 6,3 7,5 11,7 13,9 22,8 18 40,4 30
900 V 25 PN2 0,17 0,31 0,57 0,96 1,14 1,86 2,21 3,64 5,3 6,3 10 11,9 19,7 35,5
MN2 4,44 8,1 15,1 25,4 30,2 49,3 59 97 141 168 265 315 524 943
M2max 7,5 13,6 25 45,6 49,5 84 92 168 250 272 448 487 874 1612
PN1 0,24 0,44 0,78 1,09 1,29 2,04 2,43 1,9 4,14 6,8 8,1 12,5 14,9 11 24,9 17 43,1 26
710 V 20 PN2 0,18 0,32 0,59 0,88 1,05 1,68 2 3,47 5,8 6,9 10,7 12,8 21,7 37,8
MN2 4,82 8,7 16 23,8 28,3 45,2 54 93 155 185 289 344 583 1018
M2max 8 14,6 26,7 42,1 45,8 81 88 153 265 288 499 541 948 1712
PN1 0,22 0,39 0,72 1,18 1,41 2,25 1,9 2,68 1,9 4,34 7 8,4 6,4 13,2 10 15,7 10 24,3 17 43,6 27
560 V 16 PN2 0,17 0,31 0,58 0,97 1,15 1,87 2,22 3,65 6 7,1 11,4 13,5 21,4 38,9
MN2 4,73 8,5 15,8 26,3 31,3 51 61 100 164 195 311 370 585 1061
M2max 7,7 14,1 25,8 45,8 49,8 88 96 163 277 301 548 595 965 1719
PN1 0,21 0,38 0,69 1,19 1,41 2,22 2,65 1,9 4,46 7,2 8,6 6,4 13,8 10 16,4 10,1 25,9 16
450 V 13 PN2 0,17 0,31 0,56 0,98 1,16 1,86 2,21 3,78 6,3 7,4 12,1 14,4 22,8 —
MN2 4,68 8,4 15,4 27 32,1 51 61 104 173 205 334 397 630
M2max 8,2 15 27,4 48,6 53 91 99 178 300 325 574 624 1043
20

Train of P
gears [kW]
nN2 n1 i M
min-1
[daN m]
1) 2)
32 40 50 63 64 80 81 100 125 126 160 161 200 250
PN1 0,22 0,39 0,71 1,22 1,4 2,24 2,65 2,1 4,41 7,2 8,5 6,2 13,1 9,6 15,6 9,6
35,5 355 V 10 PN2 0,17 0,31 0,58 1,03 1,19 1,91 2,26 3,81 6,2 7,4 11,5 13,7 — —
MN2 4,69 8,4 15,6 27,7 31,9 51 61 102 168 200 311 370
M2max 8,4 15,1 27,3 49,9 54 93 101 174 293 318 542 623
PN1 0,18 0,32 0,56 0,94 1,11 1,74 2,07 1,6 3,39 5,4 6,4 10,2 12,1 18,7 32,8 25
31,5 1 250 V 40 PN2 0,12 0,22 0,4 0,7 0,83 1,33 1,59 2,67 4,26 5,1 8,3 9,9 15,4 27,5
MN2 3,71 6,8 12,3 21,4 25,5 40,7 48,5 82 130 155 253 302 471 840
M2max 6,4 11,6 21 38,3 41,6 71 77 136 234 254 445 484 846 1501
PN1 0,2 0,35 0,62 1,02 1,22 1 1,91 1,6 2,28 1,6 3,79 6,1 7,3 11,1 13,2 9,8 21 15 31,6
1 000 V 32 PN2 0,14 0,25 0,45 0,77 0,92 1,48 1,76 2,99 4,95 5,9 9,1 10,8 17,6 27,4
MN2 4,19 7,7 13,9 23,6 28 45,3 54 91 151 180 277 330 536 838
M2max 7,1 12,9 23,2 42 45,6 79 85 152 261 283 493 536 929 1458
PN1 0,21 0,38 0,7 1,15 1,37 1 2,17 1,6 2,59 1,6 4,17 5,8 6,9 10,7 12,8 21,2 17 37,9 27
800 V 25 PN2 0,15 0,28 0,52 0,88 1,04 1,7 2,02 3,34 4,88 5,8 19,2 10,9 18,3 33,1
MN2 4,58 8,3 15,4 26,2 31,2 51 60 100 146 173 273 325 546 988
M2max 7,8 14,2 25,8 46,6 51 86 94 169 257 279 467 508 908 1668
PN1 0,22 0,41 0,72 0,99 1,18 1,87 2,23 1,8 3,83 6,3 7,5 6,3 11,6 13,8 10 23,1 16 40,3 24
630 V 20 PN2 0,16 0,31 0,54 0,8 0,95 1,53 1,83 3,19 5,3 6,3 09,9 11,8 20 35,3
MN2 4,96 9 16,5 24,3 28,9 46,5 55 97 161 192 300 357 606 1069
M2max 8,3 15 27,5 43,9 47,7 83 90 156 272 295 519 564 983 1778
PN1 0,21 0,36 0,66 1,09 1,29 2,07 2,46 1,8 4,01 6,5 7,8 6 12,3 9,4 14,6 9,4 22,4 16 40,3 25
500 V 16 PN2 0,16 0,28 0,53 0,88 1,05 1,71 2,03 3,35 5,5 6,6 10,5 12,5 19,7 35,7
MN2 4,84 8,7 16,2 26,9 32,1 52 62 102 169 201 322 383 601 1092
M2max 7,9 14,3 26,5 47,2 51 91 99 171 284 308 561 610 984 1754
PN1 0,21 0,35 0,63 1,09 1,3 2,05 2,44 1,8 4,12 6,6 7,9 6 12,8 9,5 15,2 9,5 23,9 15
400 V 13 PN2 0,15 0,28 0,51 0,89 1,06 1,7 2,03 3,47 5,7 6,8 11,1 13,3 21 —
MN2 4,78 8,6 15,7 27,8 33 53 63 108 177 211 346 411 653
M2max 8,4 15 27,8 49,9 54 95 103 181 309 335 588 638 1063
PN1 0,21 0,34 0,63 1 1,2 1,91 2,28 1,7 3,72 6,2 7,4 5,6 11,5 8,7 13,7 8,7 20,8 15 37,4 23
28 1 400 IV 50 PN2 0,14 0,26 0,49 0,79 0,94 1,54 1,83 3,03 5,1 6,1 09,6 11,5 17,8 32,5
MN2 5,1 8,9 16,6 27,6 32,8 53 64 105 174 208 334 397 618 1125
M2max 8,5 14,5 27,2 48,4 53 93 101 173 289 314 575 624 1002 1788
PN1 0,14 0,26 0,47 0,77 0,92 1,44 1,72 2,69 4,49 5,3 08,3 09,9 16 28,1
1 400 V 50 PN2 0,11 0,18 0,32 0,56 0,67 1,08 1,29 2,07 3,52 4,19 06,7 07,9 13 23,3
MN2 3,24 6 11,1 19,2 22,9 36,9 43,9 71 120 143 227 270 445 795
M2max 5,2 10 19,6 34,7 37,7 65 71 123 212 231 409 445 786 1408
PN1 0,16 0,31 0,52 0,88 1,04 1,63 1,94 1,5 3,18 5,1 6 09,6 11,4 9,7 17,6 15 30,9 24
1 120 V 40 PN2 0,11 0,21 0,37 0,65 0,77 1,24 1,47 2,48 3,98 4,74 07,7 09,2 14,5 25,8
MN2 3,81 7 12,7 22,1 26,3 42,2 50 85 136 162 264 315 494 879
M2max 6,5 11,8 21,7 39,2 42,6 72 79 139 241 261 458 498 876 1557
PN1 0,18 0,33 0,58 0,96 1,14 1 1,79 1,5 2,13 1,5 3,55 5,8 6,9 5,8 10,4 12,4 9,1 19,8 14 29,8
900 V 32 PN2 0,13 0,23 0,42 0,72 0,85 1,37 1,64 2,78 4,63 5,5 08,5 10,1 16,5 25,7
MN2 4,32 7,9 14,3 24,3 29 46,7 56 94 157 187 287 342 560 874
M2max 7,3 13,6 23,6 43,6 47,3 81 88 157 268 291 507 551 977 1530
PN1 0,20 0,35 0,64 1,06 1,27 1 2,01 1,5 2,39 1,5 3,85 5,4 6,4 09,9 11,7 19,7 16 35,4 25
710 V 25 PN2 0,14 0,25 0,47 0,8 0,96 1,55 1,85 3,06 4,48 5,3 08,4 10 16,9 30,8
MN2 4,73 8,5 15,8 27 32,2 52 62 103 151 179 282 335 569 1036
M2max 8 14,4 26,5 47,4 51 88 96 175 263 286 486 528 941 1704
PN1 0,21 0,37 0,67 0,91 1,08 1,72 2,05 3,54 5,8 6,9 5,8 10,7 12,8 9,2 21,4 15 37,7 23
560 V 20 PN2 0,15 0,27 0,5 0,73 0,87 1,4 1,67 2,93 4,89 5,8 09,1 10,9 18,5 32,9
MN2 5,1 9,3 17,1 24,8 29,6 47,8 57 100 167 199 312 371 629 1121
M2max 8,5 15,6 28,2 44,6 48,5 86 93 158 279 303 539 586 1017 1842
PN1 0,19 0,34 0,62 1,01 1,2 1,92 2,28 1,7 3,73 6,1 7,3 5,6 11,5 8,7 13,7 8,7 20,8 15 37,4 23
450 V 16 PN2 0,15 0,26 0,49 0,81 0,97 1,57 1,87 3,1 5,1 6,1 09,8 11,7 18,2 33,1
MN2 4,96 8,9 16,6 27,6 32,8 53 64 105 174 208 334 397 618 1125
M2max 8 14,5 27,2 48,4 53 93 101 173 289 314 575 624 1002 1788
PN1 0,18 0,32 0,58 1,01 1,2 1,89 2,25 1,7 3,79 6,1 7,2 5,6 11,8 8,8 14 8,8 22,1 14
355 V 13 PN2 0,14 0,25 0,46 0,82 0,97 1,56 1,86 3,17 5,2 6,2 10,2 12,2 19,4 —
MN2 4,89 8,8 16,1 28,6 34 55 65 111 182 217 358 426 677
M2max 8,5 15,7 28,2 51 56 96 104 183 317 345 597 649 1081
PN1 0,19 0,31 0,58 0,92 1,09 1,75 2,09 1,7 3,42 5,7 6,8 5,2 10,7 8,1 12,7 8,1 19,1 14 34,6 22
25 1 250 IV 50 PN2 0,13 0,24 0,44 0,72 0,86 1,4 1,67 2,77 4,68 5,6 08,9 10,6 16,3 29,9
MN2 5,2 9,1 16,9 28,1 33,4 55 65 108 178 212 345 410 634 1161
M2max 8,7 14,9 27,6 49,1 53 95 103 178 298 323 588 638 1047 1872
21

Train of P
gears [kW]
nN2 n1 i M
min-1
[daN m]
1) 2)
32 40 50 63 64 80 81 100 125 126 160 161 200 250
PN1 0,13 0,24 0,43 0,72 0,85 1,34 1,6 2,5 4,17 4,96 07,8 09,3 15,2 26,6
25,5 1 250 V 50 PN2 0,09 0,16 0,3 0,52 0,61 1 1,18 1,91 3,25 3,86 06,2 07,4 12,3 22
MN2 3,29 6,1 11,4 19,7 23,5 38 45,3 73 124 148 237 282 469 840
M2max 5,2 10,1 19,8 35,5 38,6 67 73 127 225 244 428 465 840 1484
PN1 0,15 0,27 0,48 0,81 0,97 1,52 1,8 1,4 2,96 4,71 5,6 09 10,7 8,9 16,4 29 22
1 000 V 40 PN2 0,1 0,19 0,34 0,59 0,71 1,14 1,36 2,28 3,68 4,38 07,2 08,6 13,4 24,1
MN2 3,88 7,1 13 22,7 27 43,5 52 87 141 167 275 327 513 920
M2max 6,7 12,2 22,1 40,7 44,2 76 83 146 251 272 478 519 921 1610
PN1 0,17 0,30 0,54 0,89 1,05 1,66 1,98 1,4 3,3 5,4 6,4 5,3 09,7 11,5 8,4 18,6 13 27,5
800 V 32 PN2 0,12 0,21 0,39 0,65 0,78 1,26 1,5 2,56 4,27 5,1 07,8 09,3 15,3 23,6
MN2 4,46 8,1 14,7 25 29,7 48,2 57 98 163 194 299 356 584 901
M2max 7,5 13,6 24,6 44,3 48,1 85 92 162 279 303 520 565 1010 1562
PN1 0,18 0,320 0,59 0,98 1,17 0,9 1,85 1,4 2,2 1,4 3,56 4,93 5,9 09,1 10,8 18,1 14 32,7 23
630 V 25 PN2 0,13 0,23 0,43 0,73 0,87 1,42 1,69 2,8 4,09 4,87 07,7 09,1 15,5 28,4
MN2 4,84 8,8 16,3 27,8 33,1 54 64 106 155 185 291 346 588 1076
M2max 8,1 14,8 27,3 49,4 54 91 99 180 277 301 505 549 960 1739
PN1 0,19 0,34 0,62 0,83 0,99 1,58 1,88 3,26 5,4 6,4 5,4 10 11,9 8,5 19,8 13 35,2 21
500 V 20 PN2 0,14 0,25 0,46 0,66 0,79 1,28 1,52 2,69 4,47 5,3 28,4 10 17 30,5
MN2 5,2 9,5 17,5 25,3 30,1 48,8 58 103 171 203 322 383 650 1165
M2max 8,7 15,7 28,6 45,8 49,7 88 96 165 289 314 552 600 1051 1878
PN1 0,17 0,31 0,56 0,91 1,09 1,75 2,08 1,7 3,41 5,6 6,6 5,2 10,6 8,1 12,6 8,1 19 14 34,522
400 V 16 PN2 0,13 0,24 0,44 0,73 0,87 1,43 1,7 2,82 4,67 5,6 9 10,7 16,6 30,4
MN2 5,1 9,1 16,9 28,1 33,4 55 65 108 178 212 345 410 634 1161
M2max 8 14,9 27,6 49,1 53 95 103 178 298 323 588 638 1047 1872
PN1 0,16 0,33 0,59 0,76 0,91 1,45 1,73 3,02 5,1 6 5,1 9,3 11,1 8 18,5 13 33,1 20
22,4 1 400 IV 63 PN2 0,11 0,23 0,42 0,59 0,7 1,15 1,36 2,42 4,11 4,89 7,7 19,1 15,5 28
MN2 4,96 9,7 18 25,7 30,6 49,8 59 105 175 208 333 396 671 1211
M2max 8,2 15,8 29 46,8 51 90 98 168 297 323 565 614 1083 1913
PN1 0,18 0,34 0,58 0,69 1,1 1,31 2,11 3,44 4,1 6,2 7,4 11,9 21,2
1 400 V 63 PN2 — 0,12 0,23 0,4 0,48 0,79 0,94 1,57 2,61 3,11 4,84 5,8 9,5 17,2
MN2 4,96 9,7 17,2 20,5 33,9 40,3 67 112 134 208 248 406 739
M2max 7,5 14,9 29 32,5 59 67 117 201 219 386 419 739 1339
PN1 0,17 0,29 0,53 0,84 1 1,62 1,93 1,6 3,15 5,3 6,3 4,8 9,9 7,5 11,8 7,5 17,7 13 32,2 20
1 120 IV 50 PN2 0,12 0,22 0,41 0,66 0,78 1,29 1,53 2,54 4,29 5,1 8,2 9,8 15 27,7
MN2 5,3 9,2 17,3 28,6 34 56 66 110 183 217 356 424 651 1198
M2max 8,9 15,1 27,9 49,7 54 96 104 183 306 332 597 649 1064 1903
PN1 0,12 0,22 0,41 0,67 0,79 1,25 1,49 2,33 3,89 4,63 7,4 8,8 14,4 25,3
1 120 V 50 PN2 0,08 0,15 0,28 0,47 0,56 0,92 1,09 1,76 3 3,57 5,8 6,9 11,6 20,8
MN2 3,34 6,3 11,7 20,2 24,1 39,2 46,6 75 128 152 247 294 494 887
M2max 5,2 10,1 19,9 36,4 39,5 69 75 132 231 251 446 484 869 1560
PN1 0,14 0,25 0,45 0,76 0,9 1,42 1,69 1,4 2,76 4,41 5,3 8,4 10 8,3 15,5 13 27,4 20
900 V 40 PN2 0,09 0,17 0,31 0,55 0,65 1,05 1,26 2,12 3,42 4,07 6,7 8 12,5 22,6
MN2 3,95 7,3 13,2 23,3 27,7 44,8 53 90 145 173 284 339 532 960
M2max 6,8 12,5 22,4 41,9 45,5 78 85 148 253 275 498 540 966 1666
PN1 0,16 0,28 0,5 0,82 0,97 1,54 1,83 1,4 3,06 5 6 4,9 9 10,7 7,7 17,3 12 25,3
710 V 32 PN2 0,11 0,19 0,35 0,6 0,71 1,15 1,37 2,35 3,93 4,68 7,2 8,6 14,2 21,6
MN2 4,6 8,3 15,2 25,6 30,5 49,7 59 101 169 201 312 371 610 929
M2max 7,7 13,9 25 45 48,9 87 94 167 289 314 534 579 1031 1593
PN1 0,17 0,30 0,54 0,9 1,07 0,9 1,71 1,4 2,03 1,4 3,29 4,54 5,4 08,4 10 16,7 13 30,3 21
560 V 25 PN2 0,12 0,21 0,39 0,67 0,8 1,3 1,55 2,57 3,74 4,46 7 8,4 14,2 26,2
MN2 4,96 9 16,7 28,6 34 55 66 109 160 190 300 357 607 1117
M2max 8,2 15,2 28 50 54 94 102 186 283 307 524 569 978 1773
PN1 0,18 0,32 0,58 0,76 0,91 1,46 1,73 3,03 4,98 5,9 9,3 11,1 8 18,5 13 33,120
450 V 20 PN2 0,13 0,23 0,42 0,61 0,72 1,17 1,4 2,48 4,12 4,9 7,8 9,3 15,8 28,5
MN2 5,3 9,7 18 25,7 30,6 49,8 59 105 175 208 333 396 671 1211
M2max 8,9 15,8 29 46,8 51 90 98 168 297 323 565 614 1083 1913
PN1 0,16 0,28 0,51 0,83 0,99 1,6 1,9 1,6 3,12 5,1 6,1 4,8 9,8 7,5 11,7 7,5 17,4 13 31,7 20
355 V 16 PN2 0,12 0,21 0,4 0,66 0,79 1,3 1,54 2,56 4,25 5,1 8,3 9,8 15,1 27,8
MN2 5,2 9,2 17,3 28,6 34 56 66 110 183 217 356 424 651 1198
M2max 8,1 15,1 27,9 49,7 54 96 104 183 306 332 597 649 1064 1903
PN1 0,13 0,26 0,47 0,76 0,91 1,46 1,73 1,2 2,84 3,95 4,7 7,2 8,5 14,2 12 26 19
18 1 400 IV 80 PN2 0,09 0,17 0,33 0,55 0,65 1,07 1,27 2,13 3,15 3,75 5,8 6,9 11,7 21,8
MN2 4,89 9,3 17,4 29,7 35,3 58 69 116 168 200 315 375 634 1179
M2max 8 15,9 28,7 53 57 99 108 196 299 324 547 594 1039 1888
22

Train of P
gears [kW]
nN2 n1 i M
min-1
[daN m]
1) 2)
32 40 50 63 64 80 81 100 125 126 160 161 200 250
PN1 0,14 0,28 0,5 0,66 0,76 1,22 1,45 2,56 4,3 5,1 8 9,5 6,9 15,9 11 28,7 17
18,5 1 120 IV 63 PN2 0,09 0,19 0,35 0,5 0,58 0,95 1,13 2,03 3,45 4,1 6,5 7,7 13,2 24
MN2 5,2 10,2 18,9 27,3 31,6 52 61 110 183 218 352 419 713 1301
M2max 8,6 16,5 30,5 47,1 53 93 101 176 306 332 599 651 1118 2032
PN1 0,15 0,29 0,5 0,58 0,95 1,13 1,83 2,97 3,54 5,4 6,4 10,5 18,8
1 120 V 63 PN2 — 0,09 0,18 0,34 0,39 0,66 0,79 1,32 2,21 2,63 4,12 4,9 8,2 15
MN2 5 9,8 18,1 21,1 35,7 42,4 71 119 141 221 263 441 808
M2max 7,6 15 29,2 32,7 60 67 118 218 236 407 442 789 1431
PN1 0,15 0,24 0,44 0,71 0,84 1,37 1,63 2,69 4,45 5,3 4,3 8,5 6,7 10,1 6,7 15 11 27,3 18
900 IV 50 PN2 0,10 0,18 0,34 0,55 0,65 1,07 1,28 2,14 3,6 4,28 7 8,3 12,7 23,3
MN2 5,5 9,5 17,8 29,5 34,9 58 69 116 190 227 377 448 682 1256
M2max 9 15,9 29,6 53 58 103 111 196 328 357 643 699 1144 2054
PN1 0,10 0,19 0,35 0,57 0,68 1,09 1,3 2,02 3,38 4,03 6,4 7,7 12,9 22,8 19
900 V 50 PN2 0,06 0,12 0,23 0,4 0,47 0,78 0,93 1,49 2,56 3,05 5 5,9 10,2 18,5
MN2 3,41 6,6 12,3 21,1 25,1 41,4 49,3 79 136 162 265 315 543 980
M2max 5,2 10,2 20 38,6 42 74 80 136 242 263 469 509 915 1665
PN1 0,12 0,21 0,38 0,64 0,76 1,21 1,44 2,36 3,83 4,56 7,3 8,7 7 13,4 11 23,8 17
710 V 40 PN2 0,08 0,14 0,26 0,45 0,54 0,88 1,05 1,77 2,91 3,46 5,7 6,8 10,7 19,3
MN2 4,13 7,5 13,8 24,4 29,1 47,5 57 95 157 186 308 366 578 1040
M2max 6,8 13,1 23,7 43,2 46,9 83 90 158 273 296 522 567 1004 1830
PN1 0,13 0,23 0,42 0,68 0,81 1,31 1,56 1,2 2,62 4,29 5,1 4,2 7,8 6,6 9,2 6,6 14,8 10 21,3
560 V 32 PN2 0,09 0,16 0,29 0,49 0,58 0,96 1,15 1,97 3,31 3,94 6,1 7,3 12 18
MN2 4,89 8,7 16 26,7 31,7 53 63 108 181 215 335 399 653 983
M2max 8 14,7 26,3 47,5 52 92 100 173 302 329 574 624 1100 1680
PN1 0,14 0,25 0,46 0,77 0,91 1,46 1,74 1,2 2,84 3,89 4,62 7,2 8,5 14,2 12 26 19
450 V 25 PN2 0,10 0,17 0,33 0,56 0,67 1,09 1,3 2,18 3,16 3,76 5,9 7,1 12 22,2
MN2 5,2 9,3 17,4 29,7 35,3 58 69 116 168 200 315 375 634 1179
M2max 8,6 15,9 28,7 53 57 99 108 196 299 324 547 594 1039 1888
PN1 0,15 0,27 0,49 0,65 0,75 1,2 1,43 2,53 4,17 4,96 7,9 9,4 6,9 15,7 11 28,317
355 V 20 PN2 0,10 0,19 0,35 0,51 0,59 0,96 1,14 2,05 3,41 4,05 6,5 7,8 13,3 24,2
MN2 5,5 10,2 18,9 27,3 31,6 52 61 110 183 218 352 419 713 1301
M2max 9 16,5 30,5 47,1 53 93 101 176 306 332 599 651 1118 2032
PN1 0,10 0,20 0,36 0,58 0,69 1,11 1,32 2,26 3,77 4,48 3,6 6,7 5,7 8 5,7 12,8 9 18,2
14 1 400 IV 100 PN2 0,06 0,13 0,24 0,4 0,48 0,79 0,94 1,64 2,8 3,33 5,1 6,1 10 14,9
MN2 4,25 9,1 16,6 27,8 33 55 65 114 190 227 353 420 690 1030
M2max 6,9 15 27,6 49,8 54 94 102 182 322 350 600 652 1138 1686
PN1 0,11 0,21 0,4 0,64 0,76 1,24 1,47 1,1 2,44 3,37 4,01 6,1 7,2 12 10 22,1 16
1 120 IV 80 PN2 0,07 0,14 0,27 0,45 0,54 0,89 1,06 1,81 2,66 3,17 4,85 5,8 09,8 18,3
MN2 5,1 9,5 18,1 30,6 36,4 61 72 123 177 211 328 390 663 1236
M2max 8,1 16,2 29,7 55 59 102 111 202 302 333 577 626 1084 1997
PN1 0,12 0,23 0,42 0,56 0,64 1,04 1,23 2,16 3,63 4,32 6,8 8,1 6,1 13,5 9,5 24,5 15
900 IV 63 PN2 0,08 0,16 0,29 0,42 0,49 0,8 0,94 1,69 2,88 3,42 5,5 6,5 11,1 20,3
MN2 5,4 10,5 19,5 28,4 32,8 54 64 114 190 227 370 440 745 1368
M2max 8,8 17,4 31,7 48,3 54 97 105 188 328 356 643 699 1202 2136
PN1 0,13 0,24 0,43 0,49 0,82 0,97 1,57 2,56 3,04 4,68 5,6 09,2 16,5
900 V 63 PN2 — 0,08 0,15 0,28 0,32 0,55 0,66 1,11 1,86 2,21 3,5 4,16 07,1 13
MN2 5,1 9,9 19 21,6 37,1 44,1 74 124 148 234 278 474 870
M2max 7,6 15 29,3 32,8 60 67 119 228 247 438 476 848 1568
PN1 0,12 0,2 0,37 0,6 0,68 1,12 1,33 2,22 3,68 4,38 7,1 5,9 8,5 5,9 12,4 10 22,7 16
710 IV 50 PN2 0,08 0,15 0,27 0,46 0,52 0,87 1,04 1,75 2,94 3,5 5,8 6,9 10,3 19,2
MN2 5,7 9,8 18,4 31,2 35,6 60 71 120 198 235 395 470 707 1309
M2max 9,5 16,5 30,5 56 60 107 116 205 351 381 689 748 1171 2154
PN1 0,09 0,16 0,3 0,48 0,57 0,92 1,09 1,72 2,87 3,41 5,6 6,6 11,1 19,9 16
710 V 50 PN2 0,05 0,10 0,19 0,33 0,39 0,64 0,76 1,24 2,13 2,53 4,22 5 28,6 15,9
MN2 3,53 6,9 12,9 22 26,1 43 51 83 143 170 284 338 581 1068
M2max 5,3 10,2 20,1 39,3 44 76 83 144 260 282 504 547 975 1789
PN1 0,10 0,18 0,32 0,54 0,64 1,01 1,21 1,99 3,29 3,91 6,3 7,5 6 11,7 9,3 20,5 15
560 V 40 PN2 0,06 0,11 0,21 0,37 0,45 0,72 0,86 1,46 2,45 2,91 4,87 5,8 29,2 16,5
MN2 4,25 7,8 14,3 25,6 30,4 49,3 59 100 167 199 332 395 625 1125
M2max 6,9 13,4 24,8 45,4 49,3 85 93 162 285 310 560 608 1067 1898
PN1 0,11 0,2 0,36 0,58 0,69 1,12 1,33 1,1 2,26 3,7 4,41 3,6 6,7 5,7 8 5,7 12,8 9 18,2
450 V 32 PN2 0,07 0,13 0,24 0,41 0,49 0,81 0,96 1,67 2,8 3,34 5,2 6,2 10,2 15,2
MN2 5,1 9,1 16,6 27,8 33 55 65 114 190 227 353 420 690 1030
M2max 8,1 15 27,6 49,8 54 94 102 182 322 350 600 652 1138 1686
23

Train of P
gears [kW]
nN2 n1 i M
min-1
[daN m]
1) 2)
32 40 50 63 64 80 81 100 125 126 160 161 200 250
PN1 0,12 0,21 0,39 0,63 0,75 1,22 1,46 1,1 2,42 3,27 3,89 6 7,1 11,9 10 21,8 16
14,5 355 V 25 PN2 0,08 0,14 0,27 0,45 0,54 0,9 1,07 1,82 2,63 3,13 4,88 5,8 29,9 18,4
MN2 5,4 9,5 18,1 30,6 36,4 61 72 123 177 211 328 390 663 1236
M2max 8,8 16,2 29,7 55 59 102 111 202 302 333 577 626 1084 1997
PN1 0,07 0,15 0,27 0,46 0,54 0,85 1,02 1,69 2,87 3,42 5,6 6,6 5,1 10,1 8 17,8 13
11,2 1 400 IV 125 PN2 0,04 0,09 0,17 0,31 0,36 0,58 0,7 1,19 2,05 2,44 4,11 4,89 27,7 13,7
MN2 3,62 8 14,7 26,5 31,6 51 60 103 174 208 356 423 663 1190
M2max 5,3 13,4 25,9 47,5 52 90 97 171 301 327 583 634 1100 2013
PN1 0,08 0,17 0,31 0,49 0,59 0,94 1,12 1,92 3,24 3,85 3,1 5,8 4,8 6,9 4,8 11 7,7 15,6
1 120 IV 100 PN2 0,05 0,11 0,2 0,33 0,39 0,66 0,78 1,37 2,36 2,8 4,29 5,1 28,4 12,6
MN2 4,34 9,3 17,1 28,9 34,3 57 68 119 200 239 372 442 730 1092
M2max 6,9 15,5 28,2 52 56 99 107 191 339 368 636 691 1201 1792
PN1 0,10 0,18 0,34 0,55 0,64 1,05 1,25 1,1 2,09 2,86 3,41 5,2 6,1 10,2 18,7 14
900 IV 80 PN2 0,06 0,12 0,23 0,38 0,44 0,74 0,89 1,52 2,23 2,65 4,08 4,86 28,2 15,3
MN2 5,3 9,8 18,8 32 37,4 63 75 129 184 219 344 409 693 1288
M2max 8,4 17 31,1 58 63 109 118 215 309 347 617 670 1149 2094
PN1 0,10 0,19 0,35 0,47 0,52 0,88 1,01 1,79 2,98 3,55 5,7 6,7 5,4 11,2 8,5 20,4 13
710 IV 63 PN2 0,06 0,13 0,24 0,35 0,39 0,67 0,77 1,38 2,34 2,78 4,5 5,4 29,1 16,7
MN2 5,6 10,8 20,1 30 33,5 57 66 118 196 233 384 458 775 1423
M2max 9,3 18,3 33,4 49,4 55 101 111 196 349 379 687 746 1286 2292
PN1 0,10 0,2 0,36 0,41 0,69 0,81 1,34 2,16 2,57 3,99 4,74 27,9 14,1
710 V 63 PN2 — 0,06 0,12 0,23 0,26 0,46 0,54 0,92 1,53 1,83 2,92 3,47 26 11
MN2 5,1 10,1 19,7 22,1 38,8 45,5 78 130 155 247 294 505 929
M2max 7,7 15,1 29,5 33 60 68 119 233 261 458 497 877 1625
PN1 0,10 0,16 0,3 0,5 0,55 0,94 1,1 1,82 3,02 3,6 5,9 7 5,4 10,2 18,6 14
560 IV 50 PN2 0,07 0,12 0,22 0,38 0,42 0,72 0,85 1,42 2,39 2,84 4,74 5,6 8,5 15,6
MN2 5,8 10 18,8 32,9 36,2 63 73 124 203 242 410 488 732 1350
M2max 9,9 16,9 32 59 62 113 122 217 366 397 735 798 1197 2204
PN1 0,07 0,13 0,25 0,4 0,48 0,76 0,91 1,46 2,44 2,9 4,73 5,6 9,5 16,9 14
560 V 50 PN2 0,04 0,08 0,16 0,27 0,32 0,52 0,62 1,03 1,77 2,1 3,52 4,19 7,3 13,3
MN2 3,62 7 13,5 22,8 27,1 44,4 53 88 151 179 300 357 621 1135
M2max 5,3 10,3 20,2 39,5 44,2 80 87 149 277 300 526 571 1007 1850
PN1 0,08 0,15 0,27 0,46 0,55 0,85 1,02 1,69 2,82 3,36 5,6 6,6 5,1 10,1 8 17,8 13
450 V 40 PN2 0,05 0,09 0,17 0,31 0,37 0,6 0,71 1,22 2,05 2,44 4,19 4,99 7,8 14
MN2 4,34 8 14,7 26,5 31,6 51 60 103 174 208 356 423 663 1190
M2max 6,9 13,4 25,9 47,5 52 90 97 171 301 327 583 634 1100 2013
PN1 0,10 0,17 0,3 0,49 0,58 0,93 1,11 1,9 3,14 3,73 3,1 5,7 6,8 4,8 10,9 7,7 15,4
355 V 32 PN2 0,06 0,11 0,2 0,34 0,4 0,66 0,79 1,38 2,33 2,77 4,32 5,1 8,5 12,7
MN2 5,3 9,3 17,1 28,9 34,3 57 68 119 200 239 372 442 730 1092
M2max 8,4 15,5 28,2 52 56 99 107 191 339 368 636 691 1201 1792
PN1 0,11 0,22 0,35 0,41 0,64 0,77 1,24 2,13 2,54 4,03 4,8 8,2 14,5 12
9 1 400 IV 160 PN2 — 0,07 0,13 0,22 0,26 0,42 0,5 0,84 1,48 1,76 2,88 3,43 6 11
MN2 7,2 13,9 23,8 28,1 45,8 54 91 157 187 312 371 653 1189
M2max 10,3 20,2 39,6 44,3 81 91 156 284 308 558 606 1062 1907
PN1 0,06 0,12 0,23 0,38 0,45 0,72 0,85 1,43 2,45 2,91 4,79 5,7 4,4 8,8 6,9 15,411
1 120 IV 125 PN2 0,03 0,08 0,14 0,25 0,3 0,48 0,57 0,99 1,71 2,04 3,46 4,12 6,5 11,7
MN2 3,69 8 15,2 27 32,1 52 62 107 182 217 374 446 703 1270
M2max 5,3 13,4 26,3 48,5 53 94 102 178 316 343 614 667 1157 2072
PN1 0,07 0,14 0,26 0,42 0,49 0,81 0,96 1,64 2,74 3,27 2,8 4,95 5,9 4,3 9,5 6,8 13,3
900 IV 100 PN2 0,04 0,09 0,17 0,28 0,33 0,55 0,65 1,15 1,96 2,34 3,63 4,32 7,1 10,6
MN2 4,37 9,6 17,8 30,1 35,3 59 71 124 208 248 391 466 767 1141
M2max 6,9 16,3 29,7 54 59 105 114 204 361 392 680 739 1258 1830
PN1 0,08 0,15 0,28 0,47 0,52 0,87 1,03 1,74 2,4 2,82 4,38 5,1 8,4 15,4 12
710 IV 80 PN2 0,05 0,10 0,18 0,32 0,36 0,6 0,72 1,24 1,85 2,17 3,42 3,99 6,7 12,4
MN2 5,5 10,2 19,4 33,8 38 65 77 133 194 227 365 426 713 1326
M2max 8,8 17,8 32,7 61 65 113 123 229 316 354 634 710 1227 2240
PN1 0,08 0,16 0,29 0,39 0,43 0,74 0,84 1,45 2,46 2,9 4,67 5,6 9,3 7,6 16,6 12
560 IV 63 PN2 0,05 0,10 0,19 0,29 0,32 0,55 0,63 1,11 1,9 2,24 3,68 4,37 7,4 13,5
MN2 5,7 11,1 20,5 31,5 34,3 60 68 120 202 239 398 473 803 1457
M2max 9,5 19,1 35 50 56 104 116 203 364 395 716 778 1370 2448
PN1 0,09 0,16 0,3 0,34 0,59 0,67 1,13 1,85 2,2 3,4 4,02 6,8 12,1
560 V 63 PN2 — 0,05 0,1 0,19 0,21 0,38 0,43 0,75 1,28 1,52 2,43 2,87 4,98 9,2
MN2 5,2 10,4 20,2 22,6 40,6 46,4 81 137 163 261 309 535 984
M2max 7,7 15,2 29,6 33,1 61 68 120 234 262 489 531 904 1720
24

Train of P
gears [kW]
nN2 n1 i M
min-1
[daN m]
1) 2)
32 40 50 63 64 80 81 100 125 126 160 161 200 250
PN1 0,08 0,13 0,25 0,42 0,46 0,81 0,91 1,54 2,6 2,99 4,97 5,9 4,6 8,6 15,5 12
9,5 450 IV 50 PN2 0,05 0,10 0,18 0,31 0,34 0,61 0,69 1,19 2,03 2,34 3,95 4,67 7,1 12,9
MN2 6 10,2 19,2 34 36,8 66 75 128 215 248 425 503 762 1392
M2max 10,4 17,3 33,5 61 62 119 127 224 388 418 766 832 1226 2281
PN1 0,06 0,11 0,21 0,35 0,41 0,65 0,77 1,24 2,09 2,49 4,03 4,8 8,2 14,5 12
450 V 50 PN2 0,03 0,07 0,13 0,22 0,26 0,43 0,51 0,86 1,48 1,76 2,94 3,49 6,2 11,2
MN2 3,69 7,2 13,9 23,8 28,1 45,8 54 91 157 187 312 371 653 1189
M2max 5,3 10,3 20,2 39,6 44,3 81 91 156 284 308 558 606 1062 1907
PN1 0,07 0,12 0,22 0,38 0,45 0,71 0,84 1,41 2,37 2,82 4,72 5,6 4,4 8,6 6,9 15,2 11
355 V 40 PN2 0,04 0,07 0,14 0,25 0,3 0,49 0,58 1 1,69 2,02 3,48 4,14 6,5 11,8
MN2 4,37 8 15,2 27 32,1 52 62 107 182 217 374 446 703 1270
M2max 6,9 13,4 26,3 48,5 53 94 102 178 316 343 614 667 1157 2072
PN1 0,07 0,14 0,25 0,28 0,5 0,56 1,34 2,18 2,59 4,04 4,8 3,9 7,8 6 10,8
7,1 1 400 IV 200 PN2 — 0,04 0,08 0,15 0,17 0,31 0,35 0,92 1,53 1,82 2,91 3,47 5,8 8,5
MN2 5,4 10,6 20,6 23 42,2 47,3 128 213 253 406 483 802 1181
M2max 7,7 15,2 29,6 33,1 61 68 212 376 409 725 787 1344 1865
PN1 0,10 0,18 0,29 0,34 0,55 0,65 1,05 1,82 2,16 3,42 4,07 7 12,3 10
1 120 IV 160 PN2 — 0,06 0,11 0,18 0,21 0,35 0,42 0,7 1,24 1,47 2,39 2,84 5 9,1
MN2 7,3 14,3 24,7 28,9 47,6 57 95 165 195 323 385 677 1236
M2max 10,3 20,3 39,6 44,4 81 91 160 297 322 572 621 1089 2007
PN1 0,05 0,110 0,19 0,33 0,38 0,61 0,72 1,2 2,07 2,46 4,06 4,83 3,9 7,6 6,1 13,4 9,6
900 IV 125 PN2 0,03 0,06 0,12 0,21 0,24 0,4 0,47 0,82 1,42 1,69 2,88 3,43 5,5 9,9
MN2 3,77 8,3 15,4 28,5 32,4 54 64 110 188 223 388 462 748 1340
M2max 5,3 13,7 26,9 51 55 97 106 186 337 366 655 712 1210 2220
PN1 0,05 0,12 0,22 0,36 0,41 0,66 0,79 1,36 2,25 2,68 4,12 4,9 3,9 7,9 6 11
710 IV 100 PN2 0,03 0,07 0,14 0,23 0,26 0,44 0,53 0,93 1,58 1,88 2,97 3,54 5,9 8,6
MN2 4,49 9,8 18,4 31,7 36,1 61 73 128 213 253 406 483 802 1181
M2max 7,1 16,7 30,6 57 61 109 119 212 376 409 725 787 1344 1865
PN1 0,06 0,12 0,23 0,39 0,43 0,72 0,84 1,45 1,99 2,29 3,64 4,19 6,9 12,6
560 IV 80 PN2 0,04 0,08 0,15 0,26 0,29 0,49 0,58 1,02 1,51 1,74 2,81 3,23 5,4 10,1
MN2 5,6 10,4 19,8 34,9 38,8 66 78 138 201 232 380 437 734 1362
M2max 9 18,3 34,2 63 66 119 129 238 322 361 647 724 1263 2386
PN1 0,07 0,13 0,24 0,33 0,35 0,63 0,71 1,22 2,11 2,41 3,95 4,66 7,8 13,8 10
450 IV 63 PN2 0,04 0,09 0,16 0,24 0,26 0,47 0,53 0,92 1,61 1,84 3,07 3,62 6,1 11,1
MN2 5,8 11,5 21 32,5 34,6 63 71 124 214 244 414 488 826 1491
M2max 9,8 19,6 36,6 52 58 106 119 208 385 413 746 810 1425 2605
PN1 0,07 0,14 0,25 0,28 0,5 0,56 0,95 1,59 1,89 2,95 3,48 5,8 10,3
450 V 63 PN2 — 0,04 0,08 0,15 0,17 0,32 0,35 0,62 1,07 1,28 2,05 2,42 4,15 7,7
MN2 5,4 10,6 20,6 23 42,2 47,3 83 144 171 275 323 555 1030
M2max 7,7 15,2 29,6 33,1 61 68 120 234 262 491 548 952 1769
PN1 0,07 0,11 0,2 0,35 0,37 0,66 0,75 1,25 2,14 2,45 4,1 4,79 7,1 12,9
355 IV 50 PN2 0,04 0,08 0,15 0,26 0,27 0,5 0,56 0,96 1,66 1,89 3,22 3,77 5,8 10,6
MN2 6,1 10,4 19,6 35,6 37,4 68 77 131 222 254 440 515 786 1448
M2max 10,6 17,7 34,3 64 64 123 130 235 400 423 809 875 1250 2329
PN1 0,05 0,09 0,18 0,29 0,34 0,54 0,64 1,04 1,77 2,09 3,37 4,02 6,9 12,2 10
355 V 50 PN2 0,03 0,05 0,11 0,18 0,21 0,35 0,42 0,7 1,23 1,45 2,4 2,86 5 9,2
MN2 3,77 7,3 14,3 24,7 28,9 47,6 57 95 165 195 323 385 677 1236
M2max 5,3 10,3 20,3 39,6 44,4 81 91 160 297 322 572 621 1089 2007
PN1 0,98 1,67 1,98 3,28 3,91 6,2 11 8,5

5,6 1 400 IV 250 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,65 1,12 1,33 2,29 2,72 4,45 8
MN2 114 195 230 398 474 775 1400
M2max 193 351 381 696 756 1289 2319
PN1 0,06 0,12 0,21 0,24 0,42 0,47 1,12 1,85 2,17 3,41 4,06 6,5 5,4 9,1
1 120 IV 200 PN2 — 0,03 0,06 0,12 0,14 0,25 0,28 0,76 1,27 1,49 2,42 2,88 4,74 7,1
MN2 5,5 10,8 21 23,5 43,1 48,2 132 220 259 421 501 826 1228
M2max 7,7 15,2 29,6 33,1 61 68 220 391 425 754 819 1430 1948
PN1 0,08 0,15 0,25 0,29 0,47 0,55 0,89 1,59 1,82 2,94 3,44 5,9 10,5 8,9
900 IV 160 PN2 — 0,05 0,09 0,15 0,17 0,29 0,34 0,58 1,06 1,22 2,01 2,35 4,19 7,6
MN2 7,5 14,7 26,1 29,5 49,5 58 97 175 201 339 396 706 1284
M2max 10,5 20,7 40,4 45,3 83 93 163 315 343 610 662 1162 2098
PN1 0,04 0,09 0,16 0,27 0,31 0,52 0,59 1 1,73 2,04 3,35 3,99 6,4 11,2 8,5
710 IV 125 PN2 0,02 0,05 0,09 0,17 0,19 0,33 0,38 0,66 1,16 1,37 2,33 2,78 4,54 8,2
MN2 3,85 8,5 15,8 29,4 32,7 57 65 114 195 230 398 474 775 1400
M2max 5,4 14 27,4 53 56 103 111 193 351 381 696 756 1289 2319
25

Train of P
gears [kW]
nN2 n1 i M
min-1
[daN m]
1) 2)
32 40 50 63 64 80 81 100 125 126 160 161 200 250
PN1 0,05 0,1 0,18 0,3 0,33 0,56 0,65 1,13 1,88 2,21 3,43 4,08 6,6 5,4 9,1
5,6 560 IV 100 PN2 0,03 0,06 0,11 0,19 0,21 0,37 0,43 0,76 1,29 1,52 2,43 2,89 4,77 7,1
MN2 4,6 10 18,7 32,6 36,6 64 74 132 220 259 421 501 826 1228
M2max 7,2 17,1 31,9 59 61 115 123 220 391 425 754 819 1430 1948
PN1 0,05 0,1 0,19 0,33 0,36 0,62 0,7 1,21 1,71 1,92 3,07 3,54 5,9 10,5
450 IV 80 PN2 0,03 0,07 0,12 0,22 0,23 0,41 0,47 0,84 1,28 1,44 2,34 2,7 4,56 8,3
MN2 5,6 10,8 20,2 36,7 39,4 70 80 141 212 238 395 454 768 1402
M2max 9,2 18,7 35,1 66 67 123 134 250 329 369 661 740 1290 2484
PN1 0,05 0,11 0,19 0,27 0,28 0,52 0,57 0,98 1,74 1,97 3,33 3,8 6,4 11,3 9,1
355 IV 63 PN2 0,03 0,07 0,13 0,2 0,2 0,38 0,42 0,74 1,31 1,49 2,56 2,92 4,97 9
MN2 6 11,6 21,3 33,4 34,7 65 73 126 220 249 437 499 849 1531
M2max 10,2 20,1 37,5 53 59 108 121 212 397 417 786 848 1481 2709
PN1 0,06 0,11 0,21 0,23 0,41 0,46 0,78 1,36 1,57 2,54 2,92 4,81 8,7
355 V 63 PN2 — 0,03 0,06 0,12 0,14 0,25 0,28 0,5 0,9 1,04 1,73 1,99 3,38 6,3
MN2 5,5 10,8 21 23,5 43,1 48,2 85 153 176 293 337 572 1067
M2max 7,7 15,2 29,6 33,1 61 68 120 234 262 491 550 959 1856
PN1 0,73 1,29 1,49 2,46 2,81 4,81 8,5

4,5 1 400 IV 315 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,46 0,84 0,97 1,65 1,89 3,32 6,1
MN2 100 182 211 359 411 724 1322
M2max 166 326 356 647 703 1235 2235
PN1 0,83 1,42 1,65 2,73 3,25 5,3 9,2 7,7

1 120 IV 250 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,54 0,93 1,08 1,86 2,22 3,68 6,6
MN2 117 202 235 405 482 802 1440
M2max 203 364 396 724 786 1368 2467
PN1 0,05 0,1 0,18 0,2 0,35 0,39 0,94 1,57 1,81 2,89 3,43 5,5 7,7
900 IV 200 PN2 — 0,03 0,05 0,1 0,11 0,21 0,23 0,62 1,06 1,23 2,01 2,38 3,92 5,9
MN2 5,6 11 21,4 23,9 43,9 49,1 135 230 264 435 516 851 1274
M2max 7,8 15,5 30,1 33,7 62 69 230 413 446 784 851 1487 1984
PN1 0,07 0,13 0,21 0,24 0,4 0,45 0,74 1,33 1,54 2,51 2,87 4,9 8,7
710 IV 160 PN2 — 0,04 0,07 0,13 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,47 0,87 1 1,68 1,93 3,39 6,2
MN2 7,6 14,9 26,9 29,8 52 59 100 182 211 359 411 724 1322
M2max 10,7 21,1 41,1 46,1 84 94 166 326 356 647 703 1235 2235
PN1 0,03 0,07 0,13 0,23 0,25 0,43 0,49 0,83 1,44 1,68 2,75 3,27 5,3 9,3 7,7
560 IV 125 PN2 0,02 0,04 0,08 0,14 0,15 0,27 0,31 0,54 0,95 1,1 1,87 2,23 3,7 6,7
MN2 3,92 8,7 16,2 30,8 33,5 59 67 117 202 235 405 482 802 1440
M2max 5,5 14,2 27,9 54 57 106 114 203 364 396 724 786 1368 2467
PN1 0,04 0,08 0,15 0,25 0,27 0,47 0,54 0,95 1,6 1,84 2,91 3,45 5,5 7,7
450 IV 100 PN2 0,02 0,05 0,09 0,16 0,17 0,3 0,35 0,62 1,08 1,25 2,02 2,39 3,95 5,9
MN2 4,79 10,2 19 33,6 37 66 75 135 230 264 435 516 851 1274
M2max 7,3 17,5 32,7 61 62 118 126 230 413 446 784 851 1487 1984
PN1 0,04 0,08 0,15 0,27 0,29 0,51 0,58 1 1,41 1,55 2,58 2,94 4,83 8,7
355 IV 80 PN2 0,03 0,05 0,1 0,18 0,19 0,34 0,38 0,68 1,04 1,14 1,94 2,21 3,7 6,8
MN2 5,7 11,1 20,5 37,8 40,1 72 82 145 218 240 415 473 790 1444
M2max 9,6 19,5 35,9 68 68 127 137 257 335 375 672 753 1313 2563
PN1 0,61 1,09 1,25 2,09 2,41 4 7,2

3,55 1 120 IV 315 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,38 0,7 0,8 1,37 1,58 2,71 5
MN2 103 189 216 373 429 738 1366
M2max 169 331 367 672 730 1283 2372
PN1 0,7 1,22 1,38 2,3 2,72 4,42 7,8

900 IV 250 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,44 0,79 0,89 1,54 1,82 3,03 5,5
MN2 120 213 241 417 494 820 1495
M2max 209 383 410 751 815 1420 2615
PN1 0,04 0,08 0,15 0,16 0,29 0,32 0,77 1,3 1,49 2,44 2,81 4,55 6,3
710 IV 200 PN2 — 0,02 0,04 0,08 0,09 0,17 0,19 0,5 0,86 0,99 1,67 1,92 3,19 4,8
MN2 5,7 11,2 21,7 24,3 44,6 50 136 237 270 459 528 876 1318
M2max 8 15,7 30,6 34,3 63 70 236 426 450 826 893 1544 2015
PN1 0,05 0,1 0,18 0,19 0,33 0,37 0,61 1,11 1,27 2,11 2,42 4,02 7,2
560 IV 160 PN2 — 0,03 0,06 0,1 0,11 0,2 0,22 0,38 0,71 0,81 1,38 1,59 2,73 5
MN2 7,7 15,2 28,2 30,5 54 61 103 189 216 373 429 738 1366
M2max 10,9 21,4 41,8 46,8 86 96 169 331 367 672 730 1283 2372
PN1 0,03 0,06 0,11 0,19 0,21 0,37 0,41 0,7 1,25 1,41 2,31 2,74 4,44 7,9 6,7
450 IV 125 PN2 0,01 0,03 0,06 0,12 0,12 0,23 0,26 0,45 0,8 0,91 1,55 1,83 3,04 5,5
MN2 3,98 9 16,6 31,7 33,8 62 69 120 213 241 417 494 820 1495
M2max 5,6 14,5 28,4 55 57 111 118 209 383 410 751 815 1420 2615
PN1 0,03 0,07 0,12 0,2 0,22 0,39 0,44 0,77 1,33 1,52 2,46 2,83 4,58 6,4
3,55 355 IV 100 PN2 0,02 0,04 0,07 0,13 0,14 0,25 0,28 0,5 0,88 1,01 1,68 1,93 3,21 4,82
MN2 4,98 10,4 19,3 34,6 37,4 68 77 136 237 270 459 528 876 1318
M2max 7,4 18,2 34 62 62 122 129 236 426 450 826 893 1544 2015
I valori in rosso indicano la potenza termica nominale PtN (temperatura ambiente 40 °C, Values in red state nominal thermal power PtN (ambient temperature 40 °C, continuous duty
servizio continuo, ved. cap. 4). see ch. 4).
26

Train of P
gears [kW]
nN2 n1 i M
min-1
[daN m]
1) 2)
32 40 50 63 64 80 81 100 125 126 160 161 200 250
PN1 0,51 0,94 1,05 1,77 2,03 3,37 6
2,81 900 IV 315 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,31 0,59 0,66 1,14 1,31 2,23 4,14
MN2 105 198 222 386 443 755 1402
M2max 172 337 377 696 754 1331 2463
PN1 0,57 1,01 1,14 1,94 2,22 3,62 6,5

710 IV 250 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,36 0,64 0,72 1,28 1,46 2,44 4,48
MN2 122 219 246 438 501 838 1540
M2max 218 395 412 778 850 1473 2713
PN1 0,03 0,07 0,12 0,13 0,24 0,27 0,62 1,09 1,19 2,02 2,29 3,71 5,2
560 IV 200 PN2 — 0,02 0,03 0,06 0,07 0,13 0,15 0,4 0,71 0,78 1,36 1,54 2,56 3,85
MN2 5,7 11,3 22,1 24,7 45,3 51 139 248 271 472 536 891 1343
M2max 8,1 16 31,1 34,8 64 72 242 446 460 840 911 1622 2044
PN1 0,04 0,09 0,15 0,16 0,28 0,32 0,52 0,96 1,07 1,78 2,04 3,39 6,1
450 IV 160 PN2 — 0,02 0,05 0,09 0,09 0,17 0,19 0,31 0,6 0,67 1,15 1,32 2,24 4,16
MN2 7,9 15,5 29 30,7 56 63 105 198 222 386 443 755 1402
M2max 11,1 21,8 42,6 47,7 87 98 172 337 377 696 754 1331 2463
PN1 0,02 0,05 0,09 0,16 0,16 0,3 0,34 0,57 1,03 1,16 1,95 2,23 3,64 6,5
355 IV 125 PN2 0,01 0,03 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,19 0,21 0,36 0,65 0,73 1,28 1,47 2,45 4,51
MN2 4,05 9,4 17,3 32,6 33,8 64 71 122 219 246 438 501 838 1540
M2max 5,7 14,7 28,9 56 57 114 119 218 395 412 778 850 1473 2713
PN1 0,43 0,78 0,85 1,5 1,7 2,77 5

2,24 710 IV 315 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,26 0,48 0,52 0,94 1,07 1,8 3,36
MN2 110 203 223 405 460 772 1444
M2max 174 342 378 718 774 1397 2554
PN1 0,46 0,85 0,92 1,61 1,82 2,96 5,3

560 IV 250 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,28 0,53 0,57 1,03 1,17 1,96 3,59
MN2 124 229 248 451 510 853 1562
M2max 223 413 422 790 850 1536 2812
PN1 0,03 0,05 0,1 0,11 0,2 0,22 0,5 0,91 0,98 1,72 1,94 3,15 4,27
450 IV 200 PN2 — 0,01 0,03 0,05 0,06 0,11 0,12 0,32 0,59 0,63 1,14 1,28 2,13 3,15
MN2 5,8 11,5 22,4 25,1 46,1 52 138 254 272 494 556 923 1364
M2max 8,2 16,2 31,6 35,4 65 73 249 458 463 850 921 1662 2073
PN1 0,04 0,07 0,12 0,13 0,23 0,26 0,43 0,79 0,87 1,51 1,71 2,78 5
355 IV 160 PN2 — 0,02 0,04 0,07 0,07 0,13 0,15 0,26 0,48 0,53 0,95 1,08 1,81 3,38
MN2 8 15,7 29,5 31,1 58 64 110 203 223 405 460 772 1444
M2max 11,3 22,1 43,2 48,4 89 99 174 342 378 718 774 1397 2554
PN1 0,35 0,64 0,68 1,24 1,39 2,29 4,13

1,81 560 IV 315 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,21 0,39 0,41 0,76 0,86 1,46 2,73
MN2 112 209 224 416 469 795 1484
M2max 177 347 381 728 774 1426 2671
PN1 0,38 0,71 0,75 1,35 1,52 2,49 4,5

450 IV 250 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,24 0,44 0,46 0,86 0,96 1,61 3
MN2 128 236 249 465 522 874 1628
M2max 226 424 424 800 850 1573 2931
PN1 0,02 0,04 0,08 0,09 0,16 0,18 0,42 0,75 0,79 1,39 1,56 2,62 3,44
355 IV 200 PN2 — 0,01 0,02 0,04 0,05 0,09 0,1 0,26 0,48 0,5 0,91 1,02 1,75 2,52
MN2 5,9 11,7 22,8 25,5 46,7 52 144 263 275 500 560 961 1384
M2max 8,4 16,5 32,1 35,9 66 74 252 468 467 850 921 1730 2102
PN1 0,29 0,54 0,56 1,03 1,15 1,95 3,5

1,41 450 IV 315 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,17 0,32 0,34 0,63 0,7 1,22 2,26
MN2 116 216 226 428 477 827 1532
M2max 179 352 384 738 774 1446 2757
PN1 0,32 0,58 0,6 1,11 1,24 2,03 3,71

355 IV 250 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,19 0,36 0,37 0,7 0,78 1,3 2,43
MN2 131 243 251 481 534 894 1666
M2max 226 428 427 810 850 1597 2995
PN1 0,24 0,45 0,45 0,85 0,94 1,59 2,88

1,12 355 IV 315 PN2 — — — — — — — 0,14 0,26 0,27 0,51 0,57 0,98 1,84
MN2 120 225 229 442 489 845 1579
M2max 181 356 385 748 774 1465 2769
I valori in rosso indicano la potenza termica nominale PtN (temperatura ambiente 40 °C, Values in red state nominal thermal power PtN (ambient temperature 40 °C, continuous duty
servizio continuo, ved. cap. 4). see ch. 4).
27
Riepilogo rapporti di trasmissione i e momenti tor- Summary of transmission ratios i and torques valid
centi validi per n1 v 90 min-1 for n1 v 90 min-1
MN2 e M2max sono rispettivamente il momento torcente nominale e di MN2 and M2max are the nominal torque and the peak torque, respec-
picco validi per n1 v 90 min-1. tively, valid for n1 v 90 min-1.
RV
Grandezza riduttore - Gear reducer size
i M
[daN m]
32 40 50 63 64 80 81 100 125 126 160 161 200 250
10 MN2 6,1 11,1 20,4 37,5 38,7 72 80 132 229 252 434 493 – –
M2max 11 20 36,7 68 68 129 136 238 411 428 781 888
13 MN2 6,1 11,2 20,7 37,3 38,5 73 81 139 243 265 468 530 886 –
M2max 11 20,1 37,3 67 67 131 137 250 410 451 842 902 1 537
16 MN2 5,9 10,7 19,9 36,6 37,5 70 78 134 233 255 464 526 824 1 4951)
M2max 9,2 18 35,4 66 66 126 132 241 420 434 835 894 1 274 2 374
1) 1) 1)
20 MN2 6,4 11,6 21,3 34,9 35,4 67 74 127 231 252 450 510 863 1 5631)
M2max 11,5 20,9 38,4 53 60 110 123 216 416 428 810 866 1 554 2 813
25 MN2 6,2 11,3 20,8 39,41) 40,61) 741) 821) 1461) 225 242 427 482 817 1 5081)
M2max 10,9 20,1 37,4 71 71 132 140 263 341 381 683 766 1 335 2 605
1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
32 MN2 5,9 10,6 19,6 36,1 37,8 70 78 139 248 271 472 536 891 1 3431)
M2max 9,9 18,6 34,9 65 65 125 131 242 446 460 840 911 1 622 2 044
40 MN2 5,4 9,8 17,9 33,5 34,4 65 72 124 229 248 451 510 853 1 5621)
M2max 7,7 14,9 29,3 57 58 117 119 223 413 422 790 850 1 536 2 812
50 MN2 4,17 8,1 15,9 30 31,2 60 66 112 209 224 416 469 795 1 4841)
M2max 5,9 11,4 22,4 43,8 49 90 100 177 347 381 728 774 1 426 2 671
63 MN2 – 6 11,8 23 25,6 47,3 53 93 182 201 379 426 707 1 3531)
M2max 8,5 16,7 32,5 36,4 67 75 131 257 288 540 604 1 054 2 056
R IV
Grandezza riduttore - Gear reducer size Grandezza riduttore - Gear reducer size
iN 32 40, 50, 63, 64, 160, 161, M
125, 126 80, 81, 200, 250
100
i 2) i 2) i 2) i 2) [daN m] 32 40 50 63, 64 80 81 100 125, 126 160 161 200 250
50 51,8 2,59 49,9 3,123) 50,9 3,18 50,8 3,17 MN2 7,3 13 24,1 44,3 78 84 144 272 487 540 824 1 495
M2max 11,5 19,5 37,7 70 133 138 250 455 880 953 1383 2 406
63 64,8 62,4 63,6 63,5 MN2 7,1 13,7 25 41 76 86 151 277 487 540 925 1 718
M2max 10,9 21,4 40,2 65 119 128 233 453 880 910 1 597 2 863
80 82,9 78 79,5 79,3 MN2 6,7 13,3 24,4 47,5 80 90 160 260 487 540 957 1 743
M2max 10 20,2 38 73 133 141 268 384 735 824 1 436 2 802
100 104 99,8 102 102 MN2 5,7 12,6 23,2 43,3 78 88 155 2951) 500 560 1 000 1 438
M2max 8,1 18,6 34,9 66 128 131 252 468 850 921 1 736 2 227
125 130 125 127 127 MN2 4,38 11,3 21,2 40,6 75 85 146 273 487 540 975 1 8001)
M2max 6,2 15,9 31,2 60 119 124 226 428 820 850 1 597 3 034
160 – 156 159 159 MN2 – 8,6 16,9 33 68 76 133 252 487 540 925 1 748
M2max 12,1 23,8 49 95 107 188 385 774 774 1 470 2 769
200 – 197 200 – MN2 – 6,3 12,5 26,4 50 56 – – – – – –

M2max 8,9 17,7 38,5 71 79
200 – 203 6,36 204 6,38 204 6,38 MN2 – – – – – – 156 300 500 560 1 000 1 483
M2max 252 468 850 921 1 736 2 291
250 – 254 255 255 MN2 – – – – – – 150 289 487 540 975 1 900
M2max 226 428 820 850 1 597 3 134
315 – 318 319 319 MN2 – – – – – – 137 268 487 540 975 1 850
M2max 193 385 774 774 1 470 2 769
1) Per questi rapporti di trasmissione (che possono trasmettere i momenti torcenti più 1) For these transmission ratios (which will transmit higher torques at lower speeds)
elevati alle basse velocità) il momento torcente aumenta ancora al diminuire di n1 come torque increases further as n1 decreases, as stated in table A ch. 11; for sizes 32 and
indicato nella tabella A del cap. 11; per grand. 32 e 40 interpellarci. 40 consult us.
2) Rapporto di ingranaggio del preingranaggio cilindrico. 2) Gear ratio of input cylindrical gear pair.
3) Per grandezze 125 e 126 è uguale a 3,13. 3) For sizes 125 and 126 it is equal to 3,13.
28
29
8 - Esecuzioni, dimensioni, forme costrut- 8 - Designs, dimensions, mounting posi-
tive e quantità d’olio tions and oil quantities
R V 32 ... 81
Esecuzione
Design
normale
standard UO3A1) 5)
vite bisporgente
double extension worm UO3D1) 5)
estremità di vite ridotta
reduced worm shaft end UO3B1) 5)
vite bisporgente
con estremità ridotta
double extension worm
UT.C 685
with reduced shaft end UO3C1) 5)
R V 100 ... 250

Esecuzione
Design
normale
standard UO2A5) 5)
estremità di vite ridotta
reduced worm shaft end UO2B1) 5)
Gran- a A B D c d e c d e Y1 d1 e1 F G0 G1 G2 H H0 H1 h h0 K L L1 M UT.C 686 N P Q T U V0 W1 Y1 Z Massa

dezza Ø Ø Ø Ø h11 h11 h12 h11 h11 Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Mass
Size H7 UO3B1) UO3C1) h6 max kg
1)
c1 UO2B 2) G
32 32 61 52 19 51,54) 14 25 50,5 10 14 112 11 20 M56) – – – 71 48 34,5 39 80 7,5 10 8,5 75 557) 90 3,5 91 66
– 119 124 39 3
40 40 70 62 24 59,54) 16 30 59,5 12 14 130 14 25 M66) – – – 82 56 41,5 42 96 9,5 12 10,5 85 687) 105 3,5 106 80
– 138 146 46 5
50 50 86 75 28 70,5, 19 30 70,5 12 14 152 16 30 M66) – – – 100 67 49 50 117 9,5 13 12,5 100 857) 120 3,5 126 95
– 167 168 53 9
63, 64 63 102 90 32 83,54) 19 40 85,5 17 17 182 19 30 M8 – – – 125 80 58,5 62 143 11,5 16 14,5 100 807) 120 3,5 151 114
– 205 203 63 14
80 80 132 106 38 103,54) 24 50 105,5 17 17 222 24 36 M10 – – – 150 100 69,5 70 180 14,5 20 17,5 130 1107) 160 3,5 189 135
– 250 253 75 24
81 40 ,54) ,5 ,5 ,5 –
100 100 180 131 48 130,54) 28 60 130,5 20 21 331 28 42 M12 180 122 11 180 125 84,5 80 225 16,5 23 – 165 1307) 200 3,5 236 165 45 305 370 90 43
125, 126 125 225 155 60 155,54) 32 80 155,5 25 26 402 32 58 M128 221 148 15 225 150 99,5 100 275 18,5 28 – 215 1807) 250 4,5 287 194 50 375 456 106 174
160 160 272 183 70 187,54) 38 80 181,5 35 36 472 38 58 M148 255 178 15 280 180 118,5 120 340 22,5 33 – 265 2307) 300 4,5 345 232 60 460 522 125 130
161 75 ,54) ,5 ,5 ,5
200 200 342 214 90 2324),5 48 110 226,5 35 36 586 48 82 M168 324 222 20 335 225 137,5 135 425 27,5 40 – 300 2507) 350 5,5 431 270 80 560 666 150 233
250 250 425 250 110 2924),0 )60 105 281,5 40 46 706 55 82 M208 3) 379 277 20 410 280 163 160 530 33,5 50 – 400 3507)) 450 5,5 537 320 80 690 776 180 382
1) Solo per i w 16. 1) Only for i w 16.
2) Lunghezza utile del filetto 2 · F. 2) Working length of thread 2 · F.
3) Fori ruotati di 22° 30’ rispetto allo schema. 3) Holes turned through 22° 30’ with respect to the drawing.
4) Grandezza 40: c1 = 57,5; grandezza 200: c1 = 235; grandezza 250: c1 = 287. 4) Size 40: c1 = 57,5; size 200: c1 = 235; size 250: c1 = 287.
5) Esecuzione predisposta per vite bisporgente (ved. cap. 2). 5) Prearranged design for double extension worm shaft (see ch. 2).
6) Fori ruotati di 45° rispetto allo schema. 6) Holes turned through 45° with respect to the drawing.
7) Tolleranza t8. 7) Tolerance t8.
Forme costruttive - senso di rotazione - e quantità d’olio [l] Mounting positions - direction of rotation - and oil quantities [l]
Grandezza B3 B6, B7 B8 V5, V6
B3 B6 B7 B8 V5 V6 Size
32, 81 0,16 0,22 0,16 0,16

40, 81 0,26 0,35 0,26 0,26
50, 81 0,46 0,62 0,42 0,42
63, 64 0,86 1,15 0,82 0,82
80, 81 1,36 2,22 1,72 1,32
B3 B6 B71) B8 V5 V6
100, 8 1 1,9 5,4 4,2 3,7
125, 126 3,4 10,4 8,2 5,7
160, 161 5,6 18,4 15,2 10,7
200, 126 9,56 33,2 30,2 202
250, 126 17,56 57,2 51,2 342
UT.C 687
Salvo diversa indicazione i riduttori vengono forniti nella forma costruttiva normale B3 (B3 e Unless otherwise stated, gear reducers are supplied in mounting position B3 (B3 and B8
B8 per grand. v 64) la quale, in quanto normale, non va indicata nella designazione. for sizes v 64) which, being standard, is omitted from the designation.
1) Per grandezze 200 e 250 la forma costruttiva B7, con n1 710 min-1, ha un sovrapprezzo. 1) Sizes 200 and 250 in mounting position B7, with n1 710 min-1 carry a price addition.
30
8 - Esecuzioni, dimensioni, forme costruttive 8 - Designs, dimensions, mounting positions
e quantità d’olio and oil quantities
R IV 32 ... 81
Esecuzione
Design
normale
standard UO3A1)
vite sporgente
worm extension UO3D1)
UT.C 698
R IV 100 ... 250
Esecuzione
Design
normale
standard UO2A1) )
UT.C 699
Gran- a a1 A B c c1 D d e d1 e1 F G G0 G1 G2 H H0 H1 h h0 K L L1 M N P P1 Q T U V0 W1 Y1 Z Massa
dezza Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Mass
Size H7 h11 h11 h12 h11 h11 h6 max kg
2)
32 32 32 61 52 81 51,0 19 11* 20* 11 20 M54) 76 – – – 71 48 34,5 71 48 7,0 10 8,5 75 555) 90 1406) 3,0 91 66 – 124 149 39 5
40 40 40 70 62 96 57,5 24 11* 23* 14 25 M64) 87 – – – 82 56 41,5 82 56 9,5 12 10,5 85 685) 105 1406) 3,0 106 80 – 138 175 46 7
50 50 40 86 75 107 70,5 28 11* 23* 16 30 M64) 98 – – – 100 67 49,5 90 77 9,5 13 12,5 100 855) 120 1406) 3,0 126 95 – 167 197 53 11
63, 64 63 50 102 90 127 83,0 32 14* 30* 19 30 M8 118 – – – 125 80 58,5 112 93 11,5 16 14,5 100 805) 120 1606) 3,0 151 114 – 205 237 63 17
80 80 50 132 106 147 103,0 38 14* 30* 24 36 M10 138 – – – 150 100 69,5 120 130 14,0 20 17,5 130 1105) 160 1606) 3,5 189 135 – 250 277 75 27
81 40
100 100 63 180 131 181 130,0 48 19* 40* 28 42 M12 170 180 122 11 180 125 84,5 143 162 16,0 23 – 165 1305) 200 2006) 3,5 236 165 45 305 401 90 48
125, 126 125 80 225 155 216 155,0 60 24* 50* 32 58 M128 205 221 148 15 225 150 99,5 180 195 18,0 28 – 215 1805) 250 2006) 4,0 287 194 50 375 487 106 82
160 160 100 272 183 258 187,0 70 28* 60* 38 58 M148 247 255 178 15 280 180 118,5 220 240 22,0 33 – 265 2305) 300 2506) 4,0 345 232 60 460 573 125 146
161 75
200 200 100 342 214 303 235,0 90 28* 60* 48 82 M168 292 324 222 20 335 225 137,5 235 325 27,0 40 – 300 2505) 350 2506) 5,0 431 270 80 560 687 150 249
250 250 125 425 250 373 287,0 110 32* 80* 55 82 M208 3) 360 379 277 20 410 280 163,5 285 405 33,0 50 – 400 3505) 450 3006) 5,0 537 320 80 690 832 180 408
1) Esecuzione predisposta per vite sporgente (ved. cap. 2). 1) Prearranged design for worm shaft extension (see ch. 2).
6) Flangia quadrata: per dimensioni ved. cap. 15. 6) Square flange: for dimensions see ch. 15.
* Quando iN w 200 l’estremità d’albero diventa: * When iN w 200 the shaft end will be:
grandezza 100: d = 16, e = 30; size 100: d = 16, e = 30;
grandezza 125, 126: d = 19, e = 40; sizes 125, 126: d = 19, e = 40;
grandezze 160 ... 200: d = 24, e = 50. sizes 160 ... 200: d = 24, e = 50.
Grandezza B3 B6, B7 B8 V5, V6
32, 81 0,26 0,25 0,20 0,26

40, 81 0,32 0,45 0,32 0,32
50, 81 0,56 0,72 0,50 0,52
63, 64 1,86 1,35 1,82 1,82
80, 81 1,56 2,52 2,72 1,52
B3 B6 B71) B8 V5 V6
100, 8 1 2,1 6,3 4,5 3,3
125, 126 3,8 11,6 8,8 6,3
160, 161 6,5 20,8 16,5 11,2
200, 126 10,46 38,2 31,5 21,2
250, 126 18,36 67,2 53,2 35,7
UT.C 690
Salvo diversa indicazione i riduttori vengono forniti nella forma costruttiva normale B3 (B3 e Unless otherwise stated, gear reducers are supplied in mounting position B3 (B3 and B8
B8 per grand. v 64) la quale, in quanto normale, non va indicata nella designazione. for sizes v 64) which, being standard, is omitted from the designation.
1) Per grandezze 100 ... 250 la forma costruttiva B6, ha un sovrapprezzo. 1) Sizes 100 ... 250 in mounting position B6 carry a price addition.
31
9 - Programma di fabbricazione (motoriduttori)
9 - Manufacturing programme (gearmotors)
P1 n2 P2 M2 fs Riduttore - Motore i P1 n2 P2 M2 fs Riduttore - Motore i

kW min-1 kW daN m Gear reducer - Motor kW min-1 kW daN m Gear reducer - Motor
1) 2) 1) 2)
0,09 2,06 0,05 23,3 0,8 MR 2IV 50 - 63 A 6 10,9 x 40 0,12 18 0,08 4 0,85 MR V 32 - 63 B 6 50
2,58 0,05 19,7 1 MR 2IV 50 - 63 A 6 10,9 x 32 18 0,08 4,1 1,6 MR V 40 - 63 B 6 50
3,3 0,06 15,9 0,71 MR 2IV 40 - 63 A 6 10,9 x 25 20 0,09 4,08 2,5 MR IV 40 - 63 A 4 13,5 x 20
3,3 0,06 16,2 1,32 MR 2IV 50 - 63 A 6 10,9 x 25 21,6 0,08 3,7 1,32 MR IV 32 - 63 A 4 12,59 x 25
4,12 0,06 13,3 0,9 MR 2IV 40 - 63 A 6 10,9 x 20 22,5 0,08 3,37 1,18 MR V 32 - 63 B 6 40
4,12 0,06 13,5 1,6 MR 2IV 50 - 63 A 6 10,9 x 20 22,2 0,08 3,29 1,5 MR V 40 - 63 A 4 63
4,08 0,05 11,3 1 MR IV 50 - 63 A 6 23,5 x 63 22,5 0,08 3,44 2,12 MR V 40 - 63 B 6 40
5,07 0,06 10,6 1 MR 2IV 40 - 63 A 6 27,11 x 25 27 0,09 3,06 1,7 MR IV 32 - 63 A 4 12,59 x 20
5,14 0,05 9,4 0,8 MR IV 40 - 63 A 6 23,5 x 50 28 0,08 2,7 1,18 MR V 32 - 63 A 4 50
5,07 0,06 10,8 1,9 MR 2IV 50 - 63 A 6 27,11 x 25 28,1 0,08 2,83 1,5 MR V 32 - 63 B 6 32
5,14 0,05 9,6 1,5 MR IV 50 - 63 A 6 23,5 x 50 28 0,08 2,77 2,12 MR V 40 - 63 A 4 50
6,33 0,06 8,8 1,32 MR 2IV 40 - 63 A 6 27,11 x 20 33,8 0,09 2,65 1,8 MR IV 32 - 63 A 4 12,59 x 16
6,43 0,05 8 1,06 MR IV 40 - 63 A 6 23,5 x 40 35 0,08 2,27 1,6 MR V 32 - 63 A 4 40
6,43 0,06 8,2 1,9 MR IV 50 - 63 A 6 23,5 x 40 36 0,09 2,31 1,9 MR V 32 - 63 B 6 25
35 0,08 2,32 2,8 MR V 40 - 63 A 4 40
7,92 0,07 7,9 1,32 MR 2IV 40 - 63 A 6 27,11 x 16
8,04 0,06 6,8 1,4 MR IV 40 - 63 A 6 23,5 x 32 43,8 0,09 1,89 2 MR V 32 - 63 A 4 32
8,04 0,06 6,9 2,65 MR IV 50 - 63 A 6 23,5 x 32 45 0,09 1,91 2,36 MR V 32 - 63 B 6 20
8,68 0,05 6 0,71 MR IV 32 - 63 A 6 22,59 x 40 56 0,09 1,54 2,5 MR V 32 - 63 A 4 25
10,3 0,06 5,5 1,8 MR IV 40 - 63 A 6 23,5 x 25 70 0,09 1,27 3,15 MR V 32 - 63 A 4 20
10,9 0,06 5,1 1,06 MR IV 32 - 63 A 6 22,59 x 32 87,5 0,1 1,08 3,35 MR V 32 - 63 A 4 16
12,9 0,06 4,59 2,36 MR IV 40 - 63 A 6 23,5 x 20 108 0,1 0,89 4 MR V 32 - 63 A 4 13
13,9 0,06 4,16 1,32 MR IV 32 - 63 A 6 22,59 x 25 140 0,1 0,7 4,75 MR V 32 - 63 A 4 10
14,3 0,05 3,62 1,4 MR V 40 - 63 A 6 63
17,4 0,06 3,45 1,6 MR IV 32 - 63 A 6 22,59 x 20 0,18 1,49 0,1 65 0,95 MR 2IV 80 - 71 A 6 12,1 x 50
18 0,06 3 1,12 MR V 32 - 63 A 6 50 1,49 0,1 65 1,06 MR 2IV 81 - 71 A 6 12,1 x 50
18 0,06 3,08 2,12 MR V 40 - 63 A 6 50 1,86 0,11 55 1,25 MR 2IV 80 - 71 A 6 12,1 x 40
21,7 0,07 3,02 1,7 MR IV 32 - 63 A 6 22,59 x 16 1,86 0,11 55 1,32 MR 2IV 81 - 71 A 6 12,1 x 40
22,5 0,06 2,53 1,6 MR V 32 - 63 A 6 40 2,33 0,11 44,7 0,85 MR 2IV 63 - 71 A 6 12,1 x 32
28,1 0,06 2,12 2 MR V 32 - 63 A 6 32 2,33 0,11 45,8 1,6 MR 2IV 80 - 71 A 6 12,1 x 32
36 0,07 1,73 2,5 MR V 32 - 63 A 6 25 2,33 0,11 45,8 1,7 MR 2IV 81 - 71 A 6 12,1 x 32
2,98 0,11 36,6 1,12 MR 2IV 63 - 71 A 6 12,1 x 25
0,12 2,58 0,07 26,3 0,75 MR 2IV 50 - 63 B 6 10,9 x 32 2,98 0,12 37,6 2 MR 2IV 80 - 71 A 6 12,1 x 25
3,21 0,07 20,6 0,8 MR 2IV 50 - 63 A 4 10,9 x 40 2,98 0,12 37,6 2,24 MR 2IV 81 - 71 A 6 12,1 x 25
3,3 0,07 21,6 1 MR 2IV 50 - 63 B 6 10,9 x 25 3,56 0,12 31,1 1,25 MR 2IV 63 - 71 A 6 10,1 x 25
4,01 0,07 17,4 1,12 MR 2IV 50 - 63 A 4 10,9 x 32 3,56 0,12 31,7 2,36 MR 2IV 80 - 71 A 6 10,1 x 25
4,12 0,08 18 1,25 MR 2IV 50 - 63 B 6 10,9 x 20 3,56 0,12 31,7 2,65 MR 2IV 81 - 71 A 6 10,1 x 25
4,08 0,06 15 0,75 MR IV 50 - 63 B 6 23,5 x 63 4,01 0,11 26 0,75 MR 2IV 50 - 63 B 4 10,9 x 32
5,13 0,08 14 0,8 MR 2IV 40 - 63 A 4 10,9 x 25 3,76 0,1 25,8 0,85 MR IV 63 - 71 A 6 13,8 x 63
5,13 0,08 14,3 1,4 MR 2IV 50 - 63 A 4 10,9 x 25 3,76 0,1 25,8 0,95 MR IV 64 - 71 A 6 13,8 x 63
5,14 0,07 12,8 1,18 MR IV 50 - 63 B 6 23,5 x 50 3,76 0,11 26,7 1,7 MR IV 80 - 71 A 6 13,8 x 63
6,41 0,08 11,7 1 MR 2IV 40 - 63 A 4 10,9 x 20 3,76 0,11 26,7 1,9 MR IV 81 - 71 A 6 13,8 x 63
6,43 0,07 10,7 0,8 MR IV 40 - 63 B 6 23,5 x 40 4,55 0,11 24 0,85 MR 2IV 50 - 71 A 6 17,91 x 25
6,41 0,08 11,8 1,8 MR 2IV 50 - 63 A 4 10,9 x 20 4,42 0,11 24,5 1,4 MR 2IV 63 - 71 A 6 16,36 x 32
6,35 0,07 10,2 1,06 MR IV 50 - 63 A 4 23,5 x 63 4,74 0,11 21,9 1,25 MR IV 63 - 71 A 6 13,8 x 50
6,43 0,07 10,9 1,4 MR IV 50 - 63 B 6 23,5 x 40 4,74 0,11 21,9 1,32 MR IV 64 - 71 A 6 13,8 x 50
7,88 0,08 9,3 1,12 MR 2IV 40 - 63 A 4 27,11 x 25 4,74 0,11 22,6 2,36 MR IV 80 - 71 A 6 13,8 x 50
8 0,07 8,4 0,85 MR IV 40 - 63 A 4 23,5 x 50 5,13 0,11 21,4 0,95 MR 2IV 50 - 63 B 4 10,9 x 25
8,04 0,08 9 1,06 MR IV 40 - 63 B 6 23,5 x 32 5,69 0,12 19,9 1,06 MR 2IV 50 - 71 A 6 17,91 x 20
7,88 0,08 9,5 2,12 MR 2IV 50 - 63 A 4 27,11 x 25
5,66 0,12 20 1,8 MR 2IV 63 - 71 A 6 16,36 x 25
8 0,07 8,7 1,6 MR IV 50 - 63 A 4 23,5 x 50
5,92 0,11 18,5 1,6 MR IV 63 - 71 A 6 13,8 x 40
8,04 0,08 9,2 2 MR IV 50 - 63 B 6 23,5 x 32
5,92 0,11 18,5 1,8 MR IV 64 - 71 A 6 13,8 x 40
9,85 0,08 7,7 1,4 MR 2IV 40 - 63 A 4 27,11 x 20
6,41 0,12 17,7 1,18 MR 2IV 50 - 63 B 4 10,9 x 20
10 0,07 7,1 1,12 MR IV 40 - 63 A 4 23,5 x 40
10,3 0,08 7,4 1,32 MR IV 40 - 63 B 6 23,5 x 25 6,35 0,1 15,3 0,71 MR IV 50 - 63 B 4 13,5 x 63
10 0,08 7,3 2 MR IV 50 - 63 A 4 23,5 x 40 6,99 0,12 15,9 1,25 MR 2IV 50 - 71 A 6 15,15 x 25
10,9 0,08 6,7 0,8 MR IV 32 - 63 B 6 22,59 x 32 7,1 0,11 14,5 1 MR IV 50 - 71 A 6 12,54 x 50
7,4 0,12 15,4 2 MR IV 63 - 71 A 6 13,8 x 32
12,3 0,09 6,9 1,4 MR 2IV 40 - 63 A 4 27,11 x 16
12,5 0,08 6 1,5 MR IV 40 - 63 A 4 23,5 x 32 7,88 0,12 14 0,75 MR 2IV 40 - 63 B 4 17,11 x 25
12,9 0,08 6,1 1,7 MR IV 40 - 63 B 6 23,5 x 20 7,88 0,12 14,2 1,4 MR 2IV 50 - 63 B 4 17,11 x 25
8 0,11 13 1,06 MR IV 50 - 63 B 4 13,5 x 50
13,5 0,08 5,4 0,8 MR IV 32 - 63 A 4 22,59 x 40
13,9 0,08 5,5 0,95 MR IV 32 - 63 B 6 22,59 x 25 8,87 0,11 12 0,67 MR IV 40 - 71 A 6 12,54 x 40
8,74 0,12 13,2 1,6 MR 2IV 50 - 71 A 6 15,15 x 20
14,3 0,07 4,83 1,06 MR V 40 - 63 B 6 63 8,87 0,11 12,3 1,25 MR IV 50 - 71 A 6 12,54 x 40
14,3 0,07 4,99 2 MR V 50 - 63 B 6 63 8,84 0,12 13,2 2,24 MR IV 63 - 71 A 6 13,18 x 32
16,9 0,08 4,51 1,06 MR IV 32 - 63 A 4 22,59x 32 9,85 0,12 11,6 0,95 MR 2IV 40 - 63 B 4 17,11 x 20
16 0,08 4,94 1,9 MR IV 40 - 63 A 4 23,5 x 25 10 0,11 10,7 0,75 MR IV 40 - 63 B 4 13,5 x 40
17,4 0,08 4,6 1,18 MR IV 32 - 63 B 6 22,59 x 20 9,85 0,12 11,8 1,7 MR 2IV 50 - 63 B 4 17,11 x 20
1) Potenze per servizio continuo S1; per servizi S2 ... S10 è possibile incrementarle (ved. 1) Powers valid for continuous duty S1; increase possible for S2 ... S10 (see ch. 2b) in
cap. 2b); proporzionalmente P2, M2 aumentano e f s diminuisce. which case P2, M2 increase and fs decreases proportionately.
2) Per la designazione completa per l’ordinazione ved. cap. 3. 2) For complete designation when ordering see ch. 3.
32

1) 2) 1) 2)
0,18 10 0,12 11 1,32 MR IV 50 - 63 B 4 13,5 x 40 0,25 3,62 0,16 41,9 1,8 MR 2IV 81 - 71 A 4 12,1 x 32
11,1 0,12 10,1 0,9 MR IV 40 - 71 A 6 12,54 x 32 3,56 0,16 44,1 1,7 MR 2IV 80 - 71 B 6 10,1 x 25
11,1 0,12 10,3 1,7 MR IV 50 - 71 A 6 12,54 x 32 3,56 0,16 44,1 1,9 MR 2IV 81 - 71 B 6 10,1 x 25
12,3 0,13 10,3 0,95 MR 2IV 40 - 63 B 4 17,11 x 16 3,76 0,14 35,8 0,71 MR IV 64 - 71 B 6 13,8 x 63
12,5 0,12 9,1 1 MR IV 40 - 63 B 4 13,5 x 32 3,76 0,15 37,1 1,18 MR IV 80 - 71 B 6 13,8 x 63
12,5 0,12 9,2 1,8 MR IV 50 - 63 B 4 13,5 x 32 3,76 0,15 37,1 1,32 MR IV 81 - 71 B 6 13,8 x 63
14,2 0,12 8,3 1,18 MR IV 40 - 71 A 6 12,54 x 25 4,63 0,16 33,6 1,12 MR 2IV 63 - 71 A 4 12,1 x 25
14,3 0,11 7,2 0,71 MR V 40 - 71 A 6 1 63 4,63 0,16 33,6 1,18 MR 2IV 64 - 71 A 4 12,1 x 25
14,2 0,13 8,4 2,12 MR IV 50 - 71 A 6 12,54 x 25 4,74 0,15 30,4 0,9 MR IV 63 - 71 B 6 13,8 x 50
14,3 0,11 7,5 1,32 MR V 50 - 71 A 6 63 4,74 0,15 30,4 1 MR IV 64 - 71 B 6 13,8 x 50
4,63 0,17 34,2 2,12 MR 2IV 80 - 71 A 4 12,1 x 25
16,9 0,12 6,8 0,71 MR IV 32 - 63 B 4 12,59 x 32 4,63 0,17 34,2 2,36 MR 2IV 81 - 71 A 4 12,1 x 25
16 0,12 7,4 1,25 MR IV 40 - 63 B 4 13,5 x 25 4,74 0,16 31,4 1,7 MR IV 80 - 71 B 6 13,8 x 50
16 0,13 7,6 2,36 MR IV 50 - 63 B 4 13,5 x 25 4,74 0,16 31,4 1,9 MR IV 81 - 71 B 6 13,8 x 50
17,7 0,13 6,8 1,5 MR IV 40 - 71 A 6 12,54 x 20 5,13 0,16 29,7 0,67 MR 2IV 50 - 63 C 4 10,9 x 25
18 0,12 6,2 1,06 MR V 40 - 71 A 6 50
17,7 0,13 7 2,65 MR IV 50 - 71 A 6 12,54 x 20 5,69 0,16 27,6 0,75 MR 2IV 50 - 71 B 6 17,91 x 20
18 0,12 6,3 2 MR V 50 - 71 A 6 50 5,53 0,16 28,4 1,32 MR 2IV 63 - 71 A 4 10,1 x 25
5,53 0,16 28,4 1,4 MR 2IV 64 - 71 A 4 10,1 x 25
20 0,13 6,1 1,6 MR IV 40 - 63 B 4 13,5 x 20 5,85 0,15 24,3 0,85 MR IV 63 - 71 A 4 13,8 x 63
21,6 0,13 5,5 0,9 MR IV 32 - 63 B 4 12,59 x 25 5,85 0,15 24,3 0,95 MR IV 64 - 71 A 4 13,8 x 63
22,2 0,14 6 1,5 MR IV 40 - 71 A 6 12,54 x 16 5,92 0,16 25,7 1,12 MR IV 63 - 71 B 6 13,8 x 40
22,2 0,11 4,93 1 MR V 40 - 63 B 4 63 5,92 0,16 25,7 1,25 MR IV 64 - 71 B 6 13,8 x 40
22,5 0,12 5,2 1,4 MR V 40 - 71 A 6 40 5,85 0,15 25 1,7 MR IV 80 - 71 A 4 13,8 x 63
22,2 0,12 5,1 1,9 MR V 50 - 63 B 4 63 5,85 0,15 25 1,9 MR IV 81 - 71 A 4 13,8 x 63
25 0,14 5,3 1,7 MR IV 40 - 63 B 4 13,5 x 16 6,41 0,17 24,6 0,85 MR 2IV 50 - 63 C 4 10,9 x 20
27 0,13 4,59 1,12 MR IV 32 - 63 B 4 12,59 x 20 7,08 0,16 21,9 0,9 MR 2IV 50 - 71 A 4 17,91 x 25
28 0,12 4,05 0,8 MR V 32 - 63 B 4 50 7,1 0,15 20,2 0,71 MR IV 50 - 71 B 6 12,54 x 50
28,1 0,12 4,24 1 MR V 32 - 71 A 6 32 6,88 0,16 22,5 1,4 MR 2IV 63 - 71 A 4 16,36 x 32
28 0,12 4,16 1,4 MR V 40 - 63 B 4 50 6,88 0,16 22,5 1,6 MR 2IV 64 - 71 A 4 16,36 x 32
28,1 0,13 4,33 1,8 MR V 40 - 71 A 6 32 7,37 0,16 20,5 1,18 MR IV 63 - 71 A 4 13,8 x 50
28 0,13 4,28 2,65 MR V 50 - 63 B 4 50 7,37 0,16 20,5 1,4 MR IV 64 - 71 A 4 13,8 x 50
33,8 0,14 3,98 1,18 MR IV 32 - 63 B 4 12,59 x 16 7,4 0,17 21,4 1,5 MR IV 63 - 71 B 6 13,8 x 32
35 0,12 3,4 1,06 MR V 32 - 63 B 4 40 7,4 0,17 21,4 1,7 MR IV 64 - 71 B 6 13,8 x 32
36 0,13 3,47 1,32 MR V 32 - 71 A 6 25 7,88 0,16 19,8 1 MR 2IV 50 - 63 C 4 17,11 x 25
35 0,13 3,48 1,9 MR V 40 - 63 B 4 40 8 0,15 18,1 0,8 MR IV 50 - 63 C 4 13,5 x 50
36 0,13 3,51 2,36 MR V 40 - 71 A 6 25 8,85 0,17 18,1 1,12 MR 2IV 50 - 71 A 4 17,91 x 20
43,8 0,13 2,84 1,32 MR V 32 - 63 B 4 32 8,87 0,16 17,1 0,9 MR IV 50 - 71 B 6 12,54 x 40
45 0,13 2,86 1,6 MR V 32 - 71 A 6 20 9,21 0,17 17,2 1,6 MR IV 63 - 71 A 4 13,8 x 40
43,8 0,13 2,9 2,5 MR V 40 - 63 B 4 32 9,21 0,17 17,2 1,8 MR IV 64 - 71 A 4 13,8 x 40
56 0,14 2,31 1,7 MR V 32 - 63 B 4 25 9,85 0,17 16,4 1,25 MR 2IV 50 - 63 C 4 17,11 x 20
56 0,14 2,34 3,15 MR V 40 - 63 B 4 25 10 0,16 15,3 1 MR IV 50 - 63 C 4 13,5 x 40
70 0,14 1,9 2,12 MR V 32 - 63 B 4 20 11,1 0,16 14 0,67 MR IV 40 - 71 B 6 12,54 x 32
87,5 0,15 1,61 2,24 MR V 32 - 63 B 4 16 10,9 0,17 14,7 1,25 MR 2IV 50 - 71 A 4 15,15 x 25
11 0,16 13,6 1 MR IV 50 - 71 A 4 12,54 x 50
108 0,15 1,34 2,65 MR V 32 - 63 B 4 13 11,1 0,17 14,3 1,18 MR IV 50 - 71 B 6 12,54 x 32
140 0,15 1,05 3,15 MR V 32 - 63 B 4 10 11,5 0,17 14,3 2 MR IV 63 - 71 A 4 13,8 x 32
175 0,15 0,84 3,35 MR V 32 - 63 A 2 16 12,5 0,16 12,6 0,75 MR IV 40 - 63 C 4 13,5 x 32
200 0,16 0,76 3,75 MR V 32 - 63 B 4 7 12,5 0,17 12,8 1,32 MR IV 50 - 63 C 4 13,5 x 32
215 0,16 0,69 4 MR V 32 - 63 A 2 13 13,8 0,16 11,1 0,71 MR IV 40 - 71 A 4 12,54 x 40
14,2 0,17 11,5 0,85 MR IV 40 - 71 B 6 12,54 x 25
280 0,16 0,54 4,75 MR V 32 - 63 A 2 10 13,6 0,17 12,2 1,6 MR 2IV 50 - 71 A 4 15,15 x 20
13,8 0,17 11,5 1,25 MR IV 50 - 71 A 4 12,54 x 40
0,25 1,49 0,14 90 0,67 MR 2IV 80 - 71 B 6 12,1 x 50 14,2 0,17 11,7 1,5 MR IV 50 - 71 B 6 12,54 x 25
1,49 0,14 90 0,75 MR 2IV 81 - 71 B 6 12,1 x 50 14,3 0,16 10,4 0,95 MR V 50 - 71 B 6 63
1,86 0,15 77 0,9 MR 2IV 80 - 71 B 6 12,1 x 40 13,8 0,18 12,2 2,24 MR IV 63 - 71 A 4 13,18 x 32
1,86 0,15 77 0,95 MR 2IV 81 - 71 B 6 12,1 x 40 14,3 0,16 11 1,7 MR V 63 - 71 B 6 63
2,32 0,15 60 0,95 MR 2IV 80 - 71 A 4 12,1 x 50 14,3 0,16 11 1,9 MR V 64 - 71 B 6 63
2,32 0,15 60 1,06 MR 2IV 81 - 71 A 4 12,1 x 50 16 0,17 10,3 0,9 MR IV 40 - 63 C 4 13,5 x 25
2,33 0,16 64 1,12 MR 2IV 80 - 71 B 6 12,1 x 32 17 0,19 10,6 1,7 MR 2IV 50 - 71 A 4 15,15 x 16
2,33 0,16 64 1,25 MR 2IV 81 - 71 B 6 12,1 x 32 16 0,18 10,5 1,7 MR IV 50 - 63 C 4 13,5 x 25
2,98 0,16 51 0,8 MR 2IV 63 - 71 B 6 12,1 x 25 17,3 0,17 9,4 0,9 MR IV 40 - 71 A 4 12,54 x 32
2,89 0,15 51 1,25 MR 2IV 80 - 71 A 4 12,1 x 40 17,7 0,18 9,5 1,06 MR IV 40 - 71 B 6 12,54 x 20
2,89 0,15 51 1,4 MR 2IV 81 - 71 A 4 12,1 x 40 18 0,16 8,5 0,75 MR V 40 - 71 B 6 50
2,98 0,16 52 1,5 MR 2IV 80 - 71 B 6 12,1 x 25 17,3 0,17 9,6 1,7 MR IV 50 - 71 A 4 12,54 x 32
2,98 0,16 52 1,6 MR 2IV 81 - 71 B 6 12,1 x 25 17,7 0,18 9,7 1,9 MR IV 50 - 71 B 6 12,54 x 20
3,62 0,16 41 0,85 MR 2IV 63 - 71 A 4 12,1 x 32 18 0,17 8,8 1,4 MR V 50 - 71 B 6 50
3,62 0,16 41 0,9 MR 2IV 64 - 71 A 4 12,1 x 32 18 0,17 9,2 2,24 MR V 63 - 71 B 6 50
3,56 0,16 43,2 0,9 MR 2IV 63 - 71 B 6 10,1 x 25 20 0,18 8,5 1,18 MR IV 40 - 63 C 4 13,5 x 20
3,62 0,16 41,9 1,6 MR 2IV 80 - 71 A 4 12,1 x 32 20 0,18 8,7 2,12 MR IV 50 - 63 C 4 13,5 x 20
cap. 2b); proporzionalmente P2, M2 aumentano e fs diminuisce. which case P2, M2 increase and f s decreases proportionately.
33

1) 2) 1) 2)
0,25 22,1 0,18 7,7 1,18 MR IV 40 - 71 A 4 12,54 x 25 0,37 3,76 0,22 55 0,8 MR IV 80 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 63
22,2 0,16 6,9 0,71 MR V 40 - 63 C 4 63 3,76 0,22 55 0,9 MR IV 81 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 63
22,2 0,16 6,9 0,71 MR V 40 - 71 A 4 63 3,76 0,23 57 1,5 MR IV 100 - 80 A 6 13,8 x 63
22,5 0,17 7,2 1 MR V 40 - 71 B 6 40 4,63 0,24 49,7 0,75 MR 2IV 63 - 71 B 4 12,1 x 25
22,1 0,18 7,8 2,12 MR IV 50 - 71 A 4 12,54 x 25 4,63 0,24 49,7 0,8 MR 2IV 64 - 71 B 4 12,1 x 25
22,2 0,16 7,1 1,4 MR V 50 - 71 A 4 63 4,74 0,22 45 0,67 MR IV 64 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 50
22,5 0,17 7,4 1,8 MR V 50 - 71 B 6 40 4,63 0,25 51 1,4 MR 2IV 80 - 71 B 4 12,1 x 25
22,2 0,17 7,5 2,36 MR V 63 - 71 A 4 63 4,63 0,25 51 1,6 MR 2IV 81 - 71 B 4 12,1 x 25
25 0,19 7,4 1,25 MR IV 40 - 63 C 4 13,5 x 16 4,74 0,23 46,5 1,12 MR IV 80 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 50
27 0,18 6,4 0,8 MR IV 32 - 63 C 4 12,59 x 20 4,74 0,23 46,5 1,25 MR IV 81 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 50
28,1 0,17 5,9 0,75 MR V 32 - 71 B 6 32 4,74 0,24 48,1 2,12 MR IV 100 - 80 A 6 13,8 x 50
27,6 0,18 6,3 1,5 MR IV 40 - 71 A 4 12,54 x 20 5,53 0,24 42 0,85 MR 2IV 63 - 71 B 4 10,1 x 25
28 0,17 5,8 1,06 MR V 40 - 63 C 4 50 5,53 0,24 42 0,95 MR 2IV 64 - 71 B 4 10,1 x 25
28 0,17 5,8 1,06 MR V 40 - 71 A 4 50 5,85 0,22 35,9 0,67 MR IV 64 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 63
28,1 0,18 6 1,32 MR V 40 - 71 B 6 32 5,92 0,24 38 0,75 MR IV 63 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 40
27,6 0,19 6,4 2,65 MR IV 50 - 71 A 4 12,54 x 20 5,92 0,24 38 0,85 MR IV 64 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 40
28 0,17 5,9 1,9 MR V 50 - 71 A 4 50 5,53 0,25 42,8 1,6 MR 2IV 80 - 71 B 4 10,1 x 25
28,1 0,18 6,1 2,36 MR V 50 - 71 B 6 32 5,53 0,25 42,8 1,9 MR 2IV 81 - 71 B 4 10,1 x 25
33,8 0,2 5,5 0,85 MR IV 32 - 63 C 4 12,59 x 16 5,85 0,23 37 1,18 MR IV 80 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 63
35 0,17 4,73 0,75 MR V 32 - 63 C 4 40 5,85 0,23 37 1,32 MR IV 81 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 63
36 0,18 4,81 0,9 MR V 32 - 71 B 6 25 5,92 0,24 39,2 1,5 MR IV 80 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 40
34,5 0,2 5,5 1,6 MR IV 40 - 71 A 4 12,54 x 16 5,92 0,24 39,2 1,7 MR IV 81 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 40
35 0,18 4,83 1,32 MR V 40 - 63 C 4 40 6,88 0,24 33,4 0,95 MR 2IV 63 - 71 B 4 16,36 x 32
35 0,18 4,83 1,32 MR V 40 - 71 A 4 40 6,88 0,24 33,4 1,06 MR 2IV 64 - 71 B 4 16,36 x 32
36 0,18 4,88 1,7 MR V 40 - 71 B 6 25 7,09 0,25 33,2 1,06 MR 2IV 63 - 80 A 6 15,08 x 25
35 0,18 4,97 2,36 MR V 50 - 71 A 4 40 7,09 0,25 33,2 1,18 MR 2IV 64 - 80 A 6 15,08 x 25
43,8 0,18 3,94 0,95 MR V 32 - 63 C 4 32 7,37 0,23 30,3 0,8 MR IV 63 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 50
43,8 0,18 3,94 0,95 MR V 32 - 71 A 4 32 7,37 0,23 30,3 0,95 MR IV 64 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 50
45 0,19 3,97 1,18 MR V 32 - 71 B 6 20 7,4 0,25 31,6 1 MR IV 63 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 32
43,8 0,18 4,03 1,8 MR V 40 - 63 C 4 32 7,4 0,25 31,6 1,12 MR IV 64 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 32
43,8 0,18 4,03 1,8 MR V 40 - 71 A 4 32 6,88 0,25 34,4 1,8 MR 2IV 80 - 71 B 4 16,36 x 32
45 0,19 4,01 2 MR V 40 - 71 B 6 20 6,88 0,25 34,4 2,12 MR 2IV 81 - 71 B 4 16,36 x 32
7,37 0,24 31,3 1,5 MR IV 80 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 50
56 0,19 3,21 1,18 MR V 32 - 63 C 4 25
7,37 0,24 31,3 1,8 MR IV 81 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 50
56 0,19 3,21 1,18 MR V 32 - 71 A 4 25
7,4 0,25 32,6 1,9 MR IV 80 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 32
56 0,19 3,26 2,24 MR V 40 - 63 C 4 25
7,4 0,25 32,6 2,24 MR IV 81 - 71 C 6 13,8 x 32
56 0,19 3,26 2,24 MR V 40 - 71 A 4 25
8,85 0,25 26,8 0,75 MR 2IV 50 - 71 B 4 17,91 x 20
70 0,19 2,64 1,5 MR V 32 - 63 C 4 20
8,8 0,25 27,2 1,25 MR 2IV 63 - 71 B 4 16,36 x 25
70 0,19 2,64 1,5 MR V 32 - 71 A 4 20
8,8 0,25 27,2 1,4 MR 2IV 64 - 71 B 4 16,36 x 25
70 0,2 2,67 2,65 MR V 40 - 71 A 4 20
9,21 0,25 25,5 1,06 MR IV 63 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 40
87,5 0,21 2,24 1,6 MR V 32 - 63 C 4 16 9,21 0,25 25,5 1,25 MR IV 64 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 40
87,5 0,21 2,24 1,6 MR V 32 - 71 A 4 16 8,84 0,25 27 1,12 MR IV 63 - 71 C 6 13,18 x 32
87,5 0,21 2,27 2,8 MR V 40 - 71 A 4 16 8,84 0,25 27 1,32 MR IV 64 - 71 C 6 13,18 x 32
108 0,21 1,86 1,9 MR V 32 - 63 C 4 13 9,21 0,25 26,3 2 MR IV 80 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 40
108 0,21 1,86 1,9 MR V 32 - 71 A 4 13 9,21 0,25 26,3 2,36 MR IV 81 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 40
140 0,21 1,45 2,24 MR V 32 - 63 C 4 10 10,9 0,25 21,8 0,85 MR 2IV 50 - 71 B 4 15,15 x 25
140 0,21 1,45 2,24 MR V 32 - 71 A 4 10 11 0,23 20,2 0,67 MR IV 50 - 71 B 4 12,54 x 50
175 0,21 1,16 2,5 MR V 32 - 63 B 2 16 11,1 0,25 21,2 0,8 MR IV 50 - 71 C 6 12,54 x 32
11,5 0,25 21,1 1,4 MR IV 63 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 32
200 0,22 1,05 2,65 MR V 32 - 63 C 4 7 11,5 0,25 21,1 1,6 MR IV 64 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 32
200 0,22 1,05 2,65 MR V 32 - 71 A 4 7 11,5 0,26 21,7 2,65 MR IV 80 - 71 B 4 13,8 x 32
215 0,22 0,96 2,8 MR V 32 - 63 B 2 13 13,6 0,26 18 1,06 MR 2IV 50 - 71 B 4 15,15 x 20
280 0,22 0,75 3,55 MR V 32 - 63 B 2 10 13,8 0,25 17 0,85 MR IV 50 - 71 B 4 12,54 x 40
400 0,22 0,54 4,25 MR V 32 - 63 B 2 7 14,2 0,26 17,3 1,06 MR IV 50 - 71 C 6 12,54 x 25
13,9 0,25 17,4 0,95 MR IV 50 - 80 A 6 12,03 x 32
0,37 1,49 0,22 138 0,85 MR 2IV 100 - 80 A 6 12,1 x 50 13,8 0,26 18 1,5 MR IV 63 - 71 B 4 13,18 x 32
13,8 0,26 18 1,8 MR IV 64 - 71 B 4 13,18 x 32
1,86 0,23 116 1,12 MR 2IV 100 - 80 A 6 12,1 x 40 14,3 0,24 16,2 1,18 MR V 63 - 71 C 6 63
2,32 0,22 89 0,67 MR 2IV 80 - 71 B 4 12,1 x 50 14,3 0,24 16,2 1,18 MR V 63 - 80 A 6 63
2,32 0,22 89 0,71 MR 2IV 81 - 71 B 4 12,1 x 50 14,3 0,24 16,2 1,32 MR V 64 - 80 A 6 63
2,33 0,23 94 0,75 MR 2IV 80 - 71 C 6 12,1 x 32 14,3 0,25 16,8 2,24 MR V 80 - 80 A 6 63
2,33 0,23 94 0,85 MR 2IV 81 - 71 C 6 12,1 x 32 17 0,28 15,8 1,12 MR 2IV 50 - 71 B 4 15,15 x 16
2,33 0,23 96 1,4 MR 2IV 100 - 80 A 6 12,1 x 32
17,7 0,26 14,1 0,71 MR IV 40 - 71 C 6 12,54 x 20
2,89 0,23 75 0,85 MR 2IV 80 - 71 B 4 12,1 x 40 17,3 0,26 14,2 1,12 MR IV 50 - 71 B 4 12,54 x 32
2,89 0,23 75 0,95 MR 2IV 81 - 71 B 4 12,1 x 40 17,7 0,27 14,3 1,32 MR IV 50 - 71 C 6 12,54 x 20
2,98 0,24 77 1 MR 2IV 80 - 71 C 6 12,1 x 25 17,7 0,26 14,2 1,25 MR IV 50 - 80 A 6 12,03 x 25
2,98 0,24 77 1,06 MR 2IV 81 - 71 C 6 12,1 x 25 18 0,24 13 0,95 MR V 50 - 71 C 6 50
2,98 0,25 79 1,9 MR 2IV 100 - 80 A 6 12,1 x 25 17,6 0,27 14,7 2 MR IV 63 - 71 B 4 13,18 x 25
3,62 0,24 62 1,06 MR 2IV 80 - 71 B 4 12,1 x 32 18 0,26 13,6 1,5 MR V 63 - 71 C 6 50
3,62 0,24 62 1,25 MR 2IV 81 - 71 B 4 12,1 x 32 18 0,26 13,6 1,5 MR V 63 - 80 A 6 50
3,56 0,25 67 2,24 MR 2IV 100 - 80 A 6 10,1 x 25 18 0,26 13,6 1,8 MR V 64 - 80 A 6 50
34

1) 2) 1) 2)
0,37 22,1 0,26 11,4 0,8 MR IV 40 - 71 B 4 12,54 x 25 0,55 4,33 0,35 76 0,75 MR 2IV 80 - 80 A 4 28,08 x 40
22,5 0,25 10,6 0,67 MR V 40 - 71 C 6 40 4,33 0,35 76 0,9 MR 2IV 81 - 80 A 4 28,08 x 40
22,1 0,27 11,6 1,4 MR IV 50 - 71 B 4 12,54 x 25 4,63 0,37 77 1,9 MR 2IV 100 - 80 A 4 12,1 x 25
22,2 0,29 12,5 1,4 MR IV 50 - 71 C 6 12,54 x 16 4,74 0,35 72 1,4 MR IV 100 - 80 B 6 23,8 x 50
22,2 0,24 10,5 0,95 MR V 50 - 71 B 4 63 5,53 0,37 64 1,12 MR 2IV 80 - 71 C 4 10,1 x 25
22,5 0,26 10,9 1,18 MR V 50 - 71 C 6 40 5,53 0,37 64 1,25 MR 2IV 81 - 71 C 4 10,1 x 25
22 0,29 12,7 2 MR IV 63 - 71 B 4 13,18 x 20 5,42 0,36 64 1 MR 2IV 80 - 80 A 4 28,08 x 32
22,2 0,26 11 1,6 MR V 63 - 71 B 4 63 5,42 0,36 64 1,18 MR 2IV 81 - 80 A 4 28,08 x 32
22,2 0,26 11 1,9 MR V 64 - 71 B 4 63 5,85 0,34 55 0,8 MR IV 80 - 71 C 4 23,8 x 63
22,5 0,27 11,4 2 MR V 63 - 71 C 6 40 5,85 0,34 55 0,9 MR IV 81 - 71 C 4 23,8 x 63
22,5 0,27 11,4 2 MR V 63 - 80 A 6 40 5,63 0,34 57 0,75 MR IV 80 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 63
27,6 0,27 9,4 1 MR IV 40 - 71 B 4 12,54 x 20 5,63 0,34 57 0,85 MR IV 81 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 63
28 0,25 8,6 0,71 MR V 40 - 71 B 4 50 5,53 0,38 66 2,12 MR 2IV 100 - 80 A 4 10,1 x 25
28,1 0,26 8,9 0,9 MR V 40 - 71 C 6 32 5,85 0,35 57 1,5 MR IV 100 - 80 A 4 23,8 x 63
27,6 0,28 9,5 1,8 MR IV 50 - 71 B 4 12,54 x 20 5,92 0,37 60 1,9 MR IV 100 - 80 B 6 23,8 x 40
27,7 0,29 10,1 1,6 MR IV 50 - 80 A 6 12,03 x 16 6,93 0,37 50 0,71 MR 2IV 63 - 80 A 4 28,08 x 25
28 0,26 8,8 1,25 MR V 50 - 71 B 4 50 6,93 0,37 50 0,75 MR 2IV 64 - 80 A 4 28,08 x 25
28,1 0,27 9,1 1,6 MR V 50 - 71 C 6 32 6,93 0,38 52 1,32 MR 2IV 80 - 80 A 4 28,08 x 25
28 0,27 9,2 2,12 MR V 63 - 71 B 4 50 6,93 0,38 52 1,5 MR 2IV 81 - 80 A 4 28,08 x 25
34,5 0,29 8,1 1,06 MR IV 40 - 71 B 4 12,54 x 16 7,37 0,36 46,5 1 MR IV 80 - 71 C 4 23,8 x 50
35 0,26 7,1 0,9 MR V 40 - 71 B 4 40 7,37 0,36 46,5 1,18 MR IV 81 - 71 C 4 23,8 x 50
36 0,27 7,2 1,12 MR V 40 - 71 C 6 25 7,09 0,36 48,3 1 MR IV 80 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 50
34,5 0,3 8,2 1,9 MR IV 50 - 71 B 4 12,54 x 16 7,09 0,36 48,3 1,18 MR IV 81 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 50
35 0,27 7,4 1,6 MR V 50 - 71 B 4 40 7,37 0,37 48,1 2 MR IV 100 - 80 A 4 23,8 x 50
36 0,28 7,4 2 MR V 50 - 71 C 6 25 8,8 0,37 40,5 0,85 MR 2IV 63 - 71 C 4 26,36 x 25
35 0,28 7,6 2,65 MR V 63 - 71 B 4 40 8,8 0,37 40,5 0,95 MR 2IV 64 - 71 C 4 26,36 x 25
43,8 0,27 5,8 0,67 MR V 32 - 71 B 4 32 8,62 0,36 40,4 0,75 MR 2IV 63 - 80 A 4 25,08 x 32
45 0,28 5,9 0,8 MR V 32 - 71 C 6 20 8,62 0,36 40,4 0,85 MR 2IV 64 - 80 A 4 25,08 x 32
43,8 0,27 6 1,18 MR V 40 - 71 B 4 32 9,21 0,36 37,8 0,71 MR IV 63 - 71 C 4 23,8 x 40
45 0,28 5,9 1,4 MR V 40 - 71 C 6 20 9,21 0,36 37,8 0,85 MR IV 64 - 71 C 4 23,8 x 40
43,8 0,28 6,1 2 MR V 50 - 71 B 4 32 8,86 0,36 39,3 0,67 MR IV 63 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 40
45 0,29 6,1 2,5 MR V 50 - 71 C 6 20 8,86 0,36 39,3 0,8 MR IV 64 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 40
56 0,28 4,75 0,8 MR V 32 - 71 B 4 25 8,62 0,37 41,4 1,4 MR 2IV 80 - 80 A 4 25,08 x 32
56 0,28 4,82 1,5 MR V 40 - 71 B 4 25 8,62 0,37 41,4 1,7 MR 2IV 81 - 80 A 4 25,08 x 32
56 0,29 4,93 2,65 MR V 50 - 71 B 4 25 9,21 0,38 39,1 1,32 MR IV 80 - 71 C 4 23,8 x 40
9,21 0,38 39,1 1,6 MR IV 81 - 71 C 4 23,8 x 40
70 0,29 3,91 1 MR V 32 - 71 B 4 20 8,75 0,36 38,8 1,06 MR IV 80 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 63
70 0,29 3,96 1,8 MR V 40 - 71 B 4 20 8,75 0,36 38,8 1,18 MR IV 81 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 63
87,5 0,3 3,31 1,12 MR V 32 - 71 B 4 16 8,86 0,38 40,6 1,32 MR IV 80 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 40
87,5 0,31 3,36 1,9 MR V 40 - 71 B 4 16 8,86 0,38 40,6 1,5 MR IV 81 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 40
108 0,31 2,75 1,25 MR V 32 - 71 B 4 13 9,21 0,39 40,3 2,65 MR IV 100 - 80 A 4 23,8 x 40
108 0,31 2,78 2,24 MR V 40 - 71 B 4 13 11 0,38 32,8 0,95 MR 2IV 63 - 80 A 4 25,08 x 25
140 0,32 2,15 1,5 MR V 32 - 71 B 4 10 11 0,38 32,8 1,12 MR 2IV 64 - 80 A 4 25,08 x 25
11,5 0,38 31,4 0,9 MR IV 63 - 71 C 4 23,8 x 32
140 0,32 2,17 2,8 MR V 40 - 71 B 4 10 11,5 0,38 31,4 1,12 MR IV 64 - 71 C 4 23,8 x 32
175 0,32 1,72 1,7 MR V 32 - 63 C 2 16 11 0,36 31,5 0,71 MR IV 63 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 50
175 0,32 1,72 1,7 MR V 32 - 71 A 2 16 11 0,36 31,5 0,85 MR IV 64 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 50
11,1 0,38 32,6 0,9 MR IV 63 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 32
175 0,32 1,74 2,8 MR V 40 - 71 A 2 16 11,1 0,38 32,6 1,06 MR IV 64 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 32
200 0,33 1,55 1,8 MR V 32 - 71 B 4 7 11 0,39 33,7 1,9 MR 2IV 80 - 80 A 4 25,08 x 25
200 0,33 1,57 3,35 MR V 40 - 71 B 4 7 11 0,39 33,7 2,24 MR 2IV 81 - 80 A 4 25,08 x 25
215 0,32 1,42 1,9 MR V 32 - 63 C 2 13 11,5 0,39 32,3 1,8 MR IV 80 - 71 C 4 23,8 x 32
215 0,32 1,42 1,9 MR V 32 - 71 A 2 13 11,5 0,39 32,3 2,12 MR IV 81 - 71 C 4 23,8 x 32
11 0,38 32,5 1,4 MR IV 80 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 50
280 0,32 1,11 2,36 MR V 32 - 63 C 2 10 11 0,38 32,5 1,6 MR IV 81 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 50
280 0,32 1,11 2,36 MR V 32 - 71 A 2 10 11,1 0,39 33,6 1,7 MR IV 80 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 32
400 0,33 0,79 2,8 MR V 32 - 63 C 2 7 11,1 0,39 33,6 2 MR IV 81 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 32
400 0,33 0,79 2,8 MR V 32 - 71 A 2 7 13,8 0,39 26,8 1,06 MR IV 63 - 71 C 4 23,18 x 32
13,8 0,39 26,8 1,25 MR IV 64 - 71 C 4 23,18 x 32
0,55 1,86 0,34 173 0,75 MR 2IV 100 - 80 B 6 12,1 x 40 13,8 0,38 26,5 0,95 MR IV 63 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 40
2,32 0,33 135 0,8 MR 2IV 100 - 80 A 4 12,1 x 50 13,8 0,38 26,5 1,12 MR IV 64 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 40
2,33 0,35 143 0,95 MR 2IV 100 - 80 B 6 12,1 x 32 14,2 0,39 26,5 1,18 MR IV 63 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 25
2,89 0,35 114 1,06 MR 2IV 100 - 80 A 4 12,1 x 40 14,2 0,39 26,5 1,4 MR IV 64 - 80 B 6 22,54 x 25
2,98 0,37 117 1,25 MR 2IV 100 - 80 B 6 12,1 x 25 14,3 0,36 24,1 0,8 MR V 63 - 80 B 6 63
14,3 0,36 24,1 0,9 MR V 64 - 80 B 6 63
3,62 0,35 92 0,75 MR 2IV 80 - 71 C 4 12,1 x 32 13,8 0,4 27,6 2 MR IV 80 - 71 C 4 23,18 x 32
3,62 0,35 92 0,85 MR 2IV 81 - 71 C 4 12,1 x 32 13,8 0,4 27,6 2,36 MR IV 81 - 71 C 4 23,18 x 32
3,62 0,36 94 1,4 MR 2IV 100 - 80 A 4 12,1 x 32 13,8 0,39 27,1 1,8 MR IV 80 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 40
3,56 0,37 99 1,5 MR 2IV 100 - 80 B 6 10,1 x 25 13,8 0,39 27,1 2,12 MR IV 81 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 40
3,76 0,34 85 1,06 MR IV 100 - 80 B 6 23,8 x 63 14,3 0,37 25 1,5 MR V 80 - 80 B 6 2 63
4,63 0,36 75 0,95 MR 2IV 80 - 71 C 4 12,1 x 25 14,3 0,37 25 1,8 MR V 81 - 80 B 6 2 63
4,63 0,36 75 1,06 MR 2IV 81 - 71 C 4 12,1 x 25 17,3 0,38 21,2 0,75 MR IV 50 - 71 C 4 22,54 x 32
35

1) 2) 1) 2)
0,55 17,7 0,39 21,1 0,8 MR IV 50 - 80 B 6 22,03 x 25 0,55 87,5 0,46 4,99 1,32 MR V 40 - 71 C 4 16
17,6 0,4 21,8 1,4 MR IV 63 - 71 C 4 23,18 x 25 87,5 0,46 4,99 1,32 MR V 40 - 80 A 4 16
17,6 0,4 21,8 1,6 MR IV 64 - 71 C 4 23,18 x 25 87,5 0,46 5,1 2,36 MR V 50 - 71 C 4 16
17,2 0,39 21,8 1,18 MR IV 63 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 32 87,5 0,46 5,1 2,36 MR V 50 - 80 A 4 16
17,2 0,39 21,8 1,5 MR IV 64 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 32 108 0,46 4,09 0,85 MR V 32 - 71 C 4 13
18 0,38 20,2 1,06 MR V 63 - 80 B 6 50 108 0,47 4,13 1,5 MR V 40 - 71 C 4 13
18 0,38 20,2 1,25 MR V 64 - 80 B 6 50 108 0,47 4,13 1,5 MR V 40 - 80 A 4 13
17,6 0,41 22,3 2,65 MR IV 80 - 71 C 4 23,18 x 25 108 0,47 4,18 2,65 MR V 50 - 71 C 4 13
17,6 0,41 22,3 3,15 MR IV 81 - 71 C 4 23,18 x 25 108 0,47 4,18 2,65 MR V 50 - 80 A 4 13
17,2 0,4 22,4 2,36 MR IV 80 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 32
17,2 0,4 22,4 2,8 MR IV 81 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 32 140 0,47 3,19 1 MR V 32 - 71 C 4 10
18 0,39 20,9 2 MR V 80 - 80 B 6 50 140 0,47 3,23 1,8 MR V 40 - 71 C 4 10
18 0,39 20,9 2,36 MR V 81 - 80 B 6 50 140 0,47 3,23 1,8 MR V 40 - 80 A 4 10
22,1 0,4 17,2 0,95 MR IV 50 - 71 C 4 22,54 x 25 175 0,47 2,56 1,12 MR V 32 - 71 B 2 16
21,5 0,39 17,3 0,9 MR IV 50 - 80 A 4 22,03 x 32 175 0,47 2,58 2 MR V 40 - 71 B 2 16
22,2 0,4 17,4 1,06 MR IV 50 - 80 B 6 22,03 x 20 200 0,48 2,31 1,25 MR V 32 - 71 C 4 7
22,5 0,38 16,2 0,8 MR V 50 - 80 B 6 40 200 0,49 2,33 2,24 MR V 40 - 71 C 4 7
22 0,44 18,9 1,32 MR IV 63 - 71 C 4 23,18 x 20 200 0,49 2,33 2,24 MR V 40 - 80 A 4 7
22 0,44 18,9 1,6 MR IV 64 - 71 C 4 23,18 x 20
215 0,48 2,11 1,32 MR V 32 - 71 B 2 13
22,1 0,41 17,7 1,6 MR IV 63 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 25
215 0,48 2,13 2,24 MR V 40 - 71 B 2 13
22,1 0,41 17,7 1,9 MR IV 64 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 25
22,2 0,38 16,4 1,06 MR V 63 - 71 C 4 63 280 0,48 1,64 1,6 MR V 32 - 71 B 2 10
22,2 0,38 16,4 1,25 MR V 64 - 71 C 4 63 280 0,49 1,66 2,8 MR V 40 - 71 B 2 10
22,2 0,38 16,4 1,06 MR V 63 - 80 A 4 63 400 0,49 1,18 1,9 MR V 32 - 71 B 2 7
22,2 0,38 16,4 1,25 MR V 64 - 80 A 4 63 400 0,5 1,19 3,35 MR V 40 - 71 B 2 7
22,5 0,4 16,9 1,4 MR V 63 - 80 B 6 40
22,5 0,4 16,9 1,6 MR V 64 - 80 B 6 40 0,75 1,5 0,45 286 0,75 MR 2IV 125 - 90 S 6 12 x 50
22,2 0,39 16,9 2 MR V 80 - 80 A 4 63
22,2 0,39 16,9 2,36 MR V 81 - 80 A 4 63 1,87 0,46 236 1 MR 2IV 125 - 90 S 6 12 x 40
2,33 0,48 195 0,71 MR 2IV 100 - 80 C 6 12,1 x 32
0,41 27,6 0,4 13,9 0,67 MR IV 40 - 71 C 4 22,54 x 20 2,34 0,48 198 1,32 MR 2IV 125 - 90 S 6 12 x 32
27,6 0,41 14,2 1,18 MR IV 50 - 71 C 4 22,54 x 20
27,6 0,41 14 1,12 MR IV 50 - 80 A 4 22,03 x 25 2,89 0,47 155 0,8 MR 2IV 100 - 80 B 4 12,1 x 40
28 0,38 13,1 0,85 MR V 50 - 71 C 4 50 2,98 0,5 160 0,95 MR 2IV 100 - 80 C 6 12,1 x 25
28 0,38 13,1 0,85 MR V 50 - 80 A 4 50 2,88 0,49 162 1,5 MR 2IV 125 - 90 S 6 29,75 x 32
28,1 0,4 13,5 1,06 MR V 50 - 80 B 6 32 2,88 0,49 162 1,7 MR 2IV 126 - 90 S 6 29,75 x 32
27,5 0,44 15,4 1,8 MR IV 63 - 71 C 4 23,18 x 16 3,62 0,49 128 1,06 MR 2IV 100 - 80 B 4 12,1 x 32
27,5 0,44 15,4 2,12 MR IV 64 - 71 C 4 23,18 x 16 3,55 0,48 130 1,6 MR 2IV 125 - 90 S 6 26,34 x 40
27,6 0,44 15,3 1,6 MR IV 63 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 20 3,55 0,48 130 1,9 MR 2IV 126 - 90 S 6 26,34 x 40
27,6 0,44 15,3 1,9 MR IV 64 - 80 A 4 22,54 x 20 3,7 0,47 121 1,32 MR IV 125 - 90 S 6 23,86 x 63
28 0,4 13,7 1,4 MR V 63 - 71 C 4 50 3,7 0,47 121 1,6 MR IV 126 - 90 S 6 23,86 x 63
28 0,4 13,7 1,7 MR V 64 - 71 C 4 50 3,76 0,46 116 0,75 MR IV 100 - 80 C 6 23,8 x 63
28 0,4 13,7 1,4 MR V 63 - 80 A 4 50
28 0,4 13,7 1,7 MR V 64 - 80 A 4 50 4,46 0,5 107 0,75 MR 2IV 81 - 80 C 6 28,08 x 25
28,1 0,41 13,9 1,7 MR V 63 - 80 B 6 32 4,63 0,51 105 1,4 MR 2IV 100 - 80 B 4 12,1 x 25
28,1 0,41 13,9 2,12 MR V 64 - 80 B 6 32 4,74 0,48 98 1 MR IV 100 - 80 C 6 23,8 x 50
4,67 0,5 102 1,8 MR IV 125 - 90 S 6 23,86 x 50
34,5 0,43 12 0,71 MR IV 40 - 71 C 4 22,54 x 16 4,67 0,5 102 2,12 MR IV 126 - 90 S 6 23,86 x 50
0,46 36 0,4 10,7 0,75 MR V 40 - 80 B 6 25
34,5 0,44 12,2 1,32 MR IV 50 - 71 C 4 22,54 x 16 5,42 0,49 87 0,75 MR 2IV 80 - 80 B 4 28,08 x 32
34,5 0,42 11,5 1,4 MR IV 50 - 80 A 4 22,03 x 20 5,42 0,49 87 0,85 MR 2IV 81 - 80 B 4 28,08 x 32
35 0,4 10,9 1,06 MR V 50 - 71 C 4 40 5,53 0,52 89 1,6 MR 2IV 100 - 80 B 4 10,1 x 25
35 0,4 10,9 1,06 MR V 50 - 80 A 4 40 5,85 0,48 78 1,06 MR IV 100 - 80 B 4 23,8 x 63
36 0,41 11 1,4 MR V 50 - 80 B 6 25 5,92 0,51 82 1,4 MR IV 100 - 80 C 6 23,8 x 40
34,5 0,45 12,4 2,12 MR IV 63 - 80 A 4 12,54 x 16 5,83 0,51 84 2,36 MR IV 125 - 90 S 6 23,86 x 40
35 0,42 11,4 1,8 MR V 63 - 71 C 4 40 6,93 0,51 71 0,95 MR 2IV 80 - 80 B 4 28,08 x 25
35 0,42 11,4 1,8 MR V 63 - 80 A 4 40 6,93 0,51 71 1,12 MR 2IV 81 - 80 B 4 28,08 x 25
43,8 0,41 8,9 0,8 MR V 40 - 71 C 4 32 7,09 0,49 66 0,71 MR IV 80 - 80 C 6 22,54 x 50
45 0,42 8,8 0,9 MR V 40 - 80 B 6 20 7,09 0,49 66 0,85 MR IV 81 - 80 C 6 22,54 x 50
43,1 0,45 9,9 1,5 MR IV 50 - 80 A 4 12,03 x 16 6,88 0,51 71 1,8 MR 2IV 100 - 80 B 4 26,36 x 32
43,8 0,42 9,1 1,4 MR V 50 - 71 C 4 32 7,37 0,51 66 1,4 MR IV 100 - 80 B 4 23,8 x 50
43,8 0,42 9,1 1,4 MR V 50 - 80 A 4 32 7,4 0,52 68 1,9 MR IV 100 - 80 C 6 23,8 x 32
45 0,42 9 1,7 MR V 50 - 80 B 6 20 8,62 0,51 57 1,06 MR 2IV 80 - 80 B 4 25,08 x 32
43,8 0,43 9,3 2,24 MR V 63 - 80 A 4 32 8,62 0,51 57 1,25 MR 2IV 81 - 80 B 4 25,08 x 32
56 0,42 7,2 1 MR V 40 - 71 C 4 25 8,75 0,48 53 0,75 MR IV 80 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 63
56 0,42 7,2 1 MR V 40 - 80 A 4 25 8,75 0,48 53 0,9 MR IV 81 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 63
56 0,43 7,3 1,8 MR V 50 - 71 C 4 25 8,86 0,51 55 0,95 MR IV 80 - 80 C 6 22,54 x 40
56 0,43 7,3 1,8 MR V 50 - 80 A 4 25 8,86 0,51 55 1,12 MR IV 81 - 80 C 6 22,54 x 40
0,44 70 0,43 5,8 0,71 MR V 32 - 71 C 4 20 9,21 0,53 55 2 MR IV 100 - 80 B 4 23,8 x 40
70 0,43 5,9 1,18 MR V 40 - 71 C 4 20 11 0,52 44,8 0,71 MR 2IV 63 - 80 B 4 25,08 x 25
70 0,43 5,9 1,18 MR V 40 - 80 A 4 20 11 0,52 44,8 0,85 MR 2IV 64 - 80 B 4 25,08 x 25
70 0,44 6 2,12 MR V 50 - 71 C 4 20 11,1 0,52 44,4 0,67 MR IV 63 - 80 C 6 22,54 x 32
70 0,44 6 2,12 MR V 50 - 80 A 4 20 11,1 0,52 44,4 0,75 MR IV 64 - 80 C 6 22,54 x 32
87,5 0,45 4,93 0,75 MR V 32 - 71 C 4 16 11 0,53 45,9 1,4 MR 2IV 80 - 80 B 4 25,08 x 25
servizio continuo, ved. cap. 4). duty, see ch. 4).
36

1) 2) 1) 2)
0,75 11 0,53 45,9 1,6 MR 2IV 81 - 80 B 4 25,08 x 25 0,75 35 0,57 15,5 1,6 MR V 64 - 80 B 4 40
11 0,51 44,4 1 MR IV 80 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 50 36 0,58 15,3 1,7 MR V 63 - 80 C 6 25
11 0,51 44,4 1,18 MR IV 81 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 50 36 0,58 15,3 2 MR V 64 - 80 C 6 25
11,1 0,53 45,8 1,25 MR IV 80 - 80 C 6 22,54 x 32 36 0,58 15,3 1,7 MR V 63 - 90 S 6 25
11,1 0,53 45,8 1,5 MR IV 81 - 80 C 6 22,54 x 32 36 0,58 15,3 2 MR V 64 - 90 S 6 25
11,5 0,54 45,2 2,65 MR IV 100 - 80 B 4 23,8 x 32 35 0,58 15,8 2,5 MR V 80 - 80 B 4 40
13,8 0,52 36,1 0,71 MR IV 63 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 40 0,5 45 0,57 12 0,67 MR V 40 - 80 C 6 20
13,8 0,52 36,1 0,85 MR IV 64 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 40 43,1 0,61 13,5 1,12 MR IV 50 - 80 B 4 2,03 x 16
14,2 0,54 36,2 0,85 MR IV 63 - 80 C 6 22,54 x 25 43,8 0,57 12,4 1 MR V 50 - 80 B 4 32
14,2 0,54 36,2 1 MR IV 64 - 80 C 6 22,54 x 25 45 0,58 12,3 1,18 MR V 50 - 80 C 6 20
14,1 0,53 35,8 0,8 MR IV 63 - 90 S 6 22 x 32 43,8 0,58 12,7 1,7 MR V 63 - 80 B 4 32
14,3 0,49 32,9 0,67 MR V 64 - 80 C 6 63 43,8 0,58 12,7 2 MR V 64 - 80 B 4 32
14,3 0,49 32,9 0,67 MR V 64 - 90 S 6 63 0,55 56 0,57 9,8 0,75 MR V 40 - 80 B 4 25
13,8 0,53 37 1,32 MR IV 80 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 40 56 0,59 10 1,32 MR V 50 - 80 B 4 25
13,8 0,53 37 1,6 MR IV 81 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 40 56 0,6 10,2 2,12 MR V 63 - 80 B 4 25
14,2 0,55 37,1 1,6 MR IV 80 - 80 C 6 22,54 x 25
14,2 0,55 37,1 1,9 MR IV 81 - 80 C 6 22,54 x 25 0,6 70 0,59 8 0,9 MR V 40 - 80 B 4 20
14,3 0,51 34,1 1,06 MR V 80 - 90 S 6 63 70 0,6 8,2 1,6 MR V 50 - 80 B 4 20
14,3 0,51 34,1 1,32 MR V 81 - 90 S 6 63 70 0,63 8,6 2,24 MR V 63 - 80 B 4 20
14,3 0,53 35,4 2,12 MR V 100 - 90 S 6 63 87,5 0,62 6,8 0,95 MR V 40 - 80 B 4 16
17,2 0,54 29,8 0,9 MR IV 63 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 32 87,5 0,63 6,9 1,7 MR V 50 - 80 B 4 16
17,2 0,54 29,8 1,06 MR IV 64 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 32 87,5 0,64 7 2,8 MR V 63 - 80 B 4 16
18 0,55 29,1 1 MR IV 63 - 90 S 6 22 x 25 108 0,63 5,6 1,12 MR V 40 - 80 B 4 13
18 0,55 29,1 1,18 MR IV 64 - 90 S 6 22 x 25 108 0,64 5,7 2 MR V 50 - 80 B 4 13
18 0,52 27,6 0,75 MR V 63 - 80 C 6 50 140 0,61 4,16 0,75 MR V 32 - 71 C 2 20
18 0,52 27,6 0,9 MR V 64 - 80 C 6 50 140 0,65 4,4 1,32 MR V 40 - 80 B 4 10
18 0,52 27,6 0,75 MR V 63 - 90 S 6 50 140 0,65 4,44 2,36 MR V 50 - 80 B 4 10
18 0,52 27,6 0,9 MR V 64 - 90 S 6 50
17,2 0,55 30,6 1,7 MR IV 80 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 32 175 0,64 3,49 0,8 MR V 32 - 71 C 2 16
17,2 0,55 30,6 2 MR IV 81 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 32 175 0,64 3,52 1,4 MR V 40 - 71 C 2 16
18 0,56 29,8 1,9 MR IV 80 - 90 S 6 22 x 25 175 0,64 3,52 1,4 MR V 40 - 80 A 2 16
175 0,65 3,56 2,5 MR V 50 - 71 C 2 16
18 0,54 28,5 1,5 MR V 80 - 90 S 6 50
175 0,65 3,56 2,5 MR V 50 - 80 A 2 16
18 0,54 28,5 1,7 MR V 81 - 90 S 6 50
18 0,55 29,4 2,65 MR V 100 - 90 S 6 50 200 0,66 3,18 1,6 MR V 40 - 80 B 4 7
200 0,67 3,2 3 MR V 50 - 80 B 4 7
0,58 22,2 0,55 23,7 0,75 MR IV 50 - 80 C 6 22,03 x 20
22,1 0,56 24,1 1,18 MR IV 63 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 25 215 0,65 2,88 0,95 MR V 32 - 71 C 2 13
22,1 0,56 24,1 1,4 MR IV 64 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 25 215 0,65 2,9 1,7 MR V 40 - 71 C 2 13
22,2 0,52 22,4 0,75 MR V 63 - 80 B 4 63 215 0,65 2,9 1,7 MR V 40 - 80 A 2 13
22,2 0,52 22,4 0,9 MR V 64 - 80 B 4 63 215 0,66 2,93 3 MR V 50 - 71 C 2 13
22,5 0,54 23 1 MR V 63 - 80 C 6 40 215 0,66 2,93 3 MR V 50 - 80 A 2 13
22,5 0,54 23 1,18 MR V 64 - 80 C 6 40 280 0,66 2,24 1,18 MR V 32 - 71 C 2 10
22,5 0,54 23 1 MR V 63 - 90 S 6 40 280 0,66 2,26 2 MR V 40 - 71 C 2 10
22,5 0,54 23 1,18 MR V 64 - 90 S 6 40 280 0,66 2,26 2 MR V 40 - 80 A 2 10
22,1 0,57 24,7 2,24 MR IV 80 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 25 400 0,67 1,61 1,4 MR V 32 - 71 C 2 7
22,1 0,57 24,7 2,65 MR IV 81 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 25 400 0,68 1,62 2,5 MR V 40 - 71 C 2 7
22,2 0,54 23,1 1,5 MR V 80 - 80 B 4 63 400 0,68 1,62 2,5 MR V 40 - 80 A 2- 7
22,2 0,54 23,1 1,7 MR V 81 - 80 B 4 63
22,5 0,56 23,7 1,9 MR V 80 - 90 S 6 40 1,1 1,87 0,68 346 0,71 MR 2IV 126 - 90 L 6 12 x 40
22,5 0,56 23,7 2,24 MR V 81 - 90 S 6 40
2,33 0,67 277 0,75 MR 2IV 125 - 90 S 4 12 x 50
0,63 27,6 0,55 19,2 0,85 MR IV 50 - 80 B 4 22,03 x 25 2,33 0,67 277 0,8 MR 2IV 126 - 90 S 4 12 x 50
0,63 28,1 0,54 18,4 0,8 MR V 50 - 80 C 6 32 2,34 0,71 290 0,9 MR 2IV 125 - 90 L 6 12 x 32
27,6 0,6 20,8 1,18 MR IV 63 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 20 2,34 0,71 290 0,95 MR 2IV 126 - 90 L 6 12 x 32
27,6 0,6 20,8 1,4 MR IV 64 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 20 2,91 0,7 228 0,95 MR 2IV 125 - 90 S 4 12 x 40
28,1 0,6 20,5 1,32 MR IV 63 - 90 S 6 22 x 16 2,91 0,7 228 1,06 MR 2IV 126 - 90 S 4 12 x 40
28,1 0,6 20,5 1,6 MR IV 64 - 90 S 6 22 x 16 2,88 0,72 238 1,06 MR 2IV 125 - 90 L 6 29,75 x 32
28 0,55 18,6 1,06 MR V 63 - 80 B 4 50
28 0,55 18,6 1,25 MR V 64 - 80 B 4 50 3,62 0,71 188 0,71 MR 2IV 100 - 80 C 4 12,1 x 32
28,1 0,56 19 1,32 MR V 63 - 80 C 6 32 3,64 0,73 192 1,25 MR 2IV 125 - 90 S 4 12 x 32
28,1 0,56 19 1,5 MR V 64 - 80 C 6 32 3,64 0,73 192 1,4 MR 2IV 126 - 90 S 4 12 x 32
28,1 0,56 19 1,32 MR V 63 - 90 S 6 32 3,7 0,69 178 0,95 MR IV 125 - 90 L 6 23,86 x 63
28,1 0,56 19 1,5 MR V 64 - 90 S 6 32 3,7 0,69 178 1,06 MR IV 126 - 90 L 6 23,86 x 63
27,6 0,61 21,2 2,24 MR IV 80 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 20 4,63 0,75 154 0,95 MR 2IV 100 - 80 C 4 12,1 x 25
27,6 0,61 21,2 2,65 MR IV 81 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 20 4,49 0,75 159 1,4 MR 2IV 125 - 90 S 4 29,75 x 32
28 0,56 19,2 1,9 MR V 80 - 80 B 4 50 4,49 0,75 159 1,7 MR 2IV 126 - 90 S 4 29,75 x 32
28 0,56 19,2 2,24 MR V 81 - 80 B 4 50 4,67 0,73 149 1,18 MR IV 125 - 90 L 6 23,86 x 50
28,1 0,57 19,5 2,36 MR V 80 - 90 S 6 32 4,67 0,73 149 1,4 MR IV 126 - 90 L 6 23,86 x 50
34,5 0,57 15,7 1 MR IV 50 - 80 B 4 22,03 x 20 5,53 0,76 131 1,06 MR 2IV 100 - 80 C 4 10,1 x 25
35 0,55 14,9 0,8 MR V 50 - 80 B 4 40 5,42 0,74 131 1 MR 2IV 100 - 90 S 4 28,08 x 32
36 0,56 14,9 1 MR V 50 - 80 C 6 25 5,85 0,7 115 0,75 MR IV 100 - 80 C 4 23,8 x 63
34,5 0,61 17 1,6 MR IV 63 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 16 5,63 0,7 119 0,71 MR IV 100 - 90 L 6 22,54 x 63
34,5 0,61 17 1,8 MR IV 64 - 80 B 4 22,54 x 16 5,52 0,74 128 1,5 MR 2IV 125 - 90 S 4 26,34 x 40
35 0,57 15,5 1,32 MR V 63 - 80 B 4 40 5,52 0,74 128 1,8 MR 2IV 126 - 90 S 4 26,34 x 40
37

1) 2) 1) 2)
1,1 5,76 0,73 120 1,25 MR IV 125 - 90 S 4 23,86 x 63 1,1 22,2 0,79 33,8 1,18 MR V 81 - 90 S 4 63
5,76 0,73 120 1,5 MR IV 126 - 90 S 4 23,86 x 63 22,5 0,82 34,7 1,32 MR V 80 - 90 L 6 40
5,83 0,75 123 1,6 MR IV 125 - 90 L 6 23,86 x 40 22,5 0,82 34,7 1,5 MR V 81 - 90 L 6 40
5,83 0,75 123 1,9 MR IV 126 - 90 L 6 23,86 x 40 22,1 0,86 37,2 3 MR IV 100 - 90 S 4 22,54 x 25
0,92 6,93 0,75 104 0,75 MR 2IV 81 - 80 C 4 28,08 x 25 22,2 0,82 35 1,9 MR V 100 - 90 S 4 63
6,93 0,77 106 1,32 MR 2IV 100 - 90 S 4 28,08 x 25 27,6 0,88 30,6 0,8 MR IV 63 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 20
7,37 0,74 96 1 MR IV 100 - 80 C 4 23,8 x 50 27,6 0,88 30,6 0,95 MR IV 64 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 20
7,09 0,74 100 0,95 MR IV 100 - 90 L 6 22,54 x 50 28 0,83 28,4 0,95 MR IV 63 - 90 S 4 22 x 25
6,9 0,77 107 2 MR 2IV 125 - 90 S 4 26,34 x 32 28 0,83 28,4 1,12 MR IV 64 - 90 S 4 22 x 25
7,26 0,76 100 1,6 MR IV 125 - 90 S 4 23,86 x 50 28,1 0,89 30,1 0,9 MR IV 63 - 90 L 6 22 x 16
7,26 0,76 100 1,9 MR IV 126 - 90 S 4 23,86 x 50 28 0,8 27,3 0,71 MR V 63 - 80 C 4 50
7,2 0,77 102 1,8 MR IV 125 - 90 L 6 23,13 x 40 28 0,8 27,3 0,85 MR V 64 - 80 C 4 50
8,62 0,75 83 0,71 MR 2IV 80 - 80 C 4 25,08 x 32 28 0,8 27,3 0,71 MR V 63 - 90 S 4 50
8,62 0,75 83 0,85 MR 2IV 81 - 80 C 4 25,08 x 32 28 0,8 27,3 0,85 MR V 64 - 90 S 4 50
9 0,73 78 0,71 MR IV 81 - 90 L 6 22 x 50 28,1 0,82 27,8 0,85 MR V 63 - 90 L 6 32
8,8 0,79 85 1,6 MR 2IV 100 - 80 C 4 26,36 x 25 28,1 0,82 27,8 1,06 MR V 64 - 90 L 6 32
8,62 0,77 85 1,5 MR 2IV 100 - 90 S 4 25,08 x 32 27,6 0,9 31 1,5 MR IV 80 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 20
9,21 0,78 81 1,32 MR IV 100 - 80 C 4 23,8 x 40 27,6 0,9 31 1,8 MR IV 81 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 20
8,75 0,74 80 1 MR IV 100 - 90 S 4 22,54 x 63 28 0,85 29,1 1,8 MR IV 80 - 90 S 4 22 x 25
8,86 0,78 84 1,25 MR IV 100 - 90 L 6 22,54 x 40 28 0,85 29,1 2,12 MR IV 81 - 90 S 4 22 x 25
9,07 0,79 83 2,24 MR IV 125 - 90 S 4 23,86 x 40 28 0,82 28,1 1,32 MR V 80 - 80 C 4 50
28 0,82 28,1 1,6 MR V 81 - 80 C 4 50
11 0,78 67 0,95 MR 2IV 80 - 80 C 4 25,08 x 25 28 0,82 28,1 1,32 MR V 80 - 90 S 4 50
11 0,78 67 1,12 MR 2IV 81 - 80 C 4 25,08 x 25 28 0,82 28,1 1,6 MR V 81 - 90 S 4 50
11 0,75 65 0,71 MR IV 80 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 50 28,1 0,84 28,6 1,6 MR V 80 - 90 L 6 32
11 0,75 65 0,8 MR IV 81 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 50 28,1 0,84 28,6 1,9 MR V 81 - 90 L 6 32
11,1 0,73 63 0,71 MR IV 81 - 90 S 4 22 x 63
11,3 0,77 65 0,8 MR IV 80 - 90 L 6 22 x 40 0,69 34,5 0,83 23,1 0,71 MR IV 50 - 80 C 4 22,03 x 20
11,3 0,77 65 0,9 MR IV 81 - 90 L 6 22 x 40 0,69 36 0,83 21,9 0,67 MR V 50 - 90 L 6 25
11 0,8 69 1,9 MR 2IV 100 - 90 S 4 25,08 x 25 34,5 0,9 24,9 1,06 MR IV 63 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 16
11,5 0,8 66 1,8 MR IV 100 - 80 C 4 23,8 x 32 34,5 0,9 24,9 1,25 MR IV 64 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 16
11 0,78 67 1,32 MR IV 100 - 90 S 4 22,54 x 50 35 0,89 24,4 1 MR IV 63 - 90 S 4 22 x 20
11,1 0,8 69 1,7 MR IV 100 - 90 L 6 22,54 x 32 35 0,89 24,4 1,18 MR IV 64 - 90 S 4 22 x 20
35 0,83 22,7 0,9 MR V 63 - 80 C 4 40
13,8 0,84 58 0,9 MR 2IV 80 - 80 C 4 25,08 x 20
35 0,83 22,7 1,06 MR V 64 - 80 C 4 40
13,8 0,84 58 1,06 MR 2IV 81 - 80 C 4 25,08 x 20
35 0,83 22,7 0,9 MR V 63 - 90 S 4 40
13,8 0,78 54 0,9 MR IV 80 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 40
35 0,83 22,7 1,06 MR V 64 - 90 S 4 40
13,8 0,78 54 1,06 MR IV 81 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 40
36 0,85 22,5 1,12 MR V 63 - 90 L 6 25
14 0,77 52 0,8 MR IV 80 - 90 S 4 22 x 50
36 0,85 22,5 1,32 MR V 64 - 90 L 6 25
14 0,77 52 1 MR IV 81 - 90 S 4 22 x 50
34,5 0,91 25,3 2 MR IV 80 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 16
14,1 0,8 54 1 MR IV 80 - 90 L 6 22 x 32
34,5 0,91 25,3 2,36 MR IV 81 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 16
14,1 0,8 54 1,18 MR IV 81 - 90 L 6 22 x 32
14,3 0,75 50 0,75 MR V 80 - 90 L 6 63 35 0,91 24,7 1,8 MR IV 80 - 90 S 4 22 x 20
14,3 0,75 50 0,9 MR V 81 - 90 L 6 63 35 0,91 24,7 2,12 MR IV 81 - 90 S 4 22 x 20
13,8 0,86 60 1,9 MR 2IV 100 - 90 S 4 25,08 x 20 35 0,85 23,2 1,7 MR V 80 - 80 C 4 40
13,8 0,81 56 2 MR IV 100 - 80 C 4 23,18 x 32 35 0,85 23,2 2 MR V 81 - 80 C 4 40
13,8 0,81 56 1,8 MR IV 100 - 90 S 4 22,54 x 40 35 0,85 23,2 1,7 MR V 80 - 90 S 4 40
14,2 0,83 56 2,24 MR IV 100 - 90 L 6 22,54 x 25 35 0,85 23,2 2 MR V 81 - 90 S 4 40
14,3 0,78 52 1,4 MR V 100 - 90 L 6 63 36 0,87 23 2,12 MR V 80 - 90 L 6 25
0,8 17,2 0,79 43,7 0,71 MR IV 64 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 32 0,88 43,1 0,89 19,8 0,75 MR IV 50 - 80 C 4 22,03 x 16
0,82 18 0,8 42,6 0,71 MR IV 63 - 90 L 6 22 x 25 0,76 43,8 0,83 18,2 0,67 MR V 50 - 80 C 4 32
0,82 18 0,8 42,6 0,85 MR IV 64 - 90 L 6 22 x 25 0,75 45 0,85 18 0,85 MR V 50 - 90 L 6 20
17,2 0,81 44,8 1,18 MR IV 80 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 32 43,8 0,91 19,8 1,25 MR IV 63 - 90 S 4 22 x 16
17,2 0,81 44,8 1,4 MR IV 81 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 32 43,8 0,91 19,8 1,5 MR IV 64 - 90 S 4 22 x 16
17,5 0,8 43,6 1,06 MR IV 80 - 90 S 4 22 x 40 43,8 0,85 18,6 1,12 MR V 63 - 80 C 4 32
17,5 0,8 43,6 1,32 MR IV 81 - 90 S 4 22 x 40 43,8 0,85 18,6 1,32 MR V 64 - 80 C 4 32
18 0,82 43,7 1,32 MR IV 80 - 90 L 6 22 x 25 43,8 0,85 18,6 1,12 MR V 63 - 90 S 4 32
18 0,82 43,7 1,6 MR IV 81 - 90 L 6 22 x 25 43,8 0,85 18,6 1,32 MR V 64 - 90 S 4 32
18 0,79 41,7 1 MR V 80 - 90 L 6 50 45 0,9 19,2 1,4 MR V 64 - 90 L 6 20
18 0,79 41,7 1,18 MR V 81 - 90 L 6 50 43,8 0,92 20,1 2,36 MR IV 80 - 90 S 4 22 x 16
17,2 0,83 45,9 2,36 MR IV 100 - 90 S 4 22,54 x 32 43,8 0,92 20,1 2,8 MR IV 81 - 90 S 4 22 x 16
18 0,81 43,2 1,8 MR V 100 - 90 L 6 50 43,8 0,87 19,1 2,12 MR V 80 - 80 C 4 32
43,8 0,87 19,1 2,5 MR V 81 - 80 C 4 32
0,88 22,1 0,82 35,4 0,8 MR IV 63 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 25 43,8 0,87 19,1 2,12 MR V 80 - 90 S 4 32
0,88 22,1 0,82 35,4 0,95 MR IV 64 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 25 43,8 0,87 19,1 2,5 MR V 81 - 90 S 4 32
0,87 21,9 0,8 35,1 0,75 MR IV 63 - 90 S 4 22 x 32
0,87 21,9 0,8 35,1 0,85 MR IV 64 - 90 S 4 22 x 32 0,84 56 0,86 14,7 0,9 MR V 50 - 80 C 4 25
0,88 22,5 0,8 33,8 0,8 MR V 64 - 90 L 6 40 0,84 56 0,86 14,7 0,9 MR V 50 - 90 S 4 25
22,1 0,84 36,2 1,5 MR IV 80 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 25 56 0,88 15 1,5 MR V 63 - 80 C 4 25
22,1 0,84 36,2 1,8 MR IV 81 - 80 C 4 22,54 x 25 56 0,88 15 1,7 MR V 64 - 80 C 4 25
21,9 0,83 36,1 1,4 MR IV 80 - 90 S 4 22 x 32 56 0,88 15 1,5 MR V 63 - 90 S 4 25
21,9 0,83 36,1 1,6 MR IV 81 - 90 S 4 22 x 32 56 0,88 15 1,7 MR V 64 - 90 S 4 25
22,2 0,79 33,8 1 MR V 80 - 80 C 4 63 56 0,9 15,3 2,8 MR V 80 - 90 S 4 25
22,2 0,79 33,8 1,18 MR V 81 - 80 C 4 63 56 0,9 15,3 3,35 MR V 81 - 90 S 4 25
22,2 0,79 33,8 1 MR V 80 - 90 S 4 63 0,92 70 0,88 12 1,06 MR V 50 - 80 C 4 20
38

1) 2) 1) 2)
1,1 0,92 70 0,88 12 1,06 MR V 50 - 90 S 4 20 1,5 7,2 1,05 139 1,32 MR IV 125 - 90 LC 6 23,13 x 40
70 0,93 12,7 1,5 MR V 63 - 80 C 4 20 7,2 1,05 139 1,6 MR IV 126 - 90 LC 6 23,13 x 40
70 0,93 12,7 1,8 MR V 64 - 80 C 4 20 7,09 1,09 146 2,65 MR IV 160 -100 LA 6 23,17 x 40
70 0,93 12,7 1,5 MR V 63 - 90 S 4 20 8,62 1,05 116 1,06 MR 2IV 100 - 90 L 4 25,08 x 32
70 0,93 12,7 1,8 MR V 64 - 90 S 4 20 9,21 1,06 110 1 MR IV 100 - 90 L* 4 23,8 x 40
69,2 0,93 12,9 1,7 MR V 63 - 90 L 6 13 8,75 1 110 0,75 MR IV 100 - 90 L 4 22,54 x 63
69,2 0,93 12,9 2 MR V 64 - 90 L 6 13 9 1,04 110 0,85 MR IV 100 -100 LA 6 22 x 50
0,77 87,5 0,91 10 0,67 MR V 40 - 80 C 4 16 8,83 1,15 125 1,8 MR 2IV 126 - 90 L 4 26,34 x 25
87,5 0,93 10,1 1,18 MR V 50 - 80 C 4 16 9,07 1,07 113 1,6 MR IV 125 - 90 L 4 23,86 x 40
87,5 0,93 10,1 1,18 MR V 50 - 90 S 4 16 9,07 1,07 113 1,9 MR IV 126 - 90 L 4 23,86 x 40
87,5 0,94 10,3 1,9 MR V 63 - 80 C 4 16 9 1,09 116 1,8 MR IV 125 - 90 LC 6 23,13 x 32
87,5 0,94 10,3 1,9 MR V 63 - 90 S 4 16 9 1,09 116 2,12 MR IV 126 - 90 LC 6 23,13 x 32
0,84 108 0,93 8,3 0,75 MR V 40 - 80 C 4 13 1,05 11,3 1,05 89 0,71 MR IV 81 - 90 LC 6 22 x 40
108 0,94 8,4 1,32 MR V 50 - 80 C 4 13 11 1,09 94 1,4 MR 2IV 100 - 90 L 4 25,08 x 25
108 0,94 8,4 1,32 MR V 50 - 90 S 4 13 11,5 1,09 90 1,32 MR IV 100 - 90 L* 4 23,8 x 32
108 0,95 8,5 2,24 MR V 63 - 90 S 4 13 11 1,06 92 0,95 MR IV 100 - 90 L 4 22,54 x 50
11,3 1,08 92 1,12 MR IV 100 -100 LA 6 22 x 40
0,93 140 0,95 6,5 0,9 MR V 40 - 80 C 4 10
11,1 1,09 94 1,25 MR IV 100 - 90 LC 6 22,54 x 32
140 0,96 6,5 1,6 MR V 50 - 80 C 4 10
11,2 1,09 93 1,9 MR IV 125 - 90 L 4 23,13 x 40
140 0,96 6,5 1,6 MR V 50 - 90 S 4 10
11,1 1,11 96 2,12 MR IV 125 -100 LA 6 22,54 x 32
140 0,98 6,7 2,8 MR V 63 - 90 S 4 10
1,13 13,8 1,07 74 0,67 MR IV 80 - 90 L* 4 22,54 x 40
175 0,95 5,2 0,95 MR V 40 - 80 B 2 16
1,13 13,8 1,07 74 0,8 MR IV 81 - 90 L* 4 22,54 x 40
175 0,96 5,2 1,7 MR V 50 - 80 B 2 16
1,11 14 1,05 71 0,71 MR IV 81 - 90 L 4 22 x 50
175 0,97 5,3 2,8 MR V 63 - 80 B 2 16
1,13 14,1 1,08 74 0,75 MR IV 80 - 90 LC 6 22 x 32
200 0,98 4,66 1,12 MR V 40 - 80 C 4 7 1,13 14,1 1,08 74 0,9 MR IV 81 - 90 LC 6 22 x 32
200 0,98 4,69 2 MR V 50 - 80 C 4 7 13,8 1,18 81 1,4 MR 2IV 100 - 90 L 4 25,08 x 20
200 0,98 4,69 2 MR V 50 - 90 S 4 7 13,8 1,11 77 1,5 MR IV 100 - 90 L* 4 23,18 x 32
215 0,96 4,25 1,12 MR V 40 - 80 B 2 13 13,8 1,1 76 1,32 MR IV 100 - 90 L 4 22,54 x 40
215 0,97 4,29 2 MR V 50 - 80 B 2 13 14,1 1,11 75 1,5 MR IV 100 -100 LA 6 22 x 32
14,2 1,13 76 1,6 MR IV 100 - 90 LC 6 22,54 x 25
280 0,97 3,31 1,4 MR V 40 - 80 B 2 10
14,3 1,06 71 1,06 MR V 100 -100 LA 6 63
280 0,98 3,34 2,36 MR V 50 - 80 B 2 10
14,3 1,06 71 1,06 MR V 100 - 90 LC 6 63
400 0,99 2,37 1,7 MR V 40 - 80 B 2 7 14 1,14 77 2,5 MR IV 125 - 90 L 4 23,13 x 32
400 1 2,39 3 MR V 50 - 80 B 2 7 14,3 1,09 73 1,7 MR V 125 -100 LA 6 63
14,3 1,09 73 2 MR V 126 -100 LA 6 63
1,5 2,91 0,95 311 0,71 MR 2IV 125 - 90 L 4 12 x 40
1,22 17,2 1,1 61 0,85 MR IV 80 - 90 L* 4 22,54 x 32
2,91 0,95 311 0,8 MR 2IV 126 - 90 L 4 12 x 40
1,23 17,5 1,09 60 0,8 MR IV 80 - 90 L 4 22 x 40
3,64 1 262 0,9 MR 2IV 125 - 90 L 4 12 x 32 1,22 17,2 1,1 61 1 MR IV 81 - 90 L* 4 22,54 x 32
3,64 1 262 1,06 MR 2IV 126 - 90 L 4 12 x 32 1,23 17,5 1,09 60 0,95 MR IV 81 - 90 L 4 22 x 40
3,7 0,94 243 0,67 MR IV 125 - 90 LC 6 23,86 x 63 1,24 18 1,12 60 0,95 MR IV 80 - 90 LC 6 22 x 25
3,7 0,94 243 0,8 MR IV 126 - 90 LC 6 23,86 x 63 1,24 18 1,12 60 1,18 MR IV 81 - 90 LC 6 22 x 25
3,57 0,98 261 1,25 MR IV 160 -100 LA 6 24 x 63 1,23 18 1,07 57 0,71 MR V 80 -100 LA 6 50
3,57 0,98 261 1,4 MR IV 161 -100 LA 6 24 x 63 18 1,07 57 0,85 MR V 81 -100 LA 6 50
4,49 1,02 216 1,06 MR 2IV 125 - 90 L 4 29,75 x 32 1,23 18 1,07 57 0,71 MR V 80 - 90 LC 6 50
4,49 1,02 216 1,25 MR 2IV 126 - 90 L 4 29,75 x 32 1,23 18 1,07 57 0,85 MR V 81 - 90 LC 6 50
4,57 0,97 202 0,8 MR IV 125 -100 LA 6 23,13 x 63 17,6 1,15 62 1,9 MR IV 100 - 90 L* 4 23,18 x 25
4,57 0,97 202 0,9 MR IV 126 -100 LA 6 23,13 x 63 17,2 1,13 63 1,7 MR IV 100 - 90 L 4 22,54 x 32
4,67 1 204 0,9 MR IV 125 - 90 LC 6 23,86 x 50 18 1,15 61 1,9 MR IV 100 -100 LA 6 22 x 25
4,67 1 204 1,06 MR IV 126 - 90 LC 6 23,86 x 50 18 1,11 59 1,32 MR V 100 -100 LA 6 50
4,5 1,03 218 1,6 MR IV 160 -100 LA 6 24 x 50 18 1,11 59 1,32 MR V 100 - 90 LC 6 50
4,5 1,03 218 1,9 MR IV 161 -100 LA 6 24 x 50 18 1,14 60 2,24 MR V 125 -100 LA 6 50
5,42 1,01 178 0,75 MR 2IV 100 - 90 L 4 28,08 x 32 22,1 1,14 49,4 1,12 MR IV 80 - 90 L* 4 22,54 x 25
5,52 1,01 174 1,12 MR 2IV 125 - 90 L 4 26,34 x 40 21,9 1,13 49,2 1 MR IV 80 - 90 L 4 22 x 32
5,52 1,01 174 1,32 MR 2IV 126 - 90 L 4 26,34 x 40 22,1 1,14 49,4 1,32 MR IV 81 - 90 L* 4 22,54 x 25
5,47 1,03 180 1,25 MR 2IV 125 -100 LA 6 25,15 x 32 21,9 1,13 49,2 1,18 MR IV 81 - 90 L 4 22 x 32
5,76 0,99 164 0,95 MR IV 125 - 90 L 4 23,86 x 63 22,2 1,07 46,1 0,75 MR V 80 - 90 L 4 63
5,76 0,99 164 1,06 MR IV 126 - 90 L 4 23,86 x 63 22,2 1,07 46,1 0,85 MR V 81 - 90 L 4 63
5,76 1,02 169 1,06 MR IV 125 -100 LA 6 23,13 x 50 22,5 1,11 47,3 0,95 MR V 80 -100 LA 6 40
5,76 1,02 169 1,18 MR IV 126 -100 LA 6 23,13 x 50 22,5 1,11 47,3 1,12 MR V 81 -100 LA 6 40
5,83 1,03 168 1,18 MR IV 125 - 90 LC 6 23,86 x 40 22,5 1,11 47,3 0,95 MR V 80 - 90 LC 6 40
5,83 1,03 168 1,4 MR IV 126 - 90 LC 6 23,86 x 40 22,5 1,11 47,3 1,12 MR V 81 - 90 LC 6 40
5,63 1,07 181 2,24 MR IV 160 -100 LA 6 24 x 40 22,1 1,17 51 2,12 MR IV 100 - 90 L 4 22,54 x 25
5,63 1,07 181 2,65 MR IV 161 -100 LA 6 24 x 40 22,2 1,11 47,8 1,4 MR V 100 - 90 L 4 63
22,5 1,15 48,8 1,8 MR V 100 -100 LA 6 40
6,93 1,05 145 0,95 MR 2IV 100 - 90 L 4 28,08 x 25
22,5 1,15 48,8 1,8 MR V 100 - 90 LC 6 40
7,37 1,01 131 0,71 MR IV 100 - 90 L* 4 23,8 x 50
7,09 1,01 136 0,71 MR IV 100 - 90 LC 6 22,54 x 50 0,96 28 1,13 38,7 0,71 MR IV 63 - 90 L 4 22 x 25
6,9 1,06 146 1,5 MR 2IV 125 - 90 L 4 26,34 x 32 0,96 28 1,13 38,7 0,85 MR IV 64 - 90 L 4 22 x 25
6,9 1,06 146 1,7 MR 2IV 126 - 90 L 4 26,34 x 32 0,95 28,1 1,12 38 0,75 MR V 64 - 90 LC 6 32
7,26 1,04 137 1,18 MR IV 125 - 90 L 4 23,86 x 50 28 1,16 39,6 1,32 MR IV 80 - 90 L 4 22 x 25
7,26 1,04 137 1,4 MR IV 126 - 90 L 4 23,86 x 50 28 1,16 39,6 1,6 MR IV 81 - 90 L 4 22 x 25
7,2 1,05 139 1,32 MR IV 125 -100 LA 6 23,13 x 40 28 1,12 38,3 0,95 MR V 80 - 90 L 4 50
7,2 1,05 139 1,6 MR IV 126 -100 LA 6 23,13 x 40 28 1,12 38,3 1,12 MR V 81 - 90 L 4 50
* Forma costruttiva B5R (ved. tabella cap. 2b). * Mounting position B5R (see table ch. 2b).
39

1) 2) 1) 2)
1,5 28,1 1,15 39 1,18 MR V 80 -100 LA 6 32 1,5 280 1,32 4,52 1 MR V 40 - 80 C 2 10

28,1 1,15 39 1,4 MR V 81 -100 LA 6 32 280 1,33 4,55 1,7 MR V 50 - 80 C 2 10
28,1 1,15 39 1,18 MR V 80 - 90 LC 6 32 280 1,33 4,55 1,7 MR V 50 - 90 S 2 10
28,1 1,15 39 1,4 MR V 81 - 90 LC 6 32
27,6 1,24 43 2,36 MR IV 100 - 90 L 4 22,54 x 20 400 1,36 3,24 1,25 MR V 40 - 80 C 2 7
28 1,15 39,4 1,8 MR V 100 - 90 L 4 50 400 1,36 3,25 2,24 MR V 50 - 80 C 2 7
400 1,36 3,25 2,24 MR V 50 - 90 S 2 7
1,24 35 1,22 33,2 0,71 MR IV 63 - 90 L 4 22 x 20
1,24 35 1,22 33,2 0,85 MR IV 64 - 90 L 4 22 x 20 1,85 3,64 1,23 323 0,75 MR 2IV 125 - 90 LB 4 12 x 32
1,08 35 1,14 31 0,67 MR V 63 - 90 L 4 40 3,64 1,23 323 0,85 MR 2IV 126 - 90 LB 4 12 x 32
1,08 35 1,14 31 0,8 MR V 64 - 90 L 4 40 3,57 1,2 322 1 MR IV 160 -100 LB 6 24 x 63
1,06 36 1,16 30,7 0,85 MR V 63 -100 LA 6 25 3,57 1,2 322 1,18 MR IV 161 -100 LB 6 24 x 63
1,06 36 1,16 30,7 1 MR V 64 -100 LA 6 25 3,57 1,24 332 1,8 MR IV 200 -100 LB 6 24 x 63
1,06 36 1,16 30,7 0,85 MR V 63 - 90 LC 6 25
1,06 36 1,16 30,7 1 MR V 64 - 90 LC 6 25 4,49 1,25 267 0,85 MR 2IV 125 - 90 LB 4 29,75 x 32
34,5 1,24 34,5 1,5 MR IV 80 - 90 L* 4 22,54 x 16 4,49 1,25 267 1 MR 2IV 126 - 90 LB 4 29,75 x 32
35 1,24 33,7 1,32 MR IV 80 - 90 L 4 22 x 20 4,57 1,19 250 0,75 MR IV 126 -100 LB 6 23,13 x 63
34,5 1,24 34,5 1,8 MR IV 81 - 90 L* 4 22,54 x 16 4,5 1,27 269 1,32 MR IV 160 -100 LB 6 24 x 50
35 1,24 33,7 1,6 MR IV 81 - 90 L 4 22 x 20 4,5 1,27 269 1,5 MR IV 161 -100 LB 6 24 x 50
35 1,16 31,7 1,25 MR V 80 - 90 L 4 40 5,52 1,24 215 0,9 MR 2IV 125 - 90 LB 4 26,34 x 40
35 1,16 31,7 1,5 MR V 81 - 90 L 4 40 5,52 1,24 215 1,06 MR 2IV 126 - 90 LB 4 26,34 x 40
36 1,18 31,4 1,6 MR V 80 -100 LA 6 25 5,47 1,27 222 1 MR 2IV 125 -100 LB 6 25,15 x 32
36 1,18 31,4 1,9 MR V 81 -100 LA 6 25 5,47 1,27 222 1,18 MR 2IV 126 -100 LB 6 25,15 x 32
36 1,18 31,4 1,6 MR V 80 - 90 LC 6 25 5,76 1,22 203 0,75 MR IV 125 - 90 LB 4 23,86 x 63
36 1,18 31,4 1,9 MR V 81 - 90 LC 6 25 5,76 1,22 203 0,85 MR IV 126 - 90 LB 4 23,86 x 63
34,5 1,26 34,9 2,8 MR IV 100 - 90 L 4 22,54 x 16 5,76 1,26 209 0,85 MR IV 125 -100 LB 6 23,13 x 50
35 1,19 32,4 2,36 MR V 100 - 90 L 4 40 5,76 1,26 209 0,95 MR IV 126 -100 LB 6 23,13 x 50
43,8 1,24 27 0,9 MR IV 63 - 90 L 4 22 x 16 5,63 1,31 223 1,8 MR IV 160 -100 LB 6 24 x 40
43,8 1,24 27 1,12 MR IV 64 - 90 L 4 22 x 16 5,63 1,31 223 2,12 MR IV 161 -100 LB 6 24 x 40
1,17 43,8 1,16 25,4 0,85 MR V 63 - 90 L 4 32 6,93 1,3 179 0,75 MR 2IV 100 - 90 LB 4 28,08 x 25
1,17 43,8 1,16 25,4 1 MR V 64 - 90 L 4 32 6,9 1,3 180 1,18 MR 2IV 125 - 90 LB 4 26,34 x 32
43,8 1,26 27,5 1,7 MR IV 80 - 90 L 4 22 x 16 6,9 1,3 180 1,4 MR 2IV 126 - 90 LB 4 26,34 x 32
43,8 1,26 27,5 2,12 MR IV 81 - 90 L 4 22 x 16 7,26 1,28 169 1 MR IV 125 - 90 LB 4 23,86 x 50
43,8 1,19 26 1,6 MR V 80 - 90 L 4 32 7,26 1,28 169 1,18 MR IV 126 - 90 LB 4 23,86 x 50
43,8 1,19 26 1,9 MR V 81 - 90 L 4 32 7,2 1,29 172 1,12 MR IV 125 -100 LB 6 23,13 x 40
0,84 56 1,17 20 0,67 MR V 50 - 90 L 4 25 7,2 1,29 172 1,32 MR IV 126 -100 LB 6 23,13 x 40
56 1,2 20,4 1,06 MR V 63 - 90 L 4 25 7,09 1,34 181 2,12 MR IV 160 -100 LB 6 23,17 x 40
56 1,2 20,4 1,25 MR V 64 - 90 L 4 25 7,09 1,34 181 2,5 MR IV 161 -100 LB 6 23,17 x 40
56,3 1,25 21,3 1,12 MR V 63 -100 LA 6 16 8,62 1,29 143 0,85 MR 2IV 100 - 90 LB 4 25,08 x 32
56 1,22 20,8 2 MR V 80 - 90 L 4 25 9,21 1,31 135 0,8 MR IV 100 - 90 LB* 4 23,8 x 40
56 1,22 20,8 2,36 MR V 81 - 90 L 4 25 9 1,28 136 0,67 MR IV 100 -100 LB 6 22 x 50
0,92 70 1,2 16,3 0,8 MR V 50 - 90 L 4 20 8,83 1,42 154 1,25 MR 2IV 125 - 90 LB 4 26,34 x 25
70 1,27 17,3 1,12 MR V 63 - 90 L 4 20 8,83 1,42 154 1,5 MR 2IV 126 - 90 LB 4 26,34 x 25
70 1,27 17,3 1,32 MR V 64 - 90 L 4 20 9,07 1,32 139 1,32 MR IV 125 - 90 LB 4 23,86 x 40
69,2 1,27 17,6 1,5 MR V 64 -100 LA 6 13 9,07 1,32 139 1,6 MR IV 126 - 90 LB 4 23,86 x 40
69,2 1,27 17,6 1,25 MR V 63 - 90 LC 6 13 11 1,34 116 1,12 MR 2IV 100 - 90 LB 4 25,08 x 25
69,2 1,27 17,6 1,5 MR V 64 - 90 LC 6 13 11,5 1,34 111 1,06 MR IV 100 - 90 LB* 4 23,8 x 32
70 1,28 17,5 2,12 MR V 80 - 90 L 4 20 11 1,3 113 0,8 MR IV 100 - 90 LB 4 22,54 x 50
70 1,28 17,5 2,5 MR V 81 - 90 L 4 20 11,3 1,33 113 0,9 MR IV 100 -100 LB 6 22 x 40
1,18 87,5 1,26 13,8 0,85 MR V 50 - 90 L 4 16 11,2 1,35 115 1,5 MR IV 125 - 90 LB 4 23,13 x 40
87,5 1,28 14 1,4 MR V 63 - 90 L 4 16 11,2 1,35 115 1,8 MR IV 126 - 90 LB 4 23,13 x 40
87,5 1,28 14 1,7 MR V 64 - 90 L 4 16 11,1 1,37 118 1,7 MR IV 125 -100 LB 6 22,54 x 32
87,5 1,3 14,2 2,65 MR V 80 - 90 L 4 16 11,1 1,37 118 2 MR IV 126 -100 LB 6 22,54 x 32
87,5 1,3 14,2 3,15 MR V 81 - 90 L 4 16 1,13 14,1 1,34 91 0,71 MR IV 81 -100 LB 6 22 x 32
108 1,29 11,4 1 MR V 50 - 90 L 4 13 13,8 1,45 101 1,12 MR 2IV 100 - 90 LB 4 25,08 x 20
108 1,3 11,5 1,6 MR V 63 - 90 L 4 13 13,8 1,37 95 1,18 MR IV 100 - 90 LB* 4 23,18 x 32
108 1,3 11,5 1,9 MR V 64 - 90 L 4 13 13,8 1,36 94 1,06 MR IV 100 - 90 LB 4 22,54 x 40
0,89 140 1,23 8,4 0,67 MR V 40 - 80 C 2 20 14,1 1,37 93 1,25 MR IV 100 -100 LB 6 22 x 32
140 1,3 8,9 1,18 MR V 50 - 90 L 4 10 14,3 1,31 87 0,85 MR V 100 -100 LB 6 63
140 1,33 9,1 2 MR V 63 - 90 L 4 10 14 1,4 96 2 MR IV 125 - 90 LB 4 23,13 x 32
14,3 1,35 90 1,4 MR V 125 -100 LB 6 63
1,15 175 1,29 7 0,71 MR V 40 - 80 C 2 16 14,3 1,35 90 1,6 MR V 126 -100 LB 6 63
175 1,3 7,1 1,25 MR V 50 - 80 C 2 16
175 1,3 7,1 1,32 MR V 50 - 90 S 2 16 1,22 17,2 1,36 75 0,71 MR IV 80 - 90 LB* 4 22,54 x 32
175 1,32 7,2 2,12 MR V 63 - 80 C 2 16 1,22 17,2 1,36 75 0,85 MR IV 81 - 90 LB* 4 22,54 x 32
175 1,32 7,2 2,12 MR V 63 - 90 S 2 16 1,23 17,5 1,35 73 0,75 MR IV 81 - 90 LB 4 22 x 40
1,24 18 1,38 73 0,8 MR IV 80 -100 LB 6 22 x 25
200 1,34 6,4 1,5 MR V 50 - 90 L 4 7
1,24 18 1,38 73 0,95 MR IV 81 -100 LB 6 22 x 25
200 1,36 6,5 2,5 MR V 63 - 90 L 4 7
1,37 18 1,32 70 0,71 MR V 81 -100 LB 6 50
1,25 215 1,31 5,8 0,85 MR V 40 - 80 C 2 13 17,6 1,42 77 1,5 MR IV 100 - 90 LB* 4 23,18 x 25
215 1,32 5,9 1,5 MR V 50 - 80 C 2 13 17,2 1,39 77 1,4 MR IV 100 - 90 LB 4 22,54 x 32
215 1,32 5,9 1,5 MR V 50 - 90 S 2 13 18 1,37 73 1,12 MR V 100 -100 LB 6 50
215 1,33 5,9 2,36 MR V 63 - 80 C 2 13 17,9 1,51 80 2,12 MR IV 125 - 90 LB 4 23,13 x 25
215 1,33 5,9 2,36 MR V 63 - 90 S 2 13 18 1,4 74 1,8 MR V 125 -100 LB 6 50
40

1) 2) 1) 2)
1,85 18 1,4 74 2,12 MR V 126 -100 LB 6 50 1,85 200 1,67 8 2 MR V 63 - 90 LB 4 7

1,36 22,1 1,41 61 0,9 MR IV 80 - 90 LB* 4 22,54 x 25 215 1,63 7,2 1,18 MR V 50 - 90 SB 2 13
1,35 21,9 1,39 61 0,8 MR IV 80 - 90 LB 4 22 x 32 215 1,64 7,3 2 MR V 63 - 90 SB 2 13
1,36 22,1 1,41 61 1,06 MR IV 81 - 90 LB* 4 22,54 x 25 280 1,64 5,6 1,4 MR V 50 - 90 SB 2 10
1,35 21,9 1,39 61 1 MR IV 81 - 90 LB 4 22 x 32 280 1,67 5,7 2,36 MR V 63 - 90 SB 2 10
1,32 22,2 1,32 57 0,71 MR V 81 - 90 LB 4 63
1,36 22,5 1,38 58 0,75 MR V 80 -100 LB 6 40 400 1,68 4,01 1,8 MR V 50 - 90 SB 2 7
1,52 22,5 1,38 58 0,9 MR V 81 -100 LB 6 40 400 1,7 4,05 3 MR V 63 - 90 SB 2 7
22,1 1,44 63 1,8 MR IV 100 - 90 LB 4 22,54 x 25
22,2 1,37 59 1,12 MR V 100 - 90 LB 4 63 2,2 1,75 3,64 1,46 384 0,71 MR 2IV 126 - 90 LC 4 12 x 32
22,5 1,42 60 1,5 MR V 100 -100 LB 6 40 3,57 1,43 383 0,85 MR IV 160 -112 M 6 24 x 63
22,5 1,43 61 2,36 MR V 125 -100 LB 6 40 3,57 1,43 383 0,95 MR IV 161 -112 M 6 24 x 63
3,57 1,48 395 1,5 MR IV 200 -112 M 6 24 x 63
0,96 28 1,4 47,7 0,67 MR IV 64 - 90 LB 4 22 x 25
1,49 28 1,43 48,9 1,06 MR IV 80 - 90 LB 4 22 x 25 4,49 1,49 317 0,71 MR 2IV 125 - 90 LC 4 29,75 x 32
1,49 28 1,43 48,9 1,25 MR IV 81 - 90 LB 4 22 x 25 4,49 1,49 317 0,85 MR 2IV 126 - 90 LC 4 29,75 x 32
1,49 28 1,39 47,2 0,8 MR V 80 - 90 LB 4 50 4,5 1,51 320 1,12 MR IV 160 -112 M 6 24 x 50
1,49 28 1,39 47,2 0,95 MR V 81 - 90 LB 4 50 4,5 1,51 320 1,32 MR IV 161 -112 M 6 24 x 50
1,49 28,1 1,42 48,1 0,95 MR V 80 -100 LB 6 32 4,5 1,55 329 2,24 MR IV 200 -112 M 6 24 x 50
28,1 1,42 48,1 1,18 MR V 81 -100 LB 6 32 5,53 1,51 261 0,85 MR 2IV 125 -100 LA 4 27,91 x 32
27,5 1,54 53 2 MR IV 100 - 90 LB* 4 23,18 x 16 5,53 1,51 261 1 MR 2IV 126 -100 LA 4 27,91 x 32
27,6 1,53 53 1,9 MR IV 100 - 90 LB 4 22,54 x 20 5,76 1,45 241 0,71 MR IV 126 - 90 LC 4 23,86 x 63
28 1,42 48,6 1,5 MR V 100 - 90 LB 4 50 5,76 1,5 248 0,71 MR IV 125 -112 M 6 23,13 x 50
28,1 1,45 49,2 1,9 MR V 100 -100 LB 6 32 5,76 1,5 248 0,8 MR IV 126 -112 M 6 23,13 x 50
1,24 35 1,5 41 0,71 MR IV 64 - 90 LB 4 22 x 20 5,56 1,5 257 1,12 MR IV 160 -100 LA 4 24 x 63
1,06 36 1,43 37,8 0,67 MR V 63 -100 LB 6 25 5,56 1,5 257 1,32 MR IV 161 -100 LA 4 24 x 63
1,06 36 1,43 37,8 0,8 MR V 64 -100 LB 6 25 5,63 1,56 265 1,5 MR IV 160 -112 M 6 24 x 40
34,5 1,53 42,5 1,18 MR IV 80 - 90 LB* 4 22,54 x 16 5,63 1,56 265 1,8 MR IV 161 -112 M 6 24 x 40
35 1,52 41,6 1,06 MR IV 80 - 90 LB 4 22 x 20 6,8 1,51 212 0,9 MR 2IV 125 -100 LA 4 25,15 x 40
34,5 1,53 42,5 1,4 MR IV 81 - 90 LB* 4 22,54 x 16 6,8 1,51 212 1,06 MR 2IV 126 -100 LA 4 25,15 x 40
35 1,52 41,6 1,32 MR IV 81 - 90 LB 4 22 x 20 6,9 1,55 214 1 MR 2IV 125 - 90 LC 4 26,34 x 32
35 1,43 39,1 1 MR V 80 - 90 LB 4 40 6,9 1,55 214 1,18 MR 2IV 126 - 90 LC 4 26,34 x 32
35 1,43 39,1 1,18 MR V 81 - 90 LB 4 40 7,11 1,49 199 0,71 MR IV 125 -100 LA 4 23,13 x 63
36 1,46 38,7 1,25 MR V 80 -100 LB 6 25 7,11 1,49 199 0,85 MR IV 126 -100 LA 4 23,13 x 63
36 1,46 38,7 1,5 MR V 81 -100 LB 6 25 7,26 1,53 201 0,8 MR IV 125 - 90 LC 4 23,86 x 50
34,5 1,55 43,1 2,36 MR IV 100 - 90 LB 4 22,54 x 16 7,26 1,53 201 0,95 MR IV 126 - 90 LC 4 23,86 x 50
35 1,47 40 2 MR V 100 - 90 LB 4 40 7,2 1,54 204 0,9 MR IV 125 -112 M 6 23,13 x 40
7,2 1,54 204 1,12 MR IV 126 -112 M 6 23,13 x 40
1,34 43,8 1,53 33,3 0,75 MR IV 63 - 90 LB 4 22 x 16
7 1,57 214 1,5 MR IV 160 -100 LA 4 24 x 50
1,34 43,8 1,53 33,3 0,9 MR IV 64 - 90 LB 4 22 x 16
7 1,57 214 1,8 MR IV 161 -100 LA 4 24 x 50
1,17 43,8 1,43 31,3 0,67 MR V 63 - 90 LB 4 32 7,09 1,59 215 1,8 MR IV 160 -112 M 6 23,17 x 40
1,17 43,8 1,43 31,3 0,8 MR V 64 - 90 LB 4 32 7,09 1,59 215 2,12 MR IV 161 -112 M 6 23,17 x 40
43,8 1,55 33,9 1,4 MR IV 80 - 90 LB 4 22 x 16
43,8 1,55 33,9 1,7 MR IV 81 - 90 LB 4 22 x 16 1,79 8,62 1,54 170 0,71 MR 2IV 100 - 90 LC 4 25,08 x 32
43,8 1,47 32,1 1,25 MR V 80 - 90 LB 4 32 8,5 1,57 177 1,18 MR 2IV 125 -100 LA 4 25,15 x 32
43,8 1,47 32,1 1,5 MR V 81 - 90 LB 4 32 8,5 1,57 177 1,4 MR 2IV 126 -100 LA 4 25,15 x 32
43,8 1,49 32,6 2,5 MR V 100 - 90 LB 4 32 8,96 1,56 166 0,95 MR IV 125 -100 LA 4 23,13 x 50
8,96 1,56 166 1,12 MR IV 126 -100 LA 4 23,13 x 50
1,3 56 1,48 25,2 0,85 MR V 63 - 90 LB 4 25 9,07 1,57 165 1,12 MR IV 125 - 90 LC 4 23,86 x 40
1,3 56 1,48 25,2 1 MR V 64 - 90 LB 4 25 9,07 1,57 165 1,32 MR IV 126 - 90 LC 4 23,86 x 40
56 1,51 25,7 1,6 MR V 80 - 90 LB 4 25 8,87 1,57 169 1,06 MR IV 125 -112 M 6 22,54 x 40
56 1,51 25,7 1,9 MR V 81 - 90 LB 4 25 8,87 1,57 169 1,32 MR IV 126 -112 M 6 22,54 x 40
70 1,56 21,3 0,9 MR V 63 - 90 LB 4 20 8,75 1,62 177 2,12 MR IV 160 -100 LA 4 24 x 40
70 1,56 21,3 1,12 MR V 64 - 90 LB 4 20 8,75 1,62 177 2,5 MR IV 161 -100 LA 4 24 x 40
70 1,58 21,6 1,7 MR V 80 - 90 LB 4 20 11 1,6 138 0,95 MR 2IV 100 - 90 LC 4 25,08 x 25
70 1,58 21,6 2 MR V 81 - 90 LB 4 20 11 1,55 134 0,67 MR IV 100 - 90 LC 4 22,54 x 50
1,18 87,5 1,56 17 0,71 MR V 50 - 90 LB 4 16 11,3 1,58 134 0,75 MR IV 100 -112 M 6 22 x 40
87,5 1,58 17,3 1,18 MR V 63 - 90 LB 4 16 11,2 1,6 137 1,25 MR IV 125 -100 LA 4 23,13 x 40
87,5 1,58 17,3 1,4 MR V 64 - 90 LB 4 16 11,2 1,6 137 1,5 MR IV 126 -100 LA 4 23,13 x 40
87,5 1,6 17,5 2,12 MR V 80 - 90 LB 4 16 11,2 1,6 137 1,25 MR IV 125 - 90 LC 4 23,13 x 40
87,5 1,6 17,5 2,65 MR V 81 - 90 LB 4 16 11,2 1,6 137 1,5 MR IV 126 - 90 LC 4 23,13 x 40
1,29 108 1,58 14,1 0,8 MR V 50 - 90 LB 4 13 11,1 1,63 141 1,4 MR IV 125 -112 M 6 22,54 x 32
108 1,6 14,2 1,32 MR V 63 - 90 LB 4 13 11,1 1,63 141 1,7 MR IV 126 -112 M 6 22,54 x 32
108 1,6 14,2 1,6 MR V 64 - 90 LB 4 13 11 1,66 143 2,5 MR IV 160 -100 LA 4 23,17 x 40
108 1,62 14,4 2,5 MR V 80 - 90 LB 4 13 11 1,66 143 3 MR IV 161 -100 LA 4 23,17 x 40
108 1,62 14,4 3 MR V 81 - 90 LB 4 13 13,8 1,73 120 0,95 MR 2IV 100 - 90 LC 4 25,08 x 20
1,4 140 1,61 11 0,95 MR V 50 - 90 LB 4 10 14 1,59 108 0,75 MR IV 100 -100 LA 4 22 x 50
140 1,64 11,2 1,6 MR V 63 - 90 LB 4 10 13,8 1,61 112 0,9 MR IV 100 - 90 LC 4 22,54 x 40
140 1,64 11,2 1,9 MR V 64 - 90 LB 4 10 14,1 1,63 110 1 MR IV 100 -112 M 6 22 x 32
14,3 1,56 104 0,71 MR V 100 -112 M 6 63
175 1,61 8,8 1 MR V 50 - 90 SB 2 16 13,8 1,64 113 1,5 MR IV 125 -100 LA 4 22,54 x 40
175 1,62 8,9 1,7 MR V 63 - 90 SB 2 16 13,8 1,64 113 1,8 MR IV 126 -100 LA 4 22,54 x 40
175 1,62 8,9 2 MR V 64 - 90 SB 2 16 14 1,67 114 1,7 MR IV 125 - 90 LC 4 23,13 x 32
200 1,65 7,9 1,18 MR V 50 - 90 LB 4 7 14 1,67 114 2 MR IV 126 - 90 LC 4 23,13 x 32
41

1) 2) 1) 2)
2,2 14,3 1,6 107 1,18 MR V 125 -112 M 6 63 2,2 1,67 70 1,86 25,3 0,9 MR V 64 -100 LA 4 20
14,3 1,6 107 1,4 MR V 126 -112 M 6 63 1,67 70 1,86 25,3 0,75 MR V 63 - 90 LC 4 20
14,3 1,65 110 2,12 MR V 160 -112 M 6 63 1,67 70 1,86 25,3 0,9 MR V 64 - 90 LC 4 20
17,5 1,65 90 1,06 MR IV 100 -100 LA 4 22 x 40 70 1,88 25,7 1,4 MR V 80 -100 LA 4 20
17,2 1,66 92 1,18 MR IV 100 - 90 LC 4 22,54 x 32 70 1,88 25,7 1,7 MR V 81 -100 LA 4 20
18 1,69 89 1,32 MR IV 100 -112 M 6 22 x 25 70 1,88 25,7 1,4 MR V 80 - 90 LC 4 20
18 1,63 86 0,9 MR V 100 -112 M 6 50 70 1,88 25,7 1,7 MR V 81 - 90 LC 4 20
17,3 1,7 94 1,9 MR IV 125 -100 LA 4 22,54 x 32 69,2 1,89 26,1 1,6 MR V 80 -112 M 6 13
17,9 1,79 95 1,8 MR IV 125 - 90 LC 4 23,13 x 25 69,2 1,89 26,1 1,9 MR V 81 -112 M 6 13
18 1,66 88 1,5 MR V 125 -112 M 6 50 70 1,9 26 2,8 MR V 100 -100 LA 4 20
18 1,66 88 1,8 MR V 126 -112 M 6 50 1,81 87,5 1,88 20,5 0,95 MR V 63 -100 LA 4 16
1,35 21,9 1,65 72 0,71 MR IV 80 - 90 LC 4 22 x 32 1,81 87,5 1,88 20,5 1,18 MR V 64 -100 LA 4 16
1,35 21,9 1,65 72 0,85 MR IV 81 - 90 LC 4 22 x 32 1,81 87,5 1,88 20,5 0,95 MR V 63 - 90 LC 4 16
1,52 22,5 1,64 69 0,75 MR V 81 -112 M 6 40 1,81 87,5 1,88 20,5 1,18 MR V 64 - 90 LC 4 16
21,9 1,69 74 1,4 MR IV 100 -100 LA 4 22 x 32 87,5 1,91 20,8 1,8 MR V 80 -100 LA 4 16
22,1 1,72 74 1,5 MR IV 100 - 90 LC 4 22,54 x 25 87,5 1,91 20,8 2,12 MR V 81 -100 LA 4 16
22,2 1,63 70 0,95 MR V 100 -100 LA 4 63 87,5 1,91 20,8 1,8 MR V 80 - 90 LC 4 16
22,2 1,63 70 0,95 MR V 100 - 90 LC 4 63 87,5 1,91 20,8 2,12 MR V 81 - 90 LC 4 16
22,5 1,69 72 1,25 MR V 100 -112 M 6 40 108 1,91 16,9 1,12 MR V 63 -100 LA 4 13
22,1 1,82 78 2 MR IV 125 -100 LA 4 22,54 x 25 108 1,91 16,9 1,32 MR V 64 -100 LA 4 13
22,2 1,67 72 1,6 MR V 125 -100 LA 4 63 108 1,91 16,9 1,12 MR V 63 - 90 LC 4 13
22,2 1,67 72 1,9 MR V 126 -100 LA 4 63 108 1,91 16,9 1,32 MR V 64 - 90 LC 4 13
22,5 1,7 72 2 MR V 125 -112 M 6 40 108 1,93 17,1 2,12 MR V 80 -100 LA 4 13
1,49 28 1,7 58 0,9 MR IV 80 - 90 LC 4 22 x 25 108 1,93 17,1 2,5 MR V 81 -100 LA 4 13
1,49 28 1,7 58 1,06 MR IV 81 - 90 LC 4 22 x 25 108 1,93 17,1 2,12 MR V 80 - 90 LC 4 13
1,49 28 1,65 56 0,67 MR V 80 -100 LA 4 50 108 1,93 17,1 2,5 MR V 81 - 90 LC 4 13
1,74 28 1,65 56 0,8 MR V 81 -100 LA 4 50 140 1,95 13,3 1,4 MR V 63 -100 LA 4 10
1,49 28 1,65 56 0,67 MR V 80 - 90 LC 4 50 140 1,95 13,3 1,6 MR V 64 -100 LA 4 10
1,49 28 1,65 56 0,8 MR V 81 - 90 LC 4 50 140 1,95 13,3 1,4 MR V 63 - 90 LC 4 10
1,49 28,1 1,69 57 0,8 MR V 80 -112 M 6 32 140 1,95 13,3 1,6 MR V 64 - 90 LC 4 10
1,66 28,1 1,69 57 0,95 MR V 81 -112 M 6 32 140 1,97 13,4 2,5 MR V 80 -100 LA 4 10
28 1,75 60 1,7 MR IV 100 -100 LA 4 22 x 25 140 1,97 13,4 3 MR V 81 -100 LA 4 10
27,6 1,82 63 1,6 MR IV 100 - 90 LC 4 22,54 x 20 140 1,97 13,4 2,5 MR V 80 - 90 LC 4 10
28 1,69 58 1,25 MR V 100 -100 LA 4 50 140 1,97 13,4 3 MR V 81 - 90 LC 4 10
28 1,69 58 1,25 MR V 100 - 90 LC 4 50
1,75 175 1,91 10,4 0,85 MR V 50 - 90 LA 2 16
28,1 1,72 58 1,6 MR V 100 -112 M 6 32
175 1,93 10,5 1,4 MR V 63 - 90 LA 2 16
27,6 1,84 64 2,65 MR IV 125 -100 LA 4 22,54 x 20
175 1,93 10,5 1,7 MR V 64 - 90 LA 2 16
28 1,73 59 2 MR V 125 -100 LA 4 50
175 1,95 10,6 2,65 MR V 80 - 90 LA 2 16
35 1,81 49,5 0,9 MR IV 80 - 90 LC 4 22 x 20
35 1,81 49,5 1,06 MR IV 81 - 90 LC 4 22 x 20 200 1,99 9,5 1,7 MR V 63 -100 LA 4 7
1,66 35 1,7 46,5 0,85 MR V 80 -100 LA 4 40 200 1,99 9,5 2 MR V 64 -100 LA 4 7
35 1,7 46,5 1 MR V 81 -100 LA 4 40 200 1,99 9,5 1,7 MR V 63 - 90 LC 4 7
1,66 35 1,7 46,5 0,85 MR V 80 - 90 LC 4 40 200 1,99 9,5 2 MR V 64 - 90 LC 4 7
1,66 35 1,7 46,5 1 MR V 81 - 90 LC 4 40 215 1,94 8,6 1 MR V 50 - 90 LA 2 13
1,65 36 1,74 46,1 1,06 MR V 80 -112 M 6 25 215 1,95 8,7 1,6 MR V 63 - 90 LA 2 13
1,84 36 1,74 46,1 1,25 MR V 81 -112 M 6 25 215 1,95 8,7 2 MR V 64 - 90 LA 2 13
35 1,84 50 1,9 MR IV 100 -100 LA 4 22 x 20 280 1,96 6,7 1,18 MR V 50 - 90 LA 2 10
34,5 1,85 51 1,9 MR IV 100 - 90 LC 4 22,54 x 16 280 1,99 6,8 2 MR V 63 - 90 LA 2 10
35 1,74 47,6 1,7 MR V 100 -100 LA 4 40
35 1,74 47,6 1,7 MR V 100 - 90 LC 4 40 400 2 4,77 1,5 MR V 50 - 90 LA 2 7
36 1,78 47,1 2 MR V 100 -112 M 6 25 400 2,02 4,82 2,5 MR V 63 - 90 LA 2 7
35 1,76 48,1 2,65 MR V 125 -100 LA 4 40
3 3,57 1,95 522 0,71 MR IV 161 -112 MC 6 24 x 63
1,34 43,8 1,82 39,6 0,75 MR IV 64 - 90 LC 4 22 x 16 3,57 2,02 539 1,12 MR IV 200 -112 MC 6 24 x 63
1,17 43,8 1,71 37,2 0,67 MR V 64 - 90 LC 4 32
43,8 1,85 40,3 1,18 MR IV 80 - 90 LC 4 22 x 16 3,76 2,09 531 2,12 MR IV 250 -132 S 6 23,8 x 63
43,8 1,85 40,3 1,4 MR IV 81 - 90 LC 4 22 x 16 4,5 2,06 436 0,8 MR IV 160 -112 MC 6 24 x 50
1,83 43,8 1,75 38,2 1,06 MR V 80 -100 LA 4 32 4,5 2,06 436 0,95 MR IV 161 -112 MC 6 24 x 50
43,8 1,75 38,2 1,25 MR V 81 -100 LA 4 32 4,5 2,12 449 1,6 MR IV 200 -112 MC 6 24 x 50
1,83 43,8 1,75 38,2 1,06 MR V 80 - 90 LC 4 32 4,74 2,18 440 3 MR IV 250 -132 S 6 23,8 x 50
1,83 43,8 1,75 38,2 1,25 MR V 81 - 90 LC 4 32 2,21 5,53 2,06 356 0,71 MR 2IV 126 -100 LB 4 27,91 x 32
43,8 1,87 40,8 2,24 MR IV 100 -100 LA 4 22 x 16 5,56 2,04 351 0,85 MR IV 160 -100 LB 4 24 x 63
43,8 1,78 38,8 2,12 MR V 100 -100 LA 4 32 5,56 2,04 351 0,95 MR IV 161 -100 LB 4 24 x 63
1,3 56 1,76 29,9 0,75 MR V 63 -100 LA 4 25 5,63 2,13 362 1,12 MR IV 160 -112 MC 6 24 x 40
1,3 56 1,76 29,9 0,85 MR V 64 -100 LA 4 25 5,63 2,13 362 1,32 MR IV 161 -112 MC 6 24 x 40
1,3 56 1,76 29,9 0,75 MR V 63 - 90 LC 4 25 5,56 2,11 362 1,6 MR IV 200 -100 LB 4 24 x 63
1,3 56 1,76 29,9 0,85 MR V 64 - 90 LC 4 25 5,63 2,18 371 2,12 MR IV 200 -112 MC 6 24 x 40
56 1,79 30,5 1,4 MR V 80 -100 LA 4 25 2,49 6,8 2,06 289 0,75 MR 2IV 126 -100 LB 4 25,15 x 40
56 1,79 30,5 1,6 MR V 81 -100 LA 4 25 2,49 7,2 2,1 278 0,67 MR IV 125 -112 MC 6 23,13 x 40
56 1,79 30,5 1,4 MR V 80 - 90 LC 4 25 2,49 7,2 2,1 278 0,8 MR IV 126 -112 MC 6 23,13 x 40
56 1,79 30,5 1,6 MR V 81 - 90 LC 4 25 7 2,14 292 1,12 MR IV 160 -100 LB 4 24 x 50
56 1,83 31,1 2,65 MR V 100 -100 LA 4 25 7 2,14 292 1,32 MR IV 161 -100 LB 4 24 x 50
1,67 70 1,86 25,3 0,75 MR V 63 -100 LA 4 20 7,09 2,17 293 1,32 MR IV 160 -112 MC 6 23,17 x 40
42

1) 2) 1) 2)
3 7,09 2,17 293 1,6 MR IV 161 -112 MC 6 23,17 x 40 3 1,94 35 2,32 63 0,75 MR V 81 -100 LB 4 40
7 2,2 300 2,24 MR IV 200 -100 LB 4 24 x 50 1,84 36 2,37 63 0,95 MR V 81 -112 MC 6 25
35 2,52 69 1,32 MR IV 100 -100 LB 4 22 x 20
8,5 2,15 241 0,85 MR 2IV 125 -100 LB 4 25,15 x 32
35 2,38 65 1,18 MR V 100 -100 LB 4 40
8,5 2,15 241 1 MR 2IV 126 -100 LB 4 25,15 x 32
36 2,42 64 1,5 MR V 100 -112 MC 6 25
8,96 2,12 226 0,71 MR IV 125 -100 LB 4 23,13 x 50
36 2,42 64 1,5 MR V 100 -132 S 6 25
8,96 2,12 226 0,85 MR IV 126 -100 LB 4 23,13 x 50
34,5 2,56 71 2,36 MR IV 125 -100 LB 4 22,54 x 16
8,87 2,14 231 0,8 MR IV 125 -112 MC 6 22,54 x 40
35 2,4 66 1,9 MR V 125 -100 LB 4 40
8,87 2,14 231 0,95 MR IV 126 -112 MC 6 22,54 x 40
8,75 2,21 242 1,6 MR IV 160 -100 LB 4 24 x 40 2,09 43,8 2,52 55 0,85 MR IV 80 -100 LB 4 22 x 16
8,75 2,21 242 1,8 MR IV 161 -100 LB 4 24 x 40 2,09 43,8 2,52 55 1 MR IV 81 -100 LB 4 22 x 16
8,75 2,27 247 2,8 MR IV 200 -100 LB 4 24 x 40 1,83 43,8 2,38 52 0,8 MR V 80 -100 LB 4 32
2,13 43,8 2,38 52 0,95 MR V 81 -100 LB 4 32
11,2 2,18 186 0,95 MR IV 125 -100 LB 4 23,13 x 40
43,8 2,55 56 1,7 MR IV 100 -100 LB 4 22 x 16
11,2 2,18 186 1,12 MR IV 126 -100 LB 4 23,13 x 40
43,8 2,42 53 1,5 MR V 100 -100 LB 4 32
11,1 2,23 192 1,06 MR IV 125 -112 MC 6 22,54 x 32
43,8 2,47 54 2,5 MR V 125 -100 LB 4 32
11,1 2,23 192 1,25 MR IV 126 -112 MC 6 22,54 x 32
11 2,26 196 1,8 MR IV 160 -100 LB 4 23,17 x 40 2,1 56 2,44 41,6 1 MR V 80 -100 LB 4 25
11 2,26 196 2,12 MR IV 161 -100 LB 4 23,17 x 40 2,35 56 2,44 41,6 1,18 MR V 81 -100 LB 4 25
56 2,49 42,4 2 MR V 100 -100 LB 4 25
2,44 13,8 2,2 152 0,67 MR IV 100 -100 LB* 4 22,54 x 40
2,3 14,1 2,22 151 0,75 MR IV 100 -112 MC 6 22 x 32 1,67 70 2,53 34,5 0,67 MR V 64 -100 LB 4 20
13,8 2,23 154 1,06 MR IV 125 -100 LB 4 22,54 x 40 70 2,56 35 1,06 MR V 80 -100 LB 4 20
13,8 2,23 154 1,32 MR IV 126 -100 LB 4 22,54 x 40 70 2,56 35 1,25 MR V 81 -100 LB 4 20
14,3 2,18 146 0,85 MR V 125 -112 MC 6 63 69,2 2,58 35,6 1,4 MR V 81 -112 MC 6 13
14,3 2,18 146 1 MR V 126 -112 MC 6 63 70 2,6 35,4 2 MR V 100 -100 LB 4 20
14,3 2,18 146 0,85 MR V 125 -132 S 6 63 1,81 87,5 2,57 28 0,71 MR V 63 -100 LB 4 16
14,3 2,18 146 1 MR V 126 -132 S 6 63 1,81 87,5 2,57 28 0,85 MR V 64 -100 LB 4 16
13,8 2,33 161 2,24 MR IV 160 -100 LB 4 23,17 x 32 87,5 2,6 28,4 1,32 MR V 80 -100 LB 4 16
13,8 2,33 161 2,65 MR IV 161 -100 LB 4 23,17 x 32 87,5 2,6 28,4 1,6 MR V 81 -100 LB 4 16
14,3 2,24 150 1,6 MR V 160 -112 MC 6 63 87,5 2,62 28,6 2,5 MR V 100 -100 LB 4 16
14,3 2,24 150 1,9 MR V 161 -112 MC 6 63
1,97 108 2,6 23,1 0,8 MR V 63 -100 LB 4 13
14,3 2,24 150 1,6 MR V 160 -132 S 6 63
1,97 108 2,6 23,1 0,95 MR V 64 -100 LB 4 13
14,3 2,24 150 1,9 MR V 161 -132 S 6 63
108 2,63 23,3 1,5 MR V 80 -100 LB 4 13
17,5 2,25 123 0,8 MR IV 100 -100 LB 4 22 x 40 108 2,63 23,3 1,8 MR V 81 -100 LB 4 13
18 2,3 122 0,95 MR IV 100 -112 MC 6 22 x 25 108 2,66 23,6 3 MR V 100 -100 LB 4 13
18 2,22 118 0,67 MR V 100 -112 MC 6 50
2,34 140 2,66 18,2 1 MR V 63 -100 LB 4 10
17,3 2,32 128 1,4 MR IV 125 -100 LB 4 22,54 x 32
2,34 140 2,66 18,2 1,18 MR V 64 -100 LB 4 10
17,3 2,32 128 1,7 MR IV 126 -100 LB 4 22,54 x 32
140 2,69 18,3 1,8 MR V 80 -100 LB 4 10
18 2,27 120 1,12 MR V 125 -112 MC 6 50
140 2,69 18,3 2,24 MR V 81 -100 LB 4 10
18 2,27 120 1,32 MR V 126 -112 MC 6 50
18 2,27 120 1,12 MR V 125 -132 S 6 50 175 2,63 14,4 1,06 MR V 63 - 90 LB 2 16
18 2,27 120 1,32 MR V 126 -132 S 6 50 175 2,63 14,4 1,25 MR V 64 - 90 LB 2 16
17,6 2,48 134 2,36 MR IV 160 -100 LB 4 23,17 x 25 175 2,66 14,5 1,9 MR V 80 - 90 LB 2 16
17,6 2,48 134 2,8 MR IV 161 -100 LB 4 23,17 x 25 175 2,66 14,5 2,24 MR V 81 - 90 LB 2 16
18 2,33 123 2,12 MR V 160 -112 MC 6 50 200 2,71 13 1,25 MR V 63 -100 LB 4 7
18 2,33 123 2,5 MR V 161 -112 MC 6 50 200 2,71 13 1,5 MR V 64 -100 LB 4 7
18 2,33 123 2,12 MR V 160 -132 S 6 50 200 2,73 13 2,24 MR V 80 -100 LB 4 7
21,9 2,31 101 1 MR IV 100 -100 LB 4 22 x 32 200 2,73 13 2,8 MR V 81 -100 LB 4 7
22,2 2,22 96 0,71 MR V 100 -100 LB 4 63 215 2,66 11,8 1,18 MR V 63 - 90 LB 2 13
22,5 2,3 98 0,9 MR V 100 -112 MC 6 40 215 2,66 11,8 1,4 MR V 64 - 90 LB 2 13
22,1 2,48 107 1,5 MR IV 125 -100 LB 4 22,54 x 25 215 2,68 11,9 2,24 MR V 80 - 90 LB 2 13
22,1 2,48 107 1,8 MR IV 126 -100 LB 4 22,54 x 25 215 2,68 11,9 2,8 MR V 81 - 90 LB 2 13
22,2 2,5 108 1,7 MR IV 125 -112 MC 6 22,54 x 16
280 2,71 9,3 1,5 MR V 63 - 90 LB 2 10
22,2 2,5 108 2 MR IV 126 -112 MC 6 22,54 x 16
280 2,71 9,3 1,8 MR V 64 - 90 LB 2 10
22,2 2,27 98 1,12 MR V 125 -100 LB 4 63
22,2 2,27 98 1,32 MR V 126 -100 LB 4 63 400 2,75 6,6 1,8 MR V 63 - 90 LB 2 7
22,5 2,32 99 1,5 MR V 125 -112 MC 6 40 400 2,75 6,6 2,12 MR V 64 - 90 LB 2 7
22,5 2,32 99 1,8 MR V 126 -112 MC 6 40
22,5 2,32 99 1,5 MR V 125 -132 S 6 40 4 3,76 2,79 709 1,6 MR IV 250 -132 M 6 23,8 x 63
22,5 2,32 99 1,8 MR V 126 -132 S 6 40 4,74 2,91 587 2,24 MR IV 250 -132 M 6 23,8 x 50
1,49 28 2,32 79 0,67 MR IV 80 -100 LB 4 22 x 25 5,56 2,72 468 0,71 MR IV 161 -112 M 4 24 x 63
1,49 28 2,32 79 0,8 MR IV 81 -100 LB 4 22 x 25 5,56 2,81 483 1,18 MR IV 200 -112 M 4 24 x 63
1,66 28,1 2,3 78 0,71 MR V 81 -112 MC 6 32 5,92 2,98 481 3 MR IV 250 -132 M 6 23,8 x 40
28 2,38 81 1,25 MR IV 100 -100 LB 4 22 x 25
7 2,85 389 0,85 MR IV 160 -112 M 4 24 x 50
28 2,31 79 0,9 MR V 100 -100 LB 4 50
7 2,85 389 1 MR IV 161 -112 M 4 24 x 50
28,1 2,35 80 1,18 MR V 100 -112 MC 6 32
7 2,93 400 1,7 MR IV 200 -112 M 4 24 x 50
28,1 2,35 80 1,18 MR V 100 -132 S 6 32
27,6 2,51 87 1,9 MR IV 125 -100 LB 4 22,54 x 20 2,77 8,5 2,86 321 0,75 MR 2IV 126 -112 M 4 25,15 x 32
28 2,35 80 1,5 MR V 125 -100 LB 4 50 8,75 2,95 322 1,18 MR IV 160 -112 M 4 24 x 40
28 2,35 80 1,8 MR V 126 -100 LB 4 50 8,75 2,95 322 1,4 MR IV 161 -112 M 4 24 x 40
28,1 2,4 82 1,9 MR V 125 -112 MC 6 32 8,75 3,02 330 2,12 MR IV 200 -112 M 4 24 x 40
28,1 2,4 82 1,9 MR V 125 -132 S 6 32 10,9 3,11 273 0,8 MR 2IV 126 -112 M 4 25,15 x 25
1,91 35 2,47 67 0,67 MR IV 80 -100 LB 4 22 x 20 3,21 11,2 2,91 248 0,71 MR IV 125 -112 M 4 23,13 x 40
1,91 35 2,47 67 0,8 MR IV 81 -100 LB 4 22 x 20 3,21 11,2 2,91 248 0,85 MR IV 126 -112 M 4 23,13 x 40
43

1) 2) 1) 2)
4 11 3,01 261 1,4 MR IV 160 -112 M 4 23,17 x 40 4 69,2 3,49 48,1 1,7 MR V 100 -132 M 6 13
11 3,01 261 1,6 MR IV 161 -112 M 4 23,17 x 40 70 3,5 47,7 2,5 MR V 125 -112 M 4 20
11 3,08 267 2,5 MR IV 200 -112 M 4 23,17 x 40 2,82 87,5 3,47 37,8 1 MR V 80 -112 M 4 16
13,6 3,17 223 1 MR 2IV 126 -112 M 4 25,15 x 20 3,29 87,5 3,47 37,8 1,18 MR V 81 -112 M 4 16
13,8 2,97 206 0,8 MR IV 125 -112 M 4 22,54 x 40 87,5 3,5 38,2 1,9 MR V 100 -112 M 4 16
13,8 2,97 206 0,95 MR IV 126 -112 M 4 22,54 x 40 3,04 108 3,51 31,1 1,12 MR V 80 -112 M 4 13
13,9 3,03 209 1,06 MR IV 126 -132 M 6 22,03 x 32 108 3,51 31,1 1,32 MR V 81 -112 M 4 13
14,3 2,91 195 0,75 MR V 126 -132 M 6 63 108 3,54 31,4 2,24 MR V 100 -112 M 4 13
13,8 3,1 215 1,6 MR IV 160 -112 M 4 23,17 x 32
13,8 3,1 215 2 MR IV 161 -112 M 4 23,17 x 32 140 3,58 24,4 1,4 MR V 80 -112 M 4 10
14,3 2,99 200 1,18 MR V 160 -132 M 6 63 140 3,58 24,4 1,7 MR V 81 -112 M 4 10
14,3 2,99 200 1,4 MR V 161 -132 M 6 63 140 3,61 24,6 2,65 MR V 100 -112 M 4 10
14,3 3,07 205 2,36 MR V 200 -132 M 6 63 200 3,64 17,4 1,7 MR V 80 -112 M 4 7
17,3 3,09 171 1,06 MR IV 125 -112 M 4 22,54 x 32 200 3,64 17,4 2 MR V 81 -112 M 4 7
17,3 3,09 171 1,25 MR IV 126 -112 M 4 22,54 x 32
18 3,03 161 0,85 MR V 125 -132 M 6 50 5,5 3,76 3,84 974 1,18 MR IV 250 -132 MB 6 23,8 x 63
18 3,03 161 1 MR V 126 -132 M 6 50 4,74 4 807 1,6 MR IV 250 -132 MB 6 23,8 x 50
17,6 3,31 179 1,8 MR IV 160 -112 M 4 23,17 x 25 5,56 3,86 664 0,85 MR IV 200 -112 MC 4 24 x 63
17,6 3,31 179 2,12 MR IV 161 -112 M 4 23,17 x 25 5,59 3,86 660 0,85 MR IV 200 -132 MB 6 22,56 x 63
18 3,1 165 1,6 MR V 160 -132 M 6 50 5,85 4 653 1,6 MR IV 250 -132 S 4 23,8 x 63
18 3,1 165 1,9 MR V 161 -132 M 6 50 5,92 4,1 661 2,12 MR IV 250 -132 MB 6 23,8 x 40
3,11 21,9 3,08 134 0,75 MR IV 100 -112 M 4 22 x 32 4,05 7 3,92 534 0,71 MR IV 161 -112 MC 4 24 x 50
22,1 3,3 143 1,12 MR IV 125 -112 M 4 22,54 x 25 4,05 7,04 3,92 531 0,71 MR IV 161 -132 MB 6 22,56 x 50
22,1 3,3 143 1,32 MR IV 126 -112 M 4 22,54 x 25 7 4,03 550 1,25 MR IV 200 -112 MC 4 24 x 50
22,2 3,31 143 1,5 MR IV 126 -132 M 6 22,03 x 20 7,04 4,03 547 1,25 MR IV 200 -132 MB 6 22,56 x 50
22,2 3,03 130 0,85 MR V 125 -112 M 4 63 7,37 4,16 539 2,24 MR IV 250 -132 S 4 23,8 x 50
22,2 3,03 130 1 MR V 126 -112 M 4 63
22,5 3,1 131 1,12 MR V 125 -132 M 6 40 4,44 8,75 4,06 443 0,85 MR IV 160 -112 MC 4 24 x 40
4,44 8,75 4,06 443 1 MR IV 161 -112 MC 4 24 x 40
22,5 3,1 131 1,32 MR V 126 -132 M 6 40
8,7 3,93 431 0,71 MR IV 161 -132 S 4 22,56 x 63
22,1 3,36 146 2,24 MR IV 160 -112 M 4 23,17 x 20
4,44 8,8 4,06 440 1 MR IV 161 -132 MB 6 22,56 x 40
22,1 3,36 146 2,8 MR IV 161 -112 M 4 23,17 x 20
8,75 4,15 453 1,5 MR IV 200 -112 MC 4 24 x 40
22,2 3,11 134 1,6 MR V 160 -112 M 4 63
8,7 4,05 445 1,18 MR IV 200 -132 S 4 22,56 x 63
22,2 3,11 134 1,8 MR V 161 -112 M 4 63
8,8 4,15 451 1,6 MR IV 200 -132 MB 6 22,56 x 40
22,5 3,18 135 2,12 MR V 160 -132 M 6 40
9,21 4,27 442 2,8 MR IV 250 -132 S 4 23,8 x 40
22,5 3,18 135 2,5 MR V 161 -132 M 6 40
11 4,14 359 1 MR IV 160 -112 MC 4 23,17 x 40
28 3,18 108 0,95 MR IV 100 -112 M 4 22 x 25
11 4,14 359 1,18 MR IV 161 -112 MC 4 23,17 x 40
28 3,08 105 0,67 MR V 100 -112 M 4 50
11 4,1 357 0,85 MR IV 160 -132 S 4 22,56 x 50
28,1 3,13 106 0,9 MR V 100 -132 M 6 32
11 4,1 357 1 MR IV 161 -132 S 4 22,56 x 50
27,6 3,35 116 1,4 MR IV 125 -112 M 4 22,54 x 20 11 4,19 363 1 MR IV 160 -132 MB 6 22,56 x 32
27,6 3,35 116 1,7 MR IV 126 -112 M 4 22,54 x 20 11 4,17 362 1,25 MR IV 161 -132 MB 6 22,56 x 32
28 3,14 107 1,12 MR V 125 -112 M 4 50 11 4,21 367 1,7 MR IV 200 -132 S 4 22,56 x 50
28 3,14 107 1,32 MR V 126 -112 M 4 50 11 4,3 373 2 MR IV 200 -132 MB 6 22,56 x 32
28,1 3,2 109 1,4 MR V 125 -132 M 6 32 11 4,34 376 3,15 MR IV 250 -132 S 4 23,17 x 40
28,1 3,2 109 1,7 MR V 126 -132 M 6 32
27,6 3,42 118 2,8 MR IV 160 -112 M 4 23,17 x 16 3,7 13,8 4,09 283 0,71 MR IV 126 -112 MC 4 22,54 x 40
27,6 3,42 118 3,35 MR IV 161 -112 M 4 23,17 x 16 3,6 13,9 4,17 287 0,67 MR IV 125 -132 MB 6 22,03 x 32
28 3,2 109 2,12 MR V 160 -112 M 4 50 3,6 13,9 4,17 287 0,8 MR IV 126 -132 MB 6 22,03 x 32
28 3,2 109 2,5 MR V 161 -112 M 4 50 13,8 4,27 296 1,18 MR IV 160 -112 MC 4 23,17 x 32
13,8 4,27 296 1,4 MR IV 161 -112 MC 4 23,17 x 32
35 3,35 92 1 MR IV 100 -112 M 4 22 x 20 13,7 4,23 295 1,12 MR IV 160 -132 S 4 22,56 x 40
35 3,17 86 0,9 MR V 100 -112 M 4 40 13,7 4,23 295 1,32 MR IV 161 -132 S 4 22,56 x 40
36 3,23 86 1,12 MR V 100 -132 M 6 25 14,3 4,11 275 0,85 MR V 160 -132 MB 6 63
34,5 3,41 94 1,7 MR IV 125 -112 M 4 22,54 x 16 14,3 4,11 275 1 MR V 161 -132 MB 6 63
34,5 3,41 94 2,12 MR IV 126 -112 M 4 22,54 x 16 13,7 4,32 301 2,12 MR IV 200 -132 S 4 22,56 x 40
35 3,2 87 1,4 MR V 125 -112 M 4 40 14,3 4,22 282 1,7 MR V 200 -132 MB 6 63
35 3,2 87 1,7 MR V 126 -112 M 4 40
36 3,38 90 1,6 MR V 125 -132 M 6 25 4,17 17,3 4,25 235 0,75 MR IV 125 -112 MC 4 22,54 x 32
36 3,38 90 1,9 MR V 126 -132 M 6 25 4,17 17,3 4,25 235 0,9 MR IV 126 -112 MC 4 22,54 x 32
35 3,28 89 2,65 MR V 160 -112 M 4 40 4,36 17,2 4,18 232 0,67 MR IV 125 -132 S 4 22,03 x 40
35 3,28 89 3,15 MR V 161 -112 M 4 40 4,36 17,2 4,18 232 0,8 MR IV 126 -132 S 4 22,03 x 40
18 4,16 221 0,75 MR V 126 -132 MB 6 50
2,13 43,8 3,18 69 0,71 MR V 81 -112 M 4 32 17,6 4,55 246 1,25 MR IV 160 -112 MC 4 23,17 x 25
43,8 3,4 74 1,25 MR IV 100 -112 M 4 22 x 16 17,6 4,55 246 1,5 MR IV 161 -112 MC 4 23,17 x 25
43,8 3,23 71 1,18 MR V 100 -112 M 4 32 17,1 4,35 243 1,4 MR IV 160 -132 S 4 22,56 x 32
43,8 3,29 72 1,8 MR V 125 -112 M 4 32 17,1 4,35 243 1,6 MR IV 161 -132 S 4 22,56 x 32
43,8 3,29 72 2,24 MR V 126 -112 M 4 32 18 4,27 226 1,18 MR V 160 -132 MB 6 50
2,1 56 3,26 56 0,75 MR V 80 -112 M 4 25 18 4,27 226 1,4 MR V 161 -132 MB 6 50
2,35 56 3,26 56 0,9 MR V 81 -112 M 4 25 17,1 4,44 248 2,65 MR IV 200 -132 S 4 22,56 x 32
56 3,32 57 1,5 MR V 100 -112 M 4 25 18 4,36 231 2,36 MR V 200 -132 MB 6 50
56 3,45 59 2,12 MR V 125 -112 M 4 25 22,1 4,54 196 0,8 MR IV 125 -112 MC 4 22,54 x 25
2,58 70 3,42 46,6 0,8 MR V 80 -112 M 4 20 22,1 4,54 196 0,95 MR IV 126 -112 MC 4 22,54 x 25
3,01 70 3,42 46,6 0,95 MR V 81 -112 M 4 20 21,5 4,33 192 0,9 MR IV 125 -132 S 4 22,03 x 32
70 3,46 47,2 1,5 MR V 100 -112 M 4 20 21,5 4,33 192 1,06 MR IV 126 -132 S 4 22,03 x 32
44

1) 2) 1) 2)
5,5 22,2 4,17 179 0,75 MR V 126 -112 MC 4 63 5,5 56 4,75 81 1,8 MR V 126 -132 S 4 25
22,2 4,17 179 0,75 MR V 126 -132 S 4 63 56,3 4,78 81 1,7 MR V 125 -132 MB 6 16
22,5 4,26 181 0,8 MR V 125 -132 MB 6 40 56,3 4,78 81 2 MR V 126 -132 MB 6 16
22,5 4,26 181 0,95 MR V 126 -132 MB 6 40 56 4,8 82 2,8 MR V 160 -132 S 4 25
22,1 4,62 200 1,7 MR IV 160 -112 MC 4 23,17 x 20 56 4,8 82 3,35 MR V 161 -132 S 4 25
22,1 4,62 200 2 MR IV 161 -112 MC 4 23,17 x 20 3,01 70 4,7 64 0,67 MR V 81 -112 MC 4 20
21,9 4,61 201 1,5 MR IV 160 -132 S 4 22,56 x 25 70 4,76 65 1,12 MR V 100 -112 MC 4 20
21,9 4,61 201 1,8 MR IV 161 -132 S 4 22,56 x 25 70 4,76 65 1,12 MR V 100 -132 S 4 20
22 4,65 202 1,8 MR IV 160 -132 MB 6 22,56 x 16 69,2 4,8 66 1,25 MR V 100 -132 MB 6 13
22 4,65 202 2,12 MR IV 161 -132 MB 6 22,56 x 16 70 4,81 66 1,8 MR V 125 -112 MC 4 20
22,2 4,28 184 1,12 MR V 160 -112 MC 4 63 70 4,81 66 1,8 MR V 125 -132 S 4 20
22,2 4,28 184 1,32 MR V 161 -112 MC 4 63 70 4,81 66 2,12 MR V 126 -132 S 4 20
22,2 4,28 184 1,12 MR V 160 -132 S 4 63
22,2 4,28 184 1,32 MR V 161 -132 S 4 63 3,29 87,5 4,77 52 0,85 MR V 81 -112 MC 4 16
22,5 4,38 186 1,5 MR V 160 -132 MB 6 40 87,5 4,81 52 1,4 MR V 100 -112 MC 4 16
22,5 4,38 186 1,8 MR V 161 -132 MB 6 40 87,5 4,81 52 1,4 MR V 100 -132 S 4 16
22,2 4,36 188 2,12 MR V 200 -132 S 4 63 87,5 4,86 53 2,24 MR V 125 -132 S 4 16
3,5 28 4,37 149 0,71 MR IV 100 -112 MC 4 22 x 25 3,55 108 4,82 42,8 1 MR V 81 -112 MC 4 13
27,6 4,61 159 1,06 MR IV 125 -112 MC 4 22,54 x 20 108 4,87 43,2 1,6 MR V 100 -112 MC 4 13
27,6 4,61 159 1,25 MR IV 126 -112 MC 4 22,54 x 20 108 4,87 43,2 1,6 MR V 100 -132 S 4 13
27,6 4,6 159 0,95 MR IV 125 -132 S 4 22,03 x 25 108 4,94 43,8 2,65 MR V 125 -132 S 4 13
27,6 4,6 159 1,12 MR IV 126 -132 S 4 22,03 x 25 4,19 140 4,93 33,6 1,18 MR V 81 -112 MC 4 10
27,7 4,64 160 1,12 MR IV 125 -132 MB 6 22,03 x 16 140 4,96 33,8 1,9 MR V 100 -112 MC 4 10
27,7 4,64 160 1,32 MR IV 126 -132 MB 6 22,03 x 16 140 4,96 33,8 1,9 MR V 100 -132 S 4 10
28 4,31 147 0,8 MR V 125 -112 MC 4 50 200 5 23,9 1,5 MR V 81 -112 MC 4 7
28 4,31 147 0,95 MR V 126 -112 MC 4 50
28 4,31 147 0,8 MR V 125 -132 S 4 50 7,5 3,76 5,2 1329 0,85 MR IV 250 -132 MC 6 23,8 x 63
28 4,31 147 0,95 MR V 126 -132 S 4 50
28,1 4,4 149 1,06 MR V 125 -132 MB 6 32 4,74 5,5 1100 1,18 MR IV 250 -132 MC 6 23,8 x 50
28,1 4,4 149 1,25 MR V 126 -132 MB 6 32 4,5 5,3 1132 1 MR IV 250 -160 M 6 23,17 x 63
27,6 4,7 163 2 MR IV 160 -112 MC 4 23,17 x 16 5,85 5,5 891 1,18 MR IV 250 -132 M 4 23,8 x 63
27,4 4,68 163 1,9 MR IV 160 -132 S 4 22,56 x 20 5,92 5,6 902 1,6 MR IV 250 -132 MC 6 23,8 x 40
27,4 4,68 163 2,24 MR IV 161 -132 S 4 22,56 x 20 5,67 5,6 935 1,4 MR IV 250 -160 M 6 23,17 x 50
28 4,4 150 1,5 MR V 160 -112 MC 4 50 6,3 7,04 5,5 745 0,9 MR IV 200 -132 MC 6 22,56 x 50
28 4,4 150 1,8 MR V 161 -112 MC 4 50 6,3 7,04 5,5 745 0,9 MR IV 200 -160 M 6 22,56 x 50
28 4,4 150 1,5 MR V 160 -132 S 4 50 7,37 5,7 735 1,7 MR IV 250 -132 M 4 23,8 x 50
28 4,4 150 1,8 MR V 161 -132 S 4 50 7,09 5,7 768 1,7 MR IV 250 -132 MC 6 23,17 x 40
28,1 4,48 152 1,9 MR V 160 -132 MB 6 32
28,1 4,48 152 2,24 MR V 161 -132 MB 6 32 4,44 8,8 5,5 600 0,75 MR IV 161 -132 MC 6 22,56 x 40
8,7 5,5 607 0,9 MR IV 200 -132 M 4 22,56 x 63
4,45 35 4,61 126 0,75 MR IV 100 -112 MC 4 22 x 20 8,8 5,7 615 1,12 MR IV 200 -132 MC 6 22,56 x 40
35 4,36 119 0,67 MR V 100 -112 MC 4 40 8,8 5,7 615 1,12 MR IV 200 -160 M 6 22,56 x 40
4,12 36 4,44 118 0,8 MR V 100 -132 MB 6 25 9,21 5,8 603 2,12 MR IV 250 -132 M 4 23,8 x 40
34,5 4,69 130 1,25 MR IV 125 -112 MC 4 22,54 x 16
34,5 4,69 130 1,5 MR IV 126 -112 MC 4 22,54 x 16 5,4 11 5,6 487 0,75 MR IV 161 -132 M 4 22,56 x 50
34,5 4,67 129 1,18 MR IV 125 -132 S 4 22,03 x 20 4,8 11 5,7 496 0,75 MR IV 160 -132 MC 6 22,56 x 32
34,5 4,67 129 1,4 MR IV 126 -132 S 4 22,03 x 20 4,8 11 5,7 493 0,9 MR IV 161 -132 MC 6 22,56 x 32
35 4,4 120 1,06 MR V 125 -112 MC 4 40 5,14 11,3 5,6 479 0,9 MR IV 161 -160 M 6 22 x 40
35 4,4 120 1,25 MR V 126 -112 MC 4 40 11 5,7 501 1,25 MR IV 200 -132 M 4 22,56 x 50
35 4,4 120 1,06 MR V 125 -132 S 4 40 11 5,9 508 1,4 MR IV 200 -132 MC 6 22,56 x 32
35 4,4 120 1,25 MR V 126 -132 S 4 40 11 5,9 512 2,36 MR IV 250 -132 M 4 23,17 x 40
36 4,65 123 1,12 MR V 125 -132 MB 6 25 6 13,7 5,8 402 0,85 MR IV 160 -132 M 4 22,56 x 40
36 4,65 123 1,32 MR V 126 -132 MB 6 25 6 13,7 5,8 402 1 MR IV 161 -132 M 4 22,56 x 40
34,2 4,75 133 2,36 MR IV 160 -132 S 4 22,56 x 16 14,3 5,6 375 0,75 MR V 161 -132 MC 6 63
34,2 4,75 133 2,8 MR IV 161 -132 S 4 22,56 x 16 14,3 5,6 375 0,75 MR V 161 -160 M 6 63
35 4,51 123 2 MR V 160 -132 S 4 40 13,7 5,9 410 1,5 MR IV 200 -132 M 4 22,56 x 40
35 4,51 123 2,36 MR V 161 -132 S 4 40 14,3 5,8 385 1,25 MR V 200 -132 MC 6 63
43,8 4,68 102 0,9 MR IV 100 -112 MC 4 22 x 16 14,3 5,8 385 1,25 MR V 200 -160 M 6 63
43,8 4,44 97 0,85 MR V 100 -112 MC 4 32 13,8 6,3 434 2,36 MR IV 250 -132 M 4 23,17 x 32
43,8 4,44 97 0,85 MR V 100 -132 S 4 32 14,3 5,9 395 2,24 MR V 250 -160 M 6 63
43,1 4,74 105 1,4 MR IV 125 -132 S 4 22,03 x 16 4,17 17,3 5,8 321 0,67 MR IV 126 -132 M* 4 22,54 x 32
43,1 4,74 105 1,7 MR IV 126 -132 S 4 22,03 x 16 17,1 5,9 331 1 MR IV 160 -132 M 4 22,56 x 32
43,8 4,52 99 1,32 MR V 125 -112 MC 4 32 17,1 5,9 331 1,18 MR IV 161 -132 M 4 22,56 x 32
43,8 4,52 99 1,6 MR V 126 -112 MC 4 32 18 5,8 309 0,85 MR V 160 -132 MC 6 50
43,8 4,52 99 1,32 MR V 125 -132 S 4 32 18 5,8 309 1 MR V 161 -132 MC 6 50
43,8 4,52 99 1,6 MR V 126 -132 S 4 32 18 5,8 309 0,85 MR V 160 -160 M 6 50
43,8 4,59 100 2,5 MR V 160 -132 S 4 32 18 5,8 309 1 MR V 161 -160 M 6 50
43,8 4,59 100 3 MR V 161 -132 S 4 32 17,1 6,1 338 1,9 MR IV 200 -132 M 4 22,56 x 32
2,35 56 4,48 76 0,67 MR V 81 -112 MC 4 25 18 5,9 315 1,7 MR V 200 -132 MC 6 50
56 4,56 78 1,06 MR V 100 -112 MC 4 25 18 5,9 315 1,7 MR V 200 -160 M 6 50
56 4,56 78 1,06 MR V 100 -132 S 4 25 18 6,1 322 3 MR V 250 -160 M 6 50
56 4,75 81 1,5 MR V 125 -112 MC 4 25 4,89 21,5 5,9 261 0,75 MR IV 126 -132 M 4 22,03 x 32
56 4,75 81 1,8 MR V 126 -112 MC 4 25 5,06 22,2 6,2 267 0,8 MR IV 126 -132 MC 6 22,03 x 20
56 4,75 81 1,5 MR V 125 -132 S 4 25 5,14 22,5 5,8 247 0,71 MR V 126 -132 MC 6 40
45

1) 2) 1) 2)
7,5 22,1 6,3 273 1,18 MR IV 160 -132 M* 4 23,17 x 20 7,5 140 6,8 46,1 1,4 MR V 100 -132 M 4 10
21,9 6,3 274 1,12 MR IV 160 -132 M 4 22,56 x 25 140 6,8 46,4 2,24 MR V 125 -132 M 4 10
22,1 6,3 273 1,5 MR IV 161 -132 M* 4 23,17 x 20
21,9 6,3 274 1,32 MR IV 161 -132 M 4 22,56 x 25 9,2 5,85 6,7 1093 1 MR IV 250 -132 MB 4 23,8 x 63
22 6,3 275 1,32 MR IV 160 -132 MC 6 22,56 x 16 7,37 7 901 1,4 MR IV 250 -132 MB 4 23,8 x 50
22 6,3 275 1,5 MR IV 161 -132 MC 6 22,56 x 16 7,6 8,7 6,8 745 0,71 MR IV 200 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 63
22,2 5,8 251 0,85 MR V 160 -132 M 4 63 9,21 7,1 740 1,7 MR IV 250 -132 MB 4 23,8 x 40
22,2 5,8 251 1 MR V 161 -132 M 4 63
22,5 6 253 1,12 MR V 160 -132 MC 6 40 11 7 614 1 MR IV 200 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 50
22,5 6 253 1,32 MR V 161 -132 MC 6 40 11 7,3 629 1,9 MR IV 250 -132 MB 4 23,17 x 40
22,5 6 253 1,12 MR V 160 -160 M 6 40 6 13,7 7,1 493 0,67 MR IV 160 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 40
22,5 6 253 1,32 MR V 161 -160 M 6 40 6 13,7 7,1 493 0,8 MR IV 161 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 40
21,9 6,4 278 2,24 MR IV 200 -132 M 4 22,56 x 25 13,7 7,2 503 1,25 MR IV 200 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 40
22,2 6 256 1,6 MR V 200 -132 M 4 63 13,8 7,7 532 1,9 MR IV 250 -132 MB 4 23,17 x 32
22,5 6,1 258 2,12 MR V 200 -132 MC 6 40 6,6 17,1 7,3 406 0,85 MR IV 160 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 32
22,5 6,1 258 2,12 MR V 200 -160 M 6 40 6,6 17,1 7,3 406 1 MR IV 161 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 32
5,8 27,6 6,3 217 0,75 MR IV 125 -132 M* 4 22,54 x 20 17,1 7,4 415 1,6 MR IV 200 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 32
27,6 6,3 217 0,71 MR IV 125 -132 M 4 22,03 x 25 17,6 7,9 426 2,8 MR IV 250 -132 MB 4 23,17 x 25
5,8 27,6 6,3 217 0,9 MR IV 126 -132 M* 4 22,54 x 20 21,9 7,7 336 0,9 MR IV 160 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 25
27,6 6,3 217 0,8 MR IV 126 -132 M 4 22,03 x 25 21,9 7,7 336 1,06 MR IV 161 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 25
5,55 27,7 6,3 218 0,95 MR IV 126 -132 MC 6 22,03 x 16 22,2 7,2 308 0,67 MR V 160 -132 MB 4 63
28 5,9 201 0,71 MR V 126 -132 M 4 50 22,2 7,2 308 0,8 MR V 161 -132 MB 4 63
5,8 28,1 6 204 0,75 MR V 125 -132 MC 6 32 21,9 7,8 341 1,8 MR IV 200 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 25
5,8 28,1 6 204 0,9 MR V 126 -132 MC 6 32 22,2 7,3 314 1,32 MR V 200 -132 MB 4 63
27,4 6,4 222 1,4 MR IV 160 -132 M 4 22,56 x 20 6,4 27,6 7,7 266 0,67 MR IV 126 -132 MB 4 22,03 x 25
27,4 6,4 222 1,7 MR IV 161 -132 M 4 22,56 x 20 27,4 7,8 273 1,12 MR IV 160 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 20
28 6 205 1,12 MR V 160 -132 M 4 50 27,4 7,8 273 1,32 MR IV 161 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 20
28 6 205 1,32 MR V 161 -132 M 4 50 28 7,4 251 0,9 MR V 160 -132 MB 4 50
28,1 6,1 207 1,4 MR V 160 -132 MC 6 32 28 7,4 251 1,06 MR V 161 -132 MB 4 50
28,1 6,1 207 1,6 MR V 161 -132 MC 6 32 27,4 7,9 277 2,24 MR IV 200 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 20
28,1 6,1 207 1,4 MR V 160 -160 M 6 32 28 7,5 256 1,7 MR V 200 -132 MB 4 50
28,1 6,1 207 1,6 MR V 161 -160 M 6 32
27,4 6,5 226 2,8 MR IV 200 -132 M 4 22,56 x 20 6,9 34,5 7,8 216 0,71 MR IV 125 -132 MB 4 22,03 x 20
28 6,1 209 2,12 MR V 200 -132 M 4 50 6,9 34,5 7,8 216 0,85 MR IV 126 -132 MB 4 22,03 x 20
7,1 35 7,4 201 0,75 MR V 126 -132 MB 4 40
34,5 6,4 177 0,95 MR IV 125 -132 M* 4 22,54 x 16 34,2 7,9 222 1,4 MR IV 160 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 16
34,5 6,4 176 0,9 MR IV 125 -132 M 4 22,03 x 20 34,2 7,9 222 1,7 MR IV 161 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 16
34,5 6,4 176 1,06 MR IV 126 -132 M 4 22,03 x 20 35 7,5 206 1,18 MR V 160 -132 MB 4 40
35 6 164 0,75 MR V 125 -132 M 4 40 35 7,5 206 1,4 MR V 161 -132 MB 4 40
35 6 164 0,9 MR V 126 -132 M 4 40 34,2 8,1 226 2,65 MR IV 200 -132 MB 4 22,56 x 16
36 6,3 168 0,85 MR V 125 -132 MC 6 25 35 7,6 209 2,12 MR V 200 -132 MB 4 40
36 6,3 168 1 MR V 126 -132 MC 6 25
34,2 6,5 181 1,7 MR IV 160 -132 M 4 22,56 x 16 7,5 43,1 7,9 176 0,85 MR IV 125 -132 MB 4 22,03 x 16
34,2 6,5 181 2 MR IV 161 -132 M 4 22,56 x 16 7,5 43,1 7,9 176 1 MR IV 126 -132 MB 4 22,03 x 16
35 6,1 168 1,4 MR V 160 -132 M 4 40 43,8 7,6 165 0,8 MR V 125 -132 MB 4 32
35 6,1 168 1,7 MR V 161 -132 M 4 40 43,8 7,6 165 0,95 MR V 126 -132 MB 4 32
35 6,2 170 2,65 MR V 200 -132 M 4 40 43,8 7,7 168 1,4 MR V 160 -132 MB 4 32
43,8 7,7 168 1,7 MR V 161 -132 MB 4 32
43,1 6,5 143 1,06 MR IV 125 -132 M 4 22,03 x 16 43,8 7,8 170 2,8 MR V 200 -132 MB 4 32
43,1 6,5 143 1,25 MR IV 126 -132 M 4 22,03 x 16
43,8 6,2 135 1 MR V 125 -132 M 4 32 56 7,9 135 0,9 MR V 125 -132 MB 4 25
43,8 6,2 135 1,18 MR V 126 -132 M 4 32 56 7,9 135 1,06 MR V 126 -132 MB 4 25
45 6,4 136 1,25 MR V 126 -132 MC 6 20 56 8 137 1,7 MR V 160 -132 MB 4 25
43,8 6,3 137 1,8 MR V 160 -132 M 4 32 56 8 137 2 MR V 161 -132 MB 4 25
43,8 6,3 137 2,12 MR V 161 -132 M 4 32 7,2 70 8 109 0,67 MR V 100 -132 MB 4 20
5,7 56 6,2 106 0,8 MR V 100 -132 M 4 25 70 8 110 1,12 MR V 125 -132 MB 4 20
56 6,5 110 1,12 MR V 125 -132 M 4 25 70 8 110 1,32 MR V 126 -132 MB 4 20
56 6,5 110 1,32 MR V 126 -132 M 4 25 70 8,1 111 2 MR V 160 -132 MB 4 20
56,3 6,5 111 1,25 MR V 125 -132 MC 6 16 70 8,1 111 2,36 MR V 161 -132 MB 4 20
56,3 6,5 111 1,5 MR V 126 -132 MC 6 16 7,8 87,5 8 88 0,8 MR V 100 -132 MB 4 16
56 6,5 112 2 MR V 160 -132 M 4 25 87,5 8,1 89 1,32 MR V 125 -132 MB 4 16
56 6,5 112 2,36 MR V 161 -132 M 4 25 87,5 8,1 89 1,6 MR V 126 -132 MB 4 16
70 6,5 89 0,8 MR V 100 -132 M 4 20 87,5 8,2 89 2,5 MR V 160 -132 MB 4 16
70 6,6 89 1,32 MR V 125 -132 M 4 20 87,5 8,2 89 3 MR V 161 -132 MB 4 16
70 6,6 89 1,6 MR V 126 -132 M 4 20 108 8,1 72 1 MR V 100 -132 MB 4 13
69,2 6,7 92 1,5 MR V 125 -132 MC 6 13 108 8,3 73 1,6 MR V 125 -132 MB 4 13
69,2 6,7 92 1,8 MR V 126 -132 MC 6 13 108 8,3 73 1,9 MR V 126 -132 MB 4 13
70 6,6 90 2,5 MR V 160 -132 M 4 20 140 8,3 57 1,12 MR V 100 -132 MB 4 10
70 6,6 90 3 MR V 161 -132 M 4 20 140 8,3 57 1,8 MR V 125 -132 MB 4 10
87,5 6,6 72 1 MR V 100 -132 M 4 16 140 8,3 57 2,12 MR V 126 -132 MB 4 10
87,5 6,6 72 1,6 MR V 125 -132 M 4 16
87,5 6,6 72 1,9 MR V 126 -132 M 4 16 11 8 4,5 7,8 1660 0,67 MR IV 250 -160 L 6 23,17 x 63
108 6,6 59 1,18 MR V 100 -132 M 4 13 9,1 5,85 8 1307 0,8 MR IV 250 -132 MC 4 23,8 x 63
108 6,7 60 1,9 MR V 125 -132 M 4 13 8,9 5,67 8,1 1372 0,95 MR IV 250 -160 L 6 23,17 x 50
46

1) 2) 1) 2)
11 7,37 8,3 1077 1,12 MR IV 250 -132 MC 4 23,8 x 50 11 35 9,5 258 1,32 MR IV 161 -160 M 4 22 x 20
7 8,2 1117 0,9 MR IV 250 -160 M 4 23,17 x 63 35 9 246 1 MR V 160 -132 MC 4 40
7,09 8,4 1127 1,18 MR IV 250 -160 L 6 23,17 x 40 35 9 246 1,18 MR V 161 -132 MC 4 40
6,9 8,8 8,3 901 0,8 MR IV 200 -160 L 6 22,56 x 40 35 9 246 1 MR V 160 -160 M 4 40
9,21 8,5 884 1,4 MR IV 250 -132 MC 4 23,8 x 40 35 9 246 1,18 MR V 161 -160 M 4 40
8,82 8,5 919 1,32 MR IV 250 -160 M 4 23,17 x 50 34,2 9,7 271 2,12 MR IV 200 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 16
8,8 8,5 925 1,4 MR IV 250 -160 L 6 22,56 x 40 35 9,6 261 2,24 MR IV 200 -160 M 4 22 x 20
35 9,1 249 1,8 MR V 200 -132 MC 4 40
8,5 11 8,4 734 0,85 MR IV 200 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 50 35 9,1 249 1,8 MR V 200 -160 M 4 40
8,5 11 8,4 734 0,85 MR IV 200 -160 M 4 22,56 x 50
11 8,7 752 1,6 MR IV 250 -132 MC 4 23,17 x 40 7,5 43,1 9,5 210 0,85 MR IV 126 -132 MC 4 22,03 x 16
11 8,7 752 1,6 MR IV 250 -160 M 4 23,17 x 40 8 43,8 9 198 0,67 MR V 125 -132 MC 4 32
8 43,8 9 198 0,8 MR V 126 -132 MC 4 32
6 13,7 8,5 590 0,67 MR IV 161 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 40 43,8 9,6 209 1,4 MR IV 160 -160 M 4 22 x 16
5,7 14,1 8,5 580 0,71 MR IV 161 -160 L 6 22 x 32 43,8 9,6 209 1,6 MR IV 161 -160 M 4 22 x 16
9,3 13,7 8,6 602 1,06 MR IV 200 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 40 43,8 9,2 201 1,18 MR V 160 -132 MC 4 32
9,3 13,7 8,6 602 1,06 MR IV 200 -160 M 4 22,56 x 40
43,8 9,2 201 1,5 MR V 161 -132 MC 4 32
9 14,1 8,8 594 1,18 MR IV 200 -160 L 6 22 x 32
43,8 9,2 201 1,18 MR V 160 -160 M 4 32
14,3 8,4 564 0,85 MR V 200 -160 L 6 63
43,8 9,2 201 1,4 MR V 161 -160 M 4 32
13,8 9,2 636 1,6 MR IV 250 -132 MC 4 23,17 x 32
45 9,5 203 1,32 MR V 160 -160 L 6 20
13,7 8,8 616 1,8 MR IV 250 -160 M 4 22,56 x 40
14,1 9,3 630 2 MR IV 250 -160 L 6 22,56 x 25 45 9,5 203 1,6 MR V 161 -160 L 6 20
14,3 8,7 579 1,5 MR V 250 -160 L 6 63 43,8 9,8 214 2,5 MR IV 200 -160 M 4 22 x 16
43,8 9,3 203 2,24 MR V 200 -160 M 4 32
6,6 17,1 8,7 485 0,71 MR IV 160 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 32
6,6 17,1 8,7 485 0,8 MR IV 161 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 32 56 9,5 162 0,75 MR V 125 -132 MC 4 25
7 17,5 8,6 470 0,67 MR IV 160 -160 M 4 22 x 40 56 9,5 162 0,9 MR V 126 -132 MC 4 25
7 17,5 8,6 470 0,8 MR IV 161 -160 M 4 22 x 40 56 9,6 164 1,4 MR V 160 -132 MC 4 25
7,5 18 8,5 453 0,71 MR V 161 -160 L 6 50 56 9,6 164 1,7 MR V 161 -132 MC 4 25
17,1 8,9 496 1,32 MR IV 200 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 32 56 9,6 164 1,4 MR V 160 -160 M 4 25
17,5 8,8 479 1,18 MR IV 200 -160 M 4 22 x 40 56 9,6 164 1,7 MR V 161 -160 M 4 25
18 8,7 462 1,18 MR V 200 -160 L 6 50 56,3 9,7 164 1,6 MR V 160 -160 L 6 16
17,6 9,4 509 2,36 MR IV 250 -132 MC 4 23,17 x 25 56,3 9,7 164 1,9 MR V 161 -160 L 6 16
17,1 9,3 518 1,9 MR IV 250 -160 M 4 22,56 x 32 56 9,7 165 2,65 MR V 200 -160 M 4 25
18 8,9 473 2,12 MR V 250 -160 L 6 50 70 9,6 131 0,9 MR V 125 -132 MC 4 20
8,5 21,9 9,2 402 0,75 MR IV 160 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 25 70 9,6 131 1,12 MR V 126 -132 MC 4 20
8,5 21,9 9,2 402 0,9 MR IV 161 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 25 70 9,7 132 1,7 MR V 160 -132 MC 4 20
7,7 21,9 8,8 386 0,8 MR IV 160 -160 M 4 22 x 32 70 9,7 132 2 MR V 161 -132 MC 4 20
7,7 21,9 8,8 386 0,95 MR IV 161 -160 M 4 22 x 32 70 9,7 132 1,7 MR V 160 -160 M 4 20
8 22,5 9,2 392 0,85 MR IV 160 -160 L 6 22 x 20 70 9,7 132 2 MR V 161 -160 M 4 20
8 22,5 9,2 392 1 MR IV 161 -160 L 6 22 x 20 87,5 9,7 106 1,12 MR V 125 -132 MC 4 16
9,3 22,2 8,6 368 0,67 MR V 161 -132 MC 4 63 87,5 9,7 106 1,32 MR V 126 -132 MC 4 16
9,3 22,2 8,6 368 0,67 MR V 161 -160 M 4 63 87,5 9,8 107 2 MR V 160 -160 M 4 16
8,3 22,5 8,8 372 0,75 MR V 160 -160 L 6 40 87,5 9,8 107 2,5 MR V 161 -160 M 4 16
8,3 22,5 8,8 372 0,9 MR V 161 -160 L 6 40 108 9,9 88 1,32 MR V 125 -132 MC 4 13
21,9 9,4 408 1,5 MR IV 200 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 25 108 9,9 88 1,6 MR V 126 -132 MC 4 13
21,9 9 393 1,6 MR IV 200 -160 M 4 22 x 32 108 10 88 2,36 MR V 160 -160 M 4 13
22,2 8,7 375 1,06 MR V 200 -132 MC 4 63 108 10 88 2,8 MR V 161 -160 M 4 13
22,2 8,7 375 1,06 MR V 200 -160 M 4 63
22,5 8,9 378 1,4 MR V 200 -160 L 6 40 140 10 68 1,5 MR V 125 -132 MC 4 10
21,9 9,5 414 2,65 MR IV 250 -160 M 4 22,56 x 25 140 10 68 1,8 MR V 126 -132 MC 4 10
22,2 8,9 383 1,9 MR V 250 -160 M 4 63 140 10 68 2,8 MR V 160 -160 M 4 10
140 10 68 3,15 MR V 161 -160 M 4 10
9,2 27,4 9,4 326 0,95 MR IV 160 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 20
9,2 27,4 9,4 326 1,12 MR IV 161 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 20
15 10,6 7 11,2 1523 0,67 MR IV 250 -160 L 4 23,17 x 63
28 9,3 318 0,9 MR IV 160 -160 M 4 22 x 25
10,1 7,04 11,3 1537 0,8 MR IV 250 -180 L 6 22,56 x 50
28 9,3 318 1,06 MR IV 161 -160 M 4 22 x 25
8,7 28,1 9,4 319 1,06 MR IV 160 -160 L 6 22 x 16 11,8 8,82 11,6 1253 0,95 MR IV 250 -160 L 4 23,17 x 50
8,7 28,1 9,4 319 1,25 MR IV 161 -160 L 6 22 x 16 11 11,8 1025 1,18 MR IV 250 -160 L 4 23,17 x 40
28 8,8 300 0,75 MR V 160 -132 MC 4 50
9,3 13,7 11,8 821 0,75 MR IV 200 -160 L 4 22,56 x 40
28 8,8 300 0,9 MR V 161 -132 MC 4 50
28 8,8 300 0,75 MR V 160 -160 M 4 50 9 14,1 11,9 811 0,85 MR IV 200 -180 L 6 22 x 32
28 8,8 300 0,9 MR V 161 -160 M 4 50 13,7 12 840 1,32 MR IV 250 -160 L 4 22,56 x 40
9,1 28,1 9 304 0,95 MR V 160 -160 L 6 32 14,1 12,7 859 1,4 MR IV 250 -180 L 6 22,56 x 25
9,1 28,1 9 304 1,12 MR V 161 -160 L 6 32 14,3 11,8 789 1,12 MR V 250 -180 L 6 63
27,4 9,5 331 1,9 MR IV 200 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 20 10,9 17,5 12 654 0,9 MR IV 200 -160 L 4 22 x 40
28 9,5 323 1,8 MR IV 200 -160 M 4 22 x 25 11,7 18 11,9 630 0,85 MR V 200 -180 L 6 50
28 9 306 1,5 MR V 200 -132 MC 4 50 17,1 12,7 707 1,4 MR IV 250 -160 L 4 22,56 x 32
28 9 306 1,5 MR V 200 -160 M 4 50 17,6 12,8 695 1,9 MR IV 250 -180 L 6 22,56 x 20
28,1 9,1 310 1,8 MR V 200 -160 L 6 32 18 12,2 645 1,5 MR V 250 -180 L 6 50
27,4 9,6 334 3,35 MR IV 250 -160 M 4 22,56 x 20 7,7 21,9 12,1 526 0,71 MR IV 161 -160 L 4 22 x 32
28 9,1 311 2,5 MR V 250 -160 M 4 50 12,2 21,9 12,3 536 1,12 MR IV 200 -160 L 4 22 x 32
6,9 34,5 9,3 259 0,71 MR IV 126 -132 MC 4 22,03 x 20 12,6 22,5 12,8 544 1,25 MR IV 200 -180 L 6 22 x 20
34,2 9,5 265 1,18 MR IV 160 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 16 22,2 11,9 512 0,8 MR V 200 -160 L 4 63
34,2 9,5 265 1,4 MR IV 161 -132 MC 4 22,56 x 16 22,5 12,1 515 1,06 MR V 200 -180 L 6 40
35 9,5 258 1,12 MR IV 160 -160 M 4 22 x 20 21,9 12,9 564 2 MR IV 250 -160 L 4 22,56 x 25
47

1) 2) 1) 2)
15 22,2 12,2 523 1,4 MR V 250 -160 L 4 63 18,5 22,5 15,2 647 1,5 MR V 250 -200 LR 6 40
22,5 12,4 525 1,8 MR V 250 -180 L 6 40 28 15,9 543 1,06 MR IV 200 -180 M 4 12 x 25
10 28 12,7 434 0,75 MR IV 161 -160 L 4 12 x 25 28 15,1 515 0,85 MR V 200 -180 M 4 50
10,3 28 12 410 0,67 MR V 161 -160 L 4 50 14,5 28,1 15,4 522 1,06 MR V 200 -200 LR 6 32
9,1 28,1 12,2 415 0,71 MR V 160 -180 L 6 32 27,4 16,1 562 2 MR IV 250 -180 M 4 12,56 x 20
9,1 28,1 12,2 415 0,8 MR V 161 -180 L 6 32 28 15,4 524 1,5 MR V 250 -180 M 4 50
28 12,9 440 1,32 MR IV 200 -160 L 4 12 x 25 10,8 35 15,9 434 0,67 MR IV 160 -180 M 4 12 x 20
28 12,2 417 1,06 MR V 200 -160 L 4 50 10,8 35 15,9 434 0,8 MR IV 161 -180 M 4 12 x 20
28,1 12,5 423 1,32 MR V 200 -180 L 6 32 11,4 35 15,2 413 0,71 MR V 161 -180 M 4 40
27,4 13,1 456 2,5 MR IV 250 -160 L 4 12,56 x 20 35 16,1 439 1,32 MR IV 200 -180 M 4 12 x 20
28 12,4 425 1,9 MR V 250 -160 L 4 50 35 15,4 419 1,06 MR V 200 -180 M 4 40
10,8 35 12,9 352 0,8 MR IV 160 -160 L 4 12 x 20 36 16 425 1,25 MR V 200 -200 LR 6 25
10,8 35 12,9 352 1 MR IV 161 -160 L 4 12 x 20 34,2 16,5 460 2,36 MR IV 250 -180 M 4 12,56 x 16
11,4 35 12,3 335 0,71 MR V 160 -160 L 4 40 35 15,5 424 1,9 MR V 250 -180 M 4 40
11,4 35 12,3 335 0,85 MR V 161 -160 L 4 40 11,8 43,8 16,1 352 0,8 MR IV 160 -180 M 4 12 x 16
35 13,1 356 1,6 MR IV 200 -160 L 4 12 x 20 11,8 43,8 16,1 352 0,95 MR IV 161 -180 M 4 12 x 16
35 12,5 340 1,32 MR V 200 -160 L 4 40 12,5 43,8 15,5 337 0,71 MR V 160 -180 M 4 32
36 13 345 1,5 MR V 200 -180 L 6 25 12,5 43,8 15,5 337 0,85 MR V 161 -180 M 4 32
34,2 13,4 373 2,8 MR IV 250 -160 L 4 12,56 x 16 43,8 16,5 359 1,5 MR IV 200 -180 M 4 12 x 16
35 12,6 344 2,36 MR V 250 -160 L 4 40 43,8 15,7 342 1,32 MR V 200 -180 M 4 32
11,8 43,8 13,1 285 1 MR IV 160 -160 L 4 12 x 16 45 16,2 345 1,6 MR V 200 -200 LR 6 20
11,8 43,8 13,1 285 1,18 MR IV 161 -160 L 4 12 x 16 43,8 16,2 354 2 MR V 250 -180 M 4 32
12,5 43,8 12,5 274 0,9 MR V 160 -160 L 4 32 56 16,1 275 0,85 MR V 160 -180 M 4 25
12,5 43,8 12,5 274 1,06 MR V 161 -160 L 4 32 56 16,1 275 1 MR V 161 -180 M 4 25
43,8 13,3 291 1,9 MR IV 200 -160 L 4 12 x 16 56 16,3 278 1,5 MR V 200 -180 M 4 25
43,8 12,7 277 1,7 MR V 200 -160 L 4 32 56,3 16,5 281 1,8 MR V 200 -200 LR 6 16
45 13,2 279 1,9 MR V 200 -180 L 6 20 56 16,4 280 2,8 MR V 250 -180 M 4 25
43,8 13,1 287 2,5 MR V 250 -160 L 4 32
70 16,3 223 1 MR V 160 -180 M 4 20
10,4 56 12,9 221 0,67 MR V 126 -160 L 4 25 70 16,3 223 1,18 MR V 161 -180 M 4 20
56 13,1 223 1 MR V 160 -160 L 4 25 70 16,5 224 1,9 MR V 200 -180 M 4 20
56 13,1 223 1,18 MR V 161 -160 L 4 25
56,3 13,2 224 1,18 MR V 160 -180 L 6 16 87,5 16,5 180 1,18 MR V 160 -180 M 4 16
56,3 13,2 224 1,4 MR V 161 -180 L 6 16 87,5 16,5 180 1,4 MR V 161 -180 M 4 16
56 13,2 225 1,9 MR V 200 -160 L 4 25 87,5 16,7 183 2,24 MR V 200 -180 M 4 16
56,3 13,4 228 2,12 MR V 200 -180 L 6 16 108 16,8 149 1,4 MR V 160 -180 M 4 13
11,2 70 13,1 179 0,67 MR V 125 -160 L 4 20 108 16,8 149 1,7 MR V 161 -180 M 4 13
11,2 70 13,1 179 0,8 MR V 126 -160 L 4 20 108 16,8 149 2,65 MR V 200 -180 M 4 13
70 13,2 180 1,25 MR V 160 -160 L 4 20 140 16,9 115 1,6 MR V 160 -180 M 4 10
70 13,2 180 1,5 MR V 161 -160 L 4 20 140 16,9 115 1,9 MR V 161 -180 M 4 10
69,2 13,4 185 1,4 MR V 160 -180 L 6 13
69,2 13,4 185 1,7 MR V 161 -180 L 6 13 22 11 8,8 17,1 1851 0,67 MR IV 250 -200 L 6 12,56 x 40
70 13,3 182 2,36 MR V 200 -160 L 4 20 13,6 11 17,3 1506 0,75 MR IV 250 -180 L 4 12,56 x 50
12,2 87,5 13,3 145 0,8 MR V 125 -160 L 4 16 14,9 13,7 17,7 1232 0,9 MR IV 250 -180 L 4 12,56 x 40
12,2 87,5 13,3 145 0,95 MR V 126 -160 L 4 16 16,8 14,3 17,3 1158 0,75 MR V 250 -200 L 6 63
87,5 13,4 146 1,5 MR V 160 -160 L 4 16
87,5 13,4 146 1,8 MR V 161 -160 L 4 16 17,1 18,6 1036 0,95 MR IV 250 -180 L 4 12,56 x 32
87,5 13,6 148 2,8 MR V 200 -160 L 4 16 18,6 18 18,8 998 1,18 MR IV 250 -200 L 6 12 x 25
18 17,8 946 1,06 MR V 250 -200 L 6 50
108 13,5 120 0,95 MR V 125 -160 L 4 13
108 13,5 120 1,12 MR V 126 -160 L 4 13 12,2 21,9 18 786 0,8 MR IV 200 -180 L 4 12 x 32
108 13,6 120 1,8 MR V 160 -160 L 4 13 12,8 22,5 17,8 756 0,71 MR V 200 -200 L 6 40
108 13,6 120 2,12 MR V 161 -160 L 4 13 21,9 19 828 1,32 MR IV 250 -180 L 4 12,56 x 25
22,5 19 806 1,5 MR IV 250 -200 L 6 12 x 20
140 13,6 93 1,12 MR V 125 -160 L 4 10 22,2 17,8 767 0,95 MR V 250 -180 L 4 63
140 13,6 93 1,32 MR V 126 -160 L 4 10 22,5 18,1 770 1,25 MR V 250 -200 L 6 40
140 13,7 93 2 MR V 160 -160 L 4 10
140 13,7 93 2,36 MR V 161 -160 L 4 10 15,7 28 18,9 645 0,9 MR IV 200 -180 L 4 12 x 25
16,2 28 17,9 612 0,71 MR V 200 -180 L 4 50
18,5 11 8,8 14,3 1556 0,8 MR IV 250 -200 LR 6 12,56 x 40 14,5 28,1 18,3 621 0,9 MR V 200 -200 L 6 32
27,4 19,2 668 1,7 MR IV 250 -180 L 4 12,56 x 20
13,6 11 14,5 1266 0,9 MR IV 250 -180 M 4 12,56 x 50 28 18,3 623 1,25 MR V 250 -180 L 4 50
14,9 13,7 14,9 1036 1,06 MR IV 250 -180 M 4 12,56 x 40 28,1 19 644 1,32 MR V 250 -200 L 6 32
14,3 14,6 974 0,9 MR V 250 -200 LR 6 63 17 35 19,2 523 1,12 MR IV 200 -180 L 4 12 x 20
10,9 17,5 14,8 806 0,71 MR IV 200 -180 M 4 12 x 40 17,7 35 18,3 499 0,9 MR V 200 -180 L 4 40
11,7 18 14,7 778 0,71 MR V 200 -200 LR 6 50 18,3 36 19,1 506 1,06 MR V 200 -200 L 6 25
17,1 15,6 871 1,12 MR IV 250 -180 M 4 12,56 x 32 34,2 19,6 547 1,9 MR IV 250 -180 L 4 12,56 x 16
18 15,8 839 1,4 MR IV 250 -200 LR 6 12 x 25 35 18,5 504 1,6 MR V 250 -180 L 4 40
18 15 795 1,25 MR V 250 -200 LR 6 50 36 19,3 513 1,8 MR V 250 -200 L 6 25
12,2 21,9 15,1 661 0,9 MR IV 200 -180 M 4 12 x 32 12,5 43,8 18,4 401 0,71 MR V 161 -180 L 4 32
12,8 22,5 15 636 0,85 MR V 200 -200 LR 6 40 43,8 19,6 427 1,25 MR IV 200 -180 L 4 12 x 16
21,9 16 696 1,6 MR IV 250 -180 M 4 12,56 x 25 43,8 18,6 406 1,12 MR V 200 -180 L 4 32
22,5 16 678 1,8 MR IV 250 -200 LR 6 12 x 20 45 19,3 410 1,32 MR V 200 -200 L 6 20
22,2 15 645 1,12 MR V 250 -180 M 4 63 43,8 19,3 421 1,7 MR V 250 -180 L 4 32
48

1) 2) 1) 2)
22 45 19,5 413 2,24 MR V 250 -200 L 6 20 30 56 26,7 455 1,7 MR V 250 -200 L 4 25
16,1 56 19,2 327 0,71 MR V 160 -180 L 4 25 70 26,7 364 1,18 MR V 200 -200 L 4 20
16,1 56 19,2 327 0,85 MR V 161 -180 L 4 25 70 26,8 366 2,12 MR V 250 -200 L 4 20
56 19,4 331 1,32 MR V 200 -180 L 4 25 87,5 27,1 296 1,4 MR V 200 -200 L 4 16
56,3 19,7 334 1,5 MR V 200 -200 L 6 16 87,5 27,3 298 2,5 MR V 250 -200 L 4 16
56 19,6 333 2,36 MR V 250 -180 L 4 25
108 27,3 242 1,6 MR V 200 -200 L 4 13
17,4 70 19,4 265 0,85 MR V 160 -180 L 4 20
17,4 70 19,4 265 1 MR V 161 -180 L 4 20 37 25 28 32,2 1099 0,95 MR IV 250 -225 S 4 22 x 25
70 19,6 267 1,6 MR V 200 -180 L 4 20 25,7 28 30,7 1047 0,75 MR V 250 -225 S 4 50
69,2 19,8 274 1,8 MR V 200 -200 L 6 13
70 19,7 268 2,8 MR V 250 -180 L 4 20 26,4 35 32,5 886 1,12 MR IV 250 -225 S 4 22 x 20
27,3 35 31,1 848 0,95 MR V 250 -225 S 4 40
87,5 19,6 214 1 MR V 160 -180 L 4 16
87,5 19,6 214 1,18 MR V 161 -180 L 4 16 19,4 43,8 31,3 683 0,67 MR V 200 -200 LG 4 32
87,5 19,9 217 1,9 MR V 200 -180 L 4 16 31,2 43,8 33,2 724 1,32 MR IV 250 -225 S 4 22 x 16
43,8 32,4 708 1 MR V 250 -225 S 4 32
108 19,9 177 1,18 MR V 160 -180 L 4 13
108 19,9 177 1,4 MR V 161 -180 L 4 13 25,1 56 32,6 556 0,75 MR V 200 -200 LG 4 25
108 20 177 2,12 MR V 200 -180 L 4 13 56 32,9 561 1,4 MR V 250 -225 S 4 25
140 20,1 137 1,4 MR V 160 -180 L 4 10 27 70 32,9 449 0,95 MR V 200 -200 LG 4 20
140 20,1 137 1,6 MR V 161 -180 L 4 10 70 33,1 451 1,7 MR V 250 -225 S 4 20
31,3 87,5 33,5 365 1,12 MR V 200 -200 LG 4 16
30 14,9 13,7 24,1 1679 0,67 MR IV 250 -200 L 4 22,56 x 40 87,5 33,7 367 2 MR V 250 -225 S 4 16
17,3 17,5 24,4 1332 0,8 MR IV 250 -200 L 4 22 x 40 108 33,7 299 1,32 MR V 200 -200 LG 4 13
21,4 21,9 25,9 1129 1 MR IV 250 -200 L 4 22,56 x 25
22,2 21,9 25,6 1119 0,85 MR IV 250 -200 L 4 22 x 32 45 25 28 39,2 1336 0,8 MR IV 250 -225 M 4 22 x 25
23,2 22,2 24,3 1046 0,71 MR V 250 -200 L 4 63 26,4 35 39,5 1078 0,95 MR IV 250 -225 M 4 22 x 20
22,8 27,4 26,1 912 1,25 MR IV 250 -200 L 4 22,56 x 20 27,3 35 37,8 1031 0,8 MR V 250 -225 M 4 40
25 28 26,1 891 1,18 MR IV 250 -200 L 4 22 x 25 31,2 43,8 40,3 881 1,12 MR IV 250 -225 M 4 22 x 16
28 24,9 849 0,95 MR V 250 -200 L 4 50 35,5 43,8 39,4 861 0,85 MR V 250 -225 M 4 32
17 35 26,1 713 0,8 MR IV 200 -200 L 4 22 x 20 56 40 682 1,12 MR V 250 -225 M 4 25
17,7 35 24,9 680 0,67 MR V 200 -200 L 4 40 70 40,2 549 1,4 MR V 250 -225 M 4 20
35 26,3 719 1,4 MR IV 250 -200 L 4 22 x 20
35 25,2 687 1,18 MR V 250 -200 L 4 40 87,5 40,9 447 1,6 MR V 250 -225 M 4 16
19,9 43,8 26,7 582 0,95 MR IV 200 -200 L 4 22 x 16 55 35,5 43,8 48,2 1052 0,71 MR V 250 -250 M 4 32
19,4 43,8 25,4 554 0,85 MR V 200 -200 L 4 32
43,8 26,9 587 1,7 MR IV 250 -200 L 4 22 x 16 39,4 56 48,9 834 0,95 MR V 250 -250 M 4 25
43,8 26,3 574 1,25 MR V 250 -200 L 4 32 41,2 70 49,2 671 1,12 MR V 250 -250 M 4 20
25,1 56 26,4 451 0,95 MR V 200 -200 L 4 25 87,5 50 546 1,32 MR V 250 -250 M 4 16
49
10 - Esecuzioni, dimensioni, forme costrut- 10 - Designs, dimensions, mounting posi-
tive e quantità d’olio tions and oil quantities
MR V 32 ... 81
UT.C 691
Esecuzione1) Design1)
normale standard UO3A
vite sporgente worm extension UO3D
Grandezza a A c1 D d1 F G H H0 H1 K L M N P T Z P1 X Y Y1 W W1 Massa
Size Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø ≈ ≈ ≈ ≈ Mass
ridutt. motore H7 h11 h11 h12 h6 ≈ kg
red. motor
B5 B e1 2) L1 Q U 3) 3) 3)
32 *1638) 32 61 51,5 19 11 M 50 76 71 48 34,5 7,5 10,5 75 55 190,5 91 39 140 122 185 229 309 353 101 171 8 10
*171 B5 8) 19,5 160 140 211 – 335 – 112 192 11 –
*171 B5R 52 20 4) 8,5 5) 193,5 66 140 140 225 – 349 – 112 182 11 –
40 *1637 40 70 57,5 24 14 M 60 87 82 56 41,5 9,5 12,5 85 68 105,5 106 46 140 122 185 229 328 372 101 171 11 13
*1718) 62 25 4) 87 10,5 5) 193,5 80 160 140 211 275 354 418 112 192 14 17
*180 99 ,5 200 160 231 – 374 – 122 222 18 –
*180 B5R8) 87 ,5 160 160 245 – 388 – 122 202 18 –
50 *1634)7) 50 86 70,5 28 16 M 60 98 100 67 49,5 9,5 13,5 100 85 120,5 126 53 140 122 185 229 350 394 101 187 14 16
*1717) 75 30 4) 98 12,5 5) 193,5 95 160 140 211 275 376 440 112 197 18 21
*180 98 1,5 6) 200 160 231 307 396 472 122 222 22 27
*1908) 8) 110 195 200 180 270 – 435 – 149 249 28 –
*190 B5R 98 195 200 180 270 – 435 – 149 249 28 –
63 *1714)7) 63 102 83,5 32 19 M 80 118 125 80 58,5 11,5 16,5 100 80 120,5 151 63 160 140 211 275 409 473 112 223 23 26
64 *1807) 90 30 118 14,5 193,5 114 200 160 231 307 429 505 122 243 27 32
*190 118 19,5 200 180 270 355 468 553 149 249 33 38
*1008) 8) 130 250 207 343 – 541 – 164 289 40 –
*100 B5R 118 19,5 200 207 343 – 541 – 164 264 40 –
80 *1804)7) 80 132 103,5 38 24 M 10 138 150 100 69,5 14,5 20,5 130 110 160,5 189 75 200 160 231 307 469 545 122 280 37 42
81 *1907) 106 (80) 36 17,5 193,5 135 200 180 270 355 508 593 149 280 43 48
*100 40 195 250 207 343 419 581 657 164 305 50 57
(81)
*1127) 19 250 207 343 419 581 657 164 305 60 71
1) Per l’esecuzione propria del motore ved. cap. 3. 1) See ch. 3 for motor design.
3) Valori validi per motore autofrenante. 3) Values valid for brake motor.
6) A richiesta e con sovrapprezzo, quota P1 = 160: interpellarci. 6) Option of P1 = 160, with price addition: consult us.
7) A richiesta per 100L 4, 112M 4 escluso gr. 81 anche forma costruttiva B5R (ved. cap. 2b). 7) On request for 100L 4, 112M 4 excluded size 81 also available mounting position B5R
8) Autofrenante non possibile. (see ch. 2b).
* IMPORTANTE: in caso di motore autofrenante e fissaggio pendolare o forme costrutti- 8) Brake motor not possible.
ve V5, V6, è necessario interpellarci. Motore autofrenante F0 112MC non possibile. * IMPORTANT: in the event of a brake motor and shaft mounting or mounting positions
V5, V6, consult us. Brake motor F0 112MC not possible.
Grand. B3 B6, B7 B8 V5, V6
Size
B3 B6 B7 B8 V5 V6
32, 81 0,16 0,22 0,16 0,16

40, 81 0,26 0,35 0,26 0,26
50, 81 0,46 0,62 0,42 0,42
63, 64 0,86 1,15 0,82 0,82
80, 81 1,36 2,22 1,72 1,32
UT.C 693
Salvo diversa indicazione i motoriduttori vengono forniti nella forma costruttiva normale B3 Unless otherwise stated, gearmotors are supplied in mounting position B3 (B3 and B8 for
(B3 e B8 per grand. v 64) la quale, in quanto normale, non va indicata nella designazione. sizes v 64) which, being standard, is omitted from the designation.
50
MR V 100 ... 250
UT.C 692
normale standard UO2A5)
Grandezza a A c1 D d1 F G G0 G1 G2 H H0 H1 K L M N P T V0 Z P1 X Y Y1 W W1 Massa
Size Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø ≈ ≈ ≈ ≈ Mass
ridutt. motore H7 h11 h11 h12 h6 max ≈ kg
red. motor
B5 B e1 2) Q U 4) 4) 4)
100 *1907)7) 100 180 130 48 28 M 124 170 180 122 11 180 125 84,5 16 23 165 130 200,5 236 45 90 200 180 270 355 620 705 149 325 62 67
*1007) 131 42 203,5 165 250 207 343 419 693 769 164 350 69 76
*112 250 207 343 445 693 795 164 350 79 90
*1327) 190 300 260 402 537 772 907 196 375 104 115
125 *1007)7) 125 225 155 60 32 M 128 205 221 148 15 225 150 99,5 18 28 215 180 250,5 287 50 106 250 207 343 419 769 845 164 400 103 110
126 *1127) 155 58 204,5 194 250 207 343 445 769 871 164 400 113 124
*132 300 260 402 537 828 963 196 425 143 159
*1606) 300 315 540 – 966 – 235 425 173 –
160 *1127)7) 160 272 187 70 38 M 148 247 255 178 15 280 180 118,5 22 33 265 230 300,5 345 60 125 250 207 343 445 845 947 164 465 172 183
161 *1327) 183 (160) 58 204,5 232 300 260 402 537 904 1039 196 490 203 219
*160 75 260 350 315 540 634 1055 1149 235 515 236 260
*1808) (161) 350 354 615 634 1130 1149 257 515 290 260
200 *1327)7) 200 342 235 90 48 M 168 292 324 222 20 335 225 137,5 27 40 300 250 350,5 431 80 150 300 260 402 537 1018 1153 196 575 306 322
*1607) 214 82 305 205,5 270 350 315 540 634 1169 1263 235 600 339 363
*180 350 354 615 734 1244 1363 257 600 393 429
*2007) 400 354 615 734 1244 1363 257 625 419 459
250 *1607)7) 250 425 287 110 55 M 208 360 379 277 20 410 280 163,5 33 50 400 350 450,5 537 80 180 350 315 540 634 1279 1373 235 705 493 517
*1807) 250 82 3) 205,5 320 350 354 615 734 1354 1473 257 705 547 583
*200 400 354 615 734 1354 1473 257 730 573 613
*2257) 370 450 416 690 – 1439 – 292 755 633 –
*2506) 450 416 690 – 1439 – 292 755 667 –
5) Esecuzione predisposta per vite sporgente (cap. 2). 5) Prearranged design for worm shaft extension (see ch. 2).
6) Forma costruttiva B5R (cap. 2b), autofrenante non possibile. 6) Mounting position B5R (see ch. 2b), brake motor not possible.
7) A richiesta per 132M 4 anche forma costruttiva B5R (ved. cap. 2b). 7) On request for 132M 4 also available mouting position B5R (see ch. 2b).
8) Motore autofrenante F0 180L non possibile. 8) Brake motor F0 180L not possible.
* IMPORTANTE: in caso di motore autofrenante e fissaggio pendolare o forme costruttive * IMPORTANT: in the event of brake motor and shaft mounting or mounting positions V5,
V5, V6, è necessario interpellarci. Motore autofrenante F0 132MB, non possibile. Per V6, consult us. Brake motor F0 132MB, not possible. For motor 200LG 4, X dimension
motore 200LG 4 la quota X aumenta di 73 mm, le quote Y e Y1 aumentano di 110 mm e increases by 73 mm, Y and Y1 dimensions increase by 110 mm and mass by 35 kg,
la massa di 35 kg, autofrenante non possibile. brake motor not possible.
B3 B6 B7 1) B8 V5 V6 Size
100, 081 1,9 5,4 4,2 3,5

125, 126 3,4 10,5 8,2 5,7
160, 161 5,6 18,5 15,5 10,5
200, 081 9,5 33,5 30,5 20,5
250, 081 17,3 57,5 51,5 34,5
UT.C 700
Salvo diversa indicazione i motoriduttori vengono forniti nella forma costruttiva normale B3 Unless otherwise stated, gearmotors are supplied in mouting positions B3 which, being
la quale, in quanto normale, non va indicata nella designazione. standard, is omitted from the designation.
1) Per grand. 200 e 250 la forma costruttiva B7, con n1 710 min-1, ha un sovrapprezzo. 1) Sizes 200 and 250 in B7, mounting position with n1 710 min-1, carry a price addition.
51
MR IV 32 ... 81
UT.C 694
Grandezza a A c1 D d1 F G H H0 H1 K L M N P T Z P1 X Y Y1 W W1 Massa
Size Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø ≈ ≈ ≈ ≈ Mass
ridutt. motore H7 h11 h11 h12 h6 ≈ kg
red. motor
B5 a1 B e1 2) L1 Q U 3) 3) 3)
32 1634) 32 61 51,5 19 11 M 50 76 -71 48 34,5 7,5 10,5 75 55 190,5 91 39 140 122 185 229 309 353 101 172 8 10
*1 32 52 20 4) 8,5 5) 193,5 66
40 1634) 40 70 57,5 24 14 M 60 87 -82 56 41,5 9,5 12,5 85 68 105,5 106 46 140 122 185 229 328 372 101 183 11 13
1717) 40 62 25 4) 10,5 5) ,3 80 160 140 211 275 354 418 112 194 14 17
4)
50 163 50 86 70,5 28 16 M 60 98 100 67 49,5 9,5 13,5 100 85 120,5 126 53 140 122 185 229 350 394 101 191 14 16
1717) 40 75 30 4) 12,5 5) 193,5 95 160 140 211 275 376 440 112 202 18 21
1807) 1,5 6) 200 160 231 307 396 472 122 222 22 27
63 1714) 63 102 83,5 32 19 M 80 118 125 80 58,5 11,5 16,5 100 80 120,5 151 63 160 140 211 275 409 473 112 224 23 26
64 1807) 50 90 30 14,5 193,5 114 200 160 231 307 429 505 122 234 27 32
1908) 19,5 200 180 270 355 468 553 149 261 33 38
80 1714) 80 132 103,5 38 24 M 10 138 150 100 69,5 14,5 20,5 130 110 160,5 189 75 160 140 211 275 449 513 112 250 33 36
81 1807) 50 106 (80) 36 17,5 193,5 135 200 160 231 307 469 545 122 250 37 42
1907) 40 195 200 180 270 355 508 593 149 269 43 48
1007) (81) 19 200 207 343 – 581 – 164 284 50 –
6) A richiesta e con sovrapprezzo, quota P1 = 160: interpellarci. 6) Option of P1 = 160, with price addition: consult us.
7) Forma costruttiva B5R (ved. cap. 2b); autofrenante non possibile. 7) Mounting position B5R (see ch. 2b); brake motor not possible.
8) Motore autofrenante F0 90LB e 90LC non possibile. 8) Brake motor F0 90LB and 90LC not possible.
Size
B3 B6 B7 B8 V5 V6
32, 81 0,26 0,25 0,26 0,26

40, 81 0,32 0,45 0,32 0,32
50, 81 0,56 0,72 0,52 0,52
63, 64 1,86 1,30 1,82 1,82
80, 81 1,56 2,52 2,82 1,52
UT.C 696
52
MR IV 100 ... 250
UT.C 695
Grandezza a A c1 D d1 F G G0 G1 G2 H H0 H1 K L M N P T V0 Z P1 X Y Y1 W W1 Massa
ridutt. motore H7 h11 h11 h12 h6 max ≈ kg
red. motor
B5 a1 B e1 2) Q U 4) 4) 4)
100 1807) 100 180 130 48 28 M 124) 170 180 122 11 180 125 84,5 16 23 165 130 200,5 236 45 90 200 160 231 307 581 657 122 305 57 62
907) 63 131 42 203,5 165 200 180 270 355 620 705 149 305 63 68
1007) 250 207 343 419 693 769 164 307 70 77
1127) 250 207 343 445 693 795 164 307 80 91
125 907) 125 225 155 60 32 M 128 205 221 148 15 225 150 99,5 18 28 215 180 250,5 287 50 106 200 180 270 355 696 781 149 375 98 103
126 1007) 80 155 58 204,5 194 250 207 343 419 769 845 164 375 105 112
1127) 250 207 343 445 769 871 164 375 115 126
1328) 300 260 402 537 828 963 196 376 145 161
160 1007) 160 272 187 70 38 M 148 247 255 178 15 280 180 118,5 22 33 265 230 300,5 345 60 125 250 207 343 419 845 921 164 460 165 172
161 1127) 100 183 (160) 58 204,5 232 250 207 343 445 845 947 164 460 175 186
1327) 75 300 260 402 537 904 1039 196 460 206 222
1607) (161) 260 20,5 350 315 540 634 1055 1149 235 460 239 263
180M7) 350 315 540 – 1055 – 235 460 271 –
200 1007) 200 342 235 90 48 M 168 292 324 222 20 335 225 137,5 27 40 300 250 350,5 431 80 150 250 207 343 419 959 1035 164 560 272 279
1127) 100 214 82 205,5 270 250 207 343 445 959 1061 164 560 282 293
1327) 300 260 402 537 1018 1153 196 560 310 326
1607) 305 20,5 350 315 540 634 1169 1263 235 560 343 367
1807) 20,5 350 354 615 734 1244 1363 257 560 397 433
2006) 350 354 615 – 1244 – 257 560 423 –
250 1327) 250 425 287 110 55 M 208 360 379 277 20 410 280 163,5 33 50 400 350 450,5 537 80 180 300 260 402 537 1141 1276 196 690 466 482
1607) 125 250 82 3) 205,5 320 350 315 540 634 1279 1373 235 690 499 523
1807) 350 354 615 734 1354 1473 257 690 553 589
2007) 400 354 615 734 1354 1473 257 690 579 619
2256) 370 450 416 690 – 1439 – 292 690 639 –
5) Esecuzione predisposta per vite sporgente (ved. cap. 2). 5) Prearranged design for worm shaft extension (see ch. 2).
6) Forma costruttiva B5R (ved. cap. 2b), autofrenante non possibile. 6) Mounting position B5R (see ch. 2b), brake motor not possible.
7) Motore autofrenante non possibile. 7) Brake motor not possible.
8) Motore autofrenante F0 132MC non possibile. 8) Brake motor F0 132MC not possible.
B3 B6 B7 1) B8 V5 V6 Size
100, 081 2,1 6,3 4,5 3,3

125, 126 3,8 11,6 8,8 6,3
160, 161 6,5 20,8 16,5 11,2
200, 081 10,4 38,5 31,5 21,2
250, 081 18,3 67,5 53,5 35,7
UT.C 701
Salvo diversa indicazione i motoriduttori vengono forniti nella forma costruttiva normale B3 Unless otherwise stated, gearmotors are supplied in mouting positions B3 which, being
la quale, in quanto normale, non va indicata nella designazione. standard, is omitted from the designation.
1) Per grand. 100 ... 250 la forma costruttiva B6 ha un sovrapprezzo. 1) Sizes 100 ... 250 in mounting position B6 carry a price addition.
53
MR 2IV 40 ... 81
UT.C 697
MR 2IV 100 ... 126
UT.C 698
Grandezza a A c1 D d1 F G G0 G1 G2 H H0 H1 K L L1 M N P T V0 Z P1 X Y Y1 W W1 Massa
ridutt. motore H7 h11 h11 h12 h6 max kg
red. motor
B5 B e1 2) Q U 3) 3) 3)
40 63M 40 70 57,5 24 14 M 62 8 106 – – – 82 56 41,5 9,5 12 10 85 68 105,5 106 – 46 140 122 185 229 347 391 101 171 11 13
62 25 5) 6) 3,5 80
50 63M 50 86 70,5 28 16 M 62 8 117 – – – 100 67 49,5 9,5 13 12 100 85 120,5 126 – 53 140 122 185 229 369 413 101 187 14 16
71M 75 30 5) 6) 3,5 95 160 140 211 275 395 459 112 197 18 21
63 71M 63 102 83,5 32 19 M 82 8 145 – – – 125 80 58,5 11,5 16 14 100 80 120,5 151 – 63 160 140 211 275 436 500 112 223 24 27
64 80M 90 30 3,5 114 200 160 231 307 456 532 122 243 28 33
80 71M 80 132 103,5 38 24 M 10 8 165 – – – 150 100 69,5 14,5 20 17 130 110 160,5 189 – 75 160 140 211 275 476 540 112 260 34 37
81 80M 106 (80) 36 3,5 135 200 160 231 307 496 572 122 280 38 43
40
(81)
100 80M 100 180 130,5 48 28 M 12 8 203 180 122 11 180 125 84,5 16,5 23 – 165 130 200,5 236 45 90 200 160 231 307 614 690 122 325 59 64
90M 131 42 3,5 165 200 180 270 355 653 738 149 325 65 70
8
125 90M 125 225 155,5 60 32 M 12 249 221 148 15 225 150 99,5 18,5 28 – 215 180 250,5 287 50 106 200 180 270 355 740 825 149 375 101 106
126 100M 155 58 4 194 250 207 343 419 813 889 164 400 108 115
112M 250 207 343 419 813 889 164 400 114 123
4) Esecuzione predisposta per vite sporgente (cap. 2). 4) Prearranged design for worm shaft extension (see ch. 2).
40, 081 0,42 0,52 0,42 0,42

50, 801 0,66 0,85 0,60 0,60
63, 640 1,26 1,552 1,22 1,22
80, 810 1,76 2,85 2,32 1,82
100,126 2,46 6,82 4,82 3,62
125,126 4,26 12,82 9,32 6,82
UT.C 699
Schemi di grand. 40 ... 81 validi anche per grand. 100 ... 126. Schemes for sizes 40 ... 81 valid also for sizes 100 ... 126.
54
11 - Gruppi riduttori e motoriduttori 11 - Combined gear reducer and gearmotor
units
Tabella A - Momenti torcenti nominali riduttore finale Table A - Nominal torques for final gear reducer
Grandezza riduttore finale / i ingranaggio a vite
Final gear reducer size / i worm gear pair
50/20 63/25 80/25 81/25
n2 MN2 H M2max MN2 H M2max MN2 H M2max MN2 H M2max
min-1 daN m daN m daN m daN m daN m daN m daN m daN m
11,2 20,1 0,7 33,4 32 0,7 58 63 0,72 109 75 0,72 118
9 20,5 0,68 35 33,8 0,69 61 65 0,71 113 77 0,71 123
4,5 21,3 0,66 38,4 37,8 0,66 68 72 0,68 127 82 0,68 137
2,24 23,9 0,64 40,2 42,9 0,64 73 80 0,65 133 87 0,65 141
1,12 25 0,62 40,2 47,5 0,62 73 80 0,63 133 90 0,63 141
0,56 25* 0,6 40,2 47,5 0,6 73 80* 0,61 133 90* 0,61 141
0,28 25** 0,58 40,2 47,5* 0,58 73 80** 0,59 133 90** 0,59 141
0,14 25** 0,57 40,2 47,5* 0,57 73 80** 0,58 133 90** 0,58 141
v 0,071 25** 0,55 40,2 47,5* 0,55 73 80** 0,56 133 90** 0,56 141
Grandezza
M2 Size [daN m] 25 47,5 80 90
*, ** In questi casi fs richiesto, purché risulti sempre w 1, può essere ridotto di 1,12 (*) *, ** In these cases fs required, provided that it always results w 1, can be reduced of
o di 1,18 (**). 1,12 (*) or 1,18 (**).
Tabella B - Tipi di gruppi Table B - Types of combined units

Tipo di gruppo Grandezza riduttore finale
Type of combined unit Final gear reducer size
50 63 80 81
RV + RV R V 50/20 R V 63/25 R V 80/25 R V 81/25
+ + + +
R V o/or MR V 32 R V o/or MR V 32 R V o/or MR V 405) R V o/or MR V 405)
5) Non ammesso i = 63. 5) Non ammesso i = 63.
5) i = 63 is not admitted. 5) i = 63 is not admitted.
R V + MR V
1)
finale finale finale finale

iN ≈ 250 ... 1 600 i final = 20 i final = 25 i final = 25 i final = 25
3) 3)
MR V + R 2I, 3I MR V 50-80B 4 ... B5A/70 MR V 63-80B 4 ... B5A/56 MR V 80-90L 4 ... B5/56 MR V 81-90L 4 ... B5/56
+ + + +
R 2I o/or MR 2I, 3I 40 R 2I o/or MR 2I, 3I 40 R 2I, 3I o/or MR 2I, 3I 504) R 2I, 3I o/or MR 2I, 3I 504)
per
for MN2 v 60 daN m
MR V 80-80B 4 ... B5A/563)
MR V + MR 2I, 3I +
R 2I o/or MR 2I, 3I 40

iN ≈ 160 ... 4 000 i final = 20 i final = 25 i final = 25 i final = 25
2) 3) 3)
MR IV + R 2I MR IV 50-71B 4 ... B5A/27,6 MR IV 63-80B 4 ... B5A/22,1 MR IV 80-80B 4 ... B5A/22,1 MR IV 81-80B 4 ... B5A/22,13)
+ + + +
R 2I o/or MR 2I, 3I 32 R 2I o/or MR 2I, 3I 40 R 2I o/or MR 2I, 3I 40 R 2I o/or MR 2I, 3I 40
esecuzione:
estremità d’albero Ø 14
design:
shaft end Ø 14
MR IV + MR 2I, 3I

iN ≈ 400 ... 10 000 i final = 50,7 i final = 63,5 i final = 63,5 i final = 63,5
Prestazioni del riduttore iniziale: a vite, cap. 7 o 9 del presente catalogo; coassiale, cata- For initial gear reducer performance see: this catalogue ch. 7 or 9 for worm gear reducer,
logo E, cap. 6 o 8. and catalogue E ch. 6 or 8 for coaxial gear reducer.
1) Fra riduttore finale e quello iniziale c’è una staffa di collegamento. 1) An anchor link is fitted between initial and final gear reducer.
2) Il motoriduttore ha la flangia di attacco (quota P0, cap. 12) di 140 mm. 2) The gearmotor has 140 mm motor mounting flange (dimension P0, ch. 12).
4) Riduttore in esecuzione «flangia B5 maggiorata» (ved. cap. 17 cat. E). 4) Gear reducer in «oversized B5 flange» (see ch. 17 cat. E).
55
units
100/25 125/32 160/32
n2 MN2 H M2max MN2 H M2max MN2 H M2max
min-1 daN m daN m daN m daN m daN m daN m
11,2 129 0,74 215 200 0,74 339 372 0,76 636
9 133 0,73 229 208 0,73 361 391 0,75 680
4,5 145 0,69 257 230 0,69 413 435 0,71 784
2,24 154 0,67 268 254 0,66 458 494 0,68 850
1,12 160 0,65 268 279 0,64 468 500 0,65 850
0,56 160* 0,63 268 300 0,61 468 500* 0,63 850
0,28 160** 0,61 268 300* 0,6 468 500** 0,61 850
0,14 160** 0,59 268 300* 0,58 468 500** 0,59 850
v 0,071 160** 0,57 268 300* 0,56 468 500** 0,57 850
Grandezza
M2 Size [daN m] 160 300 500
*, ** In questi casi fs richiesto, purché risulti sempre w 1, può essere ridotto di 1,12 (*) *, ** In these cases fs required, provided that it always results w 1, can be reduced of
o di 1,18 (**). 1,12 (*) or 1,18 (**).

100 125 160
R V + R V R V + R IV R V 100/25 R V 125/32 R V 160/32
+ + +
R V, IV o/or MR V, IV 50 R V, IV o/or MR V, IV 63 R V, IV o/or MR V, IV 80
R V + MR V R V + MR IV
1)
finale finale finale

iN ≈ 315 ... 8 000 i final = 25 i final = 32 i final = 32
MR V + R 2I, 3I MR V 100-100LB 4 ... B5/56 MR V 125-112M 4 ... B5/43,8 MR V 160-132MB 4 ... B5/43,8
+ + +
R 2I, 3I o/or MR 2I, 3I 634) R 2I, 3I o/or MR 2I, 3I 634) R 2I, 3I o/or MR 2I, 3I 804)
per per
for MN2 v 112 daN m forMN2 v 400 daN m
MR V 100-90L 4 ... B5/56 MR V 160-132MB 4 ... B5A/43,85)
+ +
MR V + MR 2I, 3I R 2I, 3I o/or MR 2I, 3I 504) R 2I, 3I o/or MR 2I, 3I 644)
per
for MN2 v 315 daN m
MR V 160-112M 4 ... B5/43,8
+
R 2I, 3I o/or MR 2I, 3I 634)
MR IV + R 2I, 3I MR IV 100-90L 4 ... B5/22,1 MR IV 125-112M 4 ... B5/17,3 MR IV 160-112M 4 ... B5/13,8
+ + +
MR IV + MR 2I, 3I

iN ≈ 500 ... 12 500 i final = 63,5 i final = 81,1 i final = 102
Prestazioni del riduttore iniziale: a vite, cap. 7 o 9 del presente catalogo; coassiale, cata- For initial gear reducer performance see: this catalogue ch. 7 or 9 for worm gear reducer,
logo E, cap. 6 o 8. and catalogue E ch. 6 or 8 for coaxial gear reducer.
1) Fra riduttore finale e quello iniziale c’è una staffa di collegamento. 1) An anchor link is fitted between initial and final gear reducer.
4) Riduttore in esecuzione «flangia B5 maggiorata» (ved. cap. 17 cat. E); la grandezza 63 4) Gear reducer in «oversized B5 flange» (see ch. 17 cat. E); size 63 has a low speed shaft
ha inoltre l’albero lento ridotto a 28 mm: «flangia B5 maggiorata - Ø 28». reduced to 28 mm: «oversized B5 flange - Ø 28».
56
units
161/32 200/32 250/40
n2 MN2 H M2max MN2 H M2max MN2 H M2max
min-1 daN m daN m daN m daN m daN m daN m
11,2 442 0,76 691 730 0,78 1 201 1 190 0,79 2 013
9 466 0,75 739 767 0,77 1 258 1 270 0,78 2 072
4,5 516 0,71 851 851 0,73 1 487 1 440 0,73 2 467
2,24 556 0,68 921 923 0,69 1 662 1 562 0,69 2 812
1,12 560 0,65 921 1 000 0,67 1 736 1 704 0,66 3 034
0,56 560* 0,63 921 1 000* 0,64 1 736 1 900 0,64 3 134
0,28 560** 0,61 921 1 000** 0,63 1 736 1 900* 0,61 3 134
0,14 560** 0,59 921 1 000** 0,61 1 736 1 900** 0,60 3 134
v 0,071 560** 0,57 921 1 000** 0,58 1 736 1 900** 0,57 3 134
Grandezza
M2 Size [daN m] 560 1 000 1 900

161 200 250
R V + R V R V + R IV R V 161/32 R V 200/32 R V 250/40
+ + +
R V, IV o/or MR V, IV 80 R V, IV o/or MR V, IV 100 R V, IV o/or MR V, IV 125
R V + MR V R V + MR IV
1)

MR V + R 2I, 3I MR V 161-132MB 4 ... B5/43,8 MR V 200-180L 4 ... B5/43,8 MR V 250-200L 4 ... B5A/357)
+ + +
per per per

forMN2 v 400 daN m MN2 v 800 daN m
for for MN2 v 1 400 daN m
MR V 161-132MB 4 ... B5A/43,85) MR V 200-180L 4 ... B5A/43,86) MR V 250-180L 4 ... B5/35
+ +
MR V + MR 2I, 3I R 2I, 3I o/or MR 2I, 3I 644) R 2I, 3I o/or MR 2I, 3I 814) R 2I, 3I o/or MR 2I, 3I 1004)
per
for MN2 v 670 daN m
MR V 200-132MB 4 ... B5/43,8
+
R 2I, 3I o/or MR 2I, 3I 804)
MR IV + R 2I, 3I MR IV 161-112M 4 ... B5/13,8 MR IV 200-132MB 4 ... B5/17,1 MR IV 250-180L 4 ... B5/13,7
+ + +
MR IV + MR 2I, 3I

iN ≈ 500 ... 16 000 i final = 102 i final = 81,8 i final = 102
57
12 - Dimensioni gruppi1) (riduttori) 12 - Combined unit dimensions1) (gear
reducers) Grandezza riduttore finale
Final gear reducer size
50 ... 81
2)
R V ... + R V ...
MR V ... + R 2I, 3I ...
MR IV ... + R 2I ...
Grandezza riduttore finale

100 ... 250

2)
R V ... + R V ...
2)
R V ... + R IV ...
MR V ... + R 2I, 3I ...
MR IV ... + R 2I, 3I ...
1) Per esecuzione, forma costruttiva e quantità d’olio dei singoli riduttori ved. i relativi cataloghi. 1) See catalogues for design, mounting position and oil quantities of single gear reducers.
2) La posizione del riduttore iniziale rispetto a quello finale, solo se 1, 2 o 3, va precisata 2) The coupling position of the initial gear reducer with respect to the final one should be
per esteso. described in detail, though only in the case of 1, 2 or 3.
Importante: l’eventuale protezione antinfortunistica è a cura dell’Acquirente (98/37/CE). Important: personal safety-guards are the Buyer’s responsibility (98/37/EC).
58
Grandezza riduttore a a1 A c c1 D d e d1 F H H1 h h0 K L M N O P P0 P1 T W1 Y1 Z Massa
Gear reducer size Ø Ø Ø h11 h12 h11 h11 Ø Ø Ø ≈ Ø Ø Ø Mass
finale iniziale H7 1) h6 kg
final initial a0 a2 B e1 H0 L1 G0 Q U Z1
h11
50 R V R V 32 50 40 86 51 70,5 28 14 25 16 M 6 100 49 82 85 9,5 13 100 85 116 120 – – 126 167 222 53 12
32 – 75 30 2) 67 12 4) – 3 95 39
MR V R 2I 40 220 11 23 50 117 160 204 310 18
MR IV R 2I 32 191 11 20 90 77 140 167 278 18
63 R V R V 32 63 50 102 51 83 32 14 25 19 M 8 125 58,5 94 111 11,5 16 100 80 129 120 – – 151 205 248 63 17
32 – 90 30 80 14 – 3 114 39
MR V R 2I 40 240 11 23 62 143 160 230 343 23
MR IV R 2I 40 240 11 23 112 93 160 205 343 23
80 R V R V 40 80 50 132 59,5 103 38 16 30 24 M 10 150 69,5 110 140 14 20 130 110 153 160 – – 189 250 299 75 30
81 40 – 106 (80) 36 100 17 – 3,5 135 46
MR V R 2I 50 292 14 30 70 180 200 140 286 422 39
R 3I 50 292 40 11 23 70 180 200 286 415 39
R 2I 40 260 (81) 11 23 70 180 160 – 267 383 33
MR IV R 2I 40 260 11 23 120 130 160 250 383 33
100 R V R V 50 100 63 180 70,5 130 48 19 30 28 M 12 180 84,5 130 175 16 23 165 130 187 200 – 140 236 305 412 90 52
R IV 50 50 40 131 107 11 23 42 125 90 215 – – 3,5 – 165 305 429 53 54
MR V R 2I 63 iN v 12,5 357 19 40 80 225 250 160 357 569 66
iN w 16 357 16 30 80 225 250 357 559 66
R 3I 63 357 14 30 80 225 250 357 559 66
R 2I 50 324 14 30 80 225 200 140 331 526 58
R 3I 50 324 11 23 80 225 200 331 519 58
MR IV R 2I 50 324 14 30 143 162 200 305 526 59
R 3I 50 324 11 23 143 162 200 305 519 59
125 R V R V 63 125 80 225 83 155 60 19 40 32 M 128 225 99,5 163 212 18 28 215 180 222 250 – 160 287 375 498 106 88
R IV 63 63 50 155 127 14 30 58 150 113 262 – – 4 – 194 375 515 63 91
MR V R 2I 63 iN v 12,5 392 19 40 100 275 250 407 645 101
iN w 16 392 16 30 100 275 250 407 635 101
R 3I 63 392 14 30 100 275 250 407 635 101
MR IV R 2I 63 iN v 12,5 392 19 40 180 195 250 375 645 103
iN w 16 392 16 30 180 195 250 375 635 103
R 3I 63 392 14 30 180 195 250 375 635 103
160 R V R V 80 160 100 272 103 187 70 24 50 38 M 148 280 118,5 200 260 22 33 265 230 268 300 – 160 345 460 588 125 154
161 R IV 80 80 50 183 147 (160) 14 30 58 180 150 310 – – 4 – 232 460 593 75 157
MR V R 2I 80 iN v 12,5 477 75 24 50 120 340 300 200 500 772 178
iN w 16 477 (161) 19 40 120 340 300 500 762 178
R 3I 80 iN v 80 477 19 40 120 340 300 500 762 178
iN w 100 477 16 30 120 340 300 500 752 178
R 2I 63, 64 iN v 12,5 434 19 40 120 340 250 160 472 719 160
iN w 16 434 16 30 120 340 250 472 709 160
R 3I 63, 64 434 14 30 120 340 250 472 709 160
MR IV R 2I 63 iN v 12,5 434 19 40 220 240 250 460 719 163
iN w 16 434 16 30 220 240 250 460 709 163
R 3I 63 434 14 30 220 240 250 460 709 163
200 R V R V 100 200 100 342 130 235 90 28 60 48 M 168 335 137,5 235 325 27 40 300 250 328 350 – 200 431 560 735 150 276
R IV 100 iN v 160 100 63 214 181 19 40 82 225 172 388 – 180 5 – 270 560 745 90 281
iN w 200 181 16 30 172 388 – 560 745 281
MR V R 2I 100 iN v 12,5 585 28 60 135 425 350 250 620 962 311
iN w 16 585 24 50 135 425 350 620 952 311
R 3I 100 iN v 80 585 24 50 135 425 350 620 952 311
iN w 100 585 19 40 135 425 350 620 942 311
R 2I 80, 81 iN v 12,5 522 24 50 135 425 300 200 585 889 281
iN w 16 522 19 40 135 425 300 585 879 281
R 3I 80, 81 iN v 80 522 19 40 135 425 300 585 879 281
iN w 100 522 16 30 135 425 300 585 869 281
MR IV R 2I 80 iN v 12,5 522 24 50 235 325 300 560 889 285
iN w 16 522 19 40 235 325 300 560 879 285
R 3I 80 iN v 80 522 19 40 235 325 300 560 879 285
iN w 100 522 16 30 235 325 300 560 869 285
250 R V R V 125 250 125 425 155 287 110 32 80 55 M 208 410 163,5 285 405 33 50 400 350 401 450 – 200 537 690 876 180 456
R IV 125 iN v 160 125 80 250 216 24 50 82 3) 280 205 485 – 221 5 – 320 690 876 106 464
iN w 200 216 19 40 205 485 – 690 876 464
MR V R 2I 100, 101 iN v 12,5 640 28 60 160 530 350 250 725 1069 465
iN w 16 640 24 50 160 530 350 725 1059 465
R 3I 100, 101 iN v 80 640 24 50 160 530 350 725 1059 465
iN w 100 640 19 40 160 530 350 725 1049 465
MR IV R 2I 100 iN v 12,5 640 28 60 285 405 350 690 1069 471
iN w 16 640 24 50 285 405 350 690 1059 471
R 3I 100 iN v 80 640 24 50 285 405 350 690 1059 471
iN w 100 640 19 40 285 405 350 690 1049 471
59
12 - Dimensioni gruppi1) (motoriduttori) 12 - Combined unit dimensions1) (gearmotors)
50 ... 81
2)
R V ... + MR V ...
MR V ... + MR 2I, 3I ...
MR IV ... + MR 2I, 3I ...

100 ... 250

2)
R V ... + MR V ...
2)
R V ... + MR IV ...
MR V ... + MR 2I, 3I ...
MR IV ... + MR 2I, 3I ...
1) Per esecuzione, forma costruttiva e quantità d’olio dei singoli riduttori ved. i relativi cataloghi. 1) See relevant catalogues for design, mounting position and oil quantities of single gear
2) La posizione del riduttore iniziale rispetto a quello finale, solo se 1, 2 o 3, va precisata reducers.
per esteso. 2) The coupling position of the initial gear reducer with respect to the final one should be
Importante: l’eventuale protezione antinfortunistica è a cura dell’Acquirente (98/37/CE) described in detail, though only in the case of 1, 2 or 3.
Important: personal safety-guards are the Buyer’s responsibility (98/37/EC).
60
Grandezza - Size a a1 A c1 D d1 F G H H1 K M N O P P0 P1 T W1 Z X Y Y1 W Massa
Ø Ø h11 h12 Ø Ø Ø ≈ Ø Ø Ø Ø ≈ ≈ ≈ Mass
riduttore - gear reducer mot. H7 h6 ≈ kg
finale iniziale a0 a2 B e1 1) H0 L1 G0 Q U Z1
final initial B5 h11 L1 6) 6) 6)
50 R V MR V 32 63 50 40 86 70,5 28 16 M 648 76 100 49,5 9,5 100 85 116 120,5 – 140 126 1835) 53 122 185 229 253 253 101 17 19
32 – 75 30 2) 8 67 ,5 13,5 4) – 3,5 95 5) 39
MR V MR 2I, 3I 40 63 4 211 160 140 204 122 185 229 463 507 101 22 24
12,5 5)
71 160 140 211 275 489 553 112 25 28
MR IV MR 2I, 3I 32 63 186 140 140 1915) 5)
122 185 229 438 482 101 20 22
63 R V MR V 32 63 63 50 102 83,5 32 19 M 848 76 125 58,5 11,5 100 80 129 120,5 – 140 151 2055) 63 122 185 229 279 279 101 22 24
32 – 90 30 80 ,5 16,5 – 3,5 114 39
MR V MR 2I, 3I 40 63 48 231 14,5 160 140 2305) 122 185 229 496 540 101 27 29
MR IV 71 160 2245) 5)
140 211 275 522 586 112 30 33
80 R V MR V 40 63 80 50 132 103,5 38 24 M 108 87 150 69,5 14,5 130 110 153 160,5 – 140 189 2505) 75 122 185 229 323 323 101 35 37
81 71 40 – 106 (80) 36 48 100 ,5 20,5 – 3,5 160 135 5)
46 140 211 275 333 333 112 38 41
17,5
MR V MR 2I, 3I 50 63 40 282 200 140 2865) 5)
122 185 229 567 611 101 43 45
71 (81) 48 ,5 ,5 160 5)
140 211 275 593 657 112 47 50
80 48 ,5 ,5 200 5)
160 231 307 613 689 122 51 56
,5
MR 2I, 3I 40 63 251 160 140 2675) 5)
122 185 229 536 580 101 37 39
71 48 ,5 ,5 160 5)
140 211 275 562 626 112 40 43
,5
MR IV MR 2I, 3I 40 63 251 160 140 2505) 5)
122 185 229 536 580 101 37 39
71 48 ,5 ,5 160 5)
140 211 275 562 626 112 40 43
100 R V MR V 50 63 100 63 180 130,5 48 28 M 128 98 180 84,5 16,5 165 130 187 200,5 – 140 236 3055) 90 122 185 229 429 429 101 58 60
MR IV 50 71 50 40 131 42 48 125 ,5 23,5 – 3,5 160 165 5)
53 140 211 275 439 439 112 62 65
80 48 ,5 ,–5 200 5)
160 231 307 459 459 122 66 71
,5
MR V MR 2I, 3I 63 71 347 250 160 3575) 5)
140 211 275 730 794 112 74 77
80 48 ,5 ,5 200 5)
160 231 307 750 826 122 78 83
90 48 ,5 ,5 200 5)
180 270 355 789 874 149 84 89
,5
MR 2I, 3I 50 63 314 200 140 3315) 5)
122 185 229 671 715 101 63 65
71 48 ,5 ,5 160 5)
140 211 275 697 761 112 67 70
80 48 ,5 ,5 200 5)
160 231 307 717 793 122 71 76
,5
MR IV MR 2I, 3I 50 63 314 200 140 3055) 5)
122 185 229 671 715 101 63 65
71 48 ,5 ,5 160 5)
140 211 275 697 761 112 67 70
80 48 ,5 ,5 200 5)
160 231 307 717 793 122 71 76
125 R V MR V 63 71 125 80 225 155,5 60 32 M 128 118 225 99,5 18,5 215 180 222 250,5 – 160 287 3755) 106 140 211 275 515 515 112 97 100
MR IV 63 80 63 50 155 58 48 150 ,5 28,5 – 4,5 200 194 5)
63 160 231 307 535 535 122 101 106
90 48 ,5 ,–5 200 5)
180 270 355 535 535 149 107 112
,5
MR V MR 2I, 3I 63 71 382 250 160 4075) 5)
140 211 275 806 870 112 110 113
MR IV 80 48 ,5 ,5 200 3755) 160 231 307 826 902 122 114 119
90 48 ,5 ,5 200 5)
180 270 355 865 950 149 120 125
100 48 ,5 ,5 250 5)
207 343 419 938 1014 164 127 134
160 R V MR 71 160 100 272 187,5 70
V 80 38 M 148 138 280 118,5 22,5 265 230 268 300,5 – 160 345 4605) 125 140 211 275 593 593 112 163 166
161 MR 80 80 50 183
IV 80 (160) 58 48 180 ,5 33,5 – 4,5 200 232 5)
75 160 231 307 613 613 122 167 172
90 48 ,5 ,–5 200 5)
180 270 355 613 613 149 173 178
8 5)
100 75 4 ,5 ,5 250 207 343 419 638 638 164 180 187
(161)
MR V MR 2I, 3I 80 80 466 ,5 300 200 5005) 5)
160 231 307 942 1018 122 188 193
90 48 ,5 ,5 200 5)
180 270 355 981 1066 149 194 199
5) 5)
100 ,5 250 207 343 419 1054 1130 164 201 208
5) 5)
112 ,5 250 207 343 445 1054 1156 164 211 222
5) 5)
132 469 ,5 300 260 402 537 1116 1251 196 240 256
MR 2I, 3I 63 71 424 ,5 250 160 4725) 5)
140 211 275 880 944 112 167 170
5) 5)
64 80 ,5 200 160 231 307 900 976 122 171 176
5) 5)
90 ,5 200 180 270 355 939 1024 149 177 182
5) 5)
100 ,5 250 207 343 419 1012 1088 164 184 191
5) 5)
112 ,5 250 207 343 445 1012 1114 164 194 205
,5
MR IV MR 2I, 3I 63 71 424 250 160 4605) 5)
140 211 275 880 944 112 170 173
5) 5)
80 ,5 200 160 231 307 900 976 122 174 179
5) 5)
90 ,5 200 180 270 355 939 1024 149 180 185
5) 5)
100 ,5 250 207 343 419 1012 1088 164 187 194
8 5)
200 R V MR V 100 100 200 100 342 235,5 90 48 M 16 170 335 137,5 27,5 300 250 328 350,5 – 200 431 560 150 160 231 307 745 745 122 290 295
MR IV 100 90 100 63 214 82 48 225 ,5 40,5 180 5,5 200 270 5)
90 180 270 355 745 745 149 296 301
100 48 ,5 ,–5 250 5)
207 343 419 770 770 164 303 310
112 48 ,5 ,5 250 5)
207 343 445 770 770 164 313 324
MR V MR 2I, 3I 100 90 574 ,5 350 200 6205) 5)
180 270 355 1161 1246 149 327 332
5) 5)
100 ,5 250 207 343 419 1234 1310 164 334 341
5) 5)
112 ,5 250 207 343 445 1234 1336 164 344 355
5) 5)
132 ,5 300 260 402 537 1293 1428 196 374 390
MR 2I, 3I 80 80 511 ,5 300 200 5855) 5)
160 231 307 1059 1135 122 291 296
5) 5)
81 90 ,5 200 180 270 355 1098 1183 149 297 302
5) 5)
100 ,5 250 207 343 419 1171 1247 164 304 311
5) 5)
112 ,5 250 207 343 445 1171 1273 164 314 325
5) 5)
132 514 ,5 300 260 402 537 1233 1368 196 344 360
MR IV MR 2I, 3I 80 80 511 ,5 300 200 5605) 5)
160 231 307 1059 1135 122 295 300
5) 5)
90 ,5 200 180 270 355 1098 1183 149 301 306
5) 5)
100 ,5 250 207 343 419 1171 1247 164 308 315
5) 5)
112 ,5 250 207 343 445 1171 1273 164 318 329
250 R V MR V 125 90 250 125 425 287,5 110 55 M 168 205 410 163,5 33,5 400 350 401 450,5 – 200 537 6905) 180 180 270 355 876 876 149 480 485
5)
MR IV 125 100 125 80 250 82 3) 280 ,5 50,5 221 5,5 250 320 106 207 343 419 895 895 164 487 494
112 48 ,5 ,–5 250 5)
207 343 445 895 895 164 497 508
8 5)
132 4 ,5 ,5 300 260 402 537 920 920 196 527 543
MR V MR 2I, 3I 100 90 629 ,5 350 200 7255) 5)
180 270 355 1268 1353 149 484 489
MR IV 101 100 ,5 250 6905) 5)
207 343 419 1341 1417 164 491 498
5) 5)
112 ,5 250 207 343 445 1341 1443 164 501 512
5) 5)
132 ,5 300 267 402 537 1400 1535 196 531 547
5) 5)
160 645 ,5 350 315 540 634 1554 1648 235 564 588
5) Il valore maggiore vale per MR V. 5) Highest value is valid for MR V.
61
12 - Dimensioni gruppi 12 - Combined unit dimensions
Forma costruttiva riduttore o motoriduttore iniziale Initial gear reducer or gearmotor mounting position
Per facilitare l’individuazione della forma costruttiva dei riduttori o mo- In order to make easier the individualization of the combined gear
toriduttori combinati fare riferimento alla tabella seguente nella quale, reducer and gearmotor mounting position refer to following table
in funzione della forma costruttiva del riduttore finale e della posizione where, according to the final gear reducer mounting position and to
di montaggio del riduttore o motoriduttore iniziale, sono indicate le the initial gear reducer or gearmotor coupling position, the mounting
forme costruttive dello stesso riduttore o motoriduttore iniziale. positions of the same initial gear reducer or gearmotor are stated.
Forma costruttiva riduttore iniziale Initial gear reducer mounting position

Posiz. di Forma costruttiva riduttore finale - Final gear reducer mounting position
montaggio
Coupling B3 B6 B7 B8 V5 V6
position
* In quanto normale questa forma costruttiva non va indicata nella designazione. * This standard mounting position must not be stated in the designation.
1) La quantità di grasso è quella prescritta per la forma costruttiva B3 sul cat. E. 1) Grease quantity is the same foreseen for B3 mounting position of cat. E.
In targhetta compare * nello spazio della forma costruttiva. On name plate there is a * in correspondence of mounting position.
62
Forma costruttiva motoriduttore iniziale Initial gearmotor mounting position
Posiz. di Forma costruttiva riduttore finale - Final gear reducer mounting position
montaggio
Coupling B3 B6 B7 B8 V5 V6
position
* In quanto normale questa forma costruttiva non va indicata nella designazione. * This standard mounting position must not be stated in the designation.
1) La quantità di grasso è quella prescritta per la forma costruttiva B3 sul cat. E. 1) Grease quantity is the same foreseen for B3 mounting position of cat. E.
In targhetta compare * nello spazio della forma costruttiva. On name plate there is a * in correspondence of mounting position.
63
13 - Carichi radiali1) Fr1 [daN] sull’estremità 13 - Radial loads1) Fr1 [daN] on high speed
d’albero veloce shaft end
Quando il collegamento tra motore e riduttore è realizzato con una Radial loads generated on the shaft end by a drive connecting gear
trasmissione che genera carichi radiali sull’estremità d’albero, è reducer and motor must be less than or equal to those given in the
necessario che questi siano minori o uguali a quelli indicati in tabella. relevant table.
Per i casi di trasmissioni più comuni, il carico radiale Fr1 è dato dalle The radial load Fr1 given by the following formula refers to most
formule seguenti: common drives:
2 865 · P1 2 865 · P1
Fr1 = [daN] per trasmissione a cinghia dentata Fr1 = [daN] for timing belt drive
d · n1 d · n1
4 775 · P1 4 775 · P1
Fr1 = d · n1 [daN] per trasmissione a cinghie trapezoidali Fr1 = d · n1 [daN] for V-belt drive
dove: P1 [kW] è la potenza richiesta all’entrata del riduttore, n1 [min-1] where: P1 [kW] is power required at the input side of the gear redu-
è la velocità angolare, d [m] è il diametro primitivo. cer, n1 [min-1] is the speed, d [m] is the pitch diameter.
I carichi radiali ammessi in tabella valgono per carichi agenti in mezze- Radial loads given in the table are valid for overhung loads on centre
ria dell’estremità d’albero veloce cioè ad una distanza dalla battuta di line of high speed shaft end, i.e. operating at a distance of 0,5 · e
0,5 · e (e = lunghezza dell’estremità d’albero); se agiscono a 0,315 · e (e = shaft end length) from the shoulder. If they operate at 0,315 · e
moltiplicarli per 1,25; se agiscono a 0,8 · e moltiplicarli per 0,8. multiply by 1,25; if they operate at 0,8 · e multiply by 0,8.
n1 32 40 50 63, 64 80, 81 100 125, 126 160, 161 200 250

min-1 RV R IV RV R IV RV R IV RV R IV RV R IV RV R IV RV R IV RV R IV RV R IV RV R IV
1 400 14 11,2 21,2 17 31,5 17 47,5 26,5 71 26,5 106 42,5 160 75 236 170 265 170 375 250
1 120 15 11,8 22,4 18 33,5 18 50 28 75 28 112 45 170 80 250 180 280 180 400 265
900 16 12,5 23,6 19 35,5 19 53 30 80 30 118 47,5 180 85 265 190 300 190 425 280
710 18 14 26,5 21,2 40 21,2 60 33,5 90 33,5 132 53 200 95 300 212 335 212 475 315
560 19 15 28 22,4 42,5 22,4 63 35,5 95 35,5 140 56 212 100 315 224 355 224 500 335
450 20 16 30 23,6 45 23,6 67 37,5 100 37,5 150 60 224 106 335 236 375 236 530 355
355 22,4 18 33,5 26,5 50 26,5 75 42,5 112 42,5 170 67 250 118 375 265 425 265 600 400
1) Contemporaneamente al carico radiale può agire un carico assiale fino a 0,2 volte 1) An axial load of up to 0,2 times the value in the table is permissible, simultaneously with
quello di tabella. Per valori superiori interpellarci. the radial load. If exceeded consult us.
14 - Carichi radiali Fr2 [daN] o assiali Fa2 14 - Radial loads Fr2 [daN] or axial loads Fa2
[daN] sull’estremità d’albero lento [daN] on low speed shaft end
Carichi assiali Fa2 Axial loads Fa2
Il valore ammissibile di Fa2 si trova nella colonna per la quale il Permissible Fa2 is shown in the column where direction of rotation
senso di rotazione dell’albero lento (freccia bianca o freccia nera) e of low speed shaft (black or white arrow) and direction of the axial
il senso della forza assiale (freccia intera o freccia tratteggiata) cor- force (solid or broken arrow) correspond to those of the gear redu-
rispondono a quelli che si hanno sul riduttore. Il senso di rotazione e cer in question. Direction of rotation and direction of force may be
il senso della forza si stabiliscono guardando il riduttore da un punto established viewing the gear reducer from any point, providing the
qualunque, purché sia lo stesso per la rotazione e per la forza. same point adopted for both.
Quando è possibile, mettersi nelle condizioni corrispondenti alla Wherever possible, choose the load conditions corresponding the
colonna di destra. column on the right.
Carichi radiali Fr2 Radial loads Fr2

Quando il collegamento tra riduttore e macchina è realizzato con Radial loads generated on the shaft end by a drive connecting gear
una trasmissione che genera carichi radiali sull’estremità d’albero, è reducer and machine must be less than or equal to those given in
necessario che questi siano minori o uguali a quelli indicati in tabella. the relevant table.
Normalmente il carico radiale sull’estremità d’albero lento assume Normally, radial loads on low speed shaft ends are considerable: in
valori rilevanti; infatti si tende a realizzare la trasmissione tra ridutto- fact there is a tendency to connect the gear reducer to the machine
re e macchina con elevato rapporto di riduzione (per economizzare by means of a transmission with high transmission ratio (economi-
sul riduttore) e con diametri piccoli (per economizzare sulla trasmis- zing on the gear reducer) and with small diameters (economizing on
sione o per esigenze d’ingombro). the drive, and for requirements dictated by overall dimensions).
Evidentemente la durata e l’usura (che influisce negativamente Bearing life and wear (which also affect gears unfavourably) and
anche sugli ingranaggi) dei cuscinetti e la resistenza dell’asse lento low speed shaft strength, clearly impose limits on permissible radial
pongono dei limiti al carico radiale ammissibile. load.
L’elevato valore che può assumere il carico radiale e l’importanza di The high value which radial load may take on, and the importance
non superare i valori ammissibili richiedono di sfruttare al massimo of not exceeding permissible values, make it necessary to take full
le possibilità del riduttore. advantage of the gear reducer’s possibilities.
Pertanto i carichi radiali ammessi in tabella sono in funzione: del Permissible radial loads given in the table are therefore based on:
prodotto della velocità angolare n2 [min-1] per la durata dei cuscinetti the product of speed n2 [min-1] multiplied by bearing life Lh [h] requi-
Lh [h] richiesta, del senso di rotazione, della posizione angolare W [°] red, the direction of rotation, the angular position W [°] of the load
del carico e del momento torcente M2 [daN m] richiesto. and torque M2 [daN m] required.
I carichi radiali ammessi in tabella valgono per carichi agenti in mez- Radial loads given in the table are valid for overhung loads on cen-
zeria dell’estremità d’albero lento, cioè ad una distanza dalla battuta di tre line of low speed shaft end, i.e. operating at a distance of 0,5 ·
0,5 · E (E = lunghezza dell’estremità d’albero); se agiscono a 0,315 · E E (E = shaft end length) from the shoulder. If operating at 0,315 · E
moltiplicarli per 1,25; se agiscono a 0,8 · E moltiplicarli per 0,8. multiply by 1,25; if operating at 0,8 · E multiply by 0,8.
64
14 - Carichi radiali Fr2 [daN] o assiali Fa2 [daN] 14 - Radial loads Fr2 [daN] or axial loads Fa2
sull’estremità d’albero lento [daN] on low speed shaft end
Per i casi di trasmissione più comuni, il carico radiale Fr2 ha il valore Radial load Fr2 for most common drives has the following value and
e la posizione angolare seguenti: angular position:
Rotazione
Rotation
1 910 · P2
Fr2 = d · n2 [daN]
per trasmissione a catena (solleva-

mento in genere); per cinghia dentata
sostituire 1 910 con 2 865
for chain drive (lifting in general); for
timing belt drive replace 1 910 with
2 865
4 775 · P2
Fr2 = [daN]
d · n2
per trasmissione a cinghie trapezoidali
for V-belt drive
2 032 · P2
Fr2 = d · n2 [daN]
per trasmissione ad ingranaggio cilin-

drico diritto
for spur gear pair drive
6 781 · P2
Fr2 = d · n2 [daN]
per trasmissione a ruote di frizione

(gomma su metallo)
for friction wheel drive (rubber-on-metal)
dove: P2 [kW] è la potenza richiesta all’uscita del riduttore, n2 [min-1] where: P2 [kW] is power required at the output side of the gear re-
è la velocità angolare, d [m] è il diametro primitivo. ducer, n2 [min-1] is the speed, d [m] is the pitch diameter.
IMPORTANTE: 0° coincide con la semiretta parallela all’asse della IMPORTANT: 0° coincides with a half line lying parallel to the worm
vite e orientata come sopraraffigurato, pertanto segue la rotazione axis, and oriented as shown above, and therefore it follows the rota-
dell’asse della vite come sottoindicato. tion of the worm axis as shown below.
65
grand.
size 32
n2 · Lh M2 Fr21) Fa22)
min-1 · h daN m 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315
355 000 5,3 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 80 125
710 000 3,75 140 150 170 180 180 180 180 160 180 180 150 132 140 170 180 180 80 125
2,65 150 160 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 170 150 150 170 180 180 80 125
900 000 3,75 125 132 160 180 180 180 170 140 180 180 140 125 125 150 180 180 80 125
2,65 140 140 160 180 180 180 170 150 180 180 150 140 140 160 180 180 80 125
1,9 150 150 170 180 180 180 170 160 180 180 160 150 150 160 180 180 80 125
1 120 000 2,65 125 132 150 180 180 180 160 140 180 170 140 125 125 150 170 180 80 112
1,9 140 140 150 170 180 180 160 140 180 160 140 132 140 150 170 180 80 118
1,32 140 150 160 170 180 170 160 150 180 160 150 140 140 150 170 180 80 118
1 400 000 2,65 118 118 140 160 180 170 150 125 180 150 125 112 118 135 160 180 80 106
1,9 125 132 140 160 170 170 150 132 170 150 132 125 125 140 160 170 80 106
1,32 132 132 140 160 160 160 150 140 160 150 140 132 132 140 160 170 80 106
1 800 000 2,65 106 106 125 150 170 160 140 118 170 140 118 100 106 125 150 170 71 95
1,9 112 118 132 150 160 150 140 125 160 140 125 112 112 125 150 160 80 95
1,32 118 125 132 140 150 150 140 125 150 140 125 118 118 132 140 150 80 95
2 240 000 2,65 95 100 118 140 160 150 132 106 160 132 106 90 95 112 140 160 63 85
1,9 106 106 118 140 150 140 132 112 150 132 112 100 106 118 140 150 71 85
1,32 112 112 125 132 140 140 132 118 140 132 118 112 112 118 132 140 80 90
2 800 000 2,65 85 90 106 132 150 140 118 95 150 125 95 80 85 100 132 150 56 75
1,9 95 100 112 132 140 140 118 106 140 125 100 95 95 106 132 140 63 80
1,32 100 106 112 125 132 132 118 106 132 125 106 100 100 112 125 132 71 80
3 550 000 1,9 85 90 100 118 132 125 112 95 132 112 95 85 85 100 118 132 56 71
1,32 95 95 106 118 125 125 112 100 125 112 100 90 95 100 118 125 63 71
0,95 100 100 106 118 118 118 112 100 118 112 100 95 100 106 118 125 67 75
max 180 max 80 max 125
grand.
size 40
224 000 9 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 112 180
450 000 6,3 200 200 236 250 250 250 250 224 250 250 212 190 200 236 250 250 112 180
4,5 212 224 250 250 250 250 250 236 250 250 236 212 212 236 250 250 112 180
560 000 6,3 180 190 224 250 250 250 250 200 250 250 200 170 180 212 250 250 112 180
4,5 200 200 236 250 250 250 250 212 250 250 212 190 200 224 250 250 112 180
3,15 212 212 236 250 250 250 250 224 250 250 224 212 212 224 250 250 112 180
710 000 6,3 160 170 200 250 250 250 224 180 250 236 180 150 160 190 250 250 112 160
4,5 180 190 212 250 250 250 224 190 250 236 190 170 180 200 250 250 112 160
3,15 190 200 212 236 250 250 224 200 250 236 200 190 190 212 236 250 112 170
900 000 6,3 140 150 190 236 250 250 212 160 250 212 160 140 140 180 236 250 106 140
4,5 160 170 190 224 250 236 212 180 250 212 180 160 160 190 224 250 112 150
3,15 180 180 200 224 236 236 212 190 236 212 190 170 170 190 224 236 112 150
1 120 000 4,5 150 150 180 212 236 224 190 160 236 200 160 140 150 170 212 236 106 132
3,15 160 160 180 212 224 212 200 170 224 200 170 160 160 180 212 224 112 140
2,24 170 170 190 200 212 212 200 180 212 200 180 170 170 180 200 212 112 140
1 400 000 4,5 132 140 160 200 224 212 180 150 224 180 150 132 132 160 200 224 95 118
3,15 150 150 170 190 212 200 180 160 212 180 160 140 150 160 190 212 106 125
2,24 160 160 170 190 200 200 180 160 200 180 160 150 160 170 190 200 112 125
1 800 000 4,5 118 125 150 190 212 200 170 132 200 170 132 112 118 140 180 212 80 106
3,15 132 140 150 180 190 190 170 140 190 170 140 132 132 150 180 200 90 112
2,24 140 140 160 180 190 180 170 150 190 170 150 140 140 150 170 190 100 112
2 240 000 4,5 106 112 140 170 200 190 150 125 190 160 118 106 106 132 170 200 71 95
3,15 118 125 140 170 180 180 150 132 180 160 132 118 118 140 170 190 80 100
2,24 132 132 150 160 170 170 150 140 170 160 140 125 132 140 160 180 90 100
2 800 000 4,5 100 100 125 160 190 180 140 112 180 150 112 90 95 118 160 190 60 90
3,15 112 112 132 160 170 170 140 118 170 150 118 106 112 125 150 170 71 90
2,24 118 125 132 150 160 160 140 125 160 150 125 118 118 132 150 170 80 95
3 550 000 3,15 100 106 125 150 160 150 132 112 160 132 112 95 100 118 140 160 63 80
2,24 106 112 125 140 150 150 132 118 150 132 118 106 106 125 140 150 71 85
1,6 118 118 125 140 150 140 132 118 150 132 118 112 118 125 140 150 75 85
max 250 max 112 max 180

1) Contemporaneamente al carico radiale può agire un carico assiale fino a 0,2 volte quello 1) An axial load of up to 0,2 times the value in the table is permissible, simultaneously with
di tabella. Per valori superiori interpellarci. the radial load. If exceeded consult us.
2) Contemporaneamente al carico assiale può agire un carico radiale fino a 0,2 volte quello 2) A radial load of up to 0,2 times the value in the table is permissible, simultaneously with
di tabella. Per valori superiori interpellarci. the axial load. If exceeded consult us.
66
grand.
size 50
n2 · Lh M2 Fr21) Fa22)
min-1 · h daN m 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315
140 000 25 335 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 315 315 355 355 355 160 250
18 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 160 250
12,5 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 160 250
180 000 18 300 315 355 355 355 355 355 335 355 355 335 280 280 355 355 355 160 250
12,5 335 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 335 355 355 315 335 355 355 355 160 250
9 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 160 250
224 000 18 265 280 355 355 355 355 355 300 355 355 300 250 250 335 355 355 160 250
12,5 300 315 355 355 355 355 355 335 355 355 335 300 300 355 355 355 160 250
9 335 335 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 315 335 355 355 355 160 250
280 000 12,5 280 280 335 355 355 355 355 315 355 355 300 265 265 335 355 355 160 250
9 300 315 355 355 355 355 355 335 355 355 335 300 300 335 355 355 160 250
355 000 12,5 250 265 315 355 355 355 355 280 355 355 280 236 250 300 355 355 160 250
9 280 280 335 355 355 355 355 300 355 355 300 265 280 315 355 355 160 250
6,3 300 300 335 355 355 355 355 315 355 355 315 280 300 335 355 355 160 250
450 000 12,5 224 236 280 355 355 355 315 250 355 335 250 212 212 265 355 355 160 236
9 250 265 300 355 355 355 315 265 355 335 265 236 250 280 355 355 160 250
6,3 265 280 315 335 355 355 315 280 355 335 280 265 265 300 335 355 160 250
4,5 280 280 315 335 355 355 315 300 355 335 300 280 280 300 335 355 160 250
560 000 12,5 200 212 265 335 355 355 300 224 355 300 224 190 200 250 335 355 150 212
9 224 236 280 335 355 355 300 250 355 300 250 212 224 265 335 355 160 224
6,3 250 250 280 315 335 335 300 265 335 300 265 236 250 280 315 355 160 236
4,5 265 265 280 315 335 315 300 280 335 300 280 250 265 280 315 335 160 236
710 000 12,5 180 190 236 315 355 355 265 200 355 280 200 160 170 224 315 355 132 190
9 200 212 250 315 335 335 280 224 335 280 224 200 200 236 300 355 160 200
6,3 224 236 265 300 315 315 280 236 315 280 236 224 224 250 300 335 160 212
4,5 236 250 265 300 315 300 280 250 315 280 250 236 236 265 280 315 160 212
900 000 12,5 160 170 224 300 355 315 250 180 335 250 180 140 150 200 280 355 112 170
9 180 190 236 280 315 300 250 200 315 265 200 170 180 224 280 335 140 180
6,3 200 212 236 280 300 280 250 224 300 265 224 200 200 236 280 315 160 190
4,5 224 224 250 265 280 280 250 236 280 265 236 212 212 236 265 280 160 190
1 120 000 9 170 170 212 265 300 280 236 190 300 236 180 160 160 200 265 315 118 160
6,3 190 190 224 265 280 280 236 200 280 236 200 180 190 212 265 280 140 170
4,5 200 200 224 250 265 265 236 212 265 236 212 200 200 224 250 280 150 180
1 400 000 9 150 160 200 250 280 265 212 170 280 224 170 140 140 180 250 300 100 150
6,3 170 180 200 250 265 250 224 190 265 224 180 160 170 200 236 265 125 160
4,5 180 190 212 236 250 250 224 200 250 224 200 180 180 200 236 250 132 160
1 800 000 9 132 140 180 236 265 250 200 150 265 200 150 125 125 160 224 280 85 132
6,3 150 160 190 224 250 236 200 170 250 212 170 150 150 180 224 250 106 140
4,5 170 170 190 224 236 224 200 180 236 212 180 160 160 190 224 236 118 140
2 240 000 9 118 125 160 224 250 236 180 140 250 190 132 106 112 150 212 265 75 118
6,3 140 140 170 212 236 224 190 150 236 190 150 132 132 160 212 236 95 125
4,5 150 160 180 200 224 212 190 160 224 190 160 150 150 170 200 224 106 132
2 800 000 9 106 112 150 200 236 224 170 125 236 180 118 95 100 132 200 250 63 106
6,3 125 132 160 200 224 212 170 140 224 180 140 118 125 150 200 224 80 112
4,5 140 140 160 190 212 200 170 150 212 180 150 132 140 160 190 212 95 118
3,15 150 150 170 190 200 190 180 160 200 180 160 150 150 160 190 200 100 118
3 550 000 6,3 112 118 140 180 212 200 160 125 200 160 125 106 112 140 180 212 71 100
4,5 125 132 150 180 200 190 160 140 190 170 132 118 125 140 180 200 85 106
3,15 132 140 150 170 180 180 160 140 180 170 140 132 132 150 170 190 90 106
max 355 max 160 max 250

67
grand.
size 63, 64
n2 · Lh M2 Fr21) Fa22)
min-1 · h daN m 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315
90 000 47,5 400 425 530 530 530 530 530 475 530 530 450 355 375 530 530 530 236 375
33,5 475 500 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 450 475 530 530 530 236 375
112 000 33,5 425 450 530 530 530 530 530 500 530 530 475 400 425 530 530 530 236 375
23,6 500 500 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 475 475 530 530 530 236 375
140 000 33,5 375 425 530 530 530 530 530 450 530 530 425 355 375 475 530 530 236 375
23,6 450 475 530 530 530 530 530 500 530 530 475 425 450 530 530 530 236 375
17 475 500 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 500 475 475 530 530 530 236 375
180 000 33,5 335 375 475 530 530 530 530 400 530 530 375 315 335 425 530 530 236 375
23,6 400 425 500 530 530 530 530 450 530 530 425 375 400 475 530 530 236 375
17 425 450 500 530 530 530 530 475 530 530 475 425 425 500 530 530 236 375
11,8 475 475 530 530 530 530 530 500 530 530 500 450 475 500 530 530 236 375
224 000 33,5 300 335 425 530 530 530 475 355 530 500 335 280 280 400 530 530 236 375
23,6 355 375 450 530 530 530 500 400 530 500 400 335 355 425 530 530 236 375
17 400 425 475 530 530 530 500 425 530 500 425 375 400 450 530 530 236 375
11,8 425 450 475 530 530 530 500 450 530 500 450 425 425 475 530 530 236 375
280 000 23,6 315 335 425 530 530 530 450 375 530 475 355 300 315 400 530 530 236 355
17 355 375 450 500 530 530 475 400 530 475 400 355 355 425 500 530 236 375
11,8 400 400 450 500 530 530 475 425 530 475 425 375 400 425 500 530 236 375
355 000 23,6 280 315 375 500 530 530 425 335 530 425 315 265 280 355 500 530 236 315
17 335 335 400 475 530 500 425 355 530 450 355 315 315 375 475 530 236 335
11,8 355 375 400 475 500 475 425 375 500 450 375 355 355 400 475 500 236 355
450 000 23,6 250 280 355 475 530 500 400 300 530 400 280 236 250 315 450 530 200 280
17 300 315 375 450 500 475 400 335 500 400 315 280 280 355 450 500 236 300
11,8 335 335 375 425 475 450 400 355 450 400 355 315 315 375 425 475 236 315
8,5 355 355 375 425 450 425 400 355 450 400 355 335 335 375 425 450 236 315
560 000 23,6 236 250 315 425 500 475 355 265 500 375 265 212 224 300 425 530 170 265
17 265 280 335 425 475 450 375 300 450 375 300 250 265 315 400 475 212 265
11,8 300 315 355 400 425 425 375 315 425 375 315 280 300 335 400 450 236 280
8,5 315 335 355 400 425 400 375 335 425 375 335 315 315 355 400 425 236 300
710 000 17 236 250 315 400 425 400 335 265 425 355 265 224 236 300 375 450 180 250
11,8 265 280 315 375 400 400 335 300 400 355 280 265 265 315 375 425 212 250
8,5 280 300 335 375 375 375 335 315 375 355 300 280 280 315 375 400 224 265
900 000 17 212 224 280 355 400 375 315 236 400 315 236 200 212 265 355 425 160 224
11,8 250 250 300 355 375 375 315 265 375 315 265 236 236 280 355 400 180 224
8,5 265 265 300 335 355 355 315 280 355 315 280 250 265 300 335 375 200 236
1 120 000 17 190 200 265 335 400 355 280 224 375 300 212 180 190 236 335 400 132 200
11,8 224 236 280 335 355 335 300 250 355 300 236 212 224 265 315 375 160 212
8,5 236 250 280 315 335 335 300 265 335 300 250 236 236 265 315 355 180 212
1 400 000 17 170 180 236 315 355 335 265 200 355 280 190 160 160 224 315 375 118 180
11,8 200 212 250 315 335 315 265 224 335 280 224 190 200 236 300 355 140 190
8,5 224 224 265 300 315 315 280 236 315 280 236 212 224 250 300 335 160 190
1 800 000 17 150 160 212 300 335 315 236 180 335 250 170 132 140 190 280 355 95 160
11,8 180 190 236 280 315 300 250 200 315 250 200 170 180 212 280 315 125 170
8,5 200 212 236 280 300 280 250 212 300 250 212 190 200 224 280 300 140 170
6 212 224 236 265 280 280 250 224 280 250 224 212 212 236 265 280 150 180
2 240 000 17 132 140 200 280 300 280 224 160 315 236 150 118 125 170 265 335 80 140
11,8 160 170 212 265 300 280 236 180 300 236 180 150 160 200 265 315 106 150
8,5 180 190 224 265 280 265 236 200 280 236 200 180 180 212 250 280 125 160
6 200 200 224 250 265 265 236 212 265 236 212 190 200 224 250 265 140 160
2 800 000 17 118 125 180 265 265 236 200 140 280 212 132 100 106 150 250 300 67 132
11,8 150 150 190 250 280 265 212 170 280 224 160 140 140 180 250 280 90 140
8,5 170 170 200 236 265 250 212 180 265 224 180 160 160 190 236 265 112 140
6 180 190 212 236 250 236 212 190 250 224 190 180 180 200 236 250 125 150
3 550 000 11,8 132 140 180 236 265 250 200 150 265 200 140 118 125 160 224 280 80 125
8,5 150 160 190 224 250 236 200 160 250 200 160 140 150 180 224 250 95 125
6 160 170 190 212 236 224 200 180 236 200 170 160 160 180 212 236 106 132
max 530 max 236 max 375

68
grand.
size 80, 81
n2 · Lh M2 Fr21) Fa22)
min-1 · h daN m 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315
90 000 80 560 630 800 800 800 800 800 670 800 800 670 670 560 750 800 800 355 560
56 710 750 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 750 670 670 800 800 800 355 560
112 000 56 630 670 800 800 800 800 800 710 800 800 710 600 630 750 800 800 355 560
40 710 750 800 800 800 800 800 750 800 800 750 670 710 800 800 800 355 560
140 000 56 560 600 750 800 800 800 800 630 800 800 630 530 560 710 800 800 355 560
40 630 670 800 800 800 800 800 710 800 800 710 630 630 750 800 800 355 560
28 710 710 800 800 800 800 800 750 800 800 750 670 710 800 800 800 355 560
180 000 56 500 530 670 800 800 800 750 560 800 800 560 450 475 630 800 800 355 560
40 560 600 710 800 800 800 750 630 800 800 630 560 560 670 800 800 355 560
28 630 670 750 800 800 800 750 670 800 800 670 630 630 710 800 800 355 560
224 000 56 450 475 630 800 800 800 710 530 800 710 500 400 425 560 800 800 335 500
40 530 560 670 800 800 800 710 560 800 750 560 500 500 630 800 800 355 530
28 560 600 670 800 800 800 710 630 800 750 630 560 560 670 800 800 355 560
20 630 630 710 750 800 800 710 670 800 750 630 600 630 670 750 800 355 560
280 000 40 475 500 600 750 800 800 670 530 800 670 530 450 450 560 750 800 355 475
28 530 560 630 750 800 750 670 560 800 670 560 500 530 600 750 800 355 500
20 560 600 630 710 750 750 670 600 750 670 600 560 560 630 710 750 355 500
355 000 40 425 450 560 710 800 750 600 475 800 630 475 400 400 530 710 800 315 425
28 475 500 560 670 750 710 630 530 750 630 530 450 475 560 670 750 355 450
20 530 530 600 670 710 670 630 560 710 630 560 500 500 560 670 710 355 450
14 560 560 600 670 670 670 630 560 670 630 560 530 560 600 630 670 355 475
450 000 40 375 400 500 670 750 710 560 425 750 560 425 335 355 475 630 800 265 375
28 425 450 530 630 710 670 560 475 710 600 475 400 425 500 630 710 315 400
20 475 500 560 630 670 630 560 500 670 600 500 450 475 530 630 670 355 425
14 500 500 560 600 630 630 560 530 630 570 530 500 500 530 600 630 355 425
560 000 40 335 355 475 630 710 670 530 375 710 530 375 300 315 425 600 750 224 355
28 400 400 500 600 670 630 530 425 670 530 425 375 375 475 600 670 280 355
20 425 450 500 560 630 600 530 475 630 530 450 425 425 500 560 630 315 375
14 450 475 500 560 600 560 530 475 600 530 475 450 450 500 560 600 335 375
710 000 40 300 315 425 560 670 630 475 335 670 500 335 265 280 375 560 710 190 315
28 355 375 450 560 630 600 475 400 630 500 375 335 335 425 560 630 250 335
20 400 400 475 530 600 560 500 425 560 500 425 375 375 450 530 600 280 335
14 425 425 475 530 560 530 500 450 560 500 450 400 425 475 530 560 300 355
900 000 40 250 280 375 530 630 600 425 300 630 450 280 224 236 335 530 670 160 280
28 315 335 400 530 600 560 450 355 560 450 355 300 315 375 500 600 212 300
20 355 375 425 500 560 530 450 375 530 475 375 335 355 400 500 560 250 300
14 375 400 425 500 530 500 450 400 530 475 400 375 375 425 500 530 265 315
1 120 000 28 280 300 375 500 560 530 425 315 560 425 315 265 280 355 475 560 180 265
20 315 335 400 475 530 500 425 355 500 425 355 315 315 355 475 530 212 280
14 355 355 400 450 500 475 425 375 475 425 375 335 355 400 450 500 236 280
1 400 000 28 250 265 355 450 530 500 375 280 530 400 280 236 250 315 450 530 160 236
20 300 315 355 450 475 450 400 315 475 400 315 280 280 355 425 500 190 250
14 315 335 375 425 450 450 400 335 450 400 335 315 315 355 425 475 212 250
1 800 000 28 224 236 315 425 500 450 355 250 475 355 250 200 212 280 400 500 132 212
20 265 280 335 400 450 425 355 280 450 355 280 250 250 315 400 475 160 224
14 280 300 335 400 425 400 355 315 425 375 315 280 280 335 400 425 190 224
10 315 315 355 375 400 400 355 335 400 375 315 300 315 335 375 400 200 236
2 240 000 20 236 250 300 375 425 400 335 265 425 335 265 224 236 280 375 450 140 200
14 265 280 315 375 400 375 335 280 400 335 280 250 265 300 375 400 170 212
10 280 300 315 355 375 375 335 300 375 335 300 280 280 315 355 375 180 212
2 800 000 20 212 224 280 355 400 375 300 236 400 315 236 200 212 265 355 425 125 180
14 236 250 300 355 375 355 315 255 375 315 265 236 236 280 335 375 150 190
10 265 265 300 335 355 355 315 280 355 315 280 250 265 280 335 355 160 190
3 550 000 20 190 200 250 335 375 355 280 212 375 280 212 170 180 236 335 400 106 160
14 212 224 265 315 355 335 280 236 355 300 236 212 212 250 315 355 125 170
10 236 250 280 300 335 315 280 250 335 300 250 236 236 265 315 335 140 170
max 800 max 355 max 560

69
grand.
size 100
n2 · Lh M2 Fr21) Fa22)
min-1 · h daN m 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315
90 000 160 670 750 1060 1250 1250 1250 1180 800 1250 1250 750 560 630 900 1250 1250 530 900
112 850 900 1180 1250 1250 1250 1250 1000 1250 1250 950 800 850 1000 1250 1250 560 900
112 000 112 750 800 1060 1250 1250 1250 1180 900 1250 1180 850 710 750 950 1250 1250 560 900
80 900 950 1120 1250 1250 1250 1180 1000 1250 1250 950 850 850 1060 1250 1250 560 900
56 1000 1000 1120 1250 1250 1250 1180 1060 1250 1250 1060 950 950 1120 1250 1250 560 900
40 1060 1060 1180 1250 1250 1250 1180 1120 1250 1250 1060 1000 1060 1120 1250 1250 560 900
140 000 112 670 750 950 1250 1250 1250 1060 800 1250 1120 750 630 630 900 1250 1250 530 800
80 800 850 1000 1250 1250 1250 1120 900 1250 1120 900 750 800 950 1250 1250 560 850
56 900 950 1060 1250 1250 1250 1120 950 1250 1120 950 850 900 1000 1250 1250 560 900
40 950 1000 1060 1180 1250 1250 1120 1000 1250 1120 1000 950 950 1060 1180 1250 560 900
180 000 112 600 630 850 1250 1250 1250 1000 710 1250 1000 670 530 560 800 1180 1250 450 710
80 710 750 950 1180 1250 1250 1000 800 1250 1060 800 670 710 850 1180 1250 560 750
56 800 850 950 1120 1250 1180 1000 850 1250 1060 850 750 800 950 1120 1250 560 800
40 850 900 1000 1120 1180 1120 1000 900 1180 1060 900 850 850 950 1120 1180 560 800
224 000 112 530 560 800 1120 1250 1180 900 630 1250 950 600 450 475 710 1120 1250 375 630
80 630 670 850 1120 1250 1180 950 710 1250 950 710 600 630 800 1060 1250 500 670
56 750 750 900 1060 1180 1120 950 800 1180 1000 800 710 710 850 1060 1180 560 710
40 800 800 900 1060 1120 1060 950 850 1120 1000 850 750 800 900 1000 1120 560 750
280 000 80 560 630 800 1060 1180 1120 850 670 1180 900 630 530 560 710 1000 1250 425 600
56 670 710 800 1000 1120 1060 900 750 1060 900 710 630 670 800 1000 1120 500 630
40 710 750 850 950 1000 1000 900 750 1000 900 750 710 710 800 950 1060 560 670
335 000 80 500 560 710 950 1120 1060 800 600 1120 800 560 450 500 630 950 1180 355 560
56 600 630 750 950 1000 950 800 670 1000 850 670 560 600 710 900 1060 450 560
40 670 670 800 900 950 950 800 710 950 850 710 630 670 750 900 1000 500 600
450 000 80 450 475 630 900 1060 950 710 530 1060 750 500 400 425 560 850 1120 300 475
56 530 560 710 850 950 900 750 600 950 750 600 500 530 670 850 1000 375 530
40 600 630 710 850 900 850 750 630 900 750 630 560 600 670 850 900 425 530
28 630 670 710 800 850 850 750 670 850 750 670 630 630 710 800 850 475 560
560 000 80 400 425 600 850 950 900 670 475 1000 670 450 355 375 530 800 1060 250 450
56 475 530 630 800 900 850 710 560 900 710 530 450 475 600 800 950 335 475
40 560 560 670 800 850 800 710 600 850 710 600 530 530 630 750 850 400 475
28 600 600 670 750 800 800 710 630 800 710 630 560 600 670 750 800 425 500
710 000 56 425 450 560 750 850 800 630 500 850 670 475 400 425 530 750 900 280 425
40 500 530 600 710 800 750 630 530 800 670 530 475 475 560 710 800 335 425
28 530 560 630 710 750 710 630 560 750 670 560 530 530 600 710 750 375 450
900 000 56 375 400 530 710 800 750 560 450 800 600 425 355 375 475 670 850 250 375
40 450 475 560 670 750 710 600 500 750 600 475 425 425 530 670 750 300 400
28 500 500 560 670 710 670 600 530 710 600 530 475 475 560 630 710 335 400
1 120 000 56 335 375 475 670 750 710 530 400 750 560 375 315 315 450 630 800 212 335
40 400 425 500 630 710 670 560 450 710 560 450 375 400 475 630 710 265 355
28 450 475 530 600 670 630 560 475 670 560 475 425 450 500 600 670 300 375
1 400 000 56 300 335 450 630 710 670 500 355 710 500 335 265 280 400 600 750 170 300
40 355 375 475 600 670 630 500 400 670 530 400 335 355 450 600 670 224 315
28 400 425 500 560 630 600 530 450 630 530 450 400 400 475 560 630 265 335
1 800 000 56 265 280 400 560 630 600 450 315 670 475 300 224 236 355 560 710 140 265
40 315 335 425 560 630 600 475 355 630 475 355 300 315 400 530 630 190 280
28 375 375 450 530 560 560 475 400 560 500 400 355 355 425 530 600 236 300
2 240 000 40 280 315 400 530 600 560 425 335 560 450 315 265 280 355 500 600 170 265
28 335 355 400 500 560 530 450 375 530 450 355 315 335 400 500 560 200 265
2 800 000 40 250 280 355 475 560 530 400 300 560 400 280 236 250 335 475 560 140 235
28 300 315 375 475 500 500 400 335 500 425 335 280 300 355 450 530 180 255
3 550 000 40 224 250 315 450 530 500 355 265 530 375 250 200 212 300 450 560 118 212
28 265 280 355 425 475 450 375 300 475 375 300 250 265 335 425 500 150 224
max 1 250 max 560 max 900

70
grand.
size 100 bis3)
n2 · Lh M2 Fr21) Fa22)
min-1 · h daN m 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315
280 000 160 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
112 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
355 000 80 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
56 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
450 000 80 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
56 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
560 000 80 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
56 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
710 000 56 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
40 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
900 000 56 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
40 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
1 120 000 56 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
40 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
28 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
1 400 000 56 1180 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1180 1250 1250 1250 560 850
40 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
28 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 900
1 800 000 56 1120 1180 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1250 1250 1180 1120 1120 1250 1250 1250 560 800
40 1180 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1180 1250 1250 1250 560 850
28 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 560 850
2 240 000 40 1120 1120 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1250 1250 1180 1060 1120 1180 1250 1250 560 750
28 1180 1180 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1250 1250 1180 1120 1180 1250 1250 1250 560 800
2 800 000 40 1060 1060 1180 1250 1250 1250 1180 1060 1250 1180 1060 1000 1000 1120 1250 1250 560 710
28 1060 1120 1180 1250 1250 1250 1180 1120 1250 1180 1120 1060 1060 1120 1250 1250 560 750
3 550 000 40 950 1000 1060 1180 1250 1180 1120 1000 1250 1120 1000 950 950 1060 1180 1250 560 670
28 1000 1000 1060 1180 1180 1180 1120 1000 1180 1120 1000 1000 1000 1060 1180 1180 560 670
20 1000 1060 1060 1120 1180 1120 1120 1060 1180 1120 1060 1000 1000 1060 1120 1180 560 710
max 1 250 max 560 max 900

3) Valori validi per cuscinetti a rulli conici sull’asse lento (cap. 17). 3) Values valid for taper roller bearings on low speed shaft (ch. 17).
71
grand.
size 125, 126
n2 · Lh M2 Fr21) Fa22)
min-1 · h daN m 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315
90 000 300 800 850 1320 1800 1800 1600 1500 950 1800 1600 900 630 710 1060 1800 1800 630 1120
212 1060 1120 1400 1800 1800 1800 1600 1180 1800 1700 1180 950 1000 1320 1800 1800 800 1250
112 000 212 900 1000 1320 1800 1800 1800 1500 1060 1800 1500 1060 850 900 1180 1800 1800 750 1120
150 1120 1180 1400 1800 1800 1800 1500 1250 1800 1600 1250 1060 160 1320 1700 1800 800 1180
140 000 212 800 900 1180 1700 1800 1800 1400 950 1800 1400 900 710 750 1060 1700 1800 630 1000
150 1000 1060 1320 1700 1800 1800 1400 1120 1800 1500 1120 950 950 1250 1600 1800 800 1060
106 1120 1180 1320 1600 1700 1700 1400 1250 1700 1500 1180 1060 1120 1320 1600 1800 800 1120
180 000 212 710 750 1060 1600 1600 1500 1250 850 1800 1320 800 600 630 950 1500 1800 530 850
150 900 950 1180 1500 1800 1600 1320 1000 1700 1320 1000 800 850 1120 1500 1800 710 950
106 1000 1060 1250 1500 1600 1500 1320 1120 1600 1320 1120 950 1000 1180 1500 1700 800 1000
75 1120 1120 1250 1400 1500 1500 1320 1180 1500 1320 1180 1060 1120 1250 1400 1600 800 1000
224 000 150 800 850 1060 1400 1700 1500 1180 900 1600 1250 900 710 750 1000 1400 1700 600 850
106 900 950 1120 1400 1500 1500 1250 1000 1500 1250 1000 850 900 1060 1400 1600 710 900
75 1000 1060 1180 1320 1400 1400 1250 1060 1400 1250 1060 1000 1000 1120 1320 1500 800 950
280 000 150 710 750 1000 1320 1600 1500 1120 800 1500 1180 800 630 670 900 1320 1600 530 750
106 850 900 1060 1320 1400 1400 1120 900 1400 1180 900 800 800 1000 1250 1500 630 800
75 900 950 1060 1250 1320 1320 1180 1000 1320 1180 1000 900 900 1060 1250 1400 710 850
53 1000 1000 1120 1250 1320 1250 1180 1060 1320 1180 1060 950 1000 1060 1250 1320 800 850
350 000 150 630 670 900 1250 1500 1400 1000 710 1400 1060 710 560 560 800 1250 1500 425 670
106 750 800 950 1180 1320 1250 1060 850 1320 1060 800 710 710 900 1180 1400 560 710
75 850 850 1000 1180 1250 1250 1060 900 1250 1060 900 800 800 950 1180 1320 630 750
53 900 950 1000 1120 1180 1180 1060 950 1180 1060 950 900 900 1000 1120 1250 710 800
450 000 150 530 600 800 1180 1250 1180 950 630 1320 950 600 475 500 710 1120 1500 355 600
106 670 710 900 1120 1250 1180 950 750 1250 1000 750 630 630 800 1120 1320 475 630
75 750 800 900 1120 1180 1120 1000 800 1180 1000 800 710 750 900 1060 1250 560 670
53 800 850 950 1060 1120 1120 1000 850 1120 1000 850 800 800 900 1060 1180 600 710
560 000 150 475 500 750 1120 1060 1000 850 560 1180 900 530 400 425 630 1060 1320 300 530
106 600 630 800 1060 1180 1120 900 670 1180 900 670 560 560 750 1060 1250 400 600
75 670 710 850 1000 1120 1060 900 750 1120 950 750 670 670 800 1000 1180 500 600
53 750 750 850 1000 1060 1000 900 800 1060 950 800 710 750 850 1000 1060 560 630
710 000 106 530 560 750 1000 1120 1060 800 600 1120 850 600 475 500 670 950 1180 355 530
75 630 630 750 950 1060 1000 850 670 1060 850 670 600 600 750 950 1060 425 560
53 670 710 800 900 1000 950 850 750 1000 850 710 670 670 750 900 1000 475 560
900 000 106 450 500 670 900 1060 1000 750 530 1060 750 530 425 450 600 900 1120 300 475
75 560 600 710 900 1000 950 750 630 1000 800 600 530 530 670 850 1000 375 500
53 630 630 750 850 950 900 800 670 900 800 670 600 600 710 850 950 425 500
1 120 000 106 400 450 600 850 950 900 670 475 1000 710 450 355 375 530 850 1060 250 425
75 500 530 670 850 950 900 710 560 950 750 560 475 500 630 800 950 315 450
53 560 600 670 800 850 850 710 630 850 750 600 530 560 670 800 900 375 450
37,5 600 630 710 800 850 800 710 630 800 750 630 600 600 670 750 850 425 475
1 400 000 106 355 400 560 800 850 800 630 425 900 670 400 315 335 475 750 1000 200 375
75 450 475 600 750 900 850 670 500 850 670 500 425 425 560 750 900 280 400
53 500 530 630 750 800 800 670 560 800 670 560 500 500 600 750 850 335 425
37,5 560 560 630 710 750 750 670 600 750 670 600 530 560 630 710 800 375 425
1 800 000 75 400 425 530 710 850 750 600 450 800 630 450 355 375 500 710 850 236 355
53 450 475 560 710 750 750 630 500 750 630 500 450 450 560 670 800 280 375
37,5 500 530 600 670 710 710 630 530 710 630 530 500 500 560 670 750 315 375
2 240 000 75 355 375 500 670 800 710 560 400 750 560 400 315 335 450 670 800 200 315
53 425 450 530 670 710 670 560 450 710 600 450 400 400 500 630 750 250 335
37,5 450 475 560 630 670 670 560 500 670 600 500 450 450 530 630 710 280 355
2 800 000 75 315 335 450 630 750 670 500 375 710 530 355 280 300 400 630 750 170 300
53 375 400 475 600 670 630 530 425 670 530 400 355 375 450 600 710 212 300
37,5 425 450 500 600 630 630 530 450 630 560 450 400 425 475 600 670 250 315
3 550 000 75 265 300 400 600 630 600 475 315 670 475 300 236 250 355 560 750 140 265
53 335 355 450 560 630 600 475 375 630 500 375 315 315 400 560 670 190 265
37,5 375 400 450 560 600 560 500 425 600 500 400 355 375 450 530 630 224 280
max 1 800 max 800 max 1 250

72
grand.
size 125 bis3), 126 bis3)
n2 · Lh M2 Fr21) Fa22)
min-1 · h daN m 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315
224 000 300 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
212 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
280 000 150 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
106 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
355 000 150 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
106 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
450 000 150 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
106 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
560 000 150 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
106 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
75 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
710 000 150 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
106 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
75 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
53 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
900 000 106 1900 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1900 1900 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
75 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
53 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
1 120 000 106 1800 1900 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1900 2000 2000 1900 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 900 1320
75 1900 1900 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1900 1900 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
53 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1900 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
37,5 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 900 1400
1 400 000 106 1700 1700 1900 2000 2000 2000 2000 1800 2000 2000 1800 1600 1700 1800 2000 2000 900 1250
75 1700 1800 1900 2000 2000 2000 2000 1800 2000 2000 1800 1700 1700 1900 2000 2000 900 1320
53 1800 1800 1900 2000 2000 2000 2000 1900 2000 2000 1900 1800 1800 1900 2000 2000 900 1320
37,5 1800 1900 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1900 2000 2000 1900 1800 1800 1900 2000 2000 900 1320
1 800 000 106 1500 1600 1800 2000 2000 2000 1800 1600 2000 1800 1600 1500 1500 1700 2000 2000 900 1180
75 1600 1600 1800 1900 2000 2000 1800 1700 2000 1800 1700 1600 1600 1700 1900 2000 900 1180
53 1700 1700 1800 1900 2000 1900 1800 1700 2000 1800 1700 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 900 1250
37,5 1700 1700 1800 1900 1900 1900 1800 1700 1900 1800 1700 1700 1700 1800 1900 1900 900 1250
2 240 000 75 1600 1600 1800 1900 2000 1900 1800 1600 2000 1800 1600 1500 1600 1700 1900 2000 900 1120
53 1600 1700 1800 1900 1900 1900 1800 1700 1900 1800 1700 1600 1600 1700 1900 1900 900 1180
37,5 1700 1700 1800 1800 1900 1900 1800 1700 1900 1800 1700 1700 1700 1800 1800 1900 900 1180
2 800 000 75 1500 1500 1600 1800 1900 1800 1700 1500 1900 1700 1500 1400 1500 1600 1800 1900 900 1060
53 1500 1600 1700 1800 1800 1800 1700 1600 1800 1700 1600 1500 1500 1600 1800 1800 900 1060
37,5 1600 1600 1700 1700 1800 1700 1700 1600 1800 1700 1600 1600 1600 1600 1700 1800 900 1120
3 550 000 75 1320 1400 1500 1700 1800 1700 1600 1400 1800 1600 1400 1320 1320 1500 1700 1800 850 1000
53 1400 1400 1500 1600 1700 1700 1600 1500 1700 1600 1500 1400 1400 1500 1600 1700 900 1000
37,5 1500 1500 1500 1600 1700 1600 1600 1500 1700 1600 1500 1400 1500 1500 1600 1700 900 1000
max 2 000 max 900 max 1 400

3) Valori validi per cuscinetti a rulli conici sull’asse lento (cap. 17). 3) Values valid for taper roller bearings on low speed shaft (ch. 17).
73
grand.
size 160
n2 · Lh M2 Fr21) Fa22)
min-1 · h daN m 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315
90 000 500 1000 1120 1700 2650 2500 2360 2120 1250 2650 2120 1120 800 900 1400 2650 2650 710 1320
355 1400 1500 2000 2650 2650 2650 2240 1600 2650 2630 1600 1250 1320 1800 2650 2650 1000 1500
112 000 355 1250 1320 1800 2650 2650 2650 2000 1500 2650 2120 1400 1060 1120 1600 2500 2650 850 1320
250 1500 1600 2000 2500 2650 2650 2120 1700 2650 2240 1600 1400 1500 1800 2500 2650 1120 1400
140 000 355 1060 1180 1600 2360 2650 2650 1900 1250 2650 1900 1180 950 1000 1400 2360 2650 750 1180
250 1320 1400 1800 2360 2650 2500 2000 1500 2650 2000 1500 1250 1320 1700 2240 2650 950 1250
180 1500 1600 1900 2240 2500 2360 2000 1700 2500 2000 1700 1500 1500 1800 2240 2500 1120 1320
180 000 355 900 1000 1500 2240 2360 2240 1700 1120 2650 1800 1000 750 850 1250 2120 2650 600 1060
250 1180 1250 1600 2120 2500 2240 1800 1320 2360 1800 1320 1060 1120 1500 2120 2500 800 1120
180 1400 1400 1700 2120 2240 2120 1800 1500 2240 1900 1500 1320 1320 1600 2000 2360 950 1180
125 1500 1600 1800 2000 2120 2120 1800 1600 2120 1900 1600 1500 1500 1700 2000 2240 1060 1250
224 000 355 800 900 1320 2120 2000 1800 1600 950 2240 1600 900 630 710 1060 2000 2500 475 950
250 1060 1120 1500 2000 2360 2120 1700 1250 2240 1700 1180 950 1000 1320 2000 2360 710 1000
180 1250 1320 1600 1900 2120 2000 1700 1400 2120 1700 1320 1180 1180 1500 1900 2240 850 1060
125 1400 1400 1600 1900 2000 1900 1700 1500 2000 1700 1500 1320 1400 1600 1900 2120 950 1120
280 000 250 950 1000 1320 1900 2240 2000 1500 1120 2120 1600 1060 850 900 1250 1800 2240 600 900
180 1120 1180 1500 1800 2000 1900 1600 1250 2000 1600 1250 1060 1060 1320 1800 2120 750 950
125 1250 1320 1500 1800 1900 1800 1600 1320 1900 1600 1320 1180 1250 1500 1700 1900 850 1000
90 1320 1400 1500 1700 1800 1800 1600 1400 1800 1600 1400 1320 1320 1500 1700 1800 950 1060
355 000 250 800 900 1250 1800 2120 1900 1400 1000 2000 1400 900 710 750 1060 1700 2120 500 800
180 1000 1120 1320 1700 1900 1800 1400 1120 1900 1500 1120 900 950 1250 1700 2000 630 850
125 1120 1180 1400 1600 1800 1700 1500 1250 1800 1500 1250 1060 1120 1320 1600 1800 750 900
90 1250 1250 1400 1600 1700 1600 1500 1320 1700 1500 1320 1180 1180 1400 1600 1700 850 950
450 000 250 710 800 1120 1600 1900 1700 1250 850 1900 1320 800 600 630 950 1600 2120 400 710
180 900 950 1180 1600 1800 1700 1320 1000 1800 1400 1000 800 850 1120 1500 1900 560 800
125 1000 1060 1250 1500 1700 1600 1320 1120 1700 1400 1120 1000 1000 1180 1500 1700 670 800
90 1120 1120 1320 1500 1600 1500 1320 1180 1600 1400 1180 1060 1120 1250 1500 1600 710 850
560 000 250 600 670 1000 1500 1600 1500 1180 750 1700 1180 670 500 530 850 1500 1900 335 670
180 800 850 1120 1500 1700 1600 1250 900 1700 1250 900 710 750 1000 1400 1800 475 710
125 900 950 1180 1400 1600 1500 1250 1000 1600 1250 1000 900 900 1120 1400 1600 600 750
90 1000 1060 1180 1400 1500 1400 1250 1060 1500 1250 1060 1000 1000 1180 1400 1500 670 750
710 000 250 500 560 900 1400 1250 1180 1060 670 1500 1120 560 400 450 710 1320 1600 265 600
180 710 750 1000 1400 1600 1500 1120 800 1600 1180 800 630 650 900 1320 1700 400 630
125 850 900 1060 1320 1500 1400 1120 950 1500 1180 900 800 800 1000 1320 1500 500 670
90 900 950 1120 1250 1400 1320 1180 1000 1400 1180 1000 900 900 1060 1250 1400 560 670
900 000 180 600 670 900 1250 1500 1400 1000 710 1500 1060 670 530 560 800 1250 1600 335 560
125 750 800 950 1250 1400 1320 1060 850 1400 1060 800 710 710 1000 1180 1400 425 600
90 850 850 1000 1180 1320 1250 1060 900 1320 1120 900 800 850 950 1180 1320 500 600
1 120 000 180 530 600 800 1180 1400 1320 950 630 1400 950 600 450 500 710 1180 1500 280 500
125 670 710 900 1180 1320 1250 1000 750 1320 1000 750 630 670 850 1120 1320 375 530
90 750 800 950 1120 1250 1180 1000 850 1180 1000 850 710 750 900 1120 1250 450 560
63 850 850 950 1120 1120 1120 1000 900 1120 1000 900 800 850 950 1060 1180 500 560
1 400 000 180 450 500 750 1120 1180 1120 850 560 1320 900 500 375 425 630 1060 1400 224 450
125 600 630 800 1060 1250 1180 900 670 1250 950 670 560 600 750 1060 1250 335 475
90 670 710 850 1060 1120 1120 900 750 1120 950 750 670 670 800 1000 1180 400 500
63 750 800 900 1000 1060 1060 900 800 1060 950 800 750 750 850 1000 1120 450 530
1 800 000 125 530 560 750 1000 1180 1060 800 600 1120 850 600 475 500 670 1000 1180 265 425
90 600 710 800 950 1060 1000 850 670 1060 850 670 600 600 750 950 1120 335 450
63 670 710 800 950 1000 950 850 750 1000 850 750 670 670 800 950 1000 375 475
2 240 000 125 475 500 670 950 1120 1000 750 560 1060 800 530 425 450 600 900 1120 236 400
90 560 600 710 900 1000 950 800 630 1000 800 600 530 530 670 900 1060 300 400
63 630 670 750 900 950 900 800 670 950 800 670 600 630 710 850 950 335 425
2 800 000 125 400 450 600 900 1060 950 710 475 1000 710 450 355 375 530 850 1060 190 355
90 500 530 670 850 950 900 710 560 950 750 560 475 475 630 850 1000 250 375
63 560 600 710 800 900 850 750 630 900 750 600 530 560 670 800 900 300 375
3 550 000 125 355 400 560 800 950 850 630 425 950 670 400 300 335 475 800 1060 150 315
90 450 475 600 800 900 850 670 500 900 670 500 400 425 560 800 950 212 335
63 500 530 630 750 850 800 670 560 850 710 560 500 500 600 750 850 265 335
max 2 650 max 1 180 max 1 900

74
grand.
size 161
n2 · Lh M2 Fr21) Fa22)
min-1 · h daN m 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315
180 000 500 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
355 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
224 000 355 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
250 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
280 000 355 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
250 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
355 000 355 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
250 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
450 000 355 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
250 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
560 000 250 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
180 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
125 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
710 000 250 2650 2800 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 2800 3000 3000 2800 2500 2650 3000 3000 3000 1320 2000
180 2800 2800 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 2800 2800 2800 3000 3000 3000 1320 2000
125 2800 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 2800 2800 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
90 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 1320 2120
900 000 250 2360 2500 2800 3000 3000 3000 3000 2500 3000 3000 2500 2360 2360 2800 3000 3000 1320 1800
180 2500 2650 2800 3000 3000 3000 3000 2650 3000 3000 2650 2500 2500 2800 3000 3000 1320 1900
125 2650 2800 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 2800 3000 3000 2800 2650 2650 2800 3000 3000 1320 1900
90 2800 2800 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 2800 3000 3000 2800 2800 2800 2800 3000 3000 1320 1900
1 120 000 180 2360 2500 2650 3000 3000 3000 2800 2500 3000 2800 2500 2360 2360 2650 3000 3000 1320 1700
125 2500 2500 2800 3000 3000 3000 2800 2650 3000 2800 2650 2500 2500 2650 3000 3000 1320 1800
90 2500 2650 2800 2800 3000 3000 2800 2650 3000 2800 2650 2500 2500 2650 2800 3000 1320 1800
63 2650 2650 2800 2800 3000 2800 2800 2650 2800 2800 2650 2650 2650 2800 2800 3000 1320 1800
1 400 000 180 2240 2240 2500 2800 3000 2800 2650 2360 3000 2650 2360 2120 2240 2500 2800 3000 1320 1600
125 2360 2360 2500 2800 2800 2800 2650 2360 2800 2650 2360 2240 2360 2500 2800 3000 1320 1700
90 2360 2500 2500 2650 2800 2800 2650 2500 2800 2650 2500 2360 2360 2500 2650 2800 1320 1700
63 2500 2500 2500 2650 2650 2650 2650 2500 2800 2650 2500 2360 2500 2500 2650 2800 1320 1700
1 800 000 125 2240 2360 2500 2650 2800 2800 2500 2360 2800 2650 2360 2240 2240 2500 2650 2800 1320 1500
90 2360 2360 2500 2650 2800 2650 2500 2360 2800 2650 2360 2240 2360 2500 2650 2800 1320 1600
63 2360 2500 2500 2650 2650 2650 2500 2500 2650 2650 2500 2360 2360 2500 2650 2650 1320 1600
2 240 000 125 2120 2120 2360 2500 2650 2650 2360 2240 2650 2500 2120 2000 2120 2240 2500 2650 1250 1400
90 2120 2240 2360 2500 2650 2500 2360 2240 2650 2360 2240 2120 2120 2360 2500 2650 1320 1500
63 2240 2240 2360 2500 2500 2500 2360 2240 2500 2360 2240 2240 2240 2360 2500 2500 1320 1500
2 800 000 125 1900 2000 2120 2360 2500 2500 2240 2000 2500 2240 2000 1900 1900 2120 2360 2500 1180 1320
90 2000 2120 2240 2360 2500 2360 2240 2120 2500 2360 2120 2000 2000 2120 2360 2500 1250 1400
63 2120 2120 2240 2360 2360 2360 2240 2120 2360 2240 2120 2000 2120 2240 2360 2360 1320 1400
3 550 000 125 1800 1800 2000 2240 2360 2240 2120 1900 2360 2120 1900 1700 1800 2000 2240 2360 1060 1250
90 1900 1900 2000 2240 2240 2240 2120 1900 2240 2120 1900 1800 1900 2000 2240 2360 1180 1250
63 1900 2000 2000 2120 2240 2240 2120 2000 2240 2120 2000 1900 1900 2000 2120 2240 1180 1320
max 3 000 max 1 320 max 2 120

75
grand.
size 200
n2 · Lh M2 Fr21) Fa22)
min-1 · h daN m 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315
140 000 1000 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
710 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
180 000 1000 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
710 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
224 000 710 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
355 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
280 000 710 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4250 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
355 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
250 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
180 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
355 000 500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4250 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
355 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
250 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
180 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
450 000 500 4000 4250 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4250 4000 4000 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
355 4250 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4250 4250 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
250 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
180 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
560 000 500 3750 4000 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4000 4500 4500 4000 3550 3750 4250 4500 4500 2000 3000
355 4000 4250 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4250 4500 4500 4250 4000 4000 4500 4500 4500 2000 3000
250 4250 4250 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4250 4500 4500 4250 4000 4250 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
180 4250 4250 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4250 4250 4250 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
125 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4250 4500 4500 4500 4500 2000 3150
710 000 500 3350 3550 4250 4500 4500 4500 4250 3750 4500 4250 3550 3350 3350 4000 4500 4500 2000 2650
355 4000 3750 4250 4500 4500 4500 4250 3750 4500 4250 3750 3550 3750 4000 4500 4500 2000 2800
250 4000 4000 4250 4500 4500 4500 4250 4000 4500 4250 4000 3750 3750 4250 4500 4500 2000 3000
180 4000 4000 4250 4500 4500 4500 4250 4000 4500 4250 4000 4000 4000 4250 4500 4500 2000 3000
125 4000 4250 4250 4500 4500 4500 4250 4250 4500 4250 4250 4000 4000 4250 4500 4500 2000 3000
900 000 355 3350 3550 4000 4250 4500 4500 4000 3550 4500 4000 3550 3350 3350 3750 4250 4500 2000 2650
250 3550 3750 4000 4250 4500 4250 4000 3750 4500 4000 3750 3550 3550 4000 4250 4500 2000 2650
180 3750 3750 4000 4250 4250 4250 4000 3750 4250 4000 3750 3550 3750 4000 4250 4250 2000 2800
125 3750 3750 4000 4250 4250 4250 4000 3750 4250 4000 3750 3750 3750 4000 4250 4250 2000 2800
1 120 000 355 3150 3350 3750 4000 4250 4250 3750 3350 4250 3750 3350 3000 3150 3550 4000 4500 2000 2500
250 3350 3350 3750 4000 4250 4000 3750 3350 4250 3750 3350 3150 3350 3550 4000 4250 2000 2500
180 3350 3550 3750 4000 4000 4000 3750 3550 4000 3750 3550 3350 3350 3550 4000 4000 2000 2500
125 3550 3550 3750 4000 4000 4000 3750 3550 4000 3750 3550 3550 3550 3750 4000 4000 2000 2650
1 400 000 355 3000 3000 3350 4000 4000 4000 3550 3000 4000 3550 3000 2800 2800 3350 3750 4250 1900 2240
250 3000 3150 3550 3750 4000 3750 3550 3150 4000 3550 3150 3000 3000 3350 3750 4000 2000 2360
180 3150 3350 3550 3750 3750 3750 3550 3350 3750 3550 3350 3150 3150 3350 3750 3750 2000 2360
125 3350 3350 3550 3550 3750 3550 3550 3350 3750 3550 3350 3150 3350 3350 3550 3750 2000 2360
1 800 000 355 2650 2800 3150 3550 3750 3550 3150 2800 3750 3350 2800 2500 2650 3000 3550 4000 1700 2120
250 2800 3000 3150 3550 3550 3550 3150 3000 3550 3350 3000 2800 2800 3150 3550 3750 1900 2120
180 3000 3000 3150 3350 3550 3350 3150 3000 3550 3350 3000 2800 3000 3150 3350 3550 2000 2240
125 3000 3000 3150 3350 3350 3350 3150 3150 3350 3350 3000 3000 3000 3150 3350 3550 2000 2240
2 240 000 250 2650 2650 3000 3350 3350 3350 3000 2800 3350 3000 2650 2500 2650 3000 3350 3550 1800 2000
180 2800 2800 3000 3150 3350 3150 3000 2800 3350 3000 2800 2650 2650 3000 3150 3350 1900 2000
125 2800 2800 3000 3150 3150 3150 3000 2800 3150 3000 2800 2800 2800 3000 3150 3350 2000 2120
2 800 000 250 2360 2500 2800 3150 3350 3150 2800 2500 3150 2800 2500 2360 2360 2650 3150 3350 1600 1900
180 2500 2650 2800 3000 3150 3000 2800 2650 3150 2800 2650 2500 2500 2800 3000 3150 1700 1900
125 2650 2650 2800 3000 3000 3000 2800 2650 3000 2800 2650 2650 2650 2800 3000 3000 1800 1900
3 550 000 250 2240 2360 2650 3000 3000 3000 2650 2360 3000 2650 2360 2120 2240 2360 3000 3150 1500 1700
180 2360 2360 2650 2800 3000 2800 2650 2360 3000 2650 2360 2240 2360 2500 2800 3000 1600 1800
125 2360 2500 2650 2800 2800 2800 2650 2500 2800 2650 2500 2360 2360 2650 2800 3000 1700 1800
max 4 500 max 2 000 max 3 150

76
grand.
size 250
n2 · Lh M2 Fr21) Fa22)
min-1 · h daN m 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315
180 000 1900 5000 5600 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6000 6300 6300 5600 4500 4750 6300 6300 6300 1400 3000
1320 6000 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 5600 6000 6300 6300 6300 2000 3000
224 000 1320 5300 6000 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6000 6300 6300 6000 5000 5300 6300 6300 6300 1800 2800
950 6000 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6000 6000 6300 6300 6300 2240 3000
280 000 1320 5000 5300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 5600 6300 6300 5300 4500 4750 6000 6300 6300 1600 2650
950 5600 6000 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6000 6300 6300 6000 5300 5600 6300 6300 6300 2000 2800
670 6000 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6000 6000 6300 6300 6300 2320 2800
355 000 950 5000 5300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 5600 6300 6300 5300 4750 5000 6000 6300 6300 1800 2500
670 5600 5600 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6000 6300 6300 6000 5300 6000 6300 6300 6300 2120 2650
475 6000 6000 6300 6300 6300 6300 6300 6000 6300 6300 6000 5600 6000 6300 6300 6300 2360 2650
450 000 950 4500 4750 5600 6300 6300 6300 6300 5000 6300 6300 5000 4250 4500 5600 6300 6300 1600 2360
670 5000 5300 6000 6300 6300 6300 6300 5300 6300 6300 5300 4750 5000 6000 6300 6300 1900 2500
475 5300 5600 6000 6300 6300 6300 6000 5600 6300 6300 5600 5300 5300 6000 6300 6300 2120 2500
560 000 950 4250 4500 5300 6300 6300 6300 5600 4750 6300 6000 4500 4000 4250 5000 6300 6300 1500 2240
670 4750 4750 5600 6300 6300 6300 5600 5000 6300 6000 5000 4500 4500 5300 6300 6300 1700 2240
475 5000 5000 5600 6000 6300 6300 5600 5300 6300 6000 5300 4750 5000 5600 6000 6300 1900 2360
335 5300 5300 5600 6000 6300 6000 5600 5300 6300 6000 5300 5000 5300 5600 6000 6300 2120 2360
710 000 950 3750 4000 5000 6000 6300 6300 5300 4250 6300 5300 4250 3550 3750 4750 6000 6300 1250 2000
670 4250 4500 5000 6000 6300 6000 5300 4500 6300 5600 4500 4000 4250 5000 6000 6300 1600 2120
475 4500 4750 5300 6000 6000 6000 5300 4750 6000 5300 4750 4500 4500 5000 5600 6300 1800 2120
335 4750 5000 5300 5600 6000 6000 5300 5000 6000 5300 5000 4750 4750 5300 5600 6000 1900 2240
900 000 670 4000 4000 4750 5600 6000 6000 5000 4250 6000 5000 4250 3750 3750 4500 5600 6300 1400 1900
475 4250 4250 4750 5300 5600 5600 5000 4500 5600 5000 4500 4000 4250 4750 5300 6000 1600 2000
335 4500 4500 4750 5300 5600 5300 5000 4500 5600 5000 4500 4250 4500 4750 5300 5600 1800 2000
1 120 000 670 3550 3750 4500 5300 5600 5300 4750 4000 5600 4750 3750 3350 3550 4250 5300 6000 1250 1800
475 4000 4000 4500 5000 5300 5300 4750 4250 5300 4750 4000 3750 4000 4250 5000 5600 1500 1900
335 4000 4250 4500 5000 5300 5000 4750 4250 5300 4750 4250 4000 4000 4500 5000 5300 1600 1900
1 400 000 670 3350 3550 4000 5000 5300 5000 4250 3550 5300 4500 3550 3150 3150 4000 4750 5600 1180 1700
475 3550 3750 4250 4750 5000 5000 4250 3750 5000 4500 3750 3550 3550 4000 4750 5300 1400 1700
335 3750 4000 4250 4750 4750 4750 4250 4000 4750 4500 4000 3750 3750 4250 4750 5000 1500 1800
1 800 000 670 3000 3150 3750 4500 5000 4750 4000 3350 5000 4000 3150 2800 3000 3550 4500 5300 1000 1500
475 3350 3350 4000 4500 4750 4500 4000 3550 4750 4250 3550 3150 3350 3750 4500 5000 1250 1600
335 3550 3550 4000 4250 4500 4500 4000 3750 4500 4250 3750 3350 3550 3750 4250 4750 1400 1600
2 240 000 475 3000 3150 3550 4250 4500 4250 3750 3350 4500 4000 3150 3000 3000 3550 4250 4750 1120 1500
335 3150 3350 3750 4000 4250 4250 3750 3350 4250 3750 3350 3150 3150 3550 4000 4500 1250 1500
max 6 300 max 2 800 max 4 500
Valori validi per albero lento integrale (ved. cap. 17). Values valid for solid low speed shaft (see ch. 17).
grand.
size 250 bis
180 000 1900 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 3150 5000
224 000 1320 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 3150 5000
280 000 1320 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 3150 5000
355 000 950 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 3150 5000
450 000 950 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 3150 5000
560 000 950 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 6700 7100 7100 7100 7100 3150 4500
710 000 950 6700 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 6300 6700 7100 7100 7100 3150 4250
670 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 3150 4500
900 000 950 6700 6700 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 6700 7100 7100 6700 6300 6700 7100 7100 7100 3150 4000
670 6700 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 6700 6700 7100 7100 7100 3150 4250
1 120 000 670 6000 6300 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 6300 7100 7100 6300 6000 6000 6700 7100 7100 3000 3750
475 6300 6700 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 6700 7100 7100 6700 6300 6300 6700 7100 7100 3150 4000
335 6700 6700 7100 7100 7100 7100 7100 6700 7100 7100 6700 6700 6700 7100 7100 7100 3150 4000
1 400 000 670 5600 6000 6300 7100 7100 7100 6700 6000 7100 6700 6000 5300 5600 6300 7100 7100 2800 3550
475 6000 6000 6700 7100 7100 7100 6700 6000 7100 6700 6000 6000 6000 6300 7100 7100 3150 3550
335 6000 6300 6700 7100 7100 7100 6700 6300 7100 6700 6300 6000 6000 6300 7100 7100 3150 3750
1 800 000 670 5000 5300 6000 6700 7100 6700 6000 5300 7100 6300 5300 5000 5000 6000 6700 7100 2650 3150
475 5300 5600 6000 6700 6700 6700 6000 5600 6700 6300 5600 5300 5300 6000 6700 7100 3000 3350
335 5600 5600 6000 6300 6700 6700 6000 6000 6700 6300 6000 5600 5600 6000 6300 6700 3150 3350
2 240 000 475 5000 5300 5600 6300 6300 6300 5600 5300 6300 6000 5300 5000 5000 5600 6000 6700 2650 3150
335 5300 5300 5600 6000 6300 6000 5600 5300 6300 6000 5300 5300 5300 5600 6000 6300 3000 3150
max 7 100 max 3 150 max 5 000

77
15 - Dettagli costruttivi e funzionali 15 - Structural and operational details
Ingranaggio a vite Worm gear pair
Numero di denti z2 della ruota a vite e z1 della vite, modulo assiale Number of teeth – wormwheel z2 and worm z1, axial module mx,
mx, inclinazione d’elica media Gm, rendimento statico Hs e momento reference lead angle Gm, static efficiency Hs and worm gear pair
d’inerzia J1 dell’ingranaggio a vite per riduttori e motoriduttori R V, moment of intertia J1 for gear reducers and gearmotors R V, R IV,
R IV, MR V, MR IV, MR 2IV. MR V, MR IV, MR 2IV.
Per riduttori e motoriduttori R IV, MR IV e MR 2IV, il momento d’inerzia (escluso motore) In the case of R IV, MR IV and MR 2IV gear reducers and gearmotors, the moment of
sull’asse veloce è quello sulla vite diviso il quadrato del rapporto totale d’ingranaggio inertia on the high speed shaft (disregarding motor) is that of the worm divided by the
dell’ingranaggio cilindrico. cylindrical gear pair total ratio squared.

i 32 40 50 63, 64 80, 81 100 125, 126 160, 161 200 250
7 z2 /z1 21/3 21/3 21/3 28/4 28/4
mx 2,2 2,8 3,4 3,5 4,5
Gm 22° 28’ 22° 29’ 22° 35’ 28° 35’ 28° 30’ – – – – –
Hs 0,71 0,71 0,71 0,74 0,74
10 z2 /z1 20/2 20/2 20/2 30/3 30/3 30/3 30/3 30/3
mx 2,3 2,8 3,5 3,3 4,2 5,3 6,6 8,6
Gm 15° 10’ 15° 10’ 15° 7’ 19° 52’ 20° 28’ 21° 20’ 21° 53’ 23° 1’ – –
Hs 0,65 0,65 0,65 0,69 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,72
13 z2 /z1 26/2 26/2 26/2 26/2 26/2 26/2 39/3 39/3 39/3
mx 1,8 2,3 2,9 3,7 4,7 5,9 5,2 6,8 8,5
Gm 13° 28’ 13° 14’ 13° 36’ 14° 23’ 14° 48’ 15° 24’ 18° 48’ 19° 52’ 20° 38’ –
Hs 0,62 0,62 0,63 0,64 0,64 0,65 0,68 0,69 0,7
16 z2 /z1 32/2 32/2 32/2 32/2 32/2 32/2 32/2 32/2 48/3 48/3
mx 1,5 1,9 2,4 3,1 3,9 4,9 6,2 8 7,1 9
Gm 11° 52’ 11° 53’ 12° 4’ 12° 47’ 13° 14’ 13° 47’ 14° 7’ 14° 52’ 19° 4’ 20° 21’
Hs 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,61 0,62 0,63 0,63 0,64 0,68 0,69
20 z2 /z1 20/1 20/1 20/1 40/2 40/2 40/2 40/2 40/2 40/2 40/2
mx 2,3 2,8 3,5 2,5 3,2 4,1 5,1 6,6 8,3 10,4
Gm 7° 41’ 7° 40’ 7° 46’ 11° 46’ 12° 1’ 12° 29’ 12° 24’ 13° 6’ 13° 36’ 14° 3’
Hs 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,6 0,6 0,61 0,61 0,62 0,63 0,63
25 z2 /z1 25/1 25/1 25/1 25/1 25/1 25/1 50/2 50/2 50/2 50/2
mx 1,9 2,4 3 3,8 4,8 6,1 4,2 5,4 6,8 8,6
Gm 6° 55’ 6° 52’ 6° 58’ 7° 21’ 7° 34’ 7° 53’ 11° 33’ 11° 49’ 12° 28’ 13° 18’
Hs 0,48 0,48 0,48 0,5 0,5 0,51 0,59 0,6 0,61 0,62
32 z2 /z1 32/1 32/1 32/1 32/1 32/1 32/1 32/1 32/1 32/1 64/2
mx 1,5 1,9 2,4 3,1 3,9 4,9 6,2 8 10,1 6,8
Gm 6° 6° 6° 3’ 6° 25’ 6° 38’ 6° 55’ 7° 5’ 7° 27’ 7° 43’ 11° 22’
Hs 0,45 0,45 0,45 0,46 0,47 0,48 0,49 0,5 0,51 0,59
40 z2 /z1 40/1 40/1 40/1 40/1 40/1 40/1 40/1 40/1 40/1 40/1
mx 1,3 1,6 2 2,5 3,2 4,1 5,1 6,6 8,3 10,4
Gm 5° 12’ 5° 10’ 5° 16’ 5° 54’ 6° 2’ 6° 16’ 6° 13’ 6° 34’ 6° 50’ 7° 3’
Hs 0,42 0,42 0,42 0,44 0,45 0,46 0,46 0,47 0,48 0,49
50 z2 /z1 50/1 50/1 50/1 50/1 50/1 50/1 50/1 50/1 50/1 50/1
mx 1 1,3 1,6 2,1 2,7 3,3 4,2 5,4 6,8 8,6
Gm 4° 29’ 4° 25’ 4° 32’ 5° 7’ 5° 15’ 5° 27’ 5° 48’ 5° 56’ 6° 15’ 6° 41’
Hs 0,38 0,38 0,38 0,41 0,42 0,43 0,44 0,45 0,46 0,47
63 z2 /z1 63/1 63/1 63/1 63/1 63/1 63/1 63/1 63/1 63/1
mx 1 1,3 1,7 2,1 2,7 3,4 4,4 5,5 6,9
Gm – 3° 43’ 3° 50’ 4° 21’ 4° 27’ 4° 39’ 4° 57’ 5° 5’ 5° 22’ 5° 46’
Hs 0,34 0,35 0,38 0,38 0,39 0,4 0,41 0,42 0,44
Momento di inerzia (di massa)
J1 [kg m2] sulla vite ≈
– – – – – 0,0014 0,0037 0,0078 0,0192 0,0376
Moment of inertia (of mass)
J1 [kg m2] on the worm ≈
Gioco angolare asse lento Low speed shaft angular backlash

Il gioco angolare dell’asse lento, a vite bloc- Grandezza Gioco angolare [rad] 1) A rough guide for low speed shaft angular
cata, è compreso orientativamente tra i va- riduttore Angular backlash [rad]1) backlash is given in the table (the worm
lori indicati in tabella. Esso varia in funzione Gear reducer being held stationary). Values vari according
dell’esecuzione e della temperatura. size min max to design and temperature.
A richiesta si possono fornire riduttori con Gear reducers with controlled or reduced
gioco controllato o ridotto (ved. cap. 17): 32 0,0030 0,0118 backlash can be supplied on request (see
termine di consegna superiore al normale, 40 0,0025 0,0100 ch. 17), subject to longer delivery times and
sovrapprezzo; scegliere un fattore di servizio 50 0,0020 0,0080 price addition; choose a higher service
maggiore. 63, 64 0,0018 0,0071 factor.
80, 81 0,0016 0,0063
100 0,0013 0,0050
125, 126 0,0011 0,0045
160, 161 0,0010 0,0040
1) Alla distanza di 1 m dal centro dell’asse lento, il gioco
200 0,0008 0,0032 1) At a distance of 1 m from the low speed shaft centre,
angolare in mm si ottiene moltiplicando per 1 000 i valori 250 0,0007 0,0028 angular backlash in mm is obtained multiplying the table
di tabella (1 rad = 3438’). value by 1 000 (1 rad = 3438’).
78
Rendimento H Efficiency H
Il rendimento H è dato dal rapporto PN2 / PN1 per riduttori (cap. 7) Efficiency H is derived from the PN2 / PN1 ratio in the case of gear
e P2 / P1 per i motoriduttori (cap. 9). I valori del rendimento così reducers (ch. 7) and P2 / P1 in the case of gearmotors (ch. 9). The
calcolati sono validi per condizioni di lavoro normali, vite motrice e values obtained will be valid assuming normal working conditions,
lubrificazione corretta, dopo un buon rodaggio (ved. cap. 16) e con worm operating as driving member, proper lubrication, adequate
un carico vicino al valore nominale. running-in (ch. 16), and a load near to the nominal value.
Il rendimento è più basso (di circa il 12% per viti con z1 = 1; 6% per During the initial working period (about 50 hours) and generally at
viti con z1 = 2; 3% per viti con z1 = 3) nelle prime ore di funziona- every cold start, efficiency will be lower (by about 12% for worms with
mento (circa 50) e, in generale, ad ogni avviamento a freddo. z1 = 1; 6% for worms with z1 = 2 and 3% for worms with z1 = 3).
Allo spunto il rendimento «statico» Hs (ved. tabella al paragrafo «Static» efficiency Hs on starting (see table in the preceding sec-
precedente) è molto più basso di H (per il fatto che a velocità 0 si tion) is much lower than H («starting friction» must be overcome at
deve vincere l’attrito di «primo distacco»); all’aumentare della velo- speed 0); as speed picks up gradually, efficiency will rise corre-
cità il rendimento aumenta fino a raggiungere il valore di catalogo. spondingly until the catalogue value is reached.
Il rendimento inverso Hinv, che si ha quando la ruota a vite è motri- Inverse efficiency Hinv, – produced by the wormwheel as driver
ce, è sempre inferiore a H. Può essere calcolato, con una buona – is always less than H. It can be calculated approximately as
approssimazione, con la formula: follows:
Hinv ≈ 2 – 1 / H; analogamente: Hs inv ≈ 2 – 1 / Hs Hinv ≈ 2 – 1 / H; likewise: Hs inv ≈ 2 – 1 / Hs
Irreversibilità Irreversibility
Un riduttore o motoriduttore a vite è dinamicamente irreversibile A worm gear reducer or gearmotor is dynamically irreversible (that
(cessa istantaneamente di ruotare quando sull’asse della vite non ci is, it ceases to turn the instant the wormshaft receives no further stimu-
sono più cause che mantengano in rotazione la vite stessa, es.: mo- lus that would keep the worm itself in rotation e.g. motor torque, inertia
mento motore, inerzia dovuta alla vite e relativa ventola, motore, volani, from the worm and related fan, motor flywheels, couplings, etc.) when
giunti, ecc.) quando H0,5 in quanto Hinv diventa minore di 0. H0,5 as Hinv then drops below 0.
Questa condizione è necessaria quando c’è l’esigenza di arre- This state becomes necessary wherever there is a need for stop-
stare e trattenere il carico, anche senza l’intervento di un freno. ping and holding the load, even without the aid of a brake. Where
In presenza di vibrazioni continue l’irreversibilità dinamica può non continuous vibration occurs, dynamic irreversibility may not be
essere possibile. obtainable.
Un riduttore o motoriduttore è staticamente irreversibile (non è A gear reducer or gearmotor is statically irreversible (that is,
possibile metterlo in rotazione dall’asse lento) quando Hs0,5. rotation cannot be imparted by way of the low speed shaft) when
Questa condizione è necessaria quando c’è l’esigenza di mantenere Hs0,5.
in sosta il carico, in pratica tenuto conto che i rendimenti possono mi- This is a state necessary to keep the load at standstill; taking into
gliorare con il funzionamento è consigliabile che sia Hsv0,4 (Gm 5°). account, however, that efficiency can increase with time spent in ope-
In presenza di vibrazioni continue l’irreversibilità statica può non essere ration, it would be advisable to assume Hsv0,4 (Gm 5°).
possibile. Where continuous vibration occurs, static irreversibility may not be
Un riduttore o motoriduttore ha una bassa reversibilità statica (è obtainable.
possibile metterlo in movimento dall’asse lento con momenti torcen- A gear reducer or gearmotor has low static reversibility (i.e. rotation
ti elevati e/o in presenza di vibrazioni) quando 0,5 Hsv 0,6 (7° may be imparted by way of the low speed shaft with high torque and/
30’ Gm v12°). or vibration) when 0,5 Hsv0,6 (7° 30’ Gm v12°).
Un riduttore o motoriduttore ha una reversibilità statica completa A gear reducer or gearmotor has complete static reversibility (i.e.
(è possibile metterlo in movimento dall’asse lento) quanto Hs 0,6 rotation may be imparted by way of the low speed shaft) when Hs
(Gm 12°). 0,6 (Gm 12°).
Questa condizione è consigliabile quando c’è l’esigenza di avviare This state is advisable where there is a need for easy start-up of the
con facilità il riduttore dall’asse lento. gear reducer by way of the low speed shaft.
Sovraccarichi Overloads
Poiché l’ingranaggio a vite è spesso sottoposto a elevati sovraccari- Since worm gear pairs are often subject to high static and dynamic
chi statici e dinamici, in quanto è particolarmente idoneo a soppor- overloads by dint of the fact that they are especially suited to bear
tarli, si presenta – più frequentemente che per altri tipi di ingranag- them, the need arises – more so than with other gear pairs – for
gio – la necessità di verificare che il valore di questi sovraccarichi verifying that such overloads will always remain lower than M2 max
sia sempre inferiore a M2 max (cap. 7). (ch. 7).
Normalmente si generano sovraccarichi quando si hanno: Overloads are normally generated when one has:
– avviamenti a pieno carico (specialmente per elevare inerzie e – starting on full load (especially for high inertias and low trans-
bassi rapporti di trasmissione), frenature, urti; mission ratios), braking, shocks;
– casi di riduttori irreversibili o poco reversibili in cui la ruota a vite – irreversible gear reducers, or gear reducers with low reversibility
diventa motrice per effetto delle inerzie della macchina azionata; in which the wormwheel becomes driver due to driven machine
– potenza applicata superiore a quella richiesta; altre cause stati- inertia;
che o dinamiche. – applied power higher than that required; other static or dynamic
Qui di seguito diamo alcune considerazioni generali su questi sovrac- causes.
carichi e, per alcuni casi tipici, alcune formule per la loro valutazione. The following general observations on overloads are accompanied
Quando non è possibile valutarli, inserire dispositivi di sicurezza in by some formulae for carrying out evaluations in certain typical
modo da non superare mai M2 max. instances.
Where no evaluation is possible, install safety devices which will
keep values within 2 · MN2.
Momento torcente di spunto
Quando l’avviamento è a pieno carico (specialmente per elevate iner- Starting torque
zie e bassi rapporti di trasmissione), verificare che M2 max sia maggiore When starting on full load (especially for high inertias and low tran-
o uguale al momento torcente di spunto il quale può essere calcolato smission ratios) verify that M2 max is equal to or greater than starting
con la formula: torque, by using the following formula:
J
M2 spunto = M spunto · M2 disponibile – M2 richiesto J + J · H + M2 richiesto
J
MN 0
M2 start = M start · M2 available – M2 required J + J · H + M2 required
dove:

MN 0
M2 richiesto è il momento torcente assorbito dalla macchina per lavoro e attriti; where:
M2 disponibile è il momento torcente in uscita dovuto alla potenza nominale del motore; M2 required is torque absorbed by the machine through work and friction;
J0 è il momento d’inerzia (di massa) del motore; M2 available is output torque derived from the motor’s nominal power rating;
J è il momento d’inerzia (di massa) esterno (riduttore, giunti, macchina azionata) in kg m2, J0 is the moment of inertia (of mass) of the motor;
riferito all’asse del motore; J is the external moment of inertia (of mass) in kg m2 (gear reducers, couplings, driven
per gli altri simboli ved. cap. 2b. machine) referred to the motor shaft;
NOTA: quando si vuole verificare che il momento torcente di spunto sia sufficientemente for other symbols see ch. 2b.
elevato per l’avviamento, considerare, nella valutazione di M2 disponibile il rendimento Hs, NOTE: When seeking to verify that starting torque is sufficiently high for starting, take
e nella valutazione di M2 richiesto, eventuali attriti di primo distacco. into account efficiency Hs when evaluating M2 available, and starting friction, if any, in
evaluating M2 required.
79
Arresti di macchine con elevata energia cinetica (elevati Stopping machines with high kinetic energy (high moments
momenti d’inerzia con elevate velocità) senza o con frenature of inertia combined with high speeds) with or without braking
(con motore autofrenante o freno sull’asse della vite) (braking applied to wormshaft, or use of brake motor)
Scegliere sempre un riduttore staticamente reversibile (Hs 0,5); Select a gear reducer with static reversibility (Hs 0,5); if using a
se il motore è autofrenante verificare la sollecitazione di frenatura brake motor, verify braking stress with the following formula:
con la formula:
HM f
s inv
· i + M2 richiesto J
J + J0 / Hs inv
– M2 richiesto v M2 max HMf
s inv
· i + M2 required J
J + J0 / Hs inv
– M2 required v M2 max
dove: where:
M f è il momento frenante di taratura (ved. tabella del cap. 2b). M f is the braking torque setting (see table in ch. 2b).
Hs inv è il rendimento statico inverso (ved. paragrafo precedente); Hs inv is static inverse efficiency (see previous heading);
per gli altri simboli ved. sopra e cap. 1. for other symbols see above and ch.1.
Quando non è possibile scegliere un riduttore staticamente reversi- Where selection of a statically reversible gear reducer is not pos-
bile (cioè Hs v0,5) occorre che il rallentamento sia sufficientemente sible (i.e. Hs v 0,5) slowing-down should be sufficiently gradual
dolce (per evitare sollecitazioni troppo elevate al riduttore stesso) in (avoiding application of excessive stress to the unit itself) as to ensure
modo che sia: that:
J2 · A2 J2 · A2 – M v M
– M2 v M2 max 2 2 max
10 10
dove: where:
J2 [kg m2] è il momento d’inerzia (di massa) della macchina azionata riferito all’asse lento J2 [kg m2] is the moment of inertia (of mass) of the driven machine referred to the gear
del riduttore; reducer’s low speed shaft;
M2 [daN m] è il momento torcente assorbito dalla macchina per lavoro e attriti; M2 [daN m] is torque absorbed by the machine through work and friction;
A2 [rad/s2] è la decelerazione angolare dell’asse lento; può essere diminuita per mezzo A2 [rad/s2] is the low speed shaft’s angular deceleration; this may be reduced by fly-
di volani sull’asse della vite, rampe elettriche di decelerazione, diminuzione del momento wheel fitted to the wormshaft, electric deceleration ramps, lowering of braking torque when
frenante quando c’è frenatura, ecc. braking systems are in use, etc.
Il valore di A2 può essere valutato sulla base di considerazioni (in sicurezza) teoriche A2 may be arrived at theorically (within broadly safe limits) or experimentally (by testing
oppure sperimentalmente (per mezzo del tempo e dello spazio di arresto, ecc.). Se il against stopping time and distance etc.).
motore è autofrenante A2 può essere valutato (prudenzialmente) con la formula: If a brake motor is in use, the following formula may be used for a safe evaluation of A2:
10 · Mf 10 · Mf
A2 = A2 =
J0 · i J0 · i
in cui si considera il motore a vuoto e sottoposto al momento frenante di taratura Mf in which the motor is presumed without load and subject to its braking torque setting
[daN m] (ved. tabella del cap. 2b). Mf [daN m] (see table in ch. 2b).
Funzionamento con motore autofrenante Operation with brake motor

Tempo di avviamento t a e angolo di rotazione del motore Wa1 Stating time ta and revolutions of motor Wa1
(J0 + J · H) · n1
ta = (J0 + J · H) · n1 [s]; Wa1 = ta · n1 [rad] ta = [s]; Wa1 = ta19,1
· n1
[rad]
19,1 M2 required
95,5 M spunto – M2 richiesto

95,5 M start –
i·H i·H
Tempo di frenatura tf e angolo di rotazione del motore Wf1 Braking time t f and revolutions of motor Wf1
(J0 + J/Hinv) · n1 (J0 + J/Hinv) · n1
tf = [s]; Wf1 = tf · n1 [rad] tf = [s]; Wf1 = tf19,1
· n1
[rad]
19,1
95,5 Mf + M2 richiesto · Hinv
95,5 Mf + M2 required · Hinv

i i
dove: where:
955 · P1
M spunto [daN m] è il momento torcente di spunto del motore
(ved. cap. 2b);
n1
·
M spunto
MN M start [daN m] is motor starting torque 955n · P
M start
1 MN
1
·
(see ch. 2b);
M f [daN m] è il momento frenante di taratura del motore (ved. cap. 2b); Mf [daN m] is the braking torque setting of the motor (see ch. 2b);
per altri simboli ved. sopra e cap. 1. for other symbols see above and ch. 1.
La ripetitività di frenatura, con riduttore rodato e a regime termico, With the gear reducer run in and operating at normal running tem-
al variare della temperatura del freno e dello stato di usura della perature – assuming a regular air-gap and ambient humidity and
guarnizione di attrito è – entro i limiti normali del traferro e dell’umi- utilizing suitable electrical equipment – repetition of the braking
dità ambiente e con adeguata apparecchiatura elettrica – circa action, as affected by variation in temperature of the brake and by
± 0,1 · Wf1. the state of wear of friction surface, is approx ± 0,1 · Wf1.
Nella fase di riscaldamento (1 3 h dalle grandezze piccole alle During warm-up (1 3 h, small through to large sizes), braking
grandi) i tempi e gli spazi di frenatura tendono ad aumentare fino times and distances tend to increase to the point of stabilizing at or
a stabilizzarsi attorno ai valori corrispondenti ai rendimenti di cata- around values corresponding to rated catalogue efficiency.
logo.
Durata della guarnizione di attrito Grandezza
W
Duration of friction surface
motore
Orientativamente il numero di frenature ammesso tra Motor size
MJ As a rough guide, the number of applications permis-
due registrazioni è dato dalla formula: sible between successive adjustments of the air-gap is
63 10,6 given by the following formula:
71 14
W · 105 80 18 W · 105
Mf · Wf1 90 24 Mf · Wf1
dove: 100 24 where:
W [MJ] è il lavoro di attrito fra due registrazioni del traferro indicato in 112 45 W [MJ] is the work of friction between successive adjustments of the air-
tabella; per altri simboli ved. sopra. gap as indicated in the table. For other symbols see above.
Il valore del traferro va da un minimo di 0,25 a un 132 67 The air-gap should measure between 0,25 minimum
massimo di 0,7; orientativamente il numero di registra- 160, 180M 90 and 0,7 maximum; as a rough guide, 5 adjustments
zioni è 5. 180L, 200 125 can be made.
80
Lato entrata riduttori Gear reducers input face
Il lato entrata dei riduttori R V ha un piano lavorato e fori filettati per The R V gear reducer input face has a machined surface with tap-
eventuale fissaggio sopporto motore o altro. ped holes for fitting motor mounting etc.
Grandezza a A B F K L M T U
riduttore Ø Ø
Gear H8
reducer
size
1) 2)
32 16 72 54 M5 5 – – 103 66
40, 50 20 81,5 66,5 M5 5 – – 119 80
63 ... 81 25 106 80 M6 6 – – 149 96
100 31,3 125 108 M8 8 – – 187 129
125, 126 40 166 136 M8 8 78 216 252 157
160 ... 200 50 214 168 M 10 10 98 268 312 194
250 62,5 274 210 M 12 12 128 332 387 241
2) Lunghezza utile del foro 1,6 · K. 2) Working length of hole 1,6 · K.
Il lato entrata dei riduttori R IV ha una flangia lavorata e fori per The R IV gear reducer input face has a machined flange with holes
eventuale fissaggio sopporto motore o altro. for fitting motor mountings etc.
Grandezza F K M1 N1 P1 V1 Q1 S
riduttore Ø Ø Ø Ø U
Gear H7
reducer
size
1)
32 – 9,5 115 95 140 105 4 10

40, 50 M8 9,5 115 95 140 105 4 11
63 ... 81 M8 9,5 130 110 160 120 4,5 12
100 M 10 11,5 165 130 200 – 4,5 14
125, 126 M 10 – 165 130 200 – 4,5 16
160 ... 200 M 12 – 215 180 250 – 5 18
250 M 12 – 265 230 300 – 5 20
1) Lunghezza utile del filetto 1,25 · F. 1) Working length of thread 1,25 · F.
Dimensioni viti di fissaggio dei piedi riduttore Fixing bolt dimensions for gear reducer feet
100 ... 250
32 ... 81
Grandezza Vite
riduttore Bolt
Gear reducer UNI 5737-88
size (l max)
1) Per il fissaggio delle viti lato ventola (grand. 100 ... 250) è necessario 32 M 6 25
smontare il copriventola (che deve ricoprire l’alloggiamento per il
miglior convogliamento dell’aria) e pertanto eventuali pareti devono 40 M 8 35
distare da questo almeno metà interasse riduttore. 50 M 8 40
1) When tightening bolts at the fan side (sizes 100 ... 250) the fan cowl
(which must enclose the fan assembly in order to enhance air-flow) 63, 64 M 10 50
needs to be removed for the purpose. When installing, ensure the 80, 81 M 12 60
cowl clears any surrounding walls by at least half the gear reducer’s 100 M 14 55
centre distance.
125, 126 M 16 65
160, 161 M 20 80
200 M 24 90
250 M 30 120
Posizione tappi Plug position
Forma costruttiva - Mounting position B7 Forma costruttiva - Mounting position B61)
V, IV, 2IV (100 ... 250) IV (100 ... 250) 2IV (40 ... 126)
(100 ... 126)
1) Per servizio continuo e a velocità elevata è previsto un serbatoio d’espansione: interpellarci. 1) For continuous duty and high input speed an expansion tank is envisaged: consult us.
81
Estremità d’albero Shaft end
Estremità d’albero - Shaft end Albero lento cavo - Hollow low speed shaft
Estremità d’albero Linguetta Cava Foro Linguetta Cava
Shaft end Parallel key Keyway Hole Parallel key Keyway
D1) E2) d b h l2) b t t1 D b h l* b t t1
Ø Ø Ø H7
11 j 6 23 (20) M 5 4 4 18 (12) 4 2,5 12,7 19 6 6 36 6 3,5 21,7

14 j 6 30 (25) M 6 5 5 25 (16) 5 3 16,2 24 8 7 45 8 4 27,2
16 j 6 30 M 6 5 5 25 5 3 18,2 28 8 7 63 8 4 31,2
19 j 6 40 (30) M 6 6 6 36 (25) 6 3,5 21,7 32 10 8 70 10 5 35,3
24 j 6 50 (36) M 8 8 7 45 (25) 8 4 27,2 38 10 8 90 10 5 41,3
28 j 6 60 (42) M 8 8 7 45 (36) 8 4 31,2 40 12 8 90 12 5,51) 43,3
32 k 6 80 (58) M 10 10 8 70 (50) 10 5 35,3 48 14 9 110 14 5,5 51,8
38 k 6 80 (58) M 10 10 8 70 (50) 10 5 41,3 60 18 11 140 18 7 64,4
40 h 7 58 M 10 12 8 50 12 5 43,3 70 20 12 180 20 7,5 74,9
48 k 6 110 (82) M 12 14 9 90 (70) 14 5,5 51,8 75 20 12 180 20 7,5 79,9
55 m 6 110 (82) M 12 16 10 90 (70) 16 6 59,3 90 25 14 200 25 9 95,4
60 m 6 105 M 16 18 11 90 18 7 64,4 110 28 16 250 28 10 116,4
70 j 6 105 M 16 20 12 90 20 7,5 74,9 * Lunghezza raccomandata. * Recommended length.
75 j 6 105 M 16 20 12 90 20 7,5 79,9
90 j 6 130 M 20 25 14 110 25 9 95,4
110 j 6 165 M 24 28 16 140 28 10 116,4
1) Tolleranza valida solo per estremità d’albero veloce. Per estremità d’albero lento (cap. 1) Tolerance valid only for high speed shaft end. Diameter D tolerance for low speed shaft
17) la tolleranza del diametro D è h7 per D v 60, j6 per D w 70. end (ch. 17) is h7 for D v 60, j6 for D w 70.
2) I valori tra parentesi sono relativi all’estremità d’albero corta. 2) Values in brackets are for short shaft end.
Perno macchina Shaft end of driven machine

Per il perno macchina sul quale va calettato l’albero cavo del ridut- Dimensions of shaft end to which the gear reducer’s hollow shaft is
tore si raccomandano le dimensioni riportate in tabella alla pagina to be keyed are those recommended in the table on following page
seguente e indicate nelle figure sottostanti. and shown in the figures below.
Grandezze 32 ... 50: calettamento con linguetta (fig. a) o caletta- Sizes 32 ... 50: fitting with key (fig. a) or fitting with key and locking
mento con linguetta e anelli di bloccaggio (fig. b). rings (fig. b).
Grandezze 63 ... 250: calettamento con linguetta (fig. c) o calettamento Sizes 63 ... 250: fitting with key (fig. c) or fitting with key and locking
con linguetta e bussola di bloccaggio (fig. d); ved. anche cap. 16 e 17. bush (fig. d); see also ch.16 and 17.
Nel caso di perno macchina cilindrico con diametro unico D (figg. In the case of cylindrical shaft end with only diameter D (fig. a, c), for
a, c) si consiglia, per la sede D lato introduzione, la tolleranza h6 o the seat D on input side, we recommend tolerance h6 or j6 instead
j6 anzichè j6 o k6 per facilitare il montaggio. of j6 or k6 to facilitate mounting.
Importante: il diametro del perno macchina in battuta contro il Important: the shoulder diameter of the shaft end of the driven machine
riduttore deve essere almeno (1,18 1,25) · D. abutting with the gear reducer must be at least (1,18 1,25) · D.
32 ... 50 63 ... 250
82
Grandezza D D3 E E0 E1 E2 E3 l m m0 n r
riduttore Ø Ø
Gear reducer
size H7/j6, k6 H7/h6
32 19 15 62,5 67 0 59 8 36 21 19,5 – 1,5

40 24 19 76,5 81 13 54 14 45 23,5 18,5 – 1,5
50 28 24 87 91,5 16,5 61 14 63 21,5 11,0 – 1,5
63, 64 32 27 110 – 57 34 10 70 28 – 6 1,5
80 38 32 134 – 71 39,5 12 90 30 – 6 1,5
81 40 34 134 – 71 39,5 12 90 30 – 6 1,5
100 48 41 162 – 87 46,5 14 110 35 – 7 2
125, 126 60 52 193 – 102 55 16 140 32 – 7 2
160 70 62 228 – 124 63 16 180 35 – 8 2
161 75 66 228 – 124 63 18 180 35 – 8 2
200 90 80 274 – 150 75 21 200 50 – 9 3
250 110 98 331 – 180 90 25 250 55 – 10 3
16 - Installazione e manutenzione 16 - Installation and maintencance

Generalità General
Assicurarsi che la struttura sulla quale viene fissato il riduttore o il Be sure that the structure on which gear reducer or gearmotor
motoriduttore sia piana, livellata e sufficientemente dimensionata is fitted is plane, levelled and sufficiently dimensioned in order to
per garantire la stabilità del fissaggio e l’assenza di vibrazioni, tenu- assure fitting stability and vibration absence, keeping in mind all
to conto di tutte le forze trasmesse dovute alle masse, al momento transmitted forces due to the masses, to the torque, to the radial
torcente, ai carichi radiali e assiali. and axial loads.
Collocare il riduttore o il motoriduttore in modo da garantire un Position the gear reducer or gearmotor so as to allow a free passage
ampio passaggio d’aria per la refrigerazione del riduttore e del of air for cooling both gear reducer and motor (especially at gear
motore (soprattutto dal lato ventola sia riduttore che motore). reducer and motor fan sides).
Evitare: strozzature nei passaggi dell’aria; vicinanza con fonti di Avoid: any obstruction to the air-flow; heat sources near the gear
calore che possano influenzare la temperatura dell’aria di refrige- reducer that might affect the temperature of cooling-air and of gear
razione e del riduttore per irraggiamento; insufficiente ricircolazione reducer for radiation; insufficient air recycle or any other factor hin-
d’aria e in generale applicazioni che compromettano il regolare dering the steady dissipation of heat.
smaltimento del calore. Mount the gear reducer so as not to receive vibrations.
Montare il riduttore in modo che non subisca vibrazioni. When external loads are present use pins or locking blocks, if neces-
In presenza di carichi esterni impiegare, se necessario, spine o sary.
arresti positivi. When fitting gear reducer and machine and/or gear reducer and
Nel fissaggio tra riduttore e macchina e/o tra riduttore ed eventuale eventual flange B5 it is recommended to use locking adhesives
flangia B5, si raccomanda l’impiego di adesivi bloccanti tipo LOC- such as LOCTITE on the fastening screws (also on flange mating
TITE nelle viti di fissaggio (anche nei piani di unione per fissaggio surfaces).
con flangia). For outdoor installation or in a hostile environment protect the gear
Per installazione all’aperto o in ambiente aggressivo verniciare il reducer or gearmotor with anticorrosion paint. Added protection
riduttore o motoriduttore con vernice anticorrosiva, proteggendolo may be afforded by water-repellent grease (especially around
eventualmente anche con grasso idrorepellente (specie in corri- the rotary seating of seal rings and the accessible zones of shaft
spondenza delle sedi rotanti degli anelli di tenuta e delle zone di end).
accesso alle estremità dell’albero). Gear reducers and gearmotors should be protected wherever pos-
Quando è possibile, proteggere il riduttore o motoriduttore con oppor- sible, and by whatever appropriate means, from solar radiation and
tuni accorgimenti dall’irraggiamento solare e dalle intemperie: quest’ul- extremes of weather; weather protection becomes essential when
tima protezione diventa necessaria quando gli assi lento o veloce high or low speed shafts are vertically disposed, or where the motor
sono verticali o quando il motore è verticale con ventola in alto. is installed vertical with fan uppermost.
Per temperatura ambiente maggiore di 40 °C o minore di 0 °C For ambient temperatures greater than 40 °C or less than 0 °C,
interpellarci. consult us.
Prima di effettuare l’allacciamento del motoriduttore assicurarsi che Before wiring-up the gearmotor, make sure that motor voltage corre-
la tensione del motore corrisponda a quella di alimentazione. Se il sponds to input voltage. If the direction of rotation is not as desired,
senso di rotazione non corrisponde a quello desiderato, invertire invert two phases at the terminals.
due fasi della linea di alimentazione. Star-delta starting should be adopted for starting on no load (or with
Quando l’avviamento è a vuoto (o comunque a carico molto ridotto) a very small load) and/or when the necessity is for smooth starts, low
ed è necessario avere avviamenti dolci, correnti di spunto basse, starting current and limited stresses.
sollecitazioni contenute, adottare l’avviamento stella-triangolo. If overloads are imposed for long periods of time, or if shocks or
Nel caso si prevedano sovraccarichi di lunga durata, urti o pericoli danger of jamming are envisaged, then motor-protections, electro-
di bloccaggio, installare salvamotori, limitatori elettronici di momento nic torque limiters, fluid couplings, safety couplings, control units or
torcente, giunti idraulici, di sicurezza, unità di controllo o altri dispo- other suitable devices should be fitted.
sitivi similari. Where duty cycles involve a high number of starts on-load, it is
Per servizi con elevato numero di avviamenti a carico è consigliabile advisable to utilize thermal probes (fitted on the wiring) for motor
la protezione del motore con sonde termiche (incorporate nello protection; a thermal overload relay is unsuitable since its threshold
stesso): il relé termico non è idoneo in quanto dovrebbe essere must be set higher than the motor’s nominal current rating.
tarato a valori superiori alla corrente nominale del motore. Use varistors to limit voltage peaks due to contactors.
Limitare i picchi di tensione dovuti ai contattori mediante l’impiego Caution! Bearing life, good shaft and coupling running depend
di varistori. on alignment precision between the shafts. Carefully align the
Attenzione! La durata dei cuscinetti e il buon funzionamento gear reducer with the motor and the driven machine (with the
di alberi e giunti dipendono anche dalla precisione dell’alline- aid of shims if need be), interposing flexible couplings whenever
amento tra gli alberi. Pertanto, occorre prestare la massima cura possible.
nell’allineamento del riduttore con il motore e con la macchina da Whenever a leakage of lubricant could cause heavy damages,
comandare (se necessario, spessorare) interponendo tutte le volte increase the frequency of inspections and/or envisage appropria-
che è possibile giunti elastici. te control devices (e.g.: remote oil level gauge, lubricant for food
Quando una perdita accidentale di lubrificante può comportare industry, etc.).
gravi danni, aumentare la frequenza delle ispezioni e/o adottare In polluting surroundings, take suitable precautions against lubri-
accorgimenti opportuni (es.: indicatore a distanza di livello olio, cant contamination through seal rings or other.
lubrificante per industria alimentare, ecc.).
In presenza di ambiente inquinante, impedire in modo adeguato la
possibilità di contaminazione del lubrificante attraverso gli anelli di
tenuta o altro.
83
16 - Installazione e manutenzione 16 - Installation and maintenance
Il riduttore o motoriduttore non deve essere messo in servizio prima Gear reducer or gearmotor should not be put into service before it
di essere incorporato su una macchina che risulti conforme alla has been incorporated on a machine which is conform to 98/37/EC
direttiva 98/37/CE. directive.
Per motori autofrenanti o speciali, richiedere documentazione speci- For brake or special motors, consult us for specific information.
fica.
Montaggio di organi sulle estremità d’albero Fitting of components to shaft ends
Per il foro degli organi calettati sull’estremità d’albero, si raccoman- It is recommended that the bore of parts keyed to shaft ends is
da la tolleranza H7; per estremità d’albero veloce con D w 55 mm, machined to H7 tolerance; G7 is permissible for high speed shaft
purché il carico sia uniforme e leggero, la tolleranza può essere G7; ends D w 55 mm, provided that load is uniform and light; for low
per estremità d’albero lento, salvo che il carico non sia uniforme speed shaft ends, tolerance must be K7 when load is not uniform
e leggero, la tolleranza deve essere K7. Altri dati secondo tabella and light. Other details are given in the «Shaft end» table (ch. 15).
«Estremità d’albero» (cap. 15). Before mounting, clean mating surfaces thoroughly and lubricate
Prima di procedere al montaggio pulire bene e lubrificare le superfi- against seizure and fretting corrosion.
ci di contatto per evitare il pericolo di grippaggio e l’ossidazione di Installing and removal operations should be carried out with pullers
contatto. Il montaggio e lo smontaggio si effettuano con l’ausilio di and jacking screws using the tapped hole at the shaft butt-end; for
tiranti ed estrattori servendosi del foro filettato in testa all’estremità H7/m6 and K7/j6 fits it is advisable that the part to be keyed is pre-
d’albero; per accoppiamenti H7/m6 e K7/j6 è consigliabile effettuare il heated to a temperature of 80 100 °C.
montaggio a caldo riscaldando l’organo da calettare a 80 100 °C.
Albero lento cavo Hollow low speed shaft
Per il perno delle macchine sul quale va calettato l’albero cavo del For the shaft end of machines where the hollow shaft of the gear
riduttore, raccomandiamo le tolleranze j6 oppure k6 secondo le reducer is to be keyed, j6 or k6 tolerances are recommended
esigenze. Altri dati secondo quanto indicato al paragrafo «Estremità (according to requirements). Other details are given under «Shaft
d’albero» e «Perno macchina» (cap. 15). end» and «Shaft end of driven machine» (ch. 15).
Per facilitare il montaggio e lo smontaggio dei riduttori grand. 63 ...250 In order to have an easier installing and removing of gear reducer
(con gola anello elastico), procedere come raffigurato nelle figg. a, b sizes 63 ... 250 (with circlip groove) proceed as per the drawings
rispettivamente. a, b, respectively.
Per il fissaggio assiale si può adottare il sistema raffigurato nelle The system illustrated in the fig. c, d is good for axial fastening.
figg. c, d. Per grand. 63 ... 250, quando il perno macchina è senza For sizes 63 ... 250, when shaft end of driven machine has no shoul-
battuta, si può interporre un distanziale tra l’anello elastico e il perno der a spacer may be located between the circlip and the shaft end
stesso (metà inferiore della figura d). itself (as in the lower half of the fig. d).
Utilizzando gli anelli di bloccaggio (grand. 32 ... 50, fig. e), o la bus- The use of locking rings (sizes 32 ...50, fig. e), or of locking bush
sola di bloccaggio (grandezze 63 ... 250, fig. f) si possono avere un (sizes 63 ... 250, fig. f) will permit easier and more accurate installing
montaggio e uno smontaggio più facili e precisi e l’eliminazione del and removing and to eliminate backlash between key and keyway.
gioco tra linguetta e relativa cava. The locking rings or the locking bush are fitted after mounting, the
Gli anelli o la bussola di bloccaggio devono essere inseriti dopo il shaft end of the driven machine must be as prescribed at ch. 15.
montaggio, il perno macchina deve essere come indicato al cap. Do not use molybdenum bisulphide or equivalent lubricant for the
15. Non utilizzare bisolfuro di molibdeno o lubrificanti equivalenti lubrication of the parts in contact. We recommend the use of a
per la lubrificazione delle superfici a contatto. Per il montaggio locking adhesive such as LOCTITE 601. For vertical ceiling-type
della vite si raccomanda l’impiego di adesivi bloccanti tipo LOCTI- mounting, contact us.
TE 601. Per montaggi verticali a soffitto interpellarci. A washer for installing, removing (excluding sizes 32 ... 50) and
A richiesta si può fornire (cap. 17) la rosetta di montaggio, smontag- axial fastening of gear reducer (ch. 17) with or without locking rings
gio (escluso grand. 32 ... 50) e fissaggio assiale riduttore con o senza or locking bush (dimensions shown in the table) and a protection
gli anelli o la bussola di bloccaggio (dimensioni indicate in tabella) e cap for the hollow low speed shaft can be supplied on request.
il cappellotto di protezione albero lento cavo. Le parti a contatto con Parts in contact with the circlip must have sharp edges.
l’eventuale anello elastico devono essere a spigolo vivo.
Montaggio a) e smontaggio b)
Installing a) and removing b)
Fissaggio assiale
Axial fastening
Calettamento con linguetta e anelli di

bloccaggio e) o bussola di bloccaggio f)
Fitting with key and locking rings e) or
locking bush f)
84
Grandezza A D D1 D3 E3 F F1 h h1 L n Vite fissaggio assiale
riduttore Ø Ø Ø ≈ Bolt for axial fastening
Gear reducer
size UNI 5737-88 M [daN m]3)
1)
32 – 19 22,5 15 – – – 14,8 2,8 6,3 1,1 M 8 25 2,9
40 – 24 27,5 19 – – – 14,8 2,8 12,6 1,2 M 8 251) 3,2
50 – 28 32 24 – – – 18,5 3,2 12,6 1,2 M 10 301) 4,3
63,64 18 32 23 27 9 M 10 M 6 10 – 19 6 M 10 35 4,3
80 18 38 27 32 11 M 10 M 6 12 – 23 6 M 10 35 5,3
81 18 40 28 34 11 M 10 M 6 12 – 23 6 M 10 35 5,3
100 23 48 35 41 13 M 12 M 8 14 – 28 7 M 12 45 9,2
125, 126 30 60 45 52 15 M 14 M 10 16 – 35 7 M 14 45 17
160 36 70 54 62 15 M 16 M 12 19 – 40 8 M 16 50 21
161 36 75 59 66 17 M 16 M 12 19 – 40 8 M 16 503) 21
200 49 90 72 80 20 M 20 M 16 23 – 49 9 M 20 602) 43
250 64 110 89 98 24 M 24 M 16 24 – 60 10 M 24 702) 83
1) UNI 5931-84. 1) UNI 5931-84.
2) Per bussola di bloccaggio: M 20 65 e M 24 80 UNI 5737-88 classe 10.9. 2) For locking bush: M 20 65 and M 24 80 UNI 5737-88 class 10.9.
3) Momento di serraggio per anelli o bussola di bloccaggio. 3) Tightening torque for locking rings or bush.
Lubrificazione Lubrication
La lubrificazione degli ingranaggi e dei cuscinetti della vite è a bagno Gear pairs and bearings on worm are oil-bath lubricated; sizes 200
d’olio; per grandezze 200 e 250, forma costruttiva B7 con velocità vite and 250 mounting position B7 with worm speed 710 min-1 have
710 min-1 i cuscinetti superiori della vite sono lubrificati per mezzo upper bearings on worm lubricated by a pump inside the casing.
di una pompa (interna alla carcassa). Anche gli altri cuscinetti sono Other bearings are likewise lubricated by oil-bath, or splashed, with
lubrificati a bagno d’olio o a sbattimento eccetto il cuscinetto supe- the exception of upper-bearings on wormwheel in mounting position
riore della ruota a vite, forma costruttiva V5 e V6, che è lubrificato con V5 and V6, where life-grease lubrication is employed (NILOS ring in
grasso «a vita» (anello NILOS per grandezze 161 ... 250). sizes 161 ... 250).
Per tutte le grandezze è prevista la lubrificazione con olio sintetico. All sizes are envisaged with synthetic oil lubrication.
Gli oli sintetici possono sopportare temperature fino a 95 110 °C. Synthetic oil can withstand temperature up to 95 110 °C.
Grandezze 32 ... 81: i riduttori vengono forniti completi di olio sin- Sizes 32 ... 81: gear reducers are supplied filled with syn-
tetico (AGIP Blasia S 320, KLÜBER Klübersynth GH 6-320, MOBIL thetic oil (AGIP Blasia S 320, KLÜBER Klübersynth GH 6-320,
Glygoyle HE 320, SHELL Tivela S 320; per velocità vite v 280 min-1 MOBIL Gly-goyle HE 320, SHELL Tivela S 320; when worm speed
KLÜBER Klübersynth GH 6-680, MOBIL Gligoyle HE 680, SHELL v 280 min-1 KLÜBER Klübersynth GH 6-680, MOBIL Glygoyle
Tivela S 680), per lubrificazione – in assenza di inquinamento HE 680, SHELL Tivela S 680), providing «long life» lubrica-
dall’esterno – «lunga vita», nelle quantità indicate nei cap. 8 e 10 tion, assuming pollution-free surroundings; quantities as indicated
e nella targa di lubrificazione. Temperatura ambiente 0 40 °C con in ch. 8 and 10, and on the lubrication plate. Ambient temperature
punte fino a -20 °C e +50 °C. 0 40 °C with peaks of -20 °C and +50 °C.
Grandezze 100 ... 250: i riduttori vengono forniti senza olio; prima Sizes 100 ... 250: gear reducers are supplied without oil; before
di metterli in funzione, immettere fino a livello, olio sintetico (AGIP putting into service, fill to the specified level with synthetic oil
Blasia S, ARAL Degol GS, BP-Energol SG-XP, MOBIL Glygoyle HE, (AGIP Blasia S, ARAL Degol GS, BP-Energol SG-XP, MOBIL Gly-
SHELL Tivela S, KLÜBER Klübersynth GH6 ...) avente la gradazione goyle HE, SHELL Tivela S, KLÜBER Klübersynth GH6 ...) having the
di viscosità ISO indicata in tabella. Normalmente il primo campo di ISO viscosity-grade given in the table. Under normal conditions, the
velocità riguarda il rotismo V, il secondo IV e V, (bassa velocità); il first speed range is for train of gears V, the second IV and V, (low
terzo gruppi e V, IV, 2IV (bassa velocità). speed), and the third combined units and V, IV, 2IV (low speed).
Dopo il rodaggio (ved. sotto) si consiglia (per velocità della vite Once the running-in period has been completed (see below) an oil
180 min-1) di sostituire l’olio effettuando possibilmente un accurato change accompanied by a through clean-out is advisable for worm
Gradazione di viscosità ISO ISO viscosity grade

Valore medio [cSt] della viscosità cinematica a 40 °C. Mean kinematic viscosity [cSt] at 40 °C.
Velocità vite Temperatura ambiente 0 40 °C2) – Olio sintetico / Ambient temperature 0 40 °C2) – Synthetic oil
Worm speed Grandezza riduttore - Gear reducer size
min-1
100 125 ... 161 200, 250
B31), V5, V6 B6, B7, B8 B31), V5, V6 B6, B7, B8
3)
2 800 1 400 320 320 220 220
3)
1 400 1 710 320 320 320 220
3)
2 710 1 355 460 460 460 320
3)
355 1 180 680 680 460 460
180 680 680 680
1) Non indicata in targa. 1) Not stated in name plate.
2) Sono ammesse punte di temperatura ambiente di 10 °C (20 °C per v 460 cSt) in meno 2) Peaks of 10 °C above and 10 °C (20 °C for v 460 cSt) below the ambient temperature
o 10 °C in più. range are acceptable.
3) Per queste velocità si consiglia, dopo rodaggio, di sostituire l’olio. 3) For these speeds we advise to replace oil after running-in.
Gruppi riduttori e motoriduttori: la lubrificazione è indipendente e Combined gear reducer and gearmotor units: lubrication remains
pertanto valgono le norme dei singoli riduttori. independent, thus data relative to each single gear reducer hold good.
Orientativamente l’intervallo di lubrificazione, in assenza di inqui- An overall guide to oil-change interval, is given in the table, and
namento dall’esterno, è quello indicato in tabella. Per sovraccarichi assumes pollution-free surroundings. Where heavy overloads are
forti dimezzare i valori. present, halve the value.
Temperatura olio [°C] Intervallo di lubrificazione [h] - Olio sintetico Oil temperature [°C] Oil-change interaval [h] - Synthetic oil
v 65 18 000 v 65 18 000
65 800 12 500 65 800 12 500
80 950 9 000 80 950 9 000
95 110 6 300 95 110 6 300
Non miscelare oli sintetici di marche diverse; se per il cambio dell’olio Never mix different makes of synthetic oil; if oil-change involves
si vuole utilizzare un tipo di olio diverso da quello precedentemente switching to a type different from that used hitherto, then give the gear
impiegato, effettuare un accurato lavaggio. reducer a thorough clean-out.
85
Rodaggio: è consigliabile un rodaggio di circa 400 1 600 h affin- Running-in: a period of about 400 1 600 h is advisable, by which
ché l’ingranaggio possa raggiungere il suo massimo rendimento time the gear pair will have reached maximum efficiency (ch. 15);
(cap. 15); durante questo periodo la temperatura dell’olio può rag- oil temperature during this period is likely to reach higher levels than
giungere valori più elevati del normale. would normally be the case.
Anelli di tenuta: la durata dipende da molti fattori quali velocità di Seal rings: duration depends on several factors such as dragging
strisciamento, temperatura, condizioni ambientali, ecc.; orientativa- speed, temperature, ambient conditions, etc.; as a rough guide; it
mente può variare da 3 150 a 25 000 h. can vary from 3 150 to 25 000 h.
Attenzione: per i riduttori grandezze 100 ... 250, prima di allentare il Warning: for gear reducers sizes 100 ... 250, before unscrewing the
tappo di carico con valvola (simbolo ) attendere che il riduttore filler plug with valve (symbol ) wait until the unit has cooled and
si sia raffreddato e aprire con cau- tela. then open with caution.
Sostituzione motore Motor replacement

Poiché i motoriduttori sono realizzati con motore normalizzato, la As all gearmotors are fitted with standard motors, motor replace-
sostituzione del motore – in caso di avaria – è facilitata al massimo. ment in case of breakdown is extremely easy. Simply observe the
È sufficiente osservare le seguenti norme: following instructions:
– assicurarsi che il motore abbia gli accoppiamenti lavorati in clas- – be sure than the mating surfaces are machined under accuracy
se precisa (UNEL 13501-69; DIN 42955); rating (UNEL 13501-69; DIN 42955);
– pulire accuratamente le superfici di accoppiamento; – clean surfaces to be fitted, thoroughly;
– controllare ed eventualmente ribassare la linguetta, in modo che tra – check and, if necessary, lower the parallel key so as to leave a
la sua sommità e il fondo della cava del foro ci sia un gioco di 0,1 clearance of 0,1 0,2 mm between its tip and the bottom of the
0,2 mm; se la cava sull’albero è uscente, spinare la linguetta; keyway; if shaft keyway is without end, lock the key with a pin;
per MR V: for MR V:
– controllare che la tolleranza dell’accoppiamento (di spinta) foro/ – check that the fit-tolerance (push-fit) between holes hole-shaft end
estremità d’albero sia G7/j6 per D v 28 mm, F7/k6 per D w 38 mm; is G7/j6 for D v 28 mm, F7/k6 for D w 38 mm;
– lubrificare le superfici di accoppiamento contro l’ossidazione di – lubricate surfaces to be fitted against fretting corrosion;
contatto;
per MR IV, 2IV: for MR IV, 2IV:
– controllare che la tolleranza dell’accoppiamento (bloccato nor- – check that the fit-tolerance (standard locking) between holes and
male) foro/estremità d’albero sia K6/j6 per D v 28 mm, J6/k6 per shaft end is K6/j6 for D v 28 mm, and J6/k6 for D w 38 mm; key
D w 38 mm; la lunghezza della linguetta deve essere almeno 0,9 length should be at least 0,9 pinion width;
la larghezza del pignone; – ensure that motor bearings and overhangs (dimension S) are as
– assicurarsi che i motori abbiano cuscinetti e sbalzi (quota S) come shown in the table;
indicato in tabella;
Grandezza Capacità di carico dinamico min [daN] Sbalzo max ‘S’
motore Min. dynamic load capacity [daN] Max dimension ‘S’
Motor size
Anteriore Posteriore mm
Front Rear
63 450 335 16
71 630 475 18
80 900 670 20
90 1 320 1 000 22,5
100 2 000 1 500 25
112 2 500 1 900 28
scarico per 132 3 550 2 650 33,5
estrazione pignone 160 4 750 3 350 37,5
groove for pulling 180 6 300 4 500 40
motore
pinion motor 200 8 000 5 600 45
riduttore
gear reducer 225 10 000 7 100 47,5
– montare sul motore il distanziale (con mastice; assicurarsi che – mount the spacer (with rubber cement check that between keyway
fra la cava linguetta e la battuta dell’albero motore ci sia un tratto and motor shaft shoulder there is a grounded cylindrical part of at
cilindrico rettificato di almeno 1,5 mm) e il pignone (quest’ultimo least 1,5 mm) and the pinion (the latter to be preheated to a tempe-
riscaldato a 80 100 °C), bloccando il tutto con vite in testa o con rature of 80 100 °C) on the motor, locking the assembly with either a
collare d’arresto; bolt to the shaft butt-end, or a stop collar;
– lubrificare con grasso la dentatura del pignone, la sede rotante – lubricate the pinion toothing, and the seal ring and its rotary sea-
dell’anello di tenuta e l’anello di tenuta stesso, ed effettuare – con ting with grease, assembling with extreme care.
molta cura – il montaggio.
Sistemi di fissaggio pendolare Shaft-mounting arrangements

La forma e la robustezza della carcassa consen- The strength and shape of the casing offer:
tono: interessanti sistemi di fissaggio pendolare, advantageous possibilities for shaft mounting
per es. anche motoriduttore con trasmissione a even – for instance – in the case of gearmotor
cinghia. with belt drive.
Di seguito vengono indicati alcuni significativi A few shaft mounting arrangements are shown
sistemi di fissaggio pendolare con le relative here with the relative details as to selection, and
indicazioni per la scelta e l’installazione. installation.
I sistemi di fissaggio pendolare fornibili sono In ch. 17 are shown the shaft-mounting arrange-
indicati nel cap. 17. ments which can be supplied.
IMPORTANTE. Nel fissaggio pendolare il moto- IMPORTANT. When shaft mounted, the gearmo-
riduttore deve essere sopportato radialmente e tor must be supported both axially and radially
assialmente dal perno della macchina e anco- by the shaft end of the driven machine, as well
rato contro la sola rotazione mediante un vincolo as anchored against rotation only, by means
libero assialmente e con giochi di accoppiamento sufficienti a of a reaction having freedom of axial movement and sufficient
consentire le piccole oscillazioni, sempre presenti, senza generare clearance in its couplings to permit minor oscillations – always in
pericolosi carichi supplementari sul motoriduttore stesso. Lubrifica- evidence – without provoking dangerous overloads on the actual
re con prodotti adeguati le cerniere e le parti soggette a scorrimen- gearmotor. Pivots and components subject to sliding have to be
to; per il montaggio delle viti si raccomanda l’impiego di adesivi properly lubricated; we recommend the use of a locking adhesive
bloccanti tipo LOCTITE 601. such as LOCTITE 601 when fitting the bolts.
86
Per grandezze 32 ... 126 è fornibile (cap. For sizes 32 ... 126 can be supplied
17) un sistema di reazione con bullone (ch. 17) a semi-flexible and economical
a molle a tazza, semielastico ed econo- reaction arrangement, with bolt using
mico. disc springs.
Sistema di reazione per grandezze Semi-flexible reaction arrangement for

63 ... 250 (cap. 17) semielastico con mol- sizes 63 ... 250 (ch. 17) using disc sprin-
le a tazza con staffa. gs and bracket.
Sistema di reazione rigido con braccio di Rigid reaction arrangement for variable-
reazione per grandezze 63 ... 250 (cap. distance anchorage for sizes 63 ... 250
17) per ancoraggio a distanza variabile. (ch. 17) using a torque arm.
Per senso di rotazione opposto a quello Where direction of rotation is opposite to
indicato ruotare il braccio di reazione di the one shown in the drawing, turn the
180°. torque arm through 180°.
Sistema di reazione come sopra per gran- Similar to the previous arrangement for
dezze 100 ... 250 (cap. 17), ma elastico; è sizes 100 ... 250 (ch. 17), but using a
possibile installare dispositivi di sicurezza flexible torque arm; safety devices may be
contro sovraccarichi accidentali. installed to prevent accidental overloads.
Indipendentemente dal senso di rota- The flexible torque arm may be turned
zione il braccio di reazione elastico può through 180° regardless of direction of
essere ruotato di 180°. rotation.
Per i casi più comuni, forza peso G ortogonale o parallela alla For the majority of normal cases, where weight force G is orthogonal
reazione RR come indicato negli schemi, il calcolo delle reazioni or parallel to reaction RR as illustrated in the drawings, reactions are
vincolari si effettua nel modo seguente: calculated thus:
A B
– G [daN]: forza peso circa uguale, numericamente, alla massa del – G [daN]: weight force almost equal numerically to gearmotor mass
motoriduttore (cap. 10); (ch. 10);
– M2 [daN m]: momento torcente in uscita da considerare con il – M2 [daN m]: output torque expressed by or – according to the
segno o – in funzione del senso di rotazione indicato in figura; direction of rotation in the drawing;
– x [m]: quota x = G 0,2 · Y (cap. 10); – x [m]: dimension to x = G 0,2 · Y (ch. 10);
– y [m]: quota y = 0,5 · B (cap. 10); – y [m]: dimension y = 0,5 · B (ch. 10);
– xR [m]: quota xR = 0,5 · A (schema a sinistra) oppure xR = H + S – xR [m]: dimension xR = 0,5 · A (drawing on the left) or xR = H + S
(schema a destra) (cap. 10 e 17); (drawing on the right) (ch. 10 and 17);
– l, s [m]: la quota s deve essere la minore possibile. – l, s [m]: dimension s must be the shortest possible;
1) reazione RR del vincolo R: 1) reaction RR produced by support R:
RR = (1 / xR) · [G · x + (± M2)] [daN]
2) momento flettente MfA nella sezione del cuscinetto A: 2) bending moment MfA through the cross-section of bearing A:
A MfA = [G · (y + s)] – [(± RR) · s] B MfA = √[G · (y + s)]2 + [RR · s]2 [daN m]
3) reazione radiale RA del cuscinetto A: 3) radial reaction RA produced by bearing A:
1 1
A RA = {[G · (y + s + l)] – [(± RR) · (s + l)]} B RA = √[G · (y + s + l)]2 + [RR · (s + l)]2 [daN]
l l
4) reazione radiale RB del cuscinetto B: 4) radial reaction RB produced by bearing B:
MfA [daN]
RB =
l
87
17 - Accessori ed esecuzioni speciali 17 - Accessories and non-standard designs
Alberi lenti Low speed shafts
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: albero Supplementary description when ordering by designation: standard,
lento normale o bisporgente. or double extension low speed shaft.
Grand. D E D1 h L1 L2 l 2Z Vite Massa
riduttore Ø Ø Bolt Mass
Gear [kg]
reducer
size Normale Bisporgente
UNI 5737-88
Standard Double ext.
32 19 h7 30 28 4 108 138 36 78 M 6 20 0,3 0,4
40 24 h7 36 35 5 128 164 45 92 M 8 25 0,6 0,7
50 28 h7 42 35 5 148 190 63 106 M 8 25 0,8 1
63, 64 32 h7 58 47 5 184 242 70 126 M 10 30 1,2 1,5
80 38 h7 58 47 5 208 266 90 150 M 10 30 1,9 2,4
81 40 h7 58 47 5 208 266 90 150 M 10 30 2,1 2,7
100 48 h7 82 57 6 262 344 110 180 M 12 40 3,7 4,9
125, 126 60 h7 105 82 8 317 422 140 212 M 16 45 7 9,4
160 70 j6 105 82 8 355 460 180 250 M 16 45 11 14
161 75 j6 105 82 8 355 460 180 250 M 16 45 12,6 16
200 90 j6 130 102 10 430 560 200 300 M 20 60 21 28
250 110 j6 165 135 12 525 690 250 360 M 24 60 39 51
Il diametro esterno dell’elemento o del distanziale in battuta contro il riduttore deve essere The shoulder outer diameter of the part, or of spacer abutting with the gear reducer must
(1,25 1,4) · D. be (1,25 1,4) · D.
Albero lento integrale (grandezza 250) Solid low speed shaft (size 250)
Per consentire gli elevati carichi radiali indicati a cata- In order to permit the high radial loads given in the
logo (250 bis), il riduttore grandezza 250 può essere ca-talogue (250 bis), the gear reducer size 250 can be
fornito con albero lento integrale e cuscinetti maggiorati. supplied with solid low speed shaft and strengthened
Le dimensioni non cambiano (manca rosetta sulla estre- bearings. Dimensions remain unchanged (missing the
mità d’albero). washer on shaft end).
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordina- Supplementary description when ordering by desi-
zione: albero lento integrale pos. 1 o 2 bisporgente. gnation: solid low speed shaft pos. 1 or 2 or double
extension.
Albero lento cavo maggiorato Oversized hollow low speed shaft

I riduttori e motoriduttori grandezze 32 ... 64 e 100 possono essere forniti The gear reducers and gearmotors sizes 32 ... 64 and 100 can be sup-
con albero lento cavo maggiorato; dimensioni come da tabella seguente. plied with oversized hollow low speed shaft; dimensions are according
to table on the left.
Grandezza D Linguetta Cava
riduttore Ø Parallel key Keyway
Gear b x h x l* b t t1
reducer size H7
32 20 6 6 36 6 41) 22,21)
40 25 8 7 45 8 4,51) 27,71)
50 30 8 7 63 8 51) 32,21)
632), 642) 35 10 8 90 10 61) 37,31)
100 50 14 9 110 14 5,51) 53,81)
* Lunghezza raccomandata. * Recommended length.

1) Valori non unificati. 1) Not unified values.
2) Senza gola anello elastico. 2) Without circlip groove.
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: albero Supplementary description when ordering by designation: oversi-
lento cavo maggiorato. zed hollow low speed shaft.
Flangia Flange
Tutti i riduttori e motoriduttori possono essere forniti con flangia B5 All gear reducers and gearmotors can be supplied with B5 flange
con fori passanti e centraggio «foro». having clearance holes and spigot «recess».
Si raccomanda l’impiego, sia nelle viti che nei piani di unione, di Locking adhesives such as LOCTITE are recommended both
adesivi bloccanti tipo LOCTITE. around threads and on mating surfaces.
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: flangia B5. Supplementary description when ordering by designation: flange B5.
Grandezza F G H1 H2 M N P Q S V Z Massa
riduttore Ø Ø Ø Ø H Mass
Gear kg
reducer
size h12 h12 H7
32 27 55 34,5 71 100 80 120 4 10 95 39 0,5
40 29,5 68 41,5 80 115 95 140 4 11 110 46 0,8
50 29,5 85 49 80 130 110 160 4,5 12 125 53 1
63, 64 11,5 80 58,5 100 165 130 200 4,5 14 152 63 2
80, 81 14 110 69,5 112 215 180 250 5 16 196 75 3,2
100 14 130 84,5 132 265 230 300 5 18 248 90 5,5
125, 126 188 180 99,5 150 300 250 350 6 20 290 106 8,5
160, 161 188 230 118,5 180 350 300 400 6 22 350 125 13
200 18 8 250 137,5 200 400 350 450 6 22 – 150 20
250 22 8 350 163 236 500 450 550 6 25 – 180 31
Sopportazione rinforzata asse lento Strengthened low speed shaft bearings

I riduttori e motoriduttori grandezze 63 ... 126 possono essere forniti Gear reducers and gearmotors sizes 63 ... 126 can be supplied with
con cuscinetti a rulli conici sull’asse lento per consentire elevati cari- taper roller bearings supporting the low speed shaft, allowing incre-
chi radiali e/o assiali; valori a richiesta, escluso quelli delle grandez- ased radial and/or axial loads. Values for sizes 100 ... 126 are given
ze 100 ... 126 che sono indicati nel cap. 14. in ch. 14, other values, consult us.
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: soppor- Supplementary description when ordering by designation: streng-
tazione rinforzata asse lento. thened low speed shaft bearings.
Sopportazione rinforzata asse veloce Strengthened high speed shaft bearings
I riduttori R IV grandezze 80 ... 126 con iN v 160 possono essere Gear reducers R IV sizes 80 ... 126 with iN v 160 can be supplied
forniti con cuscinetti a rulli cilindrici sull’asse veloce per consentire with cylindrical roller bearings supporting the high speed shaft
elevati carichi radiali, valori x 1,6 per grandezze 80 ... 100, x 1,4 per allowing increased radial loads, values x 1,6 for sizes 80 ... 100,
grandezze 125 e 126 (cap. 13); questa esecuzione è di serie per le x 1,4 for sizes 125 and 126 (ch. 13); this design is standard for sizes
grandezze 160 ... 250. 160 ... 250.
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: soppor- Supplementary description when ordering by designation: streng-
tazione rinforzata asse veloce. hened high speed shaft bearing.
88
Gioco controllato o ridotto Controlled or reduced backlash
Riduttori o motoririduttori con gioco controllato o ridotto. Gear reducers and gearmotors with worm gear pair controlled or
Valori pari a 1/2 (controllato) o 1/4 (ridotto) di quelli massimi indicati al reduced backlash.
cap. 15; esecuzione con gioco ridotto non possibile per R V e MR V con Values are 1/2 (controlled backlash) or 1/4 (reduced backlash) those
velocità in entrata n1 1 400 min-1. stated on ch. 15; reduced backlash designed not possible for R V and
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: gioco MR V with input speed n1 1 400 min-1.
controllato o ridotto. Supplementary description when ordering by designation: controlled
backlash or reduced backlash.
Flangia quadrata per servomotori Square flange for servomotors
I motoriduttori MR V e MR IV 32 ... 81 possono essere forniti con MR V and MR IV 32 ... 81 gearmotors can be supplied with motor
flangia attacco motore per accoppiamento con servomotori e, solo mouting flange when coupling with servomotors and, only for MR V,
per MR V, completi di collare di bloccaggio del calettamento con with hub clamp for fitting with key between gear reducer worm shaft
linguetta fra vite e albero motore; per MR IV il pignone della prima and motor shaft; for MR IV first reduction pinion keyed directly onto
riduzione calettato direttamente sulla estremità dell’albero motore motor shaft end permits to avoid backlash and consequently shock
elimina giochi e quindi urti sul calettamento stesso. on the same keying.
Tenuto conto che i servomotori non hanno dimensioni normalizzate, Considering that servomotors do not have any standardised dimen-
per la scelta verificare tutte le dimensioni di accoppiamento indicate sions, when selecting verify all coupling dimensions stated in the
in tabella; la quota d determina la grandezza motore normalizzato table; d dimension determines IEC stardardised motor size in cata-
IEC nella designazione motoriduttore di catalogo (ved. capp. 3 e 9). logue gearmotor designation (see ch. 3 and 9).
Per le altre dimensioni motoriduttore ved. cap. 10. For other gearmotor dimensions see ch. 10.
In caso di smontaggio del motore, allentare prima il collare di bloc- In case of motor removing, first loosen the hub clamp.
caggio. For the verifications of keying, motor mounting flange and motor
Per le verifiche di resistenza del calettamento, della flangia attacco bearing resistance according to motor performances, speed, mass
motore e dei cuscinetti motore in funzione di prestazioni, velocità, and length, consult us.
massa e lunghezza del motore stesso, interpellarci. Controlled or reduced backlash design can be supplied (see ch.15
Può essere fornita l’esecuzione con gioco controllato o ridotto and pag. 89).
(cap. 15 e pag. 89). Servogearmotors complete with synchronous «brushless» and asyn-
Per servomotoriduttori completi di motore sincrono «brushless» e asin- chronous «vector» motors designed for automation: see cat. SR.
croni «vettoriali» in esecuzione specifica per automazione, ved. cat. SR. Supplementary description when ordering by designation: square
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: flangia flange ... – ... (state V1 – d dimension; e.g.: 145-24).
quadrata ... – ... (indicare quota V1 – quota d; es.: 145-24).
Grandezza V1 F K M1 N1 P1 Q1 S d e
riduttore H Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø
Gear reducer H7
size 1)
32 90 M 6 7 100 80 120 4 9,5 11 23

90 M 64 – 100 80 120 4 9 11 23
40, 50 14 30
19 40
105 M 84 9,54 115 95 140 4 11 14 30
2) 19 40
120 – 9,54 130 110 160 4,5 11 19 40
4
63 ... 81 105 M 8 – 115 95 140 4 10 14 30
19 40
3) 120 M 84 9,54 130 110 160 4,5 12 19 40
24 50
145 – 11,54 165 130 195 4,5 12 19 40
24 50
28 60
1) Lunghezza utile del filetto 1,5 · F. 1) Working length of thread 1,5 · F.
2) Per grand. 40 solo d = 11 e 14. 2) For size 40, d = 11 and 14 only.
3) Per grand. 63 e 64 con V1 = 145 solo 3) For size 63 and 64 with V1 = 145 d = 24
Esempi di servomotoriduttori a vite con servomotore sincrono «brushless» e asincro-
d = 24. only.
no «vettoriale» ved cat. SR 04
Examples of worm servogearmotors with synchronous «brushless» and asynchro-
nous «vector» servomotor of cat. SR 04
Motoriduttore con giunto interposto Gearmotor with interposed coupling

I motoriduttori MR V 160 ... 250 possono essere forniti con l’interposi- Gearmotors MR V 160 ... 250 can be supplied with a coupling ready
zione, tra motore e riduttore, di un giunto (a denti di acciaio/resina) o fitted between gear reducer and motor. This may be a steel/plastic
di un giunto elastico. serrated coupling or a flexible coupling.
Questa esecuzione di motoriduttore utilizza un riduttore in esecuzione This kind of gearmotor utilizes UO2B gear reducer design (with redu-
UO2B (estremità di vite ridotta), al quale si aggiungono – oltre al moto- ced wormshaft end) to which a flange, a spacer and then the coupling
re – una flangia, un distanziale e il giunto. are added, in addition to the motor itself.
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione (che è quella dei motori- Supplementary description when ordering by designation (the same
duttori di cap. 9) per l’ordinazione: motoriduttore con giunto o con as for gearmotors in ch. 9): gearmotor with coupling or with flexible
giunto elastico. coupling.
Grandezza - Size
riduttore motore G
gear reducer motor
160, 161 180 330

200 180, 200 375
250 180, 200 440
225, 250 B5R 470
89
17 - Accessori ed esecuzioni speciali 17- Accessories and non-standard designs
Sistemi di fissaggio pendolare Shaft-mounting arrangements
Ved. chiarimenti tecnici al cap. 16. See technical explanations at ch. 16.
Per i valori delle quote A, B ved. cap. 8 e 10. For dimensions A, B see ch. 8 and 10.
Grand. Vite Molla a tazza T F R M2 v
riduttore Bolt Disc spring Ø 1) 2)
Gear
reducer
size UNI 5737-88 DIN 2093 daN m
32 M 6 40 A 18 n. 2 8 10 8 4,9 –
40 M 8 55 A 25 n. 2 10 14 11 6,5 –
50 M 8 55 A 25 n. 2 10 14 11 6,5 20
63, 64 M 12 70* A 35,5 n. 2 14 17 20 8,8 31,5
80, 81 M 12 90 A 35,5 n. 3 18 25 20 10,8 56
100 M 16 110 A 50 n. 2 23 32 20 13,1 100
125, 126 M 16 110 A 50 n. 2 23 32 20 13,1 160
1) Valore teorico: tolleranza 0 -1. 1) Theoretical value: tolerance 0 -1.
2) Per M2 maggiori impiegare 2 bulloni 2) For higher M2 values, utilize 2 reaction
di reazione o il sistema con staffa bolts or the arrangement with bracket
(ved. sotto). (see below).
* Vite modificata. * Modified bolt.
Questo sistema si può applicare – anzi è preferibile – sui lati 1. It is better if this arrangement is applied on sides 1.
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: bullone Supplementary description when ordering by designation: reac-
di reazione a molle a tazza. tion bolt using disc springs.
Grand. Vite Molla a tazza T F S U R

riduttore Bolt Disc spring Ø 1)
Gear
reducer
size UNI 5737-88 DIN 2093
63, 64 M 12 70* A 35,5 n. 1 14 17 20 38 23 6,8

80, 81 M 12 90 A 35,5 n. 2 18 25 20 38 23 8,8
100 M 16 110 A 50 n. 2 25 32 20 50 30 13,1
125, 126 M 16 110 A 50 n. 2 25 32 20 50 30 13,1
160, 161 M 20 130 A 63 n. 3 23 38 24 65 40 17,9
200 M 24 160 A 80 n. 2 29 48 30 80 48 20,7
250 M 30 200 A 100 n. 2 37 60 36 100 40 26,2
1) Valore teorico: tolleranza 0 -1. 1) Theoretical value: tolerance 0 -1.
* Vite modificata. * Modified bolt.
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: bullone Supplementary description when ordering by designation: reaction
di reazione a molle a tazza con staffa. bolt using disc springs and bracket.
Grand. f O S L X Y Z l
riduttore Ø Ø ≈
Gear
reducer
size
63, 64 12 280 350 38 14 – – – 50

80, 81 12 280 350 38 14 – – – 56
100 16 410 510 50 17 52 242 84 74
125, 126 16 410 510 50 17 52 242 84 74
160, 161 22 580 680 65 24 64 285 147 92
200 28 580 680 80 30 88 305 137 113
250 28 580 680 100 30 88 305 137 141
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: brac- Supplementary description when ordering by designation: rigid
cio di reazione rigido con staffa (per orientamento braccio di (for torque arm positioning, see ch. 16) or flexible torque arm
reazione ved. cap. 16) o elastico con staffa. using bracket.
Rosetta albero lento cavo Hollow low speed shaft washer

Tutti i riduttori o motoriduttori possono essere forniti di rosetta, anello All gear reducers and gearmotors can be supplied with washer, cir-
elastico (escluse grand. 32 ... 50), vite per il fissaggio assiale e cap- clip (excluding sizes 32 ... 50), bolt for axial fastening and protection
pellotto di protezione (cap. 16). cap (ch. 16).
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: rosetta Supplementary description when ordering by designation: hollow
albero lento cavo. low speed shaft washer.
90
Rosetta albero lento cavo con anelli o bussola di Hollow low speed shaft washer with locking rings
bloccaggio or bush
Tutti i riduttori e motoriduttori possono essere forniti di rosetta, anello All gear reducers and gearmotors can be supplied with washer,
elastico (escluse grand. 32 ... 50), anelli di bloccaggio (grand. 32 circlip (excluding sizes 32 ... 50), locking rings (sizes 32 ... 50) or
... 50) o bussola di bloccaggio (grand. 63 ... 250), vite per il fissag- locking bush (sizes 63 ... 250), bolt for axial fastening and protection
gio assiale e cappellotto di protezione (cap. 16). cap (ch. 16).
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: rosetta Supplementary description when ordering by designation: hollow
albero lento cavo con anelli o bussola di bloccaggio. low speed shaft washer with locking rings or bush.
Protezione albero lento cavo Hollow low speed shaft protection

I riduttori e motoriduttori, grandezze 32 ... 161, possono essere Gear reducers and gearmotors, sizes 32 ... 161, can be supplied
forniti del solo cappellotto di protezione della zona non utilizzata with only the protection cap for the area not utilized by the hollow
dell’albero lento cavo (cap. 16). low speed shaft (ch. 16).
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione per l’ordinazione: prote- Supplementary description when ordering by designation: hollow
zione albero lento cavo. low speed shaft protection.
Riduttori esecuzione ATEX II 2 GD e 3 GD Gear reducer design ATEX II 2 GD and 3 GD

Per consentirne l’utilizzo in zone con atmosfere potenzialmente Worm gear reducers and gearmotors may be supplied according to
esplosive, conformi alla direttiva comunitaria ATEX 94/9/CE, catego- European Community Directive ATEX 94/9/EC in order to be used in
ria 2 GD (per funzionamento in zone 1 (gas), 21 (polveri): presenza di potentially explosive atmospheres - category 2 GD (for operation in zones
atmosfera esplosiva probabile) e 3 GD (per funzionamento in zone 2 1 (gas), 21 (dust): probable presence of explosive atmosphere) and 3
(gas), 22 (polveri): presenza di atmosfera esplosiva improbabile) con GD (for operation in zones 2 (gas) 22 (dust): improbable presence of
temperatura superficiale 135 °C (T4). explosive atmosphere) - with surface temperature T 135 °C (T4).
Le varianti principali di questo prodotto sono: These are the main variations of the product:
– anelli di tenuta in gomma fluorata; – fluoro-rubber seal rings;
– tappi metallici; tappo di carico con filtro e valvola; – metal plugs; filler plug with filter and valve;
– targa speciale con marcatura ATEX e dati dei limiti – special name plate with ATEX mark and indication of
applicativi; application limits;
Per la categoria 2 GD, in funzione dell'intervallo For category 2 GD also, depending on minimum
minimo di controllo, anche: control intervals, also:
2 GD controllo mensile 2 GD monthly control
– doppi anelli di tenuta asse lento; – double seal rings on low speed shaft;
2 GD controllo trimestrale (grand. 200, 250) 2 GD quartely control (size 200, 250)
– doppi anelli di tenuta asse lento; – double seal rings on low speed shaft;
– sensore temperatura olio; – oil temperature probe;
tale soluzione è consigliabile qualora il riduttore sia difficilmente this solution is advisable when the gear reducer has difficult access
accessibile o quanto si voglia diminuire la frequenza dei controlli. or when a decrease in control frequency is required.
Temperatura ambiente di funzionamento: -20 ÷ +40 °C. Operating ambient temperature: -20 ÷ +40 °C.
Le «Istruzioni di installazione e manutenzione riduttori ATEX» The «Installation and maintenance instructions for ATEX gear
UT.D 123 (più eventuale documentazione aggiuntiva) sono parte reducers» UT.D 123 (whit the additional documentation, if any) are
integrante della fornitura di ogni riduttore; ogni indicazione in integral part of the supply of each gear reducer; every indication
esse contenuta deve essere scrupolosamente applicata. In caso di stated in it must be carefully applied. In case of needs, consult us.
necessità interpellarci.
Scelta grandezza riduttore Gear reducer size selection

Per determinazione della grandezza riduttore procedere come indi- Determine the size of gear reducer as indicated in ch. 6 considering
cato al cap. 6, tenendo presente le seguenti ulteriori limitazioni: following additional limitations:
– massima velocità entrata n1 1 500 min-1; – maximum input speed n1 1 500 min-1;
– fattore di servizio richiesto determinato come al cap. 6 aumenta- – service factor requested determined according to ch. 6 increa-
to con i fattori di tabella 1 e comunque mai inferiore a 0,85. sed with the factors stated in table 1 - never lower than 0,85.
Tabella 1. Fattore correttivo f s Table 1. Corrective factor f s
2 G/D 3 G/D 2 G/D 3 G/D
Fattore correttivo Corrective factor of
fs richiesto 1,25 1,12 fs required 1,25 1,12
Verificare, infine, che la potenza applicata P 1 sia minore o uguale Verify, at last, that the applied power P 1 is lower than or equal to
alla potenza termica nominale PtN (ved. tabelle a pag. 92) moltipli- nominal thermal power PtN (see tables on pag. 92) multiplied by
cata per il fattore correttivo di tabella 2 e i fattori correttivi di catalogo the corrective factor stated on table 2 and the corrective factors of
(ved. cap. 4). catalogue (see ch. 4).
Tabella 2. Fattore correttivo f t Table 2. corrective factor for ft
2 G/D 3 G/D 2 G/D 3 G/D
Fattore correttivo Corrective factor of
ft (potenza termica) 0,8 0,9 ft (thermal power) 0,8 0,9
Descrizione aggiuntiva alla designazione2) per l’ordinazione: Additional description when ordering by designation2):
esecuzione ATEX II ... design ATEX II ...
... 3 GD T4 grand. 32 ... 250 ... 3 GD T4 sizes 32 ... 250
... 2 GD T4 controllo mensile grand. 32 ... 250 ... 2 GD T4 monthly control sizes 32 ... 250
... 2 GD T4 controllo trimestrale grand. 200 ... 250 ... 2 GD T4 quarterly control sizes 200 ... 250
2) Questa designazione, in caso di motoriduttore, riguarda la sola parte riduttore. 2) For gearmotors, this designation refers to the only gear reducer part.
91
P tN [kW] per riduttori e motoriduttori PtN [kW] for gear reducers and gearmotors
grand. / Size 32 grand. / size 40
nvite 2) u worm
vite nvite 2) u worm
vite
worm
worm
min-1
min-1 7 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 7 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1 400 0,82 0,67 – – 0,44 – – – – – 1 400 1,14 0,93 0,84 0,77 0,6 0,55 0,49 – – –
1 120 – 0,61 – – 0,4 – – – – – 1 120 1,04 0,84 0,76 0,69 0,55 0,49 0,45 – – –
900 – – – – – – – – – – 900 0,94 0,76 0,7 0,64 0,5 0,46 – – – –
710 – – – – – – – – – – 710 0,87 0,7 0,63 0,58 0,45 0,41 – – – –
560 – – – – – – – – – – 560 0,8 0,64 – – 0,41 – – – – –
450 – – – – – – – – – – 450 – – – – 0,38 – – – – –
grand. / Size 50 grand. / Size 63, 64

nvite 2) u worm
vite nvite
worm
2) u worm
vite
worm
min-1 min-1
7 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 7 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1 400 1,72 1,4 1,29 1,18 0,92 0,84 0,76 0,68 – – 1 400 2,73 2,34 1,97 1,81 1,67 1,3 1,17 1,08 0,96 –
1 120 1,58 1,28 1,16 1,06 0,83 0,76 0,68 0,62 – – 1 120 2,49 2,13 1,79 1,64 1,5 1,17 1,06 0,97 – –
900 1,43 1,16 1,05 0,96 0,75 0,69 0,63 – – – 900 2,28 1,93 1,62 1,48 1,37 1,06 0,95 0,88 – –
710 1,31 1,05 0,96 0,88 0,69 0,63 0,57 – – – 710 2,07 1,75 1,46 1,34 1,24 0,96 0,87 – – –
560 1,2 0,96 0,88 0,81 0,63 0,58 – – – – 560 1,9 1,61 1,34 1,23 – 0,88 0,8 – – –
450 1,1 0,89 0,82 0,75 0,58 0,54 – – – – 450 1,76 1,48 1,24 1,14 – 0,82 – – – –
355 1,01 0,81 – – 0,53 – – – – – 355 1,62 1,37 1,13 1,04 – 0,74 – – – –
280 – – – – 0,5 – – – – – 280 1,51 1,27 1,06 – – – – – – –
grand. / Size 80, 81 grand. / Size 100
nvite 2) u worm
vite
nvite 2) u worm
vite
worm worm
min-1 7 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 min-1 7 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1 400 4,15 3,59 3,04 2,82 2,58 2,1 1,83 1,66 1,49 1,32 1 400 – 9,8 8,5 7,8 7,2 5,7 5,1 – – –
1 120 3,82 3,28 2,76 2,54 2,34 1,82 1,65 1,5 1,35 – 1 120 – 8,5 7,3 6,6 6,2 4,84 4,32 – – –
900 3,51 2,99 2,51 2,31 2,11 1,65 1,49 1,36 1,23 – 900 – 7,2 6,2 5,6 5,3 4,12 3,67 3,4 – –
710 3,17 2,7 2,27 2,09 1,91 1,49 1,35 1,23 1,11 – 710 – 6,2 5,3 4,8 4,45 3,5 3,11 2,87 – –
560 2,89 2,46 2,06 1,89 1,75 1,36 1,22 1,13 – – 560 – 5,3 4,49 4,08 3,79 2,97 2,64 2,44 – –
450 2,67 2,28 1,9 1,75 1,61 1,24 1,13 1,05 – – 450 – 4,59 3,9 3,54 3,3 2,56 2,3 – – –
355 2,47 2,09 1,73 1,6 1,49 1,14 1,04 – – – 355 – 4,02 3,41 3,09 2,89 2,24 2,01 – – –
280 2,31 1,94 1,61 1,49 – 1,06 0,96 – – – 280 – 3,55 3,01 2,76 2,57 1,99 1,79 – – –
224 2,11 1,8 1,5 – – 0,99 – – – – 224 – 3,18 2,69 2,44 – 1,78 1,59 – – –
180 1,98 1,69 1,4 – – – – – – – 180 – 2,88 2,42 2,21 – 1,6 – – – –
140 1,8 – – – – – – – – – 140 – 2,52 2,12 – – 1,4 – – – –
112 – – – – – – – – – – 112 – 2,25 1,9 – – – – – – –
grand. / Size 125, 126 grand. / Size 160, 161

u worm nvite 2) u worm
nvite
worm
2) vite
worm
vite
min-1 min-1 7 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
7 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1 400 – 15,2 14 12,2 11,2 10,4 8 7,1 6,6 5,9 1 400 – 23,4 21,8 18,9 17,4 16,1 12,5 11,4 10,3 9,3
1 120 – 13,1 11,9 10,3 9,5 8,8 6,7 6 5,6 – 1 120 – 20,2 18,9 16,3 14,9 13,8 10,8 9,7 8,7 7,8
900 – 11,3 10,2 8,9 8,1 7,5 5,8 5,1 4,76 – 900 – 17,4 16,1 13,9 12,7 11,8 9,1 8,3 7,5 6,7
710 – 9,6 8,7 7,5 6,9 6,4 4,89 4,36 4,03 – 710 – 15 13,8 11,8 10,8 10 7,7 7 6,3 5,7
560 – 8,3 7,4 6,4 5,8 5,4 4,17 3,7 3,44 – 560 – 12,8 11,8 10,1 9,2 8,5 6,6 6 5,4 4,82
450 – 7,2 6,4 5,6 5,1 4,7 3,6 3,21 2,99 – 450 – 11,1 10,2 8,7 8 7,4 5,7 5,1 4,67 4,17
355 – 6,2 5,6 4,81 4,4 4,11 3,12 2,81 – – 355 – 9,6 8,8 7,5 6,9 6,4 4,81 4,44 4,05 3,65
280 – 5,5 4,99 4,27 3,92 3,64 2,77 2,49 – – 280 – 8,5 7,8 6,7 6,1 5,6 4,32 3,95 3,6 –
224 – 4,91 4,46 3,81 3,49 3,24 2,48 2,23 – – 224 – 7,6 7 5,9 5,4 5 3,86 3,51 3,23 –
180 – 4,42 3,98 3,4 3,11 – 2,21 2,01 – – 180 – 6,9 6,3 5,4 4,86 4,49 3,48 3,16 2,89 –
140 – 3,9 3,51 3,01 2,75 – 1,97 – – – 140 – 6 5,5 4,63 4,26 – 3,02 2,78 2,32 –
112 – 3,48 3,14 2,68 – – 1,75 – – – 112 – 5,4 4,92 4,16 3,81 – 2,71 2,5 – –
90 1) – 3,14 2,85 – – – – – – – 901) – 4,81 4,42 3,74 3,43 – 2,46 2,25 – –
grand. / Size 200 grand. / Size 250

nvite 2) u worm
vite
nvite 2) u worm
vite
worm worm
min-1 min-1
7 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 7 10 13 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
1 400 – – 33,1 31,3 27 25,1 19,4 17,7 16,2 14,5 1 400 – – – 48,5 41,2 39,4 35,5 27,3 25,7 23,2
1 120 – – 28,6 26,9 23,2 21,5 16,7 15 13,9 12,3 1 120 – – – 42,2 36 34 30,2 23,8 22,1 19,7
900 – – 24,7 23,1 20 18,3 14,5 12,8 11,7 10,5 900 – – – 36,8 31 29,6 25,9 20,4 18,9 16,8
710 – – 21,2 19,9 17 15,7 12,2 10,9 10 8,9 710 – – – 31,2 26,4 25 22,2 17,3 16 14,4
560 – – 18,2 17 14,5 13,4 10,4 9,3 8,5 7,6 560 – – – 26,9 22,8 21,4 18,8 14,9 13,6 12,2
450 – – 15,8 14,7 12,6 11,6 9 8 7,3 6,5 450 – – – 23,4 19,7 18,6 16,3 12,8 11,8 10,6
355 – – 13,7 12,7 10,8 10 7,7 6,9 6,3 5,7 355 – – – 20,2 17 15,9 14 11 10,1 9,1
280 – – 12 11,2 9,5 8,8 6,8 6,1 5,6 – 280 – – – 17,7 14,9 14 12,3 9,6 8,9 8
224 – – 10,7 10 8,5 7,8 6 5,4 5 – 224 – – – 15,8 13,1 12,4 11 8,5 7,9 7,2
180 – – 9,6 9 7,6 7 5,4 4,85 4,52 – 180 – – – 14,2 11,8 11,1 9,8 7,7 7,1 6,4
140 – – 8,4 7,8 6,6 6,1 4,74 4,25 3,93 – 140 – – – 12,5 10,3 9,8 – 6,7 6,2 –
112 – – 7,5 7,1 5,9 5,5 4,17 3,83 – – 112 – – – 11 9,1 8,6 – 5,9 5,6 –
901) – – 6,8 6,3 5,3 4,93 3,79 3,46 – – 901) – – – 9,9 8,3 7,8 – 5,4 5 –
1) Per velocità nx comprese tra due valori tabulati (nsup, ninf), adottare il valore inferiore più 1) For worm speed nxintemediate between two stated values (nsup, ninf), select the nearest
vicino oppure interpolare. lower value or interpolate.
2) Per nvite 90 min-1, interpellarci. 2) For nworm 90 min-1, consult us.
92
Motori: nella tabella seguente sono indicati i requisiti minimi per i Motors: the following table contains the minimum requirements for motors
motori da installare con i riduttori in zone con atmosfere potenzial- to be installed with gear reducers in areas with potentially explosive athmo-
mente esplosive e i motori fornibili da Rossi Motoriduttori spheres and the motors which can be supplied by Rossi Motoriduttori.
Zona Categoria apparecchio richiesta1) Motore fornibile da Rossi Motoriduttori
Zone Required category of equipment1) Motor supplied by Rossi Motoriduttori
Riduttore Motore Riduttore Motore normale

Gear Motor Gear reducer Standard motor
reducer 132 160
3) 3)
1 2 G/D 3)
2 G EExe con termistori 2 GD c, k T135°C (T4) 2 GD EEx d IIB T135°C (T4) 2 GD EEx d IIB T135°C (T4)
o Pt100
2 G EExd
with thermistors
2 G EExde or Pt100
4)
21 2D 2 D IP65 2 D T135°C IP65
5) 4) 4)
2 3G 3 G EExn – 3 GD c, k T135°C (T4) 3 GD EEx nA II T135°C (T3) 3 GD EEx nA II T135°C (T3)
2)
22 3D 3 D IP54 –
1) Gli apparecchi idonei per zona 1 lo sono anche per zona 2; analogamente quelli idonei 1) The devices suitable for zone 1 are also suitable for zone 2; similarly the devices suita-
1) per zona 21 lo sono anche per zona 22. 1) ble for zone 21 are also suitable for zone 22.
2) Per polveri conduttrici il motore deve essere 2 D IP65. 2) For conductive dusts motor must be 2 D IP 65.
3) Disponibile anche EEx de. 3) Also EExde available.
4) Non fornibile con servoventilatore. 4) It cannot be supplied with independent cooling fan.
5) In caso di motoriduttore destinato alla zona 2 , la classe di temperatura dell'assieme 5) For gearmotors used in zone 2, the temperature class of the assembly (gear reducer
1) (motore e riduttore) diventa T3. 1) and motor) becomes T3.
EEx e metodo di protezione per gli apparecchi elettrici: sicurezza EEx e type of protection for electrical apparatus: increased safety,
aumentata, norma di riferimento EN 50019; reference standard EN 50019;
EEx d metodo di protezione per gli apparecchi elettrici: custodia a EEx d type of protection for electrical apparatus: flameproof,
prova di esplosione, norma di riferimento EN 50018; reference standard EN 50018;
EEx de metodo di protezione per gli apparecchi elettrici: combinazione EEx de type of protection for electrical apparatus: combination of 2
dei 2 metodi precedenti, norme di riferimento EN 50018 e previous types, reference standard EN 50018 end EN 50019;
EN 50019; EEx nA type of protection for electrical apparatus: non-sparking,
EEx nA metodo di protezione per gli apparecchi elettrici: antiscintilla, reference standard EN 50021;
norma di riferimento EN 50021;
c type of protection for non-electrical equipment: safe construc-
c metodo di protezione per gli apparecchi non elettrici: tion,
costruzione sicura, norma di riferimento prEN 13463-5; reference standard prEN 13463-5;
k metodo di protezione per gli apparecchi non elettrici: k type of protection for non-electrical equipment: liquid,
immersione in liquido, norma di riferimento prEN 13463-8; immersion, reference standard prEN 13463-8;
Per il metodo di protezione degli apparecchi elettrici per l'uso in pre- For type of protection of electrical apparatus for use in the presence of
senza di polveri combustibili: norma di riferimento EN 50281. combstible dust: reference standard EN 50281.
Varie Miscellaneous
– Serbatoio d’espansione per funzionamento continuo e a velocità – Expansion tank for continuous duty and high speed running of
elevata di riduttori e motoriduttori IV 100 ... 250 e 2IV 100 ... 126 gear reducers and gearmotors IV 100 ... 250 and 2IV 100 ... 126
forma costruttiva B6. mounting position B6.
– Riduttori e motoriduttori grandezze 100 ... 250 forniti completi di – Gear reducers and gearmotors sizes 100 ... 250 supplied filled
olio sintetico. with synthetic oil.
– Motoriduttori con: – Gearmotors with:
– – motore autofrenante (anche monofase) HFV con freno di – – HFV (also single-phase) brake motor with d.c. safety and/or
sicurezza e/o stazionamento a c.c. (grand. 63 ... 132) con parking brake (sizes 63 ... 132) having overall dimensions
ingombri quasi uguali al motore normale e momento frenante nearly the same of a standard motor and braking torque Mf MN,
Mf MN, massima economicità; maximum economy;
– – motore a doppia polarità, normale HF, autofrenante F0 e HFV – – two-speed motor, HF standard motor, F0 and HFV brake
a 2.4, 2.6, 2.8, 2.12, 4.6, 4.8, 6.8 poli; motors: 2.4, 2.6, 2.8, 2.12, 4.6, 4.8, 6.8 poles;
– – motore autofrenante per traslazione a 2, 2.4, 2.6, 2.8, 2.12 poli – – FV0 brake motor for traverse movements: 2, 2.4, 2.6, 2.8, 2.12
(sempre con freno a c.c. silenzioso, ved. foto) FV0; poles (always with low noise d.c. brake, see picture);
– – motore: a c.c.; monofase; antideflagrante; con seconda estremità – – motor featuring: d.c. supply; single-phase; explosion-proof; with
d’albero; con protezione, tensione e frequenza speciali; con prote- second shaft end; with non-standard protection, voltage and
zioni contro i sovraccarichi e il surriscaldamento; frequency; provided with devices against overloads and overhea-
– – motore senza ventola con refrigerazione esterna per convezione ting;
naturale (grand. 63 ... 112); esecuzione normalmente utilizzata per – – motor without fan cooled by natural convection (size 63 ... 112);
ambiente tessile. design for textile industry.
– Riduttori e motoriduttori con limitatore meccanico di momento tor- – Gear reducers and gearmotors with mechanical torque limiter on
cente in uscita grand. riduttore 32 ... 160 (escluso grand. 81). output shaft, gear reducer sizes 32 ... 160 (excluding size 81).
– Esecuzione riduttore con limitatore meccanico ad attrito di momento – Gear reducer design with mechanical friction type torque limiter
torcente (guarnizioni d’attrito senza amianto), compatto, con elevato (friction surfaces without asbestos), compact and with high transmis-
momento torcente trasmissibile – fino a 300 daN m – e di alto livello sible torque – up to 300 daN m – and top quality standards.
di qualità. – It protects the drive from accidental overloads by excluding the effect
– Protegge la trasmissione da sovraccarichi accidentali escludendo of intertia loads transmitted from up-line masses and, also if the gear
gli effetti del momento d’inerzia delle masse a monte e, anche se il reducer is irreversible (the torque limiter being mounted on the output
riduttore è irreversibile (essendo il limitatore in uscita), a valle. shaft), inertia loads transmitted from down-line masses.
– Quando il momento torcente trasmesso tende a superare quello di – When the transmitted torque tends to exceed the setting value the
taratura si ha lo «slittamento» della trasmissione che però resta in drive «slips» although it remains engaged with torque equal to the
presa con un momento torcente pari a quello di taratura del limita- limiter setting value; slipping stops as soon as the load returns to
tore; lo slittamento cessa quando il carico ritorna normale; nel caso normal; in the case of very brief overloads the driven machine will
di sovraccarichi di breve durata la macchina può riprendere il nor- continue normal operation (after decelating or stopping) without
male funzionamento (dopo rallentamento o fermata) senza che siano requiring reset procedures.
necessarie manovre di riavviamento.
93
a richiesta a richiesta
on request on request
Montaggio limitatore nei

gruppi (combinati)
Montaggio limitatore esterno Montaggio limitatore intermedio Limiter mounting onto
External limiter mounting Intermediate limiter mounting combined units
Questo sistema, essendo esterno all’ingranaggio, ha taratura co- The system, as the unit is mounted externally to the gear pair, will
stante al variare del senso di rotazione e non modifica la rigidezza not after if the direction of rotation changes and it does not affect
e la precisione d’ingranaggio tra vite e ruota a vite (importante per the rigidity and meshing precision between worm and worm wheel
garantire, nel tempo, la corretta trasmissione del momento e il con- (this is important to ensure the correct transmission of torque and
tenimento del gioco tra i denti); consente, inoltre, anche il fissaggio the limitation of undue backlash between teeth through time). The
pendolare, con limitatore sia esterno (maggiore accessibilità), sia system also permits shaft mounting with the limiter mounted ex-
intermedio (maggiore protezione antinfortunistica). Può essere inter- ternally (easily accessible) or in the intermediate position (better
posto, nei gruppi, tra riduttore a vite iniziale e quello finale grand. safety protection). It can be interposed, in the combined units,
100 ... 250. between initial worm gear reducer and final worm gear reducer,
A richiesta segnalatore di scorrimento. Per maggiori dettagli ved. sizes 100 ... 250.
documentazione specifica. On request slide detector. For more details see specific literature.
– Modulo MLA e MLS limitatore meccanico di momento tor- – MLA and MLS unit, mechanical torque limiter on input shaft,
cente in entrata, grand. motore 80 ... 200 (180 per MLS). motor sizes 80 ... 200 (180 for MLS).
– Modulo limitatore meccanico di momento torcente da interporre – Mechanical torque limiter unit to be interposed between gear
tra riduttore e motore normalizzato IEC in B5 (o motovariatore a reducer and B5 mounting position motor standardized to IEC
cinghia o epicicloidale) o, nei gruppi, tra riduttore iniziale e ridut- or (wide belt or planetary motor-variator) or, in combined units,
tore a vite finale grand. 50 ... 250. between the initial gear reducer and the final worm gear reducer,
– Esecuzione assialmente molto compatta; ottima sopportazione sizes 50 ... 250.
con cuscinetti – obliqui a due corone di sfere (grand. motore – Axially ultra-compact design: excellent load bearing with life lubri-
v 112) o a rulli conici a «O» – lubrificati a vita. cated double row angular contact ball bearings (motor size v 112)
– Protegge la trasmissione da sovraccarichi accidentali escludendo or «O» disposed taper roller bearings.
gli effetti del momento d’inerzia delle masse a monte e, se il ridut- – The unit protects the drive from accidental overloads by excluding
tore è reversibile (essendo il limitatore in entrata), a valle. inertia loads trasmitted from up-line masses and if the gear redu-
– Il tipo LA è ad attrito (guarnizioni d’attrito senza amianto). Quan- cer is reversible (the torque limiter being on the input shaft), inertia
do il momento torcente trasmesso tende a superare quello di loads transmitted from down-line masses.
taratura si ha lo «slittamento» della trasmissione che però resta – LA unit is friction type (friction surfaces without asbestos). When
in presa con un momento torcente pari a quello di taratura del the transmitted torque tends to exceed the setting, the drive
limitatore; lo slittamento cessa quando il carico ritorna normale; «slips» although it remains engaged and transmits torque equal
nel caso di sovraccarichi di durata molto breve la macchina può to the limiter setting value; slipping stops as soon as the load
riprendere il normale funzionamento (dopo rallentamento o ferma- returns to normal; in the case of very brief overloads the driven
ta) senza che siano necessarie manovre di riavviamento. machine will continue normal operation (after decelerating or
– Il tipo LS è a sfere. Quando il momento torcente trasmesso tende stopping) without requiring reset procedures.
a superare quello di taratura si ha il «disinnesto» della trasmissione, – LS unit is ball type. When the transmitted torque tends to exceed
che quindi non resta in presa, e si verifica l’arresto della macchina. the setting, the drive is «disengaged» so it does not remain
– I tipi LA e LS sono meccanicamente intercambiabili. A richiesta connected. The driven machine will therefore stop.
segnalatore di scorrimento. Per maggiori dettagli ved. documen- – LA and LS units are mechanically interchangeable. On request
tazione specifica. slide detector. For more details see specific literature.
* * * *
MLA MLS MLS / MLA MLS / MLA

ad attrito a sfere montaggio tra riduttore montaggio nei gruppi (combinati)
friction balls e motore o motovariatore mounted onto combined units
mounted between gear reducer
* a richiesta and motor or motor-variator
* on request
– Albero lento cavo filettato TpN. – Hollow low speed shaft with acme-type thread.
– Motoriduttori con interposto gruppo compatto innesto-freno o – Gearmotors with interposed compact clutch-brake or fluid cou-
giunto idraulico-freno. pling/brake unit.
– Giunti semielastici ed idrodinamici. – Semi-flexible and hydrodynamic couplings.
– Verniciature speciali possibili: – Special paint options:
– – verniciatura esterna monocomponente: fondo antiruggine con – – external, single-compound: antirust zinc primer plus blue
fosfati di zinco più vernice sintetica blu RAL 5010 DIN 1843 RAL 5010 DIN 1843 synthetic paint (excluding sizes 32 ... 81);
(escluse grand. 32 ... 81); – – external, dual-compound: dual-compound epoxy-polyamidic
– – verniciatura esterna bicomponente: fondo antiruggine epossi- antirust primer plus dual-compound blue RAL 5010 DIN 1843
poliammidico bicomponente più smalto poliuretanico bicompo- polyurethane enamel (excluding sizes 32 ... 81).
nente blu RAL 5010 DIN 1843 (escluse grand. 32 ... 81). – Special seal rings; double seal (excluding sizes 32 ... 50).
– Anelli di tenuta speciali; doppia tenuta (escluse grand. 32 ... 50). – For high transmission ratios combined units can be also obtained
– Per elevati rapporti di trasmissione i gruppi possono essere otte- with initial gearmotor MR IV with final gear reducer size v 81 and
nuti anche con motoriduttore iniziale MR IV per riduttore finale with initial gearmotor MR 2IV for final gear reducer size w100.
grandezza v 81 e con motoriduttore iniziale MR 2IV per grandez-
za riduttore finale w100.
94
18 - Formule tecniche 18 - Technical formulae
Formule principali, inerenti le trasmissioni meccaniche, secondo il Main formulae concerning mechanical drives, according to the Tech-
Sistema Tecnico e il Sistema Internazionale di Unità (SI). nical System and International Unit System (SI).
Grandezza Size Con unità Sistema Tecnico Con unità SI

With Technical System units With SI units
t = v [s]
tempo di avviamento o starting or stopping a
di arresto, in funzione time as a function of an
di una accelerazione acceleration or decele-
o decelerazione, di un ration, of a starting or Gd2 · n J · V
momento di avviamento braking torque t = [s] t = [s]
o di frenatura
375 · M M
velocità nel moto rota- velocity in rotary v = P · d · n = d · n [m/s] v = V · r [m/s]

torio motion 60 19,1
velocità angolare speed n and angular n = 60 · v = 19,1 · v [min-1] V= v [rad/s]

velocity V P·d d r
Indice Index accelerazione o decele- acceleration or
razione in funzione di un deceleration as a func-
tempo di avviamento o tion of starting or stop- a = v [m/s2]
di arresto ping time t
1 - Simboli e unità di misura 5 1 - Symbols and units of measure 5 n V
accelerazione o dece- angular acceleration A= [rad/s2] A= [rad/s2]
lerazione angolare in or deceleration as a 9,55 · t t
2 - Caratteristiche 6 2 - Specifications 6 funzione di un tempo di function of a starting or
avviamento o di arresto, stopping time, of a star-
A = 39,2 ·2 M [rad/s2] A= M [rad/s2]
di un momento di avvia- ting or braking torque
3 - Designazione 12 3 - Designation 12 mento o di frenatura Gd J
4 - Potenza termica Pt 12 4 - Thermal power P t 12 a · t2

spazio di avviamento o starting or stopping s = 2 [m]
di arresto, in funzione distance as a function
5 - Fattore di servizio fs 13 5 - Service factor fs 13 di una accelerazione o of an acceleration or
s = v · t [m]
decelerazione, di una deceleration, of a final or
velocità finale o iniziale initial velocity
2
2
6 - Scelta 14 6 - Selection 14 W = A · t [rad]
2
angolo di avviamento starting or stopping
7 - Potenze e momenti torcenti nominali 7 - Nominal powers and torques o di arresto, in funzione angle as a function of
n · t W = V · t [rad]
(riduttori) 18 (gear reducers) 18 di una accelerazione o
decelerazione angolare,
an angular accelera-
tion or deceleration, of
W=
19,1
[rad]
2
di una velocità angolare a final or initial angular
finale o iniziale velocity
8 - Esecuzioni, dimensioni 8 - Designs, dimensions, G kgf s2
forme costruttive e quantità d’olio 30 mounting positions and oil quantities 30 massa mass m= g [ m ] m è l’unità di massa [kg]
m is the unit of mass [kg]
9 - Programma di fabbricazione (motoriduttori) 32 9 - Manufacturing programme (gearmotors) 32 G è l’unità di peso (forza peso) [kgf] G = m · g [N]
peso (forza peso) weight (weight force) G is the unit of weight (weight force) [kgf]
10 - Esecuzioni, dimensioni, 10 - Designs, dimensions, F = G [kgf] F = m · g [N]
forme costruttive e quantità d’olio 50 mounting positions and oil quantities 50 forza nel moto traslatorio
verticale (sollevamento),
force in vertical (lifting),
horizontal, inclined
orizzontale, inclinato motion of translation
F = M · G [kgf] F = M· m · g [N]
(M = coefficiente di attrito; (M = coefficient of friction;
11 - Gruppi riduttori e motoriduttori 55 11 - Combined gear reducer and gearmotor units 55 W = angolo d’inclinazione) W = angle of inclination) F = G (M · cos W + sen W) [kgf] F = m · g (M · cos W + sen W) [N]
12 - Dimensioni gruppi 58 12 - Combined unit dimensions 58 momento dinamico dynamic moment Gd2,
Gd2, momento d’iner- moment of inertia J due
zia J dovuto ad un moto to a motion of translation
Gd2 = 365 · G · v2 [kgf m2] J = m · v2 [kg m2]
13 - Carichi radiali Fr1 sull’estremità 13 - Radial loads Fr1 on high speed traslatorio Gd2 Gd2
n2 V2
d’albero veloce 64 shaft end 64 (numericamente J = 4 ) (numeralically J = 4 )
F · d
14 - Carichi radiali Fr2 o assiali Fa2 14 - Radial loads Fr2 or axial loads Fa2 momento torcente in torque as a function of M=
2
[kgf m] M = F · r [N m]
funzione di una forza,
sull’estremità d’albero lento 64 on low speed shaft end 64 di un momento dinami-
a force, of a dynamic
moment or of a moment 2
co o di inerzia, di una
potenza
of inertia, of a power M = Gd · n [kgf m] M = J · V [N m]
15 - Dettagli costruttivi e funzionali 78 15 - Structural and operational details 78 375 · t t
M = 716 · P [kgf m] M= P [N m]
16 - Installazione e manutenzione 83 16 - Installation and maintenance 83 n V
17 - Accessori ed esecuzioni speciali 88 17 - Accessories and non-standard designs 88 2 m · v2

lavoro, energia nel
work, energy in motion
W = G · v [kgf m] W= [J]
of translation, in rotary 19,6 2
moto traslatorio, rota- motion
torio
18 - Formule tecniche 95 18 - Technical formulae 95 2 2
W = Gd · n [kgf m]
2
W = J · V [J]
7160 2
P = F · v [CV] P = F · v [W]
power in motion of tran- 75
potenza nel moto tra- slation, in rotary motion
slatorio, rotatorio
P = M · n [CV] P =M · V [W]
716
potenza resa all’albero shaft of a single-phase
di un motore monofa- motor (cos W = power P =U · l · H · cos W [CV] P =U · l · H · cos W [W]
se (cos W = fattore di factor) 736
potenza)
P =U · l · H · cos W [CV]
potenza resa all’albero shaft of a three-phase P = 1,73 · U · l · H · cos W [W]
di un motore trifase motor 425
Nota. L’accelerazione o decelerazione si sottintendono costanti; i moti traslatorio e rota- Note. Acceleration or deceleration are understood constant; motion of translation and
torio si sottintendono rispettivamente rettilineo e circolare. rotary motion are understood rectilinear and circular respectively.
95
Worldwide Sale and Service Network
AUSTRALIA ICELAND SWEDEN

ROSSI GEARMOTORS AUSTRALIA Pty. Ltd. ROSSI GEARMOTORS SCANDINAVIA A/S ROSSI GEARMOTORS SCANDINAVIA A/S
AU - Perth WA DK - Frederiksberg DK - Frederiksberg
Phone +61 8 94557399 Phone +45 38 11 22 42 Phone +45 38 11 22 42
fax +61 8 94557299 fax +45 38 11 22 58 fax +45 38 11 22 58
e-mail: info.australia@rossi-group.com e-mail: info.denmark@rossi-group.com e-mail: info.denmark@rossi-group.com
www.rossigearmotors.com.au www.rossigearmotors.dk www.rossigearmotors.dk
ROSSI GEARMOTORS AUSTRALIA Pty. Ltd INDIA SWITZERLAND

AU - Victoria 3805 ROSSI GEARMOTORS Pvt. Ltd. HABASIT AG
Phone +61 3 9705 6066 IN - Coimbatore CH - Reinach - Basel
fax +61 3 9705 6043 Phone +91 422 262 7879 Phone +41 61 715 15 75
e-mail: info.australia@rossi-group.com fax +91 422 262 7214 fax +41 61 715 15 56
www.rossigearmotors.com.au e-mail: info.india@rossi-group.com e-mail: info.ch@habasit.com
www.rossi-group.com www.habasit.ch
ROSSI GEARMOTORS AUSTRALIA Pty. Ltd. MEXICO TAIWAN

AU - Sydney NSW ROSSI GEARMOTORS HABASIT ROSSI (TAIWAN) LTD.
Phone. +61 2 9723 0600 A Division of Habasit America TW - Taipei Hsien
fax +61 2 9723 0611 US - Suwanee Phone +886 2 22670538
e-mail : info.australia@rossi-group.com Phone +1 800 931 2044 fax +886 2 22670578
www.rossigearmotors.com.au fax +1 678 288 3658 e-mail: info.hea@habasit.com
e-mail: rossi.info@us.habasit.com www.rossi-group.com
CANADA NETHERLANDS UNITED KINGDOM

ROSSI GEARMOTORS HABASIT NETHERLANDS B.V. HABASIT ROSSI Limited
Division of Habasit Canada Limited NL - Nijkerk UK - Coventry
CA - Oakville, Ontario Phone +31 33 247 20 30 Phone +44 2476 644646
Phone +1 800 770 6750 Fax: +31 33 246 15 99 fax +44 2476 644535
fax +1 800 268 2358 e-mail: netherlands@habasit.com e-mail: info.uk@habasitrossi.com
e-mail: info.canada@habasit.com www.rossi-group.com www.habasitrossi.co.uk
www.rossi-group.com
CHINA NEW ZEALAND UNITED STATES

ROSSI GEARMOTORS CHINA P.T.I. ROSSI GEARMOTORS NEW ZEALAND Ltd. ROSSI GEARMOTORS
CN - Shanghai NZ - Auckland A Division of Habasit America
Phone +86 21 3350 5345 Phone +61 9 263 4551 US - Suwanee
fax +86 21 3350 6177 fax +61 9 263 4557 Phone +1 800 931 2044
e-mail: info.china@rossi-group.com e-mail: info.nz@rossi-group.com fax +1 678 288 3658
www.rossigearmotors.cn www.rossigearmotors.com.au e-mail: rossi.info@us.habasit.com
DENMARK NORWAY
ROSSI GEARMOTORS SCANDINAVIA A/S ROSSI GEARMOTORS SCANDINAVIA A/S
DK - Frederiksberg DK - Frederiksberg Our Partner
Phone +45 38 11 22 42 Phone +47 38 11 22 42 Habasit is the worldwide market
fax +45 38 11 22 58 fax +47 38 11 22 58 leader in the belting industry for
e-mail: info.denmark@rossi-group.com e-mail: info.denmark@rossi-group.com power transmission, conveying and
www.rossigearmotors.dk www.rossigearmotors.dk processing solutions
FRANCE PORTUGAL
ROSSI MOTOREDUCTEURS SARL ROSSI MOTORREDUCTORES S.L.
FR - Saint Priest ES - Viladecans (Barcelona)
Phone +33 472 477930 Phone +34 93 6377248
fax +33 472 477949 fax +34 93 6377404
e-mail: info.france@rossi-group.com e-mail: info.spain@rossi-group.com
www.rossimotoreducteurs.fr www.rossimotorreductores.es
HABASIT AG
GERMANY SPAIN Römerstrasse 1
CH - 4153 Reinach - Switzerland
HABASIT ROSSI GmbH ROSSI MOTORREDUCTORES S.L. tel. +41 61 715 15 15
DE - Eppertshausen ES - Viladecans (Barcelona) fax +41 61 715 15 55
Phone +49 6071 / 969 - 0 Phone +34 93 6377248 e-mail: info@habasit.com
fax +49 6071 / 969 -150 fax +34 93 6377404 www.habasit.com
e-mail: info.germany@habasitrossi.com e-mail: info.spain@rossi-group.com
www.habasitrossi.de www.rossimotorreductores.es
For worldwide sale and service network visit our websites www.rossi-group.com and www.habasit.com
12-2008
Manufactured by
Rossi Motoriduttori S.p.A.
Via Emilia Ovest 915/A
RIDUTTORI E MOTORIDUTTORI
41100 Modena − Italy
Phone +39 059 33 02 88
fax +39 059 82 77 74
A VITE
e-mail: info@rossi-group.com
www.rossi-group.com
Registered trademarks
Copyright Rossi Motoriduttori
WORM GEAR REDUCERS
Subject to alterations
AND GEARMOTORS
A04
Printed in Italy
Publication data:
4001BRO.AWO-it1208HQR
4001BRO.AWO-en1208HQR
P1 0,09 ... 55 kW, MN2 1 900 daN m, iN 10 ... 16 000, n2 0,056 ... 400 min-1

Instruction and Spare Part Manual: Type: Evolution Model: 1R.9.36.126 - Neck Handling YEAR: 2013 Ref.: Bielorussia

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Instruction and Spare Part Manual: Type: Evolution Model: 1R.9.36.126 - Neck Handling YEAR: 2013 Ref.: Bielorussia

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

INSTRUCTION

AND SPARE PART MANUAL

General project features:

Carrusel height adjustment Absent

Bottles height range Min.140 – Max 360 mm

Auxiliary line Tension 24 V DC

Scheda tecnica commessa M1425/036 Pagina 1/ 2

Inside bottle treatments specifications:

1° treatment Water pression = 3 bar

Fluid treatment Water + chloro 10 ppm max

Bottle Inlet wormscrew Single or Central guide, inlet Gripper pad

Scheda tecnica commessa M1425/036 Pagina 2/ 2

0.1 How to read and use the instruction manual

0.2 Updating the manual

1.1 Manufacturer and machine identification details

1.2 Information on technical assistance and machine maintenance

1.3 General safety precautions

2. Preliminary Information on the machine

2.1 General description

2.2 Operational flow

2.3 Technical characteristics

3. Transportation, handling and storage

3.0 General instructions

3.1 Packing and unpacking

3.2 Transportation and handling of packed machine

3.3 Transportation and handling of unpacked machine

3.4 Storage of packed and unpacked machine

4.1 Acceptable environmental conditions

4.2 Mimimum space required for use and maintenance purposes

4.3 Positioning of the machine

4.4 Assembling conditions and completion of assembly

4.5 Removing the blocks

4.6 Connection to the supply sources and their respective controls

4.8 Instructions for the removal and disposal of waste material

4.9 Equipment and tools supplied with the machine

5.0 General instructions

5.1 Principles of operation

5.2 Description of the machine’s safety devices

5.3 Controls and signals

5.4 Description of the machine’s operational modes

5.5 Description of stop modes (excluding operator safety)

5.6 Emergency stop

5.7 Emergency power-off

5.8 Directions for starting up

5.9 Checking the efficiency of the safety devices

5.10 Preliminary operating Conditions/Tests/Inspections

6. Use of the machine

6.0 General instructions

6.1 Supplying of the containers to be treated

6.2 Setting up and adjustments

6.3 Supervision and controls during operation

6.4 Status diagnostics/problems and possible solutions

6.5 Cleaning and maintenance

7.0 General instructions

7.1 Equipment supplied with the machine

7.2 Changing parts

7.5 Preparation for use and instructions for re-starting

8. Maintenance and repairs

8.0 General instructions

8.2 Instructions regarding inspections/maintenance

8.3 Analysis of problems/failures and possible solutions

9.0 General introductions

9.2 Instructions regarding emergency situations